11 Corporations: Fiduciary Duties of Directors and Officers 11 Corporations: Fiduciary Duties of Directors and Officers
6/17/2025 pdw
You serve on Best Bikes's board with nine other directors.
Suppose one of the directors is the CEO of a tire manufacturer and she'd like the two companies to work together. Should this be allowed? Should it matter if it's a good deal?
Suppose another director wants to move the company into other forms of transportation, taking out huge loans to research teleportation technology, which scientists consider pure science fiction. Should shareholders be able to stop this plan?
11.1 Introduction to Fiduciary Duties 11.1 Introduction to Fiduciary Duties
3/5/2024 pdw
Officer and directors owe a fiduciary duty to the shareholders and to the corporation. A fiduciary is a person that owes a fiduciary duty to another. Fiduciary duty is just a fancy way of saying a fiduciary has to look out for the best interests of the other person. In Delaware, these duties are owed (i) by officers and directors (ii) to the corporation and its shareholders. The duties owed are the duty of care and the duty of loyalty.
The duty of care requires directors and officers to “exercise an informed business judgment” when dealing with the shareholders’ interests. Note that the rule says, "informed" not "correct". Boards can make bad decisions as long as they do so in good faith and while well informed. If the directors want to shift the company's focus to teleportation (or Facebook wants to shift to the Metaverse), courts won't stop them as long as the board was informed and acting in good faith. If you're informed, then you've meet the duty of care's requirements even if your decision is dumb. The duty of care is limited to the decisionmaking process, it doesn't look to the results of that process.
The duty of loyalty is closer to what you might expect when you hear about fiduciary duties. It prohibits directors and officers from acting against the interests of the corporation’s shareholders. For example, in Dweck v. Nasser the CEO allegedly set up a competitor in the company's office space, using its resources, employees and goodwill to destroy it from the inside. In Personal Touch Holding Corp. v. Glaubach, the president of the company knew his company was interested in buying a building, so he bought it first and sold it to the company at an inflated price. These are easy duty of loyalty cases.
But what if the CEO withholds information about the side payment he'll get if a merger goes through? Is that disloyal? Even if the merger is a good deal? What if the directors of an airplane manufacturer see their planes repeatedly falling from the sky and do nothing? Is that disloyal? Or just negligent? Should it matter? In this chapter we'll study these more difficult cases and the doctrines developed around them.
We'll also look at the protections directors and officers have around their decisions. This includes a deferential standard of review, the ability to opt-out of certain duties, the ability to rely on others, insurance and indemnification. Not to spoil the plot, but directors are rarely personally liable.
11.1.1 In re Trados (Standards of Review, To Whom Are Duties Owed) 11.1.1 In re Trados (Standards of Review, To Whom Are Duties Owed)
3/5/2024 pdw
There are two questions we ask in any litigation: (1) Was there a substantive violation, and (2) How much deference should we give? For example, appellate courts don't give any deference on questions of law, reviewing de novo. But appellate courts do give deference on questions of fact, reversing only if there was clear error.
Part of the reason for this is that the trial court and the appellate court have similar access and expertise in interpreting the law. Both have the full set of federal reporters and both are skilled at legal analysis. So when interpreting law, deference doesn't make a lot of sense.
In contrast, for questions of fact, the trial court saw the witnesses testify and saw the broader relationship between the parties and their clients. These can be described in a memo, but it will not convey the full information that the trial court witnessed. So the trial court has information that the appellate court doesn't when resolving factual disputes, and so the appellate court defers somewhat to the trial court's view.
While a board of directors is not a lower court, courts still typically defer somewhat to decisions by directors and officers. This makes sense---directors have more expertise in business and broader information than what's presented at trial. But deference means that some bad acts will go unpunished because the court chooses to defer.
In the case below, a company merged out of existence and the cash from that merger all went to preferred shareholders. The common shareholders got nothing, so they sued, arguing that the board breached its fiduciary duties by approving a deal that eliminated the company and gave them nothing in exchange.
There are two major takeaways.
Standard of Conduct vs. Standard of Review
First, the standard of conduct refers to how directors and officers should properly act. The standard of conduct is the fiduciary duties we've already discussed---the duty of care and the duty of loyalty.
The standard of review, in contrast, refers to how much deference the courts will give. Delaware corporate law has three standards of review: the business judgment rule, enhanced scrutiny and entire fairness. The business judgment rule is the most deferential, enhanced scrutiny is in the middle and entire fairness is the highest level of scrutiny.
The business judgment rule is the default, but there are certain triggers that shift us to entire fairness instead. For example, if the directors have a conflict (e.g., suppose they are causing the corporation to buy their car), the court will look more closely. This makes sense. Some situations, like financial conflicts, make it more likely that the directors will sellout the shareholders' interests. So you look more closely, and that closer look is the entire fairness standard.
You might wonder why we wouldn't use the medium deferential standard, enhanced scrutiny, rather than jump to the most stringent standard, entire fairness. That's because enhanced scrutiny is a special category for a few defined specific scenarios, mostly involving mergers. So unless it's one of those specific situations that uses enhanced scrutiny (which we'll cover later), you start with the business judgment rule. The plaintiff can then try to knock out the business judgment rule in a few ways, for example by showing the directors have a conflict, and if successful, you use the entire fairness standard. In other words, in all but a few specific situations, we use either the business judgment rule or entire fairness.
In the case below, the plaintiffs claim a breach of the duty of loyalty (standard of conduct), and the court reviews using the entire fairness standard (standard of review).
To Whom Are Fiduciary Duties Owed?
The second major takeaway from the case below is that directors and officers owe fiduciary duties only to the corporation and to the residual holders. In practice, this means that if the corporation is helping other groups (e.g., giving grants to charity, raising employee wages or buying fair-trade goods) it must be for the purpose of benefiting the shareholders. The court grapples with whether preferred stock is a contractual claim or a residual claim, and concludes that the preferred stockholders were acting as contractual claimants, so they are not owed a fiduciary duty.
In re TRADOS INCORPORATED SHAREHOLDER LITIGATION.
No. CIV.A. 1512-VCL.
Court of Chancery of Delaware.
Submitted: May 21, 2013.
Decided: Aug. 16, 2013.
*20David A. Jenkins, Michele C. Gott, Robert K. Beste, III, Smith, Katzenstein & Jenkins LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Timothy J. McEvoy, Cameron McEvoy, PLLC, Fairfax, Virginia; Attorneys for Plaintiff Marc Christen.
Raymond J. DiCamillo, Scott W. Perkins, Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; David J. Berger, Elizabeth M. Saunders, Steven Guggenheim, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California; Attorneys for Defendants David Scanlan, Lisa Stone, Sa-meer Gandhi, Joseph Prang, Klaus-Dieter Laidig, Joseph Campbell, and Jochen Hummel.
John L. Reed, Scott B. Czerwonka, Andrew H. Sauder, DLA Piper LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Attorneys for Defendant Trados Inc.
OPINION
TRADOS Inc. (“Trados” or the “Company”) obtained venture capital in 2000 to support a growth strategy that could lead to an initial public offering. The VC firms received preferred stock and placed representatives on the Trados board of directors (the “Board”). Afterwards, Trados increased revenue year-over-year but failed to satisfy its VC backers. In 2004, the VC directors began looking to exit. As part of that process, the Board adopted a management incentive plan (the “MIP”) that compensated management for achieving a sale even if the transaction yielded nothing for the common stock.
In July 2005, SDL pic acquired Trados for $60 million in cash and stock (the “Merger”). Under Trados’s certificate of incorporation, the Merger constituted a liquidation that entitled the preferred stockholders to a liquidation preference of $57.9 million. Without the MIP, the common stockholders would have received $2.1 million. The MIP took the first $7.8 million of the Merger consideration. The preferred stockholders received $52.2 million. The common stockholders received nothing.
Directors of a Delaware corporation owe fiduciary duties to the corporation and its stockholders which require that they strive prudently and in good faith to maximize the value of the corporation for the benefit of its residual claimants. A court determines whether directors have fulfilled their fiduciary duties by evaluating the challenged decision through the lens of the applicable standard of review. Because a board majority comprised of disinterested and independent directors did not approve the Merger, the defendants had to prove that the transaction was entirely fair.
The plaintiff contended that instead of selling to SDL, the Board had a fiduciary duty to continue operating Trados independently in an effort to generate value for the common stock. Despite the directors’ failure to follow a fair process and their creation of a trial record replete with contradictions and less-than-credible testimony, the defendants carried their burden of proof on this issue. Under Trados’s business plan, the common stock had no economic value before the Merger, making it fair for its holders to receive in the Merger the substantial equivalent of what they had before. The appraised value of the common stock is likewise zero.
*21I. FACTUAL BACKGROUND
Trial took place over five days in February and March 2013. The parties introduced over 650 exhibits, submitted deposition testimony from twenty witnesses, and adduced live testimony from eight fact and two expert witnesses. Because this case did not involve a transaction to which entire fairness applied ab initio, the burden of proof rested on the plaintiff initially to prove facts sufficient to rebut one of the elements of the business judgment rule. Once the plaintiff proved that a disinterested and independent board majority did not approve the Merger, the burden shifted to the defendants to establish that their decisions were entirely fair. Having evaluated the witnesses’ credibility and weighed the evidence as a whole, I find the facts to be as follows.
A. Trados’s Early Days.
Defendant Jochen Hummel and Iko Knyphausen founded Trados in 1984. Hummel became Chief Technology Officer and served on the Board. Knyphausen left the Company and did not play a significant role in the case.
Trados developed proprietary desktop software for translating documents. In overly simplistic terms, the software stored a database of words and phrases. When presented with a new document, the software identified words and phrases found in its database and replaced them with their foreign counterparts.
By the late 1990s, Trados enjoyed a dominant position in the desktop translation market. To expand, Trados sought to penetrate the enterprise market. As the name suggests, customers in this market are large corporate and government enterprises whose many users run programs on a network. Trados also envisioned transitioning its products to the internet and connecting translators directly with purchasers of translation services.
At the turn of the third millennium of the Common Era, Trados sought VC funding to spur its growth and help position itself for an IPO. At the time, Trados differed significantly from the stereotypical dot-com startup. Trados had been around for sixteen years and sold a successful desktop product. In 1999, the Company generated $11.3 million in revenue and was preparing to release its first enterprise products. In 2000, Trados generated revenue of $13.9 million, representing year-over-year growth of approximately 23%.
B. Wachovia Invests In Trados.
In early 2000, Trados came to the attention of First Union Capital Partners, the predecessor to Wachovia Capital Partners, LLC (“Wachovia”). For simplicity, this decision refers only to Wachovia. Around March 2000, after conducting due diligence, Wachovia invested $5 million. Defendant David Scanlan, a Wachovia partner, sponsored the investment. In return, Wachovia received 1,801,303 shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock (“Series A”) and 1,838,697 shares of Series B Non-Voting Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B”), which were convertible on a 1-for-l basis into Series A. Wachovia later converted, bringing its total Series A shares to 3,640,000. Because the conversion rendered the Series B irrelevant, this decision discusses only the Series A.
Each Series A share had an initial liquidation preference equal to its purchase price of $1.374. The stock paid a cumulative dividend at a rate of 8% per annum with unpaid dividends increasing the liquidation preference. As participating preferred, the Series A shared in any remaining distribution available for the common stock, subject to a cap not relevant to the *22case. At its option, Wachovia could convert the Series A into common stock pursuant to a formula in the Company’s certificate of incorporation. The Series A had the right to veto any attempt by Trados to (i) amend its certifícate of incorporation, (ii) authorize, issue, or reclassify shares, (iii) make, authorize, or approve dividends or distributions, (iv) redeem, repurchase, or acquire stock, (v) change the number of directors, or (vi) effect any change of control. The Series A also had the right to vote with the common stock on an as-converted basis.
As part of the investment, Wachovia obtained the right to designate a director. Wachovia designated Scanlan.
C.Hg Invests In Trados.
Around the same time, Trados came to the attention of Mercury Capital, the predecessor to Hg Capital LLP (“Hg”). For simplicity, this decision refers only to Hg. In April 2000, Hg invested $10.25 million in exchange for 5,333,380 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (“Series C”). Each Series C share had an initial liquidation preference equal to its purchase price of $1.922. Its other rights paralleled and participated pari passu with the Series A, except that the Series C was not participating preferred.
In August 2000, Hg invested an additional $2 million in exchange for 862,976 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (“Series D”). Each Series D share had an initial liquidation preference equal to its purchase price of $2.3176. Its other rights paralleled and participated pari passu with the Series C, including the cumulative dividend and veto rights. In September 2000, Hg bought 1,379,039 shares of common stock for approximately $2.3 million.1
Like Wachovia, Hg obtained the right to designate a director. The relevant director for this case is defendant Lisa Stone, a partner at Hg who joined the Board in mid-2002.
D. Trados Builds Its Business.
By February 2001, Trados was attracting new, large corporate clients. In May, Trados released the latest version of its desktop software, Trados 5.
In September 2001, Wachovia and Hg made follow-on investments in Series BB Preferred Stock (“Series BB”). Wachovia paid $1.0 million for 1,007,151 shares. Hg paid $2.0 million for 2,014,302 shares. Each Series BB share had an initial liquidation preference equal to its purchase price of $0.9929. Otherwise the rights of the Series BB paralleled and participated pari passu with the Series A, including its status as participating preferred.
At the end of 2001, Trados released the MultiTerm Client Server, an enterprise product that provided a web interface for customer databases. Revenue for the year reached $15.9 million, a 14% increase over 2000, even after the negative effects of the 9/11 terrorist attacks.
E. Trados Acquires Uniscape.
Although Trados was growing and making progress in the enterprise market, management felt the Company could accelerate its growth with an acquisition. Tra-dos focused on Uniscape, Inc., a software company with a superior enterprise product. By acquiring Uniscape, Trados hoped *23to gain strong enterprise development and sales teams.
Like Trados, Uniscape had received several rounds of VC funding. Uniscape’s principal backer was Sequoia Capital (“Sequoia”), a prominent Silicon Valley VC firm. Through various funds, Sequoia had invested $13 million in Uniscape. Defendant Sameer Gandhi, the Sequoia partner who sponsored the Uniscape investment, served on its board.
Another member of the Uniscape board was defendant Joseph Prang, the CEO of Conformia Software, Inc. Prang and a business partner used Mentor Capital Group LLC (“Mentor”) as their investment vehicle. Through Mentor, Prang had invested approximately $700,000-750,-000 of his own money in Uniscape. See Prang Dep. 17-19; Tr. 794-95.
In May 2002, Trados and Uniscape merged in a stock-for-stock transaction that valued Trados at $30 million, Unis-cape at $11 million, and the post-transaction entity at $41 million. See JX 474 at 00383-91 (recording stock issuance for transaction); JX 268 at 4 (memorializing per share purchase price as liquidation preference); JX 566. International Data Corporation (“IDC”), a market research firm, described the transaction as a “win-win.” JX 75 at 4. To acquire Uniscape, Trados issued 14,806,097 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (“Series E”) to the former Uniscape stockholders, with substantially all of it going to Uniscape’s preferred stockholders. Sequoia received 5,255,913 Series E shares, and Mentor received 263,810 Series E shares. Each Series E share carried an initial liquidation preference of $0.7248, equal to its effective purchase price. Its other rights paralleled and participated pari passu with the Series C.
As a result of the transaction, Sequoia wrote down its investment in Uniscape to $3.8 million. The value of Mentor’s investment dropped to $191,209. The reduced amounts represented what Sequoia and Mentor actually invested in Trados. For their own purposes, however, Gandhi and Prang continued to view their investments in terms of the much larger amounts they originally invested in Uniscape.
In the transaction, Sequoia gained the ability to designate two Trados directors. Sequoia designated Gandhi and Prang.
F. Invision Invests In Trados.
In August 2002, Trados raised $2 million from Invision AG, a Swiss private equity firm. Invision received 2,350,174 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (“Series F”). Each share of Series F carried an initial liquidation preference equal to its purchase price of $0.8510. Its other terms paralleled and participated pari passu with the Series C.
Invision received the ability to designate a director and named defendant Klaus-Dieter Laidig in December 2002. Unlike Scanlan, Stone, and Gandhi, Laidig was not the Invision partner who sponsored the Trados investment. Laidig was a technology consultant who previously worked as an executive at Hewlett-Packard for over thirty years. Laidig had a part-time consulting relationship with Invision that paid him a nominal amount for handling various projects. Laidig served on the boards of two other Invision portfolio companies and advised one of Invision’s funds.
G. Trados Continues To Grow Slowly.
The Board hoped that the Uniscape transaction would transform Trados. The transaction sought to unite the strengths of Trados’s desktop software and Unis-eape’s enterprise platform, but integration difficulties plagued the combined company. Trados’s desktop software programmers *24operated in a Microsoft environment, and their knowledge, skills, and practices were tailored to it. Uniscape’s enterprise software programmers operated in a Java environment and were equally specialized. The two teams had difficulty communicating and resisted compromise. Rather than capturing synergies, Trados ended up maintaining two separate code sets and two different engineering teams.
Trados’s performance in 2002 reflected these challenges. For the year, Trados generated $19.8 million in revenue, a 25% year-over-year increase, but far below the budgeted figure of $27 million. JX 95 at 4; JX 98 at 05079. In response, Trados cut costs by closing or downsizing regional offices, consolidating operations, and renegotiating leases. In January 2003, management developed a plan to combine the two code sets through Project Genesis, an effort that would “[u]nify our products on to a next generation platform” and “[d]e-velop a leveraged product organization and product suite.” JX 99 at 05108. Hummel, Trados’s CTO, believed completing Project Genesis was feasible and would keep Tra-dos at the leading edge for another decade. Tr. 597-602.
Gandhi’s mid-year report to his partners at Sequoia described Trados as “on track.” JX 105. He continued: “By year-end, we should have a business that can scale profitably in 2004 ... [and] ~$35M in revenue looks achievable. The government business is heating up and could account for 20-25% of revenue next year. No immediate actions are required here.” Id. Gandhi nevertheless cautioned that in terms of returns for Sequoia, Trados was unlikely to be a winner: “Within 18 months the company will be a decent acquisition target (Doeumentum, possibly?). Investment outlook: return capital at best. We do not own enough of the company to generate a meaningful return.” Id.
Stone gave her partners at Hg a similar mid-year evaluation of the business:
Overall, the management team is performing adequately but there are emerging issues around the HQ location, following the merger last year with Un-iscape, that will need to be addressed. The market for software sales, particularly in the enterprise arena, is tough. The business is however making reasonable progress, with some significant new customer wins and sales up 10% from last year. Overall, the business is forecasting breaking even this year.
JX 107 at 000062.
In August 2003, Invision invested another $2 million and received 2,428,513 shares of Series FF Preferred Stock (“Series FF”). Each Series FF share carried an initial liquidation preference of $0.8235, equal to its purchase price. Its other terms paralleled and participated pari pas-su with the Series C. That same month, Trados’s management presented the Board with a detailed plan to complete Project Genesis under Hummel’s leadership. See JX 114 at 02161-73. The plan showed estimated project costs of $964,150 if a portion of development was outsourced and $1,626,750 if kept in-house.
In September 2003, Trados released a new version of MultiTerm, an enterprise product that Trados described as “the most sophisticated, flexible and scaleable [sic] terminology management system on the market today” and “a powerful database solution designed to standardise [sic] terminology and distribute it throughout the enterprise over the Internet or intranet at the click of a button.” JX 120. Trados also updated its desktop product and prepared to launch TeamWorks, another enterprise product. JX 125. A Board presentation from October anticipated completing Project Genesis by the second quarter of 2005. Id. at 66.
*25By the end of 2003, Trados generated $24.8 million in revenue, achieving 25% year-over-year growth and making budget. Enterprise product revenue reached $3.0 million, representing more than 200% growth year-over-year. JX 137 at 10. On the downside, the Company remained unprofitable, and its cash balance declined. Stone provided her partners with another summary of the Company’s mixed performance, noting that the business was making “reasonable progress.” JX 133 at 000069. Gandhi was more positive about the business:
The company made significant strides this year in preparation for greater growth in 2004. Progress includes: major upgrade to [the] management team ...; consolidation of HQ in Sunnyvale (moved management team from VA); [and] consolidation of R & D .... Management has demonstrated the ability to execute on multiple complex initiatives simultaneously. With this work complete, and with the best pipeline ever entering a new fiscal year, this company should be able to grow 50% and generate cash in 2004.
JX 129. The “major upgrade to [the] management team” included a new CFO, James Budge. But despite these positive signs, Gandhi again bluntly assessed the prospects for a significant return to Sequoia: “Unfortunately, while we might end up with an attractive software company, our ownership position makes it difficult to do much more than hope to recover a portion of invested capital.” Id.
In early 2004, with Trados coming off a record revenue year, Gandhi asked the head of software investment banking for JMP Securities (“JMP”), Kevin McClel-land, to approach Trados’s then-CEO, Dev Ganesan. McClelland’s mission was to reach out to Ganesan and begin setting the table for a sale by discussing “opportunities for Trados in the public equities and M & A markets.” JX 139. McClelland emailed Ganesan, and the two met in person in February 2004.
H. The Board Replaces Ganesan.
During the first quarter of 2004, Tra-dos’s efforts to capture government business faltered because its three non-US directors and significant overseas equity ownership made it difficult to comply with federal contracting requirements. At a Board meeting on April 20, 2004, Ganesan detailed the Company’s first quarter performance and discussed the outlook for the year. Management had projected revenue of $33 million for 2004, representing year-over-year growth of 33%. Although first quarter revenue was ahead of budget, the Company lost $2.5 million, more than expected, and Trados’s cash balance fell to $6.6 million. Ganesan lowered the revenue forecast for the year from $33 million to $28 million. He then proposed maintaining headcount.
For the Board, this was a tipping point. Stone testified that the Board had been thinking about replacing Ganesan since the beginning of the year. See Tr. 688. Scan-lan noted that Ganesan had consistently missed his budgets, and the directors felt the Company was running out of time. See Tr. 242-43. During the April 20 meeting, the Board terminated Ganesan. The directors appointed Hummel as Acting President, but instructed him to consult with Scanlan and Gandhi “before taking any material action on behalf of the Corporation.” JX 152. The Board tasked Scan-lan with leading the search for a replacement CEO. The Board also decided to explore whether the Company could be sold in the near-term. The Board sent Hummel to meet with Trados’s principal commercial relationships — Microsoft, Bowne Global Solutions (“Bowne”), and *26Documentan, Inc. — to explore their interest in the Company. They also decided to have JMP “test the waters” for a potential sale with a broader set of acquirers. JX 186.
Hummel struck out. In June 2004, he met with Microsoft, historically a large user of Trados’s desktop product. In April 2000, to solidify the relationship, Microsoft had purchased 6,927,660 shares of Trados common stock. Microsoft listened appreciatively to Hummel’s report on recent developments but made clear they had no interest in acquiring Trados. Hummel’s efforts with Bowne and Docu-mentan were similarly unsuccessful.
Gandhi took the lead on the broader market canvass. On June 24, 2004, David Silver of Santa Fe Capital Group contacted Gandhi about one of his clients, SDL, who was “prepared to make an offer” for Tra-dos. JX 182. Gandhi quickly signed a nondisclosure agreement with Silver. Id. At the same time, Gandhi and Budge negotiated the terms of Trados’s engagement of JMP. On June 30, Trados formally retained JMP to “advise [Trados] concerning opportunities for maximizing shareholder value, which may include a sale or merger of the Company.” JX 192 at 00544. The engagement letter contemplated a 1.50% transaction fee for a deal with SDL or Lionbridge Technologies, Inc. (“Lion-bridge”), the two most logical acquirers, and a 1.75% transaction fee for a deal with another party. The same day, Silver introduced SDL’s CEO, Mark Lancaster, to McClelland via email.
Meanwhile, Scanlan worked with an executive search firm to identify candidates for the CEO position. His efforts ultimately led to defendant Joseph Campbell, the former COO of iManage, Inc., a company in the enterprise content management space. Campbell oversaw a highly successful sale of iManage to Interwoven in 2003. Although initially not interested, Campbell became convinced that Trados represented an attractive opportunity after conducting due diligence and speaking with members of the Board.
With the dual distractions of a sale process and CEO search, the Company’s business understandably faltered. Second quarter revenue came in at $5.8 million, missing budget by 8%, and Trados incurred a $1 million loss.
I. The Board Decides To Hire Campbell And Passes On A Distressed Sale.
On July 7, 2004, the Board approved hiring Campbell, and Scanlan suggested that the Board consider adopting a plan to incentivize senior executives to pursue a sale, which later became the MIP. The Board agreed, recognizing that otherwise the management team “may not have sufficient incentives to remain in the Company’s service and to pursue a potential acquisition of the Company, due to the high liquidation preference of the Company’s preferred stock.” JX 200 at 4.
At the same meeting, McClelland reviewed the prospects for a sale. JMP’s presentation valued Trados using comparable company and comparable transaction methodologies. The comparable company analysis generated a median multiple of 2.0 times last-twelve-months (“LTM”) revenue, implying an enterprise value of approximately $55 million. The comparable transaction analysis examined seven acquisitions from July 2003 through February 2004 involving “Selected Content Management and Search Companies.” JX 198 at 15. It generated a median multiple of 2.8 times LTM revenue, implying an enterprise value of approximately $75 million. JMP’s full valuation range was quite broad, extending from $20.4 million to $169.8 million.
*27JMP’s materials identified twenty-eight potential acquirers. JX 198 at 7. In addition to SDL, which had initiated contact through Gandhi, JMP reached out to Lion-bridge, Documentum, Filenet, Verity, Adobe, IBM, and Open Text. Most had no interest, and Lionbridge “terminated its discussions with the Company shortly after receiving the Company’s financial statements.” JX 200 at 5. Only SDL seemed serious.
On July 15, 2004, Lancaster met with Stone to discuss SDL. She reported that Lancaster’s “agenda was clearly to pur-suade [sic] me that Trados is better off with [SDL] than without and that selling to them for [stock] was a good idea.” JX 208. Subsequently, Lancaster spoke with Gandhi and Scanlan by conference call. On July 26, Lancaster called McClelland and offered $40 million for the Company, consisting of $10 million in cash and $30 million in stock.
Given the low value that SDL put on the Company, the directors rejected the offer. McClelland informed SDL about the Board’s “lack of interest at [the] current deal structure and valuation.” JX 227. The decision did not mean that the Board was not interested in a sale. The directors understood that the Company had stumbled and was not putting its best foot forward. A new CEO could “fix it,” particularly one with solid credentials as an operator and experience engineering a successful exit. Tr. 335.
At the end of July 2004, Scanlan and Campbell reached formal agreement on an employment package. Campbell’s compensation included a base salary of $250,000, a 30% allocation of the as-yet-undocumented MIP, and options to acquire common stock representing 4% of the Company’s fully diluted capitalization. His options had an exercise price “equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock,” which the Board had determined was $0.10 per share. JX 209 at 2. Campbell also would join the Board. Gandhi reported to Sequoia on the hire:
We have recruited a hard-nosed CEO whose task is to grow this company profitably or sell it. The company has never had decent management, but with a new CEO, VP Sales, VP Marketing, and CFO in place, for the first time we will see what professional management can do. Simultaneously, [JMP] has also been retained to explore the M & A options for the business. I would expect that the company is sold within the next 18 months (perhaps sooner).
JX 172.
J. Campbell’s Initial Steps.
On August 23, 2004, Campbell officially began his tenure as CEO. He quickly discovered that the Company’s cash position was worse than expected and that if Tra-dos missed sales in the third quarter by the same margin as in the second, the cash situation would become dire by year-end. See Campbell Dep. I 31-32. After just two weeks on the job, Campbell called a Board meeting.
On September 8, 2004, the directors met. After describing the Company’s situation, Campbell asked the VC representatives whether their firms would provide additional capital. Each declined. See Tr. 24; Campbell Dep. I 38-39.
Campbell then sketched out two alternatives. See JX 235 at 50424. Under the first scenario, Campbell would reposition Trados in the growing enterprise content management market, where iManage had operated. This would require investing in the Company’s enterprise products, developing Project Genesis, and stressing content management rather than translation services. The last aspect was largely an *28exercise in branding, but it could boost Trados’s value because content management companies commanded higher multiples. Under this alternative, Campbell would aim for double digit top-line growth with break-even profitability in 2005. Campbell estimated that it would require $4 million in new capital. Under the second scenario, Campbell would focus on stabilizing the core business. His goal would be to achieve near-term profitability and “[e]ngage in M & A activities in December.” JX 235 at 50427. This alternative required only $2 million in new capital.
The Board declined to select either option and asked Campbell to continue refining his views. The directors authorized him to seek venture debt financing to ameliorate the immediate cash problem.
On September 22, 2004, Campbell terminated Trados’s relationship with JMP. Campbell did not want a “for sale sign” on the business while he was trying to fix its operations. Tr. 17. He also felt that keeping Trados on the market too long would put downward pressure on the Company’s price. It was a gentle termination, and Campbell reassured McClelland that he anticipated reengaging. See JX 236.
K. Campbell Shows What Professional Management Can Do.
With Campbell at the helm, the Company’s situation began to improve. On the financing front, Campbell secured $4 million from Western Technology Investment (“Western Tech”), a provider of venture debt. Trados borrowed $2.5 million immediately and could draw the remaining $1.5 million by March 31, 2005. Western Tech charged interest of 12%, received warrants to acquire 366,000 Series FF shares immediately, and would receive additional warrants if the Company drew the balance of the venture debt. As is typical for venture debt, the loan came without any financial covenants. The Board was ecstatic; Scan-lan called it a “miracle.” Tr. 333.
The Company’s fourth quarter results proved Campbell’s mettle as an operator. Trados generated “record” revenue of $8.7 million and achieved a “record” profit of $1.1 million. JX 322 at 4. Enterprise revenue exceeded desktop, suggesting that the repositioning effort was gaining traction.
On the M & A front, SDL’s investment banker contacted Stone in November 2004. Stone emailed Campbell that the banker wanted to speak with him, even though she suggested that “the time might not be right....” JX 265. Stone explained that SDL “remained v[ery] keen on doing the Trados deal” and “wanted to ensure that a dialogue was in hand.... ” Id. Campbell agreed that it was “very important to somehow keep SDL ‘at the table.’ ” Id. As he explained,
They are definitely one of the three [acquirers] that could potentially represent a positive exit strategy within the Globalization Market. From a positioning standpoint, we can begin to position me as the one brought in to increase shareholder value similar to that of iM-anage. That way they can understand why we turned down an offer of $40 Millfion] but may be amenable to a future offer quite a bit higher.
Id. SDL’s banker also reached out to Gandhi. See JX 271.
In December 2004, Campbell met with Lancaster. The same month, Campbell and Budge presented the MIP to the Board. The plan provided senior management with an escalating percentage of sale proceeds depending on the valuation achieved. To the extent MIP participants also received consideration as equity holders, whether through common stock or options, their MIP payout would be reduced by the amount of the consideration *29received. See JX 278 at 3. The cutback feature ensured that management would focus exclusively on proceeds received through the MIP rather than from their status as common stockholders. The Board allocated 30%, 12%, and 10% of the MIP to Campbell, Hummel, and Budge, respectively. All of the directors, including Campbell and Hummel, voted to approve the MIP. See JX 277.
Gandhi summarized Trados’s situation at year-end in a report to his partners at Sequoia. He wrote that Campbell had done “a decent job getting the company cleaned up and organized (witness a much better 2nd half to the year)” and that “[h]is mission is to architect an M & A exit as soon as practicable.” JX 276. Gandhi remained negative about the potential returns: “Given the preference structure and likely exit valuation for this business, we unfortunately have to resign ourselves to getting a small fraction of our original Uniscape investment back.” Id. He then reassured his partners that Trados was not taking up too much of his time: “I am not spending a lot of time on this investment, even though I remain on the board.” Id.
L. Exit Discussions Intensify.
On January 10, 2005, Lancaster emailed Campbell and stated “there is sufficient potential that exists for an SDL-Trados combination” such that the two should “continue a more detailed dialogue.” JX 297. On January 17, Campbell reported to Scanlan that Lancaster was “very serious about taking next steps” and asked to meet with Stone and Scanlan before his next meeting with Lancaster. JX 298. Campbell also mentioned that he was “having another conversation” with Bowne, a major customer, and Golden Gate Capital, a private equity firm. Id.
On January 19, 2005, Campbell met with Scanlan and Stone and reviewed a presentation he had prepared entitled “Confidential M & A Discussions.” JX 291; JX 299. Campbell outlined three “Hypothes[e]s for Trados Exit,” labeled (i) Merge-Up, (ii) Harvest, and (iii) Merge-Up Adjacent. JX 291 at 3. The Merge-Up option entailed a merger with SDL, Bowne, or Lionbridge. This option was “low risk,” could be achieved within six months, and yielded valuation expectations of 1.3-1.6 times revenue based on median trading multiples of comparable companies. Id. The Harvest option contemplated a private equity firm like Golden Gate Capital acquiring both Trados and Bowne. This option was “higher risk,” could be achieved within nine months, and yielded valuation expectations “greater” than 2.0 times revenue. Id. at 3, 6. The highest risk option was Merge-Up Adjacent, which contemplated repositioning Trados as an enterprise content management provider and then achieving a merger in that space. The anticipated timeline for this option was twelve to eighteen months, and valuation expectations were less clear. The presentation did not include a stand-alone alternative.
On January 20, 2005, Campbell followed up with Scanlan, asking point blank: “What is an acceptable offer for Trados?” JX 300. Scanlan responded that “it really depends on the nature of the opportunity and the cash/stock dynamic” but promised to “give the dollar figure some thought.” Id. Shortly thereafter, Scanlan asked Campbell to prepare “a proceeds waterfall analysis by class of stock and shareholder that reflects the current ownership of the company and the management incentive plan,” and “run three sensitivities at $50 million, $60 million and $70 million.” JX 299. Scanlan said that looking at the numbers “may move along people’s view[s] on our alternatives.” Id.
*30On January 21, 2005, Campbell updated Scanlan, Gandhi, and Stone about his discussions with Lancaster, reporting that they had a “very open and candid conversation” about “potentially putting our companies together.” JX 302. Lancaster wanted “to see the two companies together in the next 3-5 months.” Id. Lancaster also was “willing to raise cash if need be to try to acquire Trados in an effort to try to resolve the [stock] issue.” Id.
Campbell then offered his thoughts on valuation, suggesting that “we need to be realistic about the offer range.” JX 302. As Campbell saw it, “$45-$55 million] with 50%-75% in stock is where we will wind up. I also believe it’s important for us to be realistic about this or any other offer. Trying to get above 2X revenue in our market is unprecedented .... ” Id. Gandhi responded by asking Campbell to “optimize for true liquidity, not a higher paper valuation,” by which he meant seeking more cash even if it meant a lower nominal price. Id. Campbell replied that getting more cash would be difficult:
The original cash component from SDL was $10 mil, with $30 mil in paper. I do believe we’ve come a long way since then, but there is a question here on ability not desire. They claim to have the equivalent of $26 mil (US) in cash. I suggested SDL look to raising additional cash but I’m certain to make something happen with SDL ... [t]here would still be some paper component to the deal. I think it’s a stretch to imagine a $45-$55 mil cash deal from anybody ....
Id. Gandhi replied that he was “ok with [Campbell’s] approach,” but the group “should realize that sdl paper does in fact require a heavy duty discount.” Id. Gandhi felt that “if [Trados] can get the cash component from sdl to $30m+ and get some stock, ... that deal is very much in the ballpark for what is reasonable for a business such as ours ....” Id.
Invision directly informed Hummel, however, that it would not sell below its entry valuation of $60 million. Hummel passed this along to Campbell. Soon thereafter, the Board reached a consensus that Campbell would seek $60 million from SDL. In his first deposition, Campbell testified that “[a]t this point in time 60 was the number we were attempting to achieve and not a penny higher than that.” Campbell Dep. 1102.
M. SDL And Trados Agree On Price And Structure.
On February 2, 2005, the Board met for an update on Trados’s financial performance and to consider prospects for a transaction. Campbell trumpeted the Company’s fourth quarter results: (i) “$8.7 mil in total revenue!!! — record quarter,” (ii) revenue growth of 27% over the first half of 2004, and (iii) “$1.1 mil in profit from Operations — record profit.” JX 318 at 4. The presentation listed several recent product sales (including a $1.8 million deal with HP), reported that Trados “[d]eliv-ered TeamWorks 2.0,” and indicated that offshore software development was “on track and productive.” Id. at 6. “In light of strong Q4 results,” Trados and Western Tech agreed to extend the deadline for Trados to draw the second tranche of the venture debt from March to September. Id. at 24. Campbell expected good results for the first quarter of 2005 as well, anticipating that Trados would achieve revenue of $7.1 million and do so “profitably.” Id. at 18.
Campbell then presented his stand-alone business plan for 2005-2007. He estimated the total size of the translation software market in 2004 at $170 million and Tra-dos’s “Addressable Software” market at $65 million. JX 309 at 35747. Campbell *31judged that Trados owned a 73% share of the desktop segment, a 58% share of the language services segment, and a 26% share of the enterprise segment. Campbell believed the bulk of Trados’s addressable market — $45 million — was in enterprise software, which gave Trados some room for growth. To increase growth further, Campbell planned to reposition Trados as the dominant vendor in what he labeled the Global Information Solutions (“GIS”) market, which was Campbell’s shorthand for the translation aspect of the enterprise content management space. The GIS strategy contemplated enhancing Trados’s existing enterprise products to provide content management features while the Company completed Project Genesis. Campbell projected revenue of $30 million in 2005, $38 million in 2006, and $50 million in 2007, all of which assumed flat desktop revenue and growth in the enterprise and GIS segments. Campbell testified that discussion of the business plan lasted “fifteen minutes.” Campbell Dep. II 61. During depositions, the VC directors and Prang could not recall considering it. See Scanlan Dep. 129-30; Gandhi Dep. II 92-93; Stone Dep. 118-19; Prang Dep. 116. There was zero interest in funding it. See e.g., Tr. 705 (Stone).
Campbell then updated the Board on the M & A efforts: (i) SDL had made “an updated working offer in January,” (ii) a merger with Bowne would “have to wait 6-9 months,” and (iii) a merger with Lion-bridge would be “possible later in the year but not likely at as high a valuation as SDL.” JX 291 at 4; JX 318 at 21; JX 319 at 00016. The Board authorized Campbell to contact Lancaster and “put a bar out there to say, look, we’re not going to agree on this, ... unless you are thinking in terms of a 60-plus number .... ” Campbell Dep. I 85.
On February 11, 2005, Campbell and Lancaster met, and Campbell conveyed the $60 million price. After balking initially, Lancaster agreed. The consideration would be $50 million in cash and $10 million in SDL stock. To make the price more palatable for his board, Lancaster asked that Trados pay its legal expenses and JMP’s fee out of the sale proceeds. The two executives roughed out a letter of intent (the “LOI”).
Campbell shared the news with the Board. Stone sent a positive report to her partners at Hg. See JX 310 at 000033 (noting Trados “[m]ade their numbers,” “[finished the year well — ahead of forecast and profitable,” and that “Campbell [was] performing well”). Stone also devoted a page to the forthcoming exit, which detailed the Merger consideration and indicated it would return $15.7-19.2 million to Hg on its investment of approximately $16.6 million. Id. at 000038.
On February 14, 2005, Campbell contacted Laidig to find out whether Invision would support the deal. As the most recent investor, Invision was the least out of the money, but also the most reluctant to take a loss. Laidig said Invision would be “fine with a market cap of 60 [million],” which was their pre-money entry price. JX 332.
On February 18, 2005, Budge sent a draft of the LOI to JMP, describing the content as “pretty well baked at this point .... ” JX 337. Then on February 23, Lancaster put the deal on hold after due diligence revealed Trados’s poor performance during the early part of 2004. After a week of inactivity, Budge “pegged the deal odds near zero.” JX 357. On March 1, Lancaster reengaged, but Budge still thought the odds were “no better than 40%.” Id.
On March 29, 2005, Campbell updated the Board on the M & A process and *32reported that Bowne was “in play” with Lionbridge as the likely acquirer. JX 365. This combination would remove two of the three most likely purchasers of Trados under Campbell’s low risk Merge-Up strategy. It also took away the other component (Bowne) of the Harvest strategy. From an operational perspective, it meant that one of Trados’s major customers (Bowne) would be owned by a company that had been seeking aggressively to compete with Trados (Lionbridge). The deal posed a competitive threat to SDL as well, but to the extent SDL felt compelled to respond with an acquisition of its own, Trados was not its only potential target. In short, the Bowne-Lionbridge development made SDL look like the only opportunity for a near-term exit, with going it alone and the less certain Merge-Up Adjacent strategy as fallbacks.
On April 5, 2005, SDL finally responded with comments to the LOI. The purchase price and structure remained substantially the same. Campbell called a special meeting of the Board to consider the LOI. On April 8, the Board gathered via conference call, reviewed the terms of the deal, and approved it. On April 11, Campbell and Lancaster executed the LOI.
N. Trados Continues To Perform Well.
Under Campbell’s leadership, Trados’s fortunes continued to improve. For the first quarter of 2005, the Company brought in revenue of $7.2 million, 26% higher year-over-year and 3% over budget. JX 354. Trados achieved an operating profit of $165,000, and its cash balance exceeded $5 million, beating budget. The GIS repositioning effort was producing results. During the first quarter, the Company issued nine press releases and produced two case studies about enterprise software solutions, and three market analysts issued reports on Trados. For the quarter, enterprise software sales generated over 50% of revenue. In a report to her partners at Hg, Stone was upbeat: “For the first time, the business is ahead of budget in all key areas and has a seemingly good pipeline. Q1 was a record quarter and the business has made a profit.” JX 393 at 000051. Equally important, the “[e]xit” remained “on track.” Id.
During the second quarter of 2005, Tra-dos continued performing. The Company again would have met its budget and shown a profit, except that Campbell and Budge agreed with Lancaster to delay shipping any new copies of Trados 7, the latest version of its desktop program, until after the Merger closed. The revenue manipulation allowed SDL to book the sales during the third quarter, post-Merger. The increased revenue for the third quarter helped Lancaster by making the acquisition immediately accretive for SDL.
During the same period, Lancaster agreed that Campbell would become President and Chief Strategy Officer of SDL. Campbell also would join SDL’s board.
O. The Merger Is Approved And Closes.
On June 9, 2005, Trados’s compensation committee (consisting of Gandhi, Scanlan, and Stone) approved a $250,000 bonus for Campbell and a $150,000 bonus for Budge. The bonuses were given for exemplary performance, including “[y]ear over year revenue growth exceeding market growth,” “forecast profitability” for the second quarter of 2005, and “[cjreation of three viable exit strategies for the Company.” JX 456.
On June 15, 2005, the Board met to approve the Merger. Under the MIP, the first 13% of the $60 million proceeds ($7.8 million) went to Campbell, Hummel, Budge, and other employees. Campbell’s share of the MIP was 30% ($2.34 million). JX 379. During the Merger negotiations, *33SDL insisted that Campbell enter into a non-competition agreement, but SDL would not dig any further into its pockets to compensate him for it. To preserve the deal, Campbell agreed to the non-compete. For reasons that were not clearly developed at trial, but which I suspect are tax-related, Campbell recharacterized $1.315 million of his MIP payment as compensation for his non-competition agreement. See JX 465 at 45286. He likewise allocated $250,000 of his MIP proceeds to his bonus, which appears to have been another accommodation to keep the deal on track. As a result, Campbell nominally received only $775,000 from the MIP. See id. at 45285-86 (allocating Campbell’s $2.34 million MIP payment). Unlike Campbell, Hummel demanded compensation for his non-competition agreement. His share of the MIP was duly increased from 12% to 14%. See JX 379. Hummel received $1.092 million from the MIP. See JX 465 at 45285.
At the time of the Merger, the total liquidation preference on the preferred stock was $57.9 million, including accumulated dividends. JX 465 at 45283-84. The proceeds remaining after the MIP payments — approximately $52.2 million — went to satisfy the liquidation preference. See id. at 45283. Each of the preferred stockholders received less than their full liquidation preference but more than their initial investment. The amounts recovered by the entities affiliated with the directors are shown in the following table:
As events turned out, the preferred stockholders actually received somewhat less. Under the Merger agreement, approximately $4 million of the consideration was set aside in escrow to address indemnification claims. Only $968,000 from the escrow was dispersed to the preferred stockholders, leaving them with total proceeds of $49.2 million. The common stockholders received nothing.
At the June 15, 2005 meeting, the Board determined that the Merger was “advisable and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders” and formally “authorized, adopted and approved” it. JX 470 at 50853. The Board also approved and recommended to stockholders an amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation that reset the liquidation preferences of the preferred stock at the specific amounts they would receive in the Merger.
All that remained were the necessary stockholder approvals, one by the preferred and one by the common. Trados management anticipated getting both votes handily, as shown by the following table that Budge prepared and Campbell sent to Lancaster:
JX 419; see JX 422 (Campbell forwarding to Lancaster).
On June 17, 2005, Trados’s stockholders approved the Merger. Microsoft abstained, advising Campbell that “the economic result from the perspective of our equity interest is not such that we are prepared to actively vote in favor .... ” JX 513.
P. The Plaintiff Sues.
Plaintiff Marc Christen owned about 5% of Trados’s common stock. On July 21, 2005, he sought appraisal for his 1,753,298 shares.
Discovery in the appraisal action did not proceed smoothly. Christen was forced to file several motions to compel, and Tra-dos’s representations that it had completed its document production were repeatedly proven incorrect. During the appraisal action, Christen deposed Campbell, Gandhi, McClelland, Budge, Knyphausen, and Kevin Passarello, who was Trados’s general counsel. Christen also defeated a motion for summary judgment.
On July 3, 2008, based on discovery from the appraisal action, Christen filed a second lawsuit, individually and on behalf of a class of Trados’s common stockholders, alleging that the former Trados directors breached their duty of loyalty by approving the Merger. After the actions were consolidated, the defendants moved to dismiss the new claims and obtained a stay of discovery in both actions pending the outcome of the motion. With one exception, Chancellor Chandler denied the motion. See In re Trados Inc. S’holder Litig. (Trados I), 2009 WL 2225958 (Del.Ch. July 24, 2009). The exception was a claim that Campbell and Hummel manipulated Tra-dos’s shipments to benefit SDL by increasing post-Merger revenue, and that SDL and two of its principals aided and abetted this breach of duty. The Chancellor dismissed the revenue manipulation claims because the amended complaint did not adequately plead any material benefit to Campbell or Hummel. Id. at *9-10. The evidence of revenue manipulation remained relevant to the value of Trados at the time of the Merger and to the defendants’ credibility. It is quite clear that revenue manipulation occurred.2
*35In 2010, the action was reassigned to me. In the interim, discovery in the breach of fiduciary duty action had not gone smoothly either. Christen was forced to file a motion to compel, which was granted. Christen also defeated a partial motion for summary judgment. On March 11, 2011, I certified a class “consisting] of all beneficial owners of Trados, Inc.’s common stock whose shares were extinguished by a merger on July 7, 2005, with the exception of defendants .... ” Dkt. 213. At the close of discovery, the defendants again moved for summary judgment. After the motion was denied, the case proceeded to trial.
II. LEGAL ANALYSIS
Since Cede & Co. v. Technicolor, Inc. (Technicolor I), 542 A.2d 1182 (Del.1988), the consolidated breach of fiduciary duty action and appraisal proceeding has been a fixture of Delaware law. The breach, of fiduciary duty claim seeks an equitable remedy that requires a finding of wrongdoing. The appraisal proceeding seeks a statutory determination of fair value that does not require a finding of wrongdoing. In Technicolor I, the Delaware Supreme Court stated that when presented with such a case, the court should address the breach of fiduciary duty action first, because a finding of liability and the resultant remedy could moot the appraisal proceeding. Id. at 1188. Consistent with the Delaware Supreme Court’s instructions, this decision starts with the plaintiffs claim for breach of fiduciary duty, then turns to the appraisal. It also considers the plaintiffs request for leave to file an application for fee shifting under the bad faith exception to the American Rule.
A. The Breach Of Fiduciary Duty Claim
When determining whether directors have breached their fiduciary duties, Delaware corporate law distinguishes between the standard of conduct and the standard of review. See William T. Allen, Jack B. Jacobs, & Leo E. Strine, Jr., Realigning the Standard of Review of Director Due Care with Delaware Public Policy: A Critique of Van Gorkorn and its Progeny as a Standard of Review Problem, 96 Nw. U.L.Rev. 449, 451-52 (2002) [hereinafter Realigning the Standard], The standard of conduct describes what directors are expected to do and is defined by the content of the duties of loyalty and care. The standard of review is the test that a court applies when evaluating whether directors *36have met the standard of conduct. It describes what a plaintiff must first plead and later prove to prevail.
Under Delaware law, the standard of review depends initially on whether the board members (i) were disinterested and independent (the business judgment rule), (ii) faced potential conflicts of interest because of the decisional dynamics present in particular recurring and recognizable situations (enhanced scrutiny), or (iii) confronted actual conflicts of interest such that the directors making the decision did not comprise a disinterested and independent board majority (entire fairness). The standard of review may change further depending on whether the directors took steps to address the potential or actual conflict, such as by creating an independent committee, conditioning the transaction on approval by disinterested stockholders, or both. Regardless, in every situation, the standard of review is more forgiving of directors and more onerous for stockholder plaintiffs than the standard of conduct. This divergence is warranted for diverse policy reasons typically cited as justifications for the business judgment rule. See, e.g., Brehm v. Eisner, 746 A.2d 244, 268 (Del.2000) (explaining justifications for business judgment rule).
1. The Standard Of Conduct
Delaware corporate law starts from the bedrock principle that “[t]he business and affairs of every corporation ... shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of directors.” 8 Del. C. § 141(a). When exercising their statutory responsibility, the standard of conduct requires that directors seek “to promote the value of the corporation for the benefit of its stockholders.”3
“It is, of course, accepted that a corporation may take steps, such as giving charitable contributions or paying higher wages, that do not maximize profits currently. They may do so, however, because such activities are rationalized as producing greater profits over the long-term.” Leo E. Strine, Jr., Our Continuing Struggle with the Idea that For-Profit Corporations Seek Profit, 47 Wake Forest L.Rev. 135, 147 n. 34 (2012) [hereinafter For-Profit Corporations ]. Decisions of this nature benefit the corporation as a whole, and by increasing the value of the corporation, the directors increase the share of value available for the residual claimants. Judicial opinions therefore often refer to directors owing fiduciary duties “to the corporation and its shareholders.” Gheewalla, 930 A.2d at 99; accord Mills Acq. Co. v. Macmillan, Inc., 559 A.2d 1261, 1280 (Del.1989) (“[Djirectors owe fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to the corporation and its shareholders .... ”); Polk v. Good, 507 A.2d 531, 536 (Del.1986) (“In performing their duties the directors owe fundamental fiduciary duties of loyalty and care to the corporation and its shareholders.”). This formulation captures the foundational relationship in which directors owe duties to the corporation for *37the ultimate benefit of the entity’s residual claimants. Nevertheless, “stockholders’ best interest must always, within legal limits, be the end. Other constituencies may be considered only instrumentally to advance that end.” For-Profit Corporations, supra, at 147 n. 84.
A Delaware corporation, by default, has a perpetual existence. 8 Del. C. §§ 102(b)(5), 122(1). Equity capital, by default, is permanent capital.4 In terms of the standard of conduct, the duty of loyalty therefore mandates that directors maximize the value of the corporation over the long-term for the benefit of the providers of equity capital, as warranted for an entity with perpetual life in which the residual claimants have locked in their investment.5 When deciding whether to pursue a strategic alternative that would end or fundamentally alter the stockholders’ ongoing investment in the corporation, the loyalty-based standard of conduct requires that the alternative yield value exceeding what the corporation otherwise would generate for stockholders over the long-term.6 Val*38ue, of course, does not just mean cash. It could mean an ownership interest in an entity, a package of other securities, or some combination, with or without cash, that will deliver greater value over the anticipated investment horizon. See QVC, 637 A.2d at 44 (describing how directors should approach consideration of non-cash or mixed consideration).
The duty to act for the ultimate benefit of stockholders does not require that directors fulfill the wishes of a particular subset of the stockholder base. See In re Lear Corp. S’holder Litig., 967 A.2d 640, 655 (Del.Ch.2008) (“Directors are not thermometers, existing to register the ever-changing sentiments of stockholders.... During their term of office, directors may take good faith actions that they believe will benefit stockholders, even if they realize that the stockholders do not agree with them.”); Paramount Commc’ns Inc. v. Time Inc., 1989 WL 79880, at *30 (Del.Ch. July 14, 1989) (“The corporation law does not operate on the theory that directors, in exercising their powers to manage the firm, are obligated to follow the wishes of a majority of shares. In fact, directors, not shareholders, are charged with the duty to manage the firm.”), aff'd in pertinent part, Time, 571 A.2d at 1150; TW Servs., 1989 WL 20290, at *8 n. 14 (“While corporate democracy is a pertinent concept, a corporation is not a New England town meeting; directors, not shareholders, have responsibilities to manage the business and affairs of the corporation, subject however to a fiduciary obligation.”). Stockholders may have idiosyncratic reasons for preferring decisions that misallocate capital. Directors must exercise their independent fiduciary judgment; they need not cater to stockholder whim. See Time, 571 A.2d at 1154 (“Delaware law confers the management of the corporate enterprise to the stockholders’ duly elected board representatives. The fiduciary duty to manage a corporate enterprise includes the selection of a time frame for achievement of corporate goals. That duty may not be delegated to the stockholders.” (citations omitted)).
More pertinent to the current case, a particular class or series of stock may hold contractual rights against the corporation and desire outcomes that maximize the value of those rights. See MCG Capital Corp. v. Maginn, 2010 WL 1782271, at *6 (Del.Ch. May 5, 2010) (noting that preferential contract rights may appear in “the articles of incorporation, the preferred share designations, or some other appropriate document” such as a registration rights agreement, investor rights agreement, or stockholder agreement). By default, “all stock is created equal.” Id. Unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, each share of stock is common stock. If the certificate of incorporation grants a particular class or series of stock special “voting powers, ... designations, preferences and *39relative, participating, optional or other special rights” superior to the common stock, then the class or series holding the rights is known as preferred stock. 8 Del. C. § 151(a); see Starring v. Am. Hair & Felt Co., 191 A. 887, 890 (Del.Ch.1937) (Wolcott, C.) (“The term ‘preferred stock’ is of fairly definite import. There is no difficulty in understanding its general concept. [It] is of course a stock which in relation to other classes enjoys certain defined rights and privileges.”), aff'd, 2 A.2d 249 (Del.1937). If the certificate of incorporation is silent on a particular issue, then as to that issue the preferred stock and the common stock have the same rights.7 Consequently, as a general matter, “the rights and preferences of preferred stock are contractual in nature.” Trados I, 2009 WL 2225958, at *7; accord Judah v. Del. Trust Co., 378 A.2d 624, 628 (Del.1977) (“Generally, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation govern the rights of preferred shareholders, the certificate of incorporation being interpreted in accordance with the law of contracts, with only those rights which are embodied in the certificate granted to preferred shareholders.”).8
A board does not owe fiduciary duties to preferred stockholders when considering whether or not to take corporate action that might trigger or circumvent the preferred stockholders’ contractual rights.9 Preferred stockholders are owed fiduciary *40duties only when they do not invoke their special contractual rights and rely on a right shared equally with the common stock. Under those circumstances, “the existence of such right and the correlative duty may be measured by equitable as well as legal standards.”10 Thus, for example, just as common stockholders can challenge a disproportionate allocation of merger consideration,11 so too can preferred stockholders who do not possess and are not limited by a contractual entitlement.12 Under those circumstances, the decision to allocate different consideration is a discretionary, fiduciary determination that must pass muster under the appropriate standard of review, and the degree to which directors own different classes or series of stock may affect the standard of review.13
To reiterate, the standard of conduct for directors requires that they strive *41in good faith and on an informed basis to maximize the value of the corporation for the benefit of its residual claimants, the ultimate beneficiaries of the firm’s value, not for the benefit of its contractual claimants.14 In light of this obligation, “it is the duty of directors to pursue the best interests of the corporation and its common stockholders, if that can be done faithfully with the contractual promises owed to the preferred.” LC Capital, 990 A.2d at 452. Put differently, “generally it will be the duty of the board, where discretionary judgment is to be exercised, to prefer the interests of the common stock — as the good faith judgment of the board sees them to be — to the interests created by the special rights, preferences, etc .... of preferred stock.” Equity-Linked, 705 A.2d at 1042. This principle is not unique to preferred stock; it applies equally to other holders of contract rights against the corporation.15 Consequently, as this court *42observed at the motion to dismiss stage, “in circumstances where the interests of the common stockholders diverge from those of the preferred stockholders, it is possible that a director could breach her duty by improperly favoring the interests of the preferred stockholders over those of the common stockholders.” Trados I, 2009 WL 2225958, at *7; accord LC Capital, 990 A.2d at 447 (quoting Trados I and remarking that it “summarized the weight of authority very well”).16
In this case, the directors made the discretionary decision to sell Trados in a transaction that triggered the preferred stockholders’ contractual liquidation preference, a right that the preferred stockholders otherwise could not have exercised. The plaintiff contends that the Board should not have agreed to the Merger and had a duty to continue operating Trados on a stand-alone basis, because that alternative had the potential to maximize the value of the corporation for the ultimate benefit of the common stock. The Trados directors, of course, contend that they complied with their fiduciary duties.
2. The Standards Of Review
To determine whether directors have met their fiduciary obligations, Delaware courts evaluate the challenged decision *43through the lens of a standard of review. In this case, the Board lacked a majority of disinterested and independent directors, making entire fairness the applicable standard.
“Delaware has three tiers of review for evaluating director decision-making: the business judgment rule, enhanced scrutiny, and entire fairness.” Reis v. Hazelett Strip-Casting Corp., 28 A.3d 442, 457 (Del.Ch.2011). Delaware’s default standard of review is the business judgment rule. The rule presumes that “in making a business decision the directors of a corporation acted on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the company.”17 This standard of review “reflects and promotes the role of the board of directors as the proper body to manage the business and affairs of the corporation.” Trados I, 2009 WL 2225958, at *6. Unless one of its elements is rebutted, “the court merely looks to see whether the business decision made was rational in the sense of being one logical approach to advancing the corporation’s objectives.” In re Dollar Thrifty S’holder Litig., 14 A.3d 573, 598 (Del.Ch.2010). Only when a decision lacks any rationally conceivable basis will a court infer bad faith and a breach of duty.18
Enhanced scrutiny is Delaware’s intermediate standard of review. Framed generally, it requires that the defendant fiduciaries “bear the burden of persuasion to show that their motivations were proper and not selfish” and that “their actions were reasonable in relation to their legitimate objective.” Mercier v. Inter-Tel (Del.), Inc., 929 A.2d 786, 810 (Del.Ch.2007). Enhanced scrutiny applies to specific, recurring, and readily identifiable situations involving potential conflicts of interest where the realities of the decisionmaking context can subtly undermine the decisions of even independent and disinterested directors. In Unocal the Delaware Supreme Court created enhanced scrutiny to address the potential conflicts of interest faced by a board of directors *44when resisting a hostile takeover, namely the “omnipresent specter” that target directors may be influenced by and act to further their own interests or those of incumbent management, “rather than those of the corporation and its shareholders.” 493 A.2d at 954. Tailored for this context, enhanced scrutiny requires that directors who take defensive action against a hostile takeover show (i) that “they had reasonable grounds for believing that a danger to corporate policy and effectiveness existed,” and (ii) that the response selected was “reasonable in relation to the threat posed.” Id. at 955.
In Revlon, the Delaware Supreme Court extended the new intermediate standard to the sale of a corporation. See 506 A.2d at 180-82 (expressly applying Unocal test). Here too, enhanced scrutiny applies because of the potential conflicts of interest that fiduciaries must confront. “[T]he potential sale of a corporation has enormous implications for corporate managers and advisors, and a range of human motivations, including but by no means limited to greed, can inspire fiduciaries and their advisors to be less than faithful.” In re El Paso Corp. S’holder Litig., 41 A.3d 432, 439 (Del.Ch.2012). These potential conflicts warrant a more searching standard of review than the business judgment rule:
The heightened scrutiny that applies in the Revlon (and Unocal) contexts are, in large measure, rooted in a concern that the board might harbor personal motivations in the sale context that differ from what is best for the corporation and its stockholders. Most traditionally, there is the danger that top corporate managers will resist a sale that might cost them their managerial posts, or prefer a sale to one industry rival rather than another for reasons having more to do with personal ego than with what is best for stockholders.
Dollar Thrifty, 14 A.3d at 597 (footnote omitted). Consequently, “the predicate question of what the board’s true motivation was comes into play,” and “[t]he court must take a nuanced and realistic look at the possibility that personal interests short of pure self-dealing have influenced the board ....” Id. at 598. Tailored to the sale context, enhanced scrutiny requires that the defendant fiduciaries show that they acted reasonably to obtain for their beneficiaries the best value reasonably available under the circumstances, which may be no transaction at all. See QVC, 637 A.2d at 48-49.
Entire fairness, Delaware’s most onerous standard, applies when the board labors under actual conflicts of interest. Once entire fairness applies, the defendants must establish “to the court’s satisfaction that the transaction was the product of both fair dealing and fair price.” Cinerama, Inc. v. Technicolor, Inc. (Technicolor III), 663 A.2d 1156, 1163 (Del.1995) (internal quotation marks omitted). “Not even an honest belief that the transaction was entirely fair will be sufficient to establish entire fairness. Rather, the transaction itself must be objectively fair, independent of the board’s beliefs.” Gesoff v. IIC Indus., Inc., 902 A.2d 1130, 1145 (Del.Ch.2006).
To obtain review under the entire fairness test, the stockholder plaintiff must prove that there were not enough independent and disinterested individuals among the directors making the challenged decision to comprise a board majority. See Aronson, 473 A.2d at 812 (noting that if “the transaction is not approved by a majority consisting of the disinterested directors, then the business judgment rule has no application”). To determine whether the directors approving the transaction comprised a disinterested and independent *45board majority, the court conducts a director-by-director analysis.19
In this case, the plaintiff proved at trial that six of the seven Trados directors were not disinterested and independent, making entire fairness the operative standard. This finding does not mean that the six directors necessarily breached their fiduciary duties, only that entire fairness is the lens through which the court evaluates their actions.
a. The Management Directors: Campbell And Hummel
Two of the directors — Campbell and Hummel — received personal benefits in the Merger. The plaintiff proved that the benefits were material to them, rendering Campbell and Hummel interested in the decision to approve the Merger.
In Trados I, this court recognized that “a director is interested in a transaction if ‘he or she will receive a personal financial benefit from a transaction that is not equally shared by the stockholders.’ ”20 This court further recognized that for purposes of fiduciary review, “the benefit received by the director and not shared with stockholders must be ‘of a sufficiently material importance, in the context of the director’s economic circumstances, as to have made it improbable that the director could perform her fiduciary duties ... without being influenced by her overriding personal interest.’” Trados I, 2009 WL 2225958, at *6 (quoting Gen. Motors Class H., 734 A.2d at 617, and citing Orman, 794 A.2d at 23).
At trial, the plaintiff proved that Campbell personally received $2.34 million from the MIP, portions of which were recharac-terized as a bonus and as payment for his non-competition agreement. Campbell bargained for and obtained post-transaction employment as SDL’s President and Chief Strategy Officer. He also became a member of SDL’s board, where he earned $50,000 per year for his service (later bumped to $60,000 per year).
During discovery, the plaintiff asked Campbell about his personal wealth to explore materiality. Defense counsel objected, and Campbell initially refused to provide any specifics. He then only agreed to estimate that his net worth at the time was $5-10 million. Defense counsel instructed him not to answer any further questions on the subject. See Campbell Dep. II125-27.
Campbell’s post-transaction SDL board membership, standing alone, would not be sufficient to create a disqualifying interest. See Orman, 794 A.2d at 28-29. Taken collectively, however, the benefits Camp*46bell received were material. The payments represented 23% to 47% of his net worth at the time of the Merger and paid him nearly ten times what he would make annually by continuing to manage Trados as a stand-alone entity. See, e.g., Oliver v. Bos. Univ., 2006 WL 1064169, at *27 (Del.Ch. Apr. 14, 2006) (“[The CEO], with significant financial interests of his own, cannot be said to have negotiated for the minority common shareholder because every dollar the minority common shareholder received was likely to reduce the Asset Value Realization Bonus that he would receive as a consequence of the merger.”); In re Lukens Inc. S’holders Litig., 757 A.2d 720, 730 (Del.Ch.1999), aff'd, 757 A.2d 1278 (Del.2000) (treating inside director as interested in transaction because of personal financial rewards from triggering golden parachute). It is also fair to infer that the payments were material in light of defense counsel’s objections and the defendants’ failure to produce any countervailing evidence. See Kahn v. Lynch Commc’n Sys., Inc., 638 A.2d 1110, 1119 n. 7 (Del.1994) (“[T]he production of weak evidence when strong is, or should have been, available can lead only to the conclusion that the strong would have been adverse.”); Smith v. Van Gorkom, 488 A.2d 858, 878-79 (Del.1985).
At trial, the plaintiff similarly proved that Hummel personally received material benefits. Hummel’s employment with Trados provided his sole source of income between 1984 and 2005; at the time of the Merger, he was earning approximately $190,000 plus an annual bonus. Hummel Dep. 132-33. SDL employed Hummel post-transaction at the same level of compensation. Tr. 667. Hummel originally was entitled to 12% of the MIP, representing $0,936 million of the Merger proceeds. Just before the Merger, Hummel complained to Campbell about some of the “strings” imposed by the MIP, such as his one year non-competition agreement. Tr. 663. After Hummel complained, his MIP percentage increased from 12% to 14% for total proceeds of $1,092 million. See JX 379; JX 465. Two days later, Budge described Hummel as “obviously a lock” to vote for the Merger. JX 390.
As with Campbell, defense counsel obstructed the plaintiffs efforts to explore the materiality of the payments to Hum-mel, calling it “an inappropriate area of questioning.” Hummel Dep. 163. Hummel only would estimate that his net worth at the time of the Merger was $2-4 million.
Taken collectively, the direct financial benefits Hummel received were material to him. He admitted that the $1 million payday was significant. See Hummel Dep. 164 (“A million dollars is significant, of course, yeah.”). His post-transaction employment also was a material benefit. See, e.g., In re Primedia Inc. Deriv. Litig., 910 A.2d 248, 261 n. 45 (Del.Ch.2006) (noting that compensation from employment is generally material); In re Student Loan Corp. Deriv. Litig., 2002 WL 75479, at *3 n. 3 (Del.Ch. Jan. 8, 2002) (same). The defendants’ opposition to discovery warrants the same inference as with Campbell.
b. The VC Directors: Gandhi, Scanlan, And Stone
Three of the directors — Gandhi, Scanlan, and Stone — were fiduciaries for VC funds that received disparate consideration in the Merger in the form of a liquidation preference. Each faced the dual fiduciary problem identified in Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., 457 A.2d 701, 710 (Del.1983), where the Delaware Supreme Court held that there was “no dilution” of the duty of loyalty when a director “holds dual or multiple” fiduciary obligations. Id. If the interests of the beneficiaries to whom the dual fiduciary owes duties are aligned, *47then there is no conflict. See, e.g., Van de Walle v. Unimation, Inc., 1991 WL 29303, at *11 (Del.Ch. Mar. 7, 1991). But if the interests of the beneficiaries diverge, the fiduciary faces an inherent conflict of interest.21 “There is no ‘safe harbor’ for such divided loyalties in Delaware.” Weinberger, 457 A.2d at 710. The plaintiff proved at trial that Gandhi, Scanlan, and Stone faced a conflict of interest as dual fiduciaries.
In Trados I, Chancellor Chandler recognized that the VC firms’ ability to receive their liquidation preference could give the VC directors a divergent interest in the Merger that conflicted with the interests of the common stock. 2009 WL 2225958, at *7. In moving to dismiss, the defendants argued that because the preferred stockholders did not receive their full liquidation preference, and because the Series A and BB were participating preferred, the preferred stockholders would benefit from a higher price and their interests were aligned with the common. Id. Chancellor Chandler rejected their argument:
Even accepting this proposition as true, however, it is not the case that the interests of the preferred and common stockholders were aligned with respect to the decision of whether to pursue a sale of the [CJompany or continue to operate the Company without pursuing a transaction at that time.
The [M]erger triggered the $57.9 million liquidation preference of the preferred stockholders, and the preferred stockholders received approximately $52 million dollars as a result of the [MJerger. In contrast, the common stockholders received nothing as a result of the [Mjerger, and lost the ability to ever receive anything of value in the future for their ownership interest in Trados. It would not stretch reason to say that this is the worst possible outcome for the common stockholders.
Id. The Chancellor held that it was “reasonable to infer from the factual allegations in the Complaint that the interests of the preferred and common stockholders were not aligned with respect to the decision to pursue a transaction that would trigger the liquidation preference of the preferred and result in no consideration for the common stockholders.” Id.; see also Equity-Linked, 705 A.2d at 1058 (observing that in contrast to common stockholders, who had an incentive to maximize *48the value of their shares, “the [preferred stockholders] inherently have some interest in protecting their liquidation preference”).
Although Chancellor Chandler clearly understood the point, the fact that preferred and common “may have incentives to pursue different exit strategies is not obvious.” D. Gordon Smith, The Exit Structure of Venture Capital, 53 UCLA L.Rev. 315, 356 (2005) [hereinafter Exit Structure ]. Both are equity securities which give their holders incentives to maximize value of the firm. But preferred stock carries special rights that create specific economic incentives that differ from those of common stock. VCs also operate under a business model that causes them to seek outsized returns and to liquidate (typically via a sale) even profitable ventures that fall short of their return hurdles and which otherwise would require investments of time and resources that could be devoted to more promising ventures.
i. Economic Incentives
VCs invest through preferred stock with highly standardized features, although individual details vary.22 VC preferred stock typically carries a preference upon liquidation, defined to include a sale of the company, that entitles the holders to receive specified value before the common stock receives anything. It usually earns a cumulative dividend which, if unpaid, steadily increases the liquidation preference. It also entitles the preferred holder to convert into common stock at a specified ratio in lieu of receiving the liquidation preference.23 The preferred stock in this case carried each of these features.
There is nothing inherently pernicious about the standard features of VC preferred stock. The sophisticated contract rights, the use of staged financing, and the gradual acquisition of board control over the course of multiple financing rounds help VCs reduce the risk of entrepreneur opportunism and management agency costs. See Agency Costs, supra, at 983-84; Exit Structure, supra, at 318-24; Venture Survival, supra, at 56-68. Nevertheless, “[w]hile each of the ... contracting techniques helps VC investors minimize agency risk, they also give rise to the possibility *49that the venture capitalist may use the contract rights opportunistically.” Robert P. Bartlett, III, Venture Capital, Agency Costs, and the False Dichotomy of the Corporation, 54 UCLA L.Rev. 37, 56 n. 78 (2006) [hereinafter False Dichotomy]; accord Ronald J. Gilson, Engineering a Venture Capital Market: Lessons from the American Experience, 55 Stan. L.Rev. 1067, 1085 (2003) (“Reducing the agency costs of the entrepreneur’s discretion by transferring it to the venture capital fund also transfers to the venture capitalist ... the opportunity to use that discretion opportunistically against the entrepreneur.”).
The cash flow rights of typical VC preferred stock cause the economic incentives of its holders to diverge from those of the common stockholders. See Theory of Preferred, supra, at 1832 (noting “the preferred’s financial interest is defined by contract rights that conflict intrinsically with the interests of the common”). “[T]o the extent that VCs retain their preferred stock, their cash flow rights are debt-like; to the extent that they convert, their preferred stock offers the same cash flow rights as common.” Agency Costs, supra, at 982. “Because of the preferred shareholders’ liquidation preferences, they sometimes gain less from increases in firm value than they lose from decreases in firm value. This effect may cause a board dominated by preferred shareholders to choose lower-risk, lower-value investment strategies over higher-risk, higher-value investment strategies.” Id. at 994. The different cash flow rights of preferred stockholders are particularly likely to affect the choice between (i) selling or dissolving the company and (ii) maintaining the company as an independent private business. “In particular, preferred dominated boards may favor immediate ‘liquidity events’ (such as dissolution or sale of the business) even if operating the firm as a stand-alone going concern would generate more value for shareholders.”24 In these situations, “[liquidity events promise a certain payout, much [or all] of which the preferred shareholders can capture through their liquidation preferences. Continuing to operate the firm as an independent company may expose the preferred-owning VCs to risk without sufficient opportunity for gain.” Agency Costs, supra, at 993-94; accord Theory of Preferred, supra, at 1886 (“Preferred, as a senior claim, will avoid taking value-enhancing risk in a case where common, as the at-the-margin residual interest, would assume the risk.”).
The distorting effects “are most likely to arise when, as is often the case, the firm is neither a complete failure nor a stunning success.” Agency Costs, supra, at 996; accord Theory of Preferred, supra, at 1833, 1875. When the venture is a stunning success (everybody wins) or a complete failure (everybody loses), the outcomes are “cut and dried.” William W. Bratton, Venture Capital on the Downside: Preferred Stock and Corporate Control, 100 Mich. L.Rev. 891, 896 (2002) [hereinafter Downside ]. But in intermediate cases, preferred stockholders have incentives to “act opportunistically.” Agency Costs, supra, at 993. “The costs of this value-reducing behavior are borne, in the first instance, by common shareholders.” Id. at 995; see Exit Structure, supra, at 351. “[Bjeeause *50VCs in ... sales often exit as preferred shareholders with liquidation preferences that must be paid in full before common shareholders receive any payout, common shareholders may receive little (if any) payout. At the same time, the sale eliminates any ‘option value’ (upside potential) of the common stock.” Carrots & Sticks, supra, at 3.25
ii. Personal Incentives
The VC business model reinforces the economic incentives that the preferred stock’s cash flow rights create.
Before venture capitalists invest, they plan for exit.... The ability to control exit is crucial to the venture capitalist’s business model of short-term funding of nascent business opportunities. Exit allows venture capitalists to reallocate funds and the nonflnancial contributions that accompany them .... It also allows fund investors to evaluate the quality of their venture capitalists .... Finally, the credible threat of exit by venture capitalists may work to minimize the temptation towards self-dealing by the entrepreneurs who manage the venture-backed companies.
Exit Structure, supra, at 316; see also id. at 345 (“Any venture capitalist who desires to remain in business ... must successfully raise funds, invest them in portfolio companies, then exit the companies and return the proceeds to the fund investors, who in turn are expected to reinvest in a new fund formed by the same venture capitalist .... ”). The timing and form of exit are critical because VCs seek very high rates of return, usually a ten-fold return of capital over a five year period.26
Three forms of exit are common. An IPO is the gold standard and most lucrative; liquidation via sale to a larger company (a trade sale) is a second-best solution; *51and a write-off is the least attractive.27 “[V]enture capitalists will sometimes liquidate an otherwise viable firm, if its expected returns are not what they (or their investors) expected, or not worth pursuing further, given limited resources and the need to manage other portfolio firms.”28 This may seem irrational, but “it makes perfect economic sense when viewed from the venture capitalist’s need to allocate [his] time and resources among various ventures.” Venture Survival, supra, at 110 n. 218. “Although the individual company may be economically viable, the return on time and capital to the individual venture capitalist is less than the opportunity cost.” William A. Sahlman, The Structure and Governance of Venture-Capital Organizations, 27 J. Fin. Econ. 473, 507 (1990). VC firms strive to avoid a so-called “sideways situation,” also known as a “zombie company” or “the living dead,” in which the entity is profitable and requires ongoing VC monitoring, but where the growth opportunities and prospects for exit are not high enough to generate an attractive internal rate of return. These companies “are routinely liquidated,” usually via trade sales, “by venture capitalists hoping to turn to more promising ventures.”29
iii. The Evidence That The VC Directors Faced A Conflict In This Case
At the pleadings stage, Chancellor Chandler recognized that it was reasonably conceivable that the VC directors faced a conflict of interest. See Trados I, 2009 WL 2225958, at *7. At trial, the plaintiff had the burden to prove on the facts of *52this case, by a preponderance of evidence, that (i) the interests of the VC firms in receiving their liquidation preference as holders of preferred stock diverged from the interests of the common stock and (ii) the VC directors faced a conflict of interest because of their competing duties. Cf. In re Toys “R” Us, Inc. S’holder Litig., 877 A.2d 975, 1006 (Del.Ch.2005) (commenting that the court’s “job is not to police the appearances of conflict that, upon close scrutiny, do not have a causal influence on a board’s process”). The plaintiff carried his burden.
Campbell testified in his first deposition, taken on September 20, 2006, just over a year after the Merger and before anyone was sued for breach of fiduciary duty, that his mission upon joining Trados “was to help the company understand its future path, which in the mind[s] of the outside board members at that time was some type of either merger or acquisition event.” Campbell Dep. I 21; see also Tr. 117-18. Campbell perceived “degrees of aggressiveness” among the directors based on how long they had invested in Trados. Campbell Dep. I 21. From his “first week” at the Company, he perceived Gandhi as “probably the most aggressive,” Scanlan next, then Stone. Id. at 23; see also Tr. 119-22. In Campbell’s assessment, “[hjalf of the board felt that we should just do something now, take the first offer.” Campbell Dep. II 20. Campbell saw Gandhi and Scanlan as the most influential board members. Campbell Dep. 117, 25.
Consistent with Campbell’s deposition testimony, the evidence at trial established that Gandhi faced a conflict and acted consistent with Sequoia’s interest in exiting from Trados and moving on. As Gandhi explained at trial, when Sequoia invests, it hopes for “really fast” growth and “very large outsized returns.” Tr. 359, 411; see also Tr. 412 (explaining that Sequoia’s investors will not provide the firm with money “for ten or [twelve] years for [Sequoia] to get them back 10 percent returns. You can put that in a Vanguard index fund”). Within six months after the Uniscape merger, Gandhi had concluded that Trados would not deliver outsized returns and that Sequoia’s “real opportunity” was only “to recover a fraction” of its $13 million investment in Uniscape. JX 96; see also Tr. 355-62. By the end of 2002, Gandhi had decided not to put significant time into Trados beyond Board meetings and only to attend by phone unless meetings were held locally. See JX 96. From his perspective, this was simply a matter of prioritizing his time based on how Trados would perform for Sequoia relative to other opportunities with “a lot of upside.” Tr. 360-61. He later elaborated: “[M]y most, you know, limited resource is just where I’m putting my time. And it’s just better to work on something brand-new that has a chance .... Is [the next Sequoia investment] going to be Google?” Tr. 397.
Gandhi saw a sale as a means of liquidating Sequoia’s investment and moving on to better things. In June 2003, he told his partners at Sequoia that “[w]ithin 18 months the company will be a decent acquisition target .... ” JX 105. Gandhi’s investment outlook was a “return [of] capital at best.” Id. At the beginning of 2004, he put McClelland in touch with Trados’s then-CEO to start setting the table for a sale. In June 2004, Gandhi reported to Sequoia that “[w]e have recruited a hard-nosed CEO whose task is to grow this company profitably or sell it” and that he expected that “the company is sold within the next 18 months (perhaps sooner).” JX 172. In early 2005, he told Sequoia that Campbell’s “mission is to architect an M & A exit as soon as practicable.” JX 276. Contemporaneously, Gandhi told Campbell to “optimize for true liquidity” rather than *53push for greater total consideration in his discussions with SDL and that “if [Trados] can get the cash component from sdl to $30m+ and get some stock,” he thought “that deal is very much in the ballpark for what is reasonable” for Trados. JX 302.
The evidence at trial established that Scanlan had similar incentives, consistent with Campbell’s deposition testimony. Wachovia was the earliest VC investor in Trados and bought in before the technology bubble popped. Scanlan sponsored the deal and saw himself as the “owner” of the investment. Scanlan Dep. 49; see also Tr. 282. In February 2001, Wachovia regarded Trados as “well positioned for an exit either through an IPO or an M & A event” and noted that Trados had “been approached by several of its competitors (Lionbridge, SDL).” JX 48 at 8. With Wachovia still invested in summer 2004, Scanlan saw a sale as the best option, even though Trados had stumbled and lacked a CEO. Despite rebuffing SDL’s initial low-bail offer, Scanlan testified that the Board “never let SDL go. We knew they were the only party, and we had to figure out a way.” Tr. 335. Scanlan also recommended and designed the MIP to incentivize top management to favor a sale even at valuations where the common stock would receive zero.
Scanlan decided to leave Wachovia in late 2004 and informed Wachovia of his departure on January 5, 2005. When he told Campbell, in March or April 2005, Campbell asked him to stay on as Wacho-via’s designee until the SDL deal closed. Tr. 270-72, 337-38. Wachovia responded: “Please don’t be disruptive. If you’re willing to do it, even though you don’t need to do it, if you’re willing to do it, go ahead and stay on the board.” Tr. 271-72; accord JX 388 (Scanlan informed Campbell that Wachovia was “sensitive” to Campbell’s “concerns regarding a board change at this juncture” and agreed to “leave [Scanlan] on the board .... ”). Scanlan agreed to stay on, and his willingness to continue at Trados, even after resigning from Wachovia, demonstrates his continuing loyalty to his former employer.
As Campbell testified, Stone was the least aggressive in seeking an exit. The evidence at trial nevertheless established that Stone had the same desire to exit and faced the same conflict of interest as Gandhi and Scanlan, although she was more open to considering a sale in 12-18 months rather than pushing for a near-term outcome. Stone candidly admitted that “[a]ll private equity firms, ourselves included, are always, from the moment we buy [ ] a business, looking for an exit.” Stone Dep. 79. Indeed, when Hg invested in 2000, its investment thesis included an “explicit agreement with the management team” to pursue “an IPO in 18 to 24 months.” Id.; accord Tr. 683 (“[T]he plan was actually to do an IPO by 2002.”). In mid-2004, Hg remained invested in Trados, the Company lacked direction, and Stone felt “blind” as to Trados’s options and potential. Tr. 690. She was understandably concerned: Some of Hg^ “largest clients,” ones that they “have the closest relationship^] with,” were direct investors in Trados, as were Hg Capital Trust (Kg’s “publicly floated vehicle”) and some of Stone’s partners at Hg. Tr. 730-32.
Stone’s view on exit is best seen in her response to the business plan that Campbell presented on February 2, 2005. After Ganesan’s termination, Stone felt the Board needed to understand the Company’s potential before making any decisions. Tr. 688-89. She believed the Board “would be jumping the gun” by selling before they had a plan for the business. Tr. 689-90; see also Tr. 752-53. But when Stone finally received Campbell’s plan, she showed little interest. Within *54days of the February 2 meeting, she joined the other directors in authorizing Campbell to negotiate a sale to SDL at $60 million. With the prospect of a deal that would return most or all of Rig’s liquidation preference, she focused on that alternative. See Tr. 754 (Stone agreeing that “no one ever took Mr. Campbell’s plan a step further from February 2nd”); see also Tr. 722-23, 750-52.
Based on this evidence and other materials on which the plaintiff relied, the plaintiff carried his burden to show that Gandhi, Scanlan, and Stone were not independent with respect to the Merger. They wanted to exit, consistent with the interests of the VC firms they represented.
c. The Outside Directors: Laidig And Prang
Two of the directors — Laidig and Prang — were neither members of management nor dual fiduciaries. The plaintiff did not challenge Laidig’s disinterestedness and independence. By contrast, the plaintiff contended that (i) Prang was not independent because of his close business relationship with Gandhi and Sequoia, and (ii) he was not disinterested because he beneficially owned preferred stock through Mentor, his investment vehicle, and received a liquidation preference for his shares.
Because of the web of interrelationships that characterizes the Silicon Valley start-up community, scholars have argued that “so-called ‘independent directors’ ” on VC-backed startup boards “are often not truly independent of the VCs.” Agency Costs, supra, at 988. “Many of these directors are chosen by the VCs, who tend to have much larger professional networks than the entrepreneurs or other common shareholders.” Id. If there is a “conflict of interest” between the VCs and common stockholders, the “independent directors” have incentives to side with the VCs. Id. at 989.
Many of these outside directors have— or can expect to have — long-term professional and business ties with the VCs, who are more likely to be repeat players than are most of the common shareholders. Cooperative outside directors can expect to be recommended for other board seats or even invited to join the VC fund as a “venture partner.”
Id; accord id. at 989 n. 63 (noting that “conversations with local VCs confirm” that “independent directors” have incentives to side with VCs); Exit Structure, supra, at 320 (“[I]n the event of conflict between the venture capitalist and the entrepreneur, such outside directors may have a natural inclination to side with the venture capitalist.”); Downside, supra, at 921 (arguing outside directors are “highly susceptible to the influence of the VC”). At trial, the plaintiff could not rely on general characterizations of the VC ecosystem. The plaintiff had to prove by a preponderance of evidence that Prang was not disinterested or independent in this case. The plaintiff carried his burden.
Prang had a long history with Sequoia, dating back to Sequoia’s investment in Aspect Development, where Prang was President and COO. Tr. 354, 448. After Aspect Development, Sequoia asked Prang to work with them on other companies, and Gandhi recalled “a number where we worked very collaboratively .... ” Tr. 354. One was Uniscape. The relationship led to Prang investing about $300,000 in three Sequoia funds, including Sequoia X, which owned Trados preferred stock. At the time of the Merger, Prang was also the CEO of Conformia Software, a company backed by Sequoia where Gandhi served on the board. When Sequoia obtained the right to designate two members of Tra-dos’s Board, Sequoia designated Gandhi *55and Prang. JX 79 at 14. Having considered these facts as a whole and evaluated Prang’s demeanor,30 I find that Prang’s current and past relationships with Gandhi and Sequoia resulted in a sense of “owingness” that compromised his independence for purposes of determining the applicable standard of review.31
The plaintiff also introduced sufficient evidence at trial to establish that the $220,683 that Prang received in the Merger (through Mentor) was material to him. As with Campbell and Hummel, defense counsel limited inquiry into Prang’s economic circumstances, asserting that “we don’t think this is relevant and it makes the [witness] extremely uncomfortable.” Prang Dep. 170. Prang would only estimate that the range of his net worth at the time of the Merger was $4-6 million dollars. His sole sources of income were whatever he made from Mentor and his annual salary of $125,000 as CEO of Con-formia Software. See Prang Dep. 171; Tr. 909. Given this record and the litigation position taken by the defendants, the plaintiff established that $220,688 in Merger proceeds, representing nearly double Prang’s annual salary and 3.7%-5.5% of his estimated net worth, was material to Prang. Prang therefore cannot be counted as disinterested for purposes of determining the applicable standard of review.
3. Entire Fairness
A reviewing court deploys the entire fairness test to determine whether the members of a conflicted board of directors complied with their fiduciary duties. “A determination that a transaction must be subjected to an entire fairness analysis is not an implication of liability.” Emerald, P'rs, 787 A.2d at 93. Conditions precedent to imposing liability include (i) a finding that the directors acted in a manner that was not entirely fair, (ii) a specification of the fiduciary duty breached (loyalty or *56care), and (iii) the rejection of any affirmative defenses raised by the directors, such as reliance on advisors under Section 141(e) or exculpation under Section 102(b)(7). See id. at 96-97.
“The concept of fairness has two basic aspects: fair dealing and fair price.” Weinberger, 457 A.2d at 711. Fair dealing “embraces questions of when the transaction was timed, how it was initiated, structured, negotiated, disclosed to the directors, and how the approvals of the directors and the stockholders were obtained.” Id. Fair price “relates to the economic and financial considerations of the proposed merger, including all relevant factors: assets, market value, earnings, future prospects, and any other elements that affect the intrinsic or inherent value of a company’s stock.” Id. Although the two aspects may be examined separately, “the test for fairness is not a bifurcated one as between fair dealing and price. All aspects of the issue must be examined as a whole since the question is one of entire fairness.” Id. But “perfection is not possible, or expected .... ” Id. at 709 n. 7.
a. Fair Dealing
The evidence pertinent to fair dealing weighed decidedly in favor of the plaintiff. Indeed, there was no contemporaneous evidence suggesting that the directors set out to deal with the common stockholders in a procedurally fair manner. Nor were the defendants able to recharacterize their actions retrospectively to show that they somehow blundered unconsciously into procedural fairness, notwithstanding their vigorous and coordinated efforts at trial to achieve this elusive goal.
i. Transaction Initiation
Fair dealing encompasses an evaluation of how the transaction was initiated. In this case, the VC directors pursued the Merger because Trados did not offer sufficient risk-adjusted upside to warrant either the continuing investment of their time and energy or their funds’ ongoing exposure to the possibility of capital loss. An exit addressed these risks by enabling the VCs to devote personal resources to other, more promising investments and by returning their funds’ invested capital plus a modest return. The VC directors did not make this decision after evaluating Trados from the perspective of the common stockholders, but rather as holders of preferred stock with contractual cash flow rights that diverged materially from those of the common stock and who sought to generate returns consistent with their VC funds’ business model.32
*57Gandhi started setting the table for a sale at the beginning of 2004 when he reached out to JMP and asked McClelland to speak with Ganesan. After the Board fired Ganesan in April 2004, the VC directors explored a near-term sale. They appointed Hummel as Acting President and sent him to float the idea with Tra-dos’s strongest strategic relationships, while simultaneously keeping him on a short operational leash that required clearing any material decisions with Gandhi and Scanlan. Gandhi put JMP to work canvassing other potential acquirers and fielded an inbound call from SDL, while Scan-lan looked for a CEO who could fix up the Company and lead a sale process. The fact that the directors chose to hire Campbell rather than taking SDL’s low-ball bid of $40 million in summer 2004 does not demonstrate, as the defendants claimed at trial, that they were not interested in an exit. It simply meant that the defendants recognized the likelihood of a suboptimal sale price given the temporarily distressed nature of the asset. It is difficult to get top dollar for a house with broken windows, loose trim, peeling paint, and an overgrown lawn. An owner who decides to fix up the place need not have changed her mind about what to do with the property.
In his first deposition, Campbell testified that upon joining Trados, he understood that his “mission” was to “help the company understand its future path, which in the mind[s] of the outside board members at that time was some type of either merger or acquisition event.” Campbell Dep. I 21. He further understood that the “[preferred investors] who had invested longer were more aggressive to find a path for the company [ie. the ‘merger or acquisition event’].” Id. Budge, the CFO, testified similarly. See Budge Dep. 117-18. It is hardly surprising that Campbell and Budge understood the mission in these terms. The Board was contemporaneously exploring a sale with JMP and authorized Scanlan to design the MIP to ensure that management would benefit from a sale even if the common did not.
To carry out his mission, Campbell recalled coming up with “three scenarios”: (i) an immediate sale before the Company ran out of cash, (ii) a 12-18 month managed sale that required at least $2-4 million in additional capital, and (iii) a standalone business plan requiring an indeterminate amount of investment. See Campbell Dep. II 17, 34-36; JX 235 at 18, 20. In Campbell’s assessment, “[h]alf of the board felt that we should just do something now, take the first offer.” Campbell Dep. II 20. None of the VC directors wanted to invest in the Company to support a 12-18 month sale, much less a stand-alone business plan. Campbell was forced to raise venture debt because the “[VC] investors wouldn’t kick another round [of investment] in to keep the lights on in December [2004].” Id. at 60. Actions speak louder than words, and the VC directors were telling Campbell they wanted out.
*58The contemporaneous documents overwhelmingly support this account.33 It also comports with how VCs who found themselves at or beyond their typical hold period naturally would regard a seemingly sideways if not stumbling portfolio company. Yet at trial, the defendants offered closely coordinated testimony that contradicted the contemporaneous documents and, in Campbell’s case, his earlier deposition testimony. Campbell changed his story on the witness stand to claim his mission did not include a sale, but rather was “to grow the business, give it vision and create a strategy for the long-term.” Tr. 11. He denied feeling that any directors were aggressive in seeking an exit. Tr. 119-22. Whereas he previously saw Gandhi and Scanlan as the two directors who were most vocal and had de facto lead director roles, at trial he weakly recanted and suggested that he singled out Gandhi and Scanlan simply because of geographic proximity. Compare Campbell Dep. I 17, 25, with Tr. 113-14. But Scanlan was on the East Coast, and Prang was the other director in Silicon Valley. The other defendants similarly insisted they were not interested in selling the Company during 2004 and early 2005, wanted to build the business and hired Campbell for that purpose, and were pleasantly surprised when SDL happened to come along. See Tr. 246, 250, 257 (Scanlan); Tr. 445 (Gandhi); Tr. 486 (Laidig); Tr. 720-21 (Stone).
The defendants’ trial testimony on this point was a litigation construct. The contemporaneous documentary evidence and Campbell’s far more credible deposition testimony, backed up by Budge, establish that the VC directors wanted to exit. They were not interested in continuing to manage the Company to increase its value for the common. They initiated a sale process and pursued the Merger to take advantage of their special contractual rights.
ii. Transaction Negotiation And Structure
Fair dealing encompasses questions of how the transaction was negotiated and structured. To analyze these aspects of the Merger requires an understanding of the MIP.
VC-backed portfolio companies commonly adopt plans similar to the MIP to incent management to favor exits. See Carrots & Sticks, supra, at 5. Debate has raged for decades over whether similar severance arrangements at public companies advance stockholder interests. See, e.g., Henry F. Johnson, Those “Golden Parachute” Agreements: The Taxman Cuts the Ripcord, 10 Del. J. Corp. L. 45, 51 (1985). From a judicial perspective, the answer depends on the facts. Here, the structure and operation of the MIP provide evidence of unfair dealing towards the common stock.
Scanlan suggested a plan like the MIP in July 2004, and the Board authorized him to develop one. JX 200 at 4. In November *592004, the Board “authorized a Compensation Committee, consisting of Mr. Gandhi, Mr. Scanlan and Ms. Stone, to finalize the [MIP] and schedule [of recipients] .... ” JX 261 at 5. In December 2004, Campbell and Budge presented the MIP to the Board, even though they and Hummel were the three biggest recipients. The entire Board, including Campbell and Hummel, unanimously approved it. JX 277. Not surprisingly, the MIP favored the interests of the conflicted fiduciaries who initiated, designed, presented, and approved it.
The MIP paid a percentage of the total consideration achieved in any sale to senior management, before any amounts went to the preferred or the common. The percentage payout increased as the value of the deal increased as follows:
JX 278. Although the MIP nominally provided for a range of deal consideration, SDL had offered $40 million for Trados in July 2004, when the Company had no CEO and was coming off a terrible first half of the year. No one has contended in this case that any suitor would have paid more than $90 million for Trados. The real issue was whether management would get 11% or 13%.
As a practical matter, at deal prices below the preferred stockholders’ liquidation preference, the preferred bore the entire cost of the MIP because the common would not be entitled to any proceeds. Nothing about that is procedurally or substantively unfair. See Jedwab, 509 A.2d at 598 (“[S]hould a controlling shareholder for whatever reason (to avoid entanglement in litigation as plaintiff suggests is here the case or for other personal reasons) elect to sacrifice some part of the value of his stock holdings, the law will not direct him as to how that amount is to be distributed and to whom.”); see also In re Tele-Commc’ns, 2005 WL 3642727, at *14 (“[I]f Malone wished to be fair [to the minority holders of high-vote stock], then he could have shared some part of the value of his own stock holdings.”). Once the deal price exceeded the liquidation preference, however, the MIP took value away from the common.34 At the time of the Merger, for example, the total liquidation preference was $57.9 million. The $60 million in consideration exceeded the preference, so without the MIP, the preferred stockholders would have received $57.9 million and the common stockholders *60$2.1 million. With the MIP, management received $7.8 million, the preferred stockholders received $52.2 million, and the common stockholders received zero. To fund the MIP, the common stockholders effectively paid $2.1 million, and the preferred stockholders effectively paid $5.7 million. As a result, the common stockholders contributed 100% of their ex-MIP proceeds while the preferred stockholders only contributed 10% ($5.7 million / $57.9 million).
There is no evidence in the record that the Board ever considered how to allocate fairly any incremental dollars above the liquidation preference. Until the Merger proceeds cleared the preference, each dollar was allocated between management and the preferred stockholders, with management receiving its assigned percentage and the preferred taking the rest. But once the consideration topped the preference, thereby implicating the rights of the common, the additional dollars were not fairly allocated. All of the additional dollars went to management and the preferred. The common would not receive anything until the deal price exceeded the preference by more than the MIP payout.35
The break-even deal value was $66.5 million. At that point, the MIP payout would be $8.6 million, and the residual proceeds would be sufficient to pay the $57.9 million preference. Above $66.5 million, the common would receive consideration, but would still fund the MIP disproportionately. For example, at $70 million, the MIP receives $9.1 million, the preferred receive $57.9 million, and the common receive $3.0 million. Without the MIP, the preferred would receive $57.9 million, and the common would receive $12.1 million. The common effectively fund the MIP with 75% of the consideration they otherwise would receive, retaining only 25%. The preferred stockholders would not lose a dime. The following graph shows the relative contribution of the common and the preferred at different deal values:
For purposes of fair dealing, the MIP skewed the negotiation and structure of the Merger in a manner adverse to the common stockholders. In February 2005, the Board reached a consensus that Campbell would seek $60 million from SDL. See Campbell Dep. I 85, 102. The defendants focused on this number after Campbell provided the waterfall analysis that Sean-lan requested reflecting the allocation of deal proceeds at prices of $50, $60, and $70 million. See JX 299; JX 325. The price target was also influenced significantly by Invision’s desire not to take a capital loss by selling below its pre-money entry price of $60 million. See JX 332. At that price, the preferred stockholders would receive back all of their capital and make a nominal profit. There was never any effort to explore prices above $60 million or to consider whether alternatives to the Merger might generate value for the common.
Without the MIP, in a transaction that valued Trados at $60 million, Campbell, Budge, and Hummel would have received nothing for their options, and Hummel would have received approximately $0.5 million for his common stock (excluding any participation by the Series A and BB). In confronting that reality, their personal financial interests would have been aligned with the interests of the common stockholders as a whole, giving them strong reasons to evaluate critically whether the Board should pass on the Merger and continue to operate Trados as a standalone entity with the prospect of a higher-valued exit in the future. Perhaps the Board would have reached the same decision, but the process would have been different.
The MIP changed matters dramatically. In a transaction at $60 million, the MIP allocated $7.8 million to senior management, with Campbell, Budge, and Hummel collectively receiving $4.2 million. Instead of $0.5 million, Hummel’s share was $1.092 million. The MIP accomplished this result by reallocating to the MIP recipients 100% of the consideration that the common stockholders would receive in a transaction valued at $66.5 million or less. On top of that, the MIP’s cutback feature ensured that to the extent any MIP participants might receive consideration at higher deal values in their capacity as equity holders, their MIP payout would be reduced by the amount of the consideration received. JX 278 at 3. The combination eliminated any financial incentive for senior management *62to push for a price at which the common stock would receive value or to favor remaining independent with the prospect of a higher valued sale at a later date.
The MIP converted the management team from holders of equity interests aligned with the common stock to claimants whose return profile and incentives closely resembled those of the preferred. Campbell and Hummel in fact acted and voted in a manner that served the preferred stockholders’ desire for a near-term sale. Given its design and effect, the MIP is evidence that the Board dealt unfairly with the common when negotiating and structuring the Merger.36
iii. Director Approval
Fair dealing encompasses questions of how director approval was obtained. Except for Laidig, all of the directors were financially interested in the Merger or faced a conflict of interest because they owed fiduciary duties to entities whose interests diverged from those of the common stockholders. The MIP played a role here as well, because it gave Campbell and Hummel a direct and powerful incentive to vote in favor of the deal.
The element of Board approval also encompasses how the directors reached their decision. A director’s failure to understand the nature of his duties can be evidence of unfairness. See In re Trans World Airlines, Inc. S’holders Litig., 1988 WL 111271, at *5 (1988) (Allen, C.) (observing that special negotiating committee members who believed their only obligation was to determine fairness and not to maximize value for the common stock had an “imperfect appreciation of the proper scope and purpose of such a special committee”). Directors who cannot perceive a conflict or who deny its existence cannot meaningfully address it. See Gesoff, 902 A.2d at 1151 (treating “blithe acceptance” of representation by a conflicted attorney as “evidence of unfair dealing”); cf. El Paso, 41 A.3d at 440, 446 (noting defendant directors’ failure to recognize and address investment bank’s conflict, which was referred to as a “potential conflict” or an “appearance of conflict”). The defendants in this case did not understand that their job was to maximize the value of the corporation for the benefit of the common stockholders, and they refused to recognize the conflicts they faced.
During his deposition, Laidig volunteered that the Trados directors never considered the common stockholders:
Q: ... Was it the best thing for the common stockholders to sell the company?
Laidig: To tell you the truth, between common and preferred was only a topic which really popped up through this *63court case. I didn’t even remember this thing as being a debate or discussion on the board ....
Q: You don’t recall any discussion at the board level as between the interests of the common stockholders[?]
Laidig: No.... It only once came up, you know, in conjunction with the stock option plan, you know, when we reduced the value. That’s what I have a vague memory of.
Laidig Dep. 44^15; see also Tr. 498 (“I said very clearly, ‘[w]e did not discuss common versus preferred.’ ”). Laidig’s deposition testimony comports with the documentary record, which does not reflect any serious consideration of the common stock or the divergence of interests between the common and the preferred.
At trial, the defendants tried to sanitize Laidig’s admission with a two-pronged response. First, Laidig changed his story, testifying that although his deposition testimony was accurate “at that point in time,” he subsequently refreshed his recollection by reviewing documents. Tr. 480, 494; accord Tr. 498-99 (“Basically, you know, I went through all of the documentation which was hundreds of pages from the various board meetings and, you know, prepared myself for the court case knowing that you will always get to this point.”); see also Tr. 490, 496. This review ostensibly enabled him to recall that the Board did discuss the distinction between the common and preferred stockholders and considered the interests of the common. Tr. 498-500.
Of the “hundreds of pages” Laidig said he reviewed, he could recall only two documents that refreshed his recollection on this point: the minutes of the February 2, 2005 Board meeting and Scanlan’s waterfall analysis. Tr. 496-97, 499-501. The minutes do not reflect any discussion of the relative interests of the preferred and the common, much less a discussion of the Merger or alternatives to the Merger from the perspective of the common stock. When presented with the minutes on cross-examination, Laidig conceded this unavoidable fact and changed his story again to say that he recalled the discussion “based on my personal notes, which I take at board meetings ....” Tr. 502-03. No personal notes had been produced in discovery. In response to further cross-examination, Laidig admitted that he no longer had his notes, and that he had not had them at the time of his deposition either. See Tr. 503. Like the minutes, the waterfall analysis merely depicts that the common stock receives nothing in deals valued at $60 million or lower. See JX 325. It does not reflect or suggest any analysis of the Merger or other alternatives from the perspective of the common stock. Laidig’s performance at trial convinced me that his deposition testimony was candid and truthful.
Second, the other directors tried to fix Laidig’s admission by reciting in lockstep that they considered all of the Company’s stakeholders, which necessarily included the common stockholders.37 The chorus *64sounded well-rehearsed, but the individual verses mentioned justifications that happened to coincide with the directors’ personal interests. Hummel, for example, said he favored the transaction in part because it would preserve Trados’s technology, which he had developed and worked on for years. By having the Tra-dos brand “still out there,” he could “have it on [his] CV and so can the other founders.” Tr. 649-52. Stone considered Hg’s “reputation” and the benefits that would inure to Hg from “seeing people remain employed.” Tr. 722. Gandhi thought about his duties to Sequoia’s partners and its clients. See Tr. 417. The directors’ stakeholder testimony reflected Chancellor Allen’s timeless insight that “human nature may incline even one acting in subjective good faith to rationalize as right that which is merely personally beneficial.” City Capital Assocs. Ltd. P’ship v. Interco Inc., 551 A.2d 787, 796 (Del.Ch.1988).
The Board’s ex post embrace of stakeholders did not in actuality encompass any consideration of the common stockholders. When pressed, the directors could not recall any specific discussion of the common stock, and they could not comprehend the possibility that the economic interests of the preferred stockholders might diverge from those of the common. See Tr. 291-92, 317-18 (Scanlan); Tr. 419 (Gandhi); Tr. 738 (Stone); Tr. 900 (Prang). Gandhi was particularly strident:
[P]eople ultimately wonder about this, the preferred versus common and the conflict. There’s no conflict. When ... a venture capital firm makes money, they only make money in scenarios where they’re ... converting to common shares. I think like a common shareholder because the great investments mean the common did phenomenally well and, therefore, I did well. We never made money on preferred instruments. Preferred for us, ... [is] a thinly veiled version of common. It gives you a couple little rights: you’re a minority investor. You can’t tell anybody what to do, there’s no control. You get to be on the board as one board member; and you have to use persuasion, influence, and good reasoning and arguments more than anything else. There’s no control provision at all. Maybe there’s some negative control provisions, like they have to ask you if they sell the company or something like that.
Tr. 390-91; accord Tr. 417 (“I understand people talk about conflicts and things like that. Over a long period of time over a lot of companies, there’s much more consistency there than there’s conflict.”).
Conflict blindness and its lesser cousin, conflict denial, have long afflicted the financially sophisticated.38 Given the directors’ intelligence, educational background, and experience, I believe they fully appreciated the diverging interests of the VCs, senior management, and the *65common stockholders. Despite this reality, the defendants did not consider forming a special committee to represent the interests of the common stockholders.39 See Tr. 289 (Scanlan); Tr. 485-86 (Laid-ig); Tr. 658 (Hummel); Tr. 904 (Prang). They also chose not to obtain a fairness opinion to analyze the Merger or evaluate other possibilities from the perspective of the common stockholders. See Tr. 218 (Campbell); Tr. 277-78 (Scanlan); Tr. 388-89 (Gandhi); Tr. 500 (Laidig); Tr. 658-59 (Hummel); Tr. 904 (Prang); Tr. 962 (McClelland). At trial, the defendants uniformly cited the cost of a fairness opinion, mentioning figures typical of bulge bracket institutions and their aspiring competitors. But no one appears to have explored the possibility contemporaneously, even after SDL’s counsel expressed “concerns over [the] common stockholders ... not getting any consideration,” JX 392 at 40092, and questioned whether Trados needed a “JMP fairness opinion .... ” JX 457 at 47624. One can remain appropriately skeptical of the value of fairness opinions while at the same time recognizing that an outside analysis of the alternatives available to Trados would have improved the record on fair dealing. Taken as a whole, the manner in which director approval was obtained provides evidence of unfair dealing.
iv. Stockholder Approval
Finally, fair dealing encompasses questions of how stockholder approval was obtained. The defendants never considered conditioning the Merger on the vote of a majority of disinterested common stockholders. See, e.g., Tr. 508-09 (Laidig). The vote on the Merger was delivered by the preferred, who controlled a majority of the Company’s voting power on an as-converted basis, and other “[l]arge [f]riendlies,” such as Hummel. See JX 419. Hummel originally was entitled to 12% of the MIP, but when he seemed to be having second thoughts just before the Merger, his MIP percentage was increased from 12% to 14%. See JX 379. Two days later, Budge described Hummel as “obviously a lock” to vote in favor of the Merger. JX 390. Other common stockholders reached different conclusions. One of the largest common stockholders, Microsoft, abstained because it could not stomach “the economic result” of the Merger, ie. the fact that it would receive nothing. JX 513. The plaintiff, who owned 5% of the common stock, sought appraisal.
“Stockholders in Delaware corporations have a right to control and vote their shares in their own interest.” Bershad v. Curtiss-Wright Corp., 535 A.2d 840, 845 (Del.1987). “They are limited only by any fiduciary duty owed to other stockholders. It is not objectionable that their motives may be for personal profit, or determined by whim or caprice, so long as they violate no duty owed [to] other shareholders.” Id. The fact that the preferred stockholders voted in their own interest is therefore not evidence of unfair dealing. The failure to condition the deal on a vote of the disinterested common stockholders is likewise not evidence of unfairness; it simply deprives the defendants of otherwise helpful affirmative evidence of fairness. The effect of the MIP on Hummel’s voting preferences, however, provides some additional evidence of unfairness.
*66b. Evidence Pertinent To Fair Price
In contrast to the evidence on fair dealing, which decidedly favored the plaintiff, the evidence on fair price was mixed. Consistent with the amount of consideration that the common stockholders received in the Merger, the defendants strived at trial to demonstrate that the common stock had no value. As with their trial testimony on issues relevant to fair dealing, the defendants adopted aggressive positions that were contrary to the contemporaneous documents and their earlier testimony. But as will be seen in the unitary fairness determination, their evidence on price fairness was ultimately persuasive.
i. Trados’s Dire Situation
To prove that the common stock had no value, the defendants tried to depict Tra-dos as a failing entity without cash, a business plan, or an addressable market. Each contention had a kernel of truth, but the directors exaggerated to the point of caricature.
One of the directors’ themes was that without a sale to SDL, Trados could not self-fund its business plan, would have run out of cash within 90 to 120 days, and then would have entered bankruptcy.40 At one point during their efforts to sell the Company, bankruptcy was a real risk, but that was in summer 2004 when Trados faced a cash crunch after its losses during the second quarter. If Trados had suffered a third quarter similar to the second, it would have run out of cash. Campbell, however, recognized the problem and moved to address it. He obtained venture debt financing, thereby solving the near-term issue. He also took steps to right size the Company, improve its cash conversion cycle, and reduce its working capital. He succeeded, as shown by the decision to defer drawing the second tranche of the Western Tech facility. Thanks to Campbell’s managerial acumen, the Company’s cash position improved substantially and during the first half of 2005 stayed above $5 million and ahead of budget.
Campbell also improved the Company’s operations. Before he entered the picture, Trados budgeted a third quarter loss of $1.4 million. Arriving with only one month left in the quarter, Campbell cut the actual loss to $0.9 million, then turned in a fourth quarter that achieved a “record profit” of $1.1 million. JX 231; JX 318 at 4. Stone reported to Hg that Trados finished “the year well — ahead of forecast,” Campbell was “performing well,” product development was “on track,” and the pipeline looked “fine.” JX 310 at 000033. Trados’s performance during the first half of 2005 showed that Campbell had stabilized the Company. During the first quarter, Tra-dos made its revenue budget and was profitable. During the second quarter, Trados continued to exceed budget for revenue and operating income. See JX 372; JX 394. In May 2005, Stone reported to Hg that “[f]or the first time, the business is ahead of budget in all key areas and has a seemingly good pipeline. Q1 was a record quarter and the business has made a profit.” JX 393 at 000051. Although Trados nominally missed its revenue budget in June by $1.8 million, JX 447, this was only because Trados management intentionally delayed product shipments so that SDL *67could book the revenue after the Merger closed. But for the revenue manipulation, Trados would have met or exceeded its revenue budget in each month of 2005. Contrary to the defendants’ exaggerated trial testimony, the Company was not headed for a cliff, and there was a realistic possibility that it could self-fund its business plan.
Along similar lines, the directors attempted at trial to disavow the business plan itself, and they were particularly critical of GIS. Campbell claimed at trial that he “invented” GIS, that Trados had no products to support it, and that developing a product from scratch would have required $15 million of additional investment. Tr. 62. Scanlan denigrated GIS as Campbell’s attempt to “make up an idea for a new business plan .... ” Tr. 300. Prang called it “nothing,” just a “couple of slides.” Tr. 784. Gandhi went the farthest, describing it as “fantasyland.” Tr. 378; accord Tr. 420 (“There’s no GIS. GIS is a fantasy.”); Tr. 423 (GIS was a “phantom” and “made up-”); Tr. 424 (GIS was a “whisper” or “glimmer” of “some kind of idea.”). He even claimed that for SDL to have paid anything for the Company based on GIS was “unfair to the buyer.” Tr. 389.
The directors’ trial testimony contrasted sharply with their depositions, when they could not remember whether Campbell even presented a business plan or if the Board discussed it. See Scanlan Dep. 129-30; Gandhi Dep. II 92-93; Stone Dep. 118-19; Prang Dep. 116. Campbell’s efforts to downplay his GIS plan conflicted with other testimony, where he admitted that he and others at Trados put “a lot of hard work” and “a lot of good work” in the plan. Tr. 62, 95-97. Campbell also believed that Trados was executing on the GIS vision. Tr. 176-77.
Hummel saw value in the business plan. As he credibly explained, GIS was Campbell’s shorthand for the enterprise content management space where he thought Tra-dos could command the highest multiple for its business. This involved completing a transition from traditional desktop vendor to enterprise software provider with the added concept of content management. Before Campbell arrived, Trados was widely perceived as a services business for individual translators, but that business had become commoditized, was not covered by any analysts, and appeared vulnerable to continuing technological erosion. GIS was an “attempt to somehow ... communicate to the market the importance of multilingual content” and to present Tra-dos as offering a content management solution. Tr. 558. By continuing the shift to enterprise products and emphasizing that aspect of the business, Campbell believed the Company could grow and command a higher multiple.
Contemporaneous documents show that Campbell was making progress in repositioning the Company. During the first half of 2005, Trados issued press releases and produced case studies to rebrand itself in the GIS space, and three market analysts issued reports on Trados. See, e.g., JX 625; see also JX 540 at 1 (discussing post-Merger . marketing “initiatives”). Trados had enterprise products, and a May 2005 internal management presentation discussed delivering “GIS prototype functionality” as one of Trados’s “Q2 Product Development Objectives.” JX 416 at 1. The project was “on plan.” Id.
SDL saw value in the business plan and GIS. Campbell testified that SDL insisted on a non-compete because SDL feared that Campbell would take his business plan, get funding, and “be directly competitive in a very bad way to SDL.” Tr. 99-100; accord Tr. 192 (“SDL liked the vision. They liked *68the vision a lot. They felt they needed me ... on the [SDL] board to help roll [GIS] out”). Post-closing documents establish that SDL embraced and pursued GIS, albeit with one word substitution: SDL called it Global Information Management, or “GIM.” See JX 530 (SDL marketing materials discussing GIM); JX 540 (same); JX 548 at 7 (SDL’s 2005 annual report emphasizing GIM); JX 531 at 2 (analyst report stating that “Global Information Management Spells a Much Bigger Market” for SDL). The February 2005 plan was not a sure thing, and GIS was the riskiest part, but it was viable.
The directors’ third theme was that Tra-dos could not grow because it operated in a stagnant niche market. Campbell estimated that Trados’s addressable market, given its existing resources, was $65 million. JX 309 at 35747. Prang believed the market was “much less than that,” around $50-55 million. Tr. 467. Gandhi again was the most extreme, calling it a “non-market.” Tr. 371-75; see also Tr. 386 (“I think that [Trados’s] existing market was going to have a higher likelihood of declining versus growing.”); Tr. 411 (“[T]he desktop market was limited and probably declining .... ”); Tr. 380 (“I don’t care if you’re talking about 5 or 10 percent growth. That’s flat in Silicon Valley .... [T]hat’s a 1 times revenue [valuation], if you can get it.”).
Here too, the documents told a different and less one-sided story. IDC, a market research firm, thought the market was more substantial. See JX 100 (IDC “expects the worldwide revenue for translation/globalization software tools to be $147 million in 2002 .... The market is now forecast to increase to $247 million in 2007, an 11% [CAGR] ....”); JX 156 (IDC “expects the worldwide revenue for translation/globalization software to be $158 million in 2003 .... The market is now forecast to increase to $238 million in 2008, an 8.6% [CAGR] ....”). In business presentations, Trados estimated that the market was more significant than the directors claimed at trial. See JX 169 at 3 (Trados presentation to Microsoft describing market potential of $250 million from translation departments and service providers); JX 220 at 9 (Trados presentation to Documentum incorporating IDC forecast of worldwide translation/globalization software revenue). Stone and SDL both perceived the market to be bigger. See JX 310 at 000037 (Stone noting in an update to her partners that Trados’s market was $100 million and growing at 5%); JX 511 at 11 (SDL calculating market size as $175 million, consisting of machine translation, translation memory, and other services, and growing to $263 million by 2009). Even Campbell’s assessment of a $65 million addressable market was not as bleak as the directors claimed at trial: the bulk of Trados’s addressable market — $45 million — was in enterprise software, where Trados only held 26% of the market and therefore had some room for growth. See JX 309 at 35749. The broader language services market was orders of magnitude bigger. See JX 531 at 2 (analyst commenting on the Merger and noting that “language services rings up over US$8 billion in outsourcing per year”); JX 48 at 3, 13-14 (Wachovia estimating translation market in 2001 at $11.5 billion).
The threat of bankruptcy, the viability of the business plan, and the size of Trados’s market were all concerns, but the directors’ portrayal at trial was overly strident. In evaluating fairness, I have taken these issues into account, but as risks rather than mortal crises.
ii. Fair Market Value Determinations For Option Grants
To prove the contrary proposition that the common stock had value, the plaintiff *69cited minutes in which the directors determined that the fair market value of Tra-dos’s common stock was $0.10 per share. Federal law mandates that if an issuer wants to avoid generating immediate income for an option recipient, then the exercise price for the option must be equal to or greater than the “fair market value of the stock at the time such option is granted .26 U.S.C. § 422(b)(4). IRS regulations require that a non-public company determine fair market value by taking into account “the company’s net worth, prospective earning power and dividend-paying capacity, and other relevant factors.” 26 C.F.R. § 20.2031-2. Serious penalties attach when taxpayers make false statements to the IRS.41
The Board first determined that the fair market value of Trados’s common stock was $0.10 per share in July 2004, during the Board’s initial effort to explore a sale. In making this determination, the directors lowered the fair market value from their previous valuation of $0.25 per share. JX 200 at 3. In November 2004, the Board reiterated its $0.10 per share determination. JX 261 at 3. In February 2005, contemporaneously with their decision to authorize Campbell to negotiate a sale to SDL at $60 million, the directors again resolved unanimously
[t]hat the Board hereby determines in good faith, after consideration of such factors as it deems necessary and relevant, including, but not limited to, current financial condition, business outlook, status of product development efforts, and business risks and opportunities relevant to the Company, that the fair market value of the Common Stock of the Company is $0.10 per share as of the date hereof [and] ...
[t]hat the Board hereby determines that the exercise price of the Options granted pursuant to these minutes of the Board shall be $0.10 per share, which is equal to the current fair market value of the Common Stock of the Company as determined in good faith by the Board.
JX 319 at 00017. Most pertinently, on April 21, 2005, after the Board had approved the LOI and Campbell had executed it, the directors approved identical resolutions. JX 381 at 01517; see also Tr. 178-82.
At trial, the directors foreswore their earlier determinations, testifying that despite the recitations in the minutes that they determined “in good faith” that the fair market value of the common stock was $0.10 per share, they actually did not believe at the time that it was true.42 Their *70reasons for misstating the fair market value of the stock were hardly laudable and amounted to benefitting the Company by misleading its employees and the IRS. According to the directors, they needed to ascribe positive value to the common stock so current and prospective employees would think the options were worth something.43 They also thought that if the fair market value was set at zero or close to it, the IRS might get suspicious. See, e.g., Tr. 575, 641 (Hummel); Tr. 899 (Prang).
Although it is difficult to countenance a “believe-me-now-that-I-was-lying-then” defense and tempting to hold the defendants to their determinations of fair market value, the directors convinced me that the minutes were, in fact, false. VC portfolio company boards often use rough, even arbitrary rules of thumb when determining the fair market value of stock for purposes of option grants.44 It is also impossible to overlook the fact that the fair market value determinations were made during an era when stock option backdating was prevalent among Silicon Valley technology companies.45 In an environment of laxity and sloppiness (at a minimum) regarding option grant dates, it is unsurprising for a non-public company during the same period to have taken a less than rigorous approach to option-related valuation. I do not rely on the minutes in evaluating fair price.
*71iii. The JMP Valuation
To prove that Trados’s value exceeded the deal price and that a stand-alone alternative would have generated something for the common, the plaintiff relied on the valuation of Trados that JMP prepared for the Board meeting on July 7, 2004. See JX 198. JMP used a comparable company method that yielded an indicative value for Trados of $55 million. Because it was based on a trading multiple, that number arguably included some discount for minority status.46 JMP also used a comparable transaction method that implied an enterprise value for Trados of approximately $75 million. Because it was based on an acquisition multiple, however, that figure implicitly included some value for synergies. See Montgomery Cellular Hldg. Co., Inc. v. Dobler, 880 A.2d 206, 222 (Del.2005); Union Ill. 1995 Inv. Ltd. P’ship v. Union Fin. Gp., Ltd., 847 A.2d 340, 356 (Del.Ch.2004). To the extent Tra-dos’s stand-alone value in July 2004 was somewhere between $55 million and $75 million, then the JMP valuation presented a problem for the defendants because Tra-dos’s financial performance improved significantly after Campbell arrived. Moreover, in contrast to the 2.8 multiple implied by JMP’s comparable transaction analysis, the Merger valued Trados at 2.3 times revenue based on Trados’s 2004 year-end financials. See JX 279 (noting revenue of $25.9 million for 2004). The multiple would be even lower based on Trados’s performance during the first half of 2005.
The defendants’ response at trial was more strained testimony: McClelland claimed the July 2004 analysis was not a valuation at all. Tr. 933. Instead, he described JMP’s work as simply an “application of these comparables to Trados’[s] figures.” Tr. 973. This was sad. JMP’s analyses were titled “Valuation Considerations” and “Valuation Summary.” JX 198 at 12-15. In his deposition, McClelland described the same pages candidly as “suggest[ing] [a] range of value.” McClel-land Dep. 64; accord id. (“Page 13 does contain a range of valuation.”). The presentation was, on its face, a standard investment banker valuation that included the ubiquitous “football field” valuation summary. See JX 198 at 13.
Although I reject McClelland’s timorous relabeling of JMP’s work, the July 2004 presentation was not a valuation for the ages. The comparable companies and transactions that JMP selected were a broad admixture that implied an expansive range of value running from $20.4 million to $169.8 million. With the high end coming in more than eight times the low, the resulting dispersion was four times what Chancellor Allen famously described as a range that “a Texan might feel at home on.” Paramount Commc’ns, 1989 WL 79880, at *13 (describing a range of $208-402 per share). A spread of that magnitude might be fine for a first cut, but it needed refining. Moreover, although the presentation implied a value of $55-75 million, it was clear from contemporaneous efforts to explore a sale that no one was interested in acquiring Trados at those prices. But for SDL, no one seemed interested in Trados at all. The real-world data called for a sharper pencil.
*72After July 2004, JMP never made another presentation to the Board. It is therefore impossible to know how JMP would have revised its analysis to evaluate the Merger or opine on fairness. Instead, in January 2005, Campbell asked JMP to generate a better set of comparables. On January 31, JMP provided a “larger number of general M & A software deals” that yielded a median transaction multiple of 2.2 times LTM revenue. JX 307. JMP also broke out its comparable companies into a “content” set and a “language translation services” set (consisting of only Li-onbridge and SDL). Id. The former had a median trading multiple of 1.6 times LTM revenue; the latter had a median trading multiple of 1.5 times LTM revenue. McClelland then asked Campbell if he “would like to see any of this [data] cut in another way.” Id.
Campbell took up McClelland on his offer. On February 1, 2005, JMP provided another cut of the trading multiples. At Campbell’s request, JMP had removed Adobe, Macromedia, and Viewpoint from the content set and added Bowne to the services set, reducing the trading multiples of both sets. Compare JX 311 at 00735, with JX 307 at 00732. On February 17, McClelland sent Campbell “some M & A [transaction] comps that work[ ] out to a median just under 2x [revenue].” JX 336. To get there, McClelland pared down the larger data set he produced on January 31 and added three transactions from 2002. Compare JX 336 at 00750, with JX 307 at 00731. Campbell then asked whether “there [had] been any activity we could represent from the globalization players,” which in Campbell’s view meant Bowne, Lionbridge, and SDL. JX 341. McClelland generated a separate list of acquisitions by those companies, which had a median transaction multiple of 1.3 times revenue. JX 343.
Campbell provided the resulting multiples to the Board. In testifying about their support for the Merger, the directors consistently recalled multiples of approximately 1.0 times revenue and stated that those multiples gave them comfort in the greater than 2.0 times revenue multiple implied by the Merger. See Tr. 45, 76, 211 (Campbell); Tr. 380-81, 383, 387, 429 (Gandhi); Tr. 574 (Hummel); Tr. 678, 710-11 (Stone); Tr. 878-79 (Prang). The plaintiff sees dark motives behind Campbell’s actions and believes he tried to manipulate the valuation information to justify the SDL deal.
I do not share this view. Despite McClelland and Campbell’s problematic testimony on other issues and the winding path by which the revised multiples reached the Board, the evidence as a whole convinces me that Trados did not have any true peer companies. The best available comparables were the language translation services companies — Lionbridge, SDL, and Bowne — which traded, respectively, at 1.6, 1.3, and 0.6 times LTM revenue. See JX 316. Before Trados could capture a higher multiple, it needed to execute on Campbell’s business plan and complete the transition to a primarily enterprise-driven business. Even then, it would be up to the market to determine whether the resulting business warranted a higher valuation. I therefore do not believe that JMP’s July 2004 valuation was inherently credible or that Campbell nefariously manipulated the comparables to generate artificially low multiples.
iv. The Expert Valuations
Both sides introduced expert testimony on the issue of fair price. Gregg A. Jarrell, the defendant’s expert, provided a balanced valuation that addressed the central issue in this case: whether Trados could generate positive value for the common stock if operated on a stand-alone basis *73according to the February 2005 business plan. William Becklean, the plaintiffs expert, did not provide similarly persuasive testimony.
Jarrell prepared comparable company and comparable transaction analyses but concluded that the comparables were insufficiently close to Trados to generate a reliable valuation. He therefore relied exclusively on a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis based on the February 2005 business plan. For his projections, Jarrell started with the February 2005 projections, which were bullish, then added a second stage of more moderate growth. Management’s projections assumed that (i) revenue would grow at a compound annual growth rate of 24% from 2004-2007 (versus a historical compound annual growth rate of 18% from 2001-2004) and (ii) EBITDA margins would average 15.4% from 2005-2007 (versus negative historical EBITDA margins in 2001, 2002, and 2004 and a positive historical EBITDA margin of 2% in 2003). For his second stage, Jarrell started with management’s projected revenue growth rate of 31.6% in 2007, then lowered the growth rate evenly across each year of the five year secondary period to reach a perpetuity growth rate of 7%. This calculation effectively assumed that between 2004 and 2012, Trados’s revenue would grow annually at a rate of 21%. For his second stage EBITDA margins, Jarrell began with management’s projected margin of 19.4% in 2007, then lowered the margin evenly across each year to ultimately reach 15% in 2013. Based upon these assumptions, Jarrell projected net cash flow for Trados of negative $483,000 in 2005 rising to $9.3 million in 2013.
In steady state, it is typically assumed that future business growth will approximate that of the overall economy. See e.g., Global GT LP v. Golden Telecom, Inc., 993 A.2d 497, 513 (Del.Ch.2010) (noting that nominal GDP growth can be an appropriate proxy for a perpetual growth rate), aff'd, Golden Telecom, Inc. v. Global GT LP, 11 A.3d 214 (Del.2010). Jarrell used a perpetuity growth rate of 7% because it is the long-term growth rate of the U.S. economy since the end of World War II. This was generous to the plaintiff; Delaware decisions often use lower growth rates.47
For his discount rate, Jarrell used 18.5%, derived through a standard WACC methodology. Valuation reference sources would suggest a discount rate of 21.82% for Trados in 2005. See JX 669 at 27 (comparing Jarrell’s WACC to an Ibbotson Associates report). The plaintiff did not criticize the discount rate before or during trial.
Using these figures, the sum of the present value of the terminal value, tax sav*74ings, and cash flows was $48.6 million. Adding back Trados’s cash on hand as of the Merger produced a going concern value for Trados of $51.9 million.
As Jarrell explained at trial, the $51.9 million generated by his DCF represented the best case scenario that the plaintiff claimed that the Board should have pursued:
[O]ne of the important questions on the table here is what would be the value of Trados if it had decided not to sell itself, if it had just, you know, said, “Look, let’s try to make this work and let’s see what we’re going to be worth down the road.” And I think that the answer is given by this DCF analysis. At least the best point estimate would be given by this DCF analysis, because the DCF analysis is based on [Campbell’s] projections that basically assume you hit a home run with respect to these plans. And they do not include certain of the costs.
So if everything went right, you stayed the course, you stayed independent ... [and] Trados went out and figured out a way to do this new plan and get these revenues and get these profits and not have to spend much money doing it, then this would be what would happen .... [T]he present value of that plan is given by this DCF analysis.
Tr. 1184-85. The present value of the DCF, based on Campbell’s business plan, was less than the Merger proceeds of $60 million.
Becklean did not prepare a DCF analysis, opting instead for three alternative methods. First, he valued Trados using LTM revenue multiples derived from the comparable companies JMP produced in early 2005. This method generated an implied value for Trados of $43.0 million. Becklean added a 25% control premium to imply a value of $53.7 million (below the Merger price). Second, Becklean valued Trados using LTM revenue multiples generated from a survey of transactions in the Capital IQ database involving companies in the “enterprise software industry” ranging in deal value from $50-250 million. JX 593 at 12. This method generated an implied value for Trados of $68.2 million. Third, Becklean valued Trados using a compara-bles-of-comparables analysis in which he derived a list of comparable transactions by looking at lists of comparable transactions generated by investment bankers in fairness opinions for target companies deemed comparable to Trados. See id. at 13. The LTM revenue multiple derived from the comparables-of-comparables approach generated an implied value for Tra-dos of $85.4 million.
There are a number of problems with Becklean’s work in this case. For one, in the two comparable transaction methodologies that generated values greater than the Merger price, Becklean did not back out any synergies. As estimates of standalone value, those figures are unreliably high. See Montgomery Cellular, 880 A.2d at 222; Union Ill., 847 A.2d at 356. For another, Becklean gamed the relative weightings of his three methodologies. In his initial report from 2008, Becklean weighted the three methods equally and stated there was no reason to emphasize one over another. His 2008 report made some errors that produced higher valuations than those set forth above. After Jarrell offered his criticisms of the report, Becklean issued a revised report in 2011 that adopted some of Jarrell’s suggestions, thereby lowering his valuations. To compensate, Becklean gave a 60% weight to his comparables-of-comparables approach and 20% weightings to the others, which brought his valuation back up to $75.6 million. An equal weighting would have produced a figure of $69.1 million. Beck-*75lean justified the new weighting as a “feels right sort of thing.” Tr. 1130.
Yet another problem was Becklean’s failure to demonstrate that the reference companies and transactions he used were comparable to Trados. “[T]he utility of a market-based method depends on actually having companies that are sufficiently comparable that their trading multiples provide a relevant insight into the subject company’s own growth prospects. When there are a number of corporations competing in a similar industry, the method is easiest to deploy reliably.” In re Orchard Enters., Inc., 2012 WL 2928805, at *9 (Del. Ch. July 18, 2012). Becklean’s data sets generated wide ranges of multiples (0.5— 8.5 for one; 0.4-21.0 for another; and 0.9-3.6 for a third), indicating that the companies in each data set were not in fact comparable. See, e.g., JRC Acq., 2004 WL 286963, at *11 (excluding comparables analysis where the wide range violated “any concept of comparability”). More focused analysis revealed significant differences. For example, in his enterprise software transactions analysis, Becklean applied transaction multiples derived from acquired enterprise software companies. See JX 593 at 12. Although Trados was trying to establish itself as an enterprise software company, it had not achieved that goal at the time of the Merger. In 2004, Trados generated 38% of revenue from enterprise software sales; in 2005, Trados budgeted 46% from enterprise software sales. See JX 447 at 50581-82. Beck-lean’s application of an enterprise software multiple to 100% of Trados’s revenue was misleading because enterprise software companies were more highly valued than Trados’s residual business.
Becklean came closest to the mark with a modified version of Jarrell’s DCF that used an exit multiple derived from his comparable company analysis to calculate the terminal value. This method generated an implied value for Trados of $77.8 million. When valuing a VC-backed portfolio company, using an exit multiple could make sense, because this technique recognizes that VCs often exit through trade sales. In this ease, however, at least two problems fatally undermined Becklean’s modified DCF, one methodological and the other factual.
From a methodological standpoint, Becklean did not use the same set of seventeen comparable companies for his exit multiple that he used in his comparable companies analysis. Becklean reduced his original seventeen to twelve and then to eight, thereby compromising the credibility of all three sets. If the seventeen companies used originally were really the best comparables, why change them? If the later cuts were better, why use the first set?
As a factual matter, Becklean’s modified DCF assumed Trados could be sold at the end of the projection period for 1.3-1.7 times revenue with the uncertainty surrounding that outcome appropriately captured in Jarrell’s discount rate of 18.5%, a relatively conservative WACC for Trados. But the evidence at trial demonstrated that the market for companies in the translation space was consolidating rapidly. Two of Trados’s most logical transaction partners — Bowne and Lionbridge— combined in 2005. The relative scarcity of suitable acquirers was not matched by a similar shortage of targets. Trados was one of several translation companies on the market, so if Trados passed on a sale to SDL, then SDL could go elsewhere. To the extent SDL made other acquisitions, it is far from certain that SDL would have had the same level of interest in Trados in the future. Although Campbell planned as an alternative to a near-term sale the repositioning of Trados as a content manage*76ment company with the potential to merge-up at a higher multiple in that space, that path presented the greatest risk because of the need to transition the business, obtain capital, and have an acquirer credit the Company’s greater value. To anticipate that Trados could exit through a sale at the end of the projection period and use the same discount rate that Jarrell used for stand-alone cash flows underestimates the uncertainty associated with that path.
Jarrell’s DCF valuation addressed the central question of fairness presented by this case. Jarrell made reasonable and plaintiff-friendly assumptions, yet his valuation still did not generate any return for the common. His work provided helpful input on the issue of fair price. Becklean’s did not.
c. The Unitary Determination Of Fairness
Although the defendant directors did not adopt any protective provisions, failed to consider the common stockholders, and sought to exit without recognizing the conflicts of interest presented by the Merger, they nevertheless proved that the transaction was fair. The Delaware Supreme Court has characterized the proper “test of fairness” as whether “the minority stockholder shall receive the substantial equivalent in value of what he had before.” Sterling v. Mayflower Hotel Corp., 93 A.2d 107, 114 (Del.1952); accord Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., 493 A.2d 929, 940 (Del.1985). If Trados’s common stock had no economic value before the Merger, then the common stockholders received the substantial equivalent in value of what they had before, and the Merger satisfies the test of fairness. See Blackmore P’rs, 864 A.2d at 85-86 (recognizing that the defendants could satisfy the entire fairness test if they proved that “there was no future for the business and no better alternative for the unit holders”); see also Orban, 1997 WL 153831.48
Despite the directors’ often problematic testimony, they proved that Trados did not have a reasonable prospect of generating value for the common stock. Trados’s ability to do so depended on financing its business plan with internally generated cash and the remaining venture debt. To the extent Trados needed outside funds, the Company could not raise them. None of the VC firms would put more money *77into Trados, and they had no obligation to. See Equity-Linked, 705 A.2d at 1057 (“[The preferred stockholders] were unwilling to put in more money. The preferred is of course not to be criticized for that. They have every right to send no good dollars after bad ones. Indeed, they had the right to withhold necessary consents to salvage plans unless their demands were satisfied”). As a practical matter no outside VC firm would invest without participation from the Company’s existing backers.49
Trados also could not return to the venture debt market. Venture debt providers are not like commercial lenders who rely primarily on the strength of a business and its cash flows. Venture debt providers see themselves as bridging a company to the next round of VC financing or a sale. See Darían M. Ibrahim, Debt as Venture Capital, 2010 U. Ill. L.Rev. 1169, 1173 (2010). Trados had played the venture debt card for its stage.
If Trados could not self-fund its business plan, then the Company could not execute it. Even if it could self-fund, Trados had to build value at a rate exceeding the 8% cumulative dividend earned by the preferred to generate a return for the common. Having considered the directors’ trial testimony, the documentary record, and Jarrell’s DCF analysis, I believe that Tra-dos would not be able to grow at a rate that would yield value for the common. Trados likely could self-fund, avoid bankruptcy, and continue operating, but it did not have a realistic chance of generating a sufficient return to escape the gravitational pull of the large liquidation preference and cumulative dividend.
I reach this conclusion despite regarding Trados’s prospects as more bullish than the gloomy picture painted by the defendants, particularly with a savvy operator like Campbell at the helm. As noted, I do not believe Trados faced mortal crises, but it did face risks. Its business was volatile, and Trados could suffer a bad quarter or lose market share to competitors. And the external threats were becoming more serious. Lionbridge had been a longtime business partner, but in 2004 it began competing directly with Trados. In 2005, Li-onbridge first acquired Logoport, a translation software company, then agreed to acquire Bowne, historically another large Trados customer. Other smaller translation companies like Idiom and GlobalSight were seeking buyers, suggesting a soft market. Given optimal conditions, Jar-rell’s DCF analysis demonstrated that the February 2005 business plan would not generate value for the common. The conditions Trados faced were not as dire as the defendants claimed, but they were suboptimal.
*78In light of this reality, the directors breached no duty to the common stock by agreeing to a Merger in which the common stock received nothing. The common stock had no economic value before the Merger, and the common stockholders received in the Merger the substantial equivalent in value of what they had before.
Under the circumstances of this case, the fact that the directors did not follow a fair process does not constitute a separate breach of duty. As the Delaware Supreme Court has recognized, an unfair process can infect the price, result in a finding of breach, and warrant a potential remedy. See, e.g., Kahn v. Tremont Corp., 694 A.2d 422, 432 (Del.1997) (“[H]ere, the process is so intertwined with price that under Wein-berger’s unitary standard a finding that the price negotiated by the Special Committee might have been fair does not save the result.”). On these facts, such a finding is not warranted. The defendants’ failure to deploy a procedural device such as a special committee resulted in their being forced to prove at trial that the Merger was entirely fair. Having done so, they have demonstrated that they did not commit a fiduciary breach.
B. The Appraisal Claim
The determination that no breach of duty occurred because the Merger price was fair does not necessarily moot the companion appraisal proceeding. “In an entire fairness case, the matter only proceeds to the remedial phase if the transaction fails the test of fairness.” Reis, 28 A.3d at 466. “The value of a corporation is not a point on a line, but a range of reasonable values ....” Cede & Co. v. Technicolor, Inc., 2003 WL 23700218, at *2 (Del.Ch. Dec. 31, 2003), aff'd in part, rev’d in part on other grounds, 884 A.2d 26 (Del.2005). A court could conclude that a price fell within the range of fairness and would not support fiduciary liability, yet still find that the point calculation demanded by the appraisal statute yields an award in excess of the merger price. Compare Technicolor III, 663 A.2d at 1176-77 (affirming determination that merger consideration of $23 per share was entirely fair), with Cede & Co. v. Technicolor, Inc., 884 A.2d 26, 30 (Del.2005) (awarding fair value in appraisal of $28.41 per share).
This case will not support a higher point determination. The Supreme Court “has defined ‘fair value’ as the value to a stockholder of the firm as a going concern, as opposed to the firm’s value in the context of an acquisition or other transaction.” Golden Telecom, 11 A.3d at 217. If Tra-dos continued to operate as a stand-alone entity, then the common stock had no economic value, whether for purposes of an entire fairness case or an appraisal proceeding. Trados had no realistic chance of growing fast enough to overcome the preferred stock’s existing liquidation preference and 8% cumulative dividend. The fair value of Trados’s common stock for purposes of 8 Del. C. § 262 is zero.
C. The Request For An Award Of Attorneys’ Fees And Expenses
In addition to the prospect of a fee award if he prevailed, the plaintiff preserved the right to seek fees and expenses under the bad faith exception to the American Rule. “Although there is no single definition of bad faith conduct, courts have found bad faith where parties have unnecessarily prolonged or delayed litigation, falsified records or knowingly asserted frivolous claims.” Johnston v. Arbitrium (Cayman Is.) Handels AG, 720 A.2d 542, 546 (Del.1998) (footnotes omitted). Bad faith conduct also can include reversing position on issues and changing testimony to suit the moment. See Montgomery Cellular, 880 A.2d at 227-28. “The purpose *79of the ‘bad faith’ exception is to ‘deter abusive litigation in the future, thereby avoiding harassment and protecting the integrity of the judicial process.’” Kaung v. Cole Nat. Corp., 884 A.2d 500, 506 (Del.2005) (quoting Schlank v. Williams, 572 A.2d 101, 108 (D.C.App.1990)).
There is good reason to think that fees might be shifted. Serial failures to produce documents marred the discovery process. The plaintiff filed four motions to compel, each of which prompted the production of additional documents either to moot the motion, after receiving guidance from the court, or because the motion was granted at least in part. On one occasion, Chancellor Chandler deferred ruling on whether to impose sanctions until the completion of the case. See Christen v. Trades Inc., 2008 WL 5255817, at *2 (Del.Ch. Dec. 12, 2008). Viewed as a whole, the defendants’ conduct during discovery could have needlessly increased the litigation’s cost.
The defendants also filed three separate motions for summary judgment. At least one — the motion for summary judgment in the appraisal case — could be regarded as frivolous. This motion argued that the plaintiff waived his appraisal rights under a stockholder agreement when the Merger agreement itself provided for appraisal.
The directors’ frequently less-than-credible trial testimony and their changes of position between deposition and trial could provide a further basis for fee-shifting. So too could the directors’ belated disavowal of the four sets of minutes in which the Board ostensibly determined in good faith that the fair value of the common stock was $0.10 per share and upon which this court previously relied.
At this point, the parties have not briefed the question of fee-shifting. For present purposes it suffices to grant the plaintiff leave to make a formal application.
III. CONCLUSION
The defendants proved that the decision to approve the Merger was entirely fair. The fair value of the common stock for purposes of appraisal was zero. Within ten days, the parties shall confer and submit a stipulation establishing a briefing schedule for the plaintiffs fee application.
. Hg invested £1.663 million to buy the common stock. JX 107. The transaction closed on September 19, 2000. JX 474 at 00372. The exchange rate was $1.4043 per pound, yielding a dollar-denominated investment of $2.3 million. See Historical Exchange Rates, OANDA, http://www.oanda.com (providing dollar per pound exchange rate on September 19, 2000).
. See JX 466 (Budge asking Lancaster: "Don't you want to mention that it is available after the deal close date (July 5), so that you get all the revenue that comes with delayed shipments[?]”); JX 486 (Mike Kidd, one of Trados’s executives, reporting to Budge, Hummel, and Campbell that "[t]he delayed shipments of TRADOS 7 is [sic] causing major *35customer service issues. Customers are clogging our emails and phones wanting to know where their [Trados 7 updates] are"); JX 507 (Budge stating he expects to have “$1.9m in deferred software revenue to deliver to SDL,” which “[w]ill be close to the $2m we promised."); JX 518 (Budge drafting an email from Campbell to Lancaster; “As we’ve discussed on many occasions, we did not ship certain revenues for the last couple weeks of the quarter, the total of which is $2,046k. This $2,046k in business will be shipped after the deal is substantially closed which is hopefully today and the result will be $2m+ of revenue and profit immediately for SDL.”). The evidence at trial established that SDL made a bet-the-company decision when purchasing Trados. SDL was a public company, and the success of the Merger had major implications for the trading price of its stock. Delaying the revenue made the deal immediately accretive to SDL. Campbell took a portion of his MIP payout in the form of SDL shares worth approximately $700,000. JX 465 at 45285. He sold the shares within 90-120 days after the Merger for about $900,000. Tr. 9. The preferred stockholders also took a portion of the Merger consideration in the form of SDL shares. Had these facts been alleged sufficiently, it might have been reasonably conceivable for pleading purposes that the revenue manipulation benefitted the defendants. The plaintiff has not sought to revisit that aspect of Trados I, which is law of the case.
. eBay Domestic Hldgs., Inc. v. Newmark, 16 A.3d 1, 34 (Del.Ch.2010); accord N. Am. Catholic Educ. Programming Found., Inc. v. Gheewalla, 930 A.2d 92, 101 (Del.2007) ("The directors of Delaware corporations have the legal responsibility to manage the business of a corporation for the benefit of its shareholder[] owners.”); Unocal Corp. v. Mesa Petroleum Co., 493 A.2d 946, 955 (Del. 1985) (citing "the basic principle that corporate directors have a fiduciary duty to act in the best interests of the corporation's stockholders”); see also Leo E. Strine, Jr., et al., Loyalty's Core Demand: The Defining Role of Good Faith in Corporation Law, 98 Geo. L.J. 629, 634 (2010) ("[I]t is essential that directors take their responsibilities seriously by actually trying to manage the corporation in a manner advantageous to the stockholders.”).
.See 8 Del. C. § 160 (imposing restrictions on the ability of a Delaware corporation to redeem its own shares); SV Inv. P’rs, LLC v. ThoughtWorks, Inc., 7 A.3d 973, 983-88 (Del.Ch.2010) (interpreting charter provision requiring redemption of preferred stock out of "funds legally available” in light of restrictions on redemption imposed by statute and common law), aff'd, 37 A.3d 205 (Del.2011). See generally Lynn A. Stout, On the Nature of Corporations, 2005 U. Ill. L.Rev. 253 (2005) (exploring implications of equity capital lock-in); Margaret M. Blair, Locking in Capital: What Corporate Law Achieved for Business Organizers in the Nineteenth Century, 51 UCLA L.Rev. 387 (2003) (tracing history of equity capital lock-in); Edward B. Rock & Michael L. Wachter, Waiting for the Omelet to Set: Match-Specific Assets and Minority Oppression in Close Corporations, 24 J. Corp. L. 913 (1999) (describing costs and benefits of equity capital lock-in). Shares, by default, are freely alienable. See 8 Del. C. § 202. Alienability ameliorates the effects of capital lock-in by enabling exit, but it does not alter the presumptively permanent status of equity capital. Selling simply substitutes a new owner as the holder of the bundle of rights associated with the equity. The capital remains locked in. In a publicly traded company, the successor holder’s ownership status is even more attenuated; since the implementation of the SEC’s policy of share immobilization, public stockholders do not own shares; they own the contract right to acquire record ownership and the equitable rights associated with beneficial ownership. See Kurz v. Holbrook, 989 A.2d 140, 161-62, 167-69 (Del.Ch.2010), aff'd in part, rev’d in part on other grounds, 992 A.2d 377 (Del.2010).
. See, e.g., Gantler v. Stephens, 965 A.2d 695, 706 (Del.2009) (holding that "enhancing the corporation’s long term share value” is a "distinctively corporate concerní ]"); TW Servs. v. SWT Acq. Corp., 1989 WL 20290, at *7 (Del.Ch. Mar. 2, 1989) (Allen, C.) (describing as "non-controversial” the proposition that "the interests of the shareholders as a class are seen as congruent with those of the corporation in the long run” and explaining that "[t]hus, broadly, directors may be said to owe a duty to shareholders as a class to manage the corporation within the law, with due care and in a way intended to maximize the long run interests of shareholders”); Andrew A. Schwartz, The Perpetual Corporation, 80 G. Wash. L.Rev. 764, 777-83 (2012) (arguing that the corporate attribute of perpetual existence calls for a fiduciary mandate of long-term value maximization for the stockholders' benefit); William T. Allen, Ambiguity in Corporation Law, 22 Del. J. Corp. L. 894, 896-97 (1997) (”[I]t can be seen that the proper orientation of corporation law is the protection of long-term value of capital committed indefinitely to the firm.”).
. Compare Paramount Commc’ns Inc. v. QVC Network Inc., 637 A.2d 34, 44 (Del.1994) (holding it was reasonably probable that directors breached their fiduciary duties by pursuing ostensibly superior value to be created by long-term strategic combination when, post-transaction, a controller would have “the power to alter that vision,” rendering its value highly contingent), and Revlon, Inc. v. MacAndrews & Forbes Hldgs., Inc., 506 A.2d 173, 182 (Del.1986) (holding that alternative of maintaining corporation as stand-alone entity and use of defensive measures to preserve *38that alternative "became moot” once board determined that values achievable through a sale process exceeded board’s assessment of stand-alone value), with Paramount Commc’ns, Inc. v. Time Inc., 571 A.2d 1140, 1154 (Del.1989) (holding it was not reasonably probable that directors breached their fiduciary duties by pursuing superior long-term value of strategic, stock-for-stock merger without a post-transaction controller), Unocal, 493 A.2d at 956 (holding it was not reasonably probable that directors breached their fiduciary duties by adopting a selective exchange offer to defend against a two-tiered tender offer where blended value of offer was less than $54 per share and board reasonably believed stand-alone value of corporation was much greater), and Air Prods. & Chems., Inc. v. Airgas, Inc., 16 A.3d 48, 108-09 (Del.Ch.2011) (holding that board complied with fiduciary duties by maintaining a rights plan to protect higher stand-alone value of corporation rather than permit immediate sale).
. See 8 Del. C. § 151(a); MCG Capital, 2010 WL 1782271, at *6 (“Where there is an affirmative expression altering the rights of a class of stock, only those specific rights are altered, other default rights remain unaltered.”); Jedwab v. MGM Grand Hotels, Inc., 509 A.2d 584, 593-94 (Del.Ch.1986) (Allen, C.) ("If a certificate designating rights, preferences, etc. of special stock contains no provision dealing with voting rights or no provision creating rights upon liquidation, it is not the fact that such stock has no voting rights or no rights upon liquidation. Rather, in such circumstances, the preferred stock has the same voting rights as common stock or the same rights to participate in the liquidation of the corporation as has such stock.” (citations omitted)); see also Matulich v. Aegis Commc’ns Gp., Inc., 942 A.2d 596, 600 (Del.2008) ("If a certificate of designation is silent as to voting rights, preferred shareholders have the same statutory rights as common stockholders.”). See generally Richard M. Buxbaum, The Internal Division of Powers in Corporate Governance, 73 Cal. L.Rev. 1671, 1684 (1985) ("Whatever its attributes (its ‘rights, preferences, and privileges,’ in the jargon), preferred stock is quintessentially a matter of contract. If any deviation from the attributes of the residual common stock concept is desired, the contract must specify it.”).
. The primacy of the negotiated contract should not be overstated: preferred stock is senior in defined respects to common, but it is equity, not debt, and it remains subject to the statutory and common law limitations that apply to equity. See Carsanaro v. Bloodhound Techs., Inc., 65 A.3d 618, 645 (Del.Ch.2013) ("By investing in preferred stock, the defendants contracted for equity treatment, received the attendant benefits, and accepted the concomitant limitations, including restrictions like those found in Section 160.”); SV Inv. P’rs, 7 A.3d at 983-88 (applying statutory and common law restrictions on preferred stock redemption right).
. See Wolfensohn v. Madison Fund, Inc., 253 A.2d 72, 75 (Del.1969) (holding that former preferred stockholders who received debentures and a share of common stock were not owed fiduciary duties in their capacity as debenture holders and had only their contractual rights as creditors); LC Capital Master Fund, Ltd. v. James, 990 A.2d 435, 437 (Del.Ch.2010) ("[O]nce the QuadraMed Board honored the special contractual rights of the preferred, it was entitled to favor the interests of the common stockholders.”); Fletcher Int’l, Ltd. v. ION Geophysical Corp., 2010 WL 2173838, at *7 (Del.Ch. May 28, 2010) ("[Rjights arising from documents governing a preferred class of stock, such as the Certificates, that are enjoyed solely by the preferred class, do not give rise to fiduciary duties because such rights are purely contractual in nature.”); MCG Capital, 2010 WL 1782271, at *15 ("[D]irectors do not owe preferred shareholders any fiduciary duties with respect to [their contractual] rights.”); Jedwab, 509 *40A.2d at 594 ("[Wjith respect to matters relating to the preferences or limitations that distinguish preferred stock from common, the duty of the corporation and its directors is essentially contractual .... ”); see also Simons v. Cogan, 549 A.2d 300, 303 (Del.1988) ("[A] convertible debenture represents a contractual entitlement to the repayment of a debt and does not represent an equitable interest in the issuing corporation necessary for the imposition of a trust relationship with concomitant fiduciary duties.”); Revlon, 506 A.2d at 182 ("[T]he Revlon board could not make the requisite showing of [fiduciary] good faith by preferring the noteholders and ignoring its duty of loyalty to the shareholders. The rights of the former already were fixed by contract.”).
. Jedwab, 509 A.2d at 594; accord LC Capital, 990 A.2d at 449-50; MCG Capital, 2010 WL 1782271, at *15; Trados I, 2009 WL 2225958, at *7; Rosan v. Chi. Milwaukee Corp., 1990 WL 13482, at *6 (Del.Ch. Feb. 6, 1990).
. See, e.g., In re Delphi Fin. Gp. S'holder Litig., 2012 WL 729232, at *12 n. 57 (Del.Ch. Mar. 6, 2012) (considering challenge by common stockholders to transaction in which controlling stockholder received differential merger consideration); N.J. Carpenters Pension Fund v. Infogroup, Inc., 2011 WL 4825888, at *9 (Del.Ch. Sept. 30, 2011) (same); In re John Q. Hammons Hotels Inc. S’holder Litig., 2009 WL 3165613, at *12 (Del.Ch. Oct. 2, 2009) (same); In re Tele-Commc’ns, Inc. S’holders Litig., 2005 WL 3642727, at *7 (Del.Ch. Dec. 21, 2005) (considering challenge to merger in which “a clear and significant benefit of nearly $300 million accrued primarily” to directors holding high-vote common stock (footnote omitted)); In re LNR Prop. Corp. S’holders Litig., 896 A.2d 169, 178 (Del.Ch.2005) (considering challenge by common stockholders to transaction in which corporation was sold to third party but controlling stockholder received right to roll equity in transaction).
. See, e.g., In re FLS Hldgs., Inc. S’holders Litig., 1993 WL 104562, at *5 (Del.Ch. Apr. 2, 1993) (rejecting disclosure-only settlement of claims challenging merger in which all consideration went to the common stockholders and the preferred stockholders received nothing, holding that board comprised of directors holding common stock would likely bear the burden of proving that allocation of consideration was entirely fair, and noting that absence of independent bargaining agent or other meaningful procedural protections for the preferred made fairness "a substantial issue that is fairly litigable”); Jedwab, 509 A.2d at 595 (holding that preferred stockholder could challenge controller's allocation of merger consideration between preferred and common but concluding that the defendants were likely to meet their burden).
. See Tele-Commc’ns, 2005 WL 3642727, at *7 (considering directors’ relative ownership of high-vote and low-vote stock in evaluating their interest in transaction that paid premium for high-vote shares and holding that entire fairness applied because of directors’ disproportionate ownership of high-vote shares); In re Staples, Inc. S’holders Litig., 792 A.2d 934, 950-51 (Del.Ch.2001) (considering directors' ownership of tracking stock in evaluating interestedness and applying business judgment rule because the directors' ownership stakes did not give rise to a material conflict of interest); In re Gen. Motors Class H S’holders Litig., 734 A.2d 611, 617-18 (Del.Ch.1999) (same); Solomon v. Armstrong, 747 A.2d 1098, 1117-18 (Del.Ch.1999) (same).
. See LC Capital, 990 A.2d at 449-50 (holding that the board's duties required the board "to take reasonable efforts to secure the highest price reasonably available for the corporation” and rejecting argument that board had a duty to maximize the value of a liquidation preference and other contractual rights in the certificate of designations governing preferred stock); Equity-Linked Investors, L.P. v. Adams, 705 A.2d 1040, 1042 (Del.Ch.1997) (Allen, C.) (declining to enjoin debt issuance that "was taken for the benefit largely of the common stock,” that imposed "economic risks upon the preferred stock which the holders of the preferred did not want,” but that did not violate their contractual preferences); HB Korenvaes Invs., L.P. v. Marriott Corp., 1993 WL 205040, at *3-5 (Del.Ch. Apr. 2, 1993) (Allen, C.) (declining to enjoin planned spinoff of businesses to common stock and indefinite suspension of dividends on preferred stock on grounds that directors did not violate any contractual rights of the preferred stock). "Consistent with this viewpoint, it has been thought that having directors who actually owned a meaningful, long-term common stock stake was a useful thing, because that would align the interests of the independent directors with the common stockholders and give [the directors] a personal incentive to fulfill their duties effectively.” LC Capital, 990 A.2d at 452.
. See Gheewalla, 930 A.2d at 101 ("When a solvent corporation is navigating in the zone of insolvency, the focus for Delaware directors does not change: directors must continue to discharge their fiduciary duties to the corporation and its shareholders by exercising their business judgment in the best interests of the corporation for the benefit of its shareholder owners.”); Prod. Res. Gp., L.L.C. v. NCT Gp., Inc., 863 A.2d 772, 790 (Del.Ch.2004) ("Having complied with all legal obligations owed to the firm’s creditors, the board would ... ordinarily be free to take economic risk for the benefit of the firm’s equity owners, so long as the directors comply with their fiduciary duties to the firm by selecting and pursuing with fidelity and prudence a plausible strategy to maximize the firm's value.”); Blackmore P’rs, L.P. v. Link Energy LLC, 864 A.2d 80, 85-86 (Del.Ch.2004) ("[T]he allegation that the Defendant Directors approved a sale of substantially all of [the company’s] assets and a resultant distribution of proceeds that went exclusively to the company’s creditors raises a reasonable inference of disloyalty or intentional misconduct. Of course, it is also possible to infer (and the record at a later stage may well show) that the Director Defendants made a good faith judgment, after reasonable investigation, that there was no future for the business and no better alternative .... [I]t would appear that no transaction could have been worse for the unit holders and reasonable to infer ... that a properly motivated board of directors would not have agreed to a proposal that wiped out the value of the common equity and surrendered all of that value to the company’s creditors.”); see also Trenwick Am. Litig. Trust v. Ernst & Young, L.L.P., 906 A.2d 168, 191-98 (Del.Ch.2006) (applying business judgment rule to dismiss claims that directors of solvent corporation breached their duties by taking action to benefit subsidiary’s sole stockholder at the expense of its creditors), aff'd, 931 A.2d 438 (Del.2007). Even when a corporation is insolvent, creditors lack standing to assert a direct claim for breach of fiduciary duty; they merely gain standing to sue derivatively because they have joined the ranks of the residual claimants. See Gheewalla, 930 A.2d at 101 ("When a corporation is *42insolvent, however, its creditors take the place of the shareholders as the residual beneficiaries of any increase in value. Consequently, the creditors of an insolvent corporation have standing to maintain derivative claims against directors on behalf of the corporation for breaches of fiduciary duties.”).
. Some scholars have interpreted Orban v. Field, 1997 WL 153831 (Del.Ch. Apr. 1, 1997) (Allen, C.), as supporting a "control-contingent approach” in which a board elected by the common stock owes duties to the common stockholders but not the preferred stock, but a board elected by the preferred stock can promote the interests of the preferred stock at the expense of the common stock. See, e.g., Jesse M. Fried & Mira Ganor, Agency Costs of Venture Capitalist Control in Startups, 81 N.Y.U. L.Rev. 967, 990-93 (2006) [hereinafter Agency Costs ]. The control-contingent interpretation does not comport with how I understand the role of fiduciary duties or the ruling in Orban, which I read as a case in which the common stock had no economic value such that a transaction in which the common stockholders received nothing was fair to them. See infra note 48. Some scholars also have argued that in lieu of a common stock valuation maximand, directors should have a duty to maximize enterprise value, defined in the common-preferred context as the aggregate value of the returns to the common stock plus the preferred stock, taking into account the preferred stock’s contractual rights. See, e.g., William W. Bratton & Michael L. Wachter, A Theory of Preferred Stock, 161 U. Pa. L.Rev. 1815, 1885-86 (2013) [hereinafter Theory of Preferred]; Douglas G. Baird & M. Todd Henderson, Other People’s Money, 60 Stan. L.Rev. 1309, 1323-28 (2008). Among other problems, such an approach does not explain why the duty to maximize enterprise value should encompass certain contract rights (those of preferred) but not others (those of creditors, employees, pensioners, customers, etc.). Moreover, while tolerably clear in the abstract and sometimes in real-world settings, see, e.g., In re Central Ice Cream Co., 836 F.2d 1068 (7th Cir.1987), the enterprise value standard ultimately complicates rather than simplifies the difficult judgments faced by directors acting under conditions of uncertainty and the task confronted by courts who must review their decisions. The enterprise value standard compounds the number of valuation alternatives that must be solved simultaneously, and the resulting multivariate fiduciary calculus quickly devolves into the equitable equivalent of a constituency statute with a concomitant decline in accountability. Delaware case law as I read it does not support the enterprise value theory. As long as a board complies with its legal obligations, the standard of fiduciary conduct calls for the board to maximize the value of the corporation for the benefit of the common stock. See LC Capital, 990 A.2d at 452 (”[I]t is the duty of directors to pursue the best interests of the corporation and its common stockholders, if that can be done faithfully with the contractual promises owed to the preferred ....”).
. Aronson v. Lewis, 473 A.2d 805, 812 (Del.1984). In Brehm v. Eisner, 746 A.2d 244, 253-54 (Del.2000), the Delaware Supreme Court overruled seven precedents, including Aronson, to the extent they reviewed a Rule 23.1 decision by the Court of Chanceiy under an abuse of discretion standard or otherwise suggested deferential appellate review. Id. at 253 n. 13 (overruling in part on this issue Scattered Corp. v. Chi. Stock Exch., 701 A.2d 70, 72-73 (Del.1997); Grimes v. Donald, 673 A.2d 1207, 1217 n. 15 (Del.1996); Heineman v. Datapoint Corp., 611 A.2d 950, 952 (Del.1992); Levine v. Smith, 591 A.2d 194, 207 (Del.1991); Grobow v. Perot, 539 A.2d 180, 186 (Del.1988); Pogostin v. Rice, 480 A.2d 619, 624-25 (Del.1984); and Aronson, 473 A.2d at 814). The Brehm Court held that going forward, appellate review of a Rule 23.1 determination would be de novo and plenary. Brehm, 746 A.2d at 254. The seven partially overruled precedents otherwise remain good law. This decision does not rely on any of them for the standard of appellate review and therefore omits the cumbersome subsequent history.
. See Realigning the Standard, supra, at 452 (defining an irrational decision as "one that is so blatantly imprudent that it is inexplicable, in the sense that no well-motivated and minimally informed person could have made it”); see also Brehm, 746 A.2d at 264 ("Irrationali-1y is the outer limit of the business judgment rule. Irrationality may be the functional equivalent of the waste test or it may tend to show that the decision is not made in good faith, which is a key ingredient of the business judgment rule.” (footnote omitted)); In re J.P. Stevens & Co., Inc. S’holders Litig., 542 A.2d 770, 780-81 (Del.Ch.1988) ("A court may, however, review the substance of a business decision made by an apparently well motivated board for the limited purpose of assessing whether that decision is so far beyond the bounds of reasonable judgment that it seems essentially inexplicable on any ground other than bad faith.”).
. See McMullin v. Beran, 765 A.2d 910, 923 (Del.2000) ("In assessing director independence, Delaware courts apply a subjective ‘actual person’ standard to determine whether a ‘given’ director was likely to be affected in the same or similar circumstances.” (citing Technicolor III, 663 A.2d at 1167)); Cede & Co. v. Technicolor, Inc. (Technicolor II), 634 A.2d 345, 361, 364 (Del.1993) (requiring director-by-director analysis); In re Walt Disney Co. Deriv. Litig., 906 A.2d 27, 52 (Del.2006) (affirming director-by-director analysis); see also Orman v. Cullman, 794 A.2d 5, 25 n. 50 (Del.Ch.2002) (explaining that materiality is required for a breach of fiduciary duty claim but not for a violation of 8 Del. C. § 144).
. Trados I, 2009 WL 2225958, at *6 (quoting Rales v. Blasband, 634 A.2d 927, 936 (Del.1993)); accord Technicolor II, 634 A.2d at 362 ("Classic examples of director self-interest in a business transaction involve either a director appearing on both sides of a transaction or a director receiving a personal benefit from a transaction not received by the shareholders generally.”); Pogostin, 480 A.2d at 624 (“Directorial interest exists whenever ... a director either has received, or is entitled to receive, a personal financial benefit from the challenged transaction which is not equally shared by the stockholders.”).
. See Krasner v. Moffett, 826 A.2d 277, 283 (Del.2003) (“[T]hree of the FSC directors ... were interested in the MEC transaction because they served on the boards ... of both MOXY and FSC.”); McMullin, 765 A.2d at 923 ("The ARCO officers and designees on Chemical’s board owed Chemical's minority shareholders 'an uncompromising duty of loyalty.’ There is no dilution of that obligation in a parent subsidiary context for the individuals who acted in a dual capacity as officers or designees of ARCO and as directors of Chemical.” (footnote omitted)); Rabkin v. Philip A. Hunt Corp., 498 A.2d 1099, 1106 (Del.1985) (holding that parent coiporation’s directors on subsidiary board faced conflict of interest); Weinberger, 457 A.2d at 710 (holding that officers of parent corporation faced conflict of interest when acting as subsidiary directors regarding transaction with parent); Trados I, 2009 WL 2225958, at *8 (treating Gandhi and Stone as interested for pleading purposes when "each had an ownership or employment relationship with an entity that owned Trados preferred stock”); see also Rales, 634 A.2d at 933 (explaining for purposes of demand futility that " '[directorial interest exists whenever divided loyalties are present'" (quoting Pogostin, 480 A.2d at 624)); Goldman v. Pogo.com, Inc., 2002 WL 1358760, at *3 (Del.Ch. June 14, 2002) ("Because Khosla and Wu were the representatives of shareholders which, in their institutional capacities, were both alleged to have had a direct financial interest in this transaction, a reasonable doubt is raised as to Khosla and Wu’s disinterestedness in having voted to approve the ... [l]oan.”); Sealy Mattress Co. of N.J., Inc. v. Sealy, Inc., 532 A.2d 1324, 1336 (Del.Ch. 1987) (same).
. When investing in the United States, VCs almost exclusively use preferred stock. See Steven N. Kaplan & Per Stromberg, Financial Contracting Meets the Real World: An Empirical Analysis of Venture Capital Contracts, 70 Rev. Econ. Studs. 281, 313 (2003) (finding that 94% of VC financings between 1987 through 1999 used preferred stock); Ronald J. Gilson & David M. Schizer, Understanding Venture Capital Structure: A Tax Explanation for Convertible Preferred Stock, 116 Harv. L.Rev. 874, 875 (2003) [hereinafter Tax Explanation ] (noting that "overwhelmingly, venture capitalists make their investments through convertible preferred stock”); Joseph L. Lemon, Jr., Don’t Let Me Down (Round): Avoiding Illusory Terms in Venture Capital Financing in the Post-Internet Bubble Era, 39 Tex. J. Bus. L. 1, 5-6 (2003) ("In the vast majority of VC financings, VCs contribute funding in exchange for preferred stock.”). There is evidence that tax advantages drive the use of preferred stock for U.S. investments. See Tax Explanation, supra, at 877, 889. In jurisdictions with different tax rules, VCs frequently use other instruments, including common stock. See Agency Costs, supra, at 984.
. A wide range of treatises, law review articles, and practitioner pieces describe the typical features of VC preferred stock. See, e.g., Agency Costs, supra, at 981-82 (describing features); Michael A. Woronoff & Jonathan A. Rosen, Effective vs. Nominal Valuation in Venture Capital Investing, 2 N.Y.U. J.L. & Bus. 199, 208-19 (2005) (same); Manuel A. Utset, Reciprocal Fairness, Strategic Behavior & Venture Survival: A Theory of Venture Capital-Financed Finns, 2002 Wis. L.Rev. 45, 55 & n. 16 [hereinafter Venture Smvival] (describing VC contracts, including preferred stock, as "highly standardized” and "mostly non-negotiable”).
. Id.; accord Darían M. Ibrahim, The New Exit in Venture Capital, 65 Vand. L.Rev. 1, 27 (2012) [hereinafter New Exit ] (noting "traditional exits often do not align the incentives of VCs and entrepreneurs [which] can produce suboptimal outcomes for individual investors that are forced into a premature exit that leaves money on the table”); Exit Structure, supra, at 356 (noting "venture capitalists and entrepreneurs may have different interests regarding the timing and form of exit”).
. Professors Brian J. Broughman and Jesse M. Fried offer a simple illustration: "Consider, for example, a startup with $50 million in aggregate liquidation preferences. Assume there is a 50% likelihood that, within one year, the firm will be worth $90 million and a 50% likelihood that it will be worth $0. A hypothetical risk-neutral buyer content to earn a 0% return would pay $45 million for all of the equity of the startup. Preferred shareholders would get $45 million; common shareholders would get $0. But if the startup were to remain independent, the common stock would have an expected value of $20 million.” Brian J. Broughman & Jesse M. Fried, Carrots & Sticks: How VCs Induce Entrepreneurial Teams to Sell Startups 12 n. 47 (Harvard Law & Econ., Discussion Paper No. 742, 2013), available at http://ssrn.com/ abstract=2221033 [hereinafter Carrots & Sticks ]. The preferred stockholders will prefer their sure $45 million over the risk-adjusted $25 million. The common stockholders will prefer the opportunity to receive a risk-adjusted $20 million over a sure zero. If the preferred have the power to force a sale, then the $20 million is "the 'option value' of the common stock that is lost in the sale of the firm today for $45 million.” Id.; see also Agency Costs, supra, at 995-97 (providing more detailed examples). Of course, this is not the only possibility. Under other scenarios, the preferred stockholders' incentives can lead to defensible results. See, e.g., Theory of Preferred, supra, at 1886.
. See Venture Survival, supra, at 60. "Among early-stage venture capitalists, ... it is generally assumed that an investment portfolio should yield an IRR of approximately 30 to 50 percent.” False Dichotomy, supra, at 72. "[Bjecause many of these investments will ultimately be written off, VC investors commonly make individual company investments with the expectation that each will produce a 40 to 50 percent projected IRR after accounting for the venture capitalist’s fees and compensation.” Id. See generally William A. Sahlman, A Method for Valuing High-Risk, Long-Term Investments: The “Venture Capital Method" 7-14 (Harvard Bus. Sch., Note 9-288-006, 2003) (JX 624) [hereinafter Venture Capital Method ] (describing factors contributing to VC demand for 50% projected IRR).
. See New Exit, supra, at 11-13. Other alternatives include redemption by the portfolio company or a sale of the preferred stock to another investor. See Exit Structure, supra, at 317 n. 8. "[S]kepticism of redemption provisions is common.” Id. at 350 n. 121. The secondary market is nascent but growing. See New Exit, supra, at 16-20.
. Manuel A. Utset, High-Powered (Mis)incen-tives and Venture-Capital Contracts, 7 Ohio St. Entrep. Bus. L.J. 45, 56 (2012) (footnote omitted) [hereinafter Venture-Capital Contracts]-, accord False Dichotomy, supra, at 62 ("VC funds are constrained with respect to both time and capital in their start-up company investments .... ”); Venture Survival, supra, at 110 ("[G]iven the other firms in its investment portfolio, a venture capitalist may liquidate an otherwise viable but weaker firm because the marginal return of spending limited resources and time on that one firm may not be worth the venture capitalist’s effort, despite the fact that if the venture capitalist were analyzing that firm independently, it would choose not to liquidate.”); Venture Capital Method, supra, at 17 ("In order to realize value from their investments, the fund’s managers need to commit time to board meetings, consultation with management, and other monitoring activities. Because of the number of competing opportunities ... there is a substantial opportunity cost (or shadow price) to the VC’s time.”).
.D. Gordon Smith, Venture Capital Contracting in the Information Age, 2 J. Small & Emerging Bus. L. 133, 142 (1998); see also Venture-Capital Contracts, supra, at 56 (noting "venture capitalists are wary of being stuck with the ‘living dead,’ firms that are profitable, but not enough to allow them to be sold on a timely basis in a private sale or public offering”); John C. Ruhnka et ah, The "Living Dead” Phenomenon in Venture Capital Investments, 7 J. Bus. Venturing 137, 147-48 (1992) (noting 20% of sample ended up as “living dead" and that "the most-often-used strategy (used in more than 75% of living dead situations) was an attempt to sell or merge the company — typically to a larger company with a related product line or technology”); Calvin H. Johnson, Why Do Venture Capital Funds Bum Research and Development Deductions?, 29 Va. Tax Rev. 29, 41 (2009) ("[S]emi-suc-cessful ventures are sometimes called 'zombies’ or 'the living dead,’ in the slang of the trade. A zombie gives back just its invested capital (or almost returns its capital), or gives back invested capital plus a return below what is needed to attract capital in a competitive market.”).
. At trial, Prang inexplicably tried to deny that he was a Sequoia designee before eventually conceding the point. Compare Tr. 453 (Prang denial), with Tr. 801 ("[A]s far as [the stockholder agreement’s] concerned, I was a Sequoia nominee. Fine, whatever that means.”). He also tried to deny having any business relationships with Gandhi outside of Trados and Conformia Software, despite Gandhi’s testimony about working together on a number of projects. When asked if Gandhi’s position on Conformia Software’s board made him one of Prang's bosses, Prang contended that as CEO and Chairman, he reported to himself. Tr. 814. Had Prang addressed these issues more candidly, I could well have reached a different conclusion.
. Orman, 794 A.2d at 27 n. 55; see, e.g., Emerald P'rs v. Berlin, 2003 WL 21003437, at *3 (Del.Ch. Apr. 28, 2003) (holding in post-trial opinion that director who had been an employee of controller for more than ten years was not disinterested and independent in decision to evaluate controller's proposed merger), aff'd, 840 A.2d 641 (Del.2003); Primedia, 910 A.2d at 261 n. 45 (holding on a motion to dismiss that directors who had "substantial past or current relationships, both of a business and of a personal nature, with [a controller]” were not independent); Orman, 794 A.2d at 27 n. 55 (noting that ”[a]lthough mere recitation of the fact of past business or personal relationships will not make the Court automatically question the independence of a challenged director, it may be possible to plead additional facts concerning the length, nature or extent of those previous relationships that would put in issue that director's ability to objectively consider the challenged transaction”); In re New Valley Corp. Deriv. Litig., 2001 WL 50212, at *7 (Del.Ch. Jan. 11, 2001) (noting in ruling on motion to dismiss that directors were not disinterested and independent based on their "current or past business, personal, and employment relationships with each other and the entities involved”); Int’l Equity Capital Growth Fund, L.P. v. Clegg, 1997 WL 208955, at *6-9 (Del.Ch. Apr. 22, 1997) (Allen, C.) (holding on a motion to dismiss that directors were not independent based on history of dealing and overlapping governance relationships).
. From a broader market or even societal perspective, there is nothing inherently wrong with a VC exit under these circumstances. It may well be that facilitating exit results in greater aggregate returns and maximizes overall societal wealth. This court’s task, at least as I understand it, is not to apply its own normative balancing of broader policy concerns, but rather to evaluate the fairness of the defendants’ actions in terms of an entity-specific arrangement of contract rights and fiduciary duties. The VC contracts in this case did not attempt to incorporate any mechanism for side-stepping fiduciary duties (such as a drag-along right if the VC funds sold their shares), nor did they explicitly seek to realign the directors’ fiduciary duties in a manner that might alter the traditional analysis. See 8 Del. C. § 141(a) ("The business and affairs of every corporation organized under this chapter shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in this chapter or in its certificate of incoiporation. If any such provision is made in the certificate of incorporation, the powers and duties conferred or imposed upon the board of directors by this chapter shall be exercised or performed to such extent and by such person or persons as shall be provided in the certificate of incorporation." (emphasis added)). This decision provides no opportunity for expressing a view as to the *57effectiveness of any such mechanism or realignment, and it does not intimate one. In the current case, the absence of any attempt at explicit contracting over exit-related conflicts does mean that to deviate from traditional fiduciary analysis would require giving credence to an implicit waiver or constructive fiduciary realignment. Setting aside the inherently ambiguous nature of the exercise— whether the common accepted a typical VC investment structure because they implicitly consented to a VC-dominated exit or because they believed fiduciary duties would protect them and therefore did not bargain over the issue — the structure of the DGCL and longstanding common law authority require that any such arrangement be explicit. See, e.g., 8 Del. C. §§ 102(b)(7), 141(a), 151(a), 202. See generally supra Part II.A.1 .
. See, e.g., JX 139 (Gandhi prompting JMP in early 2004 to meet with Ganesan); JX 172 (Gandhi updating his partners in June 2004 that "[w]e have recruited a hard-nosed CEO whose task is to grow this company profitably or sell it.... Simultaneously, [JMP] has also been retained to explore the M & A options for the business. I would expect that the company is sold within the next 18 months (perhaps sooner)”); JX211 (Scanlan, Gandhi, and Stone speaking with SDL in summer 2004); JX 276 (Gandhi updating his partners in December 2004 that Campbell's "mission is to architect an M & A exit as soon as practicable”); JX 302 (Gandhi arguing to optimize for cash rather than pushing for a higher price); JX 310 at 000037 (Stone updating her partners in February 2005 that "[c]ur-rent options” were (i) sell to SDL now for approximately $60 million, (ii) sell to a private equity firm as a package deal with Bowne, or (iii) sell in 18 months).
. For simplicity, this decision refers to the MIP's effect on the common stock. It would be more precise to refer to its effect on the residual claimants, because the Series A and BB had the right to participate in any distribution to the common on an as-converted basis. That fact only becomes relevant in the event of a damages calculation based on diversion of merger consideration. This decision need not confront that issue, because diversion of merger consideration was not a theory that the plaintiff advanced at trial.
. This case does not present the question of what would have been a fair allocation of the cost of the MIP. The boundaries are clear: 100% could come from proceeds that otherwise would go to the preferred stock (a scenario raising no fairness issues), or 100% could come from proceeds that otherwise would go to the common stock (a scenario raising serious fairness issues). A range of intermediate allocations are possible and could be justified depending on the facts.
. The plaintiff did not tty the case on a theory that the defendants breached their duty of loyalty by using the MIP to reallocate consideration from the common to the preferred and management, nor did the plaintiff seek damages for the class on that basis. As with other discretionary exercises of authority, the standard of fiduciary conduct requires that when approving employee compensation arrangements, directors must act to promote the value of the corporation for the ultimate benefit of the common stockholders. See supra Part II.A.l. Where, as here, a plaintiff has shown that the board lacked a majority of disinterested and independent directors, the standard of review is entire fairness. See Gottlieb v. Heyden Chem. Corp., 91 A.2d 57, 58 (1952); Valeant Pharm. v. Jerney, 921 A.2d 732, 745-46 (Del.Ch.2007). It would have been difficult for the defendants to prove that the MIP was fair. A logical remedy would have been for the class to recover its share of the consideration that would have dropped to the residual claimants had the MIP been structured fairly. The plaintiff, however, did not pursue this angle, likely because the resulting damage award would have been relatively small.
. See Tr. 317 (Scanlan explaining "I viewed the operation as a whole in its best interests and all of its stakeholders and all of its shareholders as my duties.”); Tr. 386, 417-18 (Gandhi stating his duty was to “maximize the value of the enterprise” for the benefit of "all the stakeholders”); Tr. 648-50 (Hummel stating that "there were a lot of stakeholders” and that he viewed his duties as ensuring that "customers would continue to have access to [Trados] technology,” that "people continue in jobs or, if they change jobs, that they would have success on their resume,” that "morally and ethically, for me it was important that the money I’ve raised ... that we pay that money back,” and that "[t]he Trados brand is still out there”); Tr. 734-38 (Stone testifying that she represented "all stakeholders” and her *64interest was to "maximize the value of the entity”); Tr. 788, 900 (Prang sought to "maximize the value of the corporation” for the benefit of "the company and all stakeholders”).
. See, e.g., Thurman W. Arnold, The Folklore of Capitalism 293-95 (1937) (Charles Hayden testifying that no conflict arose from his simultaneous roles as (i) chairman of the board of Cuban Cane Sugar Corp. ("Cuban Cane”), (ii) head of Hayden & Stone, the investment bank which sold Cuban Cane’s defaulted bonds, and (iii) director of Chase National Bank and New York Trust Company, both creditors of Cuban Cane, which insisted on security for their loans at Hayden's recommendation shortly before Cuban Cane defaulted on its bonds (quoting SEC Report On The Study And Investigation Of The Work, Activities, Personnel And Functions of Protective Committees 457-62 (May 10, 1937))).
. The decision not to form a special committee had significant implications for this litigation. The Merger was not a transaction where a controller stood on both sides, and the plaintiff did not challenge Laidig’s independence or disinterestedness. If a duly empowered and properly advised committee had approved the Merger, it could well have resulted in business judgment deference. Admittedly, under those circumstances, the plaintiff likely would have found reason to criticize Laidig.
. See Tr. 16 (Campbell testifying Trados could "run out of cash within the next 90 to 120 days”); Tr. 249 (Scanlan testifying Tra-dos was "bleeding” and "didn’t have a runway”); Tr. 390 (Gandhi testifying Trados would have gone "bankrupt”); Tr. 649 (Hum-mel testifying Trados’s "outcome was highly likely ... bankrupt[cy]”); Tr. 722 (Stone testifying Trados was in a "death loop”); Tr. 779, 791 (Prang testifying Trados would "be out of business”).
. See 26 U.S.C. § 6662 (civil penalty for accuracy-related tax underpayment); id. § 6663 (civil penalty for fraudulent tax underpayment); id. § 6701 (civil penalty for aiding and abetting understatement of tax liability); id. § 7201 (criminal penalty for willfully attempting to evade or defeat tax). In this case, I suspect any mispricing would not result in an underpayment. By setting the fair market value of the common stock above what the defendants now say was its actual value of zero, then setting the option strike price at the purported fair market value, the Board granted an out-of-the-money option that was underwater by $0.10 at the time of grant.
. See Tr. 396 (Gandhi describing the option price as "arbitrary” and based on "rough rules of thumb about option value pricing"); Tr. 575-76 (Hummel testifying that "the correct strike price [for the options] should have been zero” but that the Board set a price that was "not too far away from the real value at that time which was zero”); Tr. 712-13 (Stone testifying that she believed the "common stock of the company” was "worth nothing” on April 21, 2005). Prang first testified that he actually believed that the fair market value of the common stock was $0.10 per share on February 2, 2005. Tr. 869-70. He later recanted and joined the other directors by contending that they "believed [they] couldn’t set it at zero,” so they chose $0.10 *70per share for "accounting reasons and tax reasons and something else.” Tr. 899.
. See Tr. 181 (Campbell justifying option price because otherwise Trados "couldn’t bring new people into the company” and he "would have been in serious trouble”); Tr. 396 (Gandhi explaining "we had to do something .... [We were] having a hard time keeping people and recruiting people. They have other options in Silicon Valley, and we just have to feel like the equity is ... going to be worth something"); Tr. 497 (Prang agreeing that the Board set the price to "make it more attractive to the employees"); Tr. 899 (Prang testifying "we believed we couldn’t set it at zero. It was [for] accounting reasons and tax reasons and something else. And we had to have, we believed, a value on [the] stock because, if the LOI fell through, we had to continue as an entity and we needed a price to issue new share grants”); Tr. 575 (Hummel stating that a zero stock price "would trigger some suspicion with a [prospective] tech guy” and make a poor recruiting pitch); Tr. 713 (Stone explaining that the "business as normal would ... continue granting options to people, as part of the culture of the business, but also generally part of the incentives of the business. That's why we’re doing options. Why [$0.]10 rather than another value? We had already taken the value down from [$0.]25 to [$0.]10. It's not an exact science”).
. See New Exit, supra, at 18 (”[W]hen granting stock options to employees, start-ups usually take the position that the stripped-down common stock is worth no more than ten percent of the latest preferred price ....”); Jeff Thomas, The Legal Spark, 78 UMKC L.Rev. 455, 472 n. 18 (2009) ("In the past, many startups used a 10:1 valuation ratio for preferred stock and common stock issued at the same time.”); Tax Explanation, supra, at 900 n. 86 (citing a rule of thumb that the fair market value of common stock should be set at one-tenth of the latest preferred stock price and reporting that some VCs valued the common stock more aggressively at one-thousandth of the latest preferred stock price).
.A prominent study published in early 2005 identified statistically abnormal patterns associated with the dates of stock option grants. See Erik Lie, On the Timing of CEO Stock Option Awards, 51 Mgmt. Sci. 802 (2005). In March 2006, a Wall Street Journal article brought public attention to SEC investigations into option backdating and identified companies where option grant dates seemed uncommonly advantageous. Charles Forelle & James Bandler, The Perfect Payday, Wall St. J. (Mar. 18, 2006), available at http://www. stat.yale.edu/~jay/News/WSJmain.pdf; see also Lara E. Muller, Stock Option Backdating: Is the Government’s Response Enough to Eliminate the Problem or Is It Still a Work in Progress?, 51 Santa Clara L.Rev. 331, 335 (2011) (discussing scope of the problem).
. See M.G. Bancorp., Inc. v. Le Beau, 737 A.2d 513, 523 (Del.1999) (approving adjustment to comparable company valuation to correct for implicit minority discount); Agranoff v. Miller, 791 A.2d 880, 900 (Del.Ch.2001) (correcting for implicit minority discount). I say "arguably” because scholars have raised fair questions about the origins and rationale underlying the implicit minority discount. See generally Lawrence A. Hamer-mesh & Michael L. Wachter, The Short and Puzzling Life of the “Implicit Minority Discount” in Delaware Appraisal Law, 156 U. Pa. L.Rev. 1 (2007).
. See, e.g., Gearreald v. Just Care, Inc., 2012 WL 1569818, at *7 (Del.Ch. Apr. 30, 2012) (applying 5.5%); S. Muoio & Co. LLC v. Hallmark Entm’t Invs. Co., 2011 WL 863007, at *21 (Del.Ch. Mar. 9, 2011) (applying 1-3%), aff'd, 35 A.3d 419 (Del.2011); Global GT, 993 A.2d at 513 (applying 5%); In re PNB Hldg. Co. S’holders Litig., 2006 WL 2403999, at *31 (Del.Ch. Aug. 18, 2006) (applying 5%); Del. Open MRI Radiology Assocs., P.A. v. Kessler, 898 A.2d 290, 337 (Del.Ch.2006) (applying 4%); Henke v. Trilithic Inc., 2005 WL 2899677, at *10 (Del.Ch. Oct. 28, 2005) (applying 5%); Andaloro v. PFPC Worldwide, Inc., 2005 WL 2045640, at *13 (Del.Ch. Aug. 19, 2005) (applying 5%); Gholl v. Emachines, Inc., 2004 WL 2847865, at *13 (Del.Ch. Nov. 24, 2004) (applying 5%), aff'd, 875 A.2d 632 (Del.2005); Dobler v. Montgomery Cellular Hldg. Co., Inc., 2004 WL 2271592, at *7, *17 (Del.Ch. Sept. 30, 2004) (applying 4%), aff'd in part, rev'd in part, 880 A.2d 206 (Del.2005); Prescott Gp. Small Cap, L.P. v. Coleman Co., Inc., 2004 WL 2059515, at *30 (Del.Ch. Sept. 8, 2004) (applying 5%); Lane v. Cancer Treatment Ctrs. of Am., Inc., 2004 WL 1752847, at *31 (Del.Ch. July 30, 2004) (applying 5%); Cede & Co. v. JRC Acq. Corp., 2004 WL 286963, at *6 (Del.Ch. Feb. 10, 2004) (applying 3.5%).
. In Orban, Chancellor Allen assumed that the entire fairness test would apply to a recapitalization and third party merger in which all of the consideration went to the preferred stockholders to satisfy their liquidation preference, leaving nothing for the common. 1997 WL 153831, at *1. It was undisputed that (i) the merger was an arm’s length transaction, (ii) the price paid by the acquirer was a fair price for the corporation, and (iii) the board believed the merger represented the best transaction available. To obtain pooling of interests accounting treatment, however, the transaction was structured to require the affirmative vote of 90% of the common stockholders. This feature enabled a large common holder to threaten to block the deal unless he received side consideration. In response, the board took action to facilitate the dilution of his voting interest, thereby removing his blocking power. Id. at *6-7. In the ensuing lawsuit, the common stockholder did not argue that his shares had economic value but rather that the 90% approval condition "gave [his] stock a certain value," namely holdup value. Id. at *8. Moreover, the 90% approval condition was not a property right of the common stock, but rather a condition included in the transaction for the benefit of the acquirer. Id. at *9. Under those circumstances, where the common stock had no economic value before the transaction and was not deprived of any properly right, Chancellor Allen held that the transaction satisfied the entire fairness test. To my mind, the fiduciary principles implied by Orban are the same as those applied in this case. The difference is one of degree: the MIP neutralized common stockholder opposition subtly; the dilution in Orban did so directly.
. See Tr. 280 (Scanlan); Tr. 369 (Gandhi); Tr. 705-07 (Stone); see also José M. Padilla, What's Wrong with a Washout?: Fiduciary Duties of the Venture Capitalist Investor in a Washout Financing, 1 Hous. Bus. & Tax LJ. 269, 279-80 (2001) ("[V]enture capitalists will not invest in a company where existing investors do not participate.”); Joseph W. Bartlett & Kevin R. Garlitz, Fiduciary Duties in Bum-out/Cramdown Financings, 20 J. Corp. L. 593, 601 (1995) ("[0]nce a group of VCs have invested, it is rare that an issuer will have the ability to raise substantial capital unless the existing investors agree to 'play' — continue to invest — in future rounds of financing_ [T]he company can be given the putative opportunity to seek alternative sources, but the venture capital community is small and incestuous, with most managers knowing each other. If the company's existing cadre of VC investors is not willing to continue to support the company, then it is unlikely that any new investor will be interested.”). For outside VCs to invest without existing investor participation would run the risk of buying a lemon. See generally George A. Akerlof, The Market for “Lemons": Quality Uncertainty and the Market Mechanism, 84 Q.J. Econ. 488 (1970).
11.1.2 North American Catholic Educational Programming Foundation, Inc. v. Gheewalla 11.1.2 North American Catholic Educational Programming Foundation, Inc. v. Gheewalla
3/5/2024 pdw
NORTH AMERICAN CATHOLIC EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMMING FOUNDATION, INC., Plaintiff Below, Appellant
v.
Rob GHEEWALLA, Gerry Cardinale and Jack Daly, Defendants Below, Appellees.
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Edward M. McNally (argued) and Raj Srivatsan, Morris, James, Hitchens & Williams, Wilmington, DE, for appellant.
Samuel A. Nolen, Richards, Layton & Finger, Wilmington, DE, for appellees.
Before STEELE, Chief Justice, HOLLAND, BERGER, Justices, and ABLEMAN, Judge.[1]
HOLLAND, Justice:
This is the appeal of the plaintiff-appellant, North American Catholic Educational Programming Foundation, Inc. ("NACEPF") from a final judgment of the Court of Chancery that dismissed NACEPF's Complaint for failure to state a claim.[2] NACEPF holds certain radio wave spectrum licenses regulated by the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC"). In March 2001, NACEPF, together with other similar spectrum license-holders, entered into the Master Use and Royalty Agreement (the "Master Agreement") with Clearwire Holdings, Inc. ("Clearwire"), a Delaware corporation. Under the Master Agreement, Clearwire could obtain rights to those licenses as then-existing leases expired and the then-current lessees failed to exercise rights of first refusal.
The defendant-appellees are Rob Gheewalla, Gerry Cardinale, and Jack Daly (collectively, the "Defendants"), who served as directors of Clearwire at the behest of Goldman Sachs & Co. ("Goldman Sachs"). NACEPF's Complaint alleges that the Defendants, even though they comprised less than a majority of the board, were able to control Clearwire because its only source of funding was Goldman Sachs. According to NACEPF, they used that power to favor Goldman Sachs' agenda in derogation of their fiduciary duties as directors of Clearwire. In addition to bringing fiduciary duty claims, NACEPF's Complaint also asserts that the Defendants fraudulently induced it to enter into the Master Agreement with Clearwire and that the Defendants tortiously interfered with NACEPF's business opportunities.[3]
NACEPF is not a shareholder of Clearwire. Instead, NACEPF filed its Complaint in the Court of Chancery as a putative [94] creditor of Clearwire. The Complaint alleges direct, not derivative, fiduciary duty claims against the Defendants, who served as directors of Clearwire while it was either insolvent or in the "zone of insolvency."
Personal jurisdiction over the Defendants was premised exclusively upon 10 Del. C. § 3114, which subjects directors of Delaware corporations to personal jurisdiction in the Court of Chancery over claims "for violation of a duty in [their] capacity [as directors of the corporation]." No other basis for personal jurisdiction over the Defendants was asserted. Accordingly, NACEPF's efforts to bring its other claims in the Court of Chancery fail on jurisdictional grounds unless those other claims are adequately alleged to be "sufficiently related" to a viable fiduciary duty claim against the Defendants.
For the reasons set forth in its Opinion, the Court of Chancery concluded: (1) that creditors of a Delaware corporation in the "zone of insolvency" may not assert direct claims for breach of fiduciary duty against the corporation's directors; (2) that the Complaint failed to state a claim for the narrow, if extant, cause of action for direct claims involving breach of fiduciary duty brought by creditors against directors of insolvent Delaware corporations; and (3) that, with dismissal of its fiduciary duty claims, NACEPF had not provided any basis for exercising personal jurisdiction over the Defendants with respect to NACEPF's other claims. Therefore, the Defendants' Motion to Dismiss the Complaint was granted.
In this opinion, we hold that the creditors of a Delaware corporation that is either insolvent or in the zone of insolvency have no right, as a matter of law, to assert direct claims for breach of fiduciary duty against the corporation's directors. Accordingly, we have concluded that the judgments of the Court of Chancery must be affirmed.
Facts[4]
NACEPF is an independent lay organization incorporated under the laws of Rhode Island. In 2000, NACEPF joined with Hispanic Information and Telecommunications Network, Inc. ("HITN"), Instructional Telecommunications Foundation, Inc. ("ITF"), and various affiliates of ITF to form the ITFS Spectrum Development Alliance, Inc. (the "Alliance"). Collectively, the Alliance owned a significant percentage of FCC-approved licenses for microwave signal transmissions ("spectrum") used for educational programs that were known as "Instruction Television Fixed Service" spectrum ("ITFS") licenses.
The Defendants were directors of Clearwire. The Defendants were also all employed by Goldman Sachs and served on the Clearwire Board of Directors at the behest of Goldman Sachs. NACEPF alleges that the Defendants effectively controlled Clearwire through the financial and other influence that Goldman Sachs had over Clearwire.
According to the Complaint, the Defendants represented to NACEPF and the other Alliance members that Clearwire's stated business purpose was to create a national system of wireless connections to the internet. Between 2000 and March 2001, Clearwire negotiated a Master Agreement with the Alliance, which Clearwire and the Alliance members entered into in March 2001. NACEPF asserts [95] that it negotiated the terms of the Master Agreement with several individuals, including the Defendants. NACEPF submits that all of the Defendants purported to be acting on the behalf of Goldman Sachs and the entity that became Clearwire.
Under the terms of the Master Agreement, Clearwire was to acquire the Alliance members' ITFS spectrum licenses when those licenses became available. To do so, Clearwire was obligated to pay NACEPF and other Alliance members more than $24.3 million. The Complaint alleges that the Defendants knew but did not tell NACEPF that Goldman Sachs did not intend to carry out the business plan that was the stated rationale for asking NACEPF to enter into the Master Agreement, i.e., by funding Clearwire.
In June 2002, the market for wireless spectrum collapsed when WorldCom announced its accounting problems. It appeared that there was or soon would be a surplus of spectrum available from World-Com. Thereafter, Clearwire began negotiations with the members of the Alliance to end Clearwire's obligations to the members. Eventually, Clearwire paid over $2 million to HITN and ITF to settle their claims and; according to NACEPF, was only able to limit its payments to that amount by otherwise threatening to file for bankruptcy protection. These settlements left the NACEPF as the sole remaining member of the Alliance. The Complaint alleges that, by October 2003, Clearwire "had been unable to obtain any further financing and effectively went out of business."[5]
NACEPF's Complaint
In its Complaint, NACEPF asserts three claims against the Defendants. In Count I of the Complaint, NACEPF alleges that the Defendants fraudulently induced it to enter into the Master Agreement and, thereafter, to continue with the Master Agreement to "preserv[e] its spectrum licenses for acquisition by Clearwire."[6] In Count II, NACEPF alleges that because, at all relevant times, Clearwire was either insolvent or in the "zone of insolvency," the Defendants owed fiduciary duties to NACEPF "as a substantial creditor of Clearwire," and that the Defendants breached those duties by:
(1) not preserving the assets of Clearwire for its benefit and that of its creditors when it became apparent that Clearwire would not be able to continue as a going concern and would need to be liquidated and (2) holding on to NACEPF's ITFS license rights when Clearwire would not use them, solely to keep Goldman Sachs's investment "in play."[7]
In Count III, NACEPF claims that the Defendants tortiously interfered with a prospective business opportunity belonging to NACEPF in that they caused Clearwire wrongfully "to assert the right to acquire NACEPF wireless spectrum," which resulted in NACEPF losing "the opportunity to convey its licenses for spectrum to other buyers."[8]
Motions to Dismiss
The Defendants moved to dismiss the Complaint on two grounds: first, for lack of personal jurisdiction under Court of Chancery Rule 12(b)(2); and, second, for [96] NACEPF's failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted under Court of Chancery Rule 12(b)(6). With respect to their first basis for dismissal, the Defendants noted that NACEPF's sole ground for asserting personal jurisdiction over them is 10 Del. C. § 3114. The Defendants argued that personal jurisdiction under § 3114 requires, at least, sufficient allegations of a breach of fiduciary duty owed by director-defendants. With respect to their second basis for dismissal, the Defendants contended that, even assuming that personal jurisdiction was sufficiently alleged, NACEPF's Complaint failed to set forth allegations which adequately supported any of its claims for relief, as a matter of law.
Court of Chancery Rule 12(b)(2)
The Court of Chancery initially addressed the Defendants' motion under Rule 12(b)(2).[9] It began by examining the exercise of personal jurisdiction over nonresident directors of Delaware corporations under 10 Del. C. § 3114:[10]
"[T]he Delaware courts have consistently held that Section 3114 is applicable only in connection with suits brought against a nonresident for acts performed in his . . . capacity as a director . . . of a Delaware corporation." Further narrowing the scope of Section 3114, "Delaware cases have consistently interpreted [early cases construing the section] as establishing that [it] . . . appl[ies] only in connection with suits involving the statutory and nonstatutory fiduciary duties of nonresident directors."[11]
The Court of Chancery limited its Rule 12(b)(2) analysis to whether personal jurisdiction existed over the Defendants with respect to Count II of the Complaint.
Count II alleged that the Defendants breached their fiduciary duties while they served as directors of Clearwire and while Clearwire was either insolvent or in the zone of insolvency. The Court of Chancery concluded that the facts alleged in the Complaint, as supported by the affidavit submitted by NACEPF, constituted a prima facia showing of a breach of fiduciary duty by the Defendants in their capacity [97] as directors of a Delaware corporation. Accordingly, the Court of Chancery held that a statutory basis for the exercise of personal jurisdiction had been established by NACEPF for purposes of litigating Count II of the Complaint.
NACEPF expressly premised its Rule 12(b)(2) arguments for personal jurisdiction over the Defendants regarding Counts I and III (i.e., the non-fiduciary duty claims) on the Court of Chancery's first determining that Count II (i.e., the fiduciary duty claim) survives the Defendants' Rule 12(b)(6) motion to dismiss. Accordingly, the Court of Chancery proceeded on the basis that if it found that Count II must be dismissed under Rule 12(b)(6), then it would be without personal jurisdiction over the Defendants for purposes of moving forward with the merits of Counts I and III. Therefore, to resolve the issue of personal jurisdiction, the Court of Chancery was required to decide whether, as a matter of law, Count II of the NACEPF Complaint properly stated a breach of fiduciary duty claim upon which relief could be granted.
Court of Chancery Rule 12(b)(6)
The standards governing motions to dismiss under Court of Chancery Rule 12(b)(6) are well settled:
(i) all well-pleaded factual allegations are accepted as true; (ii) even vague allegations are "well-pleaded" if they give the opposing party notice of the claim; (iii) the Court must draw all reasonable inferences in favor of the nonmoving party; and (iv) dismissal is inappropriate unless the "plaintiff would not be entitled to recover under any reasonably conceivable set of circumstances susceptible of proof."[12]
In the Court of Chancery and in this appeal, NACEPF waived any basis it may have had for pursuit of its claim derivatively. Instead, NACEPF seeks to assert only a direct claim for breach of fiduciary duties. It contends that such direct claims by creditors should be recognized in the context of both insolvency and the zone of insolvency. Accordingly, in ruling on the 12(b)(6) motion to dismiss Count II of the Complaint, the Court of Chancery was confronted with two legal questions: whether, as a matter of law, a corporation's creditors may assert direct claims against directors for breach of fiduciary duties when the corporation is either: first, insolvent or second, in the zone of insolvency.
Allegations of Insolvency and Zone of Insolvency
In support of its claim that Clearwire was either insolvent or in the zone of insolvency during the relevant periods, NACEPF alleged that Clearwire needed "substantially more financial support than it had obtained in March 2001."[13] The Complaint alleges Goldman Sachs had invested $47 million in Clearwire, which "represent[ed] 84% of the total sums invested in Clearwire in March 2001, when Clearwire was otherwise virtually out of funds."[14]
After March 2001, Clearwire had financial obligations related to its agreement with NACEPF and others that potentially exceeded $134 million, did not have the ability to raise sufficient cash from operations to pay its debts as they became due and was dependent on Goldman [98] Sachs to make additional investments to fund Clearwire's operations for the foreseeable future.[15]
The Complaint also alleges:
For example, upon the closing of the Master Agreement, Clearwire had approximately $29.2 million in cash and of that $24.3 million would be needed for future payments for spectrum to the Alliance members. Clearwire's "burn" rate was $2.1 million per month and it had then no significant revenues. The process of acquiring spectrum upon expiration of existing licenses was both time consuming and expensive, particularly if existing licenseholders contested the validity of any Clearwire offer that those license holders were required to match under their rights of first refusal.[16]
Additionally, in the Complaint, NACEPF alleges that, "[b]y October 2003, Clearwire had been unable to obtain any further financing and effectively went out of business. Except for money advanced to it as a stopgap measure by Goldman Sachs in late 2001, Clearwire was never able to raise any significant money."[17]
The Court of Chancery opined that insolvency may be demonstrated by either showing (1) "a deficiency of assets below liabilities with no reasonable prospect that the business can be successfully continued in the face thereof,"[18] or (2) "an inability to meet maturing obligations as they fall due in the ordinary course of business."[19] Applying the standards applicable to review under Rule 12(b)(6), the Court of Chancery concluded that NACEPF had satisfactorily alleged facts which permitted a reasonable inference that Clearwire operated in the zone of insolvency[20] during at least a substantial portion of the relevant periods for purposes of this motion to dismiss. The Court of Chancery also concluded that insolvency had been adequately alleged in the Complaint, for Rule 12(b)(6) purposes, for at least a portion of the relevant periods following execution of the Master Agreement.
Corporations in the Zone of Insolvency Direct Claims for Breach of Fiduciary Duty May Not Be Asserted by Creditors
In order to withstand the Defendant's Rule 12(b)(6) motion to dismiss, the Plaintiff [99] was required to demonstrate that the breach of fiduciary duty claims set forth in Count II are cognizable under Delaware law.[21] This procedural requirement requires us to address a substantive question of first impression that is raised by the present appeal: as a matter of Delaware law, can the creditor of a corporation that is operating within the zone of insolvency bring a direct action against its directors for an alleged breach of fiduciary duty?
It is well established that the directors owe their fiduciary obligations to the corporation and its shareholders.[22] While shareholders rely on directors acting as fiduciaries to protect their interests, creditors are afforded protection through contractual agreements, fraud and fraudulent conveyance law, implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing, bankruptcy law, general commercial law and other sources of creditor rights.[23] Delaware courts have traditionally been reluctant to expand existing fiduciary duties.[24] Accordingly, "the general rule is that directors do not owe creditors duties beyond the relevant contractual terms."[25]
In this case, NACEPF argues that when a corporation is in the zone of insolvency, this Court should recognize a new direct right for creditors to challenge directors' exercise of business judgments as breaches of the fiduciary duties owed to them. This Court has never directly addressed the zone of insolvency issue involving directors' purported fiduciary duties to creditors that is presented by NACEPF in this appeal.[26] That subject has been discussed, however, in several judicial opinions[27] and many scholarly articles.[28]
[100] In Production Resources, the Court of Chancery remarked that recognition of fiduciary duties to creditors in the "zone of insolvency" context may involve:
"using the law of fiduciary duty to fill gaps that do not exist. Creditors are often protected by strong covenants, liens on assets, and other negotiated contractual protections. The implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing also protects creditors. So does the law of fraudulent conveyance. With these protections, when creditors are unable to prove that a corporation or its directors breached any of the specific legal duties owed to them, one would think that the conceptual room for concluding that the creditors were somehow, nevertheless, injured by inequitable conduct would be extremely small, if extant. Having complied with all legal obligations owed to the firm's creditors, the board would, in that scenario, ordinarily be free to take economic risk for the benefit of the firm's equity owners, so long as the directors comply with their fiduciary duties to the firm by selecting and pursuing with fidelity and prudence a plausible strategy to maximize the firm's value."[29]
In this case, the Court of Chancery noted that creditors' existing protections — among which are the protections afforded by their negotiated agreements, their security instruments, the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraudulent conveyance law, and bankruptcy law — render the imposition of an additional, unique layer of protection through direct claims for breach of fiduciary duty unnecessary.[30] It also noted that "any benefit to be derived by the recognition of such additional direct claims appears minimal, at best, and significantly outweighed by the costs to economic efficiency."[31] The Court of Chancery reasoned that "an otherwise solvent corporation operating in the zone of insolvency is one in most need of effective and proactive leadership — as well as the ability to negotiate in good faith with its creditors — [101] goals which would likely be significantly undermined by the prospect of individual liability arising from the pursuit of direct claims by creditors."[32] We agree.
Delaware corporate law provides for a separation of control and ownership.[33] The directors of Delaware corporations have "the legal responsibility to manage the business of a corporation for the benefit of its shareholders owners."[34] Accordingly, fiduciary duties are imposed upon the directors to regulate their conduct when they perform that function. Although the fiduciary duties of the directors of a Delaware corporation are unremitting:
the exact cause of conduct that must be charted to properly discharge that responsibility will change in the specific context of the action the director is taking with regard to either the corporation or its shareholders. This Court has endeavored to provide the directors with clear signal beacons and brightly lined channel markers as they navigate with due care, good faith, a loyalty on behalf of a Delaware corporation and its shareholders. This Court has also endeavored to mark the safe harbors clearly.[35]
In this case, the need for providing directors with definitive guidance compels us to hold that no direct claim for breach of fiduciary duties may be asserted by the creditors of a solvent corporation that is operating in the zone of insolvency. When a solvent corporation is navigating in the zone of insolvency, the focus for Delaware directors does not change: directors must continue to discharge their fiduciary duties to the corporation and its shareholders by exercising their business judgment in the best interests of the corporation for the benefit of its shareholder owners. Therefore, we hold the Court of Chancery properly concluded that Count II of the NACEPF Complaint fails to state a claim, as a matter of Delaware law, to the extent that it attempts to assert a direct claim for breach of fiduciary duty to a creditor while Clearwire was operating in the zone of insolvency.
Insolvent Corporations Direct Claims For Breach of Fiduciary Duty May Not Be Asserted by Creditors
It is well settled that directors owe fiduciary duties to the corporation.[36] When a corporation is solvent, those duties may be enforced by its shareholders, who have standing to bring derivative actions on behalf of the corporation because they are the ultimate beneficiaries of the corporation's growth and increased value.[37] When a corporation is insolvent, however, its creditors take the place of the shareholders as the residual beneficiaries of any increase in value.
Consequently, the creditors of an insolvent corporation have standing to maintain derivative claims against directors on behalf of the corporation for breaches of fiduciary duties.[38] The corporation's [102] insolvency "makes the creditors the principal constituency injured by any fiduciary breaches that diminish the firm's value."[39] Therefore, equitable considerations give creditors standing to pursue derivative claims against the directors of an insolvent corporation. Individual creditors of an insolvent corporation have the same incentive to pursue valid derivative claims on its behalf that shareholders have when the corporation is solvent.
In Production Resources, the Court of Chancery recognized that — in most, if not all instances — creditors of insolvent corporations could bring derivative claims against directors of an insolvent corporation for breach of fiduciary duty. In that case, in response to the creditor plaintiff's contention that derivative claims for breach of fiduciary duty were transformed into direct claims upon insolvency, the Court of Chancery stated:
The fact that the corporation has become insolvent does not turn [derivative] claims into direct creditor claims, it simply provides creditors with standing to assert those claims. At all times, claims of this kind belong to the corporation itself because even if the improper acts occur when the firm is insolvent, they operate to injure the firm in the first instance by reducing its value, injuring creditors only indirectly by diminishing the value of the firm and therefore the assets from which the creditors may satisfy their claims.[40]
Nevertheless, in Production Resources, the Court of Chancery stated that it was "not prepared to rule out" the possibility that the creditor plaintiff had alleged conduct that "might support" a limited direct claim.[41] Since the complaint in Production Resources sufficiently alleged a derivative claim, however, it was unnecessary to decide if creditors had a legal right to bring direct fiduciary claims against directors in the insolvency context.[42]
In this case, NACEPF did not attempt to allege a derivative claim in Count II of its Complaint. It only asserted a direct claim against the director Defendants for alleged breaches of fiduciary duty when Clearwire was insolvent. The Court of Chancery did not decide that issue. Instead, the Court of Chancery assumed arguendo that a direct claim for a breach of fiduciary duty to a creditor is legally cognizable in the context of actual insolvency. It then held that Count II of NACEPF's Complaint failed to state such a direct creditor claim because it did not satisfy the pleading requirements described by the decisions in Production Resources[43] and [103] Big Lots Stores, Inc. v. Bain Capital Fund VII, LLC.[44]
To date, the Court of Chancery has never recognized that a creditor has the right to assert a direct claim for breach of fiduciary duty against the directors of an insolvent corporation. However, prior to this opinion, that possibility remained an open question because of the "arguendo assumption" in this case and the dicta in Production Resources and Big Lots Stores. In this opinion, we recognize "the pragmatic conduct-regulating legal realms . . . calls for more precise conceptual line drawing."[45]
Recognizing that directors of an insolvent corporation owe direct fiduciary duties to creditors, would create uncertainty for directors who have a fiduciary duty to exercise their business judgment in the best interest of the insolvent corporation. To recognize a new right for creditors to bring direct fiduciary claims against those directors would create a conflict between those directors' duty to maximize the value of the insolvent corporation for the benefit of all those having an interest in it, and the newly recognized direct fiduciary duty to individual creditors. Directors of insolvent corporations must retain the freedom to engage in vigorous, good faith negotiations with individual creditors for the benefit of the corporation.[46] Accordingly, we hold that individual creditors of an insolvent corporation have no right to assert direct claims for breach of fiduciary duty against corporate directors. Creditors may nonetheless protect their interest by bringing derivative claims on behalf of the insolvent corporation or any other direct nonfiduciary claim, as discussed earlier in this opinion, that may be available for individual creditors.
Conclusion
The creditors of a Delaware corporation that is either insolvent or in the zone of insolvency have no right, as a matter of law, to assert direct claims for breach of fiduciary duty against its directors. Therefore, Count II of NACEPF's Complaint failed to state a claim upon which relief could be granted. Consequently, the final judgment of the Court of Chancery is affirmed.
[1] Sitting by designation pursuant to Del. Const. art. IV, § 12 and Supr. Ct. R. 2 and 4.
[2] North American Catholic Educational Programming Foundation, Inc. v. Gheewalla, 2006 WL 2588971 (Del.Ch. Sept. 1, 2006) ("Opinion").
[3] This action was initially filed in the Superior Court; it was dismissed without prejudice for lack of subject matter jurisdiction. Transfer to the Court of Chancery was permitted under 10 Del. C. § 1902.
[4] The relevant facts are primarily selected excerpts from the opening brief filed by NACEPF in this appeal.
[5] Complaint at ¶ 36 ("Except for money advanced to it as a stopgap measure by Goldman Sachs in late 2001, Clearwire was never able to raise any significant money.").
[6] Id. at ¶ 40.
[7] Id. at ¶ 45.
[8] Id. at ¶ 50.
[9] See Branson v. Exide Elecs. Corp., 625 A.2d 267 (Del.1993).
[10] The basis for personal jurisdiction relied upon by NACEPF, provides:
Every nonresident of this State who after September 1, 1977, accepts election or appointment as a director, trustee or member of the governing body of a corporation organized under the laws of this State or who after June 30, 1978, serves in such capacity, and every resident of this State who so accepts election or appointment or serves in such capacity and thereafter removes residence from this State shall, by such acceptance or by such service, be deemed thereby to have consented to the appointment of the registered agent of such corporation (or, if there is none, the Secretary of State) as an agent upon whom service of process may be made in all civil actions or proceedings brought in this State, by or on behalf of, or against such corporation, in which such director, trustee or member is a necessary or proper party, or in any action or proceeding against such director, trustee or member for violation of a duty in such capacity, whether or not the person continues to serve as such director, trustee or member at the time suit is commenced. Such acceptance or service as such director, trustee or member shall be a signification of the consent of such director, trustee or member that any process when so served shall be of the same legal force and validity as if served upon such director, trustee or member within this State and such appointment of the registered agent (or, if there is none, the Secretary of State) shall be irrevocable.
10 Del. C. § 3114(a) (emphasis added).
[11] Donald J. Wolfe, Jr. & Michael A. Pittenger, Corporate and Commercial Practice in the Delaware Court of Chancery § 3-5[a] (2005).
[12] In re General Motors (Hughes) S'holder Litig., 897 A.2d 162, 168 (Del.2006) (quoting Savor, Inc. v. FMR Corp., 812 A.2d 894, 896-97 (Del.2002)).
[13] Complaint at ¶ 30.
[14] Id. at ¶ 7(a).
[15] Id. at ¶ 7(b) (emphasis added). NACEPF also asserts that "Clearwire was unable to borrow money or obtain any other significant financing after March 2001, except from Goldman Sachs." Id. at ¶ 7(c).
[16] Id. at ¶ 30.
[17] Id. at ¶ 36.
[18] For that proposition, the Court of Chancery relied upon Production Res. Group v. NCT Group, Inc., 863 A.2d 772, 782 (Del.Ch. 2004) (quoting Siple v. S & K Plumbing & Heating, Inc., 1982 WL 8789, at *2 (Del.Ch. Apr. 13, 1982)); Geyer v. Ingersoll Publ'ns Co., 621 A.2d 784, 789 (Del.Ch.1992) (explaining that corporation is insolvent if "it has liabilities in excess of a reasonable market value of assets held"); and McDonald v. Williams, 174 U.S. 397, 403, 19 S.Ct. 743, 43 L.Ed. 1022 (1899) (defining insolvent corporation as an entity with assets valued at less than its debts).
[19] For that proposition, the Court of Chancery also relied upon Production Res. Group v. NCT Group, Inc., 863 A.2d at 782 (quoting Siple v. S & K Plumbing & Heating, Inc., 1982 WL 8789, at *2).
[20] In light of its ultimate ruling, the Court of Chancery did not attempt to set forth a precise definition of what constitutes the "zone of insolvency." See Credit Lyonnais Bank Nederland N.V. v. Pathe Commc'ns Corp., 1991 WL 277613, at *34; see also Production Res. Group v. NCT Group, Inc., 863 A.2d at 789 n. 56 (describing the difficulties presented in identifying "zone of insolvency"). Our holding in this opinion also makes it unnecessary to precisely define a "zone of insolvency."
[21] See Tooley v. Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc., 845 A.2d 1031, 1039 (Del.2004) ("In this case it cannot be concluded that the complaint alleges a derivative claim. . . . But, it does not necessarily follow that the complaint states a direct, individual claim. While the complaint purports to set forth a direct claim, in reality, it states no claim at all.")
[22] See Guth v. Loft, 5 A.2d 503, 510 (Del. 1939) (while not technically trustees, directors stand in a fiduciary relationship to the corporation and its shareholders); Malone v. Brincat, 722 A.2d 5, 10 (Del.1998).
[23] See Production Res. Group v. NCT Group, Inc., 863 A.2d at 790.
[24] See, e.g., Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. v. AIG Life Ins. Co., 872 A.2d 611, 625 (Del.Ch.2005), aff'd in part and rev'd in part on other grounds, 901 A.2d 106 (Del.2006).
[25] See, e.g., Simons v. Cogan, 549 A.2d 300, 304 (Del.1988); Katz v. Oak Indus., Inc., 508 A.2d 873, 879 (Del.Ch.1986); Geyer v. Ingersoll Publ'ns Co., 621 A.2d 784, 787 (Del.Ch. 1992); Production Res. Group v. NCT Group, Inc., 863 A.2d 772, 787 (Del.Ch.2004).
[26] E. Norman Veasey & Christine T. Di Guglelmo, What Happened in Delaware Corporate Law and Governance From 1992-2004? A Retrospective on Some Key Developments, 153 U. Pa. L.Rev. 1399, 1432 (May 2005).
[27] Credit Lyonnais Bank Nederland N.V. v. Pathe Commc'ns Corp., 1991 WL 277613 (Del. Ch.); Production Resources Group, L.L.C. v. NCT Group, Inc., 863 A.2d 772 (Del.Ch.2004); Trenwick America Litig. Trust v. Ernst & Young, L.L.P., 906 A.2d 168 (Del.Ch.2006); Big Lots Stores, Inc. v. Bain Capital Fund VI, LLC, 922 A.2d 1169 (Del.Ch.2006).
[28] Rutheford B. Campbell, Jr. & Christopher W. Frost, Managers' Fiduciary Duties in Financially Distressed Corporations: Chaos in Delaware (and Elsewhere), 32 J. Corp. L. 491 (2007); Richard M. Cieri & Michael J. Riela, Protecting Directors and Officers of Corporations That Are Insolvent or In the Zone or Vicinity of Insolvency: Important Considerations, Practical Solutions, 2 DePaul Bus. & Com. L.J. 295, 301-02 (2004); Patrick M. Jones & Katherine Heid Harris, Chicken Little Was Wrong (Again): Perceived Trends in the Delaware Corporate Law of Fiduciary Duties and Standing in the Zone of Insolvency, 16 J. Bankr. L. & Prac. 2 (2007); Laura Lin, Shift of Fiduciary Duty Upon Corporate Insolvency: Proper Scope of Directors' Duty to Creditors, 46 Vand. L.Rev. 1485, 1487 (1993); Jonathan C. Lipson, Directors' Duties to Creditors: Powe-Imbalance and the Financially Distressed Corporation, 50 UCLA L.Rev. 1189 (2003); Ramesh K.S. Rao, et al., Fiduciary Duty A La Lyonnais: An Economic Perspective on Corporate Governance in a Financially-Distressed Firm, 22 J. Corp. L. 53 (1996); Myron M. Sheinfeld & Harris Pippitt, Fiduciary Duties of Directors of a Corporation in the vicinity of Insolvency and After Initiation of a Bankruptcy Case, 60 Bus. Law. 79 (2004); Robert K. Sahyan, Note, The Myth of the Zone of Insolvency: Production Resources Group v. NCG Group, 3 Hastings Bus. L.J. 181 (2006). Vladimir Jelisavcic, Corporate Law — A Safe Harbor Proposal to Define the Limits of Directors' Fiduciary Duty to Creditors in the "Vicinity of Insolvency:" Credit Lyonnais Bank Nederland N.V. v. Pathe Commc'ns Corp., 18 J. Corp. L. 145 (Fall 1993). See also Selected Papers from the University of Maryland's "Twilight in the Zone of Insolvency" Conference: Stephen M. Bainbridge, Much Ado About Little? Insolvency, 1 J.Bus.&Tech.L.; 335 (2007); J. Directors' Fiduciary Duties in the Vicinity of William Callison, Why a Fiduciary Duty Shift to Creditors of Insolvent Business Entities Is Incorrect as a Matter of Theory and Practice, 1 J.Bus.&Tech.L.; 431 (2007); Larry E. Ribstein & Kelli A. Alces, Directors' Duties in Failing Firms, 1 J.Bus.&Tech.L.; 529 (2007); Frederick Tung, Gap Filling in the Zone of Insolvency, 1 J.Bus.&Tech.L.; 607 (2007).
[29] Production Resources Group L.L. v. NCT Group, Inc., 863 A.2d at 790 (emphasis, added).
[30] See, e.g., Big Lots Stores, Inc. v. Bain Capital Fund VII, LLC, 922 A.2d at 1181 (citing Stephen M. Bainbridge, Much Ado About Little? Directors' Fiduciary Duties in the Vicinity of Insolvency, 1 J.Bus.&Tech.L.; 335 (2007).
[31] Opinion at *13.
[32] Id.
[33] Malone v. Brincat, 722 A.2d 5 (1998).
[34] Id. at 9.
[35] Id. at 10.
[36] See, e.g., Guth v. Loft, Inc., 5 A.2d 503, 510 (Del.1939).
[37] See, e.g., Aronson v. Lewis, 473 A.2d 805, 811 (Del.1984) partially overruled on other grounds by Brehm v. Eisner, 746 A.2d 244 (Del.2000).
[38] Agostino v. Hicks, 845 A.2d 1110, 1117 (Del.Ch.2004); see also Tooley v. Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc., 845 A.2d at 1036 ("The derivative suit has been generally described as `one of the most interesting and ingenious of accountability mechanisms for large formal organizations.'") (quoting Kramer v. W. Pac. Indus., Inc., 546 A.2d 348, 351 (Del.1988)); Guttman v. Huang, 823 A.2d 492, 500 (Del.Ch.2003) (noting the "deterrence effects of meritorious derivative suits on faithless conduct.").
[39] Production Resources Group, L.L.C. v. NCT Group, Inc., 863 A.2d at 794 n. 67.
[40] Production Resources Group, L.L.C. v. NCT Group, Inc., 863 A.2d at 776; see also Trenwick Am. Litig. Trust v. Ernst & Young, L.L.P., 906 A.2d 168, 195 n. 75 (Del.Ch.2006).
[41] Production Resources Group, L.L.C. v. NCT Group, Inc., 863 A.2d at 800. The court reserved "the opportunity . . . to revisit some of these questions with better input from the parties." Id. at 801.
[42] Id.
[43] In Production Resources, the Court of Chancery expressed in dicta a "conservative assumption that there might, possibly exist circumstances in which the directors [of an actually insolvent corporation] display such a marked degree of animus towards a particular creditor with a proven entitlement to payment that they expose themselves to a direct fiduciary duty claim by that creditor." Production Resources Group, L.L.C. v. NCT Group, Inc., 863 A.2d at 798. We think not. While there may well be a basis for a direct claim arising out of contract or tort, our holding today precludes a direct claim arising out of a purported breach of a fiduciary duty owed to that creditor by the directors of an insolvent corporation.
[44] Big Lots Stores, Inc. v. Bain Capital Fund VII, LLC, 922 A.2d 1169 (Del.Ch.2006). In Big Lots, the Court of Chancery reiterated, also in dicta, that any potentially cognizable direct claims asserted by creditors in actual insolvency should be confined to the limited circumstances in Production Resources, namely, instances in which invidious conduct toward a particular "creditor" with a "proven entitlement to payment" has been alleged. Id. The suggestion in that dicta is also inconsistent with and precluded by our holding in this opinion.
[45] In Re Walt Disney Co. Derivative Litigation, 906 A.2d 27, 65 (Del.2006).
[46] Production Resources Group, L.L.C. v. NCT Group, Inc., 863 A.2d at 797.
11.1.3 Standard of Review / Standard of Care Problem Set 11.1.3 Standard of Review / Standard of Care Problem Set
Updated 10/21/2023
Questions
- What are the two standards of conduct?
- What are the two duties that comprise corporate fiduciary duties in Delaware?
- Who owes fiduciary duties in a Delaware corporation?
- To whom are these fiduciary duties owed?
- What are the standards of review?
- Which one applies as the default?
- Which one is the most deferential?
- Which one is the least deferential?
- Feeling alright about this so far?
Answers
- The Duty of Care and the Duty of Loyalty
- The Duty of Care and the Duty of Loyalty. Why are these the same? Because "standard of conduct" is just a fancy way of saying "the stuff you need to do." And what fiduciaries need to do is keep their fiduciary duties.
- Directors and officers. "Officers" typically includes the chief executive officer, chief financial officer and other chief something officers. Sometimes a shareholder will owe these same fiduciary duties, but you don't need to worry about that yet. We'll cover it later on.
- To the corporation and to the residual holders. That's usually the stockholders, but as we saw in Trados, if a residual holder is acting in the role of a contractual counterparty, then they don't have the benefit of fiduciary duties.
- The business judgment rule, enhanced scrutiny and entire fairness. We'll cover these in detail in later sections.
- The business judgment rule applies unless there's some reaons to kick to another one.
- The business judgment rule
- Entire fairness
- Yes! Fiduciary duties are my favorite thing!
11.1.4 Fiduciary Duties Under the MBCA 11.1.4 Fiduciary Duties Under the MBCA
11.1.4.1 MBCA § 8.31. Standards of Liability of Directors 11.1.4.1 MBCA § 8.31. Standards of Liability of Directors
6/17/2025 pdw
Below are the standards of liability for directors, which are substantially similar to those of officers. See MBCA § 8.42
(a) A director shall not be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for any decision to take or not to take action, or any failure to take any action, as a director, unless the party asserting
liability in a proceeding establishes that:
(1) no defense interposed by the director based on
(i) any provision in the articles of incorporation authorized by section 2.02(b)(4) or by section 2.02(b)(6),
(ii) the protection afforded by section 8.61 (for action taken in compliance with section 8.62 or section 8.63), or
(iii) the protection afforded by section 8.70, precludes liability; and
(2) the challenged conduct consisted or was the result of:
(i) action not in good faith; or
(ii) a decision
(A) which the director did not reasonably believe to be in the best interests of the corporation, or
(B) as to which the director was not informed to an extent the director reasonably believed appropriate in the circumstances; or
(iii) a lack of objectivity due to the director’s familial, financial or business relationship with, or a lack of independence due to the director’s domination or control by, another person having a material interest in the challenged conduct,
(A) which relationship or which domination or control could reasonably be expected to have affected the director’s judgment respecting the challenged conduct in a manner adverse to the corporation, and
(B) after a reasonable expectation to such effect has been established, the director shall not have established that the challenged conduct was reasonably believed by the director to be in the best interests of the corporation; or
(iv) a sustained failure of the director to devote attention to ongoing oversight of the business and affairs of the corporation, or a failure to devote timely attention, by making (or causing to be made) appropriate inquiry, when particular facts and circumstances of significant concern materialize that would alert a reasonably attentive director to the need for such inquiry; or
(v) receipt of a financial benefit to which the director was not entitled or any other breach of the director’s duties to deal fairly with the corporat.ion and its shareholders that is
actionable under applicable law.
(b) The party seeking to hold the director liable:
(1) for money damages, shall also have the burden of establishing that:
(i) harm to the corporation or its shareholders has been suffered, and
(ii) the harm suffered was proximately caused by the director’s challenged conduct; or
(2) for other money payment under a legal remedy, such as compensation for the unauthorized use of corporate assets, shall also have whatever persuasion burden may be called for to establish that the payment sought is appropriate in the circumstances; or
(3) for other money payment under an equitable remedy, such as profit recovery by or disgorgement to the corporation, shall also have whatever persuasion burden may be called for to establish that the equitable remedy sought is appropriate in the circumstances.
(c) Nothing contained in this section shall
(i) in any instance where fairness is at issue, such as consideration of the fairness of a transaction to the corporation under section 8.61(b)(3), alter the burden of proving the fact or lack of fairness otherwise applicable,
(ii) alter the fact or lack Model Business Corporation Act (updated through April 5, 2024) of liability of a director under another section of this Act, such as the provisions governing the consequences of an unlawful distribution under section 8.32 or a transactional interest under section 8.61, or
(iii) affect any rights to which the corporation or a shareholder may be entitled
under another statute of this state or the United States.
11.2 The Business Judgment Rule 11.2 The Business Judgment Rule
Updated 10/21/2023
Let's learn more about the most common standard of review: the business judgment rule.
11.2.1 Shlensky v. Wrigley 11.2.1 Shlensky v. Wrigley
Updated 10/10/2023
In this case, a shareholder of the Chicago Cubs sued to demand that management install lights and play baseball games at night to increase attendence revenue. The court holds that absent fraud, illegality or a conflict of interest, it won't second guess the board of directors. It is an early example of the deference we see in the business judgment rule.
William Shlensky, on Behalf of and as a Representative of Chicago National League Ball Club (Inc.), Plaintiff-Appellant, v. Philip K. Wrigley, et al., and Chicago National League Ball Club (Inc.), Defendants-Appellees.
Gen. No. 51,750.
First District, Third Division.
April 25, 1968.
*174Milton I. Shadur and Neil H. Adelman, of Chicago (Robert Plotkin, Ronald S. Miller, David J. Krupp, and Abner J. Mikva, of counsel), for appellant.
Sidley, Austin, Burgess & Smith, and Arthur Morse, of Chicago (James E. S. Baker, Edward Slovick, and Alexander C. Allison, of counsel), and Samuel W. Block and Kenneth S. Brown, of Chicago (Raymond, Mayer, Jenner & Block, of counsel), for appellees.
delivered the opinion of the court.
This is an appeal from a dismissal of plaintiff’s amended complaint on motion of the defendants. The action was a stockholders’ derivative suit against the directors for negligence and mismanagement. The corporation was also made a defendant. Plaintiff sought damages *175and an order that defendants cause the installation of lights in Wrigley Field and the scheduling of night baseball games.
Plaintiff is a minority stockholder of defendant corporation, Chicago National League Ball Club (Inc.), a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business in Chicago, Illinois. Defendant corporation owns and operates the major league professional baseball team known as the Chicago Cubs. The corporation also engages in the operation of Wrigley Field, the Cubs’ home park, the concessionaire sales during Cubs’ home games, television and radio broadcasts of Cubs’ home games, the leasing of the field for football games and other events and receives its share, as visiting team, of admission moneys from games played in other National League stadia. The individual defendants are directors of the Cubs and have served for varying periods of years. Defendant Philip K. Wrigley is also president of the corporation and owner of approximately 80% of the stock therein.
Plaintiff alleges that since night baseball was first played in 1935 nineteen of the twenty major league teams have scheduled night games. In 1966, out of a total of 1,620 games in the major leagues, 932 were played at night. Plaintiff alleges that every member of the major leagues, other than the Cubs, scheduled substantially all of its home games in 1966 at night, exclusive of opening days, Saturdays, Sundays, holidays and days prohibited by league rules. Allegedly this has been done for the specific purpose of maximizing attendance and thereby maximizing revenue and income.
The Cubs, in the years 1961-65, sustained operating losses from its direct baseball operations. Plaintiff attributes those losses to inadequate attendance at Cubs’ home games. He concludes that if the directors continue to refuse to install lights at Wrigley Field and schedule *176night baseball games, the Cubs will continue to sustain comparable losses and its financial condition will continue to deteriorate.
Plaintiff alleges that, except for the year 1963, attendance at Cubs’ home games has been substantially below that at their road games, many of which were played at night.
Plaintiff compares attendance at Cubs’ games with that of the Chicago White Sox, an American League club, whose weekday games were generally played at night. The weekend attendance figures for the two teams were similar; however, the White Sox week-night games drew many more patrons than did the Cubs’ weekday games.
Plaintiff alleges that the funds for the installation of lights can be readily obtained through financing and the cost of installation would be far more than offset and recaptured by increased revenues and incomes resulting from the increased attendance.
Plaintiff further alleges that defendant Wrigley has refused to install lights, not because of interest in the welfare of the corporation but because of his personal opinions “that baseball is a ‘daytime sport’ and that the installation of lights and night baseball games will have a deteriorating effect upon the surrounding neighborhood.” It is alleged that he has admitted that he is not interested in whether the Cubs would benefit financially from such action because of his concern for the neighborhood, and that he would be willing for the team to play night games if a new stadium were built in Chicago.
Plaintiff alleges that the other defendant directors, with full knowledge of the foregoing matters, have acquiesced in the policy laid down by Wrigley and have permitted him to dominate the board of directors in matters involving the installation of lights and scheduling of night games, even though they knew he was not motivated *177by a good faith concern as to the best interests of defendant corporation, but solely by his personal views set forth above. It is charged that the directors are acting for a reason or reasons contrary and wholly unrelated to the business interests of the corporation; that such arbitrary and capricious acts constitute mismanagement and waste of corporate assets, and that the directors have been negligent in failing to exercise reasonable care and prudence in the management of the corporate affairs.
The question on appeal is whether plaintiff’s amended complaint states a cause of action. It is plaintiff’s position that fraud, illegality and conflict of interest are not the only bases for a stockholder’s derivative action against the directors. Contrariwise, defendants argue that the courts will not step in and interfere with honest business judgment of the directors unless there is a showing of fraud, illegality or conflict of interest.
The cases in this area are numerous and each differs from the others on a factual basis. However, the courts have pronounced certain ground rules which appear in all cases and which are then applied to the given factual situation. The court in Wheeler v. The Pullman Iron & Steel Co., 143 Ill 197, 207, 32 NE 420 said:
“It is, however, fundamental in the law of corporations, that the majority of its stockholders shall control the policy of the corporation, and regulate and govern the lawful exercise of its franchise and business. . . . Every one purchasing or subscribing for stock in a corporation impliedly agrees that he will be bound by the acts and proceedings done or sanctioned by a majority of the shareholders, or by the agents of the corporation duly chosen by such majority, within the scope of the powers conferred by the charter, and courts of equity will not undertake to control the policy or business methods of a corpo*178ration, although it may be seen that a wiser policy might be adopted and the business more successful if other methods were pursued. The majority of shares of its stock, or the agents by the holders thereof lawfully chosen, must be permitted to control the business of the corporation in their discretion, when not in violation of its charter or some public law, or corruptly and fraudulently subversive of the rights and interests of the corporation or of a shareholder.”
The standards set in Delaware are also clearly stated in the cases. In Davis v. Louisville Gas & Electric Co., 6 NJ Misc 706, 142 A 654, a minority shareholder sought to have the directors enjoined from amending the certificate of incorporation. The court said on page 659:
“We have then a conflict in view between the responsible managers of a corporation and an overwhelming majority of its stockholders on the one hand and a dissenting minority on the other — a conflict touching matters of business policy, such as has occasioned innumerable applications to courts to intervene and determine which of the two conflicting views should prevail. The response which courts make to such applications is that it is not their function to resolve for corporations questions of policy and business management. The directors are chosen to pass upon such questions and their judgment unless shown to be tainted with fraud is accepted as final. The judgment of the directors of corporations enjoys the benefit of a presumption that it was formed in good faith and was designed to promote the best interests of the corporation they serve.” (Emphasis supplied.)
Similarly, the court in Toebelman v. Missouri-Kansas Pipe Line Co., 41 F Supp 334, said at page 339:
*179“The general legal principle involved is familiar. Citation of authorities is of limited value because the facts of each case differ so widely. Reference may be made to the statement of the rule in Helfman v. American Light & Traction Company, 121 NJ Eq 1, 187 A 540, 550, in which the Court stated the law as follows: Tn a purely business corporation . . . the authority of the directors in the conduct of the business of the corporation must be regarded as absolute when they act within the law, and the court is without authority to substitute its judgment for that of the directors.’ ”
Plaintiff argues that the allegations of his amended complaint are sufficient to set forth a cause of action under the principles set out in Dodge v. Ford Motor Co., 204 Mich 459, 170 NW 668. In that case plaintiff, owner of about 10% of the outstanding stock, brought suit against the directors seeking payment of additional dividends and the enjoining of further business expansion. In ruling on the request for dividends the court indicated that the motives of Ford in keeping so much money in the corporation for expansion and security were to benefit the public generally and spread the profits out by means of more jobs, etc. The court felt that these were not only far from related to the good of the stockholders, but amounted to a change in the ends of the corporation and that this was not a purpose contemplated or allowed by the corporate charter. The court relied on language found in Hunter v. Roberts, Throp & Co., 83 Mich 63, 47 NW 131, 134, wherein it was said:
“Courts of equity will not interfere in the management of the directors unless it is clearly made to appear that they are guilty of fraud or misappropriation of the corporate funds, or refuse to declare a dividend when the corporation has a surplus of net profits which it can, without detriment to its busi*180ness, divide among its stockholders, and when a refusal to do so would amount to such an abuse of discretion as would constitute a fraud or breach of that good faith which they are bound to exercise toward the stockholders.”
From the authority relied upon in that case it is clear that the court felt that there must be fraud or a breach of that good faith which directors are bound to exercise toward the stockholders in order to justify the courts entering into the internal affairs of corporations. This is made clear when the court refused to interfere with the directors’ decision to expand the business. The following appears on page 684:
“We are not, however, persuaded that we should interfere with the proposed expansion of the business of the Ford Motor Company. In view of the fact that the selling price of products may be increased at any time, the ultimate results of the larger business cannot be certainly estimated. The judges are not business experts. It is recognized that plans must often be made for a long future, for expected competition, for a continuing as well as an immediately profitable venture. ... We are not satisfied that the alleged motives of the directors, in so far as they are reflected in the conduct of the business, menace the interests of the shareholders.” (Emphasis supplied.)
Plaintiff in the instant case argues that the directors are acting for reasons unrelated to the financial interest and welfare of the Cubs. However, we are not satisfied that the motives assigned to Philip K. Wrigley, and through him to the other directors, are contrary to the best interests of the corporation and the stockholders. For example, it appears to us that the effect on the surrounding neighborhood might well be considered by a *181director who was considering the patrons who would or would not attend the games if the park were in a poor neighborhood. Furthermore, the long run interest of the corporation in its property value at Wrigley Field might demand all efforts to keep the neighborhood from deteriorating. By these thoughts we do not mean to say that we have decided that the decision of the directors was a correct one. That is beyond our jurisdiction and ability. We are merely saying that the decision is one properly before directors and the motives alleged in the amended complaint showed no fraud, illegality or conflict of interest in their making of that decision.
While all the courts do not insist that one or more of the three elements must be present for a stockholder’s derivative action to lie, nevertheless we feel that unless the conduct of the defendants at least borders on one of the elements, the courts should not interfere. The trial court in the instant case acted properly in dismissing plaintiff’s amended complaint.
We feel that plaintiff’s amended complaint was also defective in failing to allege damage to the corporation. The well pleaded facts must be taken as true for the purpose of judging the sufficiency of the amended complaint. (Highway Ins. Co. v. Korman, 40 Ill App2d 439, 442, 190 NE2d 124.) However, one need not accept conclusions drawn by the pleader. (Nagel v. Northern Illinois Gas Co., 12 Ill App2d 413, 420, 139 NE2d 810.) Furthermore, pleadings will be construed most strongly against the pleader prior to a verdict or judgment on the merits. New Amsterdam Cas. Co. v. Gerin, 9 Ill App2d 545, 133 NE2d 723.
There is no allegation that the night games played by the other nineteen teams enhanced their financial position or that the profits, if any, of those teams were directly related to the number of night games scheduled. There is an allegation that the installation of lights and *182scheduling of night games in Wrigley Field would have resulted in large amounts of additional revenues and incomes from increased attendance and related sources of income. Further, the cost of installation of lights, funds for which are allegedly readily available by financing, would be more than offset and recaptured by increased revenues. However, no allegation is made that there will be a net benefit to the corporation from such action, considering all increased costs.
Plaintiff claims that the losses of defendant corporation are due to poor attendance at home games. However, it appears from the amended complaint, taken as a whole, that factors other than attendance affect the net earnings or losses. For example, in 1962, attendance at home and road games decreased appreciably as compared with 1961, and yet the loss from direct baseball operation and of the whole corporation was considerably less.
The record shows that plaintiff did not feel he could allege that the increased revenues would be sufficient to cure the corporate deficit. The only cost plaintiff was at all concerned with was that of installation of lights. No mention was made of operation and maintenance of the lights or other possible increases in operating costs of night games and we cannot speculate as to what other factors might influence the increase or decrease of profits if the Cubs were to play night home games.
Nagel v. Northern Illinois Gas Co., supra, was a stockholder’s derivative action for the rescission of a contract of the corporation. The court said on page 421:
“They allege that by these transactions ‘Edison gave to Northern assets, rights and benefits of a value in excess of $5,000,000’ and received in return, under the Final Separation Contract, assets, rights and benefits of a net value of less than $50,000. These allegations are mere conclusions of the pleader and not an averment of the fact of gross inadequacy of *183consideration, unless warranted by the provisions of the contract and the well pleaded facts in the amended complaint consistent with the contract.”
Similarly, in the instant case, plaintiff’s allegation that the minority stockholders and the corporation have been seriously and irreparably damaged by the wrongful conduct of the defendant directors is a mere conclusion and not based on well pleaded facts in the amended complaint.
Finally, we do not agree with plaintiff’s contention that failure to follow the example of the other major league clubs in scheduling night games constituted negligence. Plaintiff made no allegation that these teams’ night schedules were profitable or that the purpose for which night baseball had been undertaken was fulfilled. Furthermore, it cannot be said that directors, even those of corporations that are losing money, must follow the lead of the other corporations in the field. Directors are elected for their business capabilities and judgment and the courts cannot require them to forego their judgment because of the decisions of directors of other companies. Courts may not decide these questions in the absence of a clear showing of dereliction of duty on the part of the specific directors and mere failure to “follow the crowd” is not such a dereliction.
For the foregoing reasons the order of dismissal entered by the trial court is affirmed.
Affirmed.
DEMPSEY, P. J. and SCHWARTZ, J., concur.
11.2.2 Aronson v. Lewis 11.2.2 Aronson v. Lewis
Updated 10/25/2023
Aronson v. Lewis involves a stockholder suing the board because it hired a 47% shareholder as a consultant, paying him the "grossly excessive" salary of $150,000 per year. In present-day dollars that's about half a million.
But the facts of Aronson v. Lewis are less relevant than the language, which is the gold standard description of the business judgment rule.
Senior ARONSON, et al., Defendants Below, Appellants, v. Harry LEWIS, Plaintiff Below, Appellee.
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Submitted: Nov. 14, 1983.
Decided: March 1, 1984.
*807William T. Quillen (argued), Robert K. Payson, Peter M. Sieglaff, Potter, Anderson & Corroon, Wilmington; and Allan M. Pepper, Michael D. Braff, Kaye, Scholer, Fier-man, Hays & Handler, New York City, for appellants.
Joseph A. Rosenthal (argued), Morris & Rosenthal, P.A., Wilmington; and Irving Bizar, Pincus, Ohrenstein, Bizar, D’Alessan-dro & Solomon, New York City, for appel-lee.
Before McNEILLY, MOORE and CHRISTIE, JJ.
In the wake of Zapata Gorp. v. Maldonado, Del.Supr., 430 A.2d 779 (1981), this Court left a crucial issue unanswered: when is a stockholder’s demand upon a board of directors, to redress an alleged wrong to the corporation, excused as futile prior to the filing of a derivative suit? We granted this interlocutory appeal to the defendants, Meyers Parking System, Inc. (Meyers), a Delaware corporation, and its directors, to review the Court of Chancery’s denial of their motion to dismiss this action, pursuant to Chancery Rule 23.1, for the *808plaintiffs failure to make such a demand or otherwise demonstrate its futility.1 The Vice Chancellor ruled that plaintiff’s allegations raised a “reasonable inference” that the directors’ action was unprotected by the business judgment rule. Thus, the board could not have impartially considered and acted upon the demand. See Lewis v. Aronson, Del.Ch., 466 A.2d 375, 381 (1983).
We cannot agree with this formulation of the concept of demand futility. In our view demand can only be excused where facts are alleged with particularity which create a reasonable doubt that the directors’ action was entitled to the protections of the business judgment rule. Because the plaintiff I failed to make a demand, and to allege ' facts with particularity indicating that such demand would be futile, we reverse the I Court of Chancery and remand with in- ' structions that plaintiff be granted leave to amend the complaint.
I.
The issues of demand futility rest upon the allegations of the complaint. The plaintiff, Harry Lewis, is a stockholder of Meyers. The defendants are Meyers and its ten directors, some of whom are also company officers.
In 1979, Prudential Building Maintenance Corp. (Prudential) spun off its shares of Meyers to Prudential’s stockholders. Prior thereto Meyers was a wholly owned subsidiary of Prudential. Meyers provides parking lot facilities and related services throughout the country. Its stock is actively traded over-the-counter.
This suit challenges certain transactions between Meyers and one of its directors, Leo Fink, who owns 47% of its outstanding stock. Plaintiff claims that these transac-\ tions were approved only because Fink per-1 sonally selected each director and officer of Meyers.2
Prior to January 1, 1981, Fink had an employment agreement with Prudential which provided that upon retirement he was to become a consultant to that company for ten years. This provision became operable when Fink retired in April 1980.3 Thereafter, Meyers agreed with Prudential/ to share Fink’s consulting services and reimburse Prudential for 25% of the fees paid Fink. Under this arrangement Meyers paid Prudential $48,332 in 1980 and $45,832 in 1981.
On January 1, 1981, the defendants approved an employment agreement between Meyers and Fink for a five year term with provision for automatic renewal each year thereafter, indefinitely. Meyers agreed to pay Fink $150,000 per year, plus a bonus of 5% of its pre-tax profits over $2,400,000. Fink could terminate the contract at any time, but Meyers could do so only upon six months’ notice. At termination, Fink was to become a consultant to Meyers and be paid $150,000 per year for the first three years, $125,000 for the next three years, and $100,000 thereafter for life. Death benefits were also included. Fink agreed to devote his best efforts and substantially his entire business time to advancing Meyers’ interests. The agreement also provided *809that Fink’s compensation was not to be affected by any inability to perform services on Meyers’ behalf. Fink was 75 years old when his employment agreement with Meyers was approved by the directors. There is no claim that he was, or is, in poor health.
Additionally, the Meyers board approved and made interest-free loans to Fink total-ling $225,000. These loans were unpaid and outstanding as of August 1982 when the complaint was filed. At oral argument defendants’ counsel represented that these loans had been repaid in full.
The complaint charges that these transactions had “no valid business purpose”, and were a “waste of corporate assets” because the amounts to be paid are “grossly excessive”, that Fink performs “no or little services”, and because of his “advanced age” cannot be “expected to perform any such services”. The plaintiff also charges that the existence of the Prudential consulting agreement with Fink prevents him from providing his “best efforts” on Meyers’ behalf. Finally, it is alleged that the loans to Fink were in reality “additional compensa-* tion” without any “consideration” or “benefit” to Meyers.
The complaint alleged that no demand had been made on the Meyers board because:
13. ... such attempt would be futile for the following reasons:
(a) All of the directors in office are named as defendants herein and they have participated in, expressly approved and/or acquiesced in, and are personally liable for, the wrongs complained of herein.
(b) Defendant Fink, having selected each director, controls and dominates every member of the Board and every officer of Meyers.
(c) Institution of this action by present directors would require the defendant-directors to sue themselves, thereby placing the conduct of this action in hostile hands and preventing its effective prosecution.
Complaint, at ¶ 13.
The relief sought included the cancellation of the Meyers-Fink employment contract and an accounting by the directors, including Fink, for all damage sustained by Meyers and for all profits derived by the directors and Fink.
II.
Defendants moved to dismiss for plaintiff’s failure to make demand on the Meyers board prior to suit, or to allege with factual particularity why demand is excused. See Del.Ch.Ct.R. 23.1, supra.
After recounting the allegations, the trial judge noted that the demand requirement of Rule 23.1 is a rule of substantive right designed to give a corporation the opportunity to rectify an alleged wrong without litigation, and to control any litigation which does arise. Lewis, 466 A.2d at 380. According to the Vice Chancellor, the test of futility is “whether the Board, at the time of the filing of the suit, could have impartially considered and acted upon the demand”. Id. at 381.
As part of this formulation, the trial judge stated that interestedness is one factor affecting impartiality, and indicated that the business judgment rule is a potential defense to allegations of director interest, and hence, demand futility. Id. However, the court observed that to establish demand futility, a plaintiff need not allege that the challenged transaction could never be deemed a product of business judgment. Id. Rather, the Vice Chancellor maintained that a plaintiff “must only allege facts which, if true, show that there is a reasonable inference that the business judgment rule is not applicable for purposes of considering a pre-suit demand pursuant to Rule 23.1”. Id. The court concluded that this transaction permitted such an inference. Id. at 384-86.
Upon these formulations, the Court of Chancery addressed the plaintiff’s argu*810ments as to the futility of demand. Id. at 381-84. The trial judge correctly noted that futility is gauged by the circumstances existing at the commencement of a derivative suit. This disposed of plaintiff’s argument that defendants’ motion to dismiss established board hostility and the futility of demand. Id. at 381.
The Vice Chancellor then dealt with plaintiff’s contention that Fink, as a 47% shareholder of Meyers, dominated and controlled each director, thereby making demand futile. Id. at 381-83. Plaintiff also argued that Fink’s interest, when combined with the shareholdings of four other defendants, amounted to 57.5% of Meyers’ outstanding shares. Id. at 381. After noting the presumptions under the business judgment rule that a board’s actions are taken in good faith and in the best interests of the corporation, the Court of Chancery ruled that mere board approval of a transaction benefiting a substantial, but non-majority, shareholder will not overcome the presumption of propriety. Id. at 382. Specifically, the court observed that:
A plaintiff, to properly allege domination of the Board, particularly domination based on ownership of less than a majority of the corporation’s stock, in order to excuse a pre-suit demand, must allege ownership plus other facts evidencing control to demonstrate that the Board could not have exercised its independent business judgment.
As to the combined 57.5% control claim, the court stated that there were no factual allegations regarding the alignment of the four directors with Fink, such as a claim that they were beneficiaries of the Meyers-Fink agreement. Id. at 382, 383. Because it was not alleged in the complaint, the court rejected plaintiff’s argument that, as evidence of alignment with Fink, two of the directors have “similar” compensation agreements with Meyers. Id. at 383.
Turning to plaintiff’s allegations of board approval, participation in, and/or acquiescence in the wrong, the trial court focused. on the underlying_trana>ifiBj;o determine whether líEiTiÓard’s action was wrongful and not protected by the business judgment rule. Id. [citing Dann v. Chrysler, Del.Ch., 174 A.2d 696 (1961) ]. The Vice Chancellor indicated that if the underlying transaction supported a reasonable inference that the business judgment rule did not apply, then the directors who approved the transaction were potentially liable for a breach of their fiduciary duty, and thus, could not impartially consider a stockholder’s demand. Id.
The trial court then stated that board approval of the Meyers-Fink agreement, allowing Fink’s consultant compensation to remain unaffected by his ability to perform any services, may have been a transaction wasteful on its face. Id. [citing Fidanque v. American Maracaibo Co., Del.Ch., 92 A.2d 311 (1952) ]. Consequently, demand was excused as futile, because the Meyers’ directors faced potential liability for waste and could not have impartially considered the demand. Id. at 384.
III.
The defendants make two arguments, one policy-oriented and the other, factual. First, they assert that the demand require- > ment embraces the policy that directors, | rather than stockholders, manage the affairs of the corporation. They contend that ‘ this fundamental principle requires the strict construction and enforcement of Chancery Rule 23.1. Second, the defendants point to four of plaintiff’s basic allegations and argue that they lack the factual particularity necessary to excuse demand. Concerning the allegation that Fink dominated and controlled the Meyers board, the defendants point to the absence of any facts explaining how he “selected each director”. With respect to Fink’s 47% stock interest, the defendants say that absent other facts this is insufficient to indicate domination and control. Regarding the claim of hostility to the plaintiff’s suit, because defendants would have to sue themselves, the latter assert that this bootstrap argument ignores the possibility that the directors have other *811alternatives, such as cancelling the challenged agreement. As for the allegation that directorial approval of the agreement excused demand, the defendants reply that such a claim is insufficient, because it would obviate the demand requirement in almost every case. The effect would be to subvert the managerial power of a board of directors. Finally, as to the provision guaranteeing Fink’s compensation, even if he is unable to perform any services, the defendants contend that the trial court read this out of context. Based upon the foregoing, the defendants conclude that the plaintiff’s allegations fall far short of the factual particularity required by Rule 23.1.
IV.
A.
— [2,3] A cardinal precept of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is that directors, rather than shareholders, manage the business and affairs of the corporation. 8 Del.C. § 141(a). Section 141(a) states in pertinent part:
“The business and affairs of a corporation organized under this chapter shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of directors except as may be otherwise provided in this chapter or in its certificate of incorporation.”
8 Del.C. § 141(a) (Emphasis added). The existence and exercise of this power carries with it certain fundamental fiduciary obligations to the corporation and its shareholders.4 Loft, Inc. v. Guth, Del.Ch., 2 A.2d 225 (1938), aff’d, Del.Supr., 5 A.2d 503 (1939). Moreover, a stockholder is not powerless to challenge director action which results in harm to the corporation. The machinery of corporate democracy and the derivative suit are potent tools to redress the conduct of a torpid or unfaithful management. The derivative action developed in equity to enable shareholders to sue in the corporation’s name where those in control of the company refused to assert a claim belonging to it. The nature of the action is two-fold. First, it is the equivalent of a suit by the shareholders to compel the corporation to sue. Second, it is a suit by the corporation, asserted by the shareholders on its behalf, against those liable to it.
By its very nature the derivative action j impinges on the managerial freedom of directors. 5 Hence, the demand requirement*of Chancery Rule 23.1 exists at the threshold, first to insure that a stockholder exhausts his intracorporate remedies, and *812then to provide a safeguard against strike suits. Thus, by promoting this form of alternate dispute resolution, rather than immediate recourse to litigation, the demand requirement is a recognition of the fundamental precept that directors manage the business and affairs of corporations.
In our view the entire question of demand futility is inextricably bound to issues of business judgment and the standards of that doctrine’s applicability. The business judgment rule is an acknowledgment of the managerial prerogatives of Delaware directors under Section 141(a). See Zapata Corp. v. Maldonado, 430 A.2d at 782. It is a presumption that in making a business decision the directors of a corporation acted on an informed hasis, in..good, faith and in the honest bejief that the action taken was in the best interests of the company. Kaplan v. Centex Corp., Del.Ch., 284 A.2d 119, 124 (1971); Robinson v. Pittsburgh Oil Refinery Corp., Del.Ch., 126 A. 46 (1924). Absent an abuse of discretion, that judgment will be respected by the courts. The burden is on the party challenging the decision to establish facts rebutting the presumption. See Puma v. Marriott, Del.Ch., 283 A.2d 693, 695 (1971).
The function of the business judgment rule is of paramount significance in the context of a derivative action. It comes into play in several ways — in addressing a demand, in the ■ determination of demand futility, in efforts by independent disinterested directors to dismiss the action as inimical to the corporation’s best interests, and generally, as a defense to the merits of the suit. However, in each of these circumstances there are certain common principles governing the application and operation of the rule.
First, its protections can only be claimed by disinterested directors whose conduct otherwise meets the tests of business judgment. From the standpoint of interest, this means that directors can neither appear on both sides of a transaction nor expect to derive any personal financial benefit from it in the sense of self-dealing, as opposed to a benefit which devolves upon the corporation or all stockholders generally. Sinclair Oil Corp. v. Levien, Del.Supr., 280 A.2d 717, 720 (1971); Cheff v. Mathes, Del.Supr., 199 A.2d 548, 554 (1964); David J. Greene & Co. v. Dunhill International, Inc., Del.Ch., 249 A.2d 427, 430 (1968). See also 8 Del.C. § 144. Thus, if such director interest is present, and the transaction is not approved by a majority consisting of the disinterested directors, then the business judgment rule has no application whatever in determining demand futility. See 8 DelC. § 144(a)(1).
Second, to invoke the rule’s protection directors have a duty to inform themselves, prior to making a business decision, of all material information reasonably available to them. Having become so informed, they must then act with requisite care in the discharge of their duties. While the Delaware cases use a variety of terms to describe the applicable standard of care, our analysis satisfies us that under the business judgment rule director liability is predicated upon concepts of gross negligence.6 See Yeasey & Manning, Codified Stan *813 dard—Safe Harbor or Uncharted Reef? 35 Bus.Law. 919, 928 (1980).
However, it should be noted that the business judgment rule operates only in the context of director action. Technically speaking, it has no role where directors have either abdicated their functions, or absent a conscious decision, failed to act.7 But it also follows that under applicable principles, a conscious decision to refrain from acting may nonetheless be a valid exercise of business judgment and enjoy the protections of the rule.
The gap in our law, which we address today, arises from this Court’s decision in Zapata Corp. v. Maldonado. There, the Court defined the limits of a board’s managerial power granted by Section 141(a) and restricted application of the business judgment rule in a factual context similar to this action. Zapata Corp. v. Maldonado, 430 A.2d at 782-86, rev’g, Maldonado v. Flynn, Del.Ch., 413 A.2d 1251 (1980).
By way of background, this Court’s review in Zapata was limited to whether an independent investigation committee of disinterested directors had the power to cause the derivative action to be dismissed. Preliminarily, it was noted in Zapata that “[directors of Delaware corporations derive their managerial decision making power, which encompasses decisions whether to initiate, or refrain from entering, litigation, from 8 Del.C. § 141(a)”. Zapata, 430 A.2d at 782 (footnotes omitted). In that context, this Court observed that the business judgment rule has no relevance to corporate decision making until after a decision has been made. Id. In Zapata, we stated that a shareholder does not possess an independent individual right to continue a derivative action. Moreover, where demand on a board has been made and refused, we apply the business judgment rule in reviewing the board’s refusal to act pursuant to a stockholder’s demand. Id. at 784 & n. 10. Unless the business judgment rule does not protect the refusal to sue, the shareholder lacks the legal managerial power to continue the derivative action, since that power is terminated by the refusal. Id. at 784. We also concluded that where demand is excused a shareholder possesses the ability to initiate a derivative action, but the right to prosecute it may be terminated upon the exercise of applicable standards of business judgment. Id. The thrust of Zapata is that in either the demand-refused or the demand-excused case, the board still retains its Section 141(a) managerial authority to make decisions regarding corporate litigation. Moreover, the board may delegate its managerial authority to a committee of independent disinterested directors. Id. at 786. See 8 Del.C. § 141(c). Thus, even in a demand-excused case, a board has the power to appoint a committee of one or more independent disinterested directors to determine whether the derivative action should be pursued or dismissal sought. Zapata, 430 A.2d at 786. Under Zapata, the Court of Chancery, in passing on a committee’s motion to dismiss a derivative action in a demand excused case, must apply a two-step test. First, the court must inquire into the independence and good faith of the committee and review the reasonableness and good faith of the committee’s investigation. Id. at 788. Second, the court must apply its own independent business judgment to decide whether the motion to dismiss should be granted. Id. at 789.
After Zapata numerous derivative suits were filed without prior demand upon boards of directors. The complaints in such actions all alleged that demand was excused because of board interest, approval or acquiescence in the wrongdoing. In any event, the Zapata demand-excused/de*814mand-refused bifurcation, has left a crucial issue unanswered: when is demand futile and, therefore, excused?
Delaware courts have addressed the issue of demand futility on several earlier occasions. See Sohland v. Baker, Del.Supr., 141 A. 277, 281-82 (1927); McKee v. Rogers, Del.Ch., 156 A. 191, 193 (1931); Miller v. Loft, Del.Ch., 153 A. 861, 862 (1931); Fleer v. Frank H. Fleer Corp., Del.Ch., 125 A. 411, 414 (1924); Harden v. Eastern States Public Service Co., Del.Ch., 122 A. 705, 707 (1923); Ellis v. Penn Beef Co., Del.Ch., 80 A. 666, 668 (1911). Cf. Mayer v. Adams, Del.Supr., 141 A.2d 458, 461 (1958) (minority demand on majority shareholders). The rule emerging from these decisions is that where officers and directors are under an influence which sterilizes their discretion, they cannot be considered proper persons to conduct litigation on behalf of the corporation. Thus, demand would be futile. See, e.g., McKee v. Rogers, Del.Ch., 156 A. 191, 192 (1931) (holding that where a defendant controlled the board of directors, “[i]t is manifest then that there can be no expectation that the corporation would sue him, and if it did, it can hardly be said that the prosecution of the suit would be entrusted to proper hands”). But see, e.g., Fleer v. Frank H. Fleer Corp., Del.Ch., 125 A. 411, 415 (1924) (“[w]here the demand if made would be directed to the particular individuals who themselves are the alleged wrongdoers and who therefore would be invited to sue themselves, the rule is settled that a demand and refusal is not requisite”); Miller v. Loft, Inc., Del.Ch., 153 A. 861, 862 (1931) (“if by reason of hostile interest or guilty participation in the wrongs complained of, the directors cannot be expected to institute suit, ... no demand upon them to institute suit is requisite”).
However, those cases cannot be taken to mean that any board approval of a challenged transaction automatically connotes “hostile interest” and “guilty participation” by directors, or some other form of sterilizing influence upon them. Were that so, the demand requirements of our law would be meaningless, leaving the clear mandate of Chancery Rule 23.1 devoid of its purpose and substance.
The trial court correctly recognized that demand futility is inextricably bound to issues of business judgment, but stated the test to be based on allegations of fact, which, if true, “show that there is a reasonable inference” the business judgment rule is not applicable for purposes of a pre-suit demand. Lewis, 466 A.2d at 381.
The problem with this formulation is the concept of reasonable inferences to be drawn against a board of directors based on allegations in a complaint. As is clear from this case, and the conclusory allegations upon which the Vice Chancellor relied, demand futility becomes virtually automatic under such a test. Bearing in mind the presumptions with which director action is cloaked, we believe that the matter must be approached in a more balanced way.
Our view is that in determining demand futility the Court of Chancery in the proper exercise of its discretion must decide whether, under the particularized facts alleged, a reasonable doubt is created that: (1) the directors are disinterested and independent and (2) the challenged transaction was otherwise the product of a valid exercise of business judgment. Hence, the Court of Chancery must make two inquiries, one into the independence and disinterestedness of the directors and the other into the substantive nature of the challenged transaction and the board’s approval thereof. As to the latter inquiry the court does not assume that the transaction is a wrong to the corporation requiring corrective steps by the board. Rather, the alleged wrong is substantively reviewed against the factual background alleged in the complaint. As to the former inquiry, directorial independence and disinterestedness, the court reviews the factual allegations to decide whether they raise a reasonable doubt, as a threshold matter, that the protections of the business judgment rule are available to the board. *815Certainly, if this is an “interested” director transaction, such that the business judgment rule is inapplicable to the board majority approving the transaction, then the inquiry ceases. In that event futility of demand has been established by any objective or subjective standard.8 See, e.g., Bergstein v. Texas Internad Co., Del.Ch., 453 A.2d 467, 471 (1982) (because five of nine directors approved stock appreciation rights plan likely to benefit them, board was interested for demand purposes and demand held futile). This includes situations involving self-dealing directors. See Sinclair Oil Corp. v. Levien, Del.Supr., 280 A.2d 717 (1971); Sterling v. Mayflower, Del.Supr., 93 A.2d 107 (1952); Trans World Airlines, Inc. v. Surnma Corp., Del.Ch., 374 A.2d 5 (1977); David J. Greene & Co. v. Dunhill International, Inc., Del.Ch., 249 A.2d 427 (1968).
However, the mere threat of personal liability for approving a questioned transaction, standing alone, is insufficient to challenge either the independence or disinterestedness of directors, although in rare cases a transaction may be so egregious on its face that board approval cannot meet the test of business judgment, and a substantial likelihood of director liability therefore exists. See Gimbel v. Signal Cos., Inc., Del.Ch., 316 A.2d 599, aff’d, Del.Supr., 316 A.2d 619 (1974); Cottrell v. Pawcatuck Co., Del.Supr., 128 A.2d 225 (1956). In sum the entire review is factual in nature. The Court of Chancery in the exercise of its sound discretion must be satisfied that a plaintiff has alleged facts with particularity which, taken as true, support a reasonable doubt that the challenged transaction was the product of a valid exercise of business judgment. Only in that context is demand excused.
B.
Having outlined the legal framework within which these issues are to be determined, we consider plaintiff’s claims of futility here: Fink’s domination and control of the directors, board approval of the Fink-Meyers employment agreement, and board hostility to the plaintiff’s derivative action due to the directors’ status as defendants.
Plaintiff’s claim that Fink dominates and controls the Meyers’ board is based on: (1) Fink’s 47% ownership of Meyers’ outstanding stock, and (2) that he “personally selected” each Meyers director. Plaintiff also alleges that mere approval of the employment agreement illustrates Fink’s domination and control of the board. In addition, plaintiff argued on appeal that 47% stock ownership, though less than a majority, constituted control given the large number of shares outstanding, 1,245,-745.
Such contentions do not support any claim under Delaware law that these directors lack independence. In Kaplan v. Centex Corp., Del.Ch., 284 A.2d 119 (1971), the Court of Chancery stated that “[s]tock ownership alone, at least when it amounts to less than a majority, is not sufficient proof of domination or control”. Id. at 123. Moreover, in the demand context even proof of majority ownership of a company does not strip the directors of the presumptions of independence, and that their acts have been taken in good faith and in the best interests of the corporation. There must be coupled with the allegation of control such facts as would demonstrate that through personal or other relationships the directors are beholden to the controlling person. See Mayer v. Adams, Del.Ch., 167 A.2d 729, 732, aff’d, Del.Supr., 174 A.2d 313 (1961). To date the principal decisions deal*816ing with the issue of control or domination arose only after a full trial on the merits. Thus, they are distinguishable in the demand context unless similar particularized facts are alleged to meet the test of Chancery Rule 23.1. See e.g., Kaplan, 284 A.2d at 123; Ghasin v. Gluck, Del.Ch., 282 A.2d 188 (1971); Greene v. Allen, Del.Ch., 114 A.2d 916 (1955); Loft, Inc. v. Guth, Del.Ch., 2 A.2d 225, 237 (1938), aff’d, Del.Supr., 5 A.2d 503 (1939).
The requirement of director independence inhers in the conception and rationale of the business judgment rule. The presumption of propriety that flows from an exercise of business judgment is based in part on this unyielding precept. Independence means that a director’s decision is based on the corporate merits of the subject before the board rather than extraneous considerations or influences. While directors may confer, debate, and resolve their differences through compromise, or by reasonable reliance upon the expertise of their colleagues and other qualified persons, the end result, nonetheless, must be that each director has brought his or her own informed business judgment to bear with specificity upon the corporate merits of the issues without regard for or succumbing to influences which convert an otherwise valid business decision into a faithless act.
Thus, it is not enough to charge that a director was nominated by or elected at the behest of those controlling the outcome of a corporate election. That is the usual way a person becomes a corporate director. It is the care, attention and sense of individual responsibility to the performance of one’s duties, not the method of election, that generally touches on independence.
We conclude that in the demand-futile context a plaintiff charging domination and control of one or more directors must allege particularized facts manifesting “a direction of corporate conduct in such a way as to comport with the wishes or interests of the corporation (or persons) doing the controlling”. Kaplan, 284 A.2d at 123. The shorthand shibboleth of “dominated and controlled directors” is insufficient. In recognizing that Kaplan was decided after trial and full discovery, we stress that the plaintiff need only allege specific facts; he need not plead evidence. Otherwise, he would be forced to make allegations which may not comport with his duties under Chancery Rule 11.9
Here, plaintiff has not alleged any facts sufficient to support a claim of control. The personal-selection-of-directors allegation stands alone, unsupported. At best it is a conclusion devoid of factual support. The causal link between Fink’s control and approval of the employment agreement is alluded to, but nowhere specified. The director’s approval, alone, does not establish control, even in the face of Fink’s 47% stock ownership. See Kaplan v. Centex Corp., 284 A.2d at 122, 123. The claim that Fink is unlikely to perform any services under the agreement, because of his age, and his conflicting consultant work with Prudential, adds nothing to the control claim.10 Therefore, we cannot conclude that the *817complaint factually particularizes any circumstances of control and domination to overcome the presumption of board independence, and thus render the demand futile.
C.
Turning to the board’s approval of the Meyers-Pink employment agreement, plaintiff’s argument is simple: all of the Meyers directors are named defendants, because they approved the wasteful agreement; if plaintiff prevails on the merits all the directors will be jointly and severally liable; therefore, the directors’ interest in avoiding personal liability automatically and absolutely disqualifies them from passing on a shareholder’s demand.
Such allegations are conclusory at best. In Delaware mere directorial approval of a transaction, absent particularized facts supporting a breach of fiduciary duty claim, or otherwise establishing the lack of independence or disinterestedness of a majority of the directors, is insufficient to excuse demand.11 Here, plaintiff’s suit is premised on the notion that the Meyers-Pink employment agreement was a waste of corporate assets. So, the argument goes, by approving such waste the directors now face potential personal liability, thereby rendering futile any demand on them to bring suit. Unfortunately, plaintiff’s claim falls in its initial premise. The complaint does not allege particularized facts indicating that the agreement is a waste of corporate assets. Indeed, the complaint as now drafted may not even state a cause of action, given the directors’ broad corporate power to fix the compensation of officers.12
In essence, the plaintiff alleged a lack of consideration flowing from Pink to Meyers, since the employment agreement provided that compensation was not contingent on Fink’s ability to perform any services. The bare assertion that Fink performed “little or no services” was plaintiff’s conclusion based solely on Fink’s age and the existence of the Fink-Prudential employment agreement. As for Meyers’ loans to Fink, beyond the bare allegation that they were made, the complaint does not allege facts indicating the wastefulness of such arrangements. Again, the mere existence of such loans, given the broad corporate powers conferred by Delaware law, does not even state a claim.13
In sustaining plaintiff’s claim of demand futility the trial court relied on Fidanque v. American Maracaibo Go., Del. Ch., 92 A.2d 311, 321 (1952), which held that a contract providing for payment of consulting fees to a retired president/director was a waste of corporate assets. Id. In Fidanque, the court found after trial that the contract and payments were in reality compensation for past services. Id. at 320. This was based upon facts not present here: the former president/director was a 70 year old stroke victim, neither the agreement nor the record spelled out his consulting duties at all, the consulting salary equalled the individual’s salary when he was president and general manager of the corporation, and the contract was silent as to continued employment in the event that the retired president/director again became incapacitated and unable to perform his duties. Id. at 320-21. Contrasting the facts of Fidanque with the complaint here, it is apparent that plaintiff has not alleged *818facts sufficient to render demand futile on a charge of corporate waste, and thus create a reasonable doubt that the board’s action is protected by the business judgment rule. Cf. Beard v. Elster, Del.Supr., 160 A.2d 731 (1960); Lieberman v. Koppers Company Line, Inc., Del.Ch., 149 A.2d 756, aff’d, Lieberman v. Becker, Del.Supr., 155 A.2d 596 (1959).
D.
Plaintiff’s final argument is the incantation that demand is excused because the directors otherwise would have to sue themselves, thereby placing the conduct of the litigation in hostile hands and preventing its effective prosecution. This bootstrap argument has been made to and dismissed by other courts. See, e.g., Lewis v. Graves, 701 F.2d 245, 248-49 (2d Cir.1983); Heit v. Baird, 567 F.2d 1157, 1162 (1st Cir.1977); Lewis v. Anselmi, 564 F.Supp., 768, 772 (S.D.N.Y.1983). Its acceptance would effectively abrogate Rule 23.1 and weaken the managerial power of directors. Unless facts are alleged with particularity to overcome the presumptions of independence and a proper exercise of business judgment, in which case the directors could not be expected to sue themselves, a bare claim of this sort raises no legally cognizable issue under Delaware corporate law.
V.
In sum, we conclude that the plaintiff has failed to allege facts with particularity indicating that the Meyers directors were tainted by interest, lacked independence, or took action contrary to Meyers’ best interests in order to create a reasonable doubt as to the applicability of the business judgment rule. Only in the presence of such a reasonable doubt may a demand be deemed futile. Hence, we reverse the Court of Chancery’s denial of the motion to dismiss, and remand with instructions that plaintiff be granted leave to amend his complaint to bring it into compliance with Rule 23.1 based on the principles we have announced today.
REVERSED AND REMANDED.
11.2.3 The Business Judgment Rule 11.2.3 The Business Judgment Rule
3/5/20224 pdw
The business judgment presumption is that the directors of a corporation acted on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the company.
Scope
The business judgment presumption applies only to fiduciary duty claims; that is, shareholders claiming that the directors or officers breached their fiduciary duties to the corporation or the shareholders. So if the shareholders are suing management, the business judgment rule should be a central part of your analysis. But if the claim is by some third party---for example, you stop paying your helmet supplier---the business judgment rule won't help you.
Applying the Business Judgment Rule to Fiduciary Duty Claims
The business judgment presumption applies unless the plaintiff shows the following:
- The fiduciary didn’t make a decision;
- The fiduciary was grossly negligent in making the decision;
- The fiduciary has a financial interest in the transaction;
- The fiduciary lacks independence; or
- The fiduciary acted in bad faith.
Let’s break each of those down in more detail. If the business judgment presumption is rebutted, the entire fairness standard applies.
1. There’s No Decision to Protect
The business judgment rule only protects business judgments. If the fiduciary never exercised any judgment because it never made a decision, then there’s no exercise of judgment for the business judgment rule to protect. In other words, the business judgment rule protects decisions, but not a lack of decision. If the harm came because of a lack of decision, then the board won’t be protected by the business judgment rule.
That’s not to say that boards must always act. If a board reviews an issue and decides to take no action, that is a decision. A decision not to act is a decision, and that can be protected by the business judgment rule. Plaintiffs need to show indecision, not just inaction. These cases are rare.
2. Gross Negligence
A fiduciary will not receive the business judgment presumption if the fiduciary acted with gross negligence. But be careful here because gross negligence refers only to the process of making a decision, not the quality of the decision. So if a board does its research and then decides to take a risky business decision, the court will defer to the board’s business judgment, even if it sinks the company.
We want companies to shoot for the moon sometimes, and we don't want a court second guessing those well informed decisions in hindsight. So if you have a good process in place to make informed decisions, we won't judge your risk preferences with hindsight. So gross negligence applies only to a grossly negligent decision making process.
This makes sense because the business judgment rule presumes that the directors acted on an informed basis. If a plaintiff shows they were grossly negligent in the decision making process, it wouldn’t make sense to presume they are well informed.
Cases under this standard are uncommon and almost never succeed. We’ll read the most famous example, in which a board agrees to sell the company without first researching what the company is worth.
3. Interested Directors
The business judgment presumption doesn’t apply when the fiduciary is on both sides of a transaction. We call these fiduciaries “interested.” It wouldn’t make sense to presume good behavior in the situation where they are most likely to act disloyally.
We call a director or officer "interested" if the director or officer would “receive a personal financial benefit from a transaction that is not equally shared by the Stockholders.” In re Trados, 73 A.3d 17, 45 (Del. 2023). This benefit must be “of a sufficiently material importance, in the context of the [fiduciary's] economic circumstances, as to have made it improbable that the [fiduciary] could perform her fiduciary duties ... without being influenced by her overriding personal interest.” Id. In other words, we look for some personal financial benefit not shared by the stockholders that would make it improbable that the fiduciary is not influenced.
Note that we're talking about whether it would affect this actual fiduciary, not whether the amount would be material to some imaginary “reasonable fiduciary.” We look at the actual fiduciary and that fiduciary's bank account. What are the chances this amount of money would corrupt this fiduciary? A $50,000 gain is going to mean a lot more to me than it would to the CEO of Amazon. So, if we both faced the same conflict, the court may find that I'm interested but Amazon's CEO is not.
A director in the Trados case received over $2 million from the challenged transaction and a new job earning $60,000 per year. The director’s net wealth was $5 - 10 million. The court held that the $60,000 salary alone would not be material to the director, but with the additional $2 million benefit the amount was material to the director, so the director was interested. In re Trados, 73 A.3d 17 (Del. 2023).
4. Lack of Independence
What if the conflict isn't financial? What if it's a decision involving a close family member? Sometimes relationships are enough to question whether directors are going to act in line with their duties. When the conflict is financial, we say the fiduciary is interested. When the conflict is based on a relationship, we say the fiduciary lacks independence.
A fiduciary is not independent if the fiduciary is “dominated or controlled” by someone that is interested in the transaction. Benihana of Tokyo, Inc. v. Benihana, Inc., 891 A.2d 150, 174-75 (Del. Ch. 2005).
You show domination and control by showing that “through personal or other relationships the directors are beholden to the controlling person or so under their influence that their discretion would be sterilized.” Id. (internal citations and quotations omitted).
You can show this by showing “financial ties, familial affinity, a particularly close or intimate personal or business affinity or . . . evidence that in the past the relationship caused the director to act non-independently.” Beam v. Stewart, 845 A.2d 1040, 1051 (Del. 2004). A fiduciary is dominated or controlled if the fiduciary would “be more willing to risk his or her reputation than risk the relationship” with the interested person. Id. at 1052.
Just like in the disinterested analysis, we look at the actual person, rather than a “reasonable person” when determining whether they are independent.
Let’s look at an example. Martha Stewart owned 94% of the voting power of Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, Inc. Arthur Martinez sat on the board of the company. He was the former CEO of Sears, a former director at Saks Fifth Avenue, and was a current director at PepsiCo and Liz Claiborne and the chairman of the federal reserve bank of Chicago. He had been a dear friend of Martha for many years, and they ran in the same social circles. In a transaction with his friend Martha, is Arthur independent?
Yes. He may be dear friends with Martha, but friendship alone isn’t enough to make him controlled or dominated. And given his many high profile positions, it’s unlikely he’d risk his reputation for her. Beam v. Stewart, 845 A.2d 1040 (Del. 2004).
Let’s contrast that with In re Carvana, 2022 WL 2352457 (Del. Ch. 2022). There, the CEO and his father owned a majority of the company, and the CEO was involved in some interested transactions. One director worked with the father for years, including when the father was convicted for a business related felony. They stood by each other, and the director violated NYSE rules to protect the father. The father later made this director the CEO of another venture, and the two have worked together on numerous business deals ever since. Is that director independent?
At the motion to dismiss stage, a court said the director lacked independence. This director was more than a social friend who went to the same parties; these two had done numerous deals and the director previously broke the rules to protect him.
5. Bad Faith
Bad faith is the broadest of the defeaters of the business judgment rule and has the most “hazy jurisprudence.” In re Chelsea Therapeutics, 2016 WL 3044721 (Del. Ch. 2016). At a high level, bad faith is when you can tie the harm to some bad state of mind, typically "knowing" or "intentional". See IBEW Local v. Winborne, 2023 WL 5444317 (Del. Ch. 2023). So if a director mismanages the company with well-informed but dumb decisions, that’s protected by the business judgment rule. But if the director intentionally mismanages the company, that’s bad faith, so it's not protected by the business judgment rule.
Courts have tried to tidy up the analysis by categorizing situations that implicate bad faith. This is likely impossible because fiduciary duties are designed to avoid rigid rules and categorizations and among all the doctrines in equity, fiduciary duties are the most elastic. This is because they are the doctrine of residual morality, the last grasp for justice of a betrayed. So take the following list as an incomplete guide and know the broader rule that bad faith is primarily about state of mind.
- Abuse of corporate authority or intent to harm the company;
- Intent to violate applicable positive law;
- Intentional disregard for their duties;
- A decision “so far beyond the bounds of reasonable judgment that it seems essentially inexplicable on any ground other than bad faith.”
See In re Chelsea Therapeutics, 2016 WL 3044721 (Del. Ch. 2016) (cleaned up).
We'll discuss these in more detail later in the chapter.
11.2.4 Business Judgment Rule Problem Set 11.2.4 Business Judgment Rule Problem Set
Updated 10/21/2023
-
Newport Banana Stand, Inc. hasn't made enough to pay its employees (many of whom are shareholders). The unpaid employees sue the officers. Will the business judgment rule protect the officers?
-
The board appoints a special committee to investigate some accounting shenanigans, specifically, the audit committee keeps firing all the external auditors. The special committee investigates, then takes no action. A shareholder sues over said shenanigans. The board invokes the business judgment presumption. The shareholder argues it is inapplicable because there was no board action—the committee investigated but didn’t do anything. Will the business judgment rule apply?
-
An acquiror approaches a board with an offer to purchase the company. The board meets to discuss whether shareholders are likely to approve, whether financing is likely to come through and other contingencies. They do not obtain any research on what the appropriate price for the company coudl be or on whether others might be willing to bid for the corporation. After a little over an hour, the board approves the deal. Will this decision be protected by the business judgment rule?
-
The name "Twitter" and accompanying bird logo had an estimated value of $4 billion. The CEO decided to scrap it and rename the service "X". If shareholders sued to challenge this decision to give up the $4 billion in value around the brand, is the business judgment rule likely to apply?
-
The CEO entered a related party transactions with the company for “the lease of aircraft and office space for personal use, the provision of a yacht, and a collection of luxury and collectible cars that would leave James Bond green with envy.” He also sent unexplained payments to former Pres. Bill Clinton and provided a jet to then-Senator Hillary Clinton.
One director, a Creighton University accounting professor, provided a report to the board showing that payments for company aircraft were actually funding the CEO’s yacht and providing cash and vacation condos to the CEO’s family. Shortly after, the directors all signed an SEC report saying the expenses were just for the aircraft. A shareholder sued the company for the misuse and mischaracterization of funds.
Is the business judgment rule likely to apply?
-
The Disney company hired a new president but 14 months later fired him without cause, costing the company $130 million in severance payments. The board was fully aware of the ridiculously large severance clause in the employment agreement when they hired him. Is the business judgment rule likely to apply?
-
It is standard for the board of directors to set its own compensation (because who else could?). Is the business judgment rule likely to apply to this decision?
-
ARCO owed about 80% of the shares of Chemical Inc. Lyondell called ARCO out of the blue and offered to buy Chemical Inc. ARCO needed cash for another transaction it was doing, so after some back and forth on price, ARCO agreed to sell its stake to Lyondell as part of plan in which Lyondell would offer to buy all the shares of Chemical Inc. The Chemical Inc. board met only once to consider Lyondell's proposal. Half of Chemical Inc.'s directors were ARCO employees and two others were former ARCO employees. The Chemical Inc. board relied on ARCO's financial advisor to present the deal. With that meeting, they voted to approve Lyondell's proposed deal. The shareholders of Chemical Inc. sued. Is the business judgment rule likely to apply?
-
Sherman earns $1 million per year as CEO of a company. He is also a member of the board of directors. Rales is the chair of the board, and his brother runs the executive committee, and collectively they have significant influence over Sherman's compensation. Rales wants the company to buy another company he owns, and it comes up for a vote at the board. Is the business judgment rule likely to protect Sherman?
Answers
-
No. The business judgment rule applies only in fiduciary duty claims. This is a breach of contract / unpaid wages claim, not a fiduciary duty claim.
-
The committee’s decision to do nothing was itself action. Inaction is action. It’s a rare for an “inaction” case to win. In re China Agritech, 2013 WL 2181514 (Del. Ch. 2013).
-
No. The facts here are similar to those in Smith v. Van Gorkom, in which the court held that the directors were grossly negligent in their decision making process.
-
Yes. A court will apply the business judgment rule even if the decision appears imprudent. Remember that gross negligence rebuts the business judgment presumption only if the decisionmaking process was grossly negligent.
-
The court found that it is conceivable that giving money to Pres. Clinton could be a marketing move, so that was rejected, as was the jet for Sen. Clinton. But it found that there was no conceivable basis reconcile the Raval Report issued by the accounting professor with the SEC report. So effectively, bad faith, through the lens of “no reasonable decision." The highlight is the court stating that it is not required "to bless the conclusion of a director that is self-evidently nonsense on stilts." In re infoUSA, 953 A.2d 963 (Del. Ch. 2007).
-
The business judgment rule applies because "when electing Ovitz to the Disney presidency the remaining Disney directors were fully informed of all material facts." In re Walt Disney Co., 906 A.2d 27, 61 (Del. 2006). A fully informed decision doesn't create liability merely because it turned out badly.
-
No. "Directors are necessarily interested in their compensation, which is a benefit they receive that does not accrue to stockholders generally. Thus, where, as here, directors make decisions about their own compensation, those decisions presumptively will be reviewed as self-dealing transactions under the entire fairness standard rather than under the business judgment rule." Espinoza v. Zuckerberg, 124 A.3d 47, 55 (Del. Ch. 2015).
-
The business judgment rule did not apply at the motion to dismiss stage for two reasons. Shareholders successfully pled the board's process was grossly negligent because it delegated the negotiations to a conflicted shareholder, held only one meeting when deciding to sell the company and relied at that meeting on the conflicted shareholder's financial analyst. The business judgment rule also doesn't apply because half of Chemical Inc.'s directors were ARCO employees, so they were not disinterested. McMullin v. Beran, 765 A.2d 910 (Del. 2000).
-
Probably not. The court in Rales, 634 A.2d 927 (Del. 1993), found that there was a reasonable doubt that Sherman could make a fair decision given that interested parties had substantial say over his compensation. It's a probably not, though, because later cases say that "dependence" requires that the controlling person have "unilateral" power to help or harm the director. Benihana, 891 A.2d 150, 177 (Del. Ch. 2005); Flannery v. Genomic Health, Inc., No. CV 2020-0492-JRS, 2021 WL 3615540, at *15 (Del. Ch. Aug. 16, 2021) (quoting Benihana). Here, the Rales brothers didn't have unilateral power to punish Sherman. They just had considerable influence. Is that enough? Well, Rales was decided by the Delaware Supreme Court and the other cases were decided by the Chancery, so for now, we'll say "unilateral power" to punish the director definitely destroys independence, but "considerable influence" may also be enough without unilateral power.
11.3 The Duty of Care & Exculpation 11.3 The Duty of Care & Exculpation
Updated 10/21/2023
This section discusses the duty of care, which is a duty to make informed decisions. It also discusses exculpation, which allows corporations to waive director liability for the duty of care.
11.3.1 Smith v. Van Gorkom 11.3.1 Smith v. Van Gorkom
Updated 10/26/2023
In this case, a soon-to-retire CEO/chair negotiates the sale of his company and the board approves the sale without anyone asking how much the company is worth. They analyze whether the deal is doable, but they don't ask if it's the best deal they can get. This is one of only a few cases where the court holds that the directors breached their duty of care.
A few merger terms worth defining:
- A cash-out merger is where the buyer gives shareholders cash in exchange for their shares. If the merger is properly approved by the board and shareholders, an individual shareholder may be forced to sell.
- A leveraged buyout is where the acquirer borrows a bunch of money to pay for the merger. The buyer typically uses the newly purchased company as collateral for the loan, and management is often on the buyer's team.
Alden SMITH and John W. Gosselin, Plaintiffs Below, Appellants, v. Jerome W. VAN GORKOM, Bruce S. Chelberg, William B. Johnson, Joseph B. Lanterman, Graham J. Morgan, Thomas P. O’Boyle, W. Allen Wallis, Sidney H. Bonser, William D. Browder, Trans Union Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Marmon Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, GL Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and New T. Co., a Delaware corporation, Defendants Below, Appellees.
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Submitted: June 11, 1984.
Decided: Jan. 29, 1985.
Opinion on Denial of Reargument: March 14, 1985.
*867William Prickett (argued) and James P. Dalle Pazze, of Prickett, Jones, Elliott, Kristol & Schnee, Wilmington, and Ivan Irwin, Jr. and Brett A. Ringle, of Shank, Irwin, Conant & Williamson, Dallas, Tex., of counsel, for plaintiffs below, appellants.
Robert K. Payson (argued) and Peter M. Sieglaff of Potter, Anderson & Corroon, Wilmington, for individual defendants below, appellees.
Lewis S. Black, Jr., A. Gilchrist Sparks, III (argued) and Richard D. Allen, of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell, Wilmington, for Trans Union Corp., Marmon Group, Inc., GL Corp. and New T. Co., defendants below, appellees.
Before HERRMANN, C.J., and McNEILLY, HORSEY, MOORE and CHRISTIE, JJ., constituting the Court en banc.
(for the majority):
This appeal from the Court of Chancery involves a class action brought by shareholders of the defendant Trans Union Corporation (“Trans Union” or “the Company”), originally seeking rescission of a cash-out merger of Trans Union into the defendant New T Company (“New T”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the defendant, Marmon Group, Inc. (“Marmon”). Alternate relief in the form of damages is sought against the defendant members of the Board of Directors of Trans Union, *869New T, and Jay A. Pritzker and Robert A. Pritzker, owners of Mamón.1
Following trial, the former Chancellor granted judgr-ent for the defendant directors by unreported letter opinion dated fuly 6, 1982.2 Judgment was based on two ’hidings: (1) that the Board of Directors lad acted in an informed manner so as to >e entitled to protection of the business udgment rule in approving the cash-out nerger; and (2) that the shareholder vote pproving the merger should not be set side because the stockholders had been fairly informed” by the Board of Diectors before voting thereon. The plain-ffs appeal.
Speaking for the majority of the Court, e conclude that both rulings of the Court E Chancery are clearly erroneous. There->re, we reverse and direct that judgment 5 entered in favor of the plaintiffs and gainst the defendant directors for the fair due of the plaintiffs’ stockholdings in •ans Union, in accordance with Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., Del.Supr., 457 A.2d 1 (1983).3
We hold: (1) that the Board’s decision, ached September 20,1980, to approve the oposed cash-out merger was not the oduct of an informed business judgment; that the Board’s subsequent efforts to lend the Merger Agreement and take íer curative action were ineffectual, both ;ally and factually; and (3) that the ard did not deal with complete candor with the stockholders by failing to disclose all material facts, which they knew or should have known, before securing the stockholders’ approval of the merger.
I.
The nature of this case requires a detailed factual statement. The following facts are essentially uncontradicted:4
-A-
Trans Union was a publicly-traded, diversified holding company, the principal earnings of which were generated by its railcar leasing business. During the period here involved, the Company had a cash flow of hundreds of millions of dollars annually. However, the Company had difficulty in generating sufficient taxable income to offset increasingly large investment tax credits (ITCs). Accelerated depreciation deductions had decreased available taxable income against which to offset accumulating ITCs. The Company took these deductions, despite their effect on usable ITCs, because the rental price in the railcar leasing market had already impounded the purported tax savings.
In the late 1970’s, together with other capital-intensive firms, Trans Union lobbied in Congress to have ITCs refundable in cash to firms which could not fully utilize the credit. During the summer of 1980, defendant Jerome W. Van Gorkom, Trans Union’s Chairman and Chief Executive Of-*871fjcer, testified and lobbied in Congress for refundability of ITCs and against further accelerated depreciation. By the end of August, Van Gorkom was convinced that Congress would neither accept the refunda-bility concept nor curtail further aecelerat-ed depreciation.
Beginning in the late 1960’s, and continuing through the 197Q’s, Trans Union pursued a program of acquiring small companies in order to increase available taxable income. In July 1980, Trans Union Management prepared the annual revision of the Company’s Five Year Forecast. This report was presented to the Board of Directors at its July, 1980 meeting. The report projected an annual income growth of about 20%. The report also concluded that Trans Union would have about $195 million in spare cash between 1980 and 1985, “with the surplus growing rapidly from 1982 onward.” The report referred to the ITC situation as a “nagging problem” and, given that problem, the leasing company “would still appear to be constrained to a tax breakeven.” The report then listed four alternative uses of the projected 1982-1985 equity surplus: (1) stock repurchase; (2) dividend increases; (3) a major acquisition program; and (4) combinations of the above. The sale of Trans Union was not among the alternatives. The report emphasized that, despite the overall surplus, the operation of the Company would consume all available equity for the next several years, and concluded: “As a result, we have sufficient time to fully develop our course of action.”
-B-
On August 27, 1980, Van Gorkom met with Senior Management of Trans Union. Van Gorkom reported on his lobbying efforts in Washington and his desire to find a solution to the tax credit problem more permanent than a continued program of acquisitions. Various alternatives were suggested and discussed preliminarily, including the sale of Trans Union to a company with a large amount of taxable income. Donald Romans, Chief Financial Officer of Trans Union, stated that his department had done a “very brief bit of work on the possibility of a leveraged buy-out.” This work had been prompted by a media article which Romans had seen regarding a leveraged buy-out by management. The work consisted of a “preliminary study” of the cash which could be generated by the Company if it participated in a leveraged buyout. As Romans stated, this analysis “was very first and rough cut at seeing whether a cash flow would support what might be considered a high price for this type of transaction.”
On September 5, at another Senior Management meeting which Van Gorkom attended, Romans again brought up the idea of a leveraged buy-out as a “possible strategic alternative” to the Company’s acquisition program. Romans and Bruce S. Chel-berg, President and Chief Operating Officer of Trans Union, had been working on the matter in preparation for the meeting. According to Romans: They did not “come up” with a price for the Company. They merely “ran the numbers” at $50 a share and at $60 a share with the “rough form” of their cash figures at the time. Their “figures indicated that $50 would be very easy to do but $60 would be very difficult to do under those figures.” This work did not purport to establish a fair price for either the Company or 100% of the stock. It was intended to determine the cash flow needed to service the debt that would “probably” be incurred in a leveraged buyout, based on “rough calculations” without “any benefit of experts to identify what the limits were to that, and so forth.” These computations were not considered extensive and no conclusion was reached.
At this meeting, Van Gorkom stated that he would be willing to take $55 per share for his own 75,000 shares. He vetoed the suggestion of a leveraged buy-out by Management, however, as involving a potential conflict of interest for Management. Van Gorkom, a certified public accountant and lawyer, had been an officer of Trans Union *873t 24 years, its Chief Executive Officer t more than 17 years, and Chairman of > Board for 2 years. It is noteworthy in is connection that he was then approach-g 65 years of age and mandatory retire-ent.
For several days following the Septem-r 5 meeting, Van Gorkom pondered the ?a of a sale. He had participated in my acquisitions as a manager and di:tor of Trans Union and as a director of ter companies. He was familiar with imisition procedures, valuation methods, a negotiations; and he privately con-ered the pros and eons of whether Trans ion should seek a privately or publicly-¡d purchaser.
»Tan Gorkom decided to meet with Jay A. tzker, a well-known corporate takeover “cialist and a social acquaintance. How-;r, rather than approaching Pritzker sim-to determine his interest in acquiring ms Union, Van Gorkom assembled a proved per share price for sale of the Com-;y and a financing structure by which to omplish the sale. Van Gorkom did so bout consulting either his Board or any mbers of Senior Management except : Carl Peterson, Trans Union’s Control-Telling Peterson that he wanted no er person on his staff to know what he = doing, but without telling him why, i Gorkom directed Peterson to calculate feasibility of a leveraged buy-out at an anted price per share of $55. Apart n the Company’s historic stock market and Van 5 Gorkom’s long association : Trans Union, the record is devoid of competent evidence that $55 represent-he per share intrinsic value of the Com-y.
aving thus chosen the $55 figure, based ly on the availability of a leveraged -out, Van Gorkom multiplied the price share by the number of shares out-iding to reach a total value of the Company of $690 million. Van Gorkom told Peterson to use this $690 million figure and to assume a $200 million equity contribution by the buyer. Based on these assumptions, Van Gorkom directed Peterson to determine whether the debt portion of the purchase price could be paid off in five years or less if financed by Trans Union’s cash flow as projected in the Five Year Forecast, and by the sale of certain weaker divisions identified in a study done for Trans Union by the Boston Consulting Group (“BCG study”). Peterson reported that, of the purchase price, approximately $50-80 million would remain outstanding after five years. Van Gorkom was disappointed, but decided to meet with Pritzker nevertheless.
Van Gorkom arranged a meeting with Pritzker at the latter’s home on Saturday, September 13, 1980. Van Gorkom prefaced his presentation by stating to Pritzker: “Now as far as you are concerned, I can, I think, show how you can pay a substantial premium over the present stock price and pay off most of the loan in the first five years. * * * If you could pay $55 for this Company, here is a way in which I think it can be financed.”
Van Gorkom then reviewed with Pritzker his calculations based upon his proposed price of $55 per share. Although Pritzker mentioned $50 as a more attractive figure, no other price' was mentioned. However, Van Gorkom stated that to be sure that $55 was the best price obtainable, Trans Union should be free to accept any better offer. Pritzker demurred, stating that his organization would serve as a “stalking horse” for an “auction contest” only if Trans Union would permit Pritzker to buy 1,750,000 shares of Trans Union stock at market price which Pritzker could then sell to any higher bidder. After further discussion on this point, Pritzker told Van Gorkom that he would give him a more definite reaction soon.
*875On Monday, September 15, Pritzker ad-Van Gorkom that he was interested ¡f. the S55 cash-out merger proposal and re'jynKted more information on Trans Un-jor, Van Gorkom agreed to meet privately y/ilfr Pritzker, accompanied by Peterson, Chelberg, and Michael Carpenter, Trans Onion's consultant from the Boston Con-aüiúrig Group. The meetings took place on 16 and 17. Van Gorkom was "a.-,Hounded that events were moving with puch amazing rapidity.”
On Thursday, September 18, Van Gor-kom met again with Pritzker. At that time, Van Gorkom knew that Pritzker intended to make a cash-out merger offer at Van Gorkom’s proposed $55 per share. Pritzker instructed his attorney, a merger and acquisition specialist, to begin drafting merger documents. There was no further discussion of the $55 price. However, the number of shares of Trans Union’s treasury stock to be offered to Pritzker was negotiated down to one million shares; the price was set at $38 — 75 cents above the per share price at the close of the market on September 19. At this point, Pritzker insisted that the Trans Union Board act on his merger proposal within the next three days, stating to Van Gorkom: “We have to have a decision by no later than Sunday [evening, September 21] before the opening of the English stock exchange on Monday morning.” Pritzker’s lawyer was then instructed to draft the merger documents, to be reviewed by Van Gorkom’s lawyer, "sometimes with discussion and sometimes not. in the haste to get it finished.”
On Friday, September 19, Van Gorkom, Chelberg, and Pritzker consulted with Trans Union’s lead bank regarding the financing of Pritzker’s purchase of Trans Union. The bank indicated that it could form a syndicate of banks that would finance the transaction. On the same day, \an Gorkom retained James Brennan, Esquire. to advise Trans Union on the legal aspects of the merger. Van Gorkom did not consult with William Browder, a Vice-President and director of Trans Union and termer head of its legal department, or with William Moore, then the head of Trans Union’s legal staff.
On Friday, September 19, Van Gorkom called a special meeting of the Trans Union Board for noon the following day. He also called a meeting of the Company’s Senior Management to convene at 11:00 a.m., prior to the meeting of the Board. No one, except Chelberg and Peterson, was told the purpose of the meetings. Van Gorkom did not invite Trans Union’s investment banker, Salomon Brothers or its Chicago-based partner, to attend.
Of those present at the Senior Management meeting on September 20, only Chel-berg and Peterson had prior knowledge of Pritzker’s offer. Van Gorkom disclosed the offer and described its terms, but he furnished no copies of the proposed Merger Agreement. Romans announced that his department had done a second study which showed that, for a leveraged buy-out, the price range for Trans Union stock was between $55 and $65 per share. Van Gor-kom neither saw the study nor asked Romans to make it available for the Board meeting.
Senior Management’s reaction to the Pritzker proposal was completely negative. No member of Management, except Chel-berg and Peterson, supported the proposal. Romans objected to the price as being too low;6 he was critical of the timing and suggested that consideration should be given to the adverse tax consequences of an all-cash deal for low-basis shareholders; and he took the position that the agreement to sell Pritzker one million newly-issued shares at market price would inhibit other offers, as would the prohibitions against soliciting bids and furnishing inside infor-*877stion to other bidders. Romans argued at the Pritzker proposal was a “lock up” d amounted to “an agreed merger as posed to an offer.” Nevertheless, Van >rkom proceeded to the Board meeting as aeduled without further delay.
Ten directors served .on the Trans Union iard, five inside (defendants Bonser, Boyle, Browder, Chelberg, and Van Gor-in) and five outside (defendants Wallis, hnson, Lanterman, Morgan and Renek-i. All directors were present at the meet-r, except O’Boyle who was ill. Of the tside directors, four were corporate chief ecutive officers and one was the former ian of the University of Chicago Busi-ss School. None was an investment nker or trained financial analyst. All imbers of the Board were well informed out the Company and its operations as a ing concern. They were familiar with i current financial condition of the Com-ny, as well as operating and earnings Sections reported in the recent Five Year recast. The Board generally received jular and detailed reports and was kept reast of the accumulated investment tax ¡dit and accelerated depreciation prob-n.
Van Gorkom began the Special Meeting the Board with a twenty-minute oral jsentation. Copies of the proposed ;rger Agreement were delivered too late • study before or during the meeting.7 ! reviewed the Company’s ITC and depretion problems and the efforts thereto-•e made to solve them. He discussed his tial meeting with Pritzker and his motition in arranging that meeting. Van >rkom did not disclose to the Board, how-er, the methodology by which he alone d arrived at the $55 figure, or the fact it he first proposed the $55 price in his gotiations with Pritzker.
Van Gorkom outlined the terms of the Pritzker offer as follows: Pritzker would pay $55 in cash for all outstanding shares of Trans Union stock upon completion of which Trans Union would be merged into New T Company, a subsidiary wholly-owned by Pritzker and formed to implement the merger; for a period of 90 days, Trans Union could receive, but could not actively solicit, competing offers; the offer had to be acted on by the next evening, Sunday, September 21; Trans Union could only furnish to competing bidders published information, and not proprietary information; the offer was subject to Pritzker obtaining the necessary financing by October 10, 1980; if the financing contingency were met or waived by Pritzker, Trans Union was required to sell to Pritzker one million newly-issued shares of Trans Union at $38 per share.
Van Gorkom took the position that putting Trans Union “up for auction” through a 90-day market test would validate a decision by the Board that $55 was a fair price. He told the Board that the “free market will have an opportunity to judge whether $55 is a fair price.” Van Gorkom framed the decision before the Board not as whether $55 per share was the highest price that could be obtained, but as whether the $55 price was a fair price that the stockholders should be given the opportunity to accept or reject.8
Attorney Brennan advised the members of the Board that they might be sued if they failed to accept the offer and that a fairness opinion was not required as a matter of law.
Romans attended the meeting as chief financial officer of the Company. He told the Board that he had not been involved in the negotiations with Pritzker and knew nothing about the merger proposal until *879the morning of the meeting; that his studies did not indicate either a fair price for the stock or a valuation of the Company; that he did not see his role as directly addressing the fairness issue; and that he and his people “were trying to search for ways to justify a price in connection with such a [leveraged buy-out] transaction, rather than to say what the shares are worth.” Romans testified:
I told the Board that the study ran the numbers at 50 and 60, and then the subsequent study at 55 and 65, and that was not the same thing as saying that I have a valuation of the company at X dollars. But it was a way — a first step towards reaching that conclusion.
Romans told the Board that, in his opinion, $55 was “in the range of a fair price,” but “at the beginning of the range.”
Chelberg, Trans Union’s President, supported Van Gorkom’s presentation and representations. He testified that he “participated to make sure that the Board members collectively were clear on the details of the agreement or offer from Pritzker;” that he “participated in the discussion with Mr. Brennan, inquiring of him about the necessity for valuation opinions in spite of the way in which this particular offer was couched;” and that he was otherwise actively involved in supporting the positions being taken by Van Gorkom before the Board about “the necessity to act immediately on this offer,” and about “the adequacy of the $55 and the question of how that would be tested.”
The Board meeting of September 20 lasted about two hours. Based solely upon Van Gorkom’s oral presentation, Chel-berg’s supporting representations, Romans’ oral statement, Brennan’s legal advice, and their knowledge of the market history of the Company’s stock,9 the directors approved the proposed Merger Agreement. However, the Board later claimed to have attached two conditions to its acceptance: (1) that Trans Union reserved the right to accept any better offer that was made during the market test period; and (2) that Trans Union could share its proprietary information with any other potential bidders. While the Board now claims to have reserved the right to accept any better offer received after the announcement of the Pritzker agreement (even though the minutes of the meeting do not reflect this), it is undisputed that the Board did not reserve the right to actively solicit alternate offers.
The Merger Agreement was executed by Van Gorkom during the evening of September 20 at a formal social event that he hosted for the opening of the Chicago Lyric Opera. Neither he nor any other director read the agreement prior to its signing and delivery to Pritzker.
On Monday, September 22, the Company issued a press release announcing that Trans Union had entered into a “definitive” Merger Agreement with an affiliate of the Marmon Group, Inc., a Pritzker holding company. Within 10 days of the public announcement, dissent among Senior Management over the merger had become widespread. Faced with threatened resignations of kqy officers, Van Gorkom met with Pritzker who agreed to several modifications of the Agreement. Pritzker was willing to do so provided that Van Gorkom could persuade the dissidents to remain on the Company payroll for at least six months after consummation of the merger.
Van Gorkom reconvened the Board on October 8 and secured the directors’ approval of the proposed amendments — sight unseen. The Board also authorized the employment of Salomon Brothers, its in*881vestment banker, to solicit other offers for Trans Union during the proposed “market test” period.
The next day, October 9, Trans Union issued a press release announcing: (1) that Pritzker had obtained “the financing commitments necessary to consummate” the merger with Trans Union; (2) that Pritzker had acquired one million shares of Trans Union common stock at $38 per share; (3) that Trans Union was now permitted to actively seek other offers and had retained Salomon Brothers for that purpose; and (4) that if a more favorable offer were not received before February 1, 1981, Trans Union’s shareholders would thereafter meet to vote on the Pritzker proposal.
It was not until the following day, October 10, that the actual amendments to the Merger Agreement were prepared by Pritzker and delivered to Van Gorkom for execution. As will be seen, the amendments were considerably at variance with Van Gorkom’s representations of the amendments to the Board on October 8; and the amendments placed serious constraints on Trans Union’s ability to negotiate a better deal and withdraw from the Pritzker agreement. Nevertheless, Van Gorkom proceeded to execute what became the October 10 amendments to the Merger Agreement without conferring further with the Board members and apparently without comprehending the actual implications of the amendments.
Salomon Brothers’ efforts over a three-month period from October 21 to January 21 produced only one serious suitor for Trans Union — General Electric Credit Corporation (“GE Credit”), a subsidiary of the General Electric Company. However, GE Credit was unwilling to make an offer for Trans Union unless Trans Union first rescinded its Merger Agreement with Pritzker. When Pritzker refused, GE Credit terminated further discussions with Trans Union in early January. ,
In the meantime, in early December, the investment firm of Kohlberg, Kravis, Roberts & Co. (“KKR”), the only other concern to make a firm offer for Trans Union, withdrew its offer under circumstances hereinafter detailed.
On December 19, this litigation was commenced and, within four weeks, the plaintiffs had deposed eight of the ten directors of Trans Union, including Van Gorkom, Chelberg and Romans, its Chief Financial Officer. On January 21, Management’s Proxy Statement for the February 10 shareholder meeting was mailed to Trans Union’s stockholders. On January 26, Trans Union’s Board met and, after a lengthy meeting, voted to proceed with the Pritzker merger. The Board also approved for mailing, “on or about January 27,” a Supplement to its Proxy Statement. The Supplement purportedly set forth all information relevant to the Pritzker Merger Agreement, which had not been divulged in the first Proxy Statement.
On February 10, the stockholders of Trans Union approved the Pritzker merger proposal. Of the outstanding shares, 69.9% were voted in favor of the merger; 7.25% were voted against the merger; and 22.85% were not voted.
II.
We turn to the issue of the application of the business judgment rule to the September 20 meeting of the Board.
The Court of Chancery concluded from the evidence that the Board of Directors’ approval of the Pritzker merger proposal fell within the protection of the business judgment rule. The Court found that the Board had given sufficient time and attention to the transaction, since the directors had considered the Pritzker proposal on three different occasions, on September 20, and on October 8, 1980 and finally on January 26, 1981. On that basis, the Court reasoned that the Board had acquired, over the four-month period, sufficient information to reach an informed business judg-*883inent on the cash-out merger proposal. The Court ruled:
... that given the market value of Trans Union’s stock, the business acumen of the members of the board of Trans Union, the substantial premium over market offered by the Pritzkers and the ultimate effect on the merger price provided by the prospect of other bids for the stock in question, that the board of directors of Trans Union did not act recklessly or improvidently in determining on a course of action which they believed to be in the best interest of the stockholders of Trans Union.
The Court of Chancery made but one finding; i.e., that the Board’s conduct over the entire period from September 20 through January 26, 1981 was not reckless or improvident, but informed. This ultimate conclusion was premised upon three subordinate findings, one explicit and two implied. The Court’s explicit finding was that Trans Union’s Board was “free to turn down the Pritzker proposal” not only on September 20 but also on October 8, 1980 and on January 26, 1981. The Court’s implied, subordinate findings were: (1) that no legally binding agreement was reached by the parties until January 26; and (2) that if a higher offer were to be forthcoming, the market test would have produced it,10 and Trans Union would have been contractually free to accept such higher offer. However, the Court offered no factual basis or legal support for any of these findings; and the record compels contrary conclusions.
This Court’s standard of review of the findings of fact reached by the Trial Court following full evidentiary hearing is as stated in Levitt v. Bouvier, Del.Supr., 287 A.2d 671, 673 (1972):
[In an appeal of this nature] this court has the authority to review the entire record and to make its own findings of fact in a proper case. In exercising our power of review, we have the duty to review the sufficiency of the evidence and to test the propriety of the findings below. We do not, however, ignore the findings made by the trial judge. If they are sufficiently supported by the record and are the product of an orderly and logical deductive process, in the exercise of judicial restraint we accept them, even though independently we might have reached opposite conclusions. It is only when the findings below are clearly wrong and the doing of justice requires their overturn that we are free to make contradictory findings of fact.
Applying that standard and governing principles of law to the record and the decision of the Trial Court, we conclude that the Court’s ultimate finding that the Board’s conduct was not “reckless or imprudent” is contrary to the record and not the product of a logical and deductive reasoning process.
The plaintiffs contend that the Court of Chancery erred as a matter of law by exonerating the defendant directors under the business judgment rule without first determining whether the rule’s threshold condition of “due care and prudence” was satisfied. The plaintiffs assert that the Trial Court found the defendant directors to have reached an informed business judgment on the basis of “extraneous considerations and events that occurred after September 20, 1980.” The defendants deny that the Trial Court committed legal error in relying upon post-September 20, 1980 events and the directors’ later acquired knowledge. The defendants further submit that their decision to accept $55 per share was informed because: (1) they were “highly qualified;” (2) they were “well-informed;” and (3) they deliberated over the “proposal” not once but three times. On *885:ssentially this evidence and under our tandard of review, the defendants assert hat affirmance is required. We must disa-;ree.
Under Delaware law, the business adgment rule is the offspring of the fun-amental principle, codified in 8 Del.C. 141(a), that the business and affairs of a )elaware corporation are managed by or nder its board of directors.11 Pogostin v. Rice, Del.Supr., 480 A.2d 619, 624 (1984); Aronson v. Lewis, Del.Supr., 473 A.2d 805, 11 (1984); Zapata Corp. v. Maldonado, del.Supr., 430 A.2d 779, 782 (1981). In arrying out their managerial roles, diactors are charged with an unyielding fi-uciary duty to the corporation and its fiareholders. Loft, Inc. v. Guth, Del.Ch., A.2d 225 (1938), aff'd, Del.Supr., 5 A.2d 03 (1939). The business judgment rule ¡cists to protect and promote the full and ree exercise of the managerial power ranted to Delaware directors. Zapata Corp. v. Maldonado, supra at 782. The lie itself “is a presumption that in making business decision, the directors of a eor-oration acted on an informed basis, in ood faith and in the honest belief that the ation taken was in the best interests of íe company.” Aronson, supra at 812. hus, the party attacking a board decision 3 uninformed must rebut the presumption íat its business judgment was an in-)rmed one. Id.
The determination of whether a usiness judgment is an informed one irns on whether the directors have informed themselves “prior to making a business decision, of all1 material information reasonably available to them.” Id 12
Under the business judgment rule there is no protection for directors who have made “an unintelligent or unadvised judgment.” Mitchell v. Highland-Western Glass, Del.Ch., 167 A. 831, 833 (1933). A director’s duty to inform himself in preparation for a decision derives from the fiduciary capacity in which he serves the corporation and its stockholders. Lutz v. Boas, Del.Ch., 171 A.2d 381 (1961). See Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., supra; Guth v. Loft, supra. Since a director is vested with the responsibility for the management of the affairs of the corporation, he must execute that duty with the recognition that he acts on behalf of others. Such obligation does not tolerate faithlessness or self-dealing. But fulfillment of the fiduciary function requires more than the mere absence of bad faith or fraud. Representation of the financial interests of others imposes on a director an affirmative duty to protect those interests and to proceed with a critical eye in assessing information of the type and under the circumstances present here. See Lutz v. Boas, supra; Guth v. Loft, supra.at 510. Compare Donovan v. Cunningham, 5th Cir., 716 F.2d 1455, 1467 (1983); Doyle v. Union Insurance Company, Neb.Supr., 277 N.W.2d 36 (1979); Continental Securities Co. v. Belmont, N.Y. App., 99 N.E. 138, 141 (1912).
Thus, a director’s duty to exercise an informed business judgment is in *887the nature of a duty of care, as distinguished from a duty of loyalty. Here, there were no allegations of fraud, bad faith, or self-dealing, or proof thereof. Hence, it is presumed that the directors reached their business judgment in good faith, Allaun v. Consolidated Oil Co., Del. Ch., 147 A. 257 (1929), and considerations of motive are irrelevant to the issue before us.
The standard of care applicable to a director’s duty of care has also been recently restated by this Court. In Aron-son, supra, we stated:
While the Delaware cases use a variety of terms to describe the applicable standard of care, our analysis satisfies us that under the business judgment rule director liability is predicated upon concepts of gross negligence, (footnote omitted)
We again confirm that view. We think the concept of gross negligence is also the proper standard for determining whether a business judgment reached by a board of directors was an informed one.13
In the specific context of a proposed merger of domestic corporations, a director has a duty under 8 Del.C. 251(b),14 along with his fellow directors, to act in an informed and deliberate manner in determining whether to approve an agreement of merger before submitting the proposal to the stockholders. Certainly in the merger context, a director may not abdicate that duty by leaving to the shareholders alone the decision to approve or disapprove the agreement. See Beard v. Elster, Del.Supr., 160 A.2d 731, 737 (1960). Only an agreement of merger satisfying the requirements of 8 Del.C. § 251(b) may be submitted to the shareholders under § 251(c). See generally Aronson v. Lewis, supra at 811-13; see also Pogostin v. Rice, supra.
It is against those standards that the conduct of the directors of Trans Union must be tested, as a matter of law and as a matter of fact, regarding their exercise of an informed business judgment in voting to approve the Pritzker merger proposal.
III.
The defendants argue that the determination of whether their decision to accept $55 per share for Trans Union represented an informed business judgment requires consideration, not only of that which they knew and learned on September 20, but also of that which they subsequently learned and did over the following four-*889lonth period before the shareholders met > vote on the proposal in February, 1981. he defendants thereby seek to reduce the ignificance of their action on September D and to widen the time frame for deter-lining whether their decision to accept the ritzker proposal was an informed one. hus, the defendants contend that what the rectors did and learned subsequent to sptember 20 and through January 26, )81, was properly taken into account by te Trial Court in determining whether the oard’s judgment was an informed one. re disagree with this post hoc approach.
The issue of whether the directors ached an informed decision to “sell” the nnpany on September 20, 1980 must be itermined only upon the basis of the in-rmation then reasonably available to the rectors and relevant to their decision to cept the Pritzker merger proposal. This not to say that the directors were pre-nded from altering their original plan of tion, had they done so in an informed anner. What we do say is that the ques->n of whether the directors reached an formed business judgment in agreeing to 11 the Company, pursuant to the terms of e September 20 Agreement presents, in ality, two questions: (A) whether the dietors reached an informed business judg-mt' on September 20, 1980; and (B) if sy did not, whether the directors’ actions ten subsequent to September 20 were equate to cure any infirmity in their ac-n taken on September 20. We first con-ler the directors’ September 20 action in •ms of their reaching an informed busi-ss judgment.
-A-
On the record before us, we must iclude that the Board of Directors did t reach an informed business judgment September 20, 1980 in voting to “sell” 5 Company for $55 per share pursuant to the Pritzker cash-out merger proposal. Our reasons, in summary, are as follows:
The directors (1) did not adequately inform themselves as to Van Gorkom’s role in forcing the “sale” of the Company and in establishing the per share purchase price; (2) were uninformed as to the intrinsic value of the Company; and (3) given these circumstances, at a minimum, were grossly negligent in approving the “sale” of the Company upon two hours’ consideration, without prior notice, and without the exigency of a crisis or emergency.
As has been noted, the Board based its September 20 decision to approve the cash-out merger primarily on Van Gorkom’s representations. None of the directors, other than Van Gorkom and Chelberg, had any prior knowledge that the purpose of the meeting was to propose a cash-out merger of Trans Union. No members of Senior Management were present, other than Chelberg, Romans and Peterson; and the latter two had only learned of the proposed sale an hour earlier. Both general counsel Moore and former general counsel Browder attended the meeting, but were equally uninformed as to the purpose of the meeting and the documents to be acted upon.
Without any documents before them concerning the proposed transaction, the members of the Board were required to rely entirely upon Van Gorkom’s 20-minute oral presentation of the proposal. No written summary of the terms of the merger was presented; the directors were given no documentation to support the adequacy of $55 price per share for sale of the Company; and the Board had before it nothing more than Van Gorkom’s statement of his understanding of the substance of an agreement which he admittedly had never read, nor which any member of the Board had ever seen.
Under 8 Del.C. § 141(e),15 “directors are fully protected in relying in *891good faith on reports made by officers.” Michelson v. Duncan, Del.Ch., 386 A.2d 1144, 1156 (1978); aff'd in part and rev’d in part on other grounds, Del.Supr., 407 A.2d 211 (1979). See also Graham v. Allis-Chalmers Mfg. Co., Del.Supr., 188 A.2d 125, 130 (1963); Prince v. Bensinger, Del. Ch., 244 A.2d 89, 94 (1968). The term "report” has been liberally construed to include reports of informal personal investigations by corporate officers, Cheff v. Mathes, Del.Supr., 199 A.2d 548, 556 (1964). However, there is no evidence that any "report,” as defined under § 141(e), concerning the Pritzker proposal, was presented to the Board on September 20.16 Van Gorkom’s oral presentation of his understanding of the terms of the proposed Merger Agreement, which he had not seen, and Romans’ brief oral statement of his preliminary study regarding the feasibility of a leveraged buy-out of Trans Union do not qualify as § 141(e) “reports” for these reasons: The former lacked substance because Van Gorkom was basically uninformed as to the essential provisions of the very document about which he was talking. Romans’ statement was irrelevant to the issues before the Board since it did not purport to be a valuation study. At a minimum for a report to enjoy the status conferred by § 141(e), it must be pertinent to the subject matter upon which a board is called to act, and otherwise be entitled to good faith, not blind, reliance. Considering all of the surrounding circumstances — hastily calling the meeting without prior notice of its subject matter, the proposed sale of the Company without any prior consideration of the issue or necessity therefor, the urgent time constraints imposed by Pritzker, and the total absence of any documentation whatsoever — the directors were duty bound to make reasonable inquiry of Van Gorkom and Romans, and if they had done so, the inadequacy of that upon which they now claim to have relied would have been apparent.
The defendants rely on the following factors to sustain the Trial Court’s finding that the Board’s decision was an informed one: (1) the magnitude of the premium or spread between the $55 Pritzker offering price and Trans Union’s current market price of $38 per share; (2) the amendment of the Agreement as submitted on September 20 to permit the Board to accept any better offer during the “market test” period; (3) the collective experience and expertise of the Board’s “inside” and "outside” directors;17 and (4) their reliance on Brennan’s legal advice that the directors might be sued if they rejected the Pritzker proposal. We discuss each of these grounds seriatim:
(1)
A substantial premium may provide one reason to recommend a merger, but in the absence of other sound valuation information, the fact of a premium alone does not provide an adequate basis upon which to assess the fairness of an offering price. Here, the judgment reached as to the adequacy of the premium was based on a comparison between the historically depressed Trans Union market price and the amount of the Pritzker offer. Using market price as a basis for concluding that the premium adequately reflected the true val*893ue of the Company was a clearly faulty, indeed fallacious, premise, as the defendants’ own evidence demonstrates.
The record is clear that before September 20, Van Gorkom and other members of Trans Union’s Board knew that the market had consistently undervalued the worth of Trans Union’s stock, despite steady increases in the Company’s operating income in the seven years preceding the merger. The Board related this occurrence in large part to Trans Union’s inability to use its ITCs as previously noted. Van Gor-kom testified that he did not believe the market price accurately reflected Trans Union’s true worth; and several of the directors testified that, as a general rule, most chief executives think that the market undervalues their companies’ stock. Yet, on September 20, Trans Union’s Board apparently believed that the market stock price accurately reflected the value of the Company for the purpose of determining the adequacy of the premium for its sale.
In the Proxy Statement, however, the directors reversed their position. There, they stated that, although the earnings prospects for Trans Union were “excellent,” they found no basis for believing that this would be reflected in future stock prices. With regard to past trading, the Board stated that the prices at which the Company’s common stock had traded in recent years did not reflect the “inherent” value of the Company. But having referred to the “inherent” value of Trans Union, the directors ascribed no number to it. Moreover, nowhere did they disclose that they had no basis on which to fix “inherent” worth beyond an impressionistic reaction to the premium over market and an unsubstantiated belief that the value of the assets was “significantly greater” than book value. By their own admission they could not rely on the stock price as an accurate measure of value. Yet, also by their own admission, the Board members assumed that Trans Union’s market price was adequate to serve as a basis upon which to assess the adequacy of the premium for purposes of the September 20 meeting.
The parties do not dispute that a publicly-traded stock price is solely a measure of the value of a minority position and, thus, market price represents only the value of a single share. Nevertheless, on September 20, the Board assessed the adequacy of the premium over market, offered by Pritzker, solely by comparing it with Trans Union’s current and historical stock price. (See supra note 5 at 866.)
Indeed, as of September 20, the Board had no other information on which to base a determination of the intrinsic value of Trans Union as a going concern. As of September 20, the Board had made no evaluation of the Company designed to value the entire enterprise, nor had the Board ever previously considered selling the Company or consenting to a buy-out merger. Thus, the adequacy of a premium is indeterminate unless it is assessed in terms of other competent and sound valuation information that reflects the value of the particular business.
Despite the foregoing facts and circumstances, there was no call by the Board, either on September 20 or thereafter, for any valuation study or documentation of the |55 price per share as a measure of the fair value of the Company in a cash-out context. It is undisputed that the major asset of Trans Union was its cash flow. Yet, at no time did the Board call for a valuation study taking into account that highly significant element of the Company’s assets.
We do not imply that an outside valuation study is essential to support an informed business judgment; nor do we state that fairness opinions by independent investment bankers are required as a matter of law. Often insiders familiar with the business of a going concern are in a better position than are outsiders to gather relevant information; and under appropriate circumstances, such directors may be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the valuation reports of their management. *895 See 8 Del. C. § 141(e). See also Cheff v. Mathes, supra.
Here, the record establishes that the Board did not request its Chief Financial Officer, Romans, to make any valuation study or review of the proposal to determine the adequacy of $55 per share for sale of the Company. On the record before us: The Board rested on Romans’ elicited response that the $55 figure was within a “fair price range” within the context of a leveraged buy-out. No director sought any further information from Romans. No director asked him why he put $55 at the bottom of his range. No director asked Romans for any details as to his study, the reason why it had been undertaken or its depth. No director asked to see the study; and no director asked Romans whether Trans Union’s finance department could do a fairness study within the remaining 36-hour 18 period available under the Pritzker offer.
Had the Board, or any member, made an inquiry of Romans, he presumably would have responded as he testified: that his calculations were rough and preliminary; and, that the study was not designed to determine the fair value of the Company, but rather to assess the feasibility of a leveraged buy-out financed by the Company’s projected cash flow, making certain assumptions as to the purchaser’s borrowing needs. Romans would have presumably also informed the Board of his view, and the widespread view of Senior Management, that the timing of the offer was wrong and the offer inadequate.
The record also establishes that the Board accepted without scrutiny Van Gor-kom’s representation as to the fairness of the $55 price per share for sale of the Company — a subject that the Board had never previously considered. The Board thereby failed to discover that Van Gorkom had suggested the $55 price to Pritzker and, most crucially, that Van Gorkom had arrived at the $55 figure based on calculations designed solely to determine the feasibility of a leveraged buy-out.19 No questions were raised either as to the tax implications of a cash-out merger or how the price for the one million share option granted Pritzker was calculated.
We do not say that the Board of Directors was not entitled to give some credence to Van Gorkom’s representation that $55 was an adequate or fair price. Under § 141(e), the directors were entitled to rely upon their chairman’s opinion of value and adequacy, provided that such opinion was reached on a sound basis. Here, the issue is whether the directors informed themselves as to all information that was reasonably available to them. Had they done so, they would have learned of the source and derivation of the $55 price and could not reasonably have relied thereupon in good faith.
None of the directors, Management or outside, were investment bankers or financial analysts. Yet the Board did not consider recessing the meeting until a later hour that day (or requesting an extension of Pritzker’s Sunday evening deadline) to give it time to elicit more information as to the sufficiency of the offer, either from *897e Management (in particular Romans) rom Trans Union’s own investment :er, Salomon Brothers, whose Chicago ialist in merger and acquisitions was vn to the Board and familiar with s Union’s affairs.
ms, the record compels the conclusion on September 20 the Board lacked ition information adequate to reach an •med business judgment as to the fair-of $55 per share for sale of the Com-20
(2)
is brings us to the post-September 20 'ket test” upon which the defendants lately rely to confirm the reasonable-of their September 20 decision to ac-the Pritzker proposal. In this connee-the directors present a two-part argu-(a) that by making a “market test” ritzker’s $55 per share offer a condi-of their September 20 decision to ac-his offer, they cannot be found to have 1 impulsively or in an uninformed man-on September 20; and (b) that the uacy of the $17 premium for sale of Company was conclusively established the following 90 to 120 days by the ; reliable evidence available — the mar-lace. Thus, the defendants impliedly md that the “market test” eliminated need for the Board to perform any r form of fairness test either on Sep>er 20, or thereafter.
fain, the facts of record do not support lefendants’ argument. There is no evi-e: (a) that the Merger Agreement was :tively amended to give the Board free-to put Trans Union up for auction sale íe highest bidder; or (b) that a public ion was in fact permitted to occur, minutes of the Board meeting make no rence to any of this. Indeed, the rd compels the conclusion that the dims had no rational basis for expecting a market test was attainable, given terms of the Agreement as executed ng the evening of September 20. We rely upon the following facts which are essentially uncontradicted:
The Merger Agreement, specifically identified as that originally presented to the Board on September 20, has never been produced by the defendants, notwithstanding the plaintiffs’ several demands for production before as well as during trial. No acceptable explanation of this failure to produce documents has been given to either the Trial Court or this Court. Significantly, neither the defendants nor their counsel have made the affirmative representation that this critical document has been produced. Thus, the Court is deprived of the best evidence on which to judge the merits of the defendants’ position as to the care and attention which they gave to the terms of the Agreement on September 20.
Van Gorkom states that the Agreement as submitted incorporated the ingredients for a market test by authorizing Trans Union to receive competing offers over the next 90-day period. However, he concedes that the Agreement barred Trans Union from actively soliciting such offers and from furnishing to interested parties any information about the Company other than that already in the public domain. Whether the original Agreement of September 20 went so far as to authorize Trans Union to receive competitive proposals is arguable. The defendants’ unexplained failure to produce and identify the original Merger Agreement permits the logical inference that the instrument would not support their assertions in this regard. Wilmington Trust Co. v. General Motors Corp., Del.Supr., 51 A.2d 584, 593 (1947); II Wigmore on Evidence § 291 (3d ed. 1940). It is a well established principle that the production of weak evidence when strong is, or should have been, available can lead only to the conclusion that the strong would have been adverse. Interstate Circuit v. United States, 306 U.S. *899208, 226, 59 S.Ct. 467, 474, 83 L.Ed. 610 (1939); Deberry v. State, Del.Supr., 457 A.2d 744, 754 (1983). Van Gorkom, conceding that he never read the Agreement, stated that he was relying upon his understanding that, under corporate law, directors always have an inherent right, as well as a fiduciary duty, to accept a better offer notwithstanding an existing contractual commitment by the Board. (See the discussion infra, part III B(3) at p. 55.)
The defendant directors assert that they “insisted” upon including two amendments to the Agreement, thereby permitting a market test: (1) to give Trans Union the right to accept a better offer; and (2) to reserve to Trans Union the right to distribute proprietary information on the Company to alternative bidders. Yet, the defendants concede that they did not seek to amend the Agreement to permit Trans Union to solicit competing offers.
Several of Trans Union’s outside directors resolutely maintained that the Agreement as submitted was approved on the understanding that, “if we got a better deal, we had a right to take it.” Director Johnson so testified; but he then added, “And if they didn’t put that in the agreement, then the management did not carry out the conclusion of the Board. And I just don’t know whether they did or not.” The only clause in the Agreement as finally executed to which the defendants can point as “keeping the door open” is the following underlined statement found in subpara-graph (a) of section 2.03 of the Merger Agreement as executed:
The Board of Directors shall recommend to the stockholders of Trans Union that they approve and adopt the Merger Agreement (‘the stockholders’ approval’) and to use its best efforts to obtain the requisite votes therefor. GL acknowledges that Trans Union directors may have a competing fiduciary obligation to the shareholders under certain circumstances.
Clearly, this language on its fa'ce cannot be construed as incorporating either of the two “conditions” described above: either the right to accept a better offer or the right to distribute proprietary information to third parties. The Lgical witness for the defendants to call to confirm their construction of this clause of the Agreement would have been Trans Union’s outside attorney, James Brennan. The defendants’ failure, without explanation, to call this witness again permits the logical inference that his testimony would not have been helpful to them. The further fact that the directors adjourned, rather than recessed, the meeting without incorporating in the Agreement these important “conditions” further weakens the defendants’ position. As has been noted, nothing in the Board’s Minutes supports these claims. No reference to either of the so-called “conditions” or of Trans Union’s reserved right to test the market appears in any notes of the Board meeting or in the Board Resolution accepting the Pritzker offer or in the Minutes of the meeting itself. That evening, in the midst of a formal party which he hosted for the opening of the Chicago Lyric Opera, Van Gorkom executed the Merger Agreement without he or any other member of the Board having read the instruments.
The defendants attempt to downplay the significance of the prohibition against Trans Union’s actively soliciting competing offers by arguing that the directors “understood that the entire financial community would know that Trans Union was for sale upon the announcement of the Pritzker offer, and anyone desiring to make a better offer was free to do so.” Yet, the press release issued on September 22, with the authorization of the Board, stated that Trans Union had entered into “definitive agreements” with the Pritzkers; and the press release did not even disclose Trans Union’s limited right to receive and accept higher offers. Accompanying this press release was a further public announcement that Pritzker had been granted an option to purchase at any time one million shares of *901ms Union’s capital stock at 75 cents >ve the then-current price per share.
Thus, notwithstanding what sever-of the outside directors later claimed to re “thought” occurred at the meeting, ! record compels the conclusion that ms Union’s Board had no rational basis conclude on September 20 or in the days nediately following, that the Board’s ac-'tance of Pritzker’s offer was condi-íed on (1) a “market test” of the offer; l (2) the Board’s right to withdraw from
Pritzker Agreement and accept any her offer received before the sharehold-neeting.
(3)
The directors’ unfounded reliance both the premium and the market test ;he basis for accepting the Pritzker proal undermines the defendants’ remain-contention that the Board’s collective erience and sophistication was a suffi-it basis for finding that it reached its tember 20 decision with informed, reaable deliberation.21 Compare Gimbel Signal Companies, Inc., Del. Ch., 316 d 599 (1974), aff'd per curiam, Del. r., 316 A.2d 619 (1974). There, the rt of Chancery preliminary enjoined a rd’s sale of stock of its wholly-owned sidiary for an alleged grossly ¡náde-te price. It did so based on a finding ; the business judgment rule had been ced for failure of management to give board “the opportunity to make a reaible and reasoned decision.” 316 A.2d 15. The Court there reached this result vithstanding the board’s sophistication experience; the company’s need of im-ítete cash; and the board’s need to act nptly due to the impact of an energy crisis on the value of the underlying assets being sold — all of its subsidiary’s oil and gas interests. The Court found those factors denoting competence to be outweighed by evidence of gross negligence; that management in effect sprang the deal on the board by negotiating the asset sale without informing the board; that the buyer intended to “force a quick decision” by the board; that the board meeting was called on only one-and-a-half days’ notice; that its outside directors were not notified of the meeting’s purpose; that during a meeting spanning “a couple of hours” a sale of assets worth $480 million was approved; and that the Board failed to obtain a current appraisal of its oil and gas interests. The analogy of Signal to the case at bar is significant.
(4)
Part of the defense is based on a claim that the directors relied on legal advice rendered at the September 20 meeting by James Brennan, Esquire, who was present at Van Gorkom’s request. Unfortunately, Brennan did not appear and testify at trial even though his firm participated in the defense of this action. There is no contemporaneous evidence of the advice given by Brennan on September 20, only the later deposition and trial testimony of certain directors as to their recollections or understanding of what was said at the meeting. Since counsel did not testify, and the advice attributed to Brennan is hearsay received by the Trial Court over the plaintiffs’ objections, we consider it only in the context of the directors’ present claims. In fairness to counsel, we make no findings that the advice attributed to him was in fact given. We focus solely on the efficacy of the *903defendants’ claims, made months and years later, in an effort to extricate themselves from liability.
Several defendants testified that Brennan advised them that Delaware law did not require a fairness opinion or an outside valuation of the Company before the Board could act on the Pritzker proposal. If given, the advice was correct. However, that did not end the matter. Unless the directors had before them adequate information regarding the intrinsic value of the Company, upon which a proper exercise of business judgment could be made, mere advice of this type is meaningless; and, given this record of the defendants’ failures, it constitutes no defense here.22
' We conclude that Trans Union’s Board \was grossly negligent in that it failed to act with informed reasonable deliberation ín agreeing to the Pritzker merger proposal pn September 20; and we further conclude that the Trial Court erred as a matter of law in failing to address that question before determining whether the directors’ latter conduct was sufficient to cure its initial jerror.
A second claim is that counsel advised the Board it would be subject to lawsuits if it rejected the $55 per share offer. It is, of course, a fact of corporate life that today when faced with difficult or sensitive issues, directors often are subject to suit, irrespective of the decisions they make. However, counsel’s mere acknowl-edgement of this circumstance cannot be rationally translated into a justification for a board permitting itself to be stampeded into a patently unadvised act. While suit might result from the rejection of a merger or tender offer, Delaware law makes clear that a board acting within the ambit of the business judgment rule faces no ultimate liability. Pogostin v. Rice, supra. Thus, we cannot conclude that the mere threat of litigation, acknowledged by counsel, constitutes either legal advice or any valid basis upon which to pursue an uninformed course.
Since we conclude that Brennan’s purported advice is of no consequence to the defense of this case, it is unnecessary for us to invoke the adverse inferences which may be attributable to one failing to appear at trial and testify.
-B-
We now examine the Board’s post-September 20 conduct for the purpose of determining first, whether it was informed and not grossly negligent; and second, if informed, whether it was sufficient to legally rectify and cure the Board’s derelictions of September 20.23
(1)
First, as to the Board meeting of October 8: Its purpose arose in the aftermath of the September 20 meeting: (1) the September 22 press release announcing that Trans Union “had entered into definitive agreements to merge with an affiliate of Mar-mon Group, Inc.;” and (2) Senior Management’s ensuing revolt.
Trans Union’s press release stated:
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE:
CHICAGO, IL — Trans Union Corporation announced today that it had entered into definitive agreements to merge with an affiliate of The Marmon Group, Inc. in a transaction whereby Trans Union stockholders would receive $55 per share in cash for each Trans Union share held. The Marmon Group, Inc. is controlled by the Pritzker family of Chicago.
The merger is subject to approval by the stockholders of Trans Union at a special meeting expected to be held *905sometime during December or early January.
Until October 10, 1980, the purchaser has the right to terminate the merger if financing that is satisfactory to the purchaser has not been obtained, but after that date there is no such right.
In a related transaction, Trans Union has agreed to sell to a designee of the purchaser one million newly-issued shares of Trans Union common stock at a cash price of $38 per share. Such shares will be issued only if the merger financing has been committed for no later than October 10, 1980, or if the purchaser elects to waive the merger financing condition. In addition, the New York Stock Exchange will be asked to approve the listing of the new shares pursuant to a listing application which Trans Union intends to file shortly.
Completing of the transaction is also subject to the preparation of a definitive proxy statement and making various filings and obtaining the approvals or consents of government agencies.
The press release made no reference to ovisions allegedly reserving to the Board e rights to perform a “market test” and withdraw from the Pritzker Agreement Trans Union received a better offer here the shareholder meeting. The defend-ts also concede that Trans Union never ide a subsequent public announcement iting that it had in fact reserved the ;Tat to accept alternate offers, the Agree-;nt notwithstanding.
The public announcement of the Pritzker irger resulted in an “en masse” revolt of ms Union’s Senior Management. The id of Trans Union’s tank car operations i most profitable division) informed Van Gorkom that unless the merger were called off, fifteen key personnel would resign.
A secondary purpose of the October 8 meeting 'as to obtain the Board’s approval for Trans nion to employ its investment advisor, Salo-lon Brothers, for the limited purpose of assist-ig Management in the solicitation of other of-:rs. Neither Management nor the Board then - thereafter requested Salomon Brothers to submit its opinion as to the fairness of Pritzker’s $55 cash-out merger proposal or to value Trans Union as an entity.
Instead of reconvening the Board, Van Gorkom again privately met with Pritzker, informed him of the developments, and sought his advice. Pritzker then made the following suggestions for overcoming Management’s dissatisfaction: (1) that the Agreement be amended to permit Trans Union to solicit, as well as receive, higher offers; and (2) that the shareholder meeting be postponed from early January to February 10, 1981. In return, Pritzker asked Van Gorkom to obtain a commitment from Senior Management to remain at Trans Union for at least six months after the merger was consummated.
Van Gorkom then advised Senior Management that the Agreement would be amended to give Trans Union the right to solicit competing offers through January, 1981, if they would agree to remain with Trans Union. Senior Management was temporarily mollified; and Van Gorkom then called a special meeting of Trans Union’s Board for October 8.
Thus, the primary purpose of the October 8 Board meeting was to amend the Merger Agreement, in a manner agreeable to Pritzker, to permit Trans Union to conduct a “market test.”24 Van Gorkom understood that the proposed amendments were intended'to give the Company an unfettered “right to openly solicit offers down through January 31.” Van Gorkom presumably so represented the amendments to Trans Union’s Board members on October 8. In a brief session, the directors approved Van Gorkom’s oral presentation of the substance of the proposed amend*907ments, the terms of which were not reduced to writing until October 10. But rather than waiting to review the amendments, the Board again approved them sight unseen and adjourned, giving Van Gorkom authority to execute the papers when he received them.25
*905There is no evidence of record that the October 8 meeting had any other purpose; and we also note that the Minutes of the October 8 Board meeting, including any notice of the meeting, are not part of the voluminous records of this case.
*907Thus, the Court of Chancery’s finding that the October 8 Board meeting was convened to reconsider the Pritzker “proposal” is clearly erroneous. Further, the consequence of the Board’s faulty conduct on October 8, in approving amendments to the Agreement which had not even been drafted, will become apparent when the actual amendments to the Agreement are hereafter examined.
The next day, October 9, and before the Agreement was amended, Pritzker moved swiftly to off-set the proposed market test amendment. First, Pritzker informed Trans Union that he had completed arrangements for financing its acquisition and that the parties were thereby mutually bound to a firm purchase and sale arrangement. Second, Pritzker announced the exercise of his option to purchase one million shares of Trans Union’s treasury stock at $38 per share — 75 cents above the current market price. Trans Union’s Management responded the same day by issuing a press release announcing: (1) that all financing arrangements for Pritzker’s acquisition of Trans Union had been completed; and (2) Pritzker’s purchase of one million shares of Trans Union’s treasury stock at $38 per share.
The next day, October 10, Pritzker delivered to Trans Union the proposed amendments to the September 20 Merger Agreement. Van Gorkom promptly proceeded to countersign all the instruments on behalf of Trans Union without reviewing the instruments to determine if they were consistent with the authority previously granted him by the Board. The amending documents were apparently not approved by Trans Union’s Board until a much later date, December 2. The record does not affirmatively establish that Trans Union’s directors ever read the October 10 amendments.26
The October 10 amendments to the Merger Agreement did authorize Trans Union to solicit competing offers, but the amendments had more far-reaching effects. The most significant change was in the definition of the third-party “offer” available to Trans Union as a possible basis for withdrawal from its Merger Agreement with Pritzker. Under the October 10 amendments, a better offer was no longer sufficient to permit Trans Union’s withdrawal. Trans Union was now permitted to terminate the Pritzker Agreement and abandon the merger only if, prior to February 10, 1981, Trans Union had either consummated a merger (or sale of assets) with a third party or had entered into a “definitive” merger agreement more favorable than Pritzker’s and for a greater consideration— subject only to stockholder approval. Further, the “extension” of the market test period to February 10, 1981 was circumscribed by other amendments which required Trans Union to file its preliminary proxy statement on the Pritzker merger proposal by December 5, 1980 and use its best efforts to mail the statement to its shareholders by January 5, 1981. Thus, the market test period was effectively reduced, not extended. (See infra note 29 at 886.)
In our view, the record compels the conclusion that the directors’ conduct on Octo-*9098 exhibited the same deficiencies as did r conduct on September 20. The Board nitted its Merger Agreement with zker to be amended in a manner it had !ier authorized nor intended. The rt of Chancery, in its decision, over-ed the significance of the October 8-10 its and their relevance to the sufficien-)f the directors’ conduct. The Trial rt’s letter opinion ignores: the October mendments; the manner of their adop-the effect of the October 9 press ise and the October 10 amendments on feasibility of a market test; and the tiate question as to the reasonableness íe directors’ reliance on a market test ¡commending that the shareholders ape the Pritzker merger.
We conclude that the Board i in a grossly negligent manner on iber 8; and that Van Gorkom’s repre-ations on which the Board based its >ns do not constitute “reports” under 1(e) on which the directors could rea-bly have relied. Further, the amended *er Agreement imposed on Trans Un-acceptance of a third party offer con-ns more onerous than those imposed 'rans Union’s acceptance of Pritzker’s r on September 20. After October 10, is Union could accept from a third par-better offer only if it were incorporat-i a definitive agreement between the ies, and not conditioned on financing or ny other contingency.
le October 9 press release, coupled the October 10 amendments, had the • effect of locking Trans Union’s Board the Pritzker Agreement. Pritzker had sby foreclosed Trans Union’s Board i negotiating any better “definitive” ement over the remaining eight weeks re Trans Union was required to clear-5roxy Statement submitting the Pritzk-roposal to its shareholders.
(2)
;xt, as to the “curative” effects of the •d’s post-September 20 conduct, we rein more detail the reaction of Van tom to the KKR proposal and the results of the Board-sponsored “market test.”
The KKR proposal was the first and only offer received subsequent to the Pritzker Merger Agreement. The offer resulted primarily from the efforts of Romans and other senior officers to propose an alternative to Pritzker’s acquisition of Trans Union. In late September, Romans’ group contacted KKR about the possibility of a leveraged buy-out by all members of Management, except Van Gorkom. By early October, Henry R. Kravis of KKR gave Romans written notice of KKR’s “interest in making an offer to purchase 100%” of Trans Union’s common stock.
Thereafter, and until early December, Romans’ group worked with KKR to develop a proposal. It did so with Van Gor-kom’s knowledge and apparently grudging consent. On December 2, Kravis and Romans hand-delivered to Van Gorkom a formal letter-offer to purchase all of Trans Union’s assets and to assume all of its liabilities for an aggregate cash consideration equivalent to $60 per share. The offer was contingent upon completing equity and bank financing of $650 million, which Kra-vis represented as 80% complete. The KKR letter made reference to discussions with major banks regarding the loan portion of the buy-out cost and stated that KKR was “confident that commitments for the bank financing * * * can be obtained within two or three weeks.” The purchasing group was to include certain named key members of Trans Union’s Senior Management, excluding Van Gorkom, and a major Canadian company. Kravis stated that they were willing to enter into a “definitive agreement” under terms and conditions “substantially the same” as those contained in Trans Union’s agreement with Pritzker. The offer was addressed to Trans Union’s Board of Directors and a meeting with the Board, scheduled for that afternoon, was requested.
Van Gorkom’s reaction to the KKR proposal was completely negative; he did not view the offer as being firm because of its *911financing condition. It was pointed out, to no avail, that Pritzker’s offer had not only been similarly conditioned, but accepted on an expedited basis. Van Gorkom refused Kravis’ request that Trans Union issue a press release announcing KKR’s offer, on the ground that it might “chill” any other offer.27 Romans and Kravis left with the understanding that their proposal would be presented to Trans Union’s Board that afternoon.
Within a matter of hours and shortly before the scheduled Board meeting, Kra-vis withdrew his letter-offer. He gave as his reason a sudden decision by the Chief Officer of Trans Union’s rail car leasing operation to withdraw from the KKR purchasing group. Van Gorkom had spoken to that officer about his participation in the KKR proposal immediately after his meeting with Romans and Kravis. However, Van Gorkom denied any responsibility for the officer’s change of mind.
At the Board meeting later that afternoon, Van Gorkom did not inform the directors of the KKR proposal because he considered it “dead.” Van Gorkom did not contact KKR again until January 20, when faced with the realities of this lawsuit, he then attempted to reopen negotiations. KKR declined due to the imminence of the February 10 stockholder meeting.
GE Credit Corporation’s interest in Trans Union did not develop until November; and it made no written proposal until mid-January. Even then, its proposal was not in the form of an offer. Had there been time to do so, GE Credit was prepared to offer between $2 and $5 per share above the $55 per share price which Pritzker offered. But GE Credit needed an additional 60 to 90 days; and it was unwilling to make a formal offer without a concession from Pritzker extending the February 10 “deadline” for Trans Union’s stockholder meeting. As previously stated, Pritzker refused to grant such extension; and on January 21, GE Credit terminated further negotiations with Trans Union. Its stated reasons, among others, were its “unwillingness to become involved in a bidding contest with Pritzker in the absence of the willingness of [the Pritzker interests] to terminate the proposed $55 cash merger.”
In the absence of any explicit finding by the Trial Court as to the reasonableness of Trans Union’s directors’ reliance on a market test and its feasibility, we may make our own findings based on the record. Our review of the record compels a finding that confirmation of the appropriateness of the Pritzker offer by an unfettered or free market test was virtually meaningless in the face of the terms and time limitations of Trans Union’s Merger Agreement with Pritzker as amended October 10, 1980.
(3)
Finally, we turn to the Board’s meeting of January 26, 1981. The defendant directors rely upon the action there taken to refute the contention that they did not reach an informed business judgment in approving the Pritzker merger. The defendants contend that the Trial Court correctly concluded that Trans Union’s directors were, in effect, as “free to turn down the Pritzker proposal” on January 26, as they were on September 20.
Applying the appropriate standard of review set forth in Levitt v. Bouvier, supra, we conclude that the Trial Court’s finding in this regard is neither supported by the record nor the product of an orderly and logical deductive process. Without disagreeing with the principle that a business decision by an originally uninformed board of directors may, under appropriate circumstances, be timely cured so as to become informed and deliberate, Muschel v. Western Union Corporation, Del. Ch., 310 *913904 (1973),28 we find that the record not permit the defendants to invoke principle in this case.
e Board’s January 26 meeting was the meeting following the filing of the tiffs’ suit in mid-December and the neeting before the previously-noticed ¡holder meeting of February 10.29 All lembers of the Board and three out-attorneys attended the meeting. At meeting the following facts, among aspects of the Merger Agreement, discussed:
The fact that prior to September 20, no Board member or member of Sen-unagement, except Chelberg and Pe-ü, knew that Van Gorkom had dis-d a possible merger with Pritzker;
The fact that the price of $55 per had been suggested initially to ter by Van Gorkom;
(c) The fact that the Board had not sought an independent fairness opinion;
(d) The fact that, at the September 20 Senior Management meeting, Romans and several members of Senior Management indicated both concern that the $55 per share price was inadequate and a belief that a higher price should and could be obtained;
(e) The fact that Romans had advised the Board at its meeting on September 20, that he and his department had prepared a study which indicated that the Company had a value in the range of $55 to $65 per share, and that he could not advise the Board that the $55 per share offer made by Pritzker was unfair.
The defendants characterize the Board’s Minutes of the January 26 meeting as a “review” of the “entire sequence of events” from Van Gorkom’s initiation of the negotiations on September 13 forward.30 The defendants also rely on the *915testimony of several of the Board members at trial as'confirming the Minutes.31 On the basis of this evidence, the defendants argue that whatever information the Board lacked to make a deliberate and informed judgment on September 20, or on October 8, was fully divulged to the entire Board on January 26. Hence, the argument goes, the Board's vote on January 26 to again “approve” the Pritzker merger must be found to have been an informed and deliberate judgment.
On the basis of this evidence, the defendants assert: (1) that the Trial Court was legally correct in widening the time frame for determining whether the defendants’ approval of the Pritzker merger represented an informed business judgment to include the entire four-month period during which the Board considered the matter from September 20 through January 26; and (2) that, given this extensive evidence of the Board’s further review and deliberations on January 26, this Court must affirm the Trial Court’s conclusion that the Board’s action was not reckless or improvident.
We cannot agree. We find the Trial Court to have erred, both as a matter of fact and as a matter of law, in relying on the action on January 26 to bring the defendants’ conduct within the protection of the business judgment rule.
Johnson’s testimony and the Board Minutes of January 26 are remarkably consistent. Both clearly indicate recognition that the question of the alternative courses of action, available to the Board on January 26 with respect to the Pritzker merger, was a legal question, presenting to the Board {after its review of the full record developed through pre-trial discovery) three options: (1) to “continue to recommend” the Pritzker merger; (2) to “recommend that *917e stockholders vote against” the Pritzker srger; or (3) to take a noncommittal posi->n on the merger and “simply leave the cisión to [the] shareholders.”
We must conclude from the forcing that the Board was mistaken as a itter of law regarding its available urses of action on January 26, 1981. Op-ns (2) and (3) were not viable or legally ailable to the Board under 8 Del.C. 251(b). The Board could not remain com-tted to the Pritzker merger and yet rec-unend that its stockholders vote it down; r could it take a neutral position and legate to the stockholders the unadvised cisión as to whether to accept or reject ; merger. Under § 251(b), the Board d but two options: (1) to proceed with ; merger and the stockholder meeting, th the Board’s recommendation of ap-jval; or (2) to rescind its agreement with itzker, withdraw its approval of the srger, and notify its stockholders that the jposed shareholder meeting was can-led. There is no evidence that the Board ve any consideration to these, its only ;ally viable alternative courses of action.
But the second course of action uld have clearly involved a substantial k — that the Board would be faced with t by Pritzker for breach of contract sed on its September 20 agreement as ended October 10. As previously noted, der the terms of the October 10 amend-nt, the Board’s only ground for release >m its agreement with Pritzker was its ;ry into a more favorable definitive reement to sell the Company to a third *ty. Thus, in reality, the Board was not ■ee to turn down the Pritzker proposal” the Trial Court found. Indeed, short of jotiating a better agreement with a third rty, the Board’s only basis for release m the Pritzker Agreement without liaity would have been to establish fundamental wrongdoing by Pritzker. Clearly, the Board was not “free” to withdraw from its agreement with Pritzker on January 26 by simply relying on its self-induced failure to have reached an informed business judgment at the time of its original agreement. See Wilmington Trust Company v. Coulter, Del.Supr., 200 A.2d 441, 453 (1964), aff'g Pennsylvania Company v. Wilmington Trust Company, Del.Ch., 186 A.2d 751 (1962).
Therefore, the Trial Court’s conclusion that the Board reached an informed business judgment on January 26 in determining whether to turn down the Pritzker “proposal” on that day cannot be sustained.32 The Court’s conclusion is not supported by the record; it is contrary to the provisions of § 251(b) and basic principles of contract law; and it is not the product of a logical and deductive reasoning process.
Upon the basis of the foregoing, we hold that the defendants’ post-September conduct did not cure the deficiencies of their September 20 conduct; and that, accordingly, the Trial Court erred in according to the defendants the benefits of the business judgment rule.
IV.
Whether the directors of Trans Union should be treated as one or individually in terms of invoking the protection of the business judgment rule and the applicability of 8 Del. C. § 141(c) are questions which were not originally addressed by the parties in their briefing of this case. This resulted in a supplemental briefing and a second rehearing en banc on two basic questions: (a) whether one or more of the directors were deprived of the protection of the business judgment rule by evidence of an absence of good faith; and (b) whether one or more of the outside directors were *919entitled to invoke the protection of 8 Del.C. § 141(e) by evidence of a reasonable, good faith reliance on “reports,” including legal advice, rendered the Board by certain inside directors and the Board’s special counsel, Brennan.
The parties’ response, including reargument, has led the majority of the Court to conclude: (1) that since all of the defendant directors, outside as well as inside, take a unified position, we are required to treat all of the directors as one as to whether they are entitled to the protection of the business judgment rule; and (2) that considerations of good faith, including the presumption that the directors acted in ¡good faith, are irrelevant in determining 'the threshold issue of whether the directors as a Board exercised an informed business judgment. For the same reason, We must reject defense counsel’s ad homi-fnem argument for affirmance: that reversal may result in a multi-million dollar class award against the defendants for having made an allegedly uninformed business judgment in a transaction not involving any personal gain, self-dealing or claim of bad faith.
In their brief, the defendants similarly mistake the business judgment rule’s application to this case by erroneously invoking presumptions of good faith and “wide discretion”:
This is a case in which plaintiff challenged the exercise of business judgment by an independent Board of Directors. There were no allegations and no proof of fraud, bad faith, or self-dealing by the directors....
The business judgment rule, which was properly applied by the Chancellor, allows directors wide discretion in the matter of valuation and affords room for honest differences of opinion. In order to prevail, plaintiffs had the heavy burden of proving that the merger price was so grossly inadequate as to display itself as a badge of fraud. That is a burden which plaintiffs have not met.
However, plaintiffs have not claimed, nor did the Trial Court decide, that $55 was a grossly inadequate pric® per share for sale of the Company. That being so, the presumption that a board’s judgment as to adequacy of price represents an honest exercise of business judgment (absent proof that the sale price was grossly inadequate) is irrelevant to the threshold question of whether an informed judgment was reached. Compare Sinclair Oil Corp. v. Levien, Del.Supr., 280 A.2d 717 (1971); Kelly v. Bell, Del.Supr., 266 A.2d 878, 879 (1970); Cole v. National Cash Credit Association, Del.Ch., 156 A. 183 (1931); Allaun v. Consolidated Oil Co., supra; Allen Chemical & Dye Corp. v. Steel & Tube Co. of America, Del.Ch., 120 A. 486 (1923).
V.
The defendants ultimately rely on the stockholder vote of February 10 for exoneration. The defendants contend that the stockholders’ “overwhelming” vote approving the Pritzker Merger Agreement had the legal effect of curing any failure of the Board to reach an informed business judgment in its approval of the merger.
The parties tacitly agree that a discovered failure of the Board to reach an informed business judgment in approving the merger constitutes a voidable, rather than a void, act. Hence, the merger can be sustained, notwithstanding the infirmity of the Board’s action, if its approval by majority vote of the shareholders is found to have been based on an informed electorate. Cf. Michelson v. Duncan, Del.Supr., 407 A.2d 211 (1979), aff'g in part and rev’g in part, Del.Ch., 386 A.2d 1144 (1978). The disagreement between the parties arises over: (1) the Board’s burden of disclosing to the shareholders all relevant and material information; and (2) the sufficiency of the evidence as to whether the Board satisfied that burden.
On this issue the Trial Court summarily concluded “that the stockholders of Trans Union were fairly informed as to the pending merger....” The Court provided no *921supportive reasoning nor did the Court make any reference to the evidence of record.
The plaintiffs contend that the Court committed error by applying an erroneous disclosure standard of “adequacy” rather than “completeness” in determining the sufficiency of the Company’s merger proxy materials. The plaintiffs also argue that the Board’s proxy statements, both its original statement dated January 19 and its supplemental statement dated January 26, were incomplete in various material respects. Finally, the plaintiffs assert that Management’s supplemental statement (mailed “on or about” January 27) was untimely either as a matter of law under 8 Del.C. § 251(c), or untimely as a matter of equity and the requirements of complete candor and fair disclosure.
The defendants deny that the Court committed legal or equitable error. On the question of the Board’s burden of disclosure, the defendants state that there was no dispute at trial over the standard of disclosure required of the Board; but the [defendants concede that the Board was required to disclose “all germane facts” which a reasonable shareholder would have considered important in deciding whether po approve the merger. Thus, the defendants argue that when the Trial Court ppeaks of finding the Company’s shareholders to have been “fairly informed” by Management’s proxy materials, the Court is fcpeaking in terms of “complete candor” as required under Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., Del.Supr., 383 A.2d 278 (1978).
The settled rule in Delaware is Ihat “where a majority of fully informed Itockholders ratify action of even interest-id directors, an attack on the ratified transition normally must fail.” Gerlach v. Gilam, Del.Ch., 139 A.2d 591, 593 (1958). the question of whether shareholders have leen fully informed such that their vote pn be said to ratify director action, “turns rt the fairness and completeness of the roxy materials submitted by the manage-lent to the ... shareholders.” Michelson v. Duncan, supra at 220. As this Court stated in Gottlieb v. Heyden Chemical Corp., Del.Supr., 91 A.2d 57, 59 (1952):
[T]he entire atmosphere is freshened and a new set of rules invoked where a formal approval has been given by a majority of independent, fully informed stockholders ....
In Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., supra, this Court held that corporate directors owe to their stockholders a fiduciary duty to disclose all facts germane to the transaction at issue in an atmosphere of complete candor. We defined “germane” in the tender offer context as all “information such as a reasonable stockholder would consider important in deciding whether to sell or retain stock.” Id. at 281. Accord Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., supra; Michelson v. Duncan, supra; Schreiber v. Pennzoil Corp., Del.Ch., 419 A.2d 952 (1980). In reality, “germane” means material facts.
Applying this standard to the record before us, we find that Trans Union’s stockholders were not fully informed of all facts material to their vote on the Pritzker Merger and that the Trial Court’s ruling to the contrary is clearly erroneous. We list the material deficiencies in the proxy materials:
(1) The fact that the Board had no reasonably adequate information indicative of the intrinsic value of the Company, other than a concededly depressed market price, was without question material to the shareholders voting on the merger. See Wein-berger, supra at 709 (insiders’ report that cash-out merger price up to $24 was good investment held material); Michelson, supra at 224 (alleged terms and intent of stock option plan held not germane); Schreiber, supra at 959 (management fee of $650,000 held germane).
Accordingly, the Board’s lack of valuation information should have been disclosed. Instead, the directors cloaked the absence of such information in both the Proxy Statement and the Supplemental *923Proxy Statement. Through artful drafting, noticeably absent at the September 20 meeting, both documents create the impression that the Board knew the intrinsic worth of the Company. In particular, the Original Proxy Statement contained the following:
[although the Board of Directors regards the intrinsic value of the Company's assets to be significantly greater than their book value ..., systematic liquidation of such a large and complex entity as Trans Union is simply not regarded as a feasible method of realizing its inherent value. Therefore, a business combination such as the merger would seem to be the only practicable way in which the stockholders could realize the value of the Company.
The Proxy stated further that “[i]n the dew of the Board of Directors ..., the prices at which the Company’s common stock has traded in recent years have not reflected the inherent value of the Company.” What the Board failed to disclose to its stockholders was that the Board had not made any study of the intrinsic or inherent worth of the Company; nor had the Board Bven discussed the inherent value of the Company prior to approving the merger on September 20, or at either of the subsequent meetings on October 8 or January 26. Neither in its Original Proxy Statement nor in its Supplemental Proxy did the Board disclose that it had no information before it, beyond the premium-over-market and the price/earnings ratio, on which to determine the fair value of the Company as a whole.
(2)We find false and misleading the Board’s characterization of the Romans report in the Supplemental Proxy Statement. The Supplemental Proxy stated:
At the September 20, 1980 meeting of the Board of Directors of Trans Union, Mr. Romans indicated that while he could not say that $55,00 per share was an unfair price, he had prepared a preliminary report which reflected that the value of the Company was in the range of $55.00 to $65.00 per share.
Nowhere does the Board disclose that Romans stated to the Board that his calculations were made in a "search for ways to justify a price in connection with” a leveraged buy-out transaction, “rather than to say what the shares are worth,” and that he stated to the Board that his conclusion thus arrived at “was not the same thing as saying that I have a valuation of the Company at X dollars.” Such information would have been material to a reasonable shareholder because it tended to invalidate the fairness of the merger price of $55. Furthermore, defendants again failed to disclose the absence of valuation information, but still made repeated reference to the “substantial premium.”
(3) We find misleading the Board’s references to the “substantial” premium offered. The Board gave as their primary reason in support of the merger the “substantial premium” shareholders would receive. But the Board did not disclose its failure to assess the premium offered in terms of other relevant valuation techniques, thereby rendering questionable its determination as to the substantiality of the premium over an admittedly depressed stock market price.
(4) We find the Board’s recital in the Supplemental Proxy of certain events preceding the September 20 meeting to be incomplete and misleading. It is beyond dispute that a reasonable stockholder would have considered material the fact that Van Gorkom not only suggested the $55 price to Pritzker, but also that he chose the figure because it made feasible a leveraged buy-out. The directors disclosed that Van Gorkom suggested the $55 price to Pritzker. But the Board misled the shareholders when they described the basis of Van Gorkom’s suggestion as follows:
Such suggestion was based, at least in part, on Mr. Van Gorkom’s belief that loans could be obtained from institutional lenders (together with about a $200 mil-*925ion equity contribution) which would istify the payment of such price, ... hough by January 26, the directors w the basis of the $55 figure, they did disclose that Van Gorkom chose the $55 :e because that figure would enable ;zker to both finance the purchase of ns Union through a leveraged buy-out , within five years, substantially repay loan out of the cash flow generated by Company’s operations,
i) The Board’s Supplemental Proxy iement, mailed on or after January 27, ed significant new matter, material to proposal to be voted on February 10, eh was not contained in the Original xy Statement. Some of this new mat-was information which had only been losed to the Board on January 26; :h was information known or reason-r available before January 21 but not ;aled in the Original Proxy Statement, the stockholders were not informed of e facts. Included in the “new” matter ; disclosed in the Supplemental Proxy ement were the following:
) The fact that prior to September 20, ), no Board member or member of Sen-Management, except Chelberg and Peon, knew that Van Gorkom had dis-ed a possible merger with Pritzker; ) The fact that the sale price of $55 per e had been suggested initially to sker by Van Gorkom;
1 The fact that the Board had not ;ht an independent fairness opinion;
) The fact that Romans and several ibers of Senior Management had indi-d concern at the September 20 Senior agement meeting that the $55 per e price was inadequate and had stated a higher price should and could be ined; and
(e) The fact that Romans had advised the Board at its meeting on September 20 that he and his department had prepared a study which indicated that the Company had a value in the range of $55 to $65 per share, and that he could not advise the Board that the $55 per share offer which Pritzker made was unfair.
The parties differ over whether the notice requirements of 8 Del. C. § 251(c) apply to the mailing date of supplemental proxy material or that of the original proxy material.33 The Trial Court summarily disposed of the notice issue, stating it was “satisfied that the proxy material furnished to Trans Union stockholders ... fairly presented the question to be voted on at the February 10, 1981 meeting.”
The defendants argue that the notice provisions of § 251(c) must be construed as requiring only that stockholders receive notice of the time, place, and purpose of a meeting to consider a merger at least 20 days prior to such meeting; and since the Original Proxy Statement was disseminated more than 20 days before the meeting, the defendants urge affirmance of the Trial Court’s ruling as correct as a matter of statutory construction. Apparently, the question has not been addressed by either the Court of Chancery or this Court; and authority in other jurisdictions is limited. See Electronic Specialty Co. v. Int’l Controls Corp., 2d Cir., 409 F.2d 937, 944 (1969) (holding that a tender offeror’s September 16, 1968 correction of a previous misstatement, combined with an offer of withdrawal running for eight days until September 24, 1968, was sufficient to cure past violations and eliminate any need for rescission); Nicholson File Co. v. H.K. Porter Co., D.R.I., 341 F.Supp. 508, 513-14 (1972), aff'd, 1st Cir., 482 F.2d 421 (1973) *927(permitting correction of a material misstatement by a mailing to stockholders within seven days of a tender offer withdrawal date). Both Electronic and Nicholson are federal security cases not arising under 8 Del. C. § 251(c) and they are otherwise distinguishable from this case on their facts.
Since we have concluded that Management’s Supplemental Proxy Statement does not meet the Delaware disclosure standard of “complete candor” under Lynch v. Vickers, supra, it is unnecessary for us to address the plaintiffs’ legal argument as to the proper construction of § 251(c). However, we do find it advisable to express the ; view that, in an appropriate case, an other- j wise candid proxy statement may be so i untimely as to defeat its purpose of meet- . ing the needs of a fully informed electorate.
In this case, the Board’s ultimate disclosure as contained in the Supplemental Proxy Statement related either to information readily accessible to all of the directors if they had asked the right questions, or was information already at their disposal. In short, the information disclosed by the Supplemental Proxy Statement was information which the defendant directors knew or should have known at the time the first Proxy Statement was issued. The defendants simply failed in their original duty of knowing, sharing, and disclosing information that was material and reasonably available for their discovery. They compounded that failure by their continued lack of candor in the Supplemental Proxy Statement. While we need not decide the issue here, we are satisfied that, in an appropriate case, a completely candid but belated disclosure of information long known or readily available to a board could raise serious issues of inequitable conduct. Schnell v. Chris-Craft Industries, Inc., Del.Supr., 285 A.2d 437, 439 (1971).
The burden must fall on defendants who claim ratification based on shareholder vote to establish that the shareholder approval resulted from a fully informed electorate. On the record before us, it is clear that the Board failed to meet that burden. Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., supra at 703; Michelson v. Duncan, supra.
For the foregoing reasons, we conclude that the director defendants breached their fiduciary duty of candor by their failure to make true and correct disclosures of all information they had, or should have had, material to the transaction submitted for stockholder approval.
VI.
To summarize: we hold that the directors of Trans Union breached their fiduciary duty to their stockholders (1) by their failure to inform themselves of all information reasonably available to them and relevant to their decision to recommend the Pritzker merger; and (2) by their failure to disclose all material information such as a reasonable stockholder would consider important in deciding whether to approve the Pritzker offer.
We hold, therefore, that the Trial Court committed reversible error in applying the business judgment rule in favor of the director defendants in this case.
On remand, the Court of Chancery shall conduct an evidentiary hearing to determine the fair value of the shares represented by the plaintiffs’ class, based on the intrinsic value of Trans Union on September 20, 1980. Such valuation shall be made in accordance with Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., supra at 712-715. Thereafter, an award of damages may be entered to the extent that the fair value of Trans Union exceeds $55 per share.
REVERSED and REMANDED for proceedings consistent herewith.
dissenting:
The majority opinion reads like an advocate’s closing address to a hostile jury. And I say that not lightly. Throughout the *929opinion great emphasis is directed only to the negative, with nothing more than lip service granted the positive aspects of this case. In my opinion Chancellor Marvel (retired) should have been affirmed. The Chancellor’s opinion was the product of well reasoned conclusions, based upon a sound deductive process, clearly supported by the evidence and entitled to deference in this appeal. Because of my diametrical opposition to all evidentiary conclusions of the majority, I respectfully dissent.
It would serve no useful purpose, particularly at this late date, for me to dissent at great length. I restrain myself from doing so, but feel compelled to at least point out what I consider to be the most glaring deficiencies in the majority opinion. The majority has spoken and has effectively said that Trans Union’s Directors have been the victims of a “fast shuffle” by Van Gorkom and Pritzker. That is the beginning of the majority’s comedy of errors. The first and most important error made is the majority’s assessment of the directors’ knowledge of the affairs of Trans Union and their combined ability to act in this situation under the protection of the business judgment rule.
Trans Union’s Board of Directors consisted of ten men, five of whom were “inside” directors and five of whom were “outside” directors. The “inside” directors were Van Gorkom, Chelberg, Bonser, William B. Browder, Senior Viee-President-Law, and Thomas P. O’Boyle, Senior Vice-President-Administration. At the time the merger vas proposed the inside five directors had collectively been employed by the Company for 116 years and had 68 years of combined experience as directors. The “outside” di•ectors were A.W. Wallis, William B. Johnson, Joseph B. Lanterman, Graham J. Morgan and Robert W. Reneker. With the exception of Wallis, these were all chief executive officers of Chicago based corporations that were at least as large as Trans Union. The five “outside” directors had 78 mars of combined experience as chief executive officers, and 53 years cumulative service as Trans Union directors.
The inside directors wear their badge of expertise in the corporate affairs of Trans Union on their sleeves. But what about the outsiders? Dr. Wallis is or was an economist and math statistician, a professor of economics at Yale University, dean of the graduate school of business at the University of Chicago, and Chancellor of the University of Rochester. Dr. Wallis had been on the Board of Trans Union since 1962. He also was on the Board of Bauseh & Lomb, Kodak, Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, Standard Oil and others.
William B. Johnson is a University of Pennsylvania law graduate, President of Railway Express until 1966, Chairman and Chief Executive of I.C. Industries Holding Company, and member of Trans Union’s Board since 1968.
Joseph Lanterman, a Certified Public Accountant, is or was President and Chief Executive of American Steel, on the Board of International Harvester, Peoples Energy, Illinois Bell Telephone, Harris Bank and Trust Company, Kemper Insurance Company and a director of Trans Union for four years.
Graham Morgan is achemist, was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of U.S. Gypsum, and in the 17 and 18 years prior to the Trans Union transaction had been involved in 31 or 32 corporate takeovers.
Robert Reneker attended University of Chicago and Harvard Business Schools. He was President and Chief Executive of Swift and Company, director of Trans Union since 1971, and member of the Boards of seven other corporations including U.S. Gypsum and the Chicago Tribune.
Directors of this caliber are not ordinarily taken in by a “fast shuffle”. I submit they were not taken into this multi-million dollar corporate transaction without being fully informed and aware of the state of the art as it pertained to the entire corporate panoroma of Trans Union. True, even *931directors such as these, with their business acumen, interest and expertise, can go astray. I do not believe that to be the case here. Tnese men knew Trans Union like the back of their hands and were more than well qualified to make on the spot informed business judgments concerning the affairs of Trans Union including a 100% sale of the corporation. Lest we forget, the corporate world of then and now operates on what is so aptly referred to as “the fast track”. These men were at the time an integral part of that world, all professional business men, not intellectual figureheads.
The majority of this Court holds that the Board’s decision, reached on September 20, 1980, to approve the merger was not the product of an informed business judgment, that the Board’s subsequent efforts to amend the Merger Agreement and take other curative action were legally and factually ineffectual, and that the Board did not deal with complete candor with the stockholders by failing to disclose all material facts, which they knew or should have known, before securing the stockholders' approval of the merger. I disagree.
At the time of the September 20, 1980 meeting the Board was acutely aware of Trans Union and its prospects. The problems created by accumulated investment tax credits and accelerated depreciation were discussed repeatedly at Board meetings, and all of the directors understood the problem thoroughly. Moreover, at the July, 1980 Board meeting the directors had reviewed Trans Union’s newly prepared five-year forecast, and at the August, 1980 meeting Van Gorkom presented the results of a comprehensive study of Trans Union' made by The Boston Consulting Group. This study was prepared over an 18 month period and consisted of a detailed analysis of all Trans Union subsidiaries, including competitiveness, profitability, cash throw-off, cash consumption, technical competence and future prospects for contribution to Trans Union’s combined net income.
At the September 20 meeting Van Gor-kom reviewed all aspects of the proposed transaction and repeated the explanation of the Pritzker offer he had earlier given to senior management. Having heard Van Gorkom’s explanation of the Pritzker’s offer, and Brennan’s explanation of the merger documents the directors discussed the matter. Out of this discussion arose an insistence on the part of the directors that two modifications to the offer be made. First, they required that any potential competing bidder be given access to the same information concerning Trans Union that had been provided to the Pritzkers. Second, the merger documents were to be modified to reflect the fact that the directors could accept a better offer and would not be required to recommend the Pritzker offer if a better offer was made. The following language was inserted into the agreement:
“Within 30 days after the execution of this Agreement, TU shall call a meeting of its stockholders (the ‘Stockholder’s Meeting’) for the purpose of approving and adopting the Merger Agreement. The Board of Directors shall recommend to the stockholders of TU that they approve and adopt the Merger Agreement (the ‘Stockholders’ Approval’) and shall use its best efforts to obtain the requisite vote therefor; provided, however, that GL and NTC acknowledge that the Board of Directors of TU may have a competing fiduciary obligation to the Stockholders under certain circumstances.” (Emphasis added)
While the language is not artfully drawn, the evidence is clear that the intention underlying that language was to make specific the right that the directors assumed they had, that is, to accept any offer that they thought was better, and not to recommend the Pritzker offer in the face of a better one. At the conclusion of the meeting, the proposed merger was approved.
At a subsequent meeting on October 8, 1981 the directors, with the consent of the Pritzkers, amended the Merger Agreement so as to establish the right of Trans Union to solicit as well as to receive higher bids. *933although the Pritzkers insisted that their merger proposal be presented to the stockholders at the same time that the proposal of any third party was presented. A second amendment, which became effective on October 10, 1981, further provided that Trans Union might unilaterally terminate the proposed merger with the Pritzker company in the event that prior to February 10, 1981 there existed a definitive agreement with a third party for a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, or purchase or exchange of Trans Union stock which was more favorable for the stockholders of Trans Union than the Pritzker offer and which was conditioned upon receipt of stockholder approval and the absence of an injunction against its consummation.
Following the October 8 board meeting of Trans Union, the investment banking firm of Salomon Brothers was retained by the corporation to search for better offers than that of the Pritzkers, Salomon Brothers being charged with the responsibility of doing “whatever possible to see if there is a superior bid in the marketplace over a bid that is on the table for Trans Union”. In undertaking such project, it was agreed that Salomon Brothers would be paid the amount of $500,000 to cover its expenses as veil as a fee equal to %ths of 1% of the aggregate fair market value of the consideration to be received by the company in ;he case of a merger or the like, which neant that in the event Salomon Brothers ihould find a buyer willing to pay a price of 156.00 a share instead of $55.00, such firm would receive a fee of roughly $2,650,000 plus disbursements.
As the first step in proceeding to carry out its commitment, Salomon Brothers had a brochure prepared, which set forth Trans Union’s financial history, described the company's business in detail and set forth Trans Union’s operating and financial projections. Salomon Brothers also prepared a list of over 150 companies which it believed might be suitable merger partners, and while four of such companies, namely, General Electric, Borg-Wamer, Bendix, and Genstar, Ltd. showed some interest in such a merger, none made a firm proposal to Trans Union and only General Electric showed a sustained interest.1 As matters transpired, no firm offer which bettered the Pritzker offer of $55 per share was ever made.
On January 21, 1981 a proxy statement was sent to the shareholders of Trans Union advising them of a February 10, 1981 meeting in which the merger would be voted. On January 26, 1981 the directors held their regular meeting. At this meeting the Board discussed the instant merger as well as all events, including this litigation, surrounding it. At the conclusion of the meeting the Board unanimously voted to recommend to the stockholders that they approve the merger. Additionally, the directors reviewed and approved a Supplemental Proxy Statement which, among other things, advised the stockholders of what had occurred at the instant meeting and of the fact that General Electric had decided not to make an offer. On February 10, 1981 *935the stockholders of Trans Union met pursuant to notice and voted overwhelmingly in favor of the Pritzker merger, 89% of the votes cast being in favor of it.
I have no quarrel with the majority’s analysis of the business judgment rule. It is the application of that rule to these facts which is wrong. An overview of the entire record, rather than the limited view of bits and pieces which the majority has exploded like popcorn, convinces me that the directors made an informed business judgment which was buttressed by their test of the market.
At the time of the September 20 meeting the 10 members of Trans Union’s Board of Directors were highly qualified and well informed about the affairs and prospects of Trans Union. These directors were acutely aware of the historical problems facing Trans Union which were caused by the tax laws. They had discussed these problems ad nauseam. In fact, within two months of the September 20 meeting the board had reviewed and discussed an outside study of the company done by The Boston Consulting Group and an internal five year forecast prepared by management. At the September 20 meeting Van Gorkom presented the Pritzker offer, and the board then heard from James Brennan, the company’s counsel in this matter, who discussed the legal documents. Following this, the Board directed that certain changes be made in the merger documents. These changes made it clear that the Board was free to accept a better offer than Pritzker’s if one was made. The above facts reveal that the Board did not act in a grossly negligent manner in informing themselves of the relevant and available facts before passing on the merger. To the contrary, this record reveals that the directors acted with the utmost care in informing themselves of the relevant and available facts before passing on the merger.
The majority finds that Trans Union stockholders were not fully informed and that the directors breached their fiduciary duty of complete candor to the stoekhold-ers required by Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., Del.Supr. 383 A.2d 278 (1978) [Lynch I], in that the proxy materials were deficient in five areas.
Here again is exploitation of the negative by the majority without giving credit to the positive. To respond to the conclusions of the majority would merely be unnecessary prolonged argument. But briefly what did the proxy materials disclose? The proxy material informed the shareholders that projections were furnished to potential purchasers and such projections indicated that Trans Union’s net income might increase to approximately $153 million in 1985. That projection, what is almost three times the net income of $58,248,000 reported by Trans Union as its net income for December 31, 1979 confirmed the statement in the proxy materials that the “Board of Directors believes that, assuming reasonably favorable economic and financial conditions, the Company’s prospects for future earnings growth are excellent.” This material was certainly sufficient to place the Company’s stockholders on notice that there was a reasonable basis to believe that the prospects for future earnings growth were excellent, and that the value of their stock was more than the stock market value of their shares reflected.
Overall, my review of the record leads me to conclude that the proxy materials adequately complied with Delaware law in informing the shareholders about the proposed transaction and the events surrounding it.
The majority suggests that the Supplemental Proxy Statement did not comply with the notice requirement of 8 Del.C. § 251(c) that notice of the time, place and purpose of a meeting to consider a merger must be sent to each shareholder of record at least 20 days prior to the date of the meeting. In the instant case an original proxy statement was mailed on January 18, 1981 giving notice of the time, place and purpose of the meeting. A Supplemental Proxy Statement was mailed January 26, 1981 in an effort to advise Trans Union’s *937rareholders as to what had occurred at íe January 26, 1981 meeting, and that eneral Electric had decided not to make i offer. The shareholder meeting was ild February 10, 1981 fifteen days after le Supplemental Proxy Statement had sen sent.
All § 251(c) requires is that notice of the me, place and purpose of the meeting be ven at least 20 days prior to the meeting, ns was accomplished by the proxy state-ent mailed January 19, 1981. Nothing in 251(c) prevents the supplementation of ■oxy materials within 20 days of the meet-g. Indeed when additional information, hich a reasonable shareholder would con-ler important in deciding how to vote, mes to light that information must be sclosed to stockholders in sufficient time r the stockholders to consider it. But (thing in § 251(c) requires this additional formation to be disclosed at least 20 days ior to the meeting. To reach a contrary suit would ignore the current practice id would discourage the supplementation proxy materials in order to disclose the currence of intervening events. In my inion, fifteen days in the instant case is a sufficient amount of time for the Dckholders to receive and consider the formation in the supplemental proxy itement.
dissenting:
I respectfully dissent.
Considering the standard and scope of r review under Levitt v. Bouvier, Del.Supr., 287 A.2d 671, 673 (1972), I believe at the record taken as a whole supports a nclusion that the actions of the defend-ts are protected by the business judg-mt rule. Aronson v. Lewis, Del.Supr., 8 A.2d 805, 812 (1984); Pogostin v. Rice, Del.Supr., 480 A.2d 619, 627 (1984). I also i satisfied that the record supports a nclusion that the defendants acted with e complete candor required by Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., Del.Supr., 383 A.2d 8 (1978). Under the circumstances I would affirm the judgment of the Court of Chancery.
ON MOTIONS FOR REARGUMENT
Following this Court’s decision, Thomas P. O’Boyle, one of the director defendants, sought, and was granted, leave for change of counsel. Thereafter, the individual director defendants, other than O’Boyle, filed a motion for reargument and director O’Boyle, through newly-appearing counsel, then filed a separate motion for reargument. Plaintiffs have responded to the several motions and this matter has now been duly considered.
The Court, through its majority, finds no merit to either motion and concludes that both motions should be denied. We are not persuaded that any errors of law or fact have been made that merit reargument.
However, defendant O’Boyle’s motion requires comment. Although O’Boyle continues to adopt his fellow directors’ arguments, O’Boyle now asserts in the alternative that he has standing to take a position different from that of his fellow directors and that legal grounds exist for finding him not liable for the acts or omissions of his fellow directors. Specifically, O’Boyle makes a two-part argument: (1) that his undisputed absence due to illness from both the September 20 and the October 8 meetings of the directors of Trans Union entitles him to be relieved from personal liability for the failure of the other directors to exercise due care at those meetings, see Propp v. Sadacca, Del.Ch., 175 A.2d 33, 39 (1961), modified on other grounds, Bennett v. Propp, Del.Supr., 187 A.2d 405 (1962); and (2) that his attendance and participation in the January 26, 1981 Board meeting does not alter this result given this Court’s precise findings of error committed at that meeting.
We reject defendant O’Boyle’s new argument as to standing because not timely asserted. Our reasons are several. One, in connection with the supplemental briefing of this case in March, 1984, a special opportunity was afforded the individual de*899fendants, including O’Boyle, to present any factual or legal reasons why each or any of them should be individually treated. Thereafter, at argument before the Court on June 11, 1984, the following colloquy took place between this Court and counsel for the individual defendants at the outset of counsel’s argument:
COUNSEL: I’ll make the argument on behalf of the nine individual defendants against whom the plaintiffs seek more than $100,000,000 in damages. That is the ultimate issue in this case, whether or not nine honest, experienced businessmen should be subject to damages in a case where—
JUSTICE MOORE: Is there a distinction between Chelberg and Van Gorkom vis-a-vis the other defendants?
COUNSEL: No, sir.
JUSTICE MOORE: None whatsoever?
COUNSEL: I think not.
Two, in this Court’s Opinion dated January 29, 1985, the Court relied on the individual defendants as having presented a unified defense. We stated:
The parties’ response, including reargument, has led the majority of the Court to conclude: (1) that since all of the defendant directors, outside as well as inside, take a unified position, we are required to treat all of the directors as one as to whether they are entitled to the protection of the business judgment rule
Three, previously O’Boyle took the position that the Board’s action taken January 26, 1981 — in which he fully participated— was determinative of virtually all issues. Now O’Boyle seeks to attribute no significance to his participation in the January 26 meeting. Nor does O’Boyle seek to explain lis having given before the directors’ meet-ng of October 8, 1980 his “consent to the ;ransaction of such business as may come >efore the meeting." * It is the view of he majority of the Court that O’Boyle’s change of position following this Court’s decision on the merits comes too late to be considered. He has clearly waived ‘ hat right.
The Motions for Reargument of all defendants are denied.
Justices, dissenting:
We do not disagree with the ruling as to the defendant O’Boyle, but we would have granted reargument on the other issues raised.
11.3.2 The Aftermath of Smith v. Van Gorkom 11.3.2 The Aftermath of Smith v. Van Gorkom
3/5/2024 pdw
Following Smith v. Van Gorkom, it became harder to find qualified directors willing to serve. Many qualified directors are wealthy, and they aren't willing to risk their personal fortunes on the chance that some court would review their business decisions with hindsight and decide they didn't think hard enough before voting. Recall that no one claimed the Van Gorkom directors acted in bad faith or with dastardly intent, but believing you're doing the right thing won't stop a court from finding you personally liable and taking your yacht.
On remand, the case settled, and Jay Pritzker picked up the bill for the directors' personal liability. He said it didn't seem fair that they were personally liable for about $13 million when they hadn't done anything wrong. This may be sincere, or it may reflect that dealmakers like Pritzker need counterparties to trust them.
11.3.3 DGCL § 102(b)(7). Exculpation 11.3.3 DGCL § 102(b)(7). Exculpation
3/5/2024 pdw
Responding to the fallout of Smith v. Van Gorkom, the Delaware legislature adopted DGCL § 102(b)(7), which allows a corporation to adopt a charter provision that waives the directors' liability for monetary damages for a breach of the duty of care. This was later expanded to cover officers as well (though there are a few minor differences not worth raising here).
Most public companies have adopted these "exculpation" provisions, drastically reducing the number of duty of care claims and centering corporate fiduciary duty litigation on the duty of loyalty.
§ 102. Contents of certificate of incorporation.
...
(b) In addition to the matters required to be set forth in the certificate of incorporation by subsection (a) of this section, the certificate of incorporation may also contain any or all of the following matters:
...
(7) A provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director or officer to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of:
(i) A director or officer for any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
(ii) A director or officer for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
(iii) A director under § 174 of this title;
(iv) A director or officer for any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit; or
(v) An officer in any action by or in the right of the corporation.
No such provision shall eliminate or limit the liability of a director or officer for any act or omission occurring prior to the date when such provision becomes effective.
An amendment, repeal or elimination of such a provision shall not affect its application with respect to an act or omission by a director or officer occurring before such amendment, repeal or elimination unless the provision provides otherwise at the time of such act or omission.
All references in this paragraph (b)(7) to a director shall also be deemed to refer to such other person or persons, if any, who, pursuant to a provision of the certificate of incorporation in accordance with § 141(a) of this title, exercise or perform any of the powers or duties otherwise conferred or imposed upon the board of directors by this title.
All references in this paragraph (b)(7) to an officer shall mean only a person who at the time of an act or omission as to which liability is asserted is deemed to have consented to service by the delivery of process to the registered agent of the corporation pursuant to § 3114(b) of Title 10 (for purposes of this sentence only, treating residents of this State as if they were nonresidents to apply § 3114(b) of Title 10 to this sentence).
11.3.4 DGCL § 141(e). Reliance 11.3.4 DGCL § 141(e). Reliance
Updated 10/22/2023
Directors are also protected when relying in good faith on corporate records and reports by the corporation's officers or other experts. Note that the reliance has to be reasonable and in good faith.
Directors are charged with managing the corporation but can't be expected to verify every detail presented to them.
§ 141. Board of directors; powers; number, qualifications, terms and quorum; committees; classes of directors; nonstock corporations; reliance upon books; action without meeting; removal
...
(e) A member of the board of directors, or a member of any committee designated by the board of directors, shall, in the performance of such member's duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the corporation by any of the corporation's officers or employees, or committees of the board of directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person's professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the corporation.
11.3.5 Insurance and Indemnification 11.3.5 Insurance and Indemnification
3/5/2024 pdw
It should be clear by now that directors have a lot of protection from personal liability. Exculpation clauses limit the claims that can be brought. The business judgment rule presumes those claims lack merit. And § 141(e) forgives a multitude of mistakes if they relied on an expert.
But you're probably wondering, is this protection enough?
No. No it is not. There is more.
Delaware allows corporations to indemnify their officers, directors, employees and agents. Most public corporations mandate indemnification in their bylaws.
In addition, most corporations have directors and officers insurance (often called D&O insurance). So even if directors or officers are found liable, they are unlikely to pay anything from their own pocket.
If that's the case, what purpose do fiduciary duties serve? Are they a deterrent? Punitive? Reputational?
(a) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.
(b) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
(c) (1) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. For indemnification with respect to any act or omission occurring after December 31, 2020, references to “officer” for purposes of paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section shall mean only a person who at the time of such act or omission is deemed to have consented to service by the delivery of process to the registered agent of the corporation pursuant to § 3114(b) of Title 10 (for purposes of this sentence only, treating residents of this State as if they were nonresidents to apply § 3114(b) of Title 10 to this sentence).
(2) The corporation may indemnify any other person who is not a present or former director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person to the extent he or she has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein.
(d) Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer of the corporation at the time of such determination:
(1) By a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum; or
(2) By a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum; or
(3) If there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or
(4) By the stockholders.
(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.
(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal or elimination of the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.
(g) A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this section. For purposes of this subsection, insurance shall include any insurance provided directly or indirectly (including pursuant to any fronting or reinsurance arrangement) by or through a captive insurance company organized and licensed in compliance with the laws of any jurisdiction, including any captive insurance company licensed under Chapter 69 of Title 18, provided that the terms of any such captive insurance shall:
(1) Exclude from coverage thereunder, and provide that the insurer shall not make any payment for, loss in connection with any claim made against any person arising out of, based upon or attributable to any (i) personal profit or other financial advantage to which such person was not legally entitled or (ii) deliberate criminal or deliberate fraudulent act of such person, or a knowing violation of law by such person, if (in the case of the foregoing paragraph (g)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section) established by a final, nonappealable adjudication in the underlying proceeding in respect of such claim (which shall not include an action or proceeding initiated by the insurer or the insured to determine coverage under the policy), unless and only to the extent such person is entitled to be indemnified therefor under this section;
(2) Require that any determination to make a payment under such insurance in respect of a claim against a current director or officer (as defined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section) of the corporation shall be made by a independent claims administrator or in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this section; and
(3) Require that, prior to any payment under such insurance in connection with any dismissal or compromise of any action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of a corporation as to which notice is required to be given to stockholders, such corporation shall include in such notice that a payment is proposed to be made under such insurance in connection with such dismissal or compromise.
For purposes of paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the conduct of an insured person shall not be imputed to any other insured person. A corporation that establishes or maintains a captive insurance company that provides insurance pursuant to this section shall not, solely by virtue thereof, be subject to the provisions of Title 18.
(h) For purposes of this section, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.
(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
(k) The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this section or under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of Chancery may summarily determine a corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees).
11.3.6 Current State of the Duty of Care 11.3.6 Current State of the Duty of Care
3/5/2024 pdw
The Duty of Care requires officers and directors to exercise an informed business judgment when dealing with the sharheolders' interests. It is a purely procedural exercise; for the duty of care we don't consider the substance of the decision, only the process of getting to that decision.
The standard is effectively gross negligence, because anything less than gross negligence will be shielded from review by the business judgment rule. But gross negligence in this context is higher than you might have seen in other contexts. In most civil cases gross negligence is negligence that is an extreme departure from the ordinary standard of care. But in the corporate context gross negligence is closer to reckless indifference. One court described it as a "devil-may-care" attitude. Albert v. Alex. Brown Mgmt. Servs., Inc., 2005 WL 2130607, at *4 (Del. Ch. Aug. 26, 2005); see also Metro Storage Int'l LLC v. Harron, 275 A.3d 810, 844 (Del. Ch.), judgment entered sub nom. In re Metro Storage Int'l LLC v. Harron (Del. Ch. 2022) (collecting cases).
More accurately, though, the duty of care barely exists. Most companies have adopted amendments under DGCL § 102(b)(7) to exculpate directors from the duty of care, effectively eliminating the duty of care in most situations. This has shifted most of the action to the duty of loyalty, where we'll turn next.
11.3.7 Duty of Care & Exculpation Problem Set 11.3.7 Duty of Care & Exculpation Problem Set
Updated 10/21/2023
Problems
-
Let's return to the Disney decision. Recall that the company hired a new president but 14 months later fired him without cause, costing the company $130 million in severance payments. The board was fully aware of the ridiculously large severance clause in the employment agreement when they hired him. Is a court likely to find that the board breached their duty of care?
-
Let's return to the ARCO case. Recall that ARCO owed about 80% of the shares of Chemical Inc. Lyondell called ARCO out of the blue and offered to buy Chemical Inc.. ARCO needed cash for another transaction it was doing, so after some back and forth on price, ARCO agreed to sell its stake to Lyondell as part of plan in which Lyondell would offer to buy all the shares of Chemical Inc. The Chemical Inc. board met only once to consider Lyondell's proposal. Half of Chemical Inc.'s directors were ARCO employees and two others were former ARCO employees. The Chemical Inc. board relied on ARCO's financial advisor to present the deal. With that meeting, they voted to approve Lyondell's proposed deal. The shareholders of Chemical Inc. sued. Is a court likely to grant the motion to dismiss on the duty of care claim?
-
You are the director of Best Bikes, Inc., which is considering selling the tricycle division. Are you protected from liability if you rely on the CEO's valuation of the division?
-
What if the valuation is from an investment banker hired by the corporation?
-
What if you notice that the investment banker wasn't given full access to the tricycle division's recent tech advances, so the valuation model is much too low?
-
You find that you're spending a lot of attorney fees on these reliance questions. Is there something you can do to reduce the need?
Answers
-
No. Because the decision was informed (even if costly), the business judgment rule will apply.
-
No. As discussed in the last problem set, shareholders sucessfully pled the board's process was grossly negligent because it delegated the negotiations to a conflicted shareholder, held only one meeting when deciding to sell the company and relied at that meeting on the conflicted shareholder's financial analyst.
-
Yes, directors are protected if they reasonably rely in good faith on officer reports.
-
Yes, directors are protected if they reasonably rely in good faith on reports of other experts that the director reasonably believes are experts and that were selected with reasonable care. There's no indication that the investment banker was poorly selected, and investment bankers are experts at company valuations, so you are likely able to rely.
-
No, you wouldn't be protected. If you know that the valuation is wrong, you can't rely on it in good faith.
-
You could amend the charter to exculpate directors for personal liability under the duty of care, which would likely limit the number of lawsuits.
11.4 The Duty of Loyalty 11.4 The Duty of Loyalty
11.4.1 Duty of Loyalty 11.4.1 Duty of Loyalty
1/12/2026 pdw
While the duty of care focuses on negligence and unintentional acts, the duty of loyalty deals with conflicts and knowing or intentional acts.
Why the Duty of Loyalty Dominates Litigation
The duty of loyalty is where the action is for two reasons. First, the duty of loyalty can't be exculpated. Recall that stockholders can amend the charter to exulpate directors (and officers in most circumstances) for liability under the duty of care. So most large corporations have largely exculpated away the duty of care. Because the duty of loyalty can't be exculpated, it is the primary (and often only) vehicle for stockholder lawsuits.
Second, conflicts and bad faith are the heart of the duty of loyalty, and both rebut the business judgment presumption. So if a plaintiff shows a conflict or bad faith, the business judgment rule doesn't apply and you analyze under the entire fairness standard. (Recall that when the business judgment rule applies, the courts presume good behavior, which typically ends the case.)
What Does the Duty of Loyalty Require?
Acting against the best interests of the corporation violates the duty of loyalty. This could be because of conflicts or bad faith.
Conflicts
Conflicts come in two types:
- A financial interest in the transaction. For these, we say the fiduciary is not "disinterested."
- A controlling or dominating relationship with someone with a financial interest in the transaction. For these, we say the fiduciary lacks "independence."
Interested Fiduciaries
Recall that directors and officers are interested if they “receive a personal financial benefit from a transaction that is not equally shared by the Stockholders.” In re Trados, 73 A.3d 17, 45 (Del. 2023). This benefit must be “of a sufficiently material importance, in the context of the director’s economic circumstances, as to have made it improbable that the director could perform her fiduciary duties ... without being influenced by her overriding personal interest.” Id. In other words, we look for some personal financial benefit that would make it improbable that the director is not influenced.
Independent Fiduciaries
Recall that a director is not independent if the fiduciary is “dominated or controlled” by someone that is interested in the transaction. Benihana of Tokyo, Inc. v. Benihana, Inc., 891 A.2d 150, 174-75 (Del. Ch. 2005). You show domination and control by showing that “through personal or other relationships the directors are beholden to the controlling person or so under their influence that their discretion would be sterilized.” Id. (cleaned up). You can show this by showing “financial ties, familial affinity, a particularly close or intimate personal or business affinity or . . . evidence that in the past the relationship caused the director to act non-independently.” Beam v. Stewart, 845 A.2d 1040, 1051 (Del. 2004). You need to show that the director or officer would “be more willing to risk his or her reputation than risk the relationship” with the interested person. Id. at 1052.
Just like in the disinterested analysis, we look at the actual person, rather than some imaginary “reasonable person” when determining whether they are independent.
Bad Faith
Bad faith is a nebulous concept, but some examples includes:
- Abuse of corporate authority or intent to harm the company;
- Intent to violate applicable positive law;
- Intentional disregard of duties;
- A decision “so far beyond the bounds of reasonable judgment that it seems essentially inexplicable on any ground other than bad faith.” See In re Chelsea Therapeutics, 2016 WL 3044721 (Del. Ch. 2016) (cleaned up).
Let’s go through these subcategories.
Abuse of corporate authority or intent to harm
Intent to harm includes situations where an officer or director acts directly to harm the company or knowingly allows harm to come to the company. For example, in Dweck v. Nasser, No. CIV.A. 1353-VCL, 2012 WL 161590, at *1 (Del. Ch. Jan. 18, 2012), the CEO thought she was underpaid, so she started a competing business inside the company's office, using the company's office space, employees, credit and customer information. It's easy to see why that's disloyal.
Intent to violate applicable positive law
Intent to violate positive law is a breach of the duty of loyalty. Positive law refers to laws laid out in codes, statutes and regulations. See Freedman v. Adams, No. CIV.A. 4199-VCN, 2012 WL 1345638, at *11 (Del. Ch. Mar. 30, 2012). This makes sense. “Delaware law does not charter law breakers." In re Massey Energy Co., No. CIV.A. 5430-VCS, 2011 WL 2176479, at *20 (Del. Ch. May 31, 2011). In fact, most charters expressly limit corporate authority to "any lawful activities". A manager can't promote the interests of the company by intentionally violating the limits of the charter. See also Lebanon Cnty. Employees' Ret. Fund v. Amerisourcebergen Corp., No. CV 2019-0527-JTL, 2020 WL 132752, at *21 (Del. Ch. Jan. 13, 2020), aff'd, 243 A.3d 417 (Del. 2020).
Intentional disregard of duties
Directors or officers can be personally liable if they “intentionally fail[] to act in the face of a known duty to act, demonstrating a conscious disregard for [their] duties.’” In re BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. S’holders Litig., No. CIV.A. 6623-VCN, 2013 WL 396202, at *7 (Del. Ch. Jan. 31, 2013). This requires an “extreme set of facts.” Lyondell Chem. Co., 970 A.2d at 243 (cleaned up). For example, an airplane manufacturer's board was liable because it did nothing after the company's defective planes repeatedly fell from the sky. In re Boeing Co. Derivative Litig., No. CV 2019-0907-MTZ, 2021 WL 4059934, at *24 (Del. Ch. Sept. 7, 2021).
No conceivable rationality
Bad faith also captures cases where a court can’t invent a conceivable reason to support the decision. If a decision is entirely irrational then the court may treat the rationale as a pretext for bad faith.
Successful cases under this standard are vanishingly rare because it must be truly irrational, the equivalent to “a board that looks into the sun and names it the moon.” In re infoUSA, 953 A.2d 963, 1000 (2007).
However, there is one fact pattern with (still rare) wins in this category. That is when the directors “utterly fail” to implement any monitoring system in the company, particularly in a mission critical area. This lack of monitoring must be so extreme that there’s no other explanation but bad faith. See In re Proassurance Corp., No. 2022-0034-LWW, 2023 WL 6426294, at *12 (Del. Ch. Oct. 2, 2023). For example, the board of an ice cream company not monitoring food safety after listeria kills a few customers. We'll do a deep dive on this topic later under the Caremark section of this chapter.
11.4.2 Intentional Harm 11.4.2 Intentional Harm
Updated 10/25/2023
11.4.2.1 Dweck v. Nasser, 2012 WL 161590 11.4.2.1 Dweck v. Nasser, 2012 WL 161590
1/12/2026 pdw
Cast of Characters:
- Dweck: Chief Executive Officer, director and 30% stockholder of Kids
- Nasser: Chair and controlling stockholder of Kids
- Fine: Chief Financial Officer of Kids
- Taxin: President (like, second in command) of Kids
Cast of Companies
- Kids International Corporation: This is the business that started all this. Nasser owned a majority of the stock, and Dweck owned 30% of the stock. Dweck, Fine and Taxin held the titles noted above.
- Success Apparel LLC: Competing kidsware wholesaler formed by Dweck with input from Taxin when they were unhappy with their pay at Kids. Dweck owned 80% and Taxin owned 20%. It held licenses to Bugle Boy, Everlast and John Deere.
- Premium Apparel Brands LLC: Another competing kidsware wholesaler. Dweck formed this after forming Success and owned 100% of its stock. It had rights to Gloria Vanderbilt and Jones Apparel.
GILA DWECK, Success Apparel LLC, and Premium Apparel Brands LLC, Plaintiffs and Counterclaim-Defendants,
v.
ALBERT NASSER and Kids International Corporation, Defendants and Counterclaim-Plaintiffs.
ALBERT NASSER and Kids International Corporation, Third-Party Plaintiffs,
v.
KEVIN TAXIN and Bruce Fine, Third-Party Defendants.
Court of Chancery of Delaware.
Submitted: November 3, 2011.
Decided: January 18, 2012.
Bruce L. Silverstein, Martin S. Lessner, Kathaleen St. J. McCormick, Kristen Salvatore DePalma, YOUNG CONAWAY STARGATT & TAYLOR, LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; William B. Wachtel, John H. Reichman, Elliot Silverman, WACHTEL & MASYR, LLP, New York, New York; Attorneys for Gila Dweck, Kevin Taxin, Bruce Fine, Success Apparel LLC, and Premium Apparel Brands LLC.
Kurt M. Heyman, Patricia L. Enerio, Dominick T. Gattuso, Melissa N. Donimirski, Meghan A. Adams, Dawn K. Crompton, PROCTOR HEYMAN LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Attorneys for Albert Nasser and Kids International Corporation.
MEMORANDUM OPINION
LASTER, Vice Chancellor.
In 2005, after thirteen years in business together, Gila Dweck and Albert Nasser parted ways. Their messy split spawned nearly seven years of litigation.
Before the split, Dweck was the CEO, a director, and 30% stockholder in Kids International Corporation ("Kids"). Both before and after the split, Nasser was the Chairman and controlling stockholder of Kids. Dweck and Nasser accused each other of breaching their fiduciary duties, and Nasser asserted third-party claims for breach of fiduciary duty against Dweck's colleagues Kevin Taxin, Kids' President, and Bruce Fine, Kids' CFO and corporate secretary. Both factions appended traditional tort claims to their core breach-of-fiduciary-duty theories.
In this post-trial decision, I find that Dweck and Taxin breached their fiduciary duties to Kids by establishing competing companies that usurped Kids' corporate opportunities and converted Kids' resources to the point of literally using Kids' own employees, office space, letters of credit, customer relationships, and goodwill to conduct their operations. Dweck further breached her fiduciary duties by causing Kids to reimburse her for hundreds of thousands of dollars of personal expenses. Fine breached his fiduciary duties by abdicating his responsibility to review Dweck's expenses and signing off on them wholesale. In the months leading up to the final split, Dweck, Taxin, and Fine again breached their duties by transferring Kids' customer relationships and business expectancies to their competing companies, packing up Kids' documents and other property and moving them to the competing companies, and organizing a mass employee departure that left Kids crippled. Dweck, Taxin, and Fine are liable to Kids for the damages caused by their breaches of duty. I do not reach the duplicative non-fiduciary claims.
By contrast, I largely reject Dweck's breach of fiduciary duty claims against Nasser. Nevertheless, Nasser failed to carry his burden of proving that it was entirely fair for Kids to pay him a consulting fee that compensated him equally with Dweck when he performed no work for Kids. Nasser is liable to Kids for those fees. Dweck also established her entitlement to an accounting from Nasser for $3,076,400 of the $18,312,555 in cash that Kids had on hand at the time of the split. I again do not reach the duplicative non-fiduciary claims.
I. FACTUAL BACKGROUND
This case was tried on July 11-15, 2011. The parties introduced approximately 930 exhibits, submitted deposition testimony from twenty-three fact witnesses, and adduced live testimony from six fact witnesses and three expert witnesses. The parties joined issue over the authenticity of important documents, debated whether key conversations actually took place, and disputed whether critical agreements were reached. Even allowing for the frailties of human memory and subjective perception, I cannot reconcile the conflicting accounts.
Each of the party-witnesses exhibited credibility problems under cross-examination. Dweck's testimony was particularly suspect. She repeatedly contradicted her deposition testimony, responded evasively, and suffered convenient failures of memory. On several occasions, she appeared to have invented entirely new accounts for trial. Most notably, despite overwhelming evidence to the contrary, Dweck denied having any ownership interest in cash payments made by Kids to certain foreign entities. By contrast, the most credible witness at trial was Amnon Shiboleth, a member of the New York and Tel Aviv bars who acted as corporate counsel to Kids. Having weighed the parties' testimony, evaluated their demeanor, and considered the evidence as a whole, I make the following factual findings.
A. The Dabah Family Business
Morris Dabah had three sons: Haim, Ezra, and Isaac.[1] Morris and his sons founded the Gitano Group, a large, multi-division apparel wholesaler.
Morris' fourth and youngest child was a daughter: Gila Dweck. While still in college, Dweck began working at Gitano as a receptionist. After graduating, Dweck joined the childrenswear division, known as EJ Gitano, as a salesperson. She rose rapidly through the ranks to become President of EJ Gitano.
In 1993, Haim and Isaac pleaded guilty to criminal violations of United States customs regulations and spent time under house arrest. Wal-Mart, Gitano's largest customer, refused to continue selling Gitano's lines of clothing. Gitano defaulted on its debt and teetered on the verge of bankruptcy.
In the debacle, Dweck saw opportunity. She suggested to Haim that they purchase EJ Gitano. It was profitable, and Dweck thought the existing pipeline of orders made the purchase "essentially risk free." Tr. 448.
But there was a problem. Because of Gitano's default, its lender had the right to veto any sale of assets, and the bank would not approve a sale of EJ Gitano to the Dabah family. Dweck needed a third party.
Enter Albert Nasser, a successful entrepreneur with numerous holdings in the apparel sector. Nasser was a cousin of Dweck's mother, and despite maintaining his primary residence in Switzerland, he moved within the same tightly-knit New York community as the Dabah family. Even before Isaac arranged a formal introduction, Dweck knew of Nasser "through family acquaintances and family functions, weddings, bar mitzvahs." Tr. 347.
B. The Formation Of Kids
In September 1993, Dweck, Haim, and Nasser purchased the assets of EJ Gitano. The basic deal was straightforward. Nasser agreed to provide 100% of the funding, comprising $8.2 million for acquisition financing plus $1 million in start-up capital. In return, Nasser originally would own 100% of the new company's equity. Once Nasser received payments equal to his original investment plus 10% interest, Nasser would transfer 50% of the equity to Dweck and Haim. Nasser would serve as Chairman of the Board; Dweck and Haim would be in charge of day-to-day management.
Shiboleth implemented the basic concept in a complex manner. Kids was formed under Delaware law and designated for tax purposes as a Subchapter S Corporation. A corporation that qualifies under this section of the tax code is treated as a pass-through entity for tax purposes, so Kids' profits would be attributed pro rata to Kids stockholders (originally only Nasser) regardless of whether any dividends were paid. To minimize the amount of taxes that Kids stockholders would pay domestically, Shiboleth designed a structure that would allow Kids to send large amounts of money out of the United States free of tax, while at the same time generating deductible business expenses to reduce Kids' profits.
Under the resulting structure, a New York Subchapter S Corporation named RAJN Corporation ("RAJN") made a $1 million capital contribution to Kids in return for 100% of Kids' common stock. RAJN was and remains wholly owned by trusts organized for the benefit of Nasser's children.
Next, Woodsford Business S.A. ("Woodsford") loaned Kids $4 million at an interest rate of 13.5%. Woodsford is the investment arm of Ninwieneched, a Liechtenstein trust whose beneficiaries are Nasser's yet unborn great-grandchildren. Woodsford did not loan Kids money directly. Rather, Woodsford loaned the funds to Maubi Investment N.V. ("Maubi"), a Netherlands Antilles corporation. Maubi in turn made the loan to Kids (the "Maubi Loan"). Using the capital from RAJN and the loan from Maubi, Kids purchased all of the assets of EJ Gitano, other than its trademarks.
EJ Gitano's trademarks were acquired separately. For this part of the transaction, Woodsford advanced $4.2 million to Hocalar B.V. ("Hocalar"), a Netherlands corporation. Hocalar then paid the money to Gitano for a perpetual license to the Gitano trademarks. Hocalar immediately sub-licensed the trademarks to Kids in return for a 5% royalty on Kids' sales of Gitano products (the "License Agreement"). To take advantage of favorable tax treaties, Hocalar later transferred its rights to a Hungarian company, Good Fortune Holdings, R.T. ("Good Fortune"), and Good Fortune subsequently transferred its rights to Heckbert 14Kft. I refer to Hocalar, Heckbert, and Good Fortune collectively as the "Foreign Licensors."
By means of this structure, Kids could send $540,000 out of the United States annually, tax free, in the form of interest-only payments on the Maubi Loan. At the same time, Kids could claim the payments as deductible business expenditures, thereby lowering the taxable profits attributed to Kids stockholders. Not surprisingly, Kids never made any principal payments on the Maubi Loan until after Dweck and Nasser parted ways and litigation ensued. Until that time, the loan remained outstanding so that interest payments could leave the United States each year.
The structure likewise enabled Kids to send 5% of its sales of Gitano products out of the United States, tax free, through royalty payments under the License Agreement, while again claiming these payments as deductible business expenses that lowered Kids' taxable profits. Because Kids' annual sales quickly grew to over $100 million, the License Agreement became the primary means by which payments left the country. Consistent with the License Agreement's true purposes of funneling money out of the United States and generating tax deductions, the License Agreement did not terminate when Kids stopped selling Gitano-branded products in 1996. Instead, the scope of the License Agreement expanded to a 5% royalty on all sales of Kids products. In other words, just when Kids no longer needed the Gitano trademarks and could forego paying any royalties at all, Kids agreed instead to pay a 5% royalty on all sales. Kids eventually terminated the License Agreement in 2000 for a payment of $5.5 million to the Foreign Licensors. Kids paid off this amount, plus interest, over time.
Notably, for the tax-avoidance structure to work, it was critical that Nasser, Dweck, and Haim not appear to control any of the companies receiving funds from Kids. The intermediary companies—Maubi and the Foreign Licensors—were therefore structured to avoid indicia of control. Maubi and the Foreign Licensors are each owned and controlled by Henk Keilman, a resident of Holland and professional acquaintance of Shiboleth. As compensation for providing the intermediary entities, Keilman's firm receives 7% of all amounts that the intermediaries receive. Originally, all of the funds received by Maubi and the Foreign Licensors, net of the 7% paid to Keilman's firm, were passed on to Woodsford. Later, after the Nasser-Dweck split, Keilman refused to pay out any funds without joint instructions from both Nasser and Dweck. To circumvent Keilman, Nasser caused Kids to wire funds directly to Woodsford.
C. Dweck Builds Kids' Business.
Kids was profitable from day one. Although the transaction closed at the end of September 1993, the sale was effective as of June and included EJ Gitano's substantial order base from the pre-closing period. Nasser agreed to indemnify EJ Gitano's lender for its letters of credit, which enabled Kids to take the profits on the existing orders. The new company continued selling Gitano-branded products, primarily jeans. Kids also continued as a major supplier of private label (non-branded) childrenswear for Wal-Mart, which originally comprised approximately 90-95% of Kids' business. In the private label business, a retailer like Wal-Mart outsources to a manufacturer like Kids the work of producing a house brand owned by Wal-Mart and sold only in Wal-Mart's stores. The retailer-specific nature of private label (non-branded) business distinguishes it from branded business, where a particular brand (such as Gitano) is sold through multiple retailers.
In 1994, Taxin joined Kids as Vice President of Sales and Merchandising. He previously worked at Gitano as a sales executive for nearly a decade, but left the company in 1992. Taxin expanded Kids' business dramatically. He had strong ties to Target and K-Mart, which he used to win new private label business for Kids. He expanded Kids' existing relationship with Wal-Mart and established relationships with other discount retailers such as Hills and Ames. With Taxin on board, Kids' sales increased by a factor of five over a four-year period.
Because of its significant sales, Kids was able to distribute substantial amounts via the License Agreement in addition to the interest-only payments on the Maubi Loan. By 1998, Nasser had received back his original investment plus 10% interest, and it was time for Dweck and Haim to receive equity in Kids. Dweck and Haim were issued 45% of Kids' outstanding equity, paid for out of the corporation's retained earnings. The original deal had been 50%, but it turned out that Nasser had issued a warrant to Shiboleth for 5% of the equity as compensation for his role in setting up Kids. Dweck and Haim acquiesced to the new arrangement, and Nasser left it to Dweck and Haim to divvy up their shares. Dweck received 27.5% of Kids' stock, which she held individually and through trusts for the benefit of her children. Haim received the remaining 17.5%. Around the same time, Taxin was promoted to President of Kids.
Dweck testified at trial that at some point in 1998, after she received her stock, she complained to Nasser that Kids had not yet paid off the Maubi Loan and was continuing to make interest-only payments. Dweck also testified at trial that she thought once Nasser had been repaid and she and Haim became stockholders, Kids would distribute its profits in the United States. Dweck claimed that she never understood that Kids had been set up to funnel money tax-free out of the United States, that she was not financially sophisticated, and that Nasser handled everything.
I reject Dweck's testimony. It seems true that when Shiboleth originally set up Kids in September 1993, Dweck was not aware of the details. Sadly for Dweck, her husband had cancer and passed away a month later, she had two small children, and she understandably deferred to Shiboleth and Haim to handle the financial and legal aspects of the transaction. But Dweck testified that Haim described the deal to her "a month or two" later. Tr. 341. She also testified that Nasser explained the structure to her. Tr. 367. Dweck knew that when Nasser was paid back, she would receive stock in Kids, and I am confident that she quickly became educated about the Maubi Loan, the payments to the Foreign Licensors, and their efficacy in channeling money out of the country while generating tax deductions for Kids. Dweck is an intelligent, savvy woman. Granting that she would not have been able to cite the particular tax code sections or explain the nuances of the attribution rules, she certainly got the gist. Fine testified that beginning in 1995, he regularly prepared schedules showing the total payments to Maubi and the Foreign Licensors and reviewed them with Nasser and Dweck.
Even crediting Dweck's testimony that she only realized the purpose of the structure in 1998 and raised it with Nasser, Dweck agreed at that point to leave the structure in place and take her share of the tax-free profits. From then on, Dweck closely tracked her share of the "pot," as she and Nasser called the overseas payments, and she was consistently credited with her percentage share of those payments. To the extent Dweck complained from time to time, she only complained about whether she was getting her full share. She questioned, for example, why deductions were taken for Keilman's 7% fee. She never complained about the overarching scheme.
From 1998 until 2001, Dweck was credited with 27.5% of the overseas payments. In 2001, Dweck and Nasser repurchased the 5% of Kids' stock from the Shiboleth warrant. They split the 5%, and from that point on Dweck was credited with 30% of the overseas payments. The balance was credited to Woodsford.
Dweck even took distributions from the "pot." In 1999, Dweck repatriated $1.5 million through a loan from Nelux, a Netherlands entity owned by Keilman. She has not made payments on the loan. In a November 2001 memo to Nasser, Dweck noted that her share of the "pot" then amounted to $1,662,100 and that she should be paid that amount. A 2004 accounting showed that Dweck had received $126,000 out of $489,250.28 due her from the "pot" for that year. It is possible that Dweck took additional distributions, but the record on repatriation is understandably spotty and incomplete.
Still other evidence confirms Dweck's knowledge of the foreign payments, participation in the scheme, and beneficial ownership of her share of the funds. In early 2005, as their disputes were coming to a boil, Dweck jointly determined with Nasser that Kids would pay $5.2 million to the Foreign Licensors, and Dweck personally delivered the check to Nasser in Geneva. In 2007, two years into this litigation, Dweck declined on the advice of counsel to sign a letter for Kids' auditors in which she would have represented that neither she nor her children (i) were directly or indirectly related to either the nominal or beneficial owners of Maubi or the Foreign Licensors, or (ii) had any direct or indirect interest in the royalty or interest payments to Maubi or the Foreign Licensors. The logical inference is that Dweck and her counsel realized she could not truthfully make the representations. Likewise, Dweck has discussed with her counsel how to resolve any tax problems that she might face as a result of the payments Kids made to Maubi and the Foreign Licensors.
At trial, Dweck refused to admit that she had an interest in the funds that Kids sent overseas. She would admit only that it was "possible." Tr. 639-40.
D. Dweck Forms Success To Gain A Bigger Share Of The Profits.
With Kids enjoying continued success under her management, Dweck began to feel exploited. Despite receiving stock in 1998, Dweck believed she was doing all of the work for less than a third of the profits. To Dweck's further frustration, Nasser decided in 1996 that Kids was a de facto partnership, that partners should not receive salaries, and that Dweck's salary as Kids' CEO should be deemed a distribution of profits. Believing he should receive a similar distribution, Nasser directed that Kids pay him a proportionate amount, grossed up for his greater stock ownership, and make catch-up distributions for the earlier years that he had missed. RAJN received the payments as "consulting fees," even though Nasser never rendered any services to Kids in return. When Dweck's salary increased, Nasser's "consulting fees" increased proportionately.
Dweck felt she should own a percentage of Kids equity that more fairly represented her responsibility for Kids' success. She complained to Nasser and Haim, but to no avail. Nasser would not give Dweck any more equity, nor would he sell her any of his shares. Even though Haim stopped working actively for Kids in 1995, he declined to part with any of his stock. The 2.5% bump from purchasing half of the Shiboleth option in 2001 did not come close to satisfying Dweck.
Unable to gain a greater share of Kids' profits, Dweck decided to bypass Kids by starting a new company into which she would channel "new opportunities." Tr. 461. As she admitted on cross-examination, she decided to compete "because it was [her] only way to . . . receive more income." Tr. 469.
In October 2001, Dweck formed Success Apparel LLC ("Success"), a New York limited liability company, to operate as a wholesaler of children's clothing. The impetus to form Success came from Taxin, who also had grown dissatisfied with his remuneration. Taxin felt that he was primarily responsible for Kids' success and deserved a share of Kids' profits. He asked Dweck repeatedly for equity, but she consistently turned him down on the grounds that Nasser "only takes in family." Tr. 259. When the President of Bugle Boy, Mary Gleason, offered Taxin the opportunity to purchase the Bugle Boy license in 2001, Taxin decided he was "only interested in doing the opportunity with [Dweck], not Kids . . . ." Tr. 258. Taxin made the decision despite meeting with Gleason in his capacity as President of Kids, and even though Gleason did not restrict the opportunity or indicate that Kids could not pursue it. Taxin discussed the matter with Dweck, and they decided to take it for themselves. Dweck granted Taxin a 20% membership interest in Success and retained 80% for herself.
From 2001 until 2005, Success operated out of Kids' premises using Kids' employees. Success drew on Kids' letters of credit, sold products under Kids' vendor agreements, used Kids' vendor numbers, and capitalized on Kids' relationships. Ostensibly to compensate Kids, Dweck decided that Success would pay an administrative fee equal to 1% of total sales. Dweck selected the 1% figure unilaterally without disclosure to or consultation with Nasser. The only mention of the fee was an opaque entry on Kids' financial statements entitled "Due from affiliates." See, e.g., JX 783. The identity of the affiliates was not specified, and Fine never discussed it with Nasser. The 1% fee appears to have been grossly inadequate.
Success also reimbursed Kids for the salaries of certain employees (but not for their benefits) and for a portion of Kids' rent. The only employees were those Dweck deemed to be working exclusively for Success. Dweck admitted that most Kids employees performed some work for Success. No effort was made to compensate Kids for their services. Taxin estimated at trial that he spent approximately 20% of his time on Success, which likely was a self-interestedly conservative figure. Numerous other Kids employees performed work for Success without reimbursement, including Pauline Pei, Mark Simonetti, Stanley Bernstein, Joseph Ezraty, Steve Golub, Leah Justice, and Kim Epps. Taxin estimated (doubtless conservatively) that these employees spent approximately 10-20% of their time on Success. Success also used Kids' overseas quality control inspectors and internal quality control employees. The rental reimbursements further illustrate the inadequacy of Success' payments to Kids. In 2004, for example, Dweck's companies reimbursed Kids for rent of $14,594. In 2005, after obtaining space of its own, Dweck's companies paid $437,689 for rent.
In its first three years of operation, Success signed license agreements to manufacture and distribute a number of brands, including Bugle Boy, Everlast, and John Deere. In the pitches to obtain the licenses, Success used marketing materials that listed the logos of Kids and Success side by side, cited industry awards won by Kids, and touted Kids' lengthy record in the apparel business. This resulted in confusion amongst the licensors. John Deere originally drafted their license agreement with Kids as the licensee, and the document was only changed to name Success at Dweck's request. The draft agreement for a license to the Mack brand was also prepared in Kids' name. A press release issued by Everlast described its licensee as "Success Apparel Group LLC, also known as Kids International . . . ." JX 531.
Inside Kids' offices, Success and Kids operated so seamlessly that many of the Kids employees who routinely worked for Success never suspected that Success was a separate company or had different ownership from Kids. Kids and Success used the same showroom and displayed their brands in the same space. There were no references to Success, and nothing suggested that the brands were not all owned by Kids. The only name on the door was Kids.
E. Dweck Forms Premium.
In June 2004, Dweck founded Premium Apparel Brands LLC ("Premium"), a New York limited liability company. Like Success, Premium was a clothing wholesaler, operated out of Kids' premises, and used Kids' employees and resources. Dweck owned 100% of Premium and served as its CEO. Taxin had no equity stake in Premium.
Dweck founded Premium to serve as licensee and manufacturer for the Gloria Vanderbilt brand. When Dweck originally negotiated the Gloria Vanderbilt license, the owner of the brand, Jones Apparel, understood that the license could be with Kids. Dweck switched the agreement to Premium.
F. Dweck Charges Personal Expenses To Kids.
Not content with her compensation from Kids and the profits from her parasitic companies, Dweck billed Kids for a luxurious lifestyle. Between 2002 and 2005, Dweck charged at least $466,948 in expenses to Kids. At trial, she admitted that at least $171,966 was for personal expenses, including Club Med vacations and assorted luxury goods from Armani, Prada, Gucci, and Bergdorf Goodman. Dweck could not determine whether another $170,400 was for business or personal expenses. She asserted that the remaining $124,582 was for legitimate business expenses. During the same period, Dweck was being paid $850,000 to $1.3 million per year in salary.
Fine countersigned each reimbursement check. Fine admitted at trial that part of his responsibilities included reviewing and signing off on expense reimbursements. He further admitted that he knew Dweck was seeking reimbursements for personal expenditures. Fine nevertheless signed off on Dweck's reimbursements without conducting any review.
G. Nasser Becomes Concerned.
During 2004, Kids stopped sending Nasser quarterly financial reports. Nasser repeatedly requested the reports, but Dweck and Fine ignored him. In November 2004, Lidia Lozovsky, a secretary at Kids who worked for Nasser, Dweck, and Fine, mentioned to Nasser that Dweck appeared to be handling a Gloria Vanderbilt line. In December, Lozovsky warned Nasser in stronger terms that there was "something going on" at Kids and that "there were other companies" operating out of Kids' offices. Tr. 807.
To get a handle on what was going on, Nasser had Shiboleth notice formal meetings of the board and stockholders for January 5, 2005. They were the first formal meetings in Kids' history. In advance of the meetings, Dweck and Fine told Nasser that Kids would book $115 million in sales for 2004. Days later, they lowered the sales figure to $95 million. During the January 5 board meeting, Dweck and Fine revealed that the actual sales figure was $72 million, a decline of roughly $18 million from the previous year. Nasser testified that after hearing the sales figure, "everybody looked at each other. And we knew that something [was] wrong because we were not told the truth at the beginning." Tr. 705.
Because of his growing suspicions, Nasser came to the January 5 meetings ready to take action. Nasser elected Lozovsky and his nephew, Itzhak Djemal, as directors of Kids. He appointed Djemal to the position of Vice Chairman and gave him authority equal to Dweck's: Djemal would handle production and corporate finances while Dweck would handle sales and design. Nasser privately tasked Djemal with uncovering what was going on at Kids.
Dweck was extremely unhappy with Djemal's appointment. She "knew [she] couldn't work for him or with him." Tr. 433. She decided that either she would buy out Nasser or leave Kids. Nasser refused to sell, so Dweck prepared to leave.
Dweck promptly met with Taxin and discussed the prospect of leaving Kids. With Taxin and Fine's assistance, she located separate office space for Success and Premium. More importantly, Dweck and Taxin organized a campaign to divert Kids' future orders to Success. Over the next three months, Kids employees carried out the campaign by contacting Kids' customers on behalf of Success.
The order cycle for a private label manufacturer takes approximately four to six months. It begins with a manufacturer like Kids designing and presenting samples to a retailer like Target for sale during a future season. If the retailer decides to proceed with a specific product, then a few weeks later the manufacturer receives a "commit" specifying the quantity, size, color, and other purchase details. The manufacturer starts production when the commit is obtained, but the order does not become final and binding until months later, five to seven days before shipment, when the manufacturer issues an electronic data information form to the retailer.
In early 2005, Kids was working to fill orders for the Fall 2005 season and had started product development and design work for the Holiday 2005 and Spring 2006 seasons. At the direction of Dweck and Taxin, Kids employees systematically switched the vendor information and customer contacts from Kids to Success, thereby ensuring that when the orders came in, they came to Success. Taxin instructed Paul Cohn, the Kids salesperson for Wal-Mart, to switch the Wal-Mart orders. Taxin instructed Pat Zobel, the Kids salesperson for Target, to switch the Target orders. At the time he gave these instructions, Taxin was President of Kids. Taxin also communicated directly with Wal-Mart and Target about switching purchases from Kids to Success.
H. The March 11, 2005 Meetings
Despite active resistance from Dweck, Djemal soon found evidence that Dweck was operating her own businesses from Kids' premises. When pressed for information, Dweck admitted it but insisted that she had Nasser's permission. Djemal reported his findings to Nasser.
Because Dweck disputed whether the January meetings were properly noticed, Nasser had Shiboleth notice a second round of board and stockholder meetings for March 11, 2005. The agenda for the stockholder meeting included confirming the identity of Kids' directors. The agenda for the board meeting included confirming the identity of Kids' officers. Going into the meeting, Nasser expected Dweck to continue as a director and CEO. Nasser did not know that Dweck already was preparing to leave.
Shiboleth noticed the meetings to be held at Kids' offices. After arriving at Kids, Nasser and Shiboleth were asked to wait in a conference room. Samples for Gloria Vanderbilt and other brands handled by Success and Premium covered the walls. Meanwhile, Haim, Dweck, and Dweck's counsel, Barry Slotnick, showed up at Shiboleth's office. After learning that Nasser and Shiboleth were at Kids, Dweck told Nasser and Shiboleth that they would be right over. She then instructed one of her employees to remove the samples. As Nasser and Shiboleth waited, an employee entered and removed the samples without explanation. It was a less-than-adroit maneuver, but consistent with Dweck's efforts to conceal her activities.
When the stockholder meeting convened, Shiboleth proposed that Dweck stand for re-election as a director. Dweck's lawyer, Slotnick, then announced that Dweck could not serve as a director because she had a conflict of interest as a result of operating competing businesses. Nasser and Shiboleth were nonplussed. Shiboleth assumed Slotnick made a mistake, so he suggested that he and Dweck consult privately. When they returned after fifteen minutes, Slotnick reiterated that Dweck declined to serve as a director because of a potential claim of a conflict of interest from selling competitive product from Kids' premises. All eyes turned to Dweck, who admitted that she was selling "overlapping product" from Kids' premises. Tr. 567. Nasser and Shiboleth were shocked: it was the first time Dweck had indicated that she was competing with Kids from Kids' premises. During the board meeting convened immediately after the stockholder meeting, Nasser observed that Dweck should not be an officer if she declined to serve as a director. The board formally elected a slate of officers that excluded Dweck, with Djemal as President and CEO.
I. Dweck, Taxin, and Fine Destroy Kids' Business.
Although no longer employed by Kids after the March 11 meetings, Dweck worked out of Kids' offices until April 11, 2005. Dweck and Taxin continued their campaign to divert Kids' business to Success, and they succeeded in transferring all of the Wal-Mart and Target business from the Holiday 2005 season onward. Kids did not receive any orders after May 2005.
Dweck and Taxin also arranged for Kids' employees to join Success. In early May 2005, Dweck and Taxin met with Kids' managers to inform them that Dweck would be operating her own companies separately from Kids and to offer them positions at her companies. Dweck told the managers to make the same offer to the employees under their supervision. She indicated that if they chose to accept her offer, "they would receive word to pack shortly." JX 636. Taxin later met with Kids' managers, reiterated the plan to leave Kids, and promised them jobs at Success. Fine met with at least one Kids employee and offered him a job at Success.
On May 17, 2005, Taxin informed the employees that May 18 was departure day. In the early morning of May 18, Kids employees began loading a moving truck with roughly 100 boxes of Kids' documents and materials. Fine supervised the process and attempted to conceal the move from Nasser and Djemal. Nasser, however, was tipped by a Kids employee the day before, and he arranged for Djemal and Lozovsky to arrive early at Kids' offices. Lozovsky found the move already underway and Kids' materials loaded in the moving truck. Lozovsky called Nasser, who demanded to speak to the driver. Fine took the phone, claimed that he was a driver named "Gregory," and listened while Nasser threatened to summon the police. Djemal arrived at Kids' offices just in time to stop the truck. He could not stop many of the former employees from taking boxes with them. A computer consultant whom Djemal hired later determined that a number of the hard drives from Kids' computers had been wiped clean.
As part of the May 18 mass departure, Taxin resigned to join Dweck at Success. Fine remained at Kids until May 25, 2005, when he too joined Dweck.
While Fine was overseeing the move and mass departure, Dweck and Taxin met with key Wal-Mart managers at Success' new offices. After Dweck explained the situation, the Wal-Mart managers expressed concern about their Fall 2005 orders. Dweck and Taxin assured the Wal-Mart managers that there would be no issues.
On May 20, Dweck and Taxin flew to Wal-Mart's headquarters in Bentonville, Arkansas to meet with more senior Wal-Mart managers. After the meeting, Wal-Mart recognized Success as its existing supplier and no longer recognized Kids. Dweck and Taxin then met with Target managers and achieved the same transition.
To protect their customer relationships, Dweck and Taxin made sure that a handful of employees remained at Kids to fill the Fall 2005 orders. Dweck and Taxin oversaw their efforts, effectively running Kids from afar. Kids received the profits on the Fall 2005 orders. Beginning with the Holiday 2005 and Spring 2006 seasons, Success took all of the orders and profits for itself. The employees who remained at Kids were offered jobs at Success once the Fall 2005 orders were completed.
J. Nasser And Djemal Fail To Revive Kids.
Having lost nearly all its employees and with its pipeline diverted to Success, Kids had to start over from scratch. Djemal began hiring new employees and attempted to solicit orders from the retail giants that had been Kids' customer base. He immediately encountered difficulties. The Hong Kong factory that Kids relied on for samples was working for Success and would not return his calls. The manufacturing facilities Kids used also would not respond. When Djemal visited Wal-Mart headquarters with a new line of samples, Wal-Mart told him that Success was the recognized supplier and that Djemal would have to reestablish Kids as a new vendor. When he met with Target, the representative told Djemal that she only gave him an appointment because "`I thought you were Success.'" Tr. 1081.
After failing for over a year to restart Kids' business, Nasser and Djemal began to search for alternatives. With more than $18 million in cash or cash equivalents, Kids had resources. Nasser and Djemal eventually settled on a joint venture with Seabreeze Apparel, a division of a company owned by Nasser. As the controlling shareholder of both entities, Nasser set the terms for the joint venture.
Under the joint venture agreement executed on July 15, 2006, Seabreeze contributed all of its pending orders and existing inventory to the joint venture. Seabreeze received its costs in producing and shipping the inventory plus a 25% markup, with any further profits divided equally between Seabreeze and Kids. The joint venture agreement was later amended to require Kids to purchase outright Seabreeze's existing inventory at cost plus 25%, which Djemal testified was consistent with industry standards. The joint venture generated a modest profit of $356,808 before it was shut down effective December 31, 2008.
K. Nasser Pays Off The Maubi Loan.
After the split with Dweck, Kids continued making interest payments on the Maubi Loan. In November 2008, before shuttering Kids' operations, Nasser caused Kids to wire more than $8.3 million overseas to pay off the Maubi Loan. But rather than paying Maubi, Kids sent the funds to Woodsford. Nasser made the switch because after learning of Nasser and Dweck's dispute, Keilman refused to distribute any funds without joint instructions. Paying Woodsford directly also allowed Nasser to avoid Keilman's 7% deduction. Woodsford continues to hold the $8.3 million, and Nasser agrees that Dweck is entitled to her 30%. Keilman holds roughly $7 million for distribution, subject to his 7% service charge. Again, Nasser agrees that Dweck is entitled to her 30%.
Since the end of 2008, Kids has not engaged actively in business. It has served primarily as a litigation vehicle for the parties' competing derivative claims. Kids and its principals are currently being audited by the Internal Revenue Service.
II. LEGAL ANALYSIS
Nasser alleges that Dweck, Taxin, and Fine breached their fiduciary duties by usurping Kids' corporate opportunities. Nasser also contends that Dweck and Fine breached their fiduciary duties by charging Dweck's personal expenses to Kids. Nasser re-styles the allegations supporting the fiduciary breaches as claims for (i) misappropriation of Kids' trade secrets, (ii) deceptive trade practices, (iii) tortious interference with Kids' prospective business relations, and (iv) conversion. Nasser seeks damages equal to Kids' purported going-concern value at the time of the split, which his expert values at between $70.8 million and $458.2 million.
Dweck claims primarily that Nasser breached his fiduciary duties by causing Kids to make payments to Maubi and the Foreign Licensors, taking unearned consulting fees through RAJN, and engaging in post-split activities such as the Seabreeze joint venture. Dweck contends that Nasser should pay $25.4 million in damages to Kids and account for an additional $21 million.
A. Success And Premium
Dweck and Taxin formed Success and Premium, took Kids' business opportunities for their new entities, competed directly with Kids, ran their businesses out of Kids' premises, used Kids' employees, and appropriated Kids' resources. In doing so, Dweck and Taxin breached their duty of loyalty to Kids.
1. The Nature Of The Breach
"The essence of a duty of loyalty claim is the assertion that a corporate officer or director has misused power over corporate property or processes in order to benefit himself rather than advance corporate purposes." Steiner v. Meyerson, 1995 WL 441999, at *2 (Del. Ch. July 19, 1995) (Allen, C.). "At the core of the fiduciary duty is the notion of loyalty—the equitable requirement that, with respect to the property subject to the duty, a fiduciary always must act in a good faith effort to advance the interests of his beneficiary." US W., Inc. v. Time Warner Inc., 1996 WL 307445, at *21 (Del. Ch. June 6, 1996) (Allen, C.). "Most basically, the duty of loyalty proscribes a fiduciary from any means of misappropriation of assets entrusted to his management and supervision." Id. "The doctrine of corporate opportunity represents . . . one species of the broad fiduciary duties assumed by a corporate director or officer." Broz v. Cellular Info. Sys., Inc., 673 A.2d 148, 154 (Del. 1996). The doctrine "holds that a corporate officer or director may not take a business opportunity for his own if: (1) the corporation is financially able to exploit the opportunity; (2) the opportunity is within the corporation's line of business; (3) the corporation has an interest or expectancy in the opportunity; and (4) by taking the opportunity for his own, the corporate fiduciary will thereby be placed in a position inimicable to his duties to the corporation." Id. at 154-55.
Dweck was a director and officer of Kids. Taxin was an officer of Kids. In these capacities, they owed a duty of loyalty to Kids. Gantler v. Stephens, 965 A.2d 695, 708-09 (Del. 2009). Dweck and Taxin breached their duty of loyalty by diverting what they decided were "new opportunities" to Success and Premium, including license agreements with Bugle Boy, Everlast, John Deere, and Gloria Vanderbilt, Wal-Mart private label business, and Target direct import business. Kids was a profitable enterprise with the financial capability to exploit each of these opportunities. Indeed, Dweck and Taxin used Kids' personnel and resources to pursue each opportunity, demonstrating that Kids just as easily could have pursued the opportunities in its own name. After appropriating the opportunities, Dweck and Taxin operated Success and Premium as if the companies were divisions of Kids, but kept the resulting profits for themselves. By doing so, Dweck and Taxin placed themselves "in a position inimicable to [their] duties to [Kids]." Broz, 673 A.2d at 155.
Dweck and Taxin's conduct bears a striking resemblance to the continuing exploitation of corporate resources in Guth v. Loft, Inc., 5 A.2d 503 (Del. 1939), the seminal corporate opportunity case in Delaware jurisprudence. In Guth, a director and the President of Loft Incorporated, Charles Guth, appropriated for himself the opportunity to purchase the secret formula and trademark for Pepsi-Cola from then-bankrupt National Pepsi-Cola Company. Guth, 5 A.2d at 505-06. Guth then operated Pepsi-Cola as a division of Loft, secretly using its employees and resources but keeping all the profits for himself. Id. at 507. The Delaware Supreme Court agreed that Guth breached his duty of loyalty and affirmed that Guth was required to disgorge all profits and equity from the venture to Loft. Id. at 515. Like Guth, Dweck and Taxin established a competing company into which they channeled new opportunities, then used Kids' "materials, credit, executives and employees as [they] willed." Id. at 506.
2. The Line Of Business Defense
To defend their actions, Dweck and Taxin tried to distinguish between the private label clothing business and the branded clothing business, then argued that Kids only operated in the private label business. Supposedly this distinction left them free to take the branded business. To the contrary, Kids had an interest in the branded business.
When determining whether a corporation has an interest in a line of business, the nature of the corporation's business should be broadly interpreted. "[L]atitude should be allowed for development and expansion. To deny this would be to deny the history of industrial development." Id. at 514; see Fliegler v. Lawrence, 361 A.2d 218, 220 (Del. 1976) (holding that antimony mine was corporate opportunity for corporation engaged in gold and silver mining).
Although Kids primarily operated in the private label business, Kids easily and readily could have expanded into the branded business. If Dweck and Taxin had felt they were getting a fair share of Kids' profits, then Kids doubtless would have done so. Kids faced significant pressure in its private label business as major retailers tried to cut out the middleman and deal directly with overseas suppliers. Moving into the branded business would have been a natural and prudent response to the threat.
It is abundantly clear that Kids could have capitalized on each of the branded opportunities taken by Success and Premium. At trial, Taxin conceded that Kids could have handled the Bugle Boy and John Deere business. Moreover, Success and Premium did not in fact limit themselves to branded opportunities; they also appropriated private label opportunities. When Wal-Mart approached Kids about manufacturing men's clothing for the Wal-Mart private label called No Boundaries, Dweck and Taxin decided it was a "new opportunity" in which Kids had no expectancy. Manufacturing Wal-Mart private label brands had long been Kids' core business, and Kids had manufactured No Boundaries girls' clothing since 2000. At trial, Taxin admitted that Kids could have taken this opportunity. Success also manufactured clothing for the Wal-Mart private label lines Faded Glory and Pure Playaz. When Target offered Kids the opportunity to engage in "direct importing," a process by which a company would have clothing manufactured overseas and shipped directly to Target, Dweck and Taxin again decided to take the opportunity for Success. Taxin obtained the opportunity while visiting Target's headquarters as Kids' President on a business trip for Kids. At trial, Taxin admitted that Kids could have handled the Target direct business. At post-trial argument, Dweck conceded that Success should not have taken the Target direct opportunity.
3. The Consent Defense
As their next defense, Dweck and her colleagues claimed that Nasser gave Dweck permission to compete. According to Dweck, she approached Nasser before forming Success and disclosed that she was planning to start a company that would compete with Kids. In her direct testimony, she claimed to remember "very vividly" a meeting with Nasser in February 2002, at his offices, when she sat with him at "a little round table by the window." Tr. 409. She asserted that she brought with her an unsigned, draft letter dated February 22, 2002, that she allegedly prepared, then decided not to send, then chose to use as a list of discussion points when meeting with Nasser in person. She supposedly "went to [Nasser] and discussed every single point." Tr. 410. She recalled telling Nasser that "I'm not motivated to kill myself, continue to work, you know, so many hours a day and weekends, and therefore I would take any new opportunities outside of Kids." Tr. 461. She asserted that Nasser encouraged her to start her own business, declaring "`I'm not standing in your way for improving yourself.'" Tr. 495. According to Dweck, this statement gave her the go-ahead to use Kids' employees and Kids' resources to run a business out of Kids' offices that competed directly with Kids.
Dweck's trial testimony conflicted with her sworn interrogatory response, in which she averred that the February 22 letter was sent to Nasser on or about February 25 and that she could not recall the method of transmittal. The interrogatory response did not mention anything about a face-to-face meeting with Nasser. On cross-examination, Dweck admitted that at the time she drafted the letter, Nasser was out of the country, likely in Tel Aviv. She admitted never discussing with Nasser what new opportunities she might pursue. She admitted never suggesting to Nasser that she would take opportunities from Wal-Mart or Target, Kids' largest customers. She admitted never mentioning that her business would operate from Kids' premises, use Kids' resources, or compete with Kids.
Nasser did not recall any meeting or conversation with Dweck. Instead, he remembered a call from Shiboleth, who told him that Dweck wanted to start her own business. After Nasser expressed concern that Dweck's new venture would compete with Kids, Shiboleth assured him that Dweck planned to operate in the upscale department store market. This would have differentiated Dweck's new company from Kids, which sold almost exclusively to discount retailers. Having been assured that Dweck's business would not compete with Kids, Nasser offered to help Dweck and told Shiboleth to advise her on how to set up the business. Taxin's trial testimony comported with Nasser's account. Taxin testified that when he asked Dweck whether she had disclosed their plan to start a new company to Nasser, Dweck answered that Nasser told her "it's fine, so long as you're not competing with me." Tr. 261. Fine similarly understood that Dweck and Nasser had a conversation in which Nasser generally expressed support for Dweck pursuing her own business. Fine could not say that Nasser knew Success and Premium were competing with Kids or using Kids' employees and resources. Fine never discussed these facts with Nasser.
Having considered the witnesses' testimony and demeanor, I reject Dweck's version of events. I do not believe Dweck ever disclosed to Nasser that she intended to compete directly with Kids and use Kids' employees and resources. I rather believe that she initially conveyed to Shiboleth in consciously vague terms that she was thinking about starting a distinct and separate apparel business. Shiboleth relayed the message to Nasser, who expressed his support so long as Dweck did not compete with Kids, and he suggested that Shiboleth help her on that basis. Nothing about the work that Shiboleth's firm performed for Dweck would have given the firm any reason to suspect that Dweck would be competing directly with Kids and using Kids' employees and resources.
To the extent that Dweck subsequently had conversations with Nasser and Shiboleth, I find that she continued to be intentionally vague about her business and never gave them reason to believe that she was using Kids' employees and resources to compete directly with Kids. I reject as inauthentic the unsigned February letter and do not believe it was ever sent or its contents ever communicated to Nasser. Rather, I think that it was a draft that Dweck located during discovery, regarded as helpful, and used to shape her testimony.
Nasser never consented to Dweck competing directly with Kids, using Kids' employees and resources, and operating out of Kids' premises. In a real sense, that was not competition at all. It was conversion and theft. Regardless, Dweck and Taxin cannot rely on Nasser's purported consent to justify their conduct.
4. The Stockholder Agreement Defense
For yet another defense, Dweck and Taxin contended that Nasser agreed in substance to allow Dweck to compete as evidenced by drafts of a Kids stockholders' agreement. In total, eight iterations of the proposed stockholders' agreement were drafted by Shiboleth's law firm. Each draft contained a clause that would have granted the parties broad latitude to take corporate opportunities that otherwise belonged to Kids. The parties called it the "free-for-all" provision. Tr. 353.
Nasser never signed the agreement or approved any of the drafts. Nasser testified and Shiboleth credibly confirmed that Nasser rejected the free-for-all provision for Kids because he depended on Dweck's management. Dweck conceded on cross-examination that "Albert said he wasn't willing to sign" the stockholders' agreement. Tr. 394. Dweck elsewhere testified that she later sought an employment agreement in part because she and Nasser never agreed on the stockholders' agreement. In short, Nasser and Dweck never had a meeting of the minds over the stockholders' agreement. The free-for-all provision never became effective, and Dweck cannot rely on it to justify her conduct. I therefore need not reach the complex legal issues that the provision would raise.
5. The Essential Childrenswear Defense
As their final defense, Dweck relied on the operating agreement of Essential Childrenswear ("Essential"), a company formed by Nasser, Dweck, and Haim in 1998. The Essential operating agreement contained a free-for-all provision, which stated:
Any Member and any of their respective affiliates may engage in or possess any interest in other business ventures of any kind, independently or with others, including but not limited to any business similar in nature to or competitive with the business of [Essential]. The fact that a Member or any of their respective affiliates may encounter business opportunities and may take advantage of such opportunities himself and/or herself and/or itself or introduce such opportunities to entities in which he/she/it has or has not any interest, shall not subject such Member or affiliate to liability to [Essential] or any of the other Members on account of the lost opportunity. Neither [Essential] nor any Member shall have any right by virtue of this Agreement or otherwise in or to such ventures, or to the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of such ventures, even though competitive with the business of [Essential], shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. . . . [Essential] and each Member hereby waives all right or remedy against the Members with respect to any damage, injury, lost profits or revenue as a result of any competitive business activities on the part of any Member.
JX 13 at 5. Dweck contended that this provision authorized her to compete with Kids because (i) Dweck and Nasser were Members of Essential, (ii) Kids, Success, and Premium were among "their respective affiliates," and (iii) "[t]he fact that a Member or any of their respective affiliates may encounter business opportunities and may take advantage of such opportunities himself and/or herself and/or itself or introduce such opportunities to entities in which he/she/it has or has not any interest, shall not subject such Member or affiliate to liability to [Essential] or any of the other Members on account of the lost opportunity."
I cannot agree. Under Dweck's reading, the company-specific language in the Essential agreement would eliminate broadly the duty of loyalty for all other business entities formed by the same parties. But contrary to Dweck's reading, the Essential provision does not unambiguously extend to any opportunities belonging to another entity such as Kids, nor does it excuse the taking of that entity's opportunities by its fiduciaries. The far more reasonable reading is that the provision addressed Essential's opportunities and the taking of those opportunities by Essential's Members.
"[A] contract is ambiguous . . . when the provision[] in controversy [is] reasonably or fairly susceptible of different interpretations or may have two or more different meanings." Kaiser Aluminum Corp. v. Matheson, 681 A.2d 392, 395 (Del. 1996) (quoting Rhone-Poulenc Basic Chems. Co. v. Am. Motorists Ins. Co., 616 A.2d 1192, 1196 (Del. 1992)). Assuming for purposes of analysis that Dweck advanced a reasonable interpretation, the evidentiary record comes down decidedly against Dweck's position.
"It is a familiar rule that when a contract is ambiguous, a construction given to it by the acts and conduct of the parties with knowledge of its terms, before any controversy has arisen as to its meaning, is entitled to great weight, and will, when reasonable, be adopted and enforced by the courts." Radio Corp. of Am. v. Phila. Storage Battery Co., 6 A.2d 329, 340 (Del. 1939). The evidentiary record reflects that before this litigation, the parties did not believe that the Essential free-for-all provision granted Dweck the right to compete with Kids. Dweck repeatedly sought to have Nasser sign the Kids stockholders' agreement, each draft of which contained a functionally identical free-for-all provision. Nasser refused to sign the draft agreements, specifically objecting to the free-for-all provision. Before founding Success and taking the Bugle Boy opportunity, Dweck sought Nasser's consent (albeit in a vague and ambiguous manner). She received approval only after assuring Shiboleth that her new business would not compete with Kids. If the Essential agreement operated as Dweck now contends, then she had no reason to seek Nasser's consent.
Having considered the parties' contentions in light of the evidentiary record, I find that the scope of the Essential free-for-all provision was limited to corporate opportunities in which Essential had an interest or expectancy. The Essential free-for-all provision did not allow individuals who happened to be Essential Members to usurp Kids' corporate opportunities that came to them in their capacities as Kids fiduciaries.
6. The Remedy
As damages for usurping Kids' corporate opportunities, Dweck, Taxin, Success, and Premium are jointly and severally liable to Kids for the lost profits Kids would have generated from business diverted to Success and Premium. The time period covered by the lost profits award runs from the founding of those entities through May 18, 2005, the date of the split. Nasser's expert quantified the lost profits through the end of 2004 at $9,022,825, and Dweck did not dispute the calculation. Accordingly, Dweck, Taxin, Success, and Premium are jointly and severally liable to Kids for this amount. In addition, Dweck, Taxin, Success, and Premium must provide an accounting of and are jointly and severally liable to Kids for profits generated between January 1, 2005 and May 18, 2005.
Dweck, Taxin, Success, and Premium also are jointly and severally liable for profits generated by Success and Premium after May 18, 2005 for the duration of the license agreements then in effect, including any rights of renewal or extension. If Dweck and Taxin had been faithful fiduciaries, those license agreements would have been in Kids' name, and Kids could have continued to perform under the agreements together with any renewals or extensions contemplated by the then-existing contracts.
As of May 18, 2005, Success and Premium had signed license agreements for Bugle Boy, Everlast, John Deere, and Gloria Vanderbilt. The Bugle Boy agreement expired on June 30, 2005 and was not renewed. The initial terms of the Everlast, John Deere, and Gloria Vanderbilt licenses expired on December 31, 2006, October 31, 2007, and December 31, 2007, respectively. The John Deere and Gloria Vanderbilt license agreements each contained renewal rights for one additional three-year term. The Everlast license agreement contained renewal options for two three-year terms. The profits from these license agreements and any others that Success or Premium entered into prior to May 18, 2005 are awarded to Kids.
Because the record does not contain evidence sufficient to quantify the amounts, Dweck, Taxin, Success, and Premium shall account to Kids for all profits earned by Success and Premium on these licenses and any others that Success or Premium entered into prior to May 18, 2005.
B. The Mass Departure And The Taking Of Kids' Property And Business Expectancies
Dweck, Taxin, and Fine breached their fiduciary duties by directing Kids employees to transfer Kids' expected orders and customer accounts to Success, taking Kids' property and files, and arranging a mass employee departure on May 18, 2005. "A breach of fiduciary duty occurs when a fiduciary commits an unfair, fraudulent, or wrongful act, including . . . misuse of confidential information, solicitation of employer's customers before cessation of employment, conspiracy to bring about mass resignation of an employer's key employees, or usurpation of the employer's business opportunity." Beard Research, Inc. v. Kates, 8 A.3d 573, 602 (Del. Ch. 2010). Dweck cannot limit her liability by citing the termination of her relationship with Kids on March 11. Before that point, Dweck breached her own duties as a fiduciary. After that point, Dweck actively conspired with Taxin and Fine, thereby aiding and abetting Taxin and Fine's breaches of fiduciary duty.
As a remedy, Nasser seeks damages equal to Kids' value as a going concern as of May 18, 2005, which Nasser's expert calculated as $70.8 million to $458.2 million. This measure is far too high and inconsistent with the business reality that Dweck and Taxin were key employees, Kids depended upon them, and they were not bound by any restrictive covenants. Kids' principal customers, including Wal-Mart and Target, had ties to Dweck and Taxin, not Kids. Dweck and Taxin could have departed from Kids at any time and taken the bulk of Kids' goodwill and going concern value with them. As an entity distinct from Dweck and Taxin, Kids had minimal (if any) goodwill or going-concern value.
If Dweck and Taxin had left Kids legitimately, they likely would have competed successfully with Kids and won its non-branded business. But for their fiduciary breaches, however, Dweck and Taxin would have had to start from scratch after leaving Kids. In that alternative universe, Kids would have had an intact employee base, access to its records, and a much better shot at preserving some element of its relationships with Wal-Mart and Target. Dweck and Taxin likely would have captured the non-branded business eventually, but it would have taken time.
In my view, Kids' remedy for the departure-related breaches of fiduciary duty should be limited to the damages Kids suffered over and above where Kids would have been had Dweck and Taxin resigned in an appropriate manner. To approximate this loss, I award Kids the profits generated by Success in its non-branded business for the Holiday 2005 and Spring 2006 seasons. In May 2005, Kids was hard at work on the Fall 2005 season and had started preparing for the Holiday 2005 and Spring 2006 seasons. Kids' designers already had been traveling and shopping internationally to develop ideas for the Spring 2006 season, and they had a good understanding about what Wal-Mart and Target's Spring 2006 needs would be. During their departure from Kids, Dweck and Taxin took this business. I award it to Kids and hold Dweck, Taxin, Success, and Premium liable for the profits that Success and Premium earned from these seasons.
Fine is jointly and severally liable with Dweck and Taxin for the Holiday 2005 and Spring 2006 profits. Contrary to Djemal's directives, Fine provided substantial assistance to Dweck and refused to keep Djemal informed about his activities. Fine reported regularly to Dweck about the status of Kids' business and helped Dweck find new premises for Success. Fine helped organize the mass employee departure and oversaw the attempted removal of Kids' property, going so far as to misrepresent to Nasser that he was "Gregory," the driver of the moving truck. As a critical participant in the wrongdoing surrounding Dweck and Taxin's departure from Kids, Fine is jointly and severally liable for the remedy. Accordingly, Dweck, Taxin, Fine, Success, and Premium shall account for and pay over to Kids all profits generated from the Holiday 2005 and Spring 2006 orders.
C. Dweck's Personal Expenses
Between 2002 and 2005, Dweck caused Kids to reimburse her $466,948 in personal and business expenses. Dweck conceded that $171,966 were personal expenses that she wrongfully charged to Kids. She claimed she could not determine whether $170,400 were business or personal, but nevertheless asserted that she should not be ordered to repay that amount to Kids. She testified that $124,582 corresponded to legitimate Kids' business expenses.
Under Delaware law, fiduciaries have a duty to account to their beneficiaries for their disposition of all assets that they manage in a fiduciary capacity. That duty carries with it the burden of proving that the disposition was proper. . . . [I]ncluded within the duty to account is a duty to maintain records that will discharge the fiduciaries' burden, and . . . if that duty is not observed, every presumption will be made against the fiduciaries.
Technicorp Int'l II, Inc. v. Johnston, 2000 WL 713750, at *2 (Del. Ch. May 31, 2000). "If corporate fiduciaries divert corporate assets to themselves for non-corporate purposes, they are liable for the amounts wrongfully diverted." Id. at *45.
As a Kids fiduciary, Dweck bore the burden at trial of proving that the challenged expenses were legitimate. Dweck failed to meet her burden. Instead, Dweck testified that she "didn't think Mr. Nasser would mind." Tr. 519. She later explained: "I felt that [the expense reimbursement] was part of, really, part of my compensation. In retrospect, I'm sorry I did it and I made a mistake." Tr. 521.
Dweck accordingly is liable to Kids for a total of $342,366 in expenses, comprising both the $171,966 of admittedly personal expenses and the $170,400 of indeterminate expenses. Nasser did not meaningfully challenge Dweck's assertion that $124,582 in expenses were legitimate, and I accept Dweck's testimony on this issue.
Fine is jointly and severally liable for the amounts due. As Kids' CFO, Fine owed fiduciary duties to Kids. From 2002 through 2005, Fine co-signed for the reimbursement of Dweck's personal expenses. He admitted at trial that he did not perform any review of Dweck's expenses before co-signing her reimbursement checks. He simply signed off.
Because Fine was not personally interested in Dweck's expense reimbursements, he can be held liable for a breach of the duty of loyalty only if he consciously facilitated wrongful action by another for a purpose other than advancing the best interests of the corporation. Hampshire Gp., Ltd. v. Kuttner, 2010 WL 2739995, at *11-12 (Del. Ch. July 12, 2010). When a fiduciary "fail[s] to act in the face of a known duty to act, thereby demonstrating a conscious disregard for [his] responsibilities, [he] breach[es] [his] duty of loyalty by failing to discharge that fiduciary obligation in good faith." Stone v. Ritter, 911 A.2d 362, 370 (Del. 2006) (footnote omitted)). Fine facilitated Dweck's wrongful conduct by consciously abdicating his duty to review her expenses. Reviewing and approving expenditures was part of his job, yet he knowingly chose not to do it.
Fine's actions differ in kind from the expense-reviewing officer's conduct in Kuttner, where this Court declined to hold the officer liable. There, Hampshire Group Limited brought breach of fiduciary duty claims against Roger Clark, the company's former Vice President of Finance and Principal Accounting Officer, for improperly signing off on expense reimbursements for Ludwig Kuttner, the company's free-spending former CEO. Facing impending changes in the accounting rules, Kuttner submitted a backlog of more than $1 million in reimbursement requests from 1989 to 2002. Id. at *15. Clark had to review the mountain of paper. Id. at *14. Although Clark successfully weeded out the vast majority of Kuttner's personal expenses, several slipped through. Id. at *16. In its post-trial decision, the Court primarily faulted Hampshire's board of directors, finding that "[f]or over a decade, the Hampshire board knew that Kuttner was not complying with corporate policies and had a large backlog of unsubmitted expense reports." Id. at *13. Because of "the board's own torpor and lack of will," Clark was forced to conduct the expense review under severe time pressure. Id. at *20. The Court found that the amounts of the overlooked expenditures were de minimis and regarded it as understandable that Clark might have missed the challenged items. Id. at 18. The Court therefore could not "conclude that [Clark] acted in bad faith or in a grossly negligent manner." Id. at *20.
Fine's situation was different. He did not face a huge backlog, nor was he under time pressure. He had the opportunity to review Dweck's expenses on a periodic basis. He simply chose not to. Although some of Dweck's personal expenses were de minimis, Fine regularly signed off on thousands of dollars of personal expenditures without considering their validity or asking any questions. By doing so, Fine acted in bad faith. He and Dweck are therefore jointly and severally liable for $342,366.
D. Other Claims Against Dweck, Taxin, And Fine
Nasser pursued other, non-fiduciary tort claims against Dweck, Taxin, and Fine, including (i) misappropriation of trade secrets, (ii) deceptive trade practices, (iii) tortious interference with prospective business relations, and (iv) conversion. Because the tort claims arise from the same conduct as the fiduciary breaches, they are subsumed in the fiduciary analysis. The remedies I have imposed address the resulting harms and do so more completely by deploying the flexible and expansive remedial powers afforded by equity. I therefore do not reach the non-fiduciary tort claims.
E. The Overseas Payments
Dweck advanced a range of claims based on the overseas payments to Maubi and the Foreign Licensors. I will not address the legality of the tax structure. Shiboleth is a sophisticated international lawyer who believed that the structure was legal. The Internal Revenue Service is currently auditing Kids and its principals, and the propriety of the structure is best addressed in that forum.
In this case, the parties dispute who owns the overseas funds, whether the amounts must be repaid to Kids, and whether Nasser is liable to Dweck for some or all of the monies. Assuming that the structure is legal, I can perceive no reason under Delaware law why the owners of a closely held Delaware corporation could not agree to capitalize an entity using the structure Shiboleth designed. Equally important, Dweck cannot assert any causes of action relating to the payments. First, she acquiesced to them. Second, she was not harmed by them because she beneficially owns her pro rata share of the funds.
"Under Delaware law, acquiescence occurs `where a complainant has full knowledge of his rights and the material facts and (1) remains inactive for a considerable time; or (2) freely does what amounts to recognition of the complained of act; or (3) acts in a manner inconsistent with the subsequent repudiation, which leads the other party to believe the act has been approved.'" DiRienzo v. Steel P'rs Hldgs. L.P., 2009 WL 4652944, at *7 (Del. Ch. Dec. 8, 2009) (quoting Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P. v. Cantor, 2000 WL 307370, at *24 (Del. Ch. Mar. 13, 2000)). Assuming for purposes of discussion that Nasser and Shiboleth originally set up a wrongful scheme, Dweck agreed to it. She went along until 1998 and personally benefited after that. Her actions constitute classic acquiescence, barring her from challenging the overseas payments.
Equally important, as among Dweck, Nasser, and Kids, Dweck cannot claim any harm from the overseas payments. The trial record established that Dweck beneficially owns her pro rata share of the funds, comprising 30% of the $8.3 million held by Woodsford and 30% of the roughly $7 million held by Keilman, net of his fees. Nasser conceded both points and made clear that Woodsford would send Dweck her share and issue instructions jointly with Dweck to Keilman. Dweck can obtain her portion of these overseas funds at any time. She cannot claim a wrong or obtain a remedy with respect to monies that she currently owns and can access.
F. The Consulting Fees To RAJN
Dweck next claims that Nasser breached his fiduciary duties by ordering Kids to pay "consulting fees" to RAJN. These payments began in 1996 and were made each year until 2008. Dweck's challenges to the pre-2002 payments are barred by laches.
"Laches is an equitable principle that operates to prevent the enforcement of a claim in equity where a plaintiff has delayed unreasonably in bringing suit to the detriment of the defendant or third parties." Donald J. Wolfe, Jr. & Michael A. Pittenger, Corporate and Commercial Practice in the Delaware Court of Chancery §11.06, at 11-61 (2010). "[T]he following factors [are] important in determining whether a party is guilty of laches: (1) knowledge of a claim, (2) unreasonable delay, (3) change of position on the part of those affected by the plaintiff's nonaction, and (4) the intervention of rights of those affected." Id. §11.06[b], at 11-62 to -63.
Dweck knew of the RAJN payments since 1996, but did not challenge them until May 2005. "[T]hree years is the measuring rod for the facial timeliness of claims for breach of fiduciary duty . . . ." Teachers' Ret. Sys. of La. v. Aidinoff, 900 A.2d 654, 665 (Del. Ch. 2006) (citing 10 Del. C. § 8106). Although a damages claim arising from wrongful conduct of a fiduciary that occurred outside the three-year period is presumptively time-barred, a plaintiff may nevertheless challenge a decision to continue the wrongful conduct if the decision was made in the three years before the filing of the complaint. Id. at 666.
In Aidinoff, the plaintiff challenged the defendants' decision to perform under an allegedly unfair contract. Id. Although the contract was first entered into more than twenty years earlier, it contained a termination provision that gave the defendants "the business option of choosing not to continue that relationship annually . . . ." Id. Because the contract could be freely terminated on an annual basis, the plaintiff's claim was not time-barred as to renewals within three years of the complaint. Id. at 667.
Like the defendants in Aidinoff, Nasser could have discontinued the RAJN payments at any time. Each payment represented a discrete decision to perpetuate an unfair course of conduct. Each payment is therefore evaluated separately for laches. That doctrine bars any challenge to payments made more than three years before Dweck filed her complaint. Challenges to later payments are not time-barred.
The payments to RAJN were interested transactions between a corporation and its controlling shareholder, so Nasser bore the burden of demonstrating their entire fairness to Kids. See Kahn v. Lynch Commc'n Sys., Inc., 638 A.2d 1110, 1115 (Del. 1994). Neither Nasser nor his entity, RAJN, rendered any services to Kids that would have justified the consulting fees, and Nasser did not proffer any creditable explanation as to how they were fair to Kids. Nasser therefore failed to carry his burden and is liable to Kids for the consulting fees paid to RAJN from May 2002 onward. The total amount due is $3,864,583. JX 884, Ex. A
G. Nasser's Appointment Of Djemal As Kids' CEO
Dweck claims that Nasser breached his fiduciary duty by appointing his nephew, Djemal, as CEO at the March 11, 2005 board meeting. Assuming for purposes of discussion that appointing Djemal was an interested transaction that should be reviewed for entire fairness, Nasser carried his burden of proof.
The evidence at trial established that Nasser was shocked by Dweck's admission at the March 11 stockholder meeting that she was competing from Kids' premises and by her subsequent refusal to serve on Kids' board of directors. Nasser had not groomed a successor. Given Dweck's central role in the day-to-day affairs of the company, Nasser needed to fill her position immediately. With more than forty years experience in the apparel industry, Djemal was a qualified candidate. Under the circumstances, Nasser's appointment of Djemal as Kids' CEO was entirely fair to Kids and did not constitute a breach of fiduciary duty. For similar reasons, hiring Djemal was not an act of waste.
H. The Seabreeze Joint Venture
Dweck challenged Nasser and Djemal's decision to enter into the Seabreeze joint venture as a breach of fiduciary duty. Because Nasser controlled both Kids and Seabreeze, the joint venture is subject to entire fairness review. Lynch, 638 A.2d at 1115.
As controller of both entities, Nasser unilaterally set the terms of the joint venture. The venture nevertheless was profitable for Kids, netting $356,808 over two years. Although I initially was skeptical of the economic terms, Nasser and Djemal offered evidence at trial that the terms comported with industry standards. Dweck offered no evidence to the contrary. Based on the evidence presented, I find that Nasser carried his burden by demonstrating that the terms of the Seabreeze joint venture were entirely fair to Kids.
I. The $3,076,400 In Cash
Kids had $18,312,555 of cash or cash equivalents on its balance sheet as of March 31, 2005. By the time Nasser shut the company down, Kids only had $832,414 remaining. Much of the difference was accounted for at trial: $8,346,211 went to Woodsford; $3,830,537 went for legal fees; $1,258,718 went to RAJN for consulting fees; $968,275 went to Djemal for services rendered to Kids. The remainder, $3,076,400, has not been accounted for.
Dweck sought a full accounting. Such a remedy would be overbroad. Nevertheless, given Nasser's history of insider transactions and the gap in the evidentiary record, Nasser is ordered to account to Kids for the unidentified $3,076,400. Whether any further remedy is warranted must await the completion of the accounting.
J. Kids' Payments For Attorneys' Fees
At trial and in her post-trial briefs, Dweck belatedly challenged Kids' payment of Nasser's, Djemal's, and its own legal fees in this litigation. She cited the fact of payment and the amounts incurred, but did not articulate how the payments might be wrongful.
Dweck named Kids as a defendant, not simply a nominal defendant, forcing Kids to retain counsel. Nasser and Djemal possessed the right to mandatory advancements under Article Sixth of Kids' Certificate of Incorporation. See JX 932. Dweck did not offer any reason why their advancement rights would not have been triggered when she sued them in their covered capacities for breaches of fiduciary duty. On the current record, the payments for legal fees appear proper.
K. Fee Shifting
Each side asked me to shift fees under the bad faith exception to the American Rule. Each side litigated vigorously. Each side has been found to have engaged in conduct for which liability has been imposed. Although Dweck's striking breaches of the duty of loyalty and her frequently non-creditable testimony came closest to qualifying under the bad faith exception, the case as a whole does not warrant fee shifting.
III. CONCLUSION
Dweck, Taxin, Fine, and Nasser are liable to Kids as set forth herein. For purposes of the accountings ordered herein, profit shall be measured as gross profit less selling, general, and administrative expenses. See JX 179, Ex. J. Pre-judgment interest is due on all amounts at the legal rate, compounded quarterly. The parties will confer regarding the additional proceedings required by this opinion and submit an implementing order.
[1] First names are used for clarity and without suggesting familiarity or intending disrespect.
11.4.2.2 Problem Set to Intentional Harm 11.4.2.2 Problem Set to Intentional Harm
1/12/2026 pdw
Problems
- What standard of care is violated by intentional harm?
- What standard of review applies?
- Why might these cases be rare?
- Paul is CEO of Burgeropolis. His team tells him that the company could gain market share and increase overall profits by cutting its combo prices by 5%. But Paul knows that most of the company's shareholders also own stock in Sandwichville, a competitor. The team explains that Burgeropolis cutting prices would harm Sandwichville's profits. Would Paul be breaching his fiduciary duties if he lowered the combo prices? If he refused to lower the combo prices? Would your answer change if the shareholders were exactly the same at both companies (assume no antitrust violations)? What if 51% of the shareholders were the same? If Paul is permitted to sacrifice profits to benefit the shareholders' other financial interests, can he also sacrifice profits to benefit their ideological interests (e.g., redirecting profits to corporate lobbying)?
Answers
- Intentional harm is bad faith, so the duty of loyalty. Recall that the duty of loyalty covers bad mental states.
- The business judgment rule is rebutted by bad faith, and intentional harm is bad faith. When the business judgment rule is rebutted, we apply the entire fairness standard.
- These cases are rare because typically if someone is harming the company they are doing so in exchange for a benefit, which would typically raise an issue with conflicts rather than merely vindictive bad faith. Most of Dweck's competitive actions could be characterized as a conflict, though destroying the business at the end seems more vindictive.
- This question is meant to encourage discussion, so no answer is provided. Should a fiduciary consider the preferences of a typical shareholder or of the actual shareholders?
11.4.3 Illegality 11.4.3 Illegality
5/21/2025 pdw
It's common to hear that fiduciary duties require corporations to maximize profits, even if doing so would violate the law. That's false. Even the most die hard defenders of profit maximization agree that corporations must abide by "the basic rules of the society, both those embodied in law and those embodied in ethical custom." Milton Friedman, The Social Responsibility of Business Is to Increase Its Profits, NY Times (Sep. 13, 1970).
While courts will not enforce Friedman's "ethical customs," they will enforce violations of the law. Directors and officers that cause a corporation to violate the law may be held personally liable. And these violations cannot be exculpated. DGCL § 102(b)(7) (allowing exculpation for "acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.").
The theory is that breaking the law is disloyal to the shareholders' interests. "[O]ne cannot act loyally as a corporate director by causing the corporation to violate the positive laws it is obliged to obey.” Guttman v. Huang, 823 A.2d 492, 506 (Del. Ch. 2003).
A policy of illegal activity is also ultra vires. An ultra vires activity is an activity that is beyond the powers of the directors or officers. Even the broadest certificates of incorporation limit the purpose of the corporation to "any lawful purpose for which a corporation may be organized." A board of directors that attempts to authorize illegal activity is literally acting beyond its scope of authority.
11.4.3.1 In re Massey Energy Company Derivative and Class Action Litigation 11.4.3.1 In re Massey Energy Company Derivative and Class Action Litigation
4/4/2024 pdw
Entities:
1. Massey Energy Company: A large coal mining corporation that faced derivative litigation for its failure to comply with safety regulations, especially after the 2010 explosion at its Upper Big Branch (UBB) mine.
2. Alpha Natural Resources, Inc.: Acquired Massey in 2011. After the merger, claims related to Massey’s pre-merger misconduct were a key issue in the case.
Plaintiffs:
1. Two Pension Funds and Two Individual Stockholders: They held shares in Massey during the relevant period and initiated the derivative suit, alleging that Massey’s board breached their fiduciary duties by ignoring safety regulations.
Defendants (Directors and Officers of Massey Energy):
1. Don L. Blankenship: CEO and Chairman of the Board of Massey from 2000 to 2010. He was known for prioritizing profits over safety, with a combative stance toward regulators.
2. Baxter F. Phillips, Jr.: President of Massey from 2008 and CEO starting January 2011. He succeeded Blankenship in leadership.
3. Bobby R. Inman: Lead independent director of Massey, serving on the board from 1985 until the merger.
4. Linda J. Welty: Appointed to Massey’s board in 2010.
The lawsuit was based on Massey’s board’s alleged failure to ensure safety at its mines, leading to the fatal explosion and significant liabilities. The plaintiff's motion for preliminary injunction of a merger between Massey and Alpha was DENIED, for reasons other than why this case was included. The focus herein is on what the court has to say about illegal acts by a corporation.
Court of Chancery of Delaware.
In re MASSEY ENERGY COMPANY Derivative and Class Action Litigation
C.A. No. 5430–VCS
Submitted: May 26, 2011.Decided: May 31, 2011.
Stuart M. Grant, Esquire, Cynthia A. Calder, Esquire, Abraham Alexander, Esquire, Grant & Eisenhofer P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; Mark Lebovitch, Esquire, Amy Miller, Esquire, Bernstein Litowitz Berger & Grossmann LLP, New York, New York; Anita Kartalopoulos, Esquire, Benjamin Y. Kaufman, Esquire, Kent A. Bronson, Esquire, Andrei V. Rado, Esquire, Elizabeth S. Metcalf, Esquire, Milberg LLP, New York, New York, Attorneys for Plaintiffs.
Kevin G. Abrams, Esquire, T. Brad Davey, Esquire, Abrams & Bayliss LLP, Wilmington, Delaware, Attorneys for Defendants, Dan R. Moore, Richard M. Gabrys, E. Gordon Gee, James B. Crawford, Bobby R. Inman, Robert H. Foglesong, Lady Barbara Thomas Judge, Stanley C. Suboleski, and Nominal Defendant, Massey Energy Company.
Ronald S. Rolfe, Esquire, New York, New York; Stuart W. Gold, Esquire, Julie A. North, Esquire, Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York, of Counsel for Defendants, Dan R. Moore, Richard M. Gabrys, E. Gordon Gee, James B. Crawford, Bobby R. Inman, Robert H. Foglesong, Lady Barbara Thomas Judge, Stanley C. Suboleski and Nominal Defendant, Massey Energy Company.
Kenneth J. Nachbar, Esquire, Jay N. Moffitt, Esquire, Shannon E. German, Esquire, Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP, Wilmington, Delaware, Attorneys for Defendants, J. Christopher Adkins, Don L. Blankenship, Mark A. Clemens, Jeffrey M. Jarosinski, and Baxter F. Phillips, Jr.
Donald J. Wolfe, Jr., Matthew E. Fischer, Esquire, Scott B. Czerwonka, Esquire, Potter Anderson & Corroon, LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Mitchell A. Lowenthal, Esquire, Boaz S. Morag, Esquire, Lisa M. Coyle, Esquire, Scott Reents, Esquire, Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, New York, New York; Michael R. Lazerwitz Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, Washington, District of Columbia, Attorneys for Defendants Alpha Natural Resources, Inc. and Mountain Merger Sub, Inc.
MEMORANDUM OPINION
STRINE, Vice Chancellor.
I. Introduction
The plaintiffs are stockholders of Massey Energy Company, a coal mining corporation with a controversial reputation. Convinced that it knew better than the public authorities charged with enforcing laws designed to make mining a safer and cleaner business, Massey management, with board knowledge, fostered an adversarial relationship with the company's regulators and accepted as ordinary the idea that the company would regularly be accused of violating important safety regulations. On April 5, 2010, a massive explosion occurred at Massey's Upper Big Branch mine in West Virginia and as a result, 29 miners died. Although the worst human and business loss in Massey history, it was not the first time that Massey miners had suffered death and serious injuries.
Amidst public concern about the human loss at Upper Big Branch, the stock market focused on what it does, thereby allowing profit seekers to buy and sell Massey stock based on their differing views about what this terrible event, and Massey's mode of operating, portended for the company's ability to generate future cash flows. Likewise, lawsuits and regulatory proceedings ensued, in which families of the lost and injured miners sought recompense and regulators sought to figure out exactly what caused the disaster. Inevitably, stockholders of Massey filed derivative suits, seeking to ensure that to the extent that Massey itself was harmed by the legal obligation to pay fines, judgments to the lost miners' families, and by the lost cash flows from the destroyed mine, the corporate directors and officers who managed the firm were held responsible for what the plaintiffs argued was a failure to make a good faith effort to make sure that Massey complied with mine safety regulations.
In an industry that was already consolidating, the weakened position of Massey attracted the interest of industry rivals. In the wake of the disaster, Massey's stock price fell dramatically and its shares were arguably trading at a discount to its coal reserves in comparison to its competitors who were not under a regulatory cloud. After a lengthy process in which Massey's openness to a strategic transaction was made public, Massey's stock rebounded as a result, and several bidders had a chance to conduct due diligence and to make a bid, Massey's “Board,” which is comprised almost entirely of independent directors, entered into a “Merger Agreement” with Alpha Natural Resources, Inc., a mining company with a good reputation and track record for miner safety and regulatory compliance. Under the terms of that Agreement, each Massey share will be converted into the right to receive 1.025 shares of Alpha common stock and $10.00 in cash if the Massey stockholders approve the “Merger” at a vote scheduled for June 1, 2011. On the day the Massey Board unanimously approved the Merger, January 27, 2011, the Merger consideration amounted to a 25% premium over Massey's stock price based on the previous day's closing price of Massey and Alpha stock, a 95% premium over the closing price of Massey stock on October 18, 2010 before it was publicly reported that Massey was engaged in a strategic alternatives review, and even a 27% premium over Massey's stock price the day of the explosion at the Upper Big Branch mine.
The plaintiffs seek a preliminary injunction against the Merger because the Massey Board did not negotiate to have the pending “Derivative Claims” transferred into a litigation trust for the exclusive benefit of Massey stockholders. They argue that the Merger is unfair because it results in Alpha being able to acquire Massey without paying fair value for the economic value of the Derivative Claims. They buttress this argument with the undisputed fact that the Massey Board never attempted to value the Derivative Claims but proceeded on the assumption that the Derivative Claims would survive the Merger. The record indicates that the Massey Board might not have had a clear understanding of what survival of the Derivative Claims meant, with some directors seeming to realize that the Claims would pass to Alpha in the Merger, and others believing that the current derivative plaintiffs would be able to continue to prosecute those Claims for the benefit of Massey and its current stockholders alone.
As a matter of black letter law—see Lewis v. Anderson—the Derivative Claims will pass to Alpha in the Merger unless the Merger itself is merely a fraudulent attempt to deprive the Massey stockholders of their derivative standing, or the Merger is a mere reorganization that otherwise does not affect the Massey stockholders' relative ownership in the resulting corporate enterprise.1 The Merger with Alpha is not a mere reorganization, and given the record here, it appears highly doubtful that the plaintiffs will be able to show that Massey's directors and officers sought to sell the company to Alpha solely in order to extinguish their potential liability for the pending Derivative Claims. Admittedly, there is a basis to conclude that the Massey Board perceived that the company's ability to prosper independently was impaired by its questionable reputation for worker and environmental safety, and that the best way to secure value was to sell the company at a premium, for stock, to an industry rival with a better reputation in those areas and to allow current Massey stockholders to benefit from the immediate premium and the prospect that the combined asset base would generate solid profits and a higher market multiple under Alpha management. But the record does not suggest that it is likely that the Merger was inspired solely, or even in any material way, by a desire of the Massey directors to extinguish the Derivative Claims or to insulate themselves from liability. As a result, it seems likely in the end that Alpha will control the Derivative Claims, leaving the current derivative plaintiffs in the position of having to prove demand excusal as Alpha, not Massey, stockholders, and thus receive leave to proceed in a double derivative action on behalf of Alpha.2 Although that is a possibility, it is not one that an objective mind ought to consider probable, given that the Alpha board has no exposure to liability for the Derivative Claims and the myriad of rational business reasons why Alpha may later decide that prosecuting those Claims does or does not make sense for Alpha as a corporation.
Most importantly, the determination of the fate of the Derivative Claims is not one that should or must be made right now. The Massey Board's failure to address the value of the Derivative Claims is regrettable in view of the economic impact the Upper Big Branch Disaster had on Massey. That the Board failed to do so upon the advice of outside advisors is even more surprising. Any board negotiating the sale of a corporation should attempt to value and get full consideration for all of the corporation's material assets.
But even acknowledging that mundane reality, the record will not support the issuance of a preliminary injunction. This record does not support the inference that the Derivative Claims are material in comparison to the overall value of Massey as an entity. The plaintiffs' argument that they are conflates the value of two different things: the potential diminution in value of Massey as a result of the consequences of the Upper Big Branch Disaster and the loss in public confidence in Massey's management (i.e., the “Disaster Fall–Out”) on the one hand, and the value of the Derivative Claims, on the other. It is entirely possible that Massey suffered a material drop in value as a result of the Disaster Fall–Out, including the public skepticism about Massey management's capability to simultaneously operate profitably, safely, and lawfully. But it is also possible for the loss-offsetting value of the Derivative Claims to be immaterial in comparison to Massey's enterprise value. The extent to which current and former Massey fiduciaries can be held responsible to make Massey whole for fines, settlements, and diminished profits the company suffers as a result of the Disaster and related circumstances is affected by, among other things, the difficulty of showing that any of those fiduciaries acted with a wrongful state of mind necessary to prove them liable in view of the exculpatory provision in Massey's charter; the reality that if the fiduciaries are proven to have acted with the requisite state of mind to impose liability, then insurance proceeds may not be available to pay for a judgment; the questionable ability of even the wealthy members of the Massey Board to satisfy any judgment that would be material in relationship to the company's overall value; and the fact that most of the defendants in the derivative actions are independent directors whose motivation to tolerate unsafe operational practices for the sake of profits is tempered. For these and other reasons, it could well be that any rational assessment would place a value on the Derivative Claims that would be immaterial in relation to the value that Alpha is paying in the Merger. At best, these Claims might be thought a way to obtain some recoupment of the continuing costs Massey will incur as a result of the Upper Big Branch Disaster and the need to improve its relations with regulators and society, as a whole. Therefore, it is unlikely that Alpha viewed these Claims as an asset at all, but merely as having some potential to reduce the gravity of the Disaster Fall–Out Alpha was inheriting.
As a result, even when considering the merits prong of the injunction inquiry, the record does not persuade me that the Merger would, after a trial, likely be found to be economically unfair to the Massey stockholders.
Of course, the prudential judgment before me is not whether the Massey stockholders should be satisfied with the predicament Massey found itself in after the Disaster or even the Merger price. The question is whether there is a sound basis to enjoin the Massey stockholders from deciding for themselves whether to exchange their status as Massey stockholders for a chance to receive substantial value from a third party in an arms-length Merger. The record will not bear the inference that any bidder prepared to pay more has been prevented from doing so. The Massey Board seems to have exerted reasonable efforts to get the highest price it could from Alpha. If Massey stockholders believe that the company can do better by remaining independent, they have the uncoerced, informed chance to make that decision for themselves. If they choose to remain independent, the Massey stockholders will have the chance to enjoy the fruits of any derivative recovery secured on the company's behalf.
Given that reality, it would threaten more harm than good for me to usurp the ability of Massey stockholders to decide this economic question themselves. That is especially the case when it is possible to craft a monetary remedy in the event that it were found, on a full record, that the Merger was tainted by non-exculpated breaches of fiduciary duty. Likewise, if the plaintiffs are correct about their view of the facts and the law, then they will be able to continue to prosecute the Derivative Claims even after the Merger under their reading of Lewis v. Anderson3 and a recent Supreme Court case, Arkansas Teacher Retirement System v. Caiafa,4 they believe modifies Lewis v. Anderson in their favor. Because of these factors, the plaintiffs have not proven that the Merger's consummation presents them with a threat of irreparable injury.
II. A Roadmap
Even by the standards of this court, the record on this preliminary injunction motion is fulsome, a word that is often mistakenly used as a positive adjective. Given the need to decide this motion in a timely manner, this decision will concentrate on the issue the plaintiffs themselves choose as the central one: whether the failure of the Massey Board to secure the Derivative Claims for Massey's current stockholders justifies the entry of a preliminary injunction against Massey's Merger with Alpha.
In their papers, the plaintiffs also make a cursory attempt to show that the Board failed to treat all bidders equally, did not seek out all logical acquirors, gave Alpha unreasonably preclusive deal protection measures, and failed to disclose to the Massey stockholders all material information about the proposed Merger. For reasons of economy, my factual findings address and reject these arguments, which are not borne out by the record, and which are not pressed hard by the plaintiffs.
In keeping with the plaintiffs' focus, this decision proceeds in the following manner. In the next section, I set forth the facts, applying the standard applicable to preliminary injunctions. In particular, I focus on: (i) Massey's business and its troubled regulatory and safety record before the Upper Big Branch Disaster; (ii) the Upper Big Branch Disaster and the ensuing Disaster Fall–Out; (iii) the Board's process leading to the signing of the Merger Agreement; and finally (iv) the extent to which the pendency of the Derivative Claims seems to have influenced that process and the resulting Merger Agreement.
I then address the primary argument of the plaintiffs, addressing in the first instance whether the plaintiffs have demonstrated that they are reasonably likely to succeed in showing that the Merger is tainted by breaches of fiduciary duty. Most importantly, I address whether the plaintiffs have demonstrated that they face a threat of irreparable injury and that the balance of the equities favors the issuance of an injunction.
III. Factual Background
As is required in considering a motion for a preliminary injunction, these are the facts that I conclude are likely to be found, based on the current record, after a trial in this matter.5
A. Massey Energy Company and Its Troubled Regulatory Past
Massey is the nation's sixth largest coal miner based on production and the nation's largest producer of Central Appalachian coal.6
From November 2000 to December 2010, Massey's CEO was defendant Don Blankenship. Although Massey, like most other public companies, had a majority of independent directors, Blankenship was, by any measure, a high profile and dominant CEO.7 Blankenship was Massey's public face and he regularly sought (or was found by) the public spotlight.
Under what a key subordinate described as Blankenship's “autocratic” management style,8 Massey grew from a company of 3,000 employees and a market cap of $758 million in 2000, to one with over 7,000 employees and a market cap of roughly $3.5 billion in 2010.9 Massey had become de-unionized following a bloody strike in 1984 when Blankenship was the assistant to Morgan Massey, the founder's son and longtime CEO. When Blankenship became CEO himself, he continued to have an adversarial relationship with the United Mine Workers of America.10 That anti-union position also colored his approach to safety at Massey's coal mines because Blankenship was of the opinion that governmental safety regulators were overly nit-picking when it came to inspecting non-union mines like Massey's. Blankenship was not quiet about his views and took a combative approach with the key federal agency charged with enforcing United States mining operations' compliance with federal safety regulations, the United States Department of Labor's Mining Safety and Health Administration (the “MSHA”), espousing the belief that when it came to a miner's safety, Blankenship knew best.11 Indeed, in a 2005 internal memorandum that became controversial when it became public, Blankenship wrote:
If any of you have been asked by your group presidents, your supervisors, engineers or anyone else to do anything other than run coal (i.e.—build overcasts, do construction jobs, or whatever), you need to ignore them and run coal. This memo is necessary only because we seem not to understand that the coal pays the bills.12
Claiming to have been misunderstood, Blankenship sent a follow-up memorandum days later, emphasizing that he did not mean to say profits came ahead of safety,13 even though overcasts have an important safety function in mine ventilation systems.14 But not all believed him, and at the very least it was rational for Massey managers and employees to perceive that if you wished to stay or get ahead at Massey under Blankenship, then the priority of profits over safety was one not to be questioned.
This perception that those who refused to ignore dangerous mining conditions faced the threat of adverse employment consequences was enhanced by the actual experience of one Massey in-house safety inspector. In a 2007 whistleblower's lawsuit, a West Virginia jury awarded that former Massey safety inspector a verdict of $2 million in punitive damages, back pay, and emotional and reputational damages after he was allegedly fired in retaliation for his reporting to the MSHA of unaddressed safety violations at a Massey mine.15
Of course, when a company has strong opinions about knowing better than the regulators, it is optimal to match that with a record of worker safety and environmental protection that is substantively spotless. But in the case of Massey, no such match existed, at least insofar as one credits actual judgments and other regulation-related losses suffered by the company under Blankenship's tenure as CEO.
In 2008, following a joint MSHA and FBI investigation into the causes of a 2006 fire at Massey's Aracoma mine in West Virginia that cost the lives of 2 Massey miners, Massey pled guilty to criminal charges including one felony count for willful violation of mandatory safety standards resulting in death, eight counts for willful violation of mandatory safety standards, and one count for making a false statement, and agreed to pay a $4.5 million fine comprised of criminal fines and civil penalties.16 After the plea, reports surfaced that Blankenship was told about the unsafe conditions that led to the fire at Aracoma by one of his “top troubleshooters” as few as six days before the fire at Aracoma, but took no action.17
In 2008, Massey also agreed to a $20 million settlement in a suit brought against it by the Environmental Protection Agency alleging 4,500 violations of Massey's Clean Water Act permits over a course of several years.18 At the time, that payment represented the largest Environmental Protection Agency civil penalty ever levied against a company for wastewater violations.19
Further in 2008, as part of a West Virginia court-approved settlement of a 2007 derivative action accusing Blankenship and the rest of the Massey directors of failing to cause Massey to comply with applicable federal and state mine safety and environmental laws,20 Massey had to form a new Board committee, the Safety and Environmental Committee, that was required to, among other things, give quarterly reports and safety updates to the Board on Massey's compliance with all applicable mine safety laws and regulations.21
Although the Massey Board took action to comply with the 2008 derivative action settlement, and the Massey defendants cite other evidence that there was motion designed to improve Massey's compliance with safety regulations,22 the number of safety violations assessed against Massey continued to mount. In fact, the number of MSHA-ordered citations for safety violations at Massey mines increased every year from 2005 to 2009.23 In 2009 alone, the MSHA assessed 10,653 citations and orders against Massey for safety violations, an all-time high.24 And, although Blankenship's centralized approach to managing the mines extended to decisions, large and small, about individual mines' compliance with safety and other federal and state regulations, the Massey Board did not direct any of its motion at him or other members of Massey's top management, opting instead to leave Blankenship at the helm.
Instead of ameliorating his attitude in response to Massey's many losses in legal proceedings, Blankenship's attitude towards regulators “deteriorated very sharply” in the months after President Obama's inauguration in January 2009 when key union players with ties to the 1984 union showdown at Massey entered prominent new roles at the MSHA.25 Blankenship saw these new appointments as further evidence that the unions had taken control of the MSHA and were targeting Massey in an attempt to force its mines to re-unionize.26 At a 2009 Labor Day function in Washington, D.C., Blankenship again went on the offensive in a public display of his disdain for the MSHA and government-mandated safety regulations in general, telling a crowd that “I also know Washington and state politicians have no idea how to improve miner safety. The very idea that they care more about coal miner safety than we do is as silly as global warming.”27 Lead independent director and defendant Bobby R. Inman, although more measured in his mode of expression, agreed with Blankenship's assessment of the MSHA as being pro-union and acutely focused on Massey's non-union mines.28
B. The April 5, 2010 Explosion At Massey's Upper Big Branch Mine And Its Aftermath
Massey's Upper Big Branch mine in Montcoal, West Virginia is an underground bituminous coal mine that employed, in 2009, roughly 195 persons.29 On April 5, 2010, a massive explosion at the Upper Big Branch mine claimed the lives of 29 miners. It was America's deadliest mining accident in 40 years.30 Although the precise cause of the explosion may never be known with certainty,31 at least one governmental investigation—which released its final report in the midst of the parties' briefing of this motion—attributes the explosion in important ways to Massey's failure to comply with critical safety procedures.32 That investigatory report, the “McAteer Report,” was commissioned by former West Virginia Governor Joe Manchin in the days that followed the April 5, 2010 blast.33 The McAteer Report concludes that the “prevent[able]” explosion at Upper Big Branch was caused by the failure of at least three “basic safety systems identified and codified to protect the lives of miners:”
(i) the ventilation system required by federal regulations to prevent the build up of flammable methane gas in the mine did not adequately ventilate the mine;
(ii) Massey failed at Upper Big Branch to meet federal and state safety standards for the application of “rock dust,” or crushed limestone that is required to be applied to underground mine surfaces to prevent the chances that coal dust will ignite; and
(iii) water sprayers on mining equipment designed to extinguish small ignitions and prevent nascent flames from spreading rapidly were not properly maintained and consequently failed.34
The McAteer Report deplored Massey's compliance with federal and state safety regulations. It observed that the Upper Big Branch mine suffered from “chronic” ventilation problems that were “common knowledge” to those who regularly worked in the mine.35 The Report notes that the Upper Big Branch mine was cited every month of 2009 by federal and state inspectors for failures to comply with its regulator-approved ventilation plan.36 Moreover, as early as three months before the explosion at Upper Big Branch, an MSHA inspector noted during a routine inspection that although a foreman at Upper Big Branch had told his supervisor about malfunctions with the ventilation system, he was told by the supervisor “not to worry about it.”37 The McAteer Report finds that miners had voiced their concerns to senior management officials about the mine's inadequate ventilation in the months before the explosion and received the same answer: “Don't worry about it.”38
The McAteer Report also condemned the inadequate rock dusting practices at the Upper Big Branch mine.39 The Report concludes that a mine of Upper Big Branch's size “could justify a two-man crew assigned solely to rock dusting on at least two shifts each day” in order to comply with minimum federal and state law regulations, but that the procedures at Massey at the time of the explosion only called for one two-man crew which was responsible for rock dusting the entire mine on a part-time basis “with no set schedule and with faulty equipment.”40 According to the McAteer Report, testing performed by the MSHA after the explosion confirmed the inadequacy of rock dusting procedures at the Upper Big Branch mine. Of 1,803 dust samples taken from the mine, the MSHA found that 78.92% were not in compliance with federal regulations.41 Indeed, in the 15 months that preceded the Disaster, federal or state regulators issued citations at the Upper Big Branch mine for rock dusting violations every month, 40% of which were so-called “significant and substantial” violations.42 A preliminary report by the MSHA following the explosion makes some observations similar to the McAteer Report. For example, the MSHA cited its issuance of 48 withdrawal orders at the Upper Big Branch mine in 2009 on the basis of “repeated significant and substantial violations that the mine operator either knew, or should have known constituted a hazard,” “nearly 19 times the national rate” for that category of violation.43 The MSHA's report also echoes the McAteer Report's finding that the Upper Big Branch mine was one “with a significant history of safety issues [and] a mine operated by a company with a history of violations....”44
Because the Derivative Claims are directed at Massey's top management and the Board itself, what the McAteer Report concluded as to their potential responsibility for the conditions at the Upper Big Branch mine is relevant to considering this motion. The McAteer Report focused on Massey's senior management, in particular Blankenship, as the source of the Upper Big Branch mine's departure from government-mandated minimum safety standards designed to prevent exactly the type of tragedy that occurred on April 5, 2010. “There is an obvious disconnect,” summarized the Report, “between the lofty safety standards extolled by Blankenship and the reality of conditions inspectors and investigators found in the Upper Big Branch mine.”45 Although the Report admits that Massey management could, and did, point to new safety procedures such as requiring that miners wear “reflective clothing” as evidencing their sincere concern for miner safety, the Report concluded that Massey fell “woefully short” in more critical “basic areas of miner worker safety,” such as adequate rock dusting and ventilation .46 The McAteer Report concludes:
Ultimately, the responsibility for the explosion at the Upper Big Branch mine lies with the management of Massey Energy. The company broke faith with its workers by frequently and knowingly violating the law and blatantly disregarding known safety practices while creating a public perception that its operations exceeded industry safety standards.
The story of Upper Big Branch is a cautionary tale of hubris. A company that was a towering presence in the Appalachian coalfields operated its mines in a profoundly reckless manner, and 29 coal miners paid with their lives for the corporate risk-taking. The April 5, 2010, explosion was not something that happened out of the blue, an event that could not have been anticipated or prevented. It was, to the contrary, a completely predictable result for a company that ignored basic safety standards and put too much faith in its own mythology.47
In the weeks that followed the explosion at the Upper Big Branch mine, Massey stockholders filed multiple actions in both West Virginia and Delaware asserting the Derivative Claims.48 In broad strokes, the Derivative Claims rest on allegations that certain current and former directors and officers of Massey breached their fiduciary duties during the period from May 21, 2008 to the present by (i) “chronically disregarding mining safety regulations and incurring nearly $27 million in assessed violations by the [MSHA], comprising a material portion of its net income in any given year; and (ii) consistently failing to adequately address poor safety conditions of its mines, culminating in (among other things) an explosion ... that tragically killed 29 miners ... and the destruction of hundreds of millions of dollars of shareholder value as Massey's stock price has plunged nearly 52% as of July 2, 2010.”49 The Board's independent directors retained the law firm of Cravath, Swaine & Moore as their counsel in the derivative actions in May 2010.
C. Massey Conducts A Review Of Its Strategic Alternatives And Enters Into The Merger Agreement With Alpha
On April 26, 2010, less than one month after the explosion at Upper Big Branch, Michael Quillen, the Chairman of the board of directors of Alpha Natural Resources, Inc., America's third largest producer of coal, approached Blankenship and expressed Alpha's interest in a possible business combination with Massey.50 At the time of Alpha's initial approach, Massey's stock price had dropped from $53.05 on the last full trading day before the Disaster to $43.61.
This was not the first time Alpha had shown an interest in acquiring Massey. In 2006, Alpha had made a proposal that would have resulted in a new company that Alpha would manage, and one which the Massey stockholders would control two-thirds of the surviving company's stock.51 Although Massey was able to extract Alpha's assent to a confidentiality agreement that contained a two-year reciprocal standstill provision that expired on January 12, 2009, the two companies were unable to agree on a transaction and the talks ceased.52 One senses from the record that Blankenship had no desire to do a deal with Alpha or anyone else that resulted in him not being CEO of the resulting entity.
Although over the course of the next two years, between 2007 and 2009, representatives from Alpha and Massey had periodic telephonic conversations, it was not until Quillen's overture on April 26, 2010 that discussions about a possible business combination were once more undertaken in earnest.
Blankenship's response to Quillen was not warm. Although he told Quillen that he would inform the Board of Alpha's interest in pursuing a transaction, Blankenship made clear to Quillen his opinion that a combination was not in the Massey stockholders' best interests due to Massey's depressed stock price in the wake of the explosion at the Upper Big Branch mine. Apart even from the Disaster Fall–Out, Blankenship believed the valuation metrics used by Wall Street did not adequately take into account Massey's extensive coal reserves.53 Again, I infer that Blankenship was not personally inclined to be a seller and give up running Massey. After Blankenship advised Massey directors Inman and Dan R. Moore about Quillen's overture, the Board met on May 3, 2010 to discuss Alpha's indication of interest, and agreed with Blankenship's assessment that a sale or other business combination was not in the best interests of the Massey stockholders at that time.54
Undeterred, Alpha sent Massey a non-binding proposal on August 11, 2010 to acquire all of Massey's outstanding stock in an all stock merger that would have offered Massey stockholders $37.19 a share representing a 20% premium over Massey's then current stock price of $30.99, which had continued its downward trend since the Upper Big Branch Disaster.55 The Board considered Alpha's proposal at its quarterly meeting in the middle of August, at which both Massey's outside legal and financial advisors were present.56 The Board concluded that the Alpha proposal offered inadequate value and Blankenship informed Alpha to that effect in an August 23 letter, but further indicated that Massey was interested in exploring other potential business combinations on more favorable terms and upon a consideration of “other factors.”57 When asked by Alpha's CEO, Kevin S. Crutchfield, for an explanation as to what those “other factors” might be,58 Blankenship responded that “[t]he reference to other factors conveys the principle that any proposed combination of our two companies would be evaluated as a total package, and nothing more.”59
In response to the derivative actions filed against it, on August 16, 2010, the Board created an “Advisory Committee” comprised of two new independent directors appointed the same day, Linda J. Welty and Robert B. Holland III, charged with making recommendations to the full Board regarding: (i) whether Massey should pursue the Derivative Claims resulting from the Upper Big Branch mine explosion; and (ii) whether Massey should undertake any changes in “management, operations, practice and/or policies.”60 The Advisory Committee retained Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP as its counsel and began work shortly thereafter.
On September 13, Alpha followed its $37.19 bid with another non-binding offer to purchase Massey at $41.07 per share of Massey stock in an all stock merger which on that date represented a premium of 26% to Massey's then stock price of $32.49.61 Discussions between the two companies continued for a time, but Massey's Board eventually concluded that Alpha's offer provided insufficient value.
Coincidental with dealing with Alpha, the Massey Board was also coming to grips with the post-Disaster challenge of operating Massey. In particular, even those who had shared Blankenship's jaded views of the MSHA, like lead director Inman, realized that the company had to regain the confidence of the market and company's regulators if it was to succeed going forward. Inman had a distinguished career in the United States Navy and the CIA that imbued him with a belief system about how organizations should deal with crises.62 Consistent with his view that it is usually counterproductive to change leadership in the immediate wake of a crisis, Inman had publicly expressed his continued support for Blankenship after the Upper Big Branch Disaster63 and even echoed Blankenship's views that the MSHA was biased against non-union mines like Massey's.64 Inman and the Board therefore allowed Blankenship to be the public face of Massey in responding to the intense media and governmental scrutiny that followed the explosion.65 But Blankenship's response to the Upper Big Branch Disaster was true to prior form, and he seemed to many to be more defiant and self-justifying than willing to accept any responsibility, telling a United States Senate subcommittee in May 2010 that when it came to Massey's “number of fatal[itie]s,” Massey was just “average” given its size, and saying in a radio interview that Massey's history of safety violations was just “a normal part of the mining process.”66
As autumn approached, however, and Blankenship gave another scathing appraisal of the MSHA at a Massey press conference,67 Inman began to view it as time for Blankenship to move on, a view that was increasingly shared by other independent directors.68 Inman was aware that Blankenship was strongly of the opinion that the best option for the Massey stockholders was for Massey to remain independent and that he, Blankenship, rather than the Board, should lead any consideration of an alternative.69 Blankenship was espousing the bullish view that Massey had an intrinsic value of at least $90–100 a share—a range that exceeded Massey's highest ever trading price—70 and that selling right after the Disaster was imprudent in light of the strong downward pressure the event had on Massey's stock price, which as noted, was trading in the lower to mid 50s in the days before the explosion but had dropped precipitously in its aftermath. Given Massey's tarnished reputation, Inman and the rest of the Board were not convinced that remaining independent was the best course, and there was a growing consensus among the independent directors that it was time for Blankenship, who by this point had “been demonized by the media,” to step down.71 Inman and the rest of the Board further believed that they, and not Blankenship, should assume the central role in considering and negotiating a strategic transaction with a third party acquiror, like Alpha, which had a strong reputation in the industry for safety and which could right the troubled Massey ship.72
To that end, Inman initiated several actions in the fall of 2010 to make clear to Alpha and anyone else who was interested in acquiring Massey that Massey was open and willing to consider strategic combinations, regardless if Blankenship was not.73 First, Inman, as lead independent director, had back channel conversations with Alpha representatives, without Blankenship, in which Inman assured Alpha that despite what Blankenship was saying, the Board was open and willing to consider strategic alternatives to a stand-alone plan.74 For instance, Inman held a telephone call with Crutchfield on September 30, 2010 in which Inman urged Crutchfield to continue the dialogue about a strategic transaction between the two companies, and further emphasized that the decision about whether to proceed with a transaction was for the Board, not Blankenship, to make.75 Second, on October 12, 2010, Inman called an executive session of the independent directors. The independent directors, representing a majority of the Board, unanimously resolved to establish a strategic alternatives review committee consisting of independent directors Inman and Richard M. Gabrys, as well as Massey's President and director Baxter F. Phillips, to consider Massey's strategic opportunities and further to make recommendations to the full Board about potential transactions.76 Thus, the committee notably excluded Blankenship and instead included his subordinate. The strategic alternatives review committee retained Perella Weinberg Partners LP as its financial advisor.77
By the middle of October, Wall Street had gotten a whiff of what was going down between Alpha and Massey, and as a result of an October 19, 2010 article published in the Wall Street Journal, it became public knowledge that Massey was open to expressions of interest to engage in a business combination transaction.78 One senses that the Massey Board was pleased with this, as it helped buttress Massey's stock price—which rose substantially—and created an incentive for rivals like Alpha to emerge and pay a higher price.79
On November 20, 2010, the independent directors met for dinner before the full Board's regular fourth quarter meeting scheduled for the next three days and were given a preliminary report by the Advisory Committee on the progress of its work.80 The Advisory Committee relayed its observations that Massey's existing safety protocol across all mines at Massey was suboptimal, and further indicated its own concerns about Blankenship's continued employment as CEO given his demonization by the media and elected officials as a result of his defiant public profile,81 brought further to prominence by a November 2010 press conference at which Blankenship again lambasted the MSHA.82 The Board went so far as to have Inman express the independent directors' “unanimous view” to Blankenship that he ought to “stop his public assaults on [the] MSHA,” a message that caused Blankenship, who was used to having his way when it came to deciding the course of Massey's public image, to become “exceedingly distressed.”83 The Advisory Committee further relayed to the Board that it was not yet in the position to make recommendations about the pending Derivative Claims and their merit.84
At the quarterly Board meeting on November 21, Blankenship presented his 5–year strategic stand-alone plan for Massey.85 Blankenship also expressed his continued dissatisfaction with what he perceived were “constraints” on his ability to “run the company as he wanted” and to continue his public fight with the MSHA.86 Blankenship's long-time supporter, Inman, told Blankenship he should consider retiring if he was not comfortable with the situation.87 Blankenship acceded, and the Board instructed counsel to draft a severance agreement, which when finalized, ultimately permitted Blankenship to receive roughly $12 million in severance.88
Later that same evening, on November 21, the strategic alternatives review committee met at a special Board meeting, at which Perella Weinberg presented the alternatives under consideration, including its view on the viability of Massey's standalone plan.89 The strategic alternatives review committee instructed Perella Weinberg to solicit bids from Alpha, as well as three other potential strategic acquirors that had expressed an interest in acquiring Massey in the past, ArcelorMittal, S.A., Arch Coal, Inc., and WuSan International Steel. Perella Weinberg did so, and instructed the potential acquirors, including Alpha, to submit their bids by December 10, 2010.90 The Massey Board issued a formal press release on November 22, 2010 stating that although “there can be no assurance that this process will lead to the approval or completion of any transaction,” it had “engage[d] in a formal review of strategic alternatives.”91 This provided another clear signal to any potential buyer that Massey was open to bids.
The Board then held a meeting on December 3, at which time it presented Blankenship with the proposed severance package, which Blankenship signed. Blankenship left both his position as CEO and as a Massey director that day.92 The Board then appointed Phillips to the position of CEO.
On December 10, 2010, Arch submitted its initial bid of 1.535 Arch shares plus $21.60 in cash for each Massey share which, on the basis of the closing price of Arch's stock on that date, represented $70.89 for each Massey share.93 One day later, Alpha submitted its revised bid of 1.05 shares of Alpha stock plus $5.00 in cash for each Massey share, which represented an implied purchase price of $60.51 per Massey share based on the December 10, 2010 closing price of Alpha's stock.94 ArcelorMittal and WuSan never came through with bids.
By January 3, 2011, both Alpha and Arch, the only two remaining bidders, had signed confidentiality and standstill agreements with Massey and commenced due diligence.95
The Board met on January 14 for a presentation by Perella Weinberg, and determined that the synergies that could be achieved through a combination with Alpha exceeded those that were possible or likely with Arch.96 At the time of the meeting, Perella Weinberg advised the Board that as of January 12, 2011, the Alpha bid represented an implied purchase price of $74.70 and that Arch's bid was valued at $74.99.97 The Board once again also considered Massey's stand-alone prospects and whether they were more favorable than the third-party offers. Perella Weinberg opined on the basis of a discounted cash flow analysis that both the Alpha and Arch bids materially exceeded the $68 per share price that represented, in its view, the “upper reach of what [Massey] could achieve” as a stand-alone entity.98 Thus, Perella Weinberg concluded that Phillips' view that Massey's stock price could reach somewhere between $71 and $97 per share by 2013 was overly optimistic99 and was dependent on the market giving Massey the same multiple applied to competitors who did not have the cloud caused by the Upper Big Branch Disaster over them.100 In addition to Perella Weinberg's advice, the Board took into account that Massey had in the past rarely ever reached or exceeded its own projections.101 Moreover, given the scrutiny that the company was facing in the wake of the Upper Big Branch Disaster and the challenge of changing regulatory and market perceptions of the company's competence and integrity, the Board saw the attainment of the top range of values Phillips suggested were available under a stand-alone option as difficult and doubtful, even with the departure of Blankenship. Thus, the Board concluded that a strategic transaction was the better route, and advised Perella Weinberg to instruct both Arch and Alpha to submit their best and final bids by January 24, 2011.102
Both Arch and Alpha submitted their final proposal on January 24, 2011. Arch dropped out of the running by reducing its bid to $55.50.103 Despite that loss in leverage, the Board was able to negotiate a further increase in Alpha's already higher bid. Thus, Alpha's final bid was 1.025 Alpha shares plus $10.00 in cash for each Massey share.104 This bid represented $69.33 per share based on Alpha's January 26, 2011 closing stock price, a 25% premium to Massey's closing stock price on the same day of $55.26,105 a 95% premium to Massey's last closing price before the October 19, 2010 Wall Street Journal article106 reporting that Massey was exploring strategic transactions, and a 27% premium to Massey's stock price immediately preceding the explosion at the Upper Big Branch mine.107 On January 27, the Board met and unanimously approved the Merger Agreement.108
The plaintiffs do not seriously contend that the sales process that the Board undertook was flawed in the sense that the Board breached its fiduciary duties in running the sales process, or in executing a Merger Agreement with unreasonable deal protection devices. Because the plaintiffs' talented and diligent counsel did not make any substantial argument in support of theories of this kind, I do not burden the reader with explaining why arguments that were not made will not sustain an injunction.
Nor have the plaintiffs come close to establishing a reasonable probability of success on the merits on their claim that the Massey directors breached their fiduciary duties by failing to disclose all material information in the definitive proxy statement. To a large extent, the plaintiffs merely seek to have the defendants make self-flagellating disclosures about their alleged subjective motivations, a desire that does not support a disclosure claim.109 The only disclosure issue the plaintiffs really focus upon is whether the proxy statement characterizing the Board's consideration of the Derivative Claims in its deliberations fairly describes what might happen to the Derivative Claims as a result of the Merger with Alpha. As will become clearer in the next section in which I discuss the Board's handling of the Derivative Claims in its Merger deliberations, the weight given to the Derivative Claims by the Massey Board is fairly and accurately described.110 Moreover, the proxy statement makes clear that a vote for the Merger would likely result in control over the Derivative Claims passing to Alpha along with Massey's other assets:
Although the underlying [D]erivative [C]laims against current and former Massey directors and officers would survive the closing of the [M]erger, the Massey [B]oard of directors has been advised (and for purposes of voting on the Merger stockholders should assume) that the plaintiffs in those pending cases would lose their standing to continue their suits on those [C]laims. If the [D]erivative [C]laims are not resolved prior to the effective time of the [M]erger, Alpha expects that the Alpha board of directors will consider whether to pursue these [D]erivative [C]laims. If ... the Alpha board of directors determines not to pursue the [D]erivative [C]laims, current Massey stockholders who become Alpha stockholders may make a demand on the Alpha board of directors to pursue the underlying [D]erivative [C]laims or demonstrate to a court the futility of making a demand on the Alpha board.... Moreover, while recovery, if any, on the [D]erivative [C]laims obtained in the absence of the [M]erger would benefit only Massey, and indirectly as a result, its stockholders, if the [D]erivative [C]laims are successfully pursued following the effective time of the [M]erger, any recovery from them will benefit Alpha, and Massey stockholders will only own 46% of Alpha as a result of the [M]erger.111
Therefore, no Massey stockholder will vote for the Merger under the mistaken belief that the benefit of the Derivative Claims will belong only to the current Massey stockholders if the Merger closes. If a stockholder shares the plaintiffs' view and believes that Massey will do better by remaining independent and suing its fiduciaries, she can vote no.
D. The Board's Consideration of the Derivative Claims in the Merger Negotiations
Because the Board's treatment of the Derivative Claims in the Merger negotiation process is so central to the plaintiffs' motion, I discuss that subject separately now.
As noted, the Advisory Committee gave the Board a report on the status of its work at the Board's dinner meeting on November 20, 2010, in which it advised the Board that it had not come to any conclusion with respect to whether the Derivative Claims against the directors and management were meritorious and should therefore be pursued.112 One month later, on December 20, 2010, the Board met for a special meeting at which its outside legal counsel, Cravath, was present.
As is disclosed in the proxy statement,113 Cravath advised the Board that although it was unclear whether a business combination would affect the pending Derivative Claims, the Board should assume that the Derivative Claims would survive a combination such as the one that was being discussed with Alpha and Arch.114 Cravath further advised the Board that such survival should not play any role—one way or the other—in their deliberations about whether or not to approve a potential business transaction.115 The obvious purpose of this advice was to make sure that the Board did not improperly consider their personal interests as defendants in derivative suits asserting the Derivative Claims when deciding whether the Merger was in Massey's best interests. All of the Board were defendants in those actions other than Advisory Committee members Holland and Welty. Thus, Cravath wished to make sure that the Board considered the Merger without regard to its effect on themselves.
But, the reality is that Cravath was the same law firm that was representing the Massey Board in defense of the Derivative Claims. It was therefore an awkward source of advice for the Board in considering what consideration, if any, to give to the Derivative Claims in negotiating the Merger. No doubt the better practice would have been for the Advisory Committee to have had its own independent counsel, Weil Gotshal, provide the Board with advice on this subject.
One additional facet of the record that bears mention is the extent to which Cravath was clear in informing the Board just what “survival” of the Derivative Claims in this context meant. That is, the Massey directors' testimony does not uniformly manifest the understanding that in the event that Massey was acquired, the Derivative Claims themselves would likely pass, as all assets would, to the third-party acquiror, thus extinguishing the Massey stockholders' standing to continue the Derivative Claims solely for the benefit of the Massey stockholders.116 This possible confusion may well explain the record's clarity on the point that the Massey Board did not engage in a valuation of the Derivative Claims individually, and at most assumed either that their value was baked into the total purchase price to be paid by an acquiror, or that the Derivative Claims had no independent value to an acquiror.117
The plaintiffs make much of this gap and the failure of the Board to receive a valuation of the Derivative Claims as an “asset” of Massey for which value should be paid by Alpha or Arch. For reasons I later explain, I do not perceive this void as being poorly motivated. No rational inference emerges from the record that the Board or its advisors viewed the Derivative Claims as being valuable or something a rational acquiror would pay for, except in the sense of having some value in potentially reducing the Disaster Fall–Out that any acquiror of Massey would assume. Likewise, despite an aspect of the record I soon discuss, I perceive no basis to infer that the Massey Board members were secretly harboring a fear for their net wealths because of the pending Derivative Claims, and viewed the transaction as a way to ease those fears. The record simply does not surface such a motivation, and the fiduciary most targeted by the Derivative Claims, Blankenship, left the Board on December 3, 2010 and was not a fan of selling the company.
Thus, although it would have been better for the Board to have received clearer advice from a more independent source, the Board's ultimate decision about whether to sign the Merger Agreement does not seem to have been influenced in any material manner by a desire to limit the Board's exposure to the Derivative Claims. Of course, none of this is to say that the Disaster did not play into the Board's evaluation of Massey's value, both for purposes of negotiating a deal and for evaluating Massey's stand-alone potential. Massey faced a large credibility deficit following the Upper Big Branch Disaster, and its stock price had suffered as a result. The Board rightly saw a combination with a third-party acquiror with a good reputation for safety, like Alpha, as an opportunity to change the dynamic at Massey in a plain way.
In reaching my conclusions about the effect of the Derivative Claims on the board's deliberative process, I have carefully considered the plaintiffs' argument that a January 2011 draft of the Merger Agreement, written by Cravath, supports the inference that the Board sought to sell the company to avoid personal liability for the Derivative Claims. At a dinner meeting between the two CEOs on January 11, Crutchfield relayed to Phillips his belief that the draft's indemnification provision that arguably required Alpha to indemnify the Massey directors and management for “willful acts of misconduct,” was “obnoxious.”118 In fact, however, “willful acts of misconduct” was Crutchfield's lay description of what the draft merger agreement actually provided.119 The Cravath draft did not use that term at all. Rather, the draft Cravath sent to Alpha was one that required Alpha to indemnify the Massey defendants for any claim asserted against them in their capacity as Massey directors or officers “to the fullest extent permitted by Law.”120 Alpha's counsel flagged this as something that would need to be changed in any definitive merger agreement because the draft merger agreement's indemnification provision arguably could have allowed Alpha, because it was a third-party and not Massey itself, to indemnify former Massey management and directors beyond the extent Massey itself would have been permitted under Delaware public policy and statutory law. To wit, Crutchfield's advisors must have told him that the draft arguably could have required Alpha to indemnify Massey fiduciaries for breaches of the fiduciary duty of loyalty involving scienter, such as claims involving willful misconduct. Massey conceded this point in the negotiations, and the issue was resolved when both parties agreed to an indemnification provision that would require Alpha to indemnify the Massey directors and officers, “from and after the Effective Time,”121 only “to the fullest extent [Massey] would have been permitted to do so under applicable Law (for the avoidance of doubt, subject to the limitations on [Massey's] ability to indemnify its directors and officers under Section 145 of the DGCL).”122 Thus, Alpha's obligation to indemnify was expressly limited by the extent to which Massey itself could have legally indemnified the Massey directors and officers had it remained independent—limitations that precluded Massey from indemnifying its fiduciaries for derivative settlements or judgments, bad faith misconduct, or other wrongdoing involving scienter.123 Massey, for its part, as an Alpha subsidiary, would continue, too, to maintain its current obligations under its certificate of incorporation existing at the time of the Merger to indemnify Massey directors and officers.124 Massey's certificate of incorporation already guaranteed its directors and officers legally maximal advancement and indemnification rights. Massey's certificate also contained an exculpatory provision authorized by 8 Del. C. § 102(b)(7).
As a result, the final Merger Agreement only had Alpha provide a guarantee that Alpha would accord the Massey directors and officers with the same protection they were afforded by Massey's certificate of incorporation. This did not immunize Massey directors or officers from liability to Massey or Alpha for non-exculpated breaches of fiduciary duty that harmed Massey. Although this exchange adds color to the plaintiffs' view that the directors were worried about personal liability for the Derivative Claims, I do not perceive it as skeptically as they do. It is typical for counsel for a seller to bargain for indemnity and the Cravath draft, although having an arguably unsavory effect, was amended when the problem with it was pointed out and, more important, there is no evidence that the Massey Board itself urged that this aggressive position be taken.
IV. Analysis
A. Procedural Standard
In order to succeed on their preliminary injunction motion, the plaintiffs must demonstrate: (i) a reasonable probability of success on the merits; (ii) that they will suffer irreparable injury if an injunction does not issue; and (iii) that the balance of the equities favors the issuance of an injunction.125
B. The Plaintiffs Fail to Establish that they Have a Reasonable Probability of Success on the Merits
In determining whether the plaintiffs have demonstrated a reasonable probability of success on the merits, I take into account the unusual context presented. As indicated, the major issue here is whether the defendants breached their fiduciary duties by entering into a Merger Agreement with Alpha that did not secure full value for the Derivative Claims. The plaintiffs argue that because a majority of the Massey Board was named as defendants in the Derivative Claims, the Merger itself is subject to the entire fairness standard. Moving beyond their standard of review argument, the plaintiffs say that the Merger price is materially suspect because of the Board's failure to value the Derivative Claims. In so arguing, the plaintiffs essentially embrace the holding of the Supreme Court's decision in Parnes v. Bally Entertainment Corp.,126 which permits a plaintiff to attack a merger directly if the target board agreed to a materially inadequate, and therefore unfair, price because the price did not reflect the value of certain assets—in this case, the Derivative Claims.127 The plaintiffs claim that this is such a situation and that the Merger consideration is materially inadequate because Alpha is not paying fair value for the Derivative Claims, which the plaintiffs suggest are worth over $1 billion by equating their worth to the total harm worked to Massey by the Upper Big Branch Disaster, i.e., the Disaster Fall–Out.
The Massey defendants' papers have not been as helpful as they might be in addressing this argument because they depend largely on the strained notion that there is no reason to think that any Derivative Claim against a Massey director or officer could survive a pleading challenge, much less provide a basis for ultimate liability. That notion is not one, as I shall indicate, that I accept as resting on a realistic appraisal of the record. More helpful are their other arguments, which are buttressed by more realistic and balanced arguments by Alpha about the Derivative Claims, that focus on the facts regarding the process leading to the Alpha Merger and the reality that the consummation of the Merger does not end the Massey defendants' exposure to derivative liability.
To begin my consideration of whether the plaintiffs have demonstrated a reasonable probability of success on the merits that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties by entering into the Merger Agreement with Alpha, I note that there is some force to the plaintiffs' argument that the entire fairness standard applies because a majority of the Massey Board faced a substantial likelihood of liability on the basis of the Derivative Claims, the Merger could be perceived as lessening the chances for prosecution of those Claims, and thus the Merger could be seen as according to Massey directors a benefit that is not shared equally with other Massey stockholders.128
But, for reasons I now explain, I am not persuaded that the Massey directors are likely to be found to have committed any more than a breach of the duty of care in their negotiation of and entry into the Alpha Merger. Before focusing specifically on the Derivative Claims' role in the Merger itself, I note again that the Massey Board and its advisors appear to have exercised reasonable, good faith efforts to get as favorable a deal as they could extract from Alpha. Contrary to what the plaintiffs say, I do not draw the inference that the Board rushed into the arms of Alpha in order to end the Derivative Claims. Rather, the Board took its time, compared what could be achieved for the Massey stockholders from remaining independent to merging with someone else like Alpha, and reached a reasoned determination that a merger with Alpha was in the best interests of the Massey stockholders. Throughout the process, the Massey Board appears to have bargained hard to get a good price and obtained a value that seems quite respectable when considered in view of the best estimates of Massey's discounted cash flow stand-alone value129 and in light of other market transactions.130
With that foundation in mind, I now focus specifically on whether the Board likely breached its fiduciary duties and entered an unfair Merger Agreement by failing to secure the purported value of the Derivative Claims for the Massey stockholders. As will be seen, even if the Massey defendants face a non-frivolous threat of personal liability because of the Derivative Claims and would bear the burden to show that their actions were entirely fair in connection with the Merger, I am not convinced that after trial the defendants would likely fail to show that the Merger was economically fair to Massey's stockholders. But of course, that need and does not mean that the Board and its advisors addressed the Derivative Claims in an ideal manner.
1. The Derivative Claims Likely Do State A Claim For Director Oversight Liability Under Caremark
In concluding that the Massey defendants' conduct did not likely result in an unfair Merger price, I begin by accepting a proposition of the plaintiffs that the defendants themselves, understandably, do not. That is that the plaintiffs in the pending derivative actions asserting the Derivative Claims have pled a non-frivolous claim that independent members of the Massey Board have engaged in non-exculpated breaches of fiduciary duty that can be proximately linked to the Upper Big Branch Disaster. That is even more the case as to current Massey director, Inman, and former Massey director and CEO, Blankenship, given their more intensive role in Massey's management.
The plaintiffs acknowledge that the Derivative Claims center on the allegation that directors and officers of Massey breached their fiduciary duties by failing to make a good faith effort to ensure that Massey complied with applicable laws designed to protect the safety of miners.131 In particular, the plaintiffs allege that Blankenship knowingly flouted applicable miner safety laws, believing he knew better about how to run mines safely than the MSHA, and more blatantly, made the conscious choice to put miners at risk in order to cut cost-corners and up mining profits. The plaintiffs thus allege that Blankenship himself, and others on his management team, fostered a business strategy expressly designed to put coal production and higher profits over compliance with the law. The plaintiffs argue that Blankenship did not hide his disdain for the company's regulators and caused Massey to take an openly aggressive attitude with the MSHA. Even after Massey had already pled guilty to criminal charges for willful violations of mining safety laws and falsification of evidence, settled a claim with the Environmental Protection Agency for a record sum, and suffered a punitive damages award for firing a whistleblower, Blankenship publicly stated that the idea that governmental safety regulators knew more about mine safety than he did was silly.132
The plaintiffs allege that the independent directors of the Massey Board did not make a good faith effort to ensure that Massey complied with its legal obligations. Rather than respond to numerous red and yellow flags by aggressively correcting the management culture at Massey that allegedly put profits ahead of safety, the Board allowed itself to continue to be dominated by Blankenship. Although the defendants point to a lot of motion by the independent directors, some of which resulted from a 2008 court-ordered settlement, the plaintiffs in turn point to evidence creating a plausible inference that the independent directors of Massey did just that—go through the motions—rather than make good faith efforts to ensure that Massey cleaned up its act. Notably, the plaintiffs point to evidence that in the wake of pleading guilty to criminal charges and suffering liability for numerous violations of federal and state safety regulations, Massey mines continued to experience a troubling pattern of major safety violations.133 But, instead of using their supervisory authority over management to make sure that Massey genuinely changed its culture and made mine safety a genuine priority, the independent directors are alleged to have done nothing of actual substance to change the direction of the company's real policy. In support of that argument, the plaintiffs cite to evidence that Massey was experiencing an increase in 2008 and 2009 in the number of violations of safety regulations;134 that Massey was continuing to engage in adversarial tactics toward the MSHA;135 that important safety rules were regularly flouted;136 that increases in violations assessed to the company were attributed to improper political motives on the part of regulators rather than genuine concerns about mine safety;137 and, perhaps most damning of all, to the McAteer Report's conclusion that the Disaster at Upper Big Branch was caused not by a freak and unavoidable accident, but instead by a corporate culture premised on the view that the company's management knew better than the law about what was necessary to run safe mines.138
In the limited amount of time I have had to consider this preliminary injunction motion, it would be hazardous and imprudent to make any broad pronouncements on the ultimate fate of the plaintiffs' Derivative Claims. But, I believe that I can safely say the following.
Although the ultimate ability of the plaintiffs to prove that the Massey directors and officers breached their fiduciary duty by knowingly failing to discharge their duty to try to make sure that Massey complied with its legal obligations is difficult to predict,139 there seems little doubt that a faithful application of the plaintiff-friendly pleading standard would preclude a dismissal of their claims at the pleading stage. In their injunction papers, the Massey defendants have pointed understandably to evidence that the Massey Board was involved in considering safety issues in the period leading up to the Upper Big Branch Disaster and had taken steps to improve the company's safety record.140 In particular, they tout the reality that there was evidence on some metrics that Massey had improved its safety record so that it was in the great middling of American coal operators in terms of committing violations of mining safety laws.141 The independent directors say they were actually heartened by some metrics of Massey's improved safety performance and the fact that although Massey's level of violations was increasing markedly, including so-called “serious and substantial” violations, this was simply because the MSHA had stepped up its enforcement efforts across the coal mining industry.142
At a trial when a crucial issue would be the state of mind of each individual defendant charged with a Caremark violation, these arguments would require careful consideration. At a pleading stage, however, they are of little moment in light of the particularized facts pled by the plaintiffs. Despite the straw man arguments of certain academics,143 Delaware law does not charter law breakers. Delaware law allows corporations to pursue diverse means to make a profit, subject to a critical statutory floor, which is the requirement that Delaware corporations only pursue “lawful business” by “lawful acts.”144 As a result, a fiduciary of a Delaware corporation cannot be loyal to a Delaware corporation by knowingly causing it to seek profit by violating the law.145
Regrettably, a myriad of particularized facts have been pled that create a pleading-stage inference that the top management of Massey did just that. The objective facts are that Massey had pled guilty to criminal charges, had suffered other serious judgments and settlements as a result of violations of law, had been caught trying to hide violations of law and suppress material evidence, and had miners suffer death and serious injuries at its facilities. Instead of becoming a corporation with a new attitude and commitment to safety that won recognition for that change from its regulators, Massey continued to think it knew better than those charged with enforcing the law, and in fact, often argued with the law itself.146 Following that continued period of adversarialness, the Upper Big Branch Disaster occurred, Massey miners have lost their lives at other facilities, and the MSHA has alleged that serious safety violations and an attitude of law-flouting has continued at other Massey facilities.147
To be plain, when a company already has been proven to have engaged in illegal conduct, it is a high risk strategy for it to embrace the idea that its regulators are wrongheaded and to view itself as simply a victim of a governmental conspiracy. Relatedly, when a company has a “record” as a recidivist, its directors and officers cannot take comfort in the appearance of compliance motion at the pleading stage, when the plaintiffs are able to plead particularized facts creating an inference that the Board and management were aware of a troubling continuing pattern of non-compliance in fact and of a managerial attitude suggestive of a desire to fight with and hide evidence from the company's regulators. As a kid, most of us are taught that it is not a good excuse to argue with the rules. Telling your parents that all the kids are getting caught shoplifting, cheating, or imbibing illegal substances is not, fortunately, a good excuse. For fiduciaries of Delaware corporations, there is no room to flout the law governing the corporation's affairs.148 If the fiduciaries of a Delaware corporation do not like the applicable law, they can lobby to get it changed. But until it is changed, they must act in good faith to ensure that the corporation tries to comply with its legal duties.
It may well be that after a trial, the Massey directors and officers will be found to have acted in a manner that does not subject them to liability under the Caremark standard. But for purposes of this motion, candor requires acknowledging that the plaintiffs have likely pled Derivative Claims that would survive a motion to dismiss, even under the heightened pleading standard applicable under Rule 23.1.
2. The Plaintiffs Conflate the Value of the Derivative Claims with the Loss in Massey's Stand–Alone Value in the Wake of the Upper Big Branch Explosion
The problem for the plaintiffs, however, is that my assessment that their Derivative Claims would survive a dismissal motion if Massey remained a stand-alone company does not equate to a belief on my part that those Claims are a material asset that Alpha is not paying fair value for in the Merger Agreement with Massey.
The plaintiffs make a plausible case that Massey, as a profit-making corporation, suffered a serious financial injury because of the Upper Big Branch Disaster and the market's perception in the wake of that Disaster that Massey's management approach was risky and that its cash generating potential should be accordingly discounted. As Massey's own public filings indicate, the company has already taken a charge to earnings of $166.6 million on account of the Disaster and will continue to suffer the loss of earnings from the Upper Big Branch mine itself,149 as the company, as well as its hopeful acquiror, will have to be very careful about how it mines the Upper Big Branch reserves and will never again utilize the portals used by the lost miners.150 Massey's costs in terms of fines and settlements on account of the Upper Big Branch Disaster and other issues relating to mine safety may well continue to mount. Because of Massey's track record, the market may also harbor the rational belief that Massey cannot run its mines both safely and profitably.
The plaintiffs' expert, David G. Clarke, totals up the lost value attributable to “the breaches of fiduciary duty by the Massey [B]oard of directors and officers alleged in the operative complaint” as being in the range of $900 million to $1.4 billion.151 The problem for the plaintiffs is that Clarke is not measuring the value of their Derivative Claims. Clarke is instead measuring the aggregate negative financial effect on Massey that the Upper Big Branch Disaster and its Fall–Out has caused.
The Derivative Claims are at best a way for Massey to offset some of the Disaster Fall–Out by requiring Massey's directors and officers to indemnify the company. A period of extended study would be required to identify all the reasons why one cannot equate the offsetting value of the Derivative Claims with the Disaster Fall–Out. But even under time pressure, one can confidently say there is likely a very large gap between those values.
Begin with the reality that in the absence of an improper motive or facts showing self-interest, when management decisions do not turn out well and a company suffers a loss in profits (or a decline in its trading multiple), this does not ordinarily translate into any basis to hold corporate fiduciaries liable in damages.152 An essential purpose of the business judgment rule is to free fiduciaries making risky business decisions in good faith from the worry that if those decisions do not pan out in the manner they had hoped, they will put their personal net worths at risk.153 If it were to turn out here, for example, that the Massey directors and officers acted in a good faith belief that they were attempting to operate the company lawfully and safely, but that their good faith efforts at compliance did not succeed, the Derivative Claims would fail.154
That is so for several well understood reasons. In the first instance, the business judgment rule would itself act to preclude any claim based on simple negligence against the Massey directors in that capacity.155 The Massey charter also includes an exculpatory charter provision insulating the directors from claims of even gross negligence. As a result, in order to receive a monetary judgment against the Massey directors and officers, the plaintiffs will have to prove that the directors and officers acted with scienter.156 That reality also exists because of the Caremark decision itself, which our Supreme Court has embraced as setting the liability standard in this context.157 The Caremark liability standard is a high one, and requires proof that a director acted inconsistent with his fiduciary duties and, most importantly, that the director knew he was so acting.158 For obvious reasons, the motive of independent directors to put profits ahead of compliance with the law is weaker than for managers and thus the challenge for a plaintiff to convince a fact-finder of any specific independent director's culpability has to be regarded as at best difficult.
Even as to someone like Blankenship, there is a distance between pleading a claim of conscious flouting of the law for the sake of generating profit and proving that claim after a trial. Failure to see grey is often an impediment to clear reasoning, even on a moral level. Subterranean mining will never be a risk-free or entirely clean business. That is a reality and every self-aware adult in this intensely energy-consuming society has coal on his conscience.159 It may be that a fact-finder will conclude that Blankenship knowingly encouraged law-breaking and that his actions proximately caused the Upper Big Branch Disaster. But it takes a more certain and judgmental mind than mine to conclude such an eventuality is probable, or to even hazard a guess at the chances. To that point, consider this reality. There is a fair amount of tension in the idea that Blankenship's business plan was to generate higher profits by knowingly taking risks that could result in the destruction of the Upper Big Branch mine. Even assuming, as one cannot before hearing and carefully weighing all the evidence, that Blankenship had no real concern over worker safety and was willing to lose a life here or there, that is different than knowingly endangering the mine itself because doing that would destroy the very asset from which Blankenship was seeking to generate profits.160 There is another reality, which is that however hands-on he was, Blankenship was not directly in charge of any mine and this distance will obviously play a role in any future trial.
Let us complicate things further. From the perspective of Massey as a business and its stockholders as investors, it is hardly clear that it is in its interest for it to be proved that its directors and officers caused the corporation to engage in pervasive violations of the law. Such proof could expose the entity, and thereby indirectly its stockholders, to severe financial harm in the form of large judgments and fines, potentially including punitive damages awards.161
That is why the notion that a third-party acquirer like Alpha would “pay” for these claims is dubious. If Alpha acquires Massey, it will acquire along with Massey's assets, the responsibility for Massey's pre-existing obligations and liabilities .162 The purpose of the mine safety laws is not to protect Massey and its stockholders, it is to protect miners. The purpose of the environmental laws is not to protect Massey and its stockholders, it is to protect the environment. Against what are these laws directed? The answer is obvious: the incentive for entities to generate externalities in their pursuit of profits.163
If the Merger is consummated, Alpha can expect to continue to have to address the direct claims against Massey of lost and injured miners, the regulatory inquiries of the MSHA and West Virginia state authorities, and other elements comprising the Disaster Fall–Out. To the extent that Alpha or another acquiror would “pay” for the value of the Derivative Claims, it would be in the sense of figuring out the extent to which a recovery against the derivative defendants would offset the likely continuing costs to Alpha of remedying, to the extent possible, the Disaster Fall–Out. For example, can it, by lawsuit or negotiations, obtain some recompense from Blankenship or others to cover some of the costs of settlements to the lost miners' families? That is, it would be more a consideration for Alpha in determining how much of a liability wildcard it was acquiring by purchasing Massey than a selling point for Massey in deal negotiations. The Derivative Claims are, in essence, just one part of the calculation of how big a liability Alpha is purchasing.
In that regard, this context is importantly distinct from other cases where it is unrealistic to think that an acquiror will pursue claims against the selling corporation's management. In Golaine v. Edwards,164 for example, the argument was that the acquiror was asked and agreed to permit the selling corporation's financial advisors to receive an additional $20 million in fees for their role in negotiating the transaction.165 That $20 million, the plaintiffs argued, could have gone into the price paid to the selling corporation's stockholders.166 In that context, it is unrealistic to think that the buying corporation will pursue the derivative claims because the $20 million paid to the financial advisors of the target was simply part of the overall deal price and if the $20 million should have gone to the selling stockholders instead, it would still have had to be paid by the buyer, and thus the buyer is not well positioned to recover in equity after a deal closes because it would receive a windfall.167
The situation here is quite different. Alpha has to deal with all of the Disaster Fall–Out and Massey's unique approach to dealing with regulators. This will almost certainly require Alpha to pay settlements, fines, and remediation costs. To the extent that the direct actions against Massey result in findings that Massey, as a corporation, consciously violated the law, Alpha has a rational incentive to shift as much of that liability to the former Massey directors and officers as can efficiently and realistically be achieved. If Alpha does so, it would not be in the position of seeking any windfall, given that it assumed the risks that came with buying Massey and was simply using one tool belonging to Massey to reduce the harm to it.168 Alpha's own pre-existing stockholders will also likely be watching the Merger integration process and ask questions if Alpha is exposed to liability and lost profits because of Massey's past conduct and does not seek some recompense if that can be obtained. Alpha's board will have a fiduciary duty to all its stockholders, including the former Massey stockholders who as a result of the Merger will become Alpha stockholders, to use all its assets in a good faith pursuit of profit and its actions will be subject to great scrutiny. This, therefore, is a quite distinct one from the context where plaintiffs argue that the total consideration paid by an acquiror should have been allocated differently between the selling stockholders and the seller's management.
In acknowledging what seems to me to be an economic reality, I do not mean to applaud how the Massey Board dealt with the Derivative Claims in considering whether to sell the company. It appears that counsel for the Board was so influenced by the fact that a majority of the Board were defendants in the Derivative Claims that counsel essentially told the Board not to give any weight to the pendency of those Claims in determining whether to do a deal with Alpha. Although the record is not clear, the plaintiffs themselves embrace the notion that the Board was told that the Claims would survive the Merger but that control over the Claims would pass to Alpha.169 The defendants also admit that the Board did not value the Derivative Claims and that the Advisory Committee set up to investigate whether Massey should pursue those Claims stopped its work when the Merger negotiations got serious.170 As a result, one cannot conclude that the Massey Board was presented with a reasoned analysis of the “value” of the Derivative Claims.
Given the seriousness of the Upper Big Branch Disaster and the regulatory issues facing Massey, the Board's failure to consider this question is concerning. Although for reasons I have already explained, I cannot conclude that the Board likely entered the Merger for the purpose of insulating itself from the Derivative Claims, and although the Board acted in good faith upon the advice of counsel, this failure generates credibility questions in an environment already fraught with them. No doubt the better practice would have been to have had the Advisory Committee, whose members are not defendants in the actions based on the Derivative Claims, consider the extent to which the Derivative Claims were an economic asset (even in the sense of arguing to Alpha that its concerns about ongoing liability were overstated because of the possibility to shift costs to the derivative action defendants), with the advice of the Advisory Committee's own advisors, who were not in the awkward position of also representing Massey Board members in the Derivative Claims, like Cravath.
But even acknowledging that the Board's approach fell short of the ideal and might even arguably be characterized as a breach of the duty of care, that does not do much to help the plaintiffs obtain an injunction preventing the Massey stockholders from deciding for themselves whether to approve the Merger with Alpha. Although the plaintiffs push the proposition that the Massey directors were motivated by a desire to diminish their exposure to liability for the Derivative Claims, I do not believe the injunction record bears out that proposition. Indeed, to the extent the record supports any inference, it is that the independent directors were led to believe that the Derivative Claims would survive the Merger and that, to the extent they had value, it was not value that was material, at least for purposes of securing a deal with Alpha. For better or worse, the record does not suggest that the independent directors of Massey feared that their net wealths were at risk or that their decision to sell to Alpha was colored by such a fear. In so finding, I note that the Massey director most clearly targeted by the Derivative Claims was Blankenship, who resisted the idea of a Merger, was pushed aside by the Board majority in the negotiation process, and left the Board on December 3, 2010, ten weeks before the final deal was inked on January 28, 2011.
The plaintiffs also push the proposition that Alpha itself is highly unlikely to pursue the Derivative Claims in its own self-interest. In support of that proposition, they rely on the ever-quotable lead independent director for Massey, Inman, who testified this way in his deposition:
1. To the extent that it would be Alpha itself that would have to prosecute the [D]erivative [Claims] against you, do you see that as a likely outcome?
2. No.171
The plaintiffs argue that Alpha will buy Massey on the cheap and has no incentive to pursue the Derivative Claims.
As a factual matter, the plaintiffs have failed to prove that Inman's view is Alpha's. The record does not support an inference that Alpha has made any commitment to Massey Board members not to pursue the Derivative Claims if that is in Alpha's best interest.172
As an economic matter, the plaintiffs' argument that Alpha will never press the Derivative Claims is also suspect. I assume it is conceivable that a certain class of buyers would, because of its ongoing business, be unlikely to sue the past management of a firm it purchased. Think of private equity firms who compete by cultivating a reputation for doing well by the management teams of companies they acquire. That this rationale would apply to a company like Alpha seems unlikely and is not supported by rational argument by the plaintiffs.173 Indeed, the numerous instances in which this court has decided cases in which acquirors denied advancement for legal fees to predecessor managers seems to belie the idea that acquirors will ignore their economic self-interest in this context.174
More probable, however, is that Alpha will have to make a difficult business calculation about the extent to which it goes after Massey's former management.175 Proving former management liable for running a law-violating company may not be an optimal profit-maximizing move for the current owner of that company.
One cannot even rationally determine what the potential derivative liability is until the direct liability Massey faces is determined. But to the extent that fact-finders actually find Massey liable for criminal acts or civil violations committed with scienter (i.e., punitive damages), Alpha would have a rational incentive to pursue the Derivative Claims against Massey's former directors and management as a way to mitigate the losses it would incur as a result of Massey's liability for its directors' and managers' pre-merger conduct. The indemnification provision in the Merger Agreement on which the plaintiffs so heavily depend to support their argument that Alpha has no incentive to prosecute the Derivative Claims does not in fact, help them. Alpha only promised to indemnify the Massey Board and management to the extent Massey itself could have and did in fact do so.176 Because Massey could not indemnify members of the Massey Board or management for actions not taken “in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation,”177 or for judgments in a derivative case,178 Alpha would have no obligation to indemnify Massey's former directors and management for wrongful acts, whether civil or criminal, committed with scienter. Alpha remains free to cause Massey to sue the former members of the Massey Board and management for non-exculpated breaches of fiduciary duty that harmed Massey. This, of course, is the identical posture the derivative plaintiffs are now in.
Assuming, therefore, that Massey is determined to be liable to miners and their families for violating the criminal law, and if the outcome of those proceedings suggests that top level Massey fiduciaries were responsible, it is not clear why Alpha would not seek to offset the costs to itself of those violations by suing previous management if by doing so it had a realistic chance of obtaining some meaningful recovery. The plaintiffs, somewhat puzzlingly, respond by arguing that Alpha would have no real incentive to prosecute the Derivative Claims because its very prosecution of them could increase the direct Massey liability that Alpha will inherit as a result of the pending or contemplated criminal and civil lawsuits against former Massey directors and officers for pre-merger conduct:
Even if Defendants' contentions that the indemnification provisions would not serve as a disincentive to Alpha to pursue the [D]erivative [Claims] were true, there are other practical realties that would dissuade Alpha from prosecuting the [C]laims. As both the Massey Defendants and Alpha acknowledge, findings of fact in litigation of the [D]erivative [Claims] could have serious implications for the pending securities cases and criminal investigations Alpha will inherit from Massey upon the closing of the [M]erger. If Alpha were to pursue the [D]erivative [Claims] with the other litigation and investigations pending, it might weaken its ability to avoid paying on assumed Massey litigation liabilities.179
But the same realities would face Massey if Massey were to remain an independent company and the Massey stockholders continued the Derivative Claims. In other words, to the extent that the plaintiffs argue that Alpha would have no rational incentive to prosecute the Derivative Claims it will inherit as a result of the Merger until the direct actions against Massey are concluded because doing so would help make out other cases that would peg liability on Alpha as Massey's acquiror, so too would (or should ) the plaintiffs, as fiduciaries for other Massey stockholders, be reluctant to prosecute the Derivative Claims they claim are so valuable until the direct claims against Massey are resolved. That is, the reality in either a Merger or non-Merger world is that much or perhaps most of the Derivative Claims' value is to reduce to some extent the liability Massey faces as a corporation. Thus, the Derivative Claims should follow, rather than precede, the resolution of the key direct suits and regulatory proceedings.
Therefore, the problem for the plaintiffs is that Alpha would face all the barriers previously identified to the same extent that the current Massey stockholders would, such as the need to prove scienter, as well as then come up against a few other factors. For one thing, if the Disaster Fall–Out is really above $1 billion as the plaintiffs' expert suggests, how likely it is that one can actually collect a judgment in that amount against the derivative action defendants? The plaintiffs' expert does not take this consideration or other related ones into account in valuing the Derivative Claims, and instead simply assumes that the value of the Derivative Claims equates with the Disaster Fall–Out. But to actually place a value on the Derivative Claims themselves, numerous issues of this kind must be considered. Start with the independent director issue. How many are likely to actually be held liable under a scienter-based standard?
Add in the reality that if one proves that a fiduciary acted with scienter, one has typically proven that the defendant has acted outside the coverage D & O insurers provide for judgments.180 Thus, when an actual judgment is secured, the defendants themselves and not their insurance companies would be the source of payment. Even if a defendant like Blankenship has a high personal net wealth, is it high enough to provide a material level of recoupment, particularly if the company has to go after him for the judgment and also to recoup the legal fees it will have to advance for his defense?
And if the hope is to settle for the full amount of the D & O insurance, it appears that the total amount of applicable coverage for all of the derivative action defendants is $95 million,181 which is not a trifle but is also not material in the context of an $8.5 billion Merger. Anyone who has dealt with coverage questions and insurance carriers would also tell you that a scenario in which the D & O insurers in the “tower” would easily pay out anywhere near the full amount of the policy in a quick and low-cost way to Alpha is more the stuff of dreams than of real life. Given that Alpha would be looking to insurers for future coverage, it would likely also consider the extent to which current recompense would affect its future rates.
In this regard, I also note the absence of any substantial argument from the plaintiffs that the Derivative Claims are really of material value in the context of a transaction like the Alpha Merger. Massey's consideration of a strategic transaction has been public since at least October of last year.182 This opened the door to a low-cost overture by any of its many industry competitors or a private equity firm. Given economic realities, it seems unlikely that the market was unable to price the value of the Derivative Claims in a rational way. If another market player really believed that Alpha was paying too low a price because it was possible to purchase Massey for more because a purchaser could obtain a collectible judgment against former Massey fiduciaries for over $1 billion in the Derivative Claims, that player has had, and continues to have, a rational opportunity to buy Massey for itself. As the plaintiffs acknowledge, well-funded industry rivals like Archer and the global giant, ArcelorMittal, took a look at Massey, were able to get due diligence on Massey, its assets and liabilities including the value of the Derivative Claims, and did not offer the value Alpha did. The plaintiffs respond that there was also non-public information about Massey unavailable to those who did not come forward to make a serious overture and obtain due diligence. But they also admit that: (i) the serious bidders, like Alpha and Arch, were able to do due diligence on the Upper Big Branch Disaster and Massey's safety performance, and did so; and (ii) that the public record on Massey's approach to safety and regulatory relations was a rich one. Information does not seem like a genuine barrier in this circumstance.
The reason no such player has emerged is likely not because the Derivative Claims are being ignored, but because acquirors look at the Derivative Claims rationally not as an independent asset, but as at best a liability-reducing factor. One would suspect that if the Derivative Claims possessed the value that the plaintiffs and their expert ascribe to them—i.e., up to $1.4 billion—that rational would-be acquirors would have emerged and offered a price for Massey that materially exceeded what Alpha is set to pay under the Merger Agreement. It is likely, however, on account of what has actually transpired since the Alpha Merger has been made public, that potential acquirors of Massey do not share in the plaintiffs' optimistic valuation, a valuation that is flawed for the reasons I have discussed.
Moreover, any purchaser of Massey would recognize that a primary challenge will be to instill a new culture in the company that better fosters safety and a constructive relationship with the company's regulators, with the goal of generating profits in a durably sustainable manner.183 This may well involve the expenditure of greater resources on safety and other near-term investments.184 That ongoing operational challenge would come alongside the requirement to address the myriad of direct legal proceedings brought by tort plaintiffs and regulators, proceedings that may themselves also have the effect of eating into any of the insurance that might go to paying a settlement on the Derivative Claims. Put bluntly, those who the laws were intended to protect may come first, ahead of the stockholders of the corporation who violated those laws.
For all these reasons, the plaintiffs have not convinced me that it is likely the Merger with Alpha is unfairly priced because the Derivative Claims have not been separately valued. On this record, I cannot conclude that it is probable that the Derivative Claims have a value that is material in relation to the value of Massey as an entity. In so finding, I again note that there is a difference between the economic harm that Massey suffered as a result of the Disaster Fall–Out and the value of the Derivative Claims.
We do not live in a perfect world and the ability of human institutions to do full justice will always fall short of the ideal. That Massey might be selling to Alpha at a price lower than it would have had the company been better managed is an idea one can embrace without also then concluding that there is a basis to conclude that the Merger with Alpha ought to be enjoined.185
That is especially so for another reason, which I now explain.
C. The Plaintiffs Have Failed to Show that They Face Irreparable Injury Because a Later Award of Monetary Relief Can Make Them Whole
This court will not lightly grant a preliminary injunction. That important restraint will only be imposed if: (i) a failure to do so presents a threat of irreparable injury; and (ii) the balance of harms weighs in favor of granting the injunction.186 Here, neither factor weighs in favor of an injunction.
Initially, the plaintiffs themselves essentially admit that a later award of monetary damages can make Massey and its current stockholders whole. As the plaintiffs read Parnes v. Bally Entertainment Corp.187 and its progeny, they can sue the Massey directors in a direct action for breach of their fiduciary duties in approving the Merger with Alpha. If they can prove that the directors acted in bad faith to approve the sale of Massey at a materially inadequate and therefore unfair price to Alpha because the Merger price did not reflect the value of the Derivative Claims, then they can obtain a monetary judgment against the Massey directors.188 Similarly, appraisal is available to dissenters in Bancorporation v. Ritter, 911 A.2d 362, 367 (Del.2006); Malpiede v. Townson, 780 A.2d 1075 (Del.2001); Guttman v. Huang, 823 A.2d 492, 501 (Del.Ch.2003)). But it is to say that to the extent that there is some residual damage to the corporation in a situation like this when the pursuit of profit for stockholders resulted in damage to other constituencies that is not capable of remediation, that might be thought to act as a useful goad to stockholders to give more weight to legal compliance and risk management in making investment decisions and in monitoring corporate performance. In the end, the most sympathetic victims here were not stockholders, they were Massey's workers and their families, who suffered injuries and lost lives and loved ones, and the communities who have suffered because of environmental degradation due to of the company's failure to meet its legal responsibilities. the Alpha Merger.189 As a result, appraisal petitioners can argue that the Merger price did not constitute fair value because the Merger price did not adequately account for the value of the Derivative Claims belonging to Massey.190 Although these routes to recovery may be difficult to navigate, they may be traveled, and at their end is the possibility for monetary relief that would make the current Massey stockholders whole.
As the plaintiffs point out, they may also be able to continue to press the Derivative Claims as derivative claims even after the consummation of the Merger with Alpha.191 To do so, the plaintiffs will likely have to satisfy a very strict test articulated by our Supreme Court over a quarter century ago in Lewis v. Anderson,192 and reaffirmed in Lewis v. Ward.193 That test permits a derivative plaintiff to continue to prosecute claims on behalf of the selling company “(i) if the merger itself is the subject of a claim of fraud, being perpetrated merely to deprive shareholders of the standing to bring a derivative action; or (ii) if the merger is in reality merely a reorganization which does not affect plaintiff's ownership in the business enterprise.”194 The Merger is not a reorganization, and thus the only recognized exception that could arguably apply is the fraud exception. In Arkansas Teacher Retirement System v. Caiafa (the so-called Countrywide case),195 a case that the plaintiffs themselves cite with approval,196 the Supreme Court recently reaffirmed that test once again.197 Therefore, if the plaintiffs are able to prove on a full record that the Merger with Alpha was undertaken “merely” to deprive the Massey stockholders of their standing to sue derivatively,198 then they will be entitled to continue the Derivative Claims notwithstanding the fact that as a result of the Merger, they will no longer hold Massey shares.199
And another recent Supreme Court decision identified another route, however difficult passage on it may be. In Lambrecht v. O'Neal,200 our Supreme Court made clear that the stockholders of a corporation sold in a merger for stock of another corporation have standing to ask the acquiring corporation's board to press claims belonging to the acquired corporation.201 In this situation, that means that Massey stockholders who become stockholders of Alpha may press Alpha to bring the derivative claims on Alpha's behalf in a so-called double derivative action.202 If the Alpha board refuses demand wrongfully or the plaintiffs can plead adequately demand futility, they may be able to proceed in a double derivative action on Alpha's behalf.203 In identifying this route, I acknowledge that a recovery on behalf of Alpha, which will be owned only 46% by Massey's current stockholders, is not the same as a recovery on behalf of the current Massey stockholders alone, but such a recovery would nonetheless benefit Massey stockholders as new Alpha stockholders.204 I also acknowledge the difficulty that new stockholders of an acquiror will have in arguing that the board of the acquiror, which typically will have no exposure to liability for the pre-merger derivative claims and will typically be dominated by independent directors, cannot impartially decide whether a suit is in the best interests of the acquiror, which will be the relevant metric.
To the extent that the plaintiffs would argue that any of these paths to monetary relief are difficult, I cannot part company with them. But such relief is potentially available and thus there is no threat of irreparable injury.
D. The Balance Of The Equities Weigh Against An Injunction Because The Stockholders Are Empowered To Decide For Themselves Whether To Approve The Merger
The difficulty of actually recovering a judgment on the Derivative Claims that would be material in relation to Massey's overall value also weighs heavily on my mind in assessing the balance of equities.
The Massey stockholders are well positioned to determine for themselves whether to accept the Alpha Merger. They can turn it down, continue as Massey stockholders, and enjoy or suffer as the case may be the outcome that comes from the status quo, including the net benefits or costs that come from the regulatory and legal proceedings involving the company—including from the outcome of the Derivative Claims. Or the Massey stockholders can decide that a deal with Alpha at price that is a premium to the price at which Massey was trading the day of the Upper Big Branch Disaster is, in a world of risk, the better bet, especially given the chance to benefit if Alpha's management approach enables the Massey coal reserves to be more safely and profitably extracted. Because it is the Massey stockholders' capital at stake and not mine, I am chary to substitute my judgment. The plaintiffs are institutional investors and could make their case to turn down the Merger at the ballot box. They are not well positioned to have this court risk the benefits the Alpha Merger promises to Massey stockholders by enjoining the Merger, and taking that decision out of the stockholders' own hands.
Nor is their some cost-free way to an injunction. Alpha argues with considerable force that it may well choose to sue former Massey fiduciaries if that is in its interest as an acquiror. To enjoin the Merger unless Alpha transfers the rights to the Derivative Claims to a litigation trust on behalf of the Massey stockholders would allow Alpha to walk away.205 Whether Alpha would actually do so is, of course, unclear, but I find no reason in equity to conclude that Alpha would not have a good faith basis for doing so. There are easily imaginable circumstances in which Alpha would sue the former fiduciaries of Massey to recover for judgments and other costs it will incur as Massey's new owner, or even as leverage in dealings with former Massey fiduciaries over obligations such as advancement. One could imagine circumstances in which the principal value of the Derivative Claims Alpha has inherited against former Massey fiduciaries is in reducing the costs to Alpha of honoring advancement and indemnification obligations Massey owed to them.206 A judicial order enjoining the Merger unless Alpha is willing to buy Massey in a deal in which it assumes the Disaster Fall–Out liability, but does not acquire any of Massey's right to offset that liability by seeking indemnification from Massey fiduciaries (i.e., the Derivative Claims), is an injunction requiring Alpha to accept a different transaction than that which was negotiated through an arms-length process. This is not a situation where the record bears the inference that Alpha was somehow knowingly complicit in some breach of fiduciary duty by the Massey Board; rather, the record indicates that Alpha was fended off by Massey over an extended time period, was subjected to a competitive bargaining process, and was pressed to pay a high value for Massey. To upset Alpha's expectations would justifiably allow it to terminate the Merger Agreement.
In so concluding, I also take into account the plaintiffs' argument that I should put the Merger on ice, and rush to hold a trial on the Derivative Claims before the Merger Agreement's drop dead date of January 27, 2012.207 There are a variety of reasons why that is neither practicable nor equitable. For one thing, it would seem to be extremely disadvantageous to Massey as a stand-alone entity for Derivative Claims that seek to hold fiduciaries liable to indemnify Massey if Massey is held liable to others to go forward ahead of those direct claims. Even if one could, as I cannot in good conscience, put aside that reality, there are also the questions of fairness to the defendants in addressing such important Claims in an imprudently hasty manner and the costs to Massey stockholders of not closing the Merger now. To delay the deal not only defers their receipt of the Merger consideration, it also continues Massey under management the plaintiffs themselves do not consider sound, and defers, and therefore endangers, the ability of Alpha management to manage the Massey assets and to capitalize on potential synergies for the benefit of all its post-Merger stockholders, including the current Massey stockholders.
In my judgment, therefore, issuance of an injunction threatens more harm to Massey stockholders than its potential benefits to them. Massey stockholders who are persuaded that they will yield more value if the company remains independent and the Derivative Claims proceed are free to take action even more formidable than a preliminary injunction, by casting their ballots against the Merger and defeating it at the polls.
V. Conclusion
For all these reasons, the plaintiffs' motion for preliminary injunction is DENIED. IT IS SO ORDERED.
Footnotes
1
Lewis v. Anderson, 477 A.2d 1040, 1044 (Del.1984) (citing 8 Del. C. § 259(a)); id. at 1047 (citing Heit v. Tenneco, 319 F.Supp. 884 (D.Del.1970)); see also Lewis v. Ward, 852 A.2d 896, 902 (Del.2004) (reaffirming Lewis v. Anderson ).
2
Lambrecht v. O'Neal, 3 A.3d 277, 282 (Del.2010).
3
477 A.2d 1040 (Del.1984).
4
996 A.2d 321 (Del.2010).
5
E.g., Tate & Lyle PLC v. Staley Continental Inc., 1988 WL 46064, at *5 (Del.Ch. May 9, 1988).
6
Compl. ¶ 20.
7
Phillips Dep. at 12.
8
Phillips Dep. at 12; see also Crutchfield Dep. at 30, 148; PX–64 (Liberty Diligence Presentation (January 18, 2011)).
9
Inman Dep. at 10–11.
10
Inman Dep. at 120–21, 125–26; PX–25 (“Bobby Inman Blames The Unions,” THE TEXAS OBSERVER (April 19, 2010)).
11
Blankenship Dep. at 69–73.
12
PX–66 (Blankenship Memorandum To All Deep Mine Superintendents (October 19, 2005)).
13
DX–8 (Blankenship Memorandum (October 26, 2005)) (“I would question the membership of anyone who thought that I consider safety to be a secondary responsibility.”).
14
Phillips Dep. at 35.
15
PX–2 (“Boone Man Awarded $2 Million in Wrongful Termination Suit,” THE WEST VIRGINIA RECORD (June 28, 2007)).
16
PX–5 (Press Release, U.S. Attorney's Office (December 23, 2008)); PX–95 (“Upper Big Branch The April 5, 2010, explosion: a failure of basic coal mine safety practices” (May 19, 2011)) at 93.
17
PX–95 at 93.
18
PX–7 (Press Release of the Environmental Protection Agency (January 17, 2008)).
19
Id.
20
Massey Energy Co., Annual Report (form 10–K), at 32 (Mar. 2, 2009); PX–24 (Manville Personal Injury Trust v. Blankenship, Case No. 07–C–1333, “Settlement and Final Judgment” (June 30, 2008)).
21
PX–24.
22
See, e.g., Def. Ans. Br. at 14–15 (citing various actions taken by the Massey Board after the 2008 settlement designed to improve compliance with safety regulations, including its commission of a so-called “Hazard Elimination Program,” “designed to identify and address problem areas”).
23
PX–10 (MSHA, Massey Energy—Civil Penalty Summary (April 5, 2010)).
24
PX–8 (MSHA, Summary of Citations and Orders Issued to Massey Energy). No United States mining company had more safety violations on its record between the years 2000 and 2009 than Massey, despite the fact that Massey was only the nation's sixth largest coal producer. PX–12 (“W. Va. Mine Blast: Coal Firm Had Worst Safety Record,” MSNBC (November 23, 2010)).
25
Inman Dep. at 16.
26
Id.
27
PX–25. Blankenship's views on the effect of human activity in producing global climate change are not free from rational, scientific dispute. Cf. William R.L. Anderegg, et. al., Expert Credibility in Climate Change, PNAS: Proceedings of the National Academy of the United States of America (June 21, 2010) doi: 10.1073/pnas.1003187107 (surveying 1,372 climate researchers, their publication and citation data, and showing that 97–98% of the most actively publishing researchers in the field support the tenets of anthropogenic climate change outlined by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change).
28
Inman Dep. at 17.
29
PX–18 (Briefing, the MSHA on Disaster at Massey Energy's Upper Big Branch Mine–South) at 4.
30
PX–3 (“Mine Safety Often a Battle Between Regulators and Companies,” THE WASHINGTON POST (June 2, 2010)) at 1.
31
Compl. ¶ 84.
32
PX–95.
33
PX–95 (the “McAteer Report”).
34
Id. at 4.
35
Id. at 59.
36
Id. at 60.
37
Id. at 63.
38
Id. at 63.
39
Id. at 50–59.
40
Id. at 51.
41
Id. at 53.
42
Id. at 54.
43
PX–14 (MSHA Briefing on Disaster at Massey Energy's Upper Big Branch Mine–South) at 5 (emphasis in original).
44
PX–18 at 5.
45
McAteer Report at 95.
46
Id.
47
Id. at 108.
48
The Delaware derivative action was consolidated with this class action on October 21, 2010. New Jersey Building Laborers Pension Fund v. Blankenship, No. 5430 (Del. Ch. Oct. 21, 2010) (ORDER).
49
Verified Amended Shareholder Derivative Complaint ¶ 1 (July 7, 2010).
50
PX–34 (“Massey Energy Company Definitive Proxy Statement” (April 29, 2011)) (“Proxy”) at 66.
51
Crutchfield Dep. at 54–55.
52
Proxy at 65.
53
Id. at 66; Blankenship Dep. at 104–06.
54
Proxy at 67.
55
Id. at 68.
56
Id.
57
Id.; PX–43 (Letter from Blankenship to Crutchfield (August 23, 2010)).
58
PX–44 (Letter from Crutchfield to Blankenship (August 25, 2010)).
59
PX–45 (Letter from Blankenship to Crutchfield (August 27, 2010)); Phillips Dep. at 185; Proxy at 69.
60
DX–6 (“Forming an Advisory Committee of the Massey Board of Directors” (August 16, 2010)).
61
Proxy at 69.
62
Inman Dep. at 47.
63
PX–25 at 1.
64
Id.
65
Inman Dep. at 47, 52–53.
66
PX–12 at 2–3.
67
Inman Dep. at 52, 152
68
Id. at 120, 126.
69
Id. at 113.
70
Blankenship Dep. at 105, 122. Massey's stock price briefly hit an all-time high of $91.54 on June 30, 2008. That lofty price was short-lived. Massey's stock price was only $62.27 on May 30, 2008, and was back down to $65.96 by August 30, 2008.
71
Inman Dep. at 120. Inman had had several discussions with Blankenship about Blankenship's retirement as early as two years before the explosion at Upper Big Branch, but had ended those conversations in the aftermath of the Disaster so as not “to signal any lack of confidence in him.” Id. But by the summer of 2010, Inman had resumed discussions about Blankenship's retirement, this time with fellow independent director Robert H. Foglesong. Id.
72
McAteer Report at 104.
73
Inman Dep. at 102, 110, 115 (“The issue was not letting [Blankenship] drive the process of deciding what was best for the company, them being acquired or remaining independent.”).
74
Id. at 102–03.
75
Id. at 103–06.
76
Proxy at 72.
77
Id. at 73.
78
AX–4; DX–38 (Email from Hendriksen to Blankenship regarding Wall Street Journal article (October 20, 2010)); see also Fischel Aff. ¶ 9 (citing October 19, 2010 Wall Street Journal article).
79
Indeed, Massey's stock price jumped from $30.77 on September 1, 2010 to $42.07 on October 29, ten days after the Wall Street Journal published its article on Massey's interest in doing a deal.
80
Inman Dep. at 179–80.
81
Id. at 182.
82
Id. at 125.
83
Id.
84
PX–63 at 5.
85
DX–10 (“Minutes of a regular meeting of the board of directors of Massey Energy Company held on Sunday, November 21”).
86
Inman Dep. at 130.
87
Id.
88
Compl. ¶ 138.
89
DX–46 (Presentation Slides of Perella Weinberg (November, 21, 2010)) at 51.
90
Proxy at 75.
91
DX48 (Massey Press Release (November 22, 2010)).
92
Proxy at 76.
93
DX–42 (“Project Mountain: Proposal Discussion Materials” (December 14, 2010)).
94
DX–11 (Letter from Alpha to Massey (December 11, 2010)).
95
PX–87 (Confidentiality Agreement between Massey and Alpha (January 3, 2011)); Proxy at 79.
96
Proxy at 81; Gabrys Aff. ¶ 9.
97
DX–51 (“Project Mountain: Presentation to the Board of Directors” (January 14, 2011)).
98
Inman Dep. at 213.
99
Of course, if Massey stockholders received $74.70 from Alpha, largely in Alpha stock, they could also see that value grow if Alpha—which had a good reputation—was able to produce good results from the post-Merger Alpha.
100
PX–67 (Massey Energy, Board of Directors Meeting on Strategic Plan Meeting Slides (December 20, 2010)); DX–12 (Email from Grinnan to Adkins (December 17, 2010)).
101
E.g., Inman Dep. at 160–61 (“[O]ver the last ten years of watching, Massey had almost never reached its projected goals.”). Although the testimony that the Board viewed its own management's estimates skeptically is plausible given Massey's prior performance, it must be noted that the same directors who gave that testimony continued the same management in office for years, despite all the legal and safety troubles and despite viewing that management as unable to deliver on their promised numbers. This inconsistency gives color to the plaintiffs' view that the Massey Board was under Blankenship's thumb for many years.
102
Proxy at 81.
103
DX–54 (Letter from Arch to Perella Weinberg (January 26, 2011)) at 1.
104
Proxy at 83.
105
Id.
106
Fischel Aff. ¶ 9.
107
I also note that had the Massey stock simply tracked the performance of the S & P 500 from the time the market closed on April 5, 2010 (the date of the Upper Big Branch Disaster) until the time the market closed on January 28, 2011 (the date the Massey Board signed the Merger Agreement), the Merger price calculated on January 28, 2011 still represented a premium of about 17.9% to the closing price of Massey stock on that date. A similar result is obtained if the Massey stock is assumed to have tracked the Dow Jones Industrial Average, in which case the premium on January 28, 2011 would have been about 17.7%. If the Massey stock tracked the better performing Dow Jones United States Coal Index, the deal price would still have represented a modest premium of about 6.9% on January 28, 2011.
108
Proxy at 84.
109
FRANKLIN BALOTTI & JESSE A. FINKELSTEIN, DELAWARE LAW OF CORPORATIONS & BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS § 17.10[C] at 17–26 (3d ed. 2009) (“[D]irectors need not engage in self-flagellation by admitting alleged corporate wrong-doing prior to an actual adjudication of the challenged conduct by a court of law.”) (citing Brody v. Zaucha, 697 A.2d 749, 754 (Del.1997); Louden v. Archer–Daniels–Midland Co., 700 A.2d 135, 145 (Del.1997)). Specifically, the plaintiffs cannot plausibly argue that the proxy statement fails to disclose that the Board made its decision to sell the company because of the Advisory Committee's interim report given at the dinner meeting on November 20, 2010 ahead of its quarterly meeting held November 21–23. According to the plaintiffs, until the Board received the Advisory Committee's interim report, it had not committed to selling the company. Pl. Op. Br. at 24. But after the Advisory Committee told the Board that it had come to the preliminary conclusions that (i) Massey's existing safety operations were inadequate and needed to be overhauled; and (ii) that a change in top management, most notably a change in the CEO, was “required to rebuild [Massey's] reputation, regain the confidence of shareholders, regulators and public officials, and be in a position to enhance [Massey's] safety and compliance performance,” the Board supposedly “realized Blankenship had to go” and, more importantly, rushed to sell the company for fear of liability on the Derivative Claims. Pl. Op. Br. at 24–25 (citing PX–63). I reject that argument as not being borne out by the record. By the time of its meetings on November 20 and 21, the Board was already aware that Blankenship had to go, and had discussed his retirement with him before the Advisory Committee was even formed. Inman Dep. at 120; Phillips Dep. at 204. The plaintiffs' theory that somehow the Advisory Committee's interim report, in which it admitted it had come to no conclusion about the merit of the Derivative Claims and would require at least three additional months to do so, caused the Board to go into crisis mode and rush to sell the company for fear of derivative liability is not a theory that that this record supports. For starters, Inman and the other independent directors had already been interested for some time in seeing if a strategic transaction might make sense as the best way for Massey to maximize value in a bad situation, and Inman had been in contact with Crutchfield and others at Alpha as early as September 2010 to emphasize the Board's willingness to consider a transaction, notwithstanding Blankenship's view that a transaction was not in the company's best interests. Inman Dep. at 100–06. Likewise, the fact that the Board decided to table the Advisory Committee's suggestion for a Blue Ribbon panel of safety experts seems to have been a decision based on the reality that Massey was in the midst of a strategic review process and such a panel could be a counterproductive deterrent to would-be acquirors, not one made because the Board was scared of the personal consequences if the Advisory Committee completed its work. Moreover, the Advisory Committee itself appreciated the Board's concern over the establishment of a Blue Ribbon panel at that sensitive time. PX–63 at 6, 10. That the Board took until January 27, 2011 to finalize a deal with Alpha, consider other bids, and bargained hard to get a good deal, also belies any hurried rush to merge so as to avoid either the outcome of a Blue Ribbon report, the Advisory Committee's own determination as to the Derivative Claims, or the procession of the derivative suits themselves.
110
Proxy at 78.
111
Id. at 50.
112
PX–63 at 5.
113
Proxy at 78.
114
Phillips Dep. at 298; Inman Dep. at 43–44; PX–61 (Minutes of a Special Meeting of The Board of Directors of Massey Energy Company (December 20, 2010)) at 4; PX–68 (Email from North to Rolfe (October 21, 2010)).
115
Proxy at 78; Phillips Dep. at 298–99.
116
Inman Dep. at 44 (Q. “Who to your understanding would be prosecuting with the [derivative] case [after the [M]erger with Alpha]? A. “I haven't a clue.”).
117
Phillips Dep. at 302–03.
118
PX–52.
119
Crutchfield Dep. at 192.
120
DX–50 (First Draft Merger Agreement by Cravath, Swaine & Moore (January 10, 2011)) § 5.05(b).
121
Merger Agreement § 1.03 (“The date and time [on which the Certificate of Merger is filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware or the date on which the parties agree in the Certificate of Merger] is referred to as the ‘Effective Time’.”).
122
Merger Agreement § 5.05(b); Crutchfield Dep. at 192.
123
8 Del. C. §§ 145(a), (b); see also FRANKLIN BALOTTI & JESSE A. FINKELSTEIN, DELAWARE LAW OF CORPORATIONS & BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS § 4.12 (3d ed. 2009) (“It is important to keep in mind the distinctions between indemnification with respect to third-party actions and indemnification with respect to derivative actions. Section 145(b) permits indemnification only of expenses in derivative suits and does not authorize indemnification of judgments or amounts paid in settlement in derivative suits.”) (emphasis in original); § 4.12 (“Section 145(a) permits indemnification of officers, directors, employees, or agents for attorneys' fees and other expenses, as well as judgments or amounts paid in settlement in civil cases. Section 145(a) applies only to third-party actions—not to actions brought by or in the right of the corporation. The person seeking indemnification must have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation. In criminal cases, indemnitees may be indemnified for fines and costs if, in addition to the foregoing standard of conduct, they did not have reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.”) (emphasis added) (internal citations omitted).
124
Id. § 5.05(a).
125
Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P. v. Cantor, 724 A.2d 571, 579 (Del.Ch.1998).
126
772 A.2d 1243 (Del.1999).
127
Parnes v. Bally Entm't Corp., 722 A.2d 1243 (Del.1999); see also Golaine v. Edwards, 1999 WL 1271882, at *6 (Del.Ch. Dec.21, 1999) (“As I read [Parnes ], it says that if the side transactions were not so costly that they enable the plaintiffs to allege that the consideration offered to the target stockholders was reduced to an unfair level, then a price attack on them must be labeled derivative and extinguishable by the merger. If the side transactions are alleged to have reduced the consideration offered to the target stockholders to a level that is unfair, then an attack is labeled as individual because it goes directly to the fairness of the merger.”).
128
Pl. Op. Br. at 36–37 (quoting Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., 457 A.2d 701, 710 (Del.1983)).
129
Inman Dep. at 213.
130
Fischel Aff. ¶ 10; Ex. D (“Premiums Paid in Completed Precedent Transactions January 1, 2008–April 14, 2011”).
131
Pl. Op. Br. at 31–34; Compl. ¶¶ 191–195.
132
PX–25.
133
PX–8 (MSHA, Summary of Citations and Orders Issued to Massey Energy) (showing that the total number of MSHA-imposed citations for violations of safety regulations rose in 2009 in comparison to 2008).
134
PX–13; PX–14 at 4; PX–15 (Letter from CtW Investment Group to Massey stockholders (April 29, 2010)); PX–19 (“U.S. Closed Massey Mine 61 Times Since January 2009,” BLOOMBERG (April 9, 2010)) (noting that the number of violations cited by MSHA in 2009 doubled from the previous year); PX–26 (“Safety Violations at Massey Mines Skyrocket: 130 in Week Since Accident,” HUFFINGTON POST (April 15, 2010)) (reporting on the basis of MSHA records that the MSHA cited 130 “significant and substantial” violations at “dozens of Massey's mines from April 6 to April 14 [2010] .... [and that this number] ... exceeds the number of violations found at those same mines for the entire month of March [2010]”) (emphasis in original).
135
E.g., PX–3; PX–11 (“Mines Avoid Crackdowns by Challenging Safety Citations,” THE WASHINGTON POST (April 10, 2010)).
136
E.g., PX–23; McAteer Report.
137
E.g., PX–25.
138
McAteer Report.
139
Indeed, as the court observed in Caremark, a claim that directors are liable for employee failures is “possibly the most difficult theory in corporation law upon which a plaintiff might hope to win a judgment.” In re Caremark Int'l Inc. Derivative Litig., 698 A.2d 959, 967 (Del.Ch.1996).
140
Def. Ans. Br. at 14–19.
141
Def. Ans. Br. at 17 (citing PX–85 for proposition that Massey's “Violations Per Inspection Day” was “consistent with the industry average rate during 2008 and 2009; it was slightly above the industry average in 2008 (1.03) and slightly below the industry average in 2009 (0.92).”).
142
Crawford Aff. Ex. F (“Minutes of a Regular Meeting of the Board of Directors of Massey Energy Company Held on Monday, February 16, 2009”) at 9.
143
E.g., Melvin A. Eisenberg, The Duty of Good Faith in Corporate Law, 31 DEL. J. CORP. L. 1, 16 (2006) (arguing that a fiduciary can act “loyally” toward a Delaware corporation while consciously causing the corporation to act illegally and ignoring that Delaware corporations are only permitted by state charter to undertake lawful business by lawful means).
144
See, e.g., 8 Del. C. § 101(b) (“A corporation may be incorporated or organized under this chapter to conduct or promote any lawful business or purposes, except as may otherwise be provided by the Constitution or other law of this State.”) (emphasis added); 8 Del. C. § 102 (“It shall be sufficient to state [in a corporation's certificate of incorporation], either alone or with other businesses or purposes, that the purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware, and by such statement all lawful acts and activities shall be within the purpose of the corporation ....”) (emphasis added); see also Leo E. Strine, Jr. et. al., Loyalty's Core Demand: The Defining Role of Good Faith in Corporation Law, 98 GEO. L.J. 629, 649 (2010) (citing ROBERT CHARLES CLARK, CORPORATE LAW § 1.2, at 18 (1986) (stating that a corporation's purpose is to “maximize the value of the company's shares, subject to the constraint that the corporation must meet all its legal obligations to others who are related to or affected by it”).
145
See, e.g., Metro Commc'n Corp. BVI v. Advanced Mobilecomm Techs. Inc., 854 A.2d 121, 131, 163–64 (Del.Ch.2004) (holding that if directors engaged in unlawful bribery in order to obtain government permits, they had violated their “duty of loyalty” and further opining that “[u]nder Delaware law, a fiduciary may not choose to manage an entity in an illegal fashion, even if the fiduciary believes that the illegal activity will result in profits for the entity”); Guttman v. Huang, 823 A.2d 492, 506 (Del.Ch.2003) (“[O]ne cannot act loyally as a corporate director by causing the corporation to violate the positive laws it is obliged to obey.”); see also Leo E. Strine, Jr. et. al., Loyalty's Core Demand: The Defining Role of Good Faith in Corporation Law, 98 GEO. L.J. 629, 651 (2010) (citing TW Servs., Inc. v. SWT Acquisition Corp., 1989 WL 20290, at *7 (Del.Ch. Mar.2, 1989) (describing the duty of loyalty as requiring directors to attempt to “manage the corporation within the law, with due care and in a way intended to maximize the long run interests of shareholders”)); 8 Del. C. § 102(b)(7).
146
Massey ranked first among the entire coal industry in appealing MSHA citations, contesting 34% of its alleged violations in 2009, compared to an industry-wide average of just 27%. PX11. The MSHA, in a United States Department of Labor briefing on the Upper Big Branch Disaster, observed that “[o]ne tactic used by mines with troubling safety records to avoid potential pattern of violation status [that would subject the mine to more intense regulatory scrutiny and allow the MSHA to order a withdrawal of miners wherever a significant and substantial violation is found until it is remedied] is contesting large numbers of their significant and substantial citations.... [C]ontesting large numbers of significant and substantial violations enables operators with troubling safety records to avoid potential pattern of violation status.” PX–18 at 4, 7.
147
PX–18; PX–19; PX–2; PX–23 (“Massey Mine Workers Disabled Safety Monitors,” NPR (July 15, 2010)); PX–26; PX–28 (“Documents Show Continual Dangers in West Virginia Mine,” USA TODAY (April 14, 2010)).
148
Loyalty's Core Demand: The Defining Role of Good Faith in Corporation Law, 98 GEO. L.J. 629, 650 (2010) (“For a corporate director knowingly to cause the corporation to engage in unlawful acts or activities or enter an unlawful business is disloyal in the most fundamental of senses.”).
149
PX–32 (Massey Energy Company Annual Report (Form 10–K/A) (April 19, 2011)) at 8.
150
Blankenship Dep. at 76; Crutchfield Dep. at 81.
151
PX–94 (Expert Declaration of David G. Clarke) at 4.
152
Gagliardi v. TriFoods Int'l, Inc., 683 A.2d 1049, 1051 (Del.Ch.1996).
153
Id. at 1052.
154
Caremark, 698 A.2d at 971 (“[O]nly a sustained or systematic failure of the board to exercise oversight—such as an utter failure to attempt to assure a reasonable information and reporting system exists—will establish the lack of good faith that is a necessary condition to [director oversight] liability.”).
155
See, e.g., Citron v. Fairchild Camera and Instrument Corp., 569 A.2d 53, 66 (Del.1989) (“The standard for determining ‘whether a business judgment reached by a board of directors was an informed one’ is gross negligence.”) (citing Smith v. Van Gorkom, 488 A.2d 858, 873 (1985)) (emphasis added).
156
8 Del. C. § 102(b)(7) (“[S]uch provision [in the certificate of incorporation eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director for a breach of that director's fiduciary duty] shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; ... (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.”); see also In re Walt Disney Co. Derivative Litig., 907 A.2d 693, 752 (Del.Ch.2005) (“ ‘The purpose of Section 102(b)(7) was to permit shareholders—who are entitled to rely upon directors to discharge their fiduciary duties at all times—to adopt a provision in the certificate of incorporation to exculpate directors from any personal liability for the payment of monetary damages for breaches of their duty of care, but not for duty of loyalty violations, good faith violations and certain other conduct.’ ”) (quoting Emerald Partners v. Berlin, 787 A.2d 85, 90 (Del.2001)) (emphasis in original); Production Resources Group, L.L. C. v. NCT Group, Inc., 863 A.2d 772, 777 (Del.Ch.2004) (“One of the primary purposes of § 102(b)(7) is to encourage directors to undertake risky, but potentially value-maximizing, business strategies, so long as they do so in good faith.”); Anne Tucker Nees, Who's the Boss? Unmasking Oversight Liability Within the Corporate Power Puzzle, 35 DEL. J. CORP. L. 199, 219 (2010) (“[A]n oversight claim brought under the duty of loyalty or good faith requires a plaintiff to prove that a director took (or failed to take) a certain action in bad faith against the corporation or with a conscious disregard of a duty.”).
157
Stone v. Ritter, 911 A.2d 362, 370 (Del.2006) (“We hold that Caremark articulates the necessary conditions predicate for director oversight liability: (a) the directors utterly failed to implement any reporting or information system or controls; or (b) having implemented such a system or controls, consciously failed to monitor or oversee its operations thus disabling themselves from being informed of risks or problems requiring their attention. In either case, imposition of liability requires a showing that the directors knew that they were not discharging their fiduciary obligations. Where directors fail to act in the face of a known duty to act, thereby demonstrating a conscious disregard for their responsibilities, they breach their duty of loyalty by failing to discharge that fiduciary obligation in good faith.”) (emphasis in original) (internal citations omitted).
158
Id.
159
Although it was even more true when George Orwell made this point, see GEORGE ORWELL, THE ROAD TO WIGAN PIER (Harcourt Books 1958) (1937), it remains so. See United States Energy Information Administration, Electric Power Monthly: May 2011 Edition, May 13, 2011, available at http://www.eia.gov/cneaf/electricity/epm/epm_sum.html (“Year-to-date, coal-fired plants contributed 45.9 percent of the power generated in the United States.”).
160
See, e.g., PX–30 (“Our sales plan for the balance of 2010 [before the Upper Big Branch Disaster happened] was to ship approximately 1.6 million tons of metallurgical coal from the Upper Big Branch mine. In order to offset some of the production lost from the Upper Big Branch mine, we developed plans to increase production at other locations.”).
161
As we shall see, the plaintiffs, in arguing that Alpha would have no rational incentive to pursue the Derivative Claims post-Merger, agree with this point.
162
8 Del. C. § 259(a).
163
See, e.g., Henry N. Butler & Jonathan R. Macey, Externalities and the Matching Principle: The Case for Reallocating Environmental Regulatory Authority, 14 YALE L. & POL'Y REV. 23, 29 (1996) (noting that the “goal of government regulation of pollution is to force polluters to bear the full costs of their activities,” rather than allowing those costs, or “externalities,” to be borne by society at large); Margaret Tortorella, Will the Commerce Clause “Pull the Plug ” on Minnesota's Quantification of the Environmental Externalities of Electricity Production?, 79 MINN. L.REV. 1547, 1549 (1995) (citing WILFRED BECKERMAN, PRICING FOR POLLUTION 24, 25 (2d ed.1990)) (observing that economic theory provides insight “into the need for governmental regulation of externalities” in the energy industry because “[w]hen economic activity affects external environment, the market mechanism fails to reach the social optim[al] [allocation of resources] because society, rather than the economic actor, bears the cost of production.”).
164
1999 WL 1271882 (Del.Ch. Dec.21, 1999).
165
Golaine v. Edwards, 1999 WL 1271882 (Del.Ch. Dec.21, 1999).
166
Id. at *3.
167
Id. at *6 (“If the side transactions are part of an acquiror's total acquisition costs, it seems unlikely that the acquiror cares all that much about how its total costs were allocated. If the target board wishes to increase payments to insiders in order to allocate more of the total acquisition costs to them rather than the public stockholders, the acquiror will most likely be indifferent, unless the allocation is proposed so crassly or is so disparate as to raise the specter of meritorious stockholder suits attacking the merger.”).
168
See Lewis v. Anderson, 477 A.2d at 1050 (stating that after a derivative claim passed from the target to the acquiror in a merger, it would not result in a windfall to allow the acquiror to pursue that claim nor run afoul of the Bangor Punta doctrine because the acquiror would “be simply pursuing [the target's] assets and minimizing its liabilities,” and the assets “necessarily included the [derivative] claim”) (citing Bangor Punta Operations, Inc. v. Bangor & Aroostook Railroad Company, 417 U.S. 703, 94 S.Ct. 2578, 41 L.Ed.2d 418 (1974)).
169
Pl. Op. Br. at 26–27.
170
Def. Ans. Br. at 48, 50.
171
Inman Dep. at 45; see also Crutchfield Dep. at 232 (Q: “During your negotiations of the Merger with Massey, did you have any discussions about the value of the [D]erivative [Claims] that are being asserted by the Massey shareholders?” A: “No.”).
172
Indeed, it can support a contrary inference. Crutchfield Dep. at 236 (noting that the Alpha board has not made any decision regarding whether it will pursue the Derivative Claims and that such a decision will be made by the Alpha board post-Merger).
173
In candor, I concede that it may be unlikely for Alpha or another acquiror in the wake of the McAteer Report to sue former Massey fiduciaries in a case solely for lost profits due to lost coal production at the Upper Big Branch mine. Alpha may more likely accept that as done and move forward. But if Alpha, on account of acquiring Massey, suffers adverse damage awards (including punitive damages), regulatory fines, and even potential criminal penalties, because Massey managers are deemed to have acted with scienter, Alpha would have a strong incentive to go after these former Massey fiduciaries to recoup these costs. If those fiduciaries do not settle on terms acceptable to Alpha, Alpha has every rational reason to press all claims, including for lost profits, if that promises cost-effective and meaningful value.
174
E.g., Tafeen v. Homestore, Inc., 2004 WL 556733, at *1 (Del.Ch. Mar.22, 2004) (“This is yet another case seeking advancement or indemnification of legal expenses ... brought by a former officer of a Delaware company.... Content to adopt advancement and indemnification bylaws drafted with holes large enough to drive a truck through, the defendant company (like so many others in this Court of late ) suddenly ‘finds religion'-insisting on a rigorous interpretation of its loosely written bylaws [in order to deny advancement].”) (emphasis added).
175
Crutchfield indicated in his deposition that he was unsure what the Alpha board might do in regards to the Derivative Claims. Crutchfield Dep. at 236–37 (“[I]n retaining some control over activities of the organization on a go-forward basis would be our, I think, preferred outcome so that we can make an assessment of what the allegations [in the Derivative Claims] are and what to do with them post-close.... [But] I don't know what the board might do [with the Derivative Claims].”).
176
Section 5.05(b) of the Merger Agreement expressly limits Alpha's obligation to indemnify the Massey Board and management to the extent permitted by 8 Del C. § 145. Merger Agreement § 5.05(b).
177
8 Del. C. § 145(a). As noted, Massey's certificate of incorporation already includes a provision that indemnifies the Massey Board and management “to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law....”). Massey's Certificate of Incorporation art. 15.
178
8 Del. C. § 145(b) (providing the general rule that a corporation may not indemnify its directors and officers in a derivative action “in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation”).
179
Pl. Rep. Br. at 10 (emphasis added).
180
See, e.g., Matthew L. Jacobs & Kristina Filipovich, Director and Officer Liability Coverage—The Basics, 774 PLI/Lit 137, PLI Order No. 14269 (2008) (“Typical exclusions [from D & O insurance coverage] include acts arising out of, based upon, or attributable to gaining any personal profit or advantage, payments to an insured of any remuneration by an entity without the previous approval of security holders or members, and committing any deliberate criminal or deliberate fraudulent act.”).
181
Fischel Aff. ¶ 38.
182
DX–38.
183
Crutchfield Dep. at 42–43.
184
Id. at 40–41 (noting that as soon as the Merger closes, Alpha will begin to implement its own safety compliance program at Massey mines and that this process will “take several months” and is likely to require a period of “disruption” to coal production due to the time necessary to retrain workers).
185
The plaintiffs point out that one consequence of the loss of confidence the stock market had in Massey management in the wake of the Upper Big Branch Disaster was a decline in the company's trading multiple. The plaintiffs argue, with a rational basis, that Massey now trades at a discount to its fundamental earnings potential in comparison to other industry competitors because those competitors are judged to have a more sound approach to operating a coal company in a durably safe and profitable manner than Massey does. PX–94 at 8.
But although this may in fact be a market reality, it seems to me doubtful that this translates into a basis for a future damage award in a derivative case. An entertainment restaurant corporation whose non-executive Chairman is Warren Buffett and whose CEO is Jimmy Buffett might well trade at a higher multiple than its competitors because the market perceives it to be run by financial geniuses who are better than most. Its rivals may trade at lower multiples because they have more ordinary management or even because some have management that is perceived to be poor in quality. Such deviations would not ordinarily provide the basis for any imposition of fiduciary liability.
In a derivative suit, there is no doubt that Massey fiduciaries could face large liability claims. For example, it is plausible for Massey to seek to hold managers culpable if their non-exculpated breaches of fiduciary duty proximately caused the Upper Big Branch Disaster. Such proof could subject them to hundreds of millions of dollars in liability for items such as lost mining profits and the cost of settlements and fines. PX–32 at 8; PX–94 at 14. But the notion that a derivative judgment could be premised on the delta between Massey's trading multiple under the former fiduciaries and what it would be under non-breaching fiduciaries is not immediately plausible. There are numerous problems with such an adventurous approach, not the least of which is that the only damages that could be awarded would be based on an estimate of the extent to which the defendants' non-exculpated breaches affected the multiple, not the extent to which the market's overall assessment of their competence diminished the multiple. That is, to the extent that the market simply viewed the Massey management as grossly negligent or incompetent, that would provide no basis for an award, and it would be incredibly difficult to figure out what portion of the delta was attributable to what factors. Not only that, to the extent that the delta was attributable to other more traditional subjects of a damages award, such as lost profits from the Upper Big Branch mine or fines or settlement costs, that would have to be accounted for in order to avoid double counting. Given these factors, I am not convinced that an award of this type could be based on anything other than speculation.
This brings up another mundane, but important reality. The stockholders of Massey had an annual opportunity to elect directors. If the plaintiffs' rendition is correct—and it has plausibility—it was publicly and widely known that Massey took an adversarial approach to its relation to its regulators and had suffered adverse legal judgments and excessive miner injuries for years. The plaintiffs, as investors, continued to invest in a company they say was well known to treat its workers and the environment poorly and that viewed laws as something to avoid, rather than to comply with in good faith.
The primary protection for stockholders against incompetent management is selecting new directors. It may well be that the corporate law does not make stockholders whole in situations like this when it is alleged that corporate managers skirted laws protecting other constituencies in order to generate higher profits for the stockholders. If that be so, it should be no surprise as any human approach to justice will always fall short of the ideal. It also may be that if stockholders come out a bit worse, then justice is in fact done. Remember that to the extent that Massey kept costs lower and exposed miners and the environment to excess dangers, Massey's stockholders enjoyed the short-term benefits in the form of higher profits. The very reason for laws protecting other constituencies is that those who own businesses stand to gain more if they can keep the operation's profits and externalize the costs. Thus, the stockholders of corporations, especially given the short-term nature of holding periods that now predominate in our markets, have poor incentives to monitor corporate compliance with laws protecting society as a whole and may well put strong pressures on corporate management to produce immediate profits. William W. Bratton, Enron and the Dark Side of Shareholder Value, 76 TUL. L.REV. 1275, 1284 (2002) (“For equity investors in recent years, the practice of shareholder value maximization has not meant patient investment. Instead, it has meant obsession with short-term performance numbers.”). Stockholder pressure to produce profits might increase the already well-known risk that profit-seeking entities have incentives to take the profits of their operations for themselves and externalize the risk of operations to others, be it to their workers or society as a whole in the form of environmental degradation.
This is not to say that our law does not permit Massey to recoup its proven lost profits and injury if it can link them to non-exculpated breaches of fiduciary duty by its directors and officers. It does. Wood v. Baum, 953 A.2d 136, 141 (Del.2008) (citing Stone ex rel. AmSouth
186
SI Mgmt. L.P. v. Wininger, 707 A.2d 37, 40 (Del.1998).
187
722 A.2d 1243 (Del.1999).
188
Parnes v. Bally Entm't Corp., 722 A.2d 1243, 1245–46 (Del.1999).
189
See 8 Del. C. § 262(b)(2); Merger Agreement § 2.01(e) (outlining the procedure for stockholders seeking appraisal under the Merger Agreement).
190
See, e.g., Cavalier Oil Corp. v. Harnett, 564 A.2d 1137 (Del.1989) (holding that the trial court properly considered the value of a pending derivative action in determining the fair value of a dissenting stockholder's shares in an appraisal action under 8 Del. C. § 262); Delaware Open MRI Radiology Assocs., P.A. v. Kessler, 898 A.2d 290 (Del.Ch.2006) (“[I]t is relevant to consider the value of claims belonging to [an] entity, as they are an asset of the firm that is part of its value.”).
191
It is settled law in Delaware that where, as a result of a merger, a plaintiff stockholder ceases to hold shares in the corporation on whose behalf it asserted a derivative action, the plaintiff stockholder loses his standing to continue to maintain the derivative action. Lambrecht v. O'Neal, 3 A.3d 277, 284 (Del.2010) (citing Lewis v. Anderson, 477 A.2d 1040 (Del.1983)).
192
477 A.2d 1040 (Del.1983).
193
852 A.2d 896, 902 (Del.2004).
194
Lewis v. Ward, 852 A.2d 896, 902 (Del.2004) (citations omitted).
195
996 A.2d 321 (Del.2010).
196
Pl. Op. Br. at 42 (citing Arkansas Teacher Ret. Sys. v. Caiafa, 996 A.2d 321, 323 (Del.2010)) (“Countrywide ”).
197
Countrywide, 996 A.2d at 323–24 (citing Lewis v. Anderson, 477 A.2d at 1049) (“Other than in instances of fraud or reorganization, a plaintiff loses standing to maintain a derivative suit where the corporation, in which the plaintiff holds stock, merges with another company.”).
198
Lewis v. Ward, 852 A.2d at 905.
199
The plaintiffs argue that in Countrywide, the Supreme Court sought to modify the standard set forth in Lewis v. Anderson in a manner favorable to them. Specifically, the plaintiffs say that target stockholders in a merger do not lose standing to pursue derivative claims post-merger “where the complaint adequately alleged that the board of directors' pre-merger breaches [of fiduciary duty] reflected misconduct so injurious to the company that it led to the subsequent merger, even in the absence of any claim [that the board fraudulently negotiated or priced the merger transaction].” Pl. Op. Br. at 43 (quoting Countrywide, 996 A.2d at 322). That is, the plaintiffs argue that where the target board and management engage in pre-merger fraudulent or other severely injurious conduct such that that conduct leaves a sale of the company as the only viable option, the target stockholders can continue to prosecute derivative actions against the former target board and management, with the benefit of that recovery flowing only to the former target stockholders, notwithstanding the fact that under the loss-of-standing rule articulated in Lewis v. Anderson, the target stockholders would be prevented from doing so.
But, the plaintiffs' reading of Countrywide seems strained. The plaintiffs overlook the fact that the Supreme Court specifically cited Lewis v. Anderson for its articulation of the two exceptions to the general rule that stockholders lose standing to continue derivative actions where their status as stockholders of the company on whose behalf they are suing is terminated as a result of a merger unless they show that the merger itself was fraud perpetrated merely to deprive them of their standing or that the merger was only a reorganization. Countrywide, 996 A.2d at 322–23 (citing Lewis v. Anderson, 477 A.2d at 1049). If what the Supreme Court intended to do in Countrywide was to, as the plaintiffs in effect urge, create a third category of exception to the general rule articulated in Lewis v. Anderson, such intent is not obvious from a plain reading of Countrywide, especially in light of an even more recent Supreme Court case, Lambrecht v. O'Neal, in which the Supreme Court again cites Lewis v. Anderson as the settled law. Lambrecht v. O'Neal, 3 A.3d 277, 284 n. 20 (“Lewis v. Anderson recognizes only two exceptions to this loss-of-standing rule: (1) where the merger itself is the subject of a claim of fraud, being perpetrated merely to deprive shareholders of their standing to bring the derivative action, or (2) where the merger is essentially a reorganization that does not affect the plaintiff's relative ownership in the post-merger enterprise.”) (emphasis added).
What Countrywide seems to be saying is that a board may not immunize itself from liability by ruining a corporation's value, and then selling the wreckage to a third-party who is acting in good faith. The Supreme Court appears to have perceived that there was a factual basis for the fraud exception in Lewis to apply but that the objector had failed to invoke that exception in a fair and timely manner. To that point, the Supreme Court found that “[t]he extent of the Countrywide directors' allegedly fraudulent conduct and breach of fiduciary duties by failing loyally to oversee the company's practices in good faith would have necessitated (a) corporate rescue; and (b) individual legal protection. A merger was one of few available alternatives that met both of those objectives after the board's allegedly fraudulent schemes bankrupted a multibillion-dollar company.” Countrywide, 996 A.2d at 323. “No one disputes,” the Supreme Court goes on to say, “that Countrywide needed to sell itself, and at a price significantly below its recent share price. ” Id. (emphasis added). Further supporting the view that the Supreme Court was suggesting that the Lewis v. Anderson test might have been satisfied, rather than that it should be modified, is the fact that the Supreme Court treated the sale of Countrywide as being inseparable from the Countrywide directors' pre-merger fraudulent conduct, and cited Braasch v. Goldschmidt for support: “Delaware law recognizes a single, inseparable fraud when directors cover massive wrongdoing with an otherwise permissible merger.... [A]fter allegedly intentionally engaging in fraudulent conduct that caused the stock price to plummet near bankruptcy, Countrywide directors would understandably seek an acquirer to effect a merger that would extinguish potential derivative claims .... Whether this plausible scenario reflects this board's single, cohesive plan or merely ties together, like patchwork, a snowballing pattern of fraudulent conduct and conscious neglect, the result is the same and would not fairly constitute a proper discharge of the fiduciary duties of directors of a Delaware corporation.” Id. at 323–24 (citing Braasch v. Goldschmidt, 199 A.2d 760, 764 (Del.Ch.1964)) (emphasis added). Although finding that the objector had not framed its objection properly under Lewis as a claim that the merger was a fraud designed to extinguish standing to maintain the derivative claims, the Supreme Court made plain that “an otherwise pristine merger cannot absolve fiduciaries from accountability for fraudulent conduct that necessitated the merger.” Id. at 323.
That statement embeds an important issue that might not have applied as to Countrywide. If an acquiror gets a bargain basement price for an asset in part because of former fiduciary wrongdoing and can enjoy use of the asset without bearing any material costs going forward as a result of that prior wrongdoing, the acquiror is unlikely to pursue those claims and it may be equitable to allow the selling stockholders to receive the claims.
The problem in that kind of allocation in a situation like that involving Alpha's purchase of Massey is that Alpha has good reason not to value the Derivative Claims as a “separate asset” from the assets and liabilities it is purchasing. Alpha will bear important ongoing costs to remedy the Disaster Fall–Out. The Derivative Claims are a tool by which Alpha can mitigate that liability. To divest Alpha of that tool and shift it to the Massey stockholders alone is therefore problematic as a matter of equity. So too would be exposing the Massey defendants to liability both to the former Massey stockholders and to Massey, through its new owners.
Moreover, the record in this case does not support the notion that the Massey Board's pre-Merger conduct necessitated the Merger with Alpha. Indeed, the record supports the inference that the Massey Board considered its stand-alone plan as being a viable option, but on the basis of the company's tarnished reputation and history of missing management's projections, determined that pursuing the profitable stand-alone plan was not the best choice available. On a more fact specific level, I also note the comparatively happy situation of the Massey stockholders to those of Countrywide. Countrywide was sold for $7.16 per share after the defendants' conduct allegedly caused Countrywide's stock price to plummet from a high of over $40. “Bank of America Buys Countrywide,” NPR, available at http:// www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=18022987 (Jan. 11, 2008). On the day the Massey Merger Agreement with Alpha was reached, Massey stockholders stood to receive $69.33 per share in total value, a 27% premium to the price of Massey before the Upper Big Branch Disaster. That is a huge economic difference, and suggests that however serious the Disaster Fall–Out is, they were not nearly as material to Massey's overall value as the mismanagement and wrongdoing alleged to have occurred at Countrywide.
But, the key bottom line point about the meaning of Lewis v. Anderson is one that is undisputed. If the plaintiffs are correct and Countrywide did modify Lewis v. Anderson to allow them to keep the Derivative Claims for Massey stockholders, then the closing of the Merger does not threaten irreparable injury. Similarly, if Countrywide can be read as saying that the objector could have, but failed to mount, a viable direct challenge to the merger due to the failure of the selling board to obtain value for claims arguably worth more than the merger price, the plaintiffs can pursue that theory of Countrywide after closing. In so concluding, I decline the plaintiffs' invitation for this court to give hasty, emergency final rulings on such issues, which are traditionally determined after a merger has been consummated.
200
3 A.3d 277 (Del.2010).
201
Lambrecht, 3 A.3d at 286 (“Delaware case law clearly endorses the double derivative action as a post-merger remedy.”).
202
Lambrecht, 3 A.3d at 282 (citing Rales v. Blasand, 634 A.2d 927, 934 (Del.1993)).
203
Id. at 286 n. 31 (citing Rales, 634 A.2d at 934)).
204
Further candor requires acknowledging that the stock for stock nature of a merger would not fully ameliorate the harm if a selling board does not seek full value for a materially valuable derivative claim. Consider the (admittedly unlikely) situation in which a target company, before a $1 billion stock for stock merger in which stockholders of the target company would own 50% of the stock in the resulting corporation, had secured a federal District Court judgment against a former fiduciary for embezzling the substantial sum of $250 million that has withstood Court of Appeals review and a weak certiorari petition has been filed that will almost certainly be denied shortly after the merger closes. Assume that the target company had further attached property of the defendant worth well over $250 million. In that situation, one can see the substantial unfairness that would result if the target company's board of directors failed to seek and obtain value for the $250 million and merely gave it away for free. Of course, once the surviving corporation executes on the judgment, it will receive the $250 million, and the former target company stockholders will, by virtue of their stock holdings in the surviving corporation, inevitably benefit from a half-interest in that $250 million. But, even under that hypothetical, the target company stockholders would be out $125 million in value, a material sum in relation to the overall deal price of $1 billion.
But that situation is importantly distinct in a key sense from what is at stake in this case. In the hypothetical, the claim is a pure asset. In this case, the Derivative Claims are not a freestanding asset because they are bound up with ongoing responsibilities the acquiror, Alpha, is buying with Massey, and their value is difficult, if not impossible, to untangle from the Disaster Fall–Out liability. The plaintiffs wish to leave Massey stockholders with the Derivative Claims but Alpha with the Disaster Fall–Out. That is a different deal. Alpha might well, one suspects, be happy to acquire all of Massey's assets and liabilities other than the Upper Big Branch assets and liabilities, including the Derivative Claims, and to leave the Upper Big Branch assets and liabilities behind in a stripped down, free-standing Massey. If such a merger was proposed, I suspect that lawyers for the lost miners and other possible victims of the Upper Big Branch Disaster would cry fraudulent conveyance because the entity holding the Upper Big Branch assets and the Derivative Claims would not be credit-worthy to answer their claims.
205
I cannot order affirmative relief at this stage. I can only grant a preliminary injunction against the Merger.
206
In a hard-fought settlement involving AIG, part of the value received by the derivative plaintiffs for AIG was an agreement by the company's former CEO, Maurice Greenberg, to resolve claims he had against the company for advancement and indemnification. American International Group, Inc., Current Report (Form 8–K), at 1, Ex. 10.1 at 1 (Nov. 25, 2009) (announcing the settlement of the then-pending dispute among AIG, its former Chairman Maurice Greenberg, and others, and attaching the memorandum of understanding for the settlement that includes a provision in which “[Greenberg] further hereby release[s] and forever discharge[s] AIG from any claims, debts, demands, rights or causes of action or liabilities whatsoever that [Greenberg] may have in the future against AIG for advancement, indemnification or contribution.”).
207
Merger Agreement § 7.01(b)(ii).
11.4.3.2 Corporate Death Penalty 11.4.3.2 Corporate Death Penalty
10/24/2024 pdw
As noted in Massey, Delaware does not charter lawbreakers. Lawbreaking business organizations may have their organizational documents revoked. This is typically done by the attorney general bringing an action for a judge to dissolve the entity. DGCL § 284 (for corporations); Del. LLC Act § 18-112(a) (for LLCs); Cal Corp Code § 1801(a); Neb. Rev. Stat. § 21-2,197(a). This revocation is sometimes called the “corporate death penalty.”
This is a rare remedy and is used only if the organization's crimes are severe and continual.
For example, Delaware revoked the franchise of Backpages.com, which repeatedly advertised prostitution and child exploitation. Denn v. Backpage.com, 2018 WL 6136132 (Del.Ch.) (Nov. 2018) ("Having abandoned the responsibilities that come with status as Delaware limited liability companies, Defendants must be forever denied the rights and privileges that also come with that status, and their certificates of formation must therefore be canceled.").
The severity of the abuse varies by jurisdiction. A Nashville baseball club had its charter revoked by a trial court because it repeatedly played games on Sunday, in violation of local Sabbath laws. State ex rel. Pitts v. Nashville Baseball Club, 127 Tenn. 292 (1912). The Tennesse Supreme Court reversed, finding that this crime was too minor ("[If] violations do not authorize an indictment for a misdemeanor, certaily they could not authorize proceedings to forfeit the charter of this defendant."). Id.
In contrast, a medical school in Illinois lost its charter because it issued medical degrees to anyone willing to pay $25. Indep. Med. Coll. v. People, 182 Ill. 274, 277, 55 N.E. 345, 346 (1899). The court allowed the revocation without finding the college committed a crime.
11.4.3.3 Illegality Problem Set 11.4.3.3 Illegality Problem Set
6/11/2025 pdw
- Best Buds is a cannabis dispensary operating next door. Cannabis is legal under the state law, but remains illegal nationally under federal law. Under Massey, are the directors and officers breaching their fiduciary duties by selling cannabis? The directors and a 51% shareholder hire you to advise them on amending the charter to state that the purpose of the corporation is to sell cannabis. What do you advise? (credit to Keith Paul Bishop for this hypothetical)
- The state legislature decides to ban the use of a certain food additive. Crazy Eddie's Discount Hot Dog Dispensary relies on these food additives for its products. If the Eddie's board knowingly continues using the food additives, will they be liable for breaching fiduciary duties? What if the banned additive is a food dye regularly used in every other country? What if the additive is deadly arsenic, which gives the sausages their signature "kick"? What if the additives are extremely profitable? What if using the additives is a felony, rather than a misdemeanor? What if the ban is thorugh a regulation promoted by the Secretary of Health and Human Services, rather than a legislature?
11.4.4 Corporate Opportunities & Misappropriation 11.4.4 Corporate Opportunities & Misappropriation
11/5/2025
11.4.4.1 Broz v. Cellular Information Systems, Inc. 11.4.4.1 Broz v. Cellular Information Systems, Inc.
3/5/2024 pdw
In this case, Broz sat on the board of a cell service company named CIS and was the sole shareholder of a competing cell service company named RFBC. When Broz learned of an opportunity to buy a license to expand into Northern Michigan, he didn't share this news with the CIS board and instead bought the license for RFBC, where he was the sole shareholder. CIS sued, arguing he breached his fiduciary duties by not sharing news of the opportunity with the CIS board. The Chancery Court agreed with CIS. The Supreme Court reversed.
This case lays out and applies the factors to evaluate when a director is required to share an opportunity with the board and when the director is free to take the opportunity.
Cast of Characters
Robert Broz: (i) A director of CIS and the president, (ii) the sole shareholder and president of RFBC, and (iii) the defendant in this case
Cellular Information Systems, Inc. ("CIS"): a cell phone service company that competes with RFBC, and the plaintiff in this case. Broz sits on the board
Mackinac Cellular Corp.: A cell phone service company that is selling the Michigan-2 license
Michigan-2: A license issued by the FCC that gives the holder the right to provide cell service in Northern Michigan
PriCellular, Inc.: A cell phone service that is acquiring CIS
RFB Cellular, Inc. ("RFBC"): A cell phone service company that competes with CIS and is owned by Broz
Robert F. BROZ and RFB Cellular, Inc., Defendants Below, Appellants,
v.
CELLULAR INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware Corporation, Plaintiff Below, Appellee.
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Stephen C. Norman and Michael A. Pittenger of Potter, Anderson & Corroon, Wilmington; Michael J. Silverberg (argued), and Theodore C. Max of Phillips, Nizer, Benjamin, Krim & Ballon LLP, New York City, for Appellants Robert F. Broz and RFB Cellular, Inc.
Kenneth J. Nachbar and Karen L. Pascale of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell, Wilmington; Paul Vizcarrondo, Jr. (argued), Meir Feder and Marc Ashley of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, New York City, for Plaintiff Below, Appellee, Cellular Information Systems, Inc.
Before VEASEY, C.J., WALSH and HOLLAND, JJ.
[150] VEASEY, Chief Justice:
In this appeal, we consider the application of the doctrine of corporate opportunity. The Court of Chancery decided that the defendant, a corporate director, breached his fiduciary duty by not formally presenting to the corporation an opportunity which had come to the director individually and independent of the director's relationship with the corporation. Here the opportunity was not one in which the corporation in its current mode had an interest or which it had the financial ability to acquire, but, under the unique circumstances here, that mode was subject to change by virtue of the impending acquisition of the corporation by another entity.
We conclude that, although a corporate director may be shielded from liability by offering to the corporation an opportunity which has come to the director independently and individually, the failure of the director to present the opportunity does not necessarily result in the improper usurpation of a corporate opportunity. We further conclude that, if the corporation is a target or potential target of an acquisition by another company which has an interest and ability to entertain the opportunity, the director of the target company does not have a fiduciary duty to present the opportunity to the target company. Accordingly, the judgment of the Court of Chancery is REVERSED.
I. THE CONTENTIONS OF THE PARTIES AND THE DECISION BELOW
Robert F. Broz ("Broz") is the President and sole stockholder of RFB Cellular, Inc. ("RFBC"), a Delaware corporation engaged in the business of providing cellular telephone service in the Midwestern United States. At the time of the conduct at issue in this appeal, Broz was also a member of the board of directors of plaintiff below-appellee, Cellular Information Systems, Inc. ("CIS"). CIS is a publicly held Delaware corporation and a competitor of RFBC.
The conduct before the Court involves the purchase by Broz of a cellular telephone service license for the benefit of RFBC.[1] The license in question, known as the Michigan-2 Rural Service Area Cellular License ("Michigan-2"), is issued by the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") and entitles its holder to provide cellular telephone service to a portion of northern Michigan. CIS brought an action against Broz and RFBC for equitable relief, contending that the purchase of this license by Broz constituted a usurpation of a corporate opportunity properly belonging to CIS, irrespective of whether or not CIS was interested in the Michigan-2 opportunity at the time it was offered to Broz.
[151] The principal basis for the contention of CIS is that PriCellular, Inc. ("PriCellular"), another cellular communications company which was contemporaneously engaged in an acquisition of CIS, was interested in the Michigan-2 opportunity. CIS contends that, in determining whether the Michigan-2 opportunity rightfully belonged to CIS, Broz was required to consider the interests of PriCellular insofar as those interests would come into alignment with those of CIS as a result of PriCellular's acquisition plans.
After trial, the Court of Chancery agreed with the contentions of CIS and entered judgment against Broz and RFBC. See Cellular Information Systems, Inc. v. Broz, Del. Ch., 663 A.2d 1180 (1995). The court held that: (1) irrespective of the fact that the Michigan-2 opportunity came to Broz in a manner wholly independent of his status as a director of CIS, the Michigan-2 license was an opportunity that properly belonged to CIS; (2) due to an alignment of the interests of CIS and PriCellular arising out of PriCellular's efforts to acquire CIS, Broz breached his fiduciary duty by failing to consider whether the opportunity was one in which PriCellular would be interested; (3) despite the fact that CIS was aware of the opportunity and expressed no interest in pursuing it, Broz was required formally to present the transaction to the CIS board prior to seizing the opportunity for his own; and (4) absent formal presentation to the board, Broz' acquisition of Michigan-2 constituted an impermissible usurpation of a corporate opportunity. The trial court imposed a constructive trust on the agreement to purchase Michigan-2 and directed that the right to purchase the license be transferred to CIS. From this judgment, Broz and RFBC appeal.
Broz contends that the Court of Chancery erred in holding that he breached his fiduciary duties to CIS and its stockholders. Specifically, Broz asserts that he was under no obligation formally to present the corporate opportunity to the CIS Board of Directors. Broz further contends that PriCellular had not consummated its acquisition of CIS at the time of his decision to purchase Michigan-2, and that, accordingly, he was not obligated to consider the interests of PriCellular. We agree with Broz and hold that: (1) the determination of whether a corporate fiduciary has usurped a corporate opportunity is fact-intensive and turns on, inter alia, the ability of the corporation to make use of the opportunity and the company's intent to do so; (2) while presentation of a purported corporate opportunity to the board of directors and the board's refusal thereof may serve as a shield to liability, there is no per se rule requiring presentation to the board prior to acceptance of the opportunity; and (3) on these facts, Broz was not required to consider the interests of PriCellular in reaching his determination whether or not to purchase Michigan-2.
II. FACTS
Broz has been the President and sole stockholder of RFBC since 1992. RFBC owns and operates an FCC license area, known as the Michigan-4 Rural Service Area Cellular License ("Michigan-4"). The license entitles RFBC to provide cellular telephone service to a portion of rural Michigan. Although Broz' efforts have been devoted primarily to the business operations of RFBC, he also served as an outside director of CIS at the time of the events at issue in this case. CIS was at all times fully aware of Broz' relationship with RFBC and the obligations incumbent upon him by virtue of that relationship.
In April of 1994, Mackinac Cellular Corp. ("Mackinac") sought to divest itself of Michigan-2, the license area immediately adjacent to Michigan-4. To this end, Mackinac contacted Daniels & Associates ("Daniels") and arranged for the brokerage firm to seek potential purchasers for Michigan-2. In compiling a list of prospects, Daniels included RFBC as a likely candidate. In May of 1994, David Rhodes, a representative of Daniels, contacted Broz and broached the subject of RFBC's possible acquisition of Michigan-2. Broz later signed a confidentiality agreement at the request of Mackinac, and received the offering materials pertaining to Michigan-2.
Michigan-2 was not, however, offered to CIS. Apparently, Daniels did not consider CIS to be a viable purchaser for Michigan-2 in light of CIS' recent financial difficulties. [152] The record shows that, at the time Michigan-2 was offered to Broz, CIS had recently emerged from lengthy and contentious Chapter 11 proceedings. Pursuant to the Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization, CIS entered into a loan agreement that substantially impaired the company's ability to undertake new acquisitions or to incur new debt. In fact, CIS would have been unable to purchase Michigan-2 without the approval of its creditors.
The CIS reorganization resulted from the failure of CIS' rather ambitious plans for expansion. From 1989 onward, CIS had embarked on a series of cellular license acquisitions. In 1992, however, CIS' financing failed, necessitating the liquidation of the company's holdings and reduction of the company's total indebtedness. During the period from early 1992 until the time of CIS' emergence from bankruptcy in 1994, CIS divested itself of some fifteen separate cellular license systems.[2] CIS contracted to sell four additional license areas on May 27, 1994,[3] leaving CIS with only five remaining license areas, all of which were outside of the Midwest.
On June 13, 1994, following a meeting of the CIS board, Broz spoke with CIS' Chief Executive Officer, Richard Treibick ("Treibick"), concerning his interest in acquiring Michigan-2. Treibick communicated to Broz that CIS was not interested in Michigan-2.[4] Treibick further stated that he had been made aware of the Michigan-2 opportunity prior to the conversation with Broz, and that any offer to acquire Michigan-2 was rejected. After the commencement of the PriCellular tender offer, in August of 1994, Broz contacted another CIS director, Peter Schiff ("Schiff"), to discuss the possible acquisition of Michigan-2 by RFBC. Schiff, like Treibick, indicated that CIS had neither the wherewithal nor the inclination to purchase Michigan-2. In late September of 1994, Broz also contacted Stanley Bloch ("Bloch"), a director and counsel for CIS, to request that Bloch represent RFBC in its dealings with Mackinac. Bloch agreed to represent RFBC, and, like Schiff and Treibick, expressed his belief that CIS was not at all interested in the transaction. Ultimately, all the CIS directors testified at trial that, had Broz inquired at that time, they each would have expressed the opinion that CIS was not interested in Michigan-2.[5]
On June 28, 1994, following various overtures from PriCellular concerning an acquisition of CIS, six CIS directors[6] entered into agreements with PriCellular to sell their shares in CIS at a price of $2.00 per share. These agreements were contingent upon, inter alia, the consummation of a PriCellular tender offer for all CIS shares at the same price. Pursuant to their agreements with PriCellular, the CIS directors also entered into a "standstill" agreement which prevented the directors from engaging in any transaction outside the regular course of CIS' business or incurring any new liabilities until the close of the PriCellular tender offer. On August 2, 1994, PriCellular commenced a tender offer for all outstanding shares of CIS at $2.00 per share. The PriCellular tender offer mirrored the standstill agreements entered into by the CIS directors.
PriCellular's tender offer was originally scheduled to close on September 16, 1994. [153] At the time the tender offer was launched, however, the source of the $106,000,000 in financing required to consummate the transaction was still in doubt. PriCellular originally planned to structure the transaction around bank loans. When this financing fell through, PriCellular resorted to a junk bond offering. PriCellular's financing difficulties generated a great deal of concern among the CIS insiders whether the tender offer was, in fact, viable. Financing difficulties ultimately caused PriCellular to delay the closing date of the tender offer from September 16, 1994 until October 14, 1994 and then again until November 9, 1994.
On August 6, September 6 and September 21, 1994, Broz submitted written offers to Mackinac for the purchase of Michigan-2. During this time period, PriCellular also began negotiations with Mackinac to arrange an option for the purchase of Michigan-2. PriCellular's interest in Michigan-2 was fully disclosed to CIS' chief executive, Treibick, who did not express any interest in Michigan-2, and was actually incredulous that PriCellular would want to acquire the license. Nevertheless, CIS was fully aware that PriCellular and Broz were bidding for Michigan-2 and did not interpose CIS in this bidding war.
In late September of 1994, PriCellular reached agreement with Mackinac on an option to purchase Michigan-2. The exercise price of the option agreement was set at $6.7 million, with the option remaining in force until December 15, 1994. Pursuant to the agreement, the right to exercise the option was not transferrable to any party other than a subsidiary of PriCellular. Therefore, it could not have been transferred to CIS. The agreement further provided that Mackinac was free to sell Michigan-2 to any party who was willing to exceed the exercise price of the Mackinac-PriCellular option contract by at least $500,000. On November 14, 1994, Broz agreed to pay Mackinac $7.2 million for the Michigan-2 license, thereby meeting the terms of the option agreement. An asset purchase agreement was thereafter executed by Mackinac and RFBC.
Nine days later, on November 23, 1994, PriCellular completed its financing and closed its tender offer for CIS. Prior to that point, PriCellular owned no equity interest in CIS. Subsequent to the consummation of the PriCellular tender offer for CIS, members of the CIS board of directors, including Broz, were discharged and replaced with a slate of PriCellular nominees. On March 2, 1995, this action was commenced by CIS in the Court of Chancery.
At trial in the Court of Chancery, CIS contended that the purchase of Michigan-2 by Broz constituted the impermissible usurpation of a corporate opportunity properly belonging to CIS. Thus, CIS asserted that Broz breached his fiduciary duty to CIS and its stockholders. CIS admits that, at the time the opportunity was offered to Broz, the board of CIS would not have been interested in Michigan-2, but CIS asserts that Broz usurped the opportunity nevertheless. CIS claims that Broz was required to look not just to CIS, but to the articulated business plans of PriCellular, to determine whether PriCellular would be interested in acquiring Michigan-2. Since Broz failed to do this and acquired Michigan-2 without first considering the interests of PriCellular in its capacity as a potential acquiror of CIS, CIS contends that Broz must be held to account for breach of fiduciary duty.
In assessing the contentions of the parties in light of the facts of record, the Court of Chancery concluded:
(1) that [CIS] ... could have legitimately required its director [Broz] to abstain from the Mackinac transaction out of deference to its own interests in extending an offer, despite the fact that it came to such director in a wholly independent way, (that is the transaction is one that falls quite close to the core transactions that the corporation was formed to engage in); (2) that by no later than the time by which Price had extended the public tender offer, the circumstances of the company had changed so that it was quite plausibly in the corporation's interest and financially feasible for it to pursue the Mackinac transaction; (3) that in such circumstances as existed at the latest after October 14, 1994 (date of PriCellular's option contract on Michigan 2 RSA) it was the obligation [154] of Mr. Broz as a director of CIS to take the transaction to the CIS board for its formal action; and (4) the after the fact testimony of directors to the effect that they would not have been interested in pursuing this transaction had it been brought to the board, is not helpful to defendant, in my opinion, because most of them did not know at that time of PriCellular's interest in the property and how it related to PriCellular's plan for CIS.
663 A.2d at 1186. Based on these conclusions, the court held that:
even though knowledge of the availability of the Michigan 2 RSA license and its associated assets came to Mr. Broz wholly independently of his role on the CIS board, that opportunity was within the core business interests of CIS at the relevant times; that at such time CIS would have had access to the financing necessary to compete for the assets that were for sale; and that the CIS board of directors were not asked to and thus did not consider whether such action would have been in the best interests of the corporation. In these circumstances I conclude that Mr. Broz as a director of CIS violated his duty of loyalty to CIS by seizing this opportunity without formally informing the CIS board fully about the opportunity and facts surrounding it and by proceeding to acquire rights for his benefit without the consent of the corporation. See Yiannatsis v. Stephanis, Del.Supr., 653 A.2d 275 (1995).
663 A.2d at 1181-82.
III. STANDARD AND SCOPE OF APPELLATE REVIEW
The determination after trial of the Court of Chancery that Broz breached his fiduciary duty of loyalty involves both a question of law and a question of fact. Science Accessories Corp. v. Summagraphics Corp., Del.Supr., 425 A.2d 957, 963 (1980) (whether corporate opportunity has been usurped "depends... on the facts and the reasonable inferences to be drawn therefrom"); Johnston v. Greene, Del.Supr., 121 A.2d 919, 923 (1956); Guth v. Loft, Inc., Del.Supr., 5 A.2d 503, 513 (1939) (whether a corporate opportunity has been usurped is "a factual question to be decided by reasonable inferences from objective facts"). As we have stated previously, a trial court's finding pertaining to a purported breach of the duty of loyalty, "being fact dominated," is, "on appeal, entitled to substantial deference unless clearly erroneous or not the product of a logical and deductive process." Cede & Co. v. Technicolor, Inc., Del.Supr., 634 A.2d 345, 360 (1993) (quoting Citron v. Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corp., Del.Supr., 569 A.2d 53, 64 (1989)); see also Levitt v. Bouvier, Del.Supr., 287 A.2d 671, 673 (1972).
In all events, if it can be shown that the court erred in formulating or applying legal precepts, this Court's review is plenary. Delaware Alcoholic Beverage Wholesalers, Inc. v. Ayers, Del.Supr., 504 A.2d 1077, 1081 (1986); see also Rohner v. Niemann, Del. Supr., 380 A.2d 549, 552 (1977).
IV. APPLICATION OF THE CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY DOCTRINE
The doctrine of corporate opportunity represents but one species of the broad fiduciary duties assumed by a corporate director or officer. A corporate fiduciary agrees to place the interests of the corporation before his or her own in appropriate circumstances. In light of the diverse and often competing obligations faced by directors and officers, however, the corporate opportunity doctrine arose as a means of defining the parameters of fiduciary duty in instances of potential conflict. The classic statement of the doctrine is derived from the venerable case of Guth v. Loft, Inc. In Guth, this Court held that:
if there is presented to a corporate officer or director a business opportunity which the corporation is financially able to undertake, is, from its nature, in the line of the corporation's business and is of practical advantage to it, is one in which the corporation has an interest or a reasonable expectancy, and, by embracing the opportunity, the self-interest of the officer or director will be brought into conflict with that of the corporation, the law will not permit him to seize the opportunity for himself.
Guth, 5 A.2d at 510-11.
The corporate opportunity doctrine, as delineated by Guth and its progeny, holds [155] that a corporate officer or director may not take a business opportunity for his own if: (1) the corporation is financially able to exploit the opportunity; (2) the opportunity is within the corporation's line of business; (3) the corporation has an interest or expectancy in the opportunity; and (4) by taking the opportunity for his own, the corporate fiduciary will thereby be placed in a position inimicable to his duties to the corporation. The Court in Guth also derived a corollary which states that a director or officer may take a corporate opportunity if: (1) the opportunity is presented to the director or officer in his individual and not his corporate capacity; (2) the opportunity is not essential to the corporation; (3) the corporation holds no interest or expectancy in the opportunity; and (4) the director or officer has not wrongfully employed the resources of the corporation in pursuing or exploiting the opportunity. Guth, 5 A.2d at 509.
Thus, the contours of this doctrine are well established. It is important to note, however, that the tests enunciated in Guth and subsequent cases provide guidelines to be considered by a reviewing court in balancing the equities of an individual case. No one factor is dispositive and all factors must be taken into account insofar as they are applicable. Cases involving a claim of usurpation of a corporate opportunity range over a multitude of factual settings. Hard and fast rules are not easily crafted to deal with such an array of complex situations. As this Court noted in Johnston v. Greene, Del. Supr., 121 A.2d 919 (1956), the determination of "[w]hether or not a director has appropriated for himself something that in fairness should belong to the corporation is `a factual question to be decided by reasonable inference from objective facts.'" Id. at 923 (quoting Guth, 5 A.2d at 513). In the instant case, we find that the facts do not support the conclusion that Broz misappropriated a corporate opportunity.
We note at the outset that Broz became aware of the Michigan-2 opportunity in his individual and not his corporate capacity. As the Court of Chancery found, "Broz did not misuse proprietary information that came to him in a corporate capacity nor did he otherwise use any power he might have over the governance of the corporation to advance his own interests." 663 A.2d at 1185. This fact is not the subject of serious dispute. In fact, it is clear from the record that Mackinac did not consider CIS a viable candidate for the acquisition of Michigan-2. Accordingly, Mackinac did not offer the property to CIS. In this factual posture, many of the fundamental concerns undergirding the law of corporate opportunity are not present (e.g., misappropriation of the corporation's proprietary information). The burden imposed upon Broz to show adherence to his fiduciary duties to CIS is thus lessened to some extent. See Science Accessories Corp., 425 A.2d at 964 (holding that because opportunity to purchase new technology was "an `outside' opportunity not available to SAC, defendants' failure to disclose the concept to SAC and their taking it for themselves for purposes of competing with SAC cannot be found to be in breach of any agency fiduciary duty"). Nevertheless, this fact is not dispositive. The determination of whether a particular fiduciary has usurped a corporate opportunity necessitates a careful examination of the circumstances, giving due credence to the factors enunciated in Guth and subsequent cases.
We turn now to an analysis of the factors relied on by the trial court. First, we find that CIS was not financially capable of exploiting the Michigan-2 opportunity. Although the Court of Chancery concluded otherwise, we hold that this finding was not supported by the evidence. Levitt, 287 A.2d at 673. The record shows that CIS was in a precarious financial position at the time Mackinac presented the Michigan-2 opportunity to Broz. Having recently emerged from lengthy and contentious bankruptcy proceedings, CIS was not in a position to commit capital to the acquisition of new assets. Further, the loan agreement entered into by CIS and its creditors severely limited the discretion of CIS as to the acquisition of new assets and substantially restricted the ability of CIS to incur new debt.
The Court of Chancery based its contrary finding on the fact that PriCellular had purchased an option to acquire CIS' bank debt. [156] Thus, the court reasoned, PriCellular was in a position to exercise that option and then waive any unfavorable restrictions that would stand in the way of a CIS acquisition of Michigan-2. The trial court, however, disregarded the fact that PriCellular's own financial situation was not particularly stable. PriCellular was unable to finance the acquisition of CIS through conventional bank loans and was forced to use the more risky mechanism of a junk bond offering to raise the required capital. Thus, the court's statement that "PriCellular had other sources of financing to permit the funding of that purchase" is clearly not free from dispute. Moreover, as discussed infra, the fact that PriCellular had available sources of financing is immaterial to the analysis. At the time that Broz was required to decide whether to accept the Michigan-2 opportunity, PriCellular had not yet acquired CIS, and any plans to do so were wholly speculative. Thus, contrary to the Court of Chancery's finding, Broz was not obligated to consider the contingency of a PriCellular acquisition of CIS and the related contingency of PriCellular thereafter waiving restrictions on the CIS bank debt. Broz was required to consider the facts only as they existed at the time he determined to accept the Mackinac offer and embark on his efforts to bring the transaction to fruition. Guth, 5 A.2d at 513.
Second, while it may be said with some certainty that the Michigan-2 opportunity was within CIS' line of business, it is not equally clear that CIS had a cognizable interest or expectancy in the license.[7] Under the third factor laid down by this Court in Guth, for an opportunity to be deemed to belong to the fiduciary's corporation, the corporation must have an interest or expectancy in that opportunity. As this Court stated in Johnston, 121 A.2d at 924, "[f]or the corporation to have an actual or expectant interest in any specific property, there must be some tie between that property and the nature of the corporate business." Despite the fact that the nature of the Michigan-2 opportunity was historically close to the core operations of CIS, changes were in process. At the time the opportunity was presented, CIS was actively engaged in the process of divesting its cellular license holdings. CIS' articulated business plan did not involve any new acquisitions. Further, as indicated by the testimony of the entire CIS board, the Michigan-2 license would not have been of interest to CIS even absent CIS' financial difficulties and CIS' then current desire to liquidate its cellular license holdings.[8] Thus, CIS had no [157] interest or expectancy in the Michigan-2 opportunity. Cf. Guth, 5 A.2d at 514 (holding that Loft had an interest or expectancy in the Pepsi opportunity by virtue of its need for cola syrup for use in its retail stores).
Finally, the corporate opportunity doctrine is implicated only in cases where the fiduciary's seizure of an opportunity results in a conflict between the fiduciary's duties to the corporation and the self-interest of the director as actualized by the exploitation of the opportunity. In the instant case, Broz' interest in acquiring and profiting from Michigan-2 created no duties that were inimicable to his obligations to CIS. Broz, at all times relevant to the instant appeal, was the sole party in interest in RFBC, a competitor of CIS. CIS was fully aware of Broz' potentially conflicting duties. Broz, however, comported himself in a manner that was wholly in accord with his obligations to CIS. Broz took care not to usurp any opportunity which CIS was willing and able to pursue. Broz sought only to compete with an outside entity, PriCellular, for acquisition of an opportunity which both sought to possess. Broz was not obligated to refrain from competition with PriCellular. Therefore, the totality of the circumstances indicates that Broz did not usurp an opportunity that properly belonged to CIS.
A. Presentation to the Board:
In concluding that Broz had usurped a corporate opportunity, the Court of Chancery placed great emphasis on the fact that Broz had not formally presented the matter to the CIS board. The court held that "in such circumstances as existed at the latest after October 14, 1994 (date of PriCellular's option contract on Michigan 2 RSA) it was the obligation of Mr. Broz as a director of CIS to take the transaction to the CIS board for its formal action...." 663 A.2d at 1185. In so holding, the trial court erroneously grafted a new requirement onto the law of corporate opportunity, viz., the requirement of formal presentation under circumstances where the corporation does not have an interest, expectancy or financial ability.
The teaching of Guth and its progeny is that the director or officer must analyze the situation ex ante to determine whether the opportunity is one rightfully belonging to the corporation. If the director or officer believes, based on one of the factors articulated above, that the corporation is not entitled to the opportunity, then he may take it for himself. Of course, presenting the opportunity to the board creates a kind of "safe harbor" for the director, which removes the specter of a post hoc judicial determination that the director or officer has improperly usurped a corporate opportunity. Thus, presentation avoids the possibility that an error in the fiduciary's assessment of the situation will create future liability for breach of fiduciary duty. It is not the law of Delaware that presentation to the board is a necessary prerequisite to a finding that a corporate opportunity has not been usurped.
The numerous cases decided since Guth are in full accord with this view of the doctrine. For instance, in Field v. Allyn, Del. Ch., 457 A.2d 1089 (1983), the Court of Chancery held that a director or officer is free to take a business opportunity for himself once the corporation has rejected it or if it can be shown that the corporation is not in a position to take the opportunity. The Field court held this to be true even if the fiduciary became aware of the opportunity by virtue of the fiduciary's position in the corporation. Id. at 1099. Notably, this Court affirmed the Field holding on the basis of the well reasoned opinion of the court below. Field v. Allyn, Del.Supr., 467 A.2d 1274 (1983). Field is not unique, however. The view that presentation to the board is not required where the opportunity is one that the corporation is incapable of exercising is also expressed in other cases. See, e.g., Wolfensohn [158] v. Madison Fund, Inc., Del.Supr., 253 A.2d 72, 76 (1969).
Other cases, such as Kaplan v. Fenton, Del.Supr., 278 A.2d 834 (1971), have found no violation of the corporate opportunity doctrine where the director determined that the corporation was not interested in the opportunity, but never made formal presentation to the board. The director in Kaplan asked the CEO and another board member if the corporation would be interested in the opportunity and whether he should present the opportunity to the board. These questions were answered in the negative and the director then acquired the opportunity for himself. The Kaplan Court found no breach of the doctrine, despite the absence of formal presentation.[9]
The Court of Chancery cited Yiannatsis v. Stephanis, Del.Supr., 653 A.2d 275 (1995), in support of the proposition that formal presentation to the board of directors is a necessary prerequisite to a corporate fiduciary taking an opportunity for his own. See 663 A.2d at 1182. In Yiannatsis, the opportunity in question was a block of stock in a closely held corporation, the holder of which was subject to a right of first refusal held by the corporation. Two of the three directors of the corporation caused the company to refuse the opportunity and, as a result, the corporation never invoked its right of first refusal. This Court held that the corporate fiduciaries had acted surreptitiously to keep the opportunity from being exercised by the corporation, when they had no reasonable ground to believe that the corporation would not be interested therein. This background of bad faith is not present in the case at bar. Here, Broz had substantial reason to believe that CIS was not interested in or able to take advantage of the Michigan-2 opportunity. Accordingly, Yiannatsis is not relevant to the analysis here.
Thus, we hold that Broz was not required to make formal presentation of the Michigan-2 opportunity to the CIS board prior to taking the opportunity for his own. In so holding, we necessarily conclude that the Court of Chancery erred in grafting the additional requirement of formal presentation onto Delaware's corporate opportunity jurisprudence.[10]
B. Alignment of Interests Between CIS and PriCellular:
In concluding that Broz usurped an opportunity properly belonging to CIS, the Court of Chancery held that "[f]or practical business reasons CIS' interests with respect to the Mackinac transaction came to merge with those of PriCellular, even before the closing of its tender offer for CIS stock." Based on this fact, the trial court concluded that Broz was required to consider PriCellular's prospective, post-acquisition plans for CIS in determining whether to forego the opportunity or seize it for himself. Had Broz done this, the Court of Chancery determined that he would have concluded that CIS was entitled to the opportunity by virtue of the alignment of its interests with those of PriCellular.
We disagree. Broz was under no duty to consider the interests of PriCellular when he chose to purchase Michigan-2. As stated in Guth, a director's right to "appropriate [an]... opportunity depends on the circumstances existing at the time it presented itself to him without regard to subsequent events." Guth, 5 A.2d at 513. At the time Broz purchased Michigan-2, PriCellular had not yet acquired CIS. Any plans to do so would still have been wholly speculative. Accordingly, Broz was not required to consider the contingent and uncertain plans of PriCellular in reaching his determination of how to proceed.
[159] Whether or not the CIS board would, at some time, have chosen to acquire Michigan-2 in order to make CIS a more attractive acquisition target for PriCellular or to enhance the synergy of any combined enterprise, is speculative. The trial court found this to be a plausible scenario and therefore found that, pursuant to the factors laid down in Guth, CIS had a valid interest or expectancy in the license. This speculative finding cuts against the statements made by CIS' Chief Executive and the entire CIS board of directors and ignores the fact that CIS still lacked the wherewithal to acquire Michigan-2, even if one takes into account the possible availability of PriCellular's financing. Thus, the fact of PriCellular's plans to acquire CIS is immaterial and does not change the analysis.
In reaching our conclusion on this point, we note that certainty and predictability are values to be promoted in our corporation law. See Williams v. Geier, Del.Supr., 671 A.2d 1368, 1385 n. 36 (1996). Broz, as an active participant in the cellular telephone industry, was entitled to proceed in his own economic interest in the absence of any countervailing duty. The right of a director or officer to engage in business affairs outside of his or her fiduciary capacity would be illusory if these individuals were required to consider every potential, future occurrence in determining whether a particular business strategy would implicate fiduciary duty concerns. In order for a director to engage meaningfully in business unrelated to his or her corporate role, the director must be allowed to make decisions based on the situation as it exists at the time a given opportunity is presented. Absent such a rule, the corporate fiduciary would be constrained to refrain from exploiting any opportunity for fear of liability based on the occurrence of subsequent events. This state of affairs would unduly restrict officers and directors and would be antithetical to certainty in corporation law.
V. CONCLUSION
The corporate opportunity doctrine represents a judicially crafted effort to harmonize the competing demands placed on corporate fiduciaries in a modern business environment. The doctrine seeks to reduce the possibility of conflict between a director's duties to the corporation and interests unrelated to that role. In the instant case, Broz adhered to his obligations to CIS. We hold that the Court of Chancery erred as a matter of law in concluding that Broz had a duty formally to present the Michigan-2 opportunity to the CIS board. We also hold that the trial court erred in its application of the corporate opportunity doctrine under the unusual facts of this case, where CIS had no interest or financial ability to acquire the opportunity, but the impending acquisition of CIS by PriCellular would or could have caused a change in those circumstances.
Therefore, we hold that Broz did not breach his fiduciary duties to CIS. Accordingly, we REVERSE the judgment of the Court of Chancery holding that Broz diverted a corporate opportunity properly belonging to CIS and imposing a constructive trust.
[1] The Court recognizes that the actual purchase of the Michigan-2 license was consummated by RFBC as a corporate entity, rather than by Broz acting as an individual for his own benefit. Broz is, however, the sole party in interest in RFBC and all actions taken by RFBC, including the acquisition of Michigan-2, are accomplished at the behest of Broz. Therefore, insofar as the purchase of Michigan-2 is concerned, the Court will not distinguish between the actions of Broz and those of RFBC in analyzing Broz' alleged breach of fiduciary duty.
[2] Of these fifteen licenses, three were sold to subsidiaries of PriCellular. Specifically, the licenses held by CIS for areas in Wisconsin and Minnesota were acquired by the PriCellular subsidiaries. These transactions closed immediately upon CIS' emergence from bankruptcy.
[3] These license areas, all located in Wisconsin, were to be sold to PriCellular. After completing its acquisition of CIS, however, PriCellular determined that ownership of the licenses should remain with CIS.
[4] In fact, during a deposition given in March of 1995, Treibick testified that he didn't "know who frankly was hawking [the Michigan-2 license]... at the time ... [W]e said forget it. It was not something we would have bought if they offered it to us for nothing."
[5] We assume arguendo that informal contacts and individual opinions of board members are not a substitute for a formal process of presenting an opportunity to a board of directors. Nevertheless, in our view such a formal process was not necessary under the circumstances of this case in order for Broz to avoid liability. These contacts with individual board members do, however, tend to show that Broz was not acting surreptitiously or in bad faith.
[6] All the members of the CIS board of directors except Broz and Bloch agreed to tender their shares to PriCellular.
[7] The language in the Guthopinion relating to "line of business" is less than clear:
Where a corporation is engaged in a certain business, and an opportunity is presented to it embracing an activity as to which it has fundamental knowledge, practical experience and ability to pursue, which, logically and naturally, is adaptable to its business having regard for its financial position, and is consonant with its reasonable needs and aspirations for expansion, it may properly be said that the opportunity is within the corporation's line of business.
Guth, 5 A.2d at 514 (emphasis supplied). This formulation of the definition of the term "line of business" suggests that the business strategy and financial well-being of the corporation are also relevant to a determination of whether the opportunity is within the corporation's line of business. Since we find that these considerations are decisive under the other factors enunciated by the Court in Guth, we do not reach the question of whether they are here relevant to a determination of the corporation's line of business.
[8] At trial, each of the members of the CIS board testified to his belief that CIS would not have been interested in the Michigan-2 opportunity at the time it was presented to Broz. The Court of Chancery chose to disregard this testimony, holding that "the after the fact testimony of directors to the effect that they would not have been interested in pursuing this transaction had it been brought to the board, is not helpful to defendant, in my opinion, because most of them did not know at that time of PriCellular's interest in the property and how it related to PriCellular's plan for CIS." 663 A.2d at 1186. We disagree with the court's assessment. First, as discussed, infra, Broz was required to consider the situation only as it existed when the opportunity was presented. Thus, the fact the CIS directors were unaware of the future plans of PriCellular does not impact adversely on the weight to be ascribed to this particular evidence. Second, testimony of the CIS board is extremely helpful to establish the propriety of Broz' actions. As discussed, infra, Broz was not required to present this opportunity to the board. He was free to evaluate the situation and determine whether the opportunity was one properly belonging to CIS. Absent such formal presentation, however, this Court must make an after-the-fact assessment of an essentially stale factual scenario. In such a setting, the testimony of the directors who controlled the business and affairs of the corporation at the time the opportunity was allegedly usurped is relevant. Such testimony gives a direct indication of the business posture and expectations of the corporation during the relevant period of time. The Court of Chancery also held that "this sort of after the fact testimony is a very thin substitute for an informed board decision made at a meeting in `real time' (i.e., while the opportunity to act with effect continues)." Id. While it is true that contemporaneous decisionmaking or unanimous written consent is required for board action (8 Del.C. § 141(f)), in our view, this testimony of the CIS board was probative and should not have been wholly discounted. See n. 5, supra.
[9] As the parties note, Kaplan is distinguishable in that the Kaplan board previously rejected a similar offer to the one exploited by the defendant director. The board of CIS, however, had demonstrated a comparable lack of interest by divesting itself of holdings similar to the license at issue.
[10] Recognizing the interests the Court of Chancery sought to promote, however, we note that formal presentation to the board is often the preferred — or "safe" — approach, and we note that this litigation might have been unnecessary had this precaution been observed.
11.4.4.2 Duty of Loyalty: Opportunities & Misappropriation Problem Set 11.4.4.2 Duty of Loyalty: Opportunities & Misappropriation Problem Set
11/5/2023 pdw
Problems
- The company president purchased a building the company was interested in acquiring and then offered to lease the building to the company for a profit. Is this a violation of the corporate opportunity doctrine?
- The president of a pain management pharmaceutical company was approached with an opportunity to partner in developing a new pain management drug. After positive initial discussions, he told the drug developer that his company would not move forward with the partnership, then emailed from his personal account to suggest "another plan I would like to discuss." This plan was to develop the drug with a new company that the president would own. The president asked his secretary to send the partner a confidentiality agreement, then coordinated for some business travel to meet the drug developer in New York. The president's new company eventually licensed the product. Did he violate the corporate opportunity doctrine?
- The company president agreed to wind down his outside consulting business and not take on any new consulting projects. Instead, he continued consulting, spending significant time on consulting even during the day when he was supposed to be working for the company. The company failed and sued him for misappropriating a company resource, namely the time they had paid him to work. Did he misappropriate a company resource?
- A storage company was struggling to find investors to fund its international expansion plans. The company president was tasked with finding investors. The president did consulting work on the side, which included helping other companies find funding. In his role as a consultant, he helped one company find investors that probably would have invested in the storage company if asked. Instead, the investor invested with the firm the president was consulting for. Did the president misappropriate a corporate opportunity from the storage company? Does it matter that he earned a $131,000 commission for steering the investor to the other company.
Answers
- Yes. He misappropriated the company's information. Personal Touch Holding Corp. v. Glaubach, 2019 WL 937180 (Del. Ch. 2019)
- Yes. He misappropriated the opportunity and the company's resources (travel reimbursement, use of the secretary). Sorrento Therapeutics v. Mack, 2023 WL 5670689 (Del. Ch. 2023).
- Yes. The court held that under normal circumstances an officer is allowed outside employment, here the president had contractually agreed to give up consulting to give his full attention to the company. By continuing to do consulting on company time, he was misappropriating the company's resources, specifically the time the company had bought from him, so he had breached his fiduciary duties. In re Metro Storage Int'l LLC v. Harron, 275 A.3d 810, 848 (Del. Ch. 2022).
- Yes, even though the president didn't take the deal for himself, he took the deal for a consulting client. The storage company was able (and would have been eager) to take the financing that the president arranged for his consulting client. The court found that the investor would have made the deal, so it was within the line of business. The court found that there was an expectancy because the president learned of the deal in his official capacity (because the court found that he didn't segregate his time, everything was "one big networking effort to create deals."). Finally, the court found that he was placed in an inimical position with the company because he got a six-figure commission for consulting on the deal but wouldn't have been paid anything extra for bringing it to the company. In re Metro Storage Int'l LLC v. Harron, 275 A.3d 810 (Del. Ch. 2022).
11.4.5 Duty of Oversight (Caremark Duties) 11.4.5 Duty of Oversight (Caremark Duties)
3/18/2024 pdw
The duty of oversight is a subset of the duty of loyalty and requires directors and officers to maintain information systems to monitor the company's operations and to respond to red flags raised by those systems. Claims for violating the duty of oversight are typically referred to as Caremark claims.
These claims come in two types, which we'll define more formally later. But at a high level, "information systems claims" allege the fiduciary has utterly refused to monitor the company's critical risks. "Red flags claims" allege the fiduciary is consciously disregarding signs that there's a problem afoot. For each duty of oversight claim, it's usually best to analyze these two subclaims.
11.4.5.1 Marchand II v. Barnhill 11.4.5.1 Marchand II v. Barnhill
3/18/2024 pdw
In this case, Texas's greatest ice cream manufacturer ignored food safety issues, which eventually caused a listeria outbreak that led to the deaths of three customers. Killing customers is generally frowned upon by shareholders because it may reduce future earnings. So shareholders brought a suit against the directors claiming that the board failed to exercise its duty of oversight.
Also, note that this case was decided by the Delaware Supreme Court, and the heading refering to the Court of Errors and Appeals is an error in the casebook software.
Jack L. MARCHAND II, Plaintiff Below, Appellant,
v.
John W. BARNHILL, Jr., Greg Bridges, Richard Dickson, Paul A. Ehlert, Jim E. Kruse, Paul W. Kruse, W.J. Rankin, Howard W. Kruse, Patricia I. Ryan, Dorothy McLeod MacInerney and Blue Bell Creameries USA, Inc., Defendants Below, Appellee.
No. 533, 2018
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Submitted: April 24, 2019
Decided: June 18, 2019
Corrected: June 19, 2019
Robert J. Kriner, Jr., Esquire (Argued), and Vera G. Belger, Esquire, CHIMICLES SCHWARTZ KRINER & DONALDSON-SMITH LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Michael Hawash, Esquire, and Jourdain Poupore, Esquire, HAWASH CICACK & GASTON LLP, Houston, Texas, Attorneys for Appellant, Jack L. Marchand II.
Paul A. Fioravanti, Jr., Esquire (Argued), and John G. Day, Esquire, PRICKETT, JONES & ELLIOT, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware, Attorneys for Appellees, John W. Barnhill, Jr., Richard Dickson, Paul A. Ehlert, Jim E. Kruse, W.J. Rankin, Howard W. Kruse, Patricia I. Ryan, Dorothy McLeod MacInerney, and nominal defendant Blue Bell Creameries USA, Inc.
Srinivas M. Raju, Esquire, and Kelly L. Freund, Esquire, RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware, Attorneys for Appellees, Greg Bridges and Paul W. Kruse.
Before STRINE, Chief Justice; VALIHURA, VAUGHN, SEITZ, and TRAYNOR, Justices, constituting the Court en Banc.
Blue Bell Creameries USA, Inc., one of the country's largest ice cream manufacturers, suffered a listeria outbreak in early 2015, causing the company to recall all of its products, shut down production at all of its plants, and lay off over a third of its workforce. Blue Bell's failure to contain listeria 's spread in its manufacturing plants caused listeria to be present in its products and had sad consequences. Three people died as a result of the listeria outbreak. Less consequentially, but nonetheless important for this litigation, stockholders also suffered losses because, after the operational shutdown, Blue Bell suffered a liquidity crisis that forced it to accept a dilutive private equity investment.
Based on these unfortunate events, a stockholder brought a derivative suit against two key executives and against Blue Bell's directors claiming breaches of the defendants' fiduciary duties. The complaint alleges that the executives-Paul Kruse, the President and CEO, and Greg Bridges, the Vice President of Operations-breached their duties of care and loyalty by knowingly disregarding contamination risks and failing to oversee the safety of Blue Bell's food-making operations, and that the directors breached their duty of loyalty under Caremark.1
The defendants moved to dismiss the complaint for failure to plead demand futility. 2
*808The Court of Chancery granted the motion as to both claims. As to the claim against management, the Court of Chancery held that the plaintiff "failed to plead particularized facts that raise a reasonable doubt as to whether a majority of [Blue Bell's] Board could impartially consider a demand."3 Although the complaint alleged facts sufficient to raise a reasonable doubt as to the impartiality of a number of Blue Bell's directors, the plaintiff ultimately came up one short in the Court of Chancery's judgment: the plaintiff needed eight directors for a majority, but only had seven.
As to the Caremark claim, the Court of Chancery held that the plaintiff did not plead any facts to support "his contention that the [Blue Bell] Board 'utterly' failed to adopt or implement any reporting and compliance systems."4 Although the plaintiff argued that Blue Bell's board had no supervisory structure in place to oversee "health, safety and sanitation controls and compliance," the Court of Chancery reasoned that "[w]hat Plaintiff really attempts to challenge is not the existence of monitoring and reporting controls, but the effectiveness of monitoring and reporting controls in particular instances," and "[t]his is not a valid theory under ... Caremark ."5
In this opinion, we reverse as to both holdings.
We first hold that the complaint pleads particularized facts sufficient to create a reasonable doubt that an additional director, W.J. Rankin, could act impartially in deciding to sue Paul Kruse, Blue Bell's CEO, and his subordinate Greg Bridges, Blue Bell's Vice President of Operations, due to Rankin's longstanding business affiliation and personal relationship with the Kruse family.6 According to the complaint, Rankin worked at Blue Bell for decades and owes his entire career to Ed Kruse, the current CEO's father, who hired Rankin as his administrative assistant in 1981 and promoted him five years later to the position of CFO, a position Rankin maintained until his retirement in 2014. In 2004, while serving as CFO, Rankin was elected to Blue Bell's board, and has served since then. Moreover, the complaint alleges that the Kruse family showed its appreciation for Rankin not only by supporting his career, but also by leading a campaign that raised over $450,000 to name a building at the local university after Rankin. Despite the defendants' contentions that Rankin's relationship with the Kruse family was just an ordinary business relationship from which Rankin would derive no strong feelings of loyalty toward the Kruse family, these allegations are "suggestive of the type of very close personal [or professional] relationship that, like family ties, one would expect to heavily influence a human's ability to exercise impartial judgment."7 Rankin's apparently deep business and personal ties to the Kruse family raise a reasonable doubt as to whether Rankin could "impartially or *809objectively assess whether to bring a lawsuit against the sued party."8
As to the Caremark claim, we hold that the complaint alleges particularized facts that support a reasonable inference that the Blue Bell board failed to implement any system to monitor Blue Bell's food safety performance or compliance. Under Caremark and this Court's opinion in Stone v. Ritter ,9 directors have a duty "to exercise oversight" and to monitor the corporation's operational viability, legal compliance, and financial performance.10 A board's "utter failure to attempt to assure a reasonable information and reporting system exists" is an act of bad faith in breach of the duty of loyalty.11
As a monoline company that makes a single product-ice cream-Blue Bell can only thrive if its consumers enjoyed its products and were confident that its products were safe to eat. That is, one of Blue Bell's central compliance issues is food safety. Despite this fact, the complaint alleges that Blue Bell's board had no committee overseeing food safety, no full board-level process to address food safety issues, and no protocol by which the board was expected to be advised of food safety reports and developments. Consistent with this dearth of any board-level effort at monitoring, the complaint pleads particular facts supporting an inference that during a crucial period when yellow and red flags about food safety were presented to management, there was no equivalent reporting to the board and the board was not presented with any material information about food safety. Thus, the complaint alleges specific facts that create a reasonable inference that the directors consciously failed "to attempt to assure a reasonable information and reporting system exist[ed]."12
I. Background13
A. Blue Bell's History and Operating Environment
i. History
Founded in 1907 in Brenham, Texas, Blue Bell Creameries USA, Inc. ("Blue Bell"), a Delaware corporation, produces and distributes ice cream under the Blue Bell banner.14 By 1919, Blue Bell's predecessor was struggling financially. Blue *810Bell's board turned to E.F. Kruse, who took over the company that year and turned it around. Under his leadership, the company expanded and became profitable.15
E.F. Kruse led the company until his unexpected death in 1951.16 Upon his death, his sons, Ed F. Kruse and Howard Kruse, took over the company's management. Rapid expansion continued under Ed and Howard's leadership.17 In 2004, Ed Kruse's son, Paul Kruse, took over management, becoming Blue Bell's President and CEO.18 Ten years later, in 2014, Paul Kruse also assumed the position of Chairman of the Board, taking the position from his retiring father.19
ii. The Regulated Nature of Blue Bell's Industry
As a U.S. food manufacturer, Blue Bell operates in a heavily regulated industry. Under federal law, the Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") may set food quality standards, require food manufacturing facilities to register with the FDA, prohibit regulated manufacturers from placing adulterated food into interstate commerce, and hold companies liable if they place any adulterated foods into interstate commerce in violation of FDA rules.20 Blue Bell is "required to comply with regulations and establish controls to monitor for, avoid and remediate contamination and conditions that expose the Company and its products to the risk of contamination."21
Specifically, FDA regulations require food manufacturers to conduct operations "with adequate sanitation principles"22 and, in line with that obligation, "must prepare ... and implement a written food safety plan."23 As part of a manufacturer's food safety plan, the manufacturer must include processes for conducting a hazard analysis that identifies possible food safety hazards, identifies and implements preventative controls to limit potential food hazards, implements process controls, implements sanitation controls, and monitors these preventative controls. Appropriate corporate officials must monitor these preventative controls.24
Not only is Blue Bell subject to federal regulations, but it must also adhere to various state regulations. At the time of the listeria outbreak, Blue Bell operated in three states, and each had issued rules and regulations regarding the proper handling and production of food to ensure food safety.25
B. Plaintiff's Complaint
With that context out of the way, we briefly summarize the plaintiff's well-pled factual allegations and the reasonable inferences drawn from them.
The complaint starts by observing that, as a single-product food company, food safety is of obvious importance to Blue *811Bell.26 But despite the critical nature of food safety for Blue Bell's continued success, the complaint alleges that management turned a blind eye to red and yellow flags that were waved in front of it by regulators and its own tests, and the board-by failing to implement any system to monitor the company's food safety compliance programs-was unaware of any problems until it was too late.27
i. The Run-Up to the Listeria Outbreak
According to the complaint, Blue Bell's issues began to emerge in 2009. At that time, Paul Kruse, Blue Bell's President and CEO, and his cousin, Paul Bridges, were responsible for the three plants Blue Bell operated in Texas, Oklahoma, and Alabama.28 The complaint alleges that, despite being responsible for overseeing plant operations, Paul Kruse and Bridges failed to respond to signs of trouble in the run up to the listeria outbreak. From 2009 to 2013 several regulators found troubling compliance failures at Blue Bell's facilities:
• In July 2009, the FDA's inspection of the Texas facility revealed "two instances of condensation, one from a pipe carrying liquid caramel [that] was dripping into three gallon cartons waiting to be filled, and one dripping into ice cream sandwich wafers."29 The FDA reported these observations directly to Paul Kruse, who assured the FDA that "condensation is treated by Blue Bell as a serious concern."30
• In March 2010, the Alabama Department of Health inspected the Alabama plant and "found equipment left on the floor and a ceiling in disrepair in the container forming room."31
• Two months later, in May 2010, the FDA returned to the Texas plant "and observed ten violations that were cited to Paul Kruse including, again, a condensation drip."32 While the condensation drip persisted from the FDA's last inspection of the Texas plant, the FDA also observed "ripped and open containers of ingredients, inconsistent hand-washing and glove use and a spider and its web near the ingredients."33
• In July 2011, an inspection by "the Alabama Department of Public Health cited drips from a ceiling unit and pipelines, standing water, open tank lids and unprotected measuring cups."34
• Nine months later, in March 2012, an inspection of the Oklahoma facility revealed the plant's " '[f]ailure to manufacture foods under conditions and controls necessary to minimize contamination' and '[f]ailure to handle and maintain equipment, containers and utensils used to hold food in [sic] manner that protects against contamination.' "35
• That same month, in March 2012, "[t]he Alabama Department of Public Health required five changes" to the *812Alabama facility, "including instructions to clean various rooms and items, make repairs and [sic] after fruit processing to prevent contamination."36 A year later, "in March 2013, the Alabama Department of Public Health again ordered cleaning and repairs and observed an uncapped fruit tank."37 The Alabama Department of Public Health made similar observations in a July 2014 inspection.38
Regulatory inspections during this time were not the only signal that Blue Bell faced potential health safety risks. In 2013, "the Company had five positive tests" for listeria ,39 and in January 2014, "the Company received a presumptive positive [l]isteria result reports from the third party laboratory for the [Oklahoma] facility on January 20, 2014 and the samples reported positive for a second time on January 24, 2014."40
Although management had received reports about listeria 's growing presence in Blue Bell's plants, the complaint alleges that the board never received any information about listeria or more generally about food safety issues. Minutes from the board's January 29, 2014 meeting "reflect no report or discussion of the increasingly frequent positive tests that had been occurring since 2013 or the third party lab reports received in the preceding two weeks."41 Board meeting minutes from February and March likewise reflect no board-level discussion of listeria .42
During the rest of 2014, Blue Bell's problems accelerated, but the board remained uninformed about Blue Bell's problems. In April, "[t]he Company received further positive [l]isteria lab tests regarding [the Oklahoma facility]."43 That same month, the company had three "positive coliform tests far above the known legal regulator limits."44 Yet, minutes from the April board meeting reflected no discussion of listeria . Instead, the minutes note only that the Oklahoma and Alabama facilities' "plant operations were discussed briefly" and that Bridges also discussed "a good report from the TCEQ [Texas Commission on Environmental Quality]."45
Over the course of 2014, Blue Bell received ten positive tests for listeria . According to the complaint, these positive tests "included repeated positive results from the Company's third party laboratory in 2014, on consecutive samples, evidencing the inadequacy of the Company's remedial methods to eliminate the contamination."46
Despite management's knowledge of the growing problem, the complaint alleges that this information never made its way to the board, and the board continued to be uninformed about (and thus unaware of) the problem. Minutes from the board's 2014 meetings are bereft of reports on the listeria issues. Only during the September meeting is sanitation discussed, when *813Bridges informed the board that "[t]he recent Silliker audit [Blue Bell's third-party auditor for sanitation issues in 2014] went well."47 This lone reference to a third-party audit is the only instance, until the listeria outbreak forced the recall of Blue Bell's products, of any board-level discussion regarding food safety.
At this stage of the case, we are bound to draw all fair inferences in the plaintiff's favor from the well-pled facts. Based on this chronology of events, the plaintiffs have fairly pled that:
• Blue Bell had no board committee charged with monitoring food safety;
• Blue Bell's full board did not have a process where a portion of the board's meetings each year, for example either quarterly or biannually, were specifically devoted to food safety compliance; and
• The Blue Bell board did not have a protocol requiring or have any expectation that management would deliver key food safety compliance reports or summaries of these reports to the board on a consistent and mandatory basis. In fact, it is inferable that there was no expectation of reporting to the board of any kind.
In short, the complaint pleads that the Blue Bell board had made no effort at all to implement a board-level system of mandatory reporting of any kind.
ii. The Listeria Outbreak and the Board's Response
Blue Bell's listeria problem spread in 2015. Starting in January 2015, one of Blue Bell's product tests had positive coliform levels above legal limits.48 The same result appeared in February 2015.49 And by this point, the problem spread to Blue Bell's products and spiraled out of control.
On February 13, 2015, "Blue Bell received notification that the Texas Department of State Health Services also had positive tests for [l]isteria in Blue Bell samples."50 The Texas Department of State Health Services was alerted to these positive tests by the South Carolina Health Department.51 Company swabs at the Texas facility on February 19 and 21, 2015 tested positive for listeria .52 Yet despite these reports to management, Blue Bell's board was not informed by management about the severe problem. The board met on February 19, 2015, following Blue Bell's annual stockholders meeting, but there was no listeria discussion.53
Four days later, Blue Bell initiated a limited recall.54 Two days after that, Blue Bell's board met, and Bridges reported that "[t]he FDA is working with Texas health inspectors regarding the Company's recent recall of products. More information is developing and should be known within the next days or weeks."55 Despite two years of evidence that listeria was a growing *814problem for Blue Bell, this is the first time the board discussed the issue, according to the complaint and the incorporated board minutes. Instead of holding more frequent emergency board meetings to receive constant updates on the troubling fact that life-threatening bacteria was found in its products, Blue Bell's board left the company's response to management.
And the problem got worse, with awful effects. "In early March 2015, health authorities reported that they suspected a connection between human [l ]isteria infections in Kansas and products made by Blue Bell's [Texas] facility."56 The outbreak in Kansas matched a listeria strain found in Blue Bell's products in South Carolina. And by March 23, 2015, Blue Bell was forced to recall more products. Two days later, Blue Bell's board met and adopted a resolution "express[ing] support for Blue Bell's CEO, management, and employees and encourag[ing] them to ensure that everything Blue Bell manufacture[s] and distributes is a wholesome and good testing [sic] product that our consumers deserve and expect."57
Blue Bell expanded the recall two weeks later, and less than a month later, on April 20, 2015, Blue Bell "instituted a recall of all products."58 By this point, the Center for Disease Controls and Prevention ("CDC") had begun an investigation and discovered that the source of the listeria outbreak in Kansas was caused by Blue Bell's Texas and Oklahoma plants.59 Ultimately, five adults in Kansas and three adults in Texas were sickened by Blue Bell's products; three of the five Kansas adults died because of complications due to listeria infection.60 The CDC issued a recall to grocers and retailers, alerting them to the contamination and warning them against selling the products.61
After Blue Bell's full product recall, the FDA inspected each of the company's three plants. Each was found to have major deficiencies. In the Texas plant, the FDA found a "failure to manufacture foods under conditions and controls necessary to minimize the potential for growth of microorganisms," inadequate cleaning and sanitizing procedures, "failure to maintain buildings in repair sufficient to prevent food from coming [sic] adulterated," and improper construction of the building that failed to prevent condensation from occurring.62 Likewise, at the Oklahoma facility, "[t]he FDA found that the Company had been receiving increasingly frequent positive [l ]isteria tests at [the Oklahoma facility] for over three years," failed "to manufacture and package foods under conditions and controls necessary to minimize the potential growth of microorganisms and contamination," failed to perform testing to ferret out microbial growth, implemented inadequate cleaning and sterilization procedures, failed to provide running water at an appropriate temperature to sanitize equipment, and failed to store food in clean and sanitized portable equipment.63
*815Although the Alabama facility fared better, the FDA still found contamination and several issues, including the "failure to perform microbial testing where necessary to identify possible food contamination," "failure to maintain food contact surfaces to protect food from contamination by any source," and inadequate construction of the facility such that condensation was likely.64 Most of these findings, the complaint alleges, are unsurprising because similar deficiencies were found by the FDA and state regulators in the run up to the listeria outbreak, yet according to the FDA's inspection after the fact, it appeared that neither management nor the board made progress on remedying these deficiencies.
After the fact, various news outlets interviewed former Blue Bell employees who "claimed that Company management ignored complaints about factory conditions in [the Texas facility]."65 One former employee "reported [that] spilled ice cream was left to pool on the floor, 'creating an environment where bacteria could flourish.' "66 Another former employee described being "instructed to pour ice cream and fruit that dripped off his machine into mix to be used later."67
iii. The Aftermath of the Listeria Outbreak
With its operations shuttered, Blue Bell faced a liquidity crisis. Blue Bell initially sought a more traditional credit facility to bridge its liquidity, but after Blue Bell director W.J. Rankin informed his brother-in-law, Bill Reimann, about Blue Bell's liquidity crunch, Blue Bell ended up striking a deal with Moo Partners, a fund controlled by Sid Bass and affiliated with Reimann.68 Moo Partners provided Blue Bell with a $125 million credit facility and purchased a $100 million warrant to acquire 42% of Blue Bell at $50,000 per share.69 As part of Moo Partners's investment conditions, Blue Bell also amended its certificate of incorporation to grant Moo the right to appoint one member of Blue Bell's board who would be entitled to one-third of the board's voting power (or five votes based on a then-10-member board).
After investing in Blue Bell, Moo named Reimann to Blue Bell's board, expanding the board to 11 members with Reimann possessing five votes.70 In February 2016, Reimann suggested that the board separate the roles of CEO and Chairman (both held by Paul Kruse). The board voted to follow Reimann's recommendation at its February 18th meeting, but after Paul Kruse disagreed with the recommendation and threatened to resign as President and CEO if the split occurred, the board held another vote in which all members, except Reimann and Rankin, voted to restore the position of CEO and Chairman of the board.71
C. The Court of Chancery Dismisses the Case
After requesting Blue Bell's books and records through a § 220 request, the plaintiff, *816a Blue Bell stockholder, sued Blue Bell's management and board derivatively, asserting two claims based on management's alleged failure to respond appropriately to the red and yellow flags about growing food safety issues and the board's violation of its duty of loyalty, under Caremark , by failing to implement any reporting system and therefore failing to inform itself about Blue Bell's food safety compliance. The Court of Chancery dismissed both claims, holding that the plaintiff failed to plead demand futility.
As to the first claim, the plaintiff alleges that Paul Kruse, Blue Bell's President and CEO, and Bridges, Blue Bell's Vice President of Operations, had breached their duties of loyalty and care by knowingly disregarding contamination risks and failing to oversee Blue Bell's operations and food safety compliance process.72 "Because directors are empowered to manage, or direct the management of, the business and affairs of the corporation," the plaintiff's complaint must allege facts suggesting that "demand is excused because the directors are incapable of making an impartial decision regarding such litigation."73 The plaintiff's complaint claims that "[a] demand upon the Board of the Company to pursue claims against Paul Kruse and Bridges ... would be futile" because "the Kruse family-of which both Paul Kruse and Bridges are members-ha[s] long dominated Blue Bell" and the majority of directors are "long-time employees and/or otherwise beholden and loyal to the Kruse family."74
But the Court of Chancery held that the plaintiff "failed to plead particularized facts to raise a reasonable doubt that a majority of the [Blue Bell board] members could have impartially considered a pre-suit demand."75 Without belaboring the details of the Court of Chancery's thorough analysis, which is somewhat complicated due to the unusual structure of Blue Bell's board, we note that the court essentially ruled that the plaintiff came up one vote short. To survive the Rule 23.1 motion to dismiss, the complaint needed to allege particularized facts raising a reasonable doubt that directors holding eight of the 15 votes could have impartially considered a demand, but the court held that the plaintiff had done so for directors holding only seven votes.
One of the directors who the trial court held could consider demand impartially was Rankin, Blue Bell's recently retired former CFO. Although Rankin worked at Blue Bell for 28 years, the court emphasized that he was no longer employed by Blue Bell, having retired in 2014. As to the allegations that donations from the Kruse family resulted in a building at Blinn College being named for Rankin, the court noted that "the Complaint provide[d] no more specifics regarding the donation (i.e., who gave how much), and ma[de] no attempt to characterize the materiality of the gesture."76 That failure, the Court of Chancery concluded, fell short of Rule 23.1's particularity requirement. Further, the court noted that Rankin voted against rescinding a board initiative to split the CEO
*817and Chairman positions held by Paul Kruse.77 In the court's view, that act was evidence that Rankin was not beholden to the Kruse family. Ultimately, the Court of Chancery concluded that the plaintiff's "allegation that Rankin lacks independence falls flat."78
The Court of Chancery also rejected the plaintiff's second claim that Blue Bell's directors breached their duty of loyalty under Caremark by failing to "institute a system of controls and reporting" regarding food safety.79 In support of this claim, the plaintiff asserted, based on the facts alleged in the complaint and reasonable inferences from those facts, that: (1) the Blue Bell board had no committee overseeing food safety; (2) Blue Bell's board did not have any reporting system in place about food safety; (3) management knew about the growing listeria issues but did not report those issues to the board, further evidence that the board had no food safety reporting system in place; and (4) the board did not discuss food safety at its regular board meetings.
Rejecting the plaintiff's Caremark claim, the Vice Chancellor started by observing that "[d]espite the far-reaching regulatory schemes that governed Blue Bell's operations at the time of the [l ]isteria contamination, the Complaint contains no allegations that Blue Bell failed to implement the monitoring and reporting systems required by the FDCA [Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act], FDA regulations or state statutes (or that it was ever cited for such a failure)."80 In fact, the Court of Chancery concluded that "documents incorporated by reference in the Complaint reveal that Blue Bell distributed a sanitation manual with standard operating and reporting procedures, and promulgated written procedures for processing and reporting consumer complaints."81 And at the board level, the Vice Chancellor noted that "[b]oth Bridges and Paul Kruse ... provided regular reports regarding Blue Bell operations to the ... Board," including reports about audits of Blue Bell's facilities.82
Based on Blue Bell's compliance with FDA regulations, ongoing third-party monitoring for contamination, and consistent reporting by senior management to Blue Bell's board on operations, the Court of Chancery concluded that there was a monitoring system in place. At bottom, the Court of Chancery opined that "[w]hat Plaintiff really attempts to challenge is not the existence of monitoring and reporting controls, but the effectiveness of monitoring and reporting controls in particular instances."83 That, the Court of Chancery held, does not state a Caremark claim. As a result, the court held that demand was not excused as to the Caremark claims and dismissed the complaint.
The plaintiff timely appealed from that dismissal.
II. Analysis
We review a motion to dismiss for failure to plead demand futility de novo .84
*818A. Rankin's Independence
We first address the plaintiff's claim that the Court of Chancery erred by holding that the complaint did not allege particularized facts that raise a reasonable doubt as to whether directors holding a majority of the board's votes could impartially consider demand as to the management claims. The Court of Chancery concluded that four directors representing eight votes were independent and that seven directors representing seven votes were not independent. On appeal, the plaintiff challenges the Court of Chancery's conclusion as to only Rankin and one other director, Paul Ehlert. Holding that the Court of Chancery erred as to either director would be dispositive. Because we hold that Rankin was not independent for demand futility purposes, we reverse and need not and do not address whether Ehlert was independent.
On appeal, both parties agree that the Rales standard applies,85 and we therefore use it to determine whether the Court of Chancery erred in finding that a majority of the board was independent for pleading stage purposes. "[A] lack of independence turns on 'whether the plaintiffs have pled facts from which the director's ability to act impartially on a matter important to the interested party can be doubted because that director may feel either subject to the interested party's dominion or beholden to that interested party."86 When it comes to life's more intimate relationships concerning friendship and family, our law cannot "ignore the social nature of humans" or that they are motivated by things other than money, such as "love, friendship, and collegiality."87
The standard for conducting this inquiry at the demand futility stage is well balanced, requiring that the plaintiff plead facts with particularity, but also requiring that this Court draw all reasonable inferences in the plaintiff's favor.88 That is, the plaintiff cannot just assert that a close relationship exists, but when the plaintiff pleads specific facts about the relationship-such as the length of the relationship or details about the closeness of the relationship-then this Court is charged with making all reasonable inferences from those facts in the plaintiff's favor.89
From the pled facts, there is reason to doubt Rankin's capacity to impartially decide whether to sue members of the Kruse family. For starters, one can reasonably infer that Rankin's successful *819career as a businessperson was in large measure due to the opportunities and mentoring given to him by Ed Kruse, Paul Kruse's father, and other members of the Kruse family. The complaint alleges that Rankin started as Ed Kruse's administrative assistant and, over the course of a 28-year career with the company, rose to the high managerial position of CFO.90 Not only that, but Rankin was added to Blue Bell's board in 2004,91 which one can reasonably infer was due to the support of the Kruse family. Capping things off, the Kruse family spearheaded charitable efforts that led to a $450,000 donation to a key local college, resulting in Rankin being honored by having Blinn College's new agricultural facility named after him.92 On a cold complaint, these facts support a reasonable inference that there are very warm and thick personal ties of respect, loyalty, and affection between Rankin and the Kruse family, which creates a reasonable doubt that Rankin could have impartially decided whether to sue Paul Kruse and his subordinate Bridges.
Even though Rankin had ties to the Kruse family that were similar to other directors that the Court of Chancery found were sufficient at the pleading stage to support an inference that they could not act impartially in deciding whether to cause Blue Bell to sue Paul Kruse,93 the Court of Chancery concluded that because Rankin had voted differently from Paul Kruse on a proposal to separate the CEO and Chairman position, these ties did not matter.94 In doing so, the Court of Chancery ignored that the decision whether to sue someone is materially different and more important than the decision whether to part company with that person on a vote about corporate governance, and our law's precedent recognizes that the nature of the decision at issue must be considered in determining whether a director is independent.95 As important, at the pleading stage, *820the Court of Chancery was bound to accord the plaintiff the benefit of all reasonable inferences, and the pled facts fairly support the inference that Rankin owes an important debt of gratitude and friendship to the Kruse family for giving him his first job, nurturing his progress from an entry level position to a top manager and director, and honoring him by spearheading a campaign to name a building at an important community institution after him. Although the fact that fellow directors are social acquaintances who occasionally have dinner or go to common events does not, in itself, raise a fair inference of non-independence,96 our law has recognized that deep and longstanding friendships are meaningful to human beings and that any realistic consideration of the question of independence must give weight to these important relationships and their natural effect on the ability of the parties to act impartially toward each other. As in cases like Sandys v. Pincus97 and Delaware County Employees Retirement Fund v. Sanchez ,98 the important personal and business relationship that Rankin and the Kruse family have shared supports a pleading-stage inference that Rankin cannot act independently.
Because the complaint pleads particularized facts that raise a reasonable doubt as to Rankin's independence, we reverse the Court of Chancery's dismissal of the plaintiff's claims against management for failure to adequately plead demand futility.
B. The Caremark Claim
The plaintiff also challenges the Court of Chancery's dismissal of his Caremark claim. Although Caremark claims are difficult to plead and ultimately to prove out,99 we nonetheless disagree with the Court of Chancery's decision to dismiss the plaintiff's claim against the Blue Bell board.
Under Caremark and Stone v. Ritter , a director must make a good faith effort to oversee the company's operations.100 Failing to make that good faith effort breaches the duty of loyalty and can expose a director to liability. In other words, for a plaintiff to prevail on a Caremark claim, the plaintiff must show that a fiduciary acted in bad faith-"the state of mind traditionally used to define the mindset *821of a disloyal director."101
Bad faith is established, under Caremark , when "the directors [completely] fail[ ] to implement any reporting or information system or controls[,] or ... having implemented such a system or controls, consciously fail[ ] to monitor or oversee its operations thus disabling themselves from being informed of risks or problems requiring their attention."102 In short, to satisfy their duty of loyalty, directors must make a good faith effort to implement an oversight system and then monitor it.
As with any other disinterested business judgment, directors have great discretion to design context- and industry-specific approaches tailored to their companies' businesses and resources.103 But Caremark does have a bottom-line requirement that is important: the board must make a good faith effort-i.e. , try-to put in place a reasonable board-level system of monitoring and reporting.104 Thus, our case law gives deference to boards and has dismissed Caremark cases even when illegal or harmful company activities escaped detection, when the plaintiffs have been unable to plead that the board failed to make the required good faith effort to put a reasonable compliance and reporting system in place.105
For that reason, our focus here is on the key issue of whether the plaintiff has pled facts from which we can infer that Blue Bell's board made no effort to put in place a board-level compliance system. That is, we are not examining the effectiveness of a board-level compliance and reporting system after the fact. Rather, we are focusing on whether the complaint pleads facts supporting a reasonable inference that the board did not undertake good faith efforts to put a board-level system of monitoring and reporting in place.
*822Under Caremark , a director may be held liable if she acts in bad faith in the sense that she made no good faith effort to ensure that the company had in place any "system of controls."106 Here, the plaintiff did as our law encourages and sought out books and records about the extent of board-level compliance efforts at Blue Bell regarding what has to be one of the most central issues at the company: whether it is ensuring that the only product it makes-ice cream-is safe to eat.107 Using these books and records, the complaint fairly alleges that before the listeria outbreak engulfed the company:
• no board committee that addressed food safety existed;
• no regular process or protocols that required management to keep the board apprised of food safety compliance practices, risks, or reports existed;
• no schedule for the board to consider on a regular basis, such as quarterly or biannually, any key food safety risks existed;
• during a key period leading up to the deaths of three customers, management received reports that contained what could be considered red, or at least yellow, flags, and the board minutes of the relevant period revealed no evidence that these were disclosed to the board;
• the board was given certain favorable information about food safety by management, but was not given important reports that presented a much different picture; and
• the board meetings are devoid of any suggestion that there was any regular discussion of food safety issues.
And the complaint goes on to allege that after the listeria outbreak, the FDA discovered a number of systematic deficiencies in all of Blue Bell's plants-such as plants being constructed "in such a manner as to [not] prevent drip and condensate from contaminating food, food-contact surfaces, and food-packing material"-that might have been rectified had any reasonable reporting system that required management to relay food safety information to the board on an ongoing basis been in place.108
In sum, the complaint supports an inference that no system of board-level compliance monitoring and reporting existed at Blue Bell. Although Caremark is a tough standard for plaintiffs to meet, the plaintiff has met it here. When a plaintiff can plead an inference that a board has undertaken no efforts to make sure it is informed of a compliance issue intrinsically critical to the company's business operation, then that supports an inference that the board has not made the good faith effort that Caremark requires.
In defending this case, the directors largely point out that by law Blue Bell had to meet FDA and state regulatory requirements for food safety, and that the company *823had in place certain manuals for employees regarding safety practices and commissioned audits from time to time.109 In the same vein, the directors emphasize that the government regularly inspected Blue Bell's facilities, and Blue Bell management got the results.110
But the fact that Blue Bell nominally complied with FDA regulations does not imply that the board implemented a system to monitor food safety at the board level .111 Indeed, these types of routine regulatory requirements, although important, are not typically directed at the board. At best, Blue Bell's compliance with these requirements shows only that management was following, in a nominal way, certain standard requirements of state and federal law. It does not rationally suggest that the board implemented a reporting system to monitor food safety or Blue Bell's operational performance. The mundane reality that Blue Bell is in a highly regulated industry and complied with some of the applicable regulations does not foreclose any pleading-stage inference that the directors' lack of attentiveness rose to the level of bad faith indifference required to state a Caremark claim.
In answering the plaintiff's argument, the Blue Bell directors also stress that management regularly reported to them on "operational issues." This response is telling. In decisions dismissing Caremark claims, the plaintiffs usually lose because they must concede the existence of board-level systems of monitoring and oversight such as a relevant committee, a regular protocol requiring board-level reports about the relevant risks, or the board's use of third-party monitors, auditors, or consultants.112 For example, in Stone v. Ritter , *824although the company paid $50 million in fines related "to the failure by bank employees" to comply with "the federal Bank Secrecy Act,"113 the"[b]oard dedicated considerable resources to the [Bank Secrecy Act] compliance program and put into place numerous procedures and systems to attempt to ensure compliance."114 Accordingly, this Court affirmed the Court of Chancery's dismissal of a Caremark claim. Here, the Blue Bell directors just argue that because Blue Bell management, in its discretion, discussed general operations with the board, a Caremark claim is not stated.
But if that were the case, then Caremark would be a chimera. At every board meeting of any company, it is likely that management will touch on some operational issue. Although Caremark may not require as much as some commentators wish,115 it does require that a board make a good faith effort to put in place a reasonable system of monitoring and reporting about the corporation's central compliance risks. In Blue Bell's case, food safety was essential and mission critical. The complaint pled facts supporting a fair inference that no board-level system of monitoring or reporting on food safety existed.
If Caremark means anything, it is that a corporate board must make a good faith effort to exercise its duty of care. A failure to make that effort constitutes a breach of the duty of loyalty. Where, as here, a plaintiff has followed our admonishment to seek out relevant books and records116 and then uses those books and records to plead facts supporting a fair inference that no reasonable compliance system and protocols were established as to the obviously most central consumer safety and legal compliance issue facing the company, that the board's lack of efforts resulted in it not receiving official notices of food safety deficiencies for several years, and that, as a failure to take remedial action, the company exposed consumers to listeria -infected ice cream, resulting in the death and injury of company customers, the plaintiff has met his onerous pleading burden and is entitled to discovery to prove out his claim.
III. Conclusion
We therefore reverse the Court of Chancery's decision and remand for proceedings consistent with this opinion.
11.4.5.2 Notes to Marchand 11.4.5.2 Notes to Marchand
3/18/2024 pdw
Aftermath
Prior to Marchand, duty of oversight complaints were almost universally dismissed, along with an oft quoted line that Caremark claims are "possibly the most difficult theory in corporate law upon which a plaintiff might hope to win a judgment.” Stone v. Ritter, 911 A.2d 362, 372 (Del. 2006).
Marchand was a sea change. Most Caremark claims still fail, but it is increasingly common to beat a motion to dismiss.
Information Systems & Red Flags
Duty of oversight claims require that the plaintiff show either that (i) the directors or officers "utterly failed to implement any reporting or information system or controls”; or (ii) “having implemented such a system or controls, [the directors or officers] consciously failed to monitor or oversee its operations thus disabling themselves from being informed of risks or problems requiring their attention.” Stone v. Ritter, 911 A.2d 362, 370 (Del. 2006).
An information systems claim is a duty of oversight claim alleging that the fiduciaries utterly failed to implement any reporting or information system or controls. Some cases refer to this as a Caremark prong 1 claim. To establish this, the plaintiff will need to show that the risk that the system should have addressed is essential or mission critical and that the fiduciaries did not make a good faith effort to establish an information system to address that risk.
A red flags claim is a duty of oversight claim alleging that after implementing a reporting system, the fiduciaries consciously failed to monitor or oversee the operations despite red flags.
Each of these two claims is a breach of fiduciary duty. You don't need both. Analyze each separately, and if either claims succeeds, that's sufficient for liability.
Is This Just Negligence?
Directors and officers in Delaware owe two duties: a duty of care and a duty of loyalty. If a manager is grossly negligent, that's a breach of the duty of care. The duty of care is about, well, carelessness.
In contrast, the duty of loyalty focuses on actions with a bad mental state. In torts or criminal law we call this "scienter." It refers to things we do "knowingly" or "recklessly". So if a manager intentionally acts badly that's a breach of the duty of loyalty.
So where should the duty of oversight fit?
The duty of oversight requires directors and officers to maintain information systems to monitor the company's operations and to respond to red flags raised by those systems. Failure to have a monitoring system or to respond to a monitoring system looks like inaction, so this looks like negligence.
But a violation of the duty of oversight requires more than negligence. Instead it requires either (1) an "utter refusal" to implement any reporting or monitoring system or (2) a "conscious failure" to respond to the red flags raised by the monitoring system. "Utter refusal" and "conscious failure" are both intentional. You can't "negligently utterly refuse" or "negligently consciously fail." Both refusal and consciously failing are acts that imply a bad mental state. Because the test requires a bad mental state, courts fit the duty of oversight under the duty of loyalty.
As Justice Strine says in Marchand, "If Caremark means anything, it is that a corporate board must make a good faith effort to exercise its duty of care. A failure to make that effort constitutes a breach of the duty of loyalty." So negligence may be a breach of the duty of care, but an intentional decision to be negligent implicates the duty of loyalty. That's caused one commentator to refer to duty of oversight claims as "a duty of care claim in a light scienter sauce."
Accountability vs. Deference
An alternative, minority view of Caremark claims is that Delaware law is trying to find a balance between manager accountability and deference. With Smith v. Van Gorkom, the court leaned toward accountability, finding that well-meaning but sloppy managers were personally liable for millions of dollars because they approved a rushed merger.
This shifted the field, and corporations struggled to find directors willing to serve and insurers willing to cover them. The emphasis on accountability began breaking the system.
So the legislature adopted DGCL 102(b)(7), which allowed corporations to eliminate personal liability for duty of care claims. This shifted the field toward deference and all but eliminated duty of care claims at most corporations. At this point even gross negligence wasn't a viable claim.
Caremark can be seen as a response to these changes. DGCL 102(b)(7) eliminated the viability of most duty of care claims, but sometimes the negligence is just atrocious, so courts smuggled the duty of care into the duty of loyalty. Remember Blue Bell killed three customers. It seems like that should be some kind of violation. So negligence that seems so bad as to be intentional gets recategorized as a duty of loyalty claim. Scholars that take this view tend to think Caremark, Marchand and their progeny are wrongly decided. But pointing out that a law professor disagrees with the precedent is unlikely to help your client, so for your briefs, stick to the reasoning above.
11.4.5.3 In re Clovis Oncology, Inc. Derivative Litigation 11.4.5.3 In re Clovis Oncology, Inc. Derivative Litigation
3/5/2024 pdw
Clovis Oncology was developing Roci, a lung cancer drug. It's clinical trial, which it named "TIGER-X", used a popular drug testing protocol called "RECIST."
The key metric in the RECIST protocol is the objective response rate ("ORR"), which measures the percentage of the trial patients whose tumor meaninfully shrinks. But you can't just take the patients' word for it, the RECIST protocol requires that you confirm the tumor shrinkage with a scan.
Clovis Oncology didn't do that, but reported the numbers anyway. They knew the FDA wouldn't accept unconfirmed results, but there was a competing drug, Tagrisso, that they wanted to beat to the market. So they kept reporting the unconfirmed results and the market was exuberant because they thought those were the confirmed results.
When the company finally reported the confirmed results, it was about 30% lower than the market expected, and the stock tanked. So shareholders sued.
Court of Chancery of Delaware.
IN RE CLOVIS ONCOLOGY, INC. DERIVATIVE LITIGATION
CONSOLIDATED C.A. No. 2017-0222-JRS
Date Submitted: July 1, 2019
Date Decided: October 1, 2019
Attorneys and Law Firms
Seth D. Rigrodsky, Esquire, Brian D. Long, Esquire and Gina M. Serra, Esquire of Rigrodsky & Long, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; Nicholas I. Porritt, Esquire, Adam M. Apton, Esquire and Adam C. McCall, Esquire of Levi & Korsinsky, LLP, Washington, D.C.; Kip B. Shuman, Esquire of The Shuman Law Firm, San Francisco, California; and Rusty E. Glenn, Esquire of The Shuman Law Firm, Denver, Colorado, Attorneys for Plaintiffs Carl McKenry and Juzet Macalinao on behalf of Clovis Oncology, Inc.
Gregory P. Williams, Esquire, Blake Rohrbacher, Esquire and Robert L. Burns, Esquire of Richards Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware, Attorneys for Defendants Brian G. Atwood, M. James Barrett, James C. Blair, Keith T. Flaherty, Ginger L. Graham, Paul H. Klingenstein, Edward J. McKinley and Thorlef Spickschen.
William M. Lafferty, Esquire and Ryan Stottmann, Esquire of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP, Wilmington, Delaware and Tariq Mundiya, Esquire, Todd G. Cosenza, Esquire and Charles Dean Cording, Esquire of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, New York, New York, Attorneys for Defendants Patrick J. Mahaffy, Erle T. Mast and Nominal Defendant Clovis Oncology, Inc.
MEMORANDUM OPINION
SLIGHTS, Vice Chancellor
Like many upstart biopharmaceutical companies, nominal defendant, Clovis Oncology, Inc. (or the “Company”), had one drug among its drugs under development, Rociletinib (or “Roci”), that was especially promising. Roci, a therapy for the treatment of lung cancer, performed well during the early stages of its clinical trial. But data from later stages of the trial revealed the drug likely would not be approved for market by the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). Plaintiffs, Clovis stockholders, allege members of the Clovis board of directors (the “Board”) breached their fiduciary duties by failing to oversee the Roci clinical trial and then allowing the Company to mislead the market regarding the drug's efficacy.1 These breaches, it is alleged, caused Roci to sustain corporate trauma in the form of a sudden and significant depression in market capitalization. Plaintiffs also allege that certain members of the Board and a member of senior management engaged in unlawful stock trades before the market was apprised of Roci's failure.2
Defendants have moved to dismiss each of Plaintiffs' derivative claims under Court of Chancery Rules 23.1 and 12(b)(6) for failure to plead demand futility with particularity and failure to state viable claims. As explained below, Plaintiffs have well-pled that Defendants face a substantial likelihood of liability under Caremark and our Supreme Court's recent explication of Caremark in Marchand v. Barnhill.3 Clovis conducted its clinical trial of Roci subject to strict protocols and associated FDA regulations. Yet, assuming the pled facts are true, the Board ignored red flags that Clovis was not adhering to the clinical trial protocols, thereby placing FDA approval of the drug in jeopardy. With the trial's skewed results in hand, the Board then allowed the Company to deceive regulators and the market regarding the drug's efficacy.
As explained in Marchand, “to satisfy their duty of loyalty, directors must make a good faith effort to implement an oversight system and then monitor it.”4 This is especially so when a monoline company operates in a highly regulated industry.5 Here, Plaintiffs have well-pled Roci was “intrinsically critical to the [C]ompany's business operation,” yet the Board ignored multiple warning signs that management was inaccurately reporting Roci's efficacy before seeking confirmatory scans to corroborate Roci's cancer-fighting potency—violating both internal clinical trial protocols and associated FDA regulations.6 In other words, Plaintiffs have well-pled a Caremark claim.
The same cannot be said for Plaintiffs' attempt to plead Brophy and unjust enrichment claims.7 Specifically, with respect to Brophy, Plaintiffs have failed to plead facts that allow a reasonable inference of scienter. The allegedly unlawful trades were so small in relation to each fiduciary's Clovis stock holdings as to defy any inference of the bad intent required to state a claim. And Plaintiffs' unjust enrichment claim, when reduced to its essence, rests on their deficient Brophy claim.
I. FACTUAL BACKGROUND
I draw the facts from the allegations in the Supplemental Consolidated Verified Shareholder Derivative Complaint (the “Complaint”), documents incorporated by reference or integral to that pleading and judicially noticeable facts.8 For purposes of this motion to dismiss, I accept as true the Complaint's well-pled factual allegations and draw all reasonable inferences in Plaintiffs' favor.9
A. Parties and Relevant Non-Parties
Plaintiffs, Carl McKenry and Juzet Macalinao, are Clovis stockholders.10 They have held Clovis common stock since March 26, 2014 and January 1, 2014, respectively.11
Nominal Defendant, Clovis, is a biopharmaceutical firm focused on acquiring, developing and commercializing cancer treatments.12 During the Relevant Period,13 Clovis had no drugs on the market but did have three drugs in development. Of these, Roci was the most promising.14
Plaintiffs bring this derivative action against all nine members of the Board (collectively, the “Board Defendants”), each of whom was a member of the Board during the Relevant Period.15 Defendant, Erle Mast, is Clovis' former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”).16 Defendants collectively owned upwards of 17.4% of the Company's stock.17
The Board has two relevant sub-committees. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is charged with developing and overseeing the effectiveness of Clovis' legal, ethics and regulatory compliance matters.18 The Audit Committee oversees typical audit functions and, importantly, reviews earnings reports with management before release to the market.19
Defendant, Brian G. Atwood, has served on the Board since Clovis' inception in 2009.20 He served as a member of the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee for fiscal years 2013–2015.21 Atwood had previous experience as co-founder of a biotechnology company and as a managing director for a healthcare-focused venture capital firm.22
Defendant, M. James Barrett, Ph.D., has served on the Board since Clovis' inception.23 He serves as Chairman of the Board and as Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.24 Additionally, Barrett has held positions as a general partner in a healthcare venture capital firm and as the chairman, CEO and founder of a medical technology company.25
Defendant, James Blair, Ph.D., has served on the Board since Clovis' inception.26 He is a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and serves as Chairman of the Compensation Committee.27 Blair has over thirty years of experience as a general partner in a life sciences venture capital management company.28 Some of his other experience includes serving on the boards of over 40 life science companies as well as the advisory board of the Department of Molecular Biology at Princeton University.29
Defendant, Keith Flaherty, M.D., has served on the Board since 2013.30 He is a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.31 Additionally, Flaherty is an Associate Professor of Medicine at Harvard Medical School and has been a principal investigator for numerous first-in-human clinical trials with novel, targeted therapies.32
Defendant, Ginger Graham, has served on the Board since 2013.33 She is a member of the Compensation Committee.34 Graham has previous experience as the president and CEO of a biopharmaceutical company and has served on the boards of multiple healthcare firms.35
Defendant, Paul Klingenstein, has served on the Board since Clovis' inception.36 He is a member of the Audit Committee.37 Klingenstein has additional experience as a managing partner of a healthcare venture capital firm, which he formed in 1999.38 And he has served on the boards of multiple pharmaceutical companies.39
Defendant, Patrick J. Mahaffy, is one of Clovis' co-founders and has been Clovis' CEO, President and a member of the Board since Clovis' inception.40 Mahaffy previously served as the president and CEO of two biopharmaceutical companies—one of which he also founded.41
Defendant, Edward J. McKinley, has served on the Board since Clovis' inception.42 He is a member of the Audit Committee.43
Defendant, Thorlef Spickschen, has served on the Board since Clovis' inception.44 He is a member of the Compensation Committee.45 Before joining Clovis, he served as the chairman of a publicly-traded biotechnology company, as well as Eli Lilly & Co.'s managing director for Germany and Central Europe.46
Defendant, Erle T. Mast, is a Clovis co-founder and served as Executive Vice President and CFO from the Company's inception in 2009 until his resignation in March 2016.47 Mast was not a member of the Board during the Relevant Period.48
Non-party, Dr. Andrew Allen, served as Clovis' Chief Medical Officer (“CMO”) during the Relevant Period.49 Non-party, AstraZeneca PLC, is a pharmaceutical company based in the United Kingdom. AstraZeneca manufactures Tagrisso (described below), which would have directly competed with Roci had Roci made it to market.50
B. Clovis Initiates Roci's Clinical Trial
At the beginning of the Relevant Period, Clovis had no products on the market and generated no sales revenue.51 Accordingly, Clovis “reli[ed] solely on investor capital for all [ ] operations.”52 The Company's prospects rested largely on one of its three developmental drugs, Roci, a cancer drug designed to treat a previously-untreatable type of lung cancer.53 Because of the estimated $3 billion annual market for drugs of its type, Clovis expected Roci to generate large profits if Clovis could secure FDA approval for the drug and shepherd it to market.54
As the Roci clinical trial began, the Board knew time was of the essence. AstraZeneca's competing drug, Tagrisso, was also in the race for FDA approval.55 Appreciating Roci's importance to Clovis' success, the Board was hyper-focused on the drug's development and clinical trial.56 Indeed, it is alleged the Board Defendants “spent hours at Board meetings discussing [Roci]” and were “regularly apprised” of the drug's progress.57
To obtain FDA approval, new drugs like Roci and Tagrisso must prove their efficacy and safety in clinical trials.58 Before commencing a clinical trial, the FDA requires a drug's sponsor to agree to certain standards that define how the trial will be conducted, how the trial data will be analyzed and, most relevant here, how success in the trial will be measured.59 These agreed-upon standards become the “clinical trial protocol.”60 If the drug's sponsor fails to adhere to the clinical trial protocol, the FDA will not approve a new drug for market.61
Clovis named its Roci clinical trial “TIGER-X.”62 TIGER-X incorporated a standardized and well-known clinical trial protocol called “RECIST.”63 Clovis chose RECIST instead of a lesser-known or bespoke clinical trial protocol because RECIST “has become the most widely used system for assessing response in cancer clinical trials, and is the preferred and accepted system for use in new drug applications to regulatory agencies.”64 By selecting RECIST, Clovis was able to “give investors confidence in the Company's reported results” by facilitating “comparisons between [Roci] and competing therapies.”65
One of RECIST's important functions is to establish the “criteria defining success” for the clinical trial.66 This success-defining metric is called the objective response rate (or “ORR”).67 ORR measures the percentage of patients who experience meaningful tumor shrinkage when treated with the drug.68 This metric is important both to the FDA in its approval process and to physicians in deciding whether to prescribe the drug.69 Not surprisingly, then, the “[Board] was laser-focused on [Roci's] ORR.”70
As Roci's clinical trial progressed, the Board knew investors would not view an ORR incorporating unconfirmed responses as “meaningful,” nor would the FDA accept such results as “approvable.”71 Indeed, each of the Board Defendants appreciated the FDA “could only make its decision ... to approve Roci based [ ] on confirmed responses.”72
C. TIGER-X Trial's Undisclosed Failure to Follow RECIST Standards
Ostensibly intending to follow RECIST, the TIGER-X protocol specifically required and set out a schedule for confirmation scans.73 And throughout the Relevant Period, Clovis' press releases, investor calls, Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings and statements to medical journals reinforced the belief that Clovis was reporting a confirmed ORR of about 60% “per RECIST.”74 Mindful of the race to market, Clovis' management consistently represented that Roci's ORR was at least as encouraging as Tagrisso's.75
Despite these public signals, as early as June 12, 2014, the Board received reports indicating Clovis was improperly calculating Roci's ORR.76 Specifically, these reports suggested that, while the clinical trial protocol required Clovis to calculate ORR based only on confirmed responses, Clovis was actually calculating ORR, in part, based on unconfirmed responses.77 For example, on June 12, 2014, the Board reviewed management's presentations from a May 31, 2014 medical conference (the “ASCO conference”).78 That data indicated Roci's ORR was “58 percent” (the “ASCO ORR”).79 At the same meeting, management told the Board the ASCO ORR would improve “as patients get to their second and third scans.”80 By definition, then, the ASCO ORR was partially based on unconfirmed results (i.e., it was not RECIST compliant).81 Notwithstanding this revelation, the Board did nothing.
Mahaffy continued publicly to report Roci's ORR at 58% in investor calls,82 and on August 7, 2014, Clovis issued a press release restating this inflated number.83 Soon after, the Board viewed another report signaling that Clovis' management was calculating Roci's ORR with unconfirmed responses and that only “80% of unconfirmed [responses] convert to confirmed.”84
On September 9, 2014, Clovis closed a critical $287 million private placement of convertible senior notes in order to finance ongoing operations.85 The Board relied heavily upon the market's positive reaction to Roci's publicly reported ORR to make its case for further investment in the Company.86
As the Company was touting Roci's prospects, management gave a presentation to the Board explicitly comparing Roci's 63% mixed ORR to Tagrisso's confirmed 70%.87 Another Board presentation from the same time period showed that management was reporting Roci's ORR using partially unconfirmed responses by noting that Roci's ORR was “*Unconfirmed.”88
As TIGER-X progressed, Clovis' public statements regarding Roci remained upbeat. Roci was Clovis' champion and it was prepared to do battle with Tagrisso. On September 9, 2014, Mahaffy told a securities analyst that Roci and Tagrisso had “similar response rate[s],” and on November 18, 2014, Clovis issued a press release stating that Roci's ORR was 67%.89
The Board, however, continued to receive signals that management was not vigilantly following RECIST. On December 3, 2014, the Board reviewed a report stating, “in mid-March, we will have a response rate of less than 60% (could be less than 50%).”90 The same report revealed the Company was waiting on “data maturity” and that at least some patients had not received a second scan at that time, indicating continued non-compliance with RECIST.91
With hands on their ears to muffle the alarms, on February 27, 2015, Defendants Mahaffy, Mast, Atwood, Barrett, Blair, Flaherty, Graham, Klingenstein, McKinley and Spickschen signed Clovis' 2014 Annual Report.92 The report reaffirmed previous, inflated ORR reports and omitted that Clovis was relying on partially unconfirmed responses.93
On April 29, 2015, management updated the Board by presenting a series of slides depicting that the highest ORR for any subgroup of Roci patients was 53.3% and revealing the numbers were as low as 37.1% for other groups.94 The next day, Clovis management and CMO Allen published data from the TIGER-X trial in the New England Journal of Medicine (“NEJM”).95 The NEJM article showed Roci's ORR at 59% as “assessed according to ... [RECIST].”96 At about this time, in the spring of 2015, Clovis statisticians had already informed “senior clinical personnel” that there was “a ‘divergence between the confirmed and unconfirmed ORR’ ” for Roci.97
Approximately one month later, on June 9, 2015, Clovis officials met with the FDA regarding Roci's critical New Drug Application (“NDA”).98 The NDA filing necessarily included the Company's disclosure of TIGER-X data for final FDA approval.99 At the meeting, management reported an ORR of 50% without informing the FDA that this ORR included unconfirmed responses.100 Notwithstanding its report to the FDA, management continued to report a 60% ORR in public statements.101
On June 19, 2015, Mahaffy, Mast and other members of senior management received “close to final” data from the TIGER-X trial.102 The data showed an ORR of 45.1% for the 500mg dose (significantly lower than the 60% ORR the Company had been disclosing to the market).103 Mahaffy wrote to another Clovis executive that the data “[s]eems worrying.”104 Three days later, on June 22, CMO Allen resigned without warning.105 On July 7, Clovis' management received the “final” TIGER-X data showing that Roci's ORR was only 42%.106
On July 14, 2015, Clovis conducted a secondary offering of 4.1 million shares and raised more than $316 million.107 The prospectus for the offering was signed by the entire Board and disclosed a “ ‘60 percent ORR’ at the ‘recommended dose of 500mg.’ ”108 It did not disclose that the ORR included unconfirmed responses.109
The FDA requested additional data in support of the NDA in October 2015.110 In response, Clovis disclosed that Roci's current confirmed ORR was between 28% and 34%.111 At the same time, management presented a slide to the Board to illustrate how Roci was stacking up against Tagrisso.112 The slide clearly showed an ORR of 46% that was “(Unconf + Conf)” while Tagrisso's ORR was “Confirmed.”113 Management advised the Board in connection with the NDA that “[w]e will cite the unconfirmed investigator assessed response rate of ~46%.”114 The public continued to hear a different story, however. For instance, a November 5, 2015 press release and earnings call announced third quarter results and cited presentations from medical conferences claiming Roci's ORR was 60%.115
D. The Fallout
The conflicting reports regarding Roci's ORR eventually prompted the FDA to ask questions and to call for a meeting with Clovis executives on November 9, 2015.116 During the meeting, the FDA emphasized it would credit only confirmed responses on the NDA117 and insisted Clovis comply with TIGER-X's stated protocol (which had explicitly incorporated RECIST).118 Mahaffy updated the Board on this most recent FDA meeting the following week.119
The public was finally informed of Roci's true ORR when, on November 16, 2015, Clovis issued a press release stating the correct confirmed ORR was as low as 28–34%.120 Clovis' stock price immediately dropped 70%, wiping out more than $1 billion in market capitalization.121
On April 8, 2016, the FDA voted to delay action on Clovis' NDA until the Company could provide concrete evidence of a risk/benefit profile meriting approval.122 On this news, Clovis' stock price fell another 17%.123 On May 5, 2016, Clovis withdrew its NDA for Roci and terminated enrollment in all ongoing Roci studies.124
E. Undisclosed Side Effects and Other TIGER-X Protocol Violations
In addition to the Company's refusal properly to report ORR, the Board was advised that Roci had serious, undisclosed side effects and that the TIGER-X trial had been compromised by other clinical trial protocol violations during the Relevant Period.125 FDA regulations and internal Clovis policies required Clovis to abide by certain informed consent, patient eligibility, data reliability, recordkeeping and adverse event reporting practices.126 The Company routinely missed these marks throughout the TIGER-X trial.127
For example, on August 17, 2015, a research associate notified senior Clovis management of protocol violations involving patient informed consent, patient enrollment, adverse event reporting, data alteration and missing data.128 Management received a similar report ten days later.129 The following month, on September 17, 2015, Clovis management identified 238 protocol deviations.130 On October 14, 2015, in a notice letter (Form 483) to the Company, the FDA identified a failure to report two serious adverse events, approximately twelve patient eligibility violations and various failures to maintain case history and informed consent records.131 It was also discovered that the clinical trial administrators had failed to monitor other medications enrollees were taking while participating in the trial.132 The Board was notified of several of these clinical trial protocol violations on December 10, 2015, and likely received additional information about the problems “at regularly scheduled board meetings” where “hours of discussion occurred ... regarding [Roci].”133
Protocol violations were not the only problems with the Roci clinical trial. The Board also learned that one of the drug's side effects, QT prolongation, was more common than management publicly reported.134 Specifically, the Board received a report on April 29, 2014, that a grade 3 out of 4 (indicating a severe response) QT prolongation occurred in 6.2% of patients.135 Nevertheless, the Board sat idle as the Company reported a “manageable side effect profile” throughout May 2014.136 On October 7, 2014, Board materials indicated that a grade 3 QT prolongation occurred in 2.5% of patients.137 The same results were reported in forecasts the Board received from management in December of 2014.138
The Company's misleading reports regarding Roci's side effects continued into 2015. In February and July of 2015, Clovis disclosed that Roci's only grade 3 adverse event “of note” was hyperglycemia.139 The prospectus for the July 2015 secondary offering made a similar disclosure.140 Although an August 6, 2015 press release mentioned the QT prolongation side effect, it emphasized that the only grade 3 adverse event identified in more than 5% of patients was hyperglycemia.141 Mahaffy and Mast made public statements in September and November of 2015 that Roci did not have “typical side effects” and that the “only grade 3 or 4 adverse event that has been identified in more than ten percent of patients is hyperglycemia.”142 By this time, however, Clovis had already reported data to the FDA indicating that Roci had a 12% incidence of grade 3 or higher QT prolongation.143 And, by April 2016, management had informed the Board that the FDA was going to require a “Boxed Warning” (the strongest of the FDA warnings) because it had concluded Roci significantly increased the risk of QT prolongation.144
F. Defendants' Stock Sales and Related Litigation
As the TIGER-X tribulations unfolded, three members of the Board, Defendants Barrett, Blair and Spickschen, along with CFO Mast, sold small percentages of their Clovis stock holdings.145 These trades, and their timing relative to the November 16, 2015 fall in Clovis' stock price, are depicted in the chart below.146
[Table available here: Download.aspx (delaware.gov)]
At first glance, the trades appear to be significant. But it is undisputed that each of the Director Defendants retained between 96% and 99.9% of their total holdings throughout the Relevant Period.147
After news of the failed TIGER-X trial broke, and the value of Clovis' stock fell precipitously, Clovis, Mahaffy and Mast were each named as defendants in a series of securities fraud class actions.148 One of these cases was settled for $142 million in cash and Clovis stock.149 The SEC's September 18, 2018 complaint against Clovis, Mahaffy and Mast led to the entry of an onerous consent decree requiring the three defendants to pay $20 million, $250 thousand and $100 thousand in civil penalties, respectively.150 Additionally, Mast was required to disgorge $454,154 (representing his unjust profits from selling Clovis stock).151 The FDA also launched its own investigation of Clovis relating to the TIGER-X trial.152
G. Procedural Posture
On May 31, 2016 and December 15, 2016, Plaintiffs served the Company with demands to inspect books and records under 8 Del. C. § 220 in response to which they received approximately 3,000 pages of documents.153 Plaintiffs filed their first complaint on March 23, 2017.154 They amended the complaint on May 18, 2017.155 Defendants moved to dismiss the first amended complaint under Court of Chancery Rules 23.1 and 12(b)(6) on August 1, 2017.156
As noted, on September 18, 2018, the SEC filed a complaint against Clovis, Mahaffy and Mast that resulted in consent decrees and civil penalties.157 After the SEC settlements, Plaintiffs moved to amend their complaint again on November 19, 2018, to add allegations regarding the SEC enforcement actions.158 After this Court granted leave to amend, the parties supplemented their briefing on Defendants' motions to dismiss.159 Following oral argument and post-argument filings, the motion to dismiss was submitted for decision on July 1, 2019.
II. ANALYSIS
The Complaint comprises three counts.160 Count I is a derivative claim for breach of fiduciary duty against the Board Defendants.161 Specifically, Plaintiffs allege the Board Defendants breached their fiduciary duties under Caremark by their “actions and inactions ... in connection with the TIGER-X trial.”162 In this regard, Count I alleges either that (i) the Board Defendants failed to institute an oversight system for the TIGER-X trial or (ii) the Board Defendants consciously disregarded a series of red flags related to the TIGER-X trial.163
Count II asserts a derivative claim against the Board Defendants for unjust enrichment, and Count III asserts a derivative claim for breach of fiduciary duty against Barrett, Blair, Mast and Spickschen under Brophy, which permits a corporation to recover from its fiduciaries for harm caused by improper stock trades.164
As for Count I, Plaintiffs have pled particularized facts that “create a reasonable doubt that, as of the time the complaint [was] filed, the board of directors could have properly exercised its independent and disinterested business judgment in responding to a demand.”165 Specifically, Plaintiffs have well-pled that the Board ignored red flags that the Company was violating—perhaps consciously violating—the RECIST protocol and then misleading the market and regulators regarding Roci's progress through the TIGER-X trial. Because Plaintiffs have pled particularized facts to support a reasonable inference the Board Defendants face a substantial likelihood of liability on Count I, Defendants' motion to dismiss Count I under Rule 23.1 must be denied. Having so concluded, a fortiori, I deny the Motion to Dismiss under Rule 12(b)(6) as well.166
Regarding Counts II and III, Plaintiffs have failed to plead particularized facts showing that the Defendants face a substantial likelihood of personal liability as to either count. Defendants' motion to dismiss Counts II and III, therefore, must be granted.
A. The Applicable Rule 23.1 Standard
There is no dispute that each of the Complaint's three counts purports to state a derivative claim.167 As Justice Moore emphasized in his seminal Aronson decision, 8 Del. C. § 141(a) codifies a bedrock of Delaware corporate law—the board of directors, not stockholders, manages the business and affairs of the corporation, including the decision to cause the corporation to sue.168 With this in mind, our law has established procedural imperatives to ensure that shareholders do not “imping[e] on the managerial freedom of directors.”169 To wrest control over the litigation asset away from the board of directors, the stockholder must demonstrate that demand on the board to pursue the claim would be futile such that the demand requirement should be excused.170
Plaintiffs acknowledge they did not make a pre-suit demand on the Board.171 It is settled, therefore, that their Complaint must “comply with stringent requirements of factual particularity that differ substantially from the permissive notice pleadings” of Chancery Rule 8 in order to demonstrate that demand upon the Board would have been futile.172 Where, as here, a plaintiff challenges board inaction—as opposed to a business decision of the Board—the court analyzes demand futility under the well-known and “well-balanced” Rales standard.173 This standard requires plaintiffs to plead facts regarding demand futility with particularity but balances that requirement with a mandate that the court draw all reasonable inferences in the plaintiffs' favor.174
Demand futility turns on “whether the board that would be addressing the demand can impartially consider [the demand's] merits without being influenced by improper considerations.”175 Such improper influence arises if a majority of the board's members (i) are “compromised” because they face “a ‘substantial likelihood’ of personal liability” with respect to at least one of the alleged claims or (ii) lack independence because they are beholden to an interested person.176
B. Plaintiffs Have Well-Pled the Board Faces a Substantial Likelihood of Liability Under Caremark (Count I)
The parties agree that Count I implicates Caremark, Stone v. Ritter and their progeny.177 These cases require well-pled allegations of bad faith to survive dismissal—i.e., allegations “the directors knew that they were not discharging their fiduciary obligations,” a standard of wrongdoing “qualitatively different from, and more culpable than ... gross negligence.”178 Given this high bar, it is now indubitably understood, and oft-repeated, that a Caremark claim is among the hardest to plead and prove.179 At the pleadings stage, this means Plaintiffs must allege particularized facts that either (i) “the directors completely fail[ed] to implement any reporting or information system or controls, or ... [ (ii) ] having implemented such a system or controls, consciously fail[ed] to monitor or oversee its operations thus disabling themselves from being informed of risks or problems requiring their attention.”180 Implicit in these standards is the requirement that plaintiffs plead particular facts allowing a reasonable inference the directors acted with scienter, which “requires proof that a director acted inconsistent with his fiduciary duties and, most importantly, that the director knew he was so acting.”181
Caremark rests on the presumption that corporate fiduciaries are afforded “great discretion to design context- and industry-specific approaches tailored to their companies' businesses and resources.”182 Indeed, “[b]usiness decision-makers must operate in the real world, with imperfect information, limited resources, and uncertain future. To impose liability on directors for making a ‘wrong’ business decision would cripple their ability to earn returns for investors by taking business risks.”183 But, as fiduciaries, corporate managers must be informed of, and oversee compliance with, the regulatory environments in which their businesses operate. In this regard, as relates to Caremark liability, it is appropriate to distinguish the board's oversight of the company's management of business risk that is inherent in its business plan from the board's oversight of the company's compliance with positive law—including regulatory mandates. As this Court recently noted, “[t]he legal academy has observed that Delaware courts are more inclined to find Caremark oversight liability at the board level when the company operates in the midst of obligations imposed upon it by positive law yet fails to implement compliance systems, or fails to monitor existing compliance systems, such that a violation of law, and resulting liability, occurs.”184
Our Supreme Court's recent decision in Marchand v. Barnhill underscores the importance of the board's oversight function when the company is operating in the midst of “mission critical” regulatory compliance risk.185 The regulatory compliance risk at issue in Marchand was food safety and the failure to manage it at the board level allegedly allowed Blue Bell Creameries to distribute mass quantities of ice cream tainted by listeria.186 The Court held that Blue Bell's board had not made a “good faith effort to put in place a reasonable system of monitoring and reporting” when it left compliance with food safety mandates to management's discretion rather than implementing and then overseeing a more structured compliance system.187
As Marchand makes clear, when a company operates in an environment where externally imposed regulations govern its “mission critical” operations, the board's oversight function must be more rigorously exercised.188 Key to the Supreme Court's analysis was the fact that food safety was the “most central safety and legal compliance issue facing the company.”189 To be sure, even in this context, Caremark does not demand omniscience. But it does demand a “good faith effort to implement an oversight system and then monitor it.”190 This entails a sensitivity to “compliance issue[s] intrinsically critical to the company[ ].”191
1. Caremark's First Prong
The so-called first prong of Caremark requires Plaintiffs to well-plead that the Board “completely fail[ed] to implement any reporting or information system or controls[.]”192 But Plaintiffs acknowledge the Board's Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee was “specifically charged” with “provid[ing] general compliance oversight ... with respect to ... Federal health care program requirements and FDA requirements.”193 And they further acknowledge “[t]he Board ... reviewed detailed information regarding [Roci's] TIGER-X trial at each Board meeting.”194 Given these acknowledged facts, it is difficult to conceive how Plaintiffs would prove the Board had no “reporting or information system or controls[.]”195
2. Caremark's Second Prong
Caremark's second prong is implicated when it is alleged the company implemented an oversight system but the board failed to “monitor it.”196 To state a claim under this prong, Plaintiffs must well-plead that a “red flag” of non-compliance waived before the Board Defendants but they chose to ignore it.197 In this regard, the court must remain mindful that “red flags are only useful when they are either waived in one's face or displayed so that they are visible to the careful observer.”198 But, as Marchand makes clear, the careful observer is one whose gaze is fixed on the company's mission critical regulatory issues.199 For Clovis, this was Roci's TIGER-X trial and the clinical trial protocols and related FDA regulations governing that study.
Plaintiffs have alleged particularized facts supporting reasonable inferences that: (i) the Board knew the TIGER-X protocol incorporated RECIST;200 (ii) RECIST requires reporting only confirmed responses;201 (iii) industry practice and FDA guidance require that the study managers report only confirmed responses;202 (iv) management was publicly reporting unconfirmed responses to keep up with Tagrisso's response rate;203 and (v) the Board knew management was incorrectly reporting responses but did nothing to address this fundamental departure from the RECIST protocol.204 When Clovis' serial non-compliance with RECIST was finally revealed to the regulators, Roci was doomed.205 And when the drug's failure was revealed to the market, Clovis' stock price tumbled.206
ORR was the crucible in which Roci's safety and efficacy were to be tested.207 Roci was Clovis' mission critical product.208 And the Board knew, upon completion of the TIGER-X trial, the FDA would consider only confirmed responses when determining whether to approve Roci's NDA per the agency's own regulations.209 As pled, these regulations, and the reporting requirements of the RECIST protocol, were not nuanced.210 The Board was comprised of experts and the RECIST criteria are well-known in the pharmaceutical industry.211 Moreover, given the degree to which Clovis relied upon ORR when raising capital, it is reasonable to infer the Board would have understood the concept and would have appreciated the distinction between confirmed and unconfirmed responses.212 The inference of Board knowledge is further enhanced by the fact the Board knew that even after FDA approval, physicians (i.e., future prescribers) would evaluate Roci based on its ORR.213
Defendants argue the FDA blessed Clovis' plan to report unconfirmed responses for “interim” results because Roci was on an accelerated approval track.214 Additionally, Defendants claim FDA guidance was not as clear as the Complaint depicts.215 But, again, that is not what the Complaint alleges.216 Whether Plaintiffs' allegations hold up during discovery, at summary judgment or at trial remains to be seen.
Drawing all reasonable inferences in Plaintiffs' favor, I am satisfied they have well-pled that the Board consciously ignored red flags that revealed a mission critical failure to comply with the RECIST protocol and associated FDA regulations. Additionally, at this stage, Plaintiffs' allegation that this failure of oversight caused monetary and reputational harm to the Company is sufficient to provide a causal nexus between the breach of fiduciary duty and the corporate trauma.217 Therefore, Defendants' motion to dismiss Count I (Plaintiffs' Caremark claim) under Rules 23.1 and 12(b)(6) must be denied.
C. Plaintiffs Fail to State a BrophyClaim (Count III)
Generally, “corporate officers and directors may purchase and sell the corporation's stock at will, without any liability to the corporation.”218 Indeed, Delaware law recognizes that it is good when fiduciaries align their interests with the company through stock ownership, a dynamic facilitated by the fact that many directors and officers are compensated in stock.219 With the desirability of aligned incentives in mind, our law sets the bar for stating a claim for breach of fiduciary duty based on insider trading very high.220
“[A]n insider's trade may be deemed a breach of the fiduciary duty of loyalty, when: (1) ‘the corporate fiduciary possessed material, nonpublic information’; and (2) ‘the corporate fiduciary used that information improperly by making trades because she was motivated, in whole or in part, by the substance of that information.’ ”221 In other words, Plaintiffs must plead facts that support an inference that Barrett, Blair, Mast and Spickschen acted with scienter.222
At the pleading stage, by necessity, a Brophy claim usually rests on circumstantial facts and a successful claim typically includes allegations of unusually large, suspiciously timed trades that allow a reasonable inference of scienter.223 While the fact a fiduciary sells stock near the time he learns of material, nonpublic information might be evidence of the seller's motive, temporal proximity alone generally is insufficient to support an inference of scienter that will survive a motion to dismiss.224 The other important piece of circumstantial evidence that, along with timing, might support an inference of scienter is the size of the trade relative to the defendant's overall stock holdings.225 If a defendant sells only a small portion of her holdings and retains a “huge stake in the company[,]” then it is difficult reasonably to infer she was “fleeing disaster or seeking to make an unfair buck[.]”226
Plaintiffs allege three of the Director Defendants each traded one time, six months or more before Clovis disclosed the lower ORR results, with each trade representing a very small fraction of the trader's overall stake in the Company.227 Specifically, each of the directors named in Count III retained between 96% and 99.9% of their total holdings as of April 13, 2015 (i.e., after the alleged improper trades).228 In other words, in large measure, notwithstanding their alleged knowledge of the corporate trauma soon to come, each of these Defendants rode over the falls with the rest of Clovis' stockholders when the corporate storm hit the Company.
Regarding Mast, Plaintiffs allege he traded nine times in a consistent pattern (selling about 3,000 shares on the first of every month), which is inconsistent with an inference that he sold because insider knowledge allowed him to anticipate a decline.229 While Mast sold a larger percentage of his overall holdings when compared with the other Defendants named in Count III, he still retained approximately 90% of his holdings throughout the Relevant Period.230
Noticeably absent from the Complaint are any well-pled facts that the trades at issue represented a deviation from the sellers' past trading practices.231 To the contrary, the alleged selling patterns are inconsistent with a rational inference that these Defendants were motivated to sell based on their knowledge of Roci's true ORR.
After carefully reviewing the Complaint, I am satisfied it is not reasonably conceivable that these four defendants—who sold only a sliver of their holdings and suffered approximately the same decrease in net worth as other Clovis stockholders—made their trades with the requisite scienter required to sustain a Brophy claim. Therefore, Defendants' motion to dismiss under Rule 12(b)(6), and by extension Rule 23.1, is granted.
D. Plaintiffs Fail to State an Unjust Enrichment Claim (Count II)
In Count II, Plaintiffs attempt to state a derivative claim for unjust enrichment in addition to their Caremark and Brophy claims.232 As “representatives of Clovis,” they seek “restitution from the Board Defendants” and an order requiring Defendants to disgorge “all profits, benefits and other compensation obtained ... from their wrongful conduct and fiduciary breaches.”233
Unjust enrichment is the “unjust retention of a benefit to the loss of another, or the retention of money or other property of another against the fundamental principles of justice or equity and good conscience.”234 “The elements of unjust enrichment are: (1) an enrichment, (2) an impoverishment, (3) a relation between the enrichment and impoverishment, (4) the absence of justification, and (5) the absence of a remedy provided by law.”235
Even with Section 220 documents in hand, Plaintiffs have not attempted to connect the Board Defendants' enrichment to alleged wrongdoing beyond their Brophy claim.236 In search of an enrichment, Plaintiffs can point only to the Board Defendants' regular compensation and the profits obtained by some of the Board Defendants who sold stock. Because I have determined Plaintiffs have failed to state a viable Brophy claim, the only potential “enrichment” that remains is the Board Defendants' regular compensation.
Not surprisingly, Plaintiffs fail to connect the Board Defendants' “benefits and other compensation” with the alleged wrongdoing (i.e., oversight failures).237 In apparent recognition of this pleading gap, Plaintiffs cite Caspian Select Credit Master Fund Ltd. v. Gohl for the general proposition that an unjust enrichment claim that is duplicative of a breach of fiduciary duty claim can survive a motion to dismiss if the fiduciary duty claim survives.238 But that general proposition is not helpful here. In Caspian, a controlling shareholder allegedly engaged in self-dealing by being on both sides of a stock issuance.239 There was a clear enrichment tied to an alleged breach of the fiduciary duty of loyalty.240 Where, as here, the underlying breach arises from a Caremark violation, it is difficult to discern how that breach would give rise to an enrichment, and Plaintiffs have not well-pled that connection here.
Defendants' motion to dismiss Count II is granted under Rule 12(b)(6) for failure to state a viable claim and, by extension, under Rule 23.1 for failure to plead particular facts that would allow an inference that a majority of the Board faces a substantial likelihood of liability for unjust enrichment.
III. CONCLUSION
Based on the foregoing, Defendants' motion to dismiss Plaintiffs' Complaint is DENIED as to Count I but GRANTED as to Counts II and III.
IT IS SO ORDERED.
Footnotes
1
See In re Caremark Int'l Inc. Deriv. Litig., 698 A.2d 959 (Del. Ch. 1996).
2
See Brophy v. Cities Serv. Co., 70 A.2d 5 (Del. Ch. 1949).
3
Marchand v. Barnhill, 212 A.3d 805 (Del. 2019).
4
Id. at 821 (emphasis supplied).
5
Id. at 809.
6
Id. at 822.
7
Brophy, 70 A.2d 5.
8
See Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. v. AIG Life Ins. Co., 860 A.2d 312, 320 (Del. 2004) (quoting In re Santa Fe Pac. Corp. S'holder Litig., 669 A.2d 59, 69 (Del. 1995)) (noting that on a motion to dismiss, the Court may consider documents that are “incorporated by reference” or “integral” to the complaint); D.R.E. 201–02 (codifying Delaware's judicial notice doctrine). See also Amalgamated Bank v. Yahoo! Inc., 132 A.3d 752, 797 (Del. Ch. 2016), abrogated on other grounds, 2019 WL 3683525 (Del. Aug. 7, 2019) (noting that where, as here, the nominal defendant has produced documents in response to a demand for books and records under 8 Del. C. § 220 on the condition that such documents be deemed incorporated by reference in any complaint that might be filed, the court may consider the documents in their entirety rather than rely only the portions “cherry-picked” by the plaintiff).
9
Marchand, 212 A.3d at 813 (“At this stage of the case, we are bound to draw all fair inferences in the plaintiff's favor from the well-pled facts.”).
10
Suppl. Consol. Verified S'holder Deriv. Compl. (“Compl.”) (D.I. 37) ¶¶ 27–28.
11
Compl. ¶¶ 27–28, 247.
12
Compl. ¶ 29.
13
The Complaint defines the “Relevant Period” as the start of the phase II Roci trial on February 26, 2014, through the initiation of this litigation. Compl. ¶ 7.
14
Compl. ¶¶ 63, 68.
15
Compl. ¶¶ 1, 257.
16
Compl. ¶ 38.
17
Compl. ¶¶ 30, 41.
18
Compl. ¶¶ 56–57. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is also charged with providing “general compliance oversight,” receiving “updates about the compliance program,” and reviewing “the status and effectiveness of [Clovis'] compliance programs with respect to non-financial regulatory requirements, including ... Federal health care program requirements and [FDA] requirements (and similar non-U.S. requirements, as applicable).” Compl. ¶ 279.
19
Compl. ¶ 58.
20
Compl. ¶ 30.
21
Id.
22
Id.
23
Compl. ¶ 31.
24
Id.
25
Id.
26
Compl. ¶ 32.
27
Id.
28
Id.
29
Id.
30
Compl. ¶ 33.
31
Id.
32
Id.
33
Compl. ¶ 34.
34
Id.
35
Id.
36
Compl. ¶ 35.
37
Id.
38
Id.
39
Id.
40
Compl. ¶ 36.
41
Id.
42
Compl. ¶ 37.
43
Id.
44
Compl. ¶ 38.
45
Id.
46
Id.
47
Compl. ¶ 40.
48
Id.
49
Compl. ¶ 13.
50
Compl. ¶ 76.
51
Compl. ¶¶ 63, 68.
52
Compl. ¶ 68.
53
Compl. ¶ 71 (“[P]rior to the Relevant Period (and the approval of competitor drug Tagrisso), no targeted therapies were approved for the treatment of tumors with the T790M resistance mutation.”).
54
Compl. ¶¶ 71–72.
55
Compl. ¶¶ 72, 76, 79, 101.
56
Compl. ¶¶ 8, 20, 101. See, e.g., Compl. ¶ 20 (“Clovis' internal documents confirm that the Board was regularly apprised of the ongoing [Roci clinical trial] and spent hours at Board meetings discussing [Roci's] trial status and competitor drugs, particularly Tagrisso.”) (citing Compl. Ex. A at 00120–00126; 00180–00181; 00371–00372; 00494–00495; 00732–00733; 00870; 00873; 001069; 01073).
57
Compl. ¶ 20.
58
Compl. ¶ 77.
59
Compl. ¶¶ 81–82.
60
Compl. ¶ 81 (citing Friedman, et al., Fundamentals of Clinical Trials 3–8 (4th ed. 2010) (describing clinical trial protocols as “a written agreement between the investigator [the drug company], the participant, and the scientific community.”)).
61
Compl. ¶¶ 81, 99.
62
Compl. ¶¶ 65–67.
63
Compl. ¶¶ 82, 84, 88, 89. “RECIST” stands for “Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors.” Compl. ¶ 83.
64
Compl. ¶ 83 (quoting Manola et al., Assessment of Treatment Outcome, in UICC MANUAL OF CLINICAL ONCOLOGY 40, 44 (Brian O'Sullivan et al. eds., 9th ed. 2015)).
65
Compl. ¶ 85.
66
Compl. ¶ 82.
67
Compl. ¶¶ 8, 82.
68
Compl. ¶ 8. Importantly, RECIST “unequivocally requires each instance of tumor shrinkage (a response) to be ‘confirmed.’ This means that any initial observation ... [of tumor shrinkage] must have been observed in a subsequent scan before it can be included in the calculation of ORR.” Compl. ¶¶ 82, 83, 86, 97–98. Indeed, “[m]embers of the medical and scientific communities view response confirmation as the key metric to guaranteeing the reliability, soundness, and reproducibility of claimed efficacy results.” Compl. ¶ 97 (citing Eisenhaur, et al., New response evaluation criteria in solid tumors: Revised RECIST guideline (version 1.1), 45 EUROPEAN J. CANCER, 228, 236 (2009)). Defendants assert that, during the time Clovis was submitting data to the FDA, it was not clear the FDA required confirmed responses because the FDA had granted Roci “[a]ccelerated [a]pproval” for which confirmation was not required for “interim results.” See Defs.' Br. in Supp. of Their Mot. to Dismiss Pls.' Consol. Verified S'holder Compl. (“DOB”) (D.I. 16) at 11–12, 14, 28. Plaintiffs respond by pointing to RECIST guidelines stating, “confirmation [of responses] is required.” See Pls.' Answering Br. in Opp'n to Defs.' Mot. to Dismiss (“PAB”) (D.I. 23) at 9. Of course, at this stage, I cannot resolve this or any other factual dispute; I am obliged to “accord the plaintiff the benefit of all reasonable inferences.” Marchand, 212 A.3d at 820.
69
Compl. ¶¶ 8, 120, Ex. A at 00371.
70
Compl. ¶ 8. See also Compl. ¶ 78 (“The single most critical metric that the [Board] Defendants, regulators, medical professionals, and investors focused on during the phase II trials was [Roci's] [ORR]. Oncologists and researchers view ORR as the critical measure of a cancer drug's efficacy.”).
71
Compl. ¶ 97.
72
Compl. ¶¶ 99–100 (citing FDA guidance documents).
73
Compl. ¶¶ 87–91, 99–100.
74
See, e.g., Compl. ¶¶ 80, 90, 91–99, 102–103, 106, 112, Ex. A at 00296 (symposium presentation slide showing responses “per RECIST”), 00302 (same), 01004 (board slide deck showing response “per RECIST”). See also Compl. ¶ 95 (describing a medical paper that republished data originally disclosed by Clovis' Chief Medical Officer) (citing Sequist, et al., Rociletinib in EGFR-Mutated Non-Small-Cell Lung Cancer, 372 NEW ENG. J. MED. 1700, 1704 (2015)).
75
Compl. ¶¶ 102–03, 112.
76
Compl. ¶¶ 103–104, 224. See, e.g., Compl. ¶ 224 (“[T]he [Board] Defendants were well aware that the ORR data was ‘immature’ and based on both unconfirmed and confirmed responses.”) (citing Compl. Ex. A at 00162, 00246, 00371, 00495, 01021).
77
Compl. ¶¶ 103–104, 106–08, 201.
78
Compl. ¶ 104.
79
Compl. ¶¶ 12, 16, 103–104, Ex. A at A0060, A0074, A0108; see also the SEC's settlement agreement and subsequent settlement consent decree confirming that the 60% ORR presented at the ASCO conference included unconfirmed responses while the actual ORR, including only confirmed responses, was only 40%. Compl. ¶ 128.
80
Compl. ¶ 104, Ex. A at 00120.
81
See Compl. ¶ 10 (“RECIST unequivocally requires each instance of tumor shrinkage (a response) to be ‘confirmed.’ ”). Plaintiffs allege that an ORR including unconfirmed scans is, by definition, not an “ORR” because ORR can only be calculated with confirmed scans. Compl. ¶ 105.
82
Compl. ¶ 107.
83
Compl. ¶¶ 107–08, 201; Clovis, Current Report (Form 8-K) (Aug. 7, 2014).
84
Compl. ¶¶ 107–08, Ex. A at 00162.
85
Compl. ¶ 110.
86
Compl. ¶¶ 110–11.
87
Compl. ¶¶ 12–13, 101, 112, Ex. A at 00231; see also Letter to Vice Chancellor Slights from Brian D. Long, Esq., on behalf of Pls.' Resp. to Questions Posed by the Ct. at the June 19, 2019 Hr'g in this Matter (“Pls.' Letter”) (D.I. 61) at 2–3.
88
Compl. ¶¶ 13, 224, 259, Ex. A at 00246; Pls.' Letter at 2–3.
89
Compl. ¶¶ 112–13.
90
Compl. ¶ 120, Ex. A at 00371.
91
Id. (“We really want to get to at least 2 scans on every patient and to more than 2 on as many as we can.”).
92
Compl. ¶¶ 206–07.
93
Id.
94
Compl. ¶ 16, Ex. A at 00633, 00640, 00717, 00724, 00726. See also Pls.' Letter at 3–4.
95
Compl. ¶ 123.
96
Compl. ¶¶ 124, 208.
97
Compl. ¶ 126.
98
Compl. ¶ 129.
99
Id.
100
Id.
101
Compl. ¶¶ 128–29.
102
Compl. ¶ 130.
103
Id.
104
Id.
105
Compl. ¶ 131.
106
Compl. ¶ 137.
107
Compl. ¶ 133.
108
Compl. ¶¶ 134, 136.
109
Compl. ¶ 136.
110
Compl. ¶ 140.
111
Compl. ¶¶ 140–41.
112
Compl. ¶ 143, Ex. A at 01021; Pls.' Letter at 45.
113
Id.
114
Pls.' Letter at 4–5; Compl. Ex. A at 01069.
115
Compl. ¶¶ 144–45, 215.
116
Compl. ¶¶ 17, 146.
117
Id.
118
Compl. ¶¶ 80, 82.
119
Compl. Ex. A at 01073 (containing minutes from a special Board meeting on November 15, 2015).
120
Compl. ¶¶ 222–23.
121
Compl. ¶¶ 18, 223.
122
Compl. ¶ 228.
123
Compl. ¶ 227.
124
Compl. ¶ 229.
125
Compl. ¶¶ 1, 19, 22, 149–96.
126
Compl. ¶¶ 149–68.
127
Compl. ¶ 171.
128
Id.
129
Id.
130
Id.
131
Id.
132
Compl. ¶¶ 173, 175–176.
133
Compl. ¶¶ 174, 259.
134
Compl. ¶ 189.
135
Compl. ¶ 179.
136
Compl. ¶ 103.
137
Compl. ¶ 180.
138
Compl. ¶ 181.
139
Compl. ¶¶ 122, 136.
140
Compl. ¶ 136 (“[T]he only common grade 3 [side effect] was hyperclycemia.”) (alteration in original).
141
Compl. ¶ 211.
142
Compl. ¶¶ 139, 148, 216.
143
Compl. ¶¶ 148, 216.
144
Compl. ¶¶ 184, 226.
145
Compl. ¶ 31 (Barrett's sales), ¶ 38 (Spickschen's sales), ¶ 40 (Mast's sales), ¶ 354 (Blair's sales).
146
Compl. ¶ 354.
147
Tr. of Oral Arg. on Defs.' Mot. to Dismiss (D.I. 63) at 35:3–5; Transmittal Aff. of Robert L. Burns, Esq. in Supp. of Defs.' Mot. to Dismiss Pls.' Consol. Verified S'holder Deriv. Compl., (“Burns Aff.”) (D.I. 19) Ex. O at 45 (showing the Board Defendants' stock holdings as of April 13, 2015); Clovis, Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) (Apr. 30, 2015) (showing the Board Defendants' stock holdings as of April 13, 2015).
148
Compl. ¶¶ 26, 231. See, e.g., Medina v. Clovis Oncology, Inc., et al., Civil Action No. 1:15-cv-2546 (reported in Westlaw as 2016 WL 660133).
149
Compl. ¶ 239.
150
Compl. ¶¶ 240–41, 245.
151
Compl. ¶ 245.
152
Compl. ¶ 232.
153
Compl. ¶¶ 43–44.
154
See Verified S'holder Deriv. Compl. (D.I. 1); Compl. ¶¶ 43, 250.
155
D.I. 8.
156
D.I. 15–16.
157
Compl. ¶¶ 240–43, 245.
158
D.I. 34, 36–37.
159
D.I. 46, 50, 54.
160
Compl. ¶¶ 341–360. Count I has received the most attention. See, e.g., PAB (D.I. 23) at 58, 62–63 (devoting approximately three total pages to the Brophy and unjust enrichment claims).
161
Compl. ¶¶ 342–44.
162
Compl. ¶¶ 344–45; Caremark, 698 A.2d 959.
163
See PAB (D.I. 23) at 31 (“Defendants Face a Substantial Likelihood of Personal Liability for Failing to Prevent or Correct Clovis from Providing Shareholders and the FDA with Misleading Study Data Results.”), 44 (“The [Board] Defendants Also Face a Substantial Likelihood of Personal Liability for Failing to Implement Any System of Internal Controls to Ensure Compliance with Study Protocol or Receive Notice of Study Protocol Violations.”).
164
Brophy, 70 A.2d 5; Compl. ¶¶ 349–60.
165
Rales v. Blasband, 634 A.2d 927, 934 (Del. 1993).
166
See McPhadden v. Sidhu, 964 A.2d 1262, 1270 (Del. Ch. 2008) (“[A] complaint that survives a motion to dismiss pursuant to Rule 23.1 will also survive a 12(b)(6) motion to dismiss[.]”); Ryan v. Gifford, 918 A.2d 341, 357 (Del. Ch. 2007) (“[W]here plaintiff alleges particularized facts sufficient to prove demand futility under the second prong of Aronson, that plaintiff a fortiori rebuts the business judgment rule for the purpose of surviving a motion to dismiss pursuant to Rule 12(b)(6).”).
167
Compl. ¶¶ 347–48, 351–52, 359–60; DOB (D.I. 16) at 1.
168
Aronson v. Lewis, 473 A.2d 805, 811 (Del. 1984), overruled on other grounds by Brehm v. Eisner, 746 A.2d 244 (Del. 2000) (citing 8 Del. C. § 141(a)).
169
Aronson, 473 A.2d at 811.
170
See Beam ex rel. Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, Inc. v. Stewart, 845 A.2d 1040, 1044 (Del. 2004).
171
Compl. ¶ 250.
172
Brehm, 746 A.2d at 254 (noting that conclusory statements or mere notice pleading are insufficient to satisfy Rule 23.1).
173
Rales, 634 A.2d at 932–34; Marchand, 212 A.3d at 818 (citing Del. Cty. Empls.' Ret. Fund v. Sanchez, 124 A.3d 1017, 1022 (Del. 2015) (explaining that the Rales test is “well balanced”)).
174
Rales, 634 A.2d at 934 (requiring “particularized factual allegations”); Marchand, 212 A.3d at 818 (requiring “reasonable inferences” to be drawn in plaintiff's favor).
175
Rales, 634 A.2d at 934.
176
Guttman v. Huang, 823 A.2d 492, 501 (Del. Ch. 2003) (quoting Rales, 634 A.2d at 936); In re Goldman Sachs Gp., Inc. S'holder Litig., 2011 WL 4826104, at *18 (Del. Ch. Oct. 12, 2011). The parties agree the first prong in the Rales analysis applies where, as here, a plaintiff challenges board inaction such as when a board is alleged to have consciously disregarded its oversight responsibilities. See Wood v. Baum, 953 A.2d 136, 140 (Del. 2008); DOB (D.I. 16) at 18; PAB (D.I. 23) at 28.
177
See Marchand, 212 A.3d at 820–21 (discussing the Caremark progeny); Caremark, 698 A.2d at 970; Stone v. Ritter, 911 A.2d 362 (Del. 2006).
178
Stone, 911 A.2d at 369–70 (citing In re Walt Disney Co. Deriv. Litig., 906 A.2d 27 (Del. 2006)).
179
See Stone, 911 A.2d at 372 (“[A] claim that directors are subject to personal liability for employee failures is possibly the most difficult theory in corporation law upon which a plaintiff might hope to win a judgment.”) (internal quotation marks omitted); Guttman, 823 A.2d at 506 (“A Caremark claim is a difficult one to prove.”); Caremark, 698 A.2d at 967 (“The theory here advanced is possibly the most difficult theory in corporation law upon which a plaintiff might hope to win a judgment.”).
180
Marchand, 212 A.3d at 821 (quoting Stone, 911 A.2d at 370–72).
181
In re Massey Energy Co., 2011 WL 2176479, at *22 (Del. Ch. May 31, 2011) (citing Stone, 911 A.2d at 370) (emphasis in original).
182
Marchand, 212 A.3d at 821.
183
In re Citigroup Inc. S'holder Deriv. Litig., 964 A.2d 106, 126 (Del. Ch. 2009) (emphasis supplied).
184
In re Facebook, Inc. Sec. 220 Litig., 2019 WL 2320842, at *14 (Del. Ch. May 31, 2019). The court explained: “In other words, it is more difficult to plead and prove Caremark liability based on a failure to monitor and prevent harm flowing from risks that confront the business in the ordinary course of its operations. Failure to monitor compliance with positive law, including regulatory mandates, is more likely to give rise to oversight liability.” Id. (collecting authorities).
185
Marchand, 212 A.3d at 824 (applying Caremark, 698 A.2d 959).
186
Id. at 809.
187
Id. at 823–24.
188
Id. at 824 (“food safety was essential and mission critical” and the “most central consumer safety and legal compliance issue facing the company”). See also id. at 822 (observing that food safety “has to be one of the most central issues at the company” and “a compliance issue intrinsically critical to the company's [monoline] business operation”).
189
Id.
190
Id. at 821.
191
Id. at 822.
192
Id. at 821.
193
Compl. ¶ 279.
194
Compl. ¶ 16. Plaintiffs also allege Clovis maintained extensive policies addressing the alleged deviations from the clinical study protocol. See Compl. ¶¶ 150 (protocol on recordkeeping), 146 (informed consent protocol), 154, 158 (regarding FDA regulations), 67 (regarding reporting adverse events).
195
Marchand, 212 A.3d at 821.
196
Id.
197
See South v. Baker, 62 A.3d 1, 16–17 (Del. Ch. 2012).
198
Wood, 953 A.2d at 143 (internal citations omitted); In re Citigroup Inc. S'holders Litig., 2003 WL 21384599, at *2 (Del. Ch. June 5, 2003) (internal quotes omitted).
199
Marchand, 212 A.3d 805.
200
Compl. ¶¶ 82, 84, 88, 89. Indeed, the Company elected to adopt RECIST even though it could have incorporated other clinical trial protocols. Compl. ¶¶ 80, 83.
20[1]1
Compl. ¶ 86. As noted, Defendants vigorously dispute whether RECIST requires only confirmed responses to be included in ORR. See, e.g., DOB (D.I. 16) at 14, 28. While Defendants may ultimately prove that their interpretation of RECIST is correct, they cannot rewrite Plaintiffs' Complaint on a motion to dismiss. See Compl. ¶ 86, Ex. B (D.I. 37) at 1 (RECIST guidelines stating that “[c]onfirmation of response is required for trials ...”) (emphasis in original). See also Vanderbilt Income & Growth Assocs., L.L.C. v. Arvida/JMB Managers, Inc., 691 A.2d 609, 613 (Del. 1996) (emphasizing the trial court cannot ignore well-pled allegations in a complaint on a motion to dismiss).
202
Compl. ¶ 99–100 (citing FDA guidance documents).
203
See, e.g., Compl. ¶¶ 16, 104, 120, 134, 136, 143, 206–07, 259.
204
Compl. ¶¶ 104, 107–08, 120, 259; Compl. Ex. A at 00120, 00162, 00246, 00371.
205
Compl. ¶¶ 223, 228.
206
Compl. ¶¶ 18, 222–23.
207
Compl. ¶ 8 (“ORR was the “primary endpoint”—the key measure of success—in the TIGER-X trial.”).
208
Compl. ¶¶ 8, 20, 101; see also Compl. ¶ 63 (Clovis had no drugs on the market).
209
Compl. ¶ 99.
210
See Compl. ¶ 10 (“RECIST unequivocally requires each instance of tumor shrinkage (a response) to be ‘confirmed.’ ”). Defendants attack Plaintiffs' assertions that (i) the Board understood RECIST and (ii) ORR was more than a mere “nuts and bolts” requirement. See Defs.' Reply Br. in Supp. of Their Mot. to Dismiss Pls.' Consol. Verified S'holder Deriv. Compl. (D.I. 27) at 16 (there are “no well-pled allegations even suggesting the [Board] Defendants understood (or should have understood) that ORR results were reported (allegedly) incorrectly based on the highly technical detail on which Plaintiffs focus.”). Plaintiffs have alleged sufficient facts to support an inference that the Board Defendants did understand (or should have understood) that Clovis was reporting ORR results incorrectly. For example, Board slides explicitly warn that ORR numbers are “[u]nconfirmed.” Compl. Ex. A at 00162, 00246. Tagrisso was compared with Roci by highlighting their respective ORRs with the caveat that Roci's ORR was “(Unconf + Conf)” while Tagrisso's was “Confirmed.” Compl. Ex. A at 01021. Additionally, Plaintiffs point to scholarly publications indicating that “confirmation [of responses] is the ‘industry standard.’ ” Compl. ¶ 97. Since Roci was such an important product for the Company, it is reasonable to infer that the Board presentations regarding ORR, at the least, should have prompted questions—if not objections—from the Board. Furthermore, the Complaint alleges circumstances where any reliance on Clovis' management regarding ORR reporting would be unreasonable in light of the Board presentations and the competitive pressure Roci faced from Tagrisso—rendering a reliance defense under 8 Del. C. § 141(e) inappropriate, at least at this stage.
211
Compl. ¶¶ 30–38; see also Compl. ¶ 83 (quoting Manola et al., Assessment of Treatment Outcome, in UICC MANUAL OF CLINICAL ONCOLOGY 40, 44 (Brian O'Sullivan et al. eds., 9th ed. 2015).
212
Compl. ¶¶ 110–11.
213
Compl. ¶¶ 8, 120, Ex. A at 00371.
214
See, e.g., DOB (D.I. 16) at 14. Defendants cite to Compl. Ex. A (D.I. 37) at 00001069. This document is an October 7, 2015 Board report stating “a few highlights” “in terms of the FDA review so far.” One of those highlights was that “[w]e will cite the unconfirmed investigator assessed response rate of [ ] 46%.” Id. Defendants claim this means that the FDA did not have an “issue” with reporting unconfirmed results. DOB (D.I. 16) at 30. This report might be interpreted as suggesting either that (i) the FDA implicitly condoned reporting unconfirmed responses or (ii) the FDA did not notice or was not specifically told that Clovis reneged on a promise to use only confirmed responses. Which interpretation will carry the day remains to be seen. At this point, I cannot ignore that the Complaint contradicts the assertion that the FDA knew about and blessed reliance on unconfirmed results. Compl. ¶ 129 (“Documents publicly released by the FDA on April 8, 2016 demonstrate that at that June 9, 2015 meeting, the [Board] Defendants privately reported an ORR of 50% (without informing the FDA that the ORR was unconfirmed)[.]”). On this point, my conclusion at this stage is similar to Judge Moore's in the related federal securities litigation, Medina v. Clovis Oncology, Inc., 215 F.Supp. 3d 1094, 1112 (D. Colo. 2017) (stating, after an extensive review of RECIST requirements, that he “agrees with plaintiffs' interpretation of RECIST” “at this stage” that RECIST “requires that responses be confirmed.”). Like Judge Moore, I note that my conclusion is a reflection of the applicable standard of review, fully acknowledging that “Defendants [might] present evidence at summary judgment indicating that their interpretation of RECIST was reasonable and that the FDA would accept [ ] unconfirmed responses.” Id. at 1117.
215
DOB (D.I. 16) at 14.
216
Compl. ¶ 86 (“RECIST unequivocally requires each instance of tumor shrinkage (a response) to be ‘confirmed.’ ”). See also Sanchez, 124 A.3d at 1020 (“all reasonable inferences from the pled facts must ... be drawn in favor of the plaintiff in determining whether the plaintiff has met its burden under Aronson.”). I acknowledge the parties' agreement that the Company's Section 220 documents would be deemed incorporated in the Complaint whether cited there or not. This is a now-standard form of agreement and it serves the laudable purpose of eliminating the need for parties and the court to address whether referring to Section 220 documents has converted a motion to dismiss into a motion for summary judgment. See Yahoo!, 132 A.3d at 797 (confirming parties can agree that Section 220 documents are deemed incorporated by reference in the complaint without altering the Rule 12(b)(6) standard of review). But incorporating documents that might not square with a complaint's otherwise well-pled allegations is a far cry from providing the court with an undisputed factual predicate upon which judgment as a matter of law may rest. In other words, Section 220 documents, hand selected by the company, cannot be offered to rewrite an otherwise well-pled complaint. This view of the so-called Yahoo! agreement is entirely consistent with the “incorporation by reference doctrine,” whereby the court may “review the actual document to ensure that the plaintiff has not misrepresented its contents and that any inference the plaintiff seeks to have drawn is a reasonable one.” Id. The doctrine “limits the ability of the plaintiff to take language out of context because the defendants can point the court to the entire document.” Id. “In the end, the only effect of the Incorporation Condition (within the parties' agreement) will be to ensure that the plaintiff cannot seize on a document, take it out of context, and insist on an unreasonable inference that the court could not draw if it considered related documents.” Id. at 798. Mindful of this purpose, our courts must regulate how far down the road of incorporation by reference a defendant may go when plaintiff has well-pled something as fact (e.g., that the Board understood ORR), even if another document might suggest the facts are otherwise. Section 220 documents may or may not comprise the entirety of the evidence on a particular point. Until that is tested, Defendants cannot ask the court to accept their Section 220 documents as definitive fact and thereby turn pleading stage inferences on their head. That is not, and should not be, the state of our law.
217
Compl. ¶ 21. With this said, Plaintiffs' causation case will be challenging. It appears Roci was not what Clovis hoped it would be. If that proves true, then Plaintiffs may have difficulty connecting the oversight failure(s) to the corporate trauma. It might well be that Roci simply did not work and nothing the Board did or did not do would change that. For now, questions of causation are fact intensive and, as such, cannot be addressed at the pleading stage. In re Massey Energy Co. Deriv. & Class Action Litig., 160 A.3d 484, 506 (Del. Ch. 2017).
218
Tuckman v. Aerosonic Corp., 1982 WL 17810, at *11 (Del. Ch. May 20, 1982).
219
See In re Oracle Corp., 867 A.2d 904, 930 (Del. Ch. 2004), aff'd, 872 A.2d 960 (Del. 2005) (“[T]he use of equity as a compensation tool is a legitimate choice under our law and Delaware statutory law permits and its common law creates incentives for stockholders to serve as directors and officers.”).
220
See Guttman, 823 A.2d at 502 (“[I]t is unwise to formulate a common law rule that makes a director ‘interested’ [for demand futility purposes] whenever a derivative plaintiff cursorily alleges that he made sales of company stock in the market at a time when he possessed material, non-public information.”).
221
Tilden v. Cunningham, 2018 WL 5307706, at *19 (Del. Ch. Oct. 26, 2018) (quoting In re Oracle, 867 A.2d at 934).
222
Guttman, 823 A.2d at 505; Brophy, 70 A.2d 5.
223
See, e.g., In re Fitbit, Inc. S'holder Deriv. Litig., 2018 WL 6587159, at *1 (Del. Ch. Dec. 14, 2018) (finding that plaintiffs adequately alleged that insiders sold substantial amounts of their holdings in an initial public offering and a secondary offering after voting to waive lock-up agreements intended to prevent insiders from selling more shares after the initial public offering).
224
See Guttman, 823 A.2d at 502; Rattner v. Bidzos, 2003 WL 22284323, at *10, *12 (Del. Ch. Sept. 30, 2003) (noting that a complaint seeking an inference based on the “timing and size of [ ] sales” should plead facts to “assist in determining whether the pattern of executed trades was the product of an orchestrated scheme to defraud the market ... or good faith adherence to Company policy or consistent with prior individual practices.”).
225
See, e.g., In re Oracle, 867 A.2d at 954 (analyzing the size of stock sales relative to defendants' overall holdings, and concluding that, even though the dollar values generated from sales were large (nearly $1 billion), the fact that the sales were between 7% and 2% of defendants' overall holdings was inconsistent with a “rational inference of scienter.”).
226
Id.
227
Compl. ¶¶ 222–23 (stock price decline was on 11/16/15), 354 (stock trades were on 5/15/15 (Barrett), 3/5/15 (Blair), 5/15/15 (Spickschen)); Burns Aff. (D.I. 19) Ex. O at 45 (showing shares owned as of April 13, 2015).
228
Compl. ¶ 354; Clovis, Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) (Apr. 30, 2015) (showing that, as of April 13, 2015, Barrett owned more than 2,300,000 shares, Blair owned more than 2,200,000 shares and Spickschen owned more than 116,000 shares. These Defendants sold approximately 2,424; 8,528; and 4,309 shares, respectively yielding a percent of total holdings sold of approximately .1%; .5%; and 4% respectively). Compl. ¶ 354.
229
Compl. ¶¶ 222–23 (stock decline was on 11/16/15), 354 (between 3/9/15 and 11/2/15, Mast's trades occurred early in the month and, with one exception, were for 1,000 shares each.). The nature of the stock trades in this case make it distinguishable from other cases involving numerous insiders unloading significant portions of their stock. See, e.g., Silverberg ex rel. Dendreon Corp. v. Gold, 2013 WL 6859282, at *15 (Del. Ch. Dec. 31, 2013) (denying a motion to dismiss where directors sold between 77% and 58% of their holdings within a day of FDA approval milestone and these sales were the first time that the directors had sold any of their shares despite owning them for more than a decade).
230
Burns Aff. (D.I. 19) Ex. O at 45; Clovis, Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) (Apr. 30, 2015) (showing that, as of April 13, 2015, Mast owned more than 330,000 shares). Mast sold 33,000 shares from March until November of 2015—yielding a percentage of total holdings sold of approximately 10%). Compl. ¶ 354.
231
See Rattner, 2003 WL 22284323, at *12; Guttman, 823 A.2d at 503–04 (declining to draw an inference of scienter from the unusual timing of trades where the complaint did not plead facts related to sellers' past trading practices).
232
Compl. ¶¶ 349–52.
233
Compl. ¶ 351.
234
Nemec v. Shrader, 991 A.2d 1120, 1130 (Del. 2010) (citing Fleer Corp. v. Topps Chewing Gum, Inc., 539 A.2d 1060, 1062 (Del. 1988)).
235
Id.
236
Of course, Brophy is a species of unjust enrichment that does not require a showing of actual harm to the corporation, but instead focuses “on the public policy of preventing unjust enrichment based on the misuse of confidential corporate information.” Kahn v. Kolberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P., 23 A.3d 831, 840 (Del. 2011) (citing Brophy, 70 A.2d 5). Therefore, I have analyzed Plaintiffs' allegations of enrichment associated with the alleged improper stock trades under Brophy's rubric with respect to Count III.
237
Compl. ¶ 351.
238
PAB (D.I. 23) at 62 (citing Caspian Select Credit Master Fund Ltd. v. Gohl, 2015 WL 5718592, at *16 (Del. Ch. Sept. 28, 2015)).
239
Id.
240
Id.
11.4.5.4 Constr. Indus. Laborers Pension Fund v. Bingle, No. 2021-0940-SG, 2022 WL 4102492 (Del. Ch. Sept. 6, 2022), aff'd, 297 A.3d 1083 (Del. 2023) 11.4.5.4 Constr. Indus. Laborers Pension Fund v. Bingle, No. 2021-0940-SG, 2022 WL 4102492 (Del. Ch. Sept. 6, 2022), aff'd, 297 A.3d 1083 (Del. 2023)
MEMORANDUM OPINION
GLASSCOCK, Vice Chancellor
Nominal Defendant SolarWinds Corporation (the “Company”) was in the business of providing management software to its customers. Sometime in 2020, SolarWinds became the victim of a major crime. Per the complaint, Russian hackers were able to penetrate SolarWinds systems and insert malware, to the detriment of SolarWinds customers, ultimately damaging the value of the company itself. The Plaintiffs here, SolarWinds stockholders at the time of the trauma, allege that the Defendant corporate directors, a majority of whom were on the board at all times pertinent, failed to adequately oversee the risk to cybersecurity of criminal attack. They seek to hold the Defendants liable in damages.
Derivative claims against corporate directors for failure to oversee operations—so-called Caremark claims, once relative rarities—have in recent years bloomed like dandelions after a warm spring rain, largely following the Delaware Supreme Court's opinion in Marchand v. Barnhill. The cases, superficially at least, seem easy to conjure up: find a corporate trauma; allege the truism that the board of directors failed to avert that trauma; and hey, presto! an oversight liability claim is born. They remain, however, one of the most difficult claims to cause to clear a motion to dismiss. That is also easy to understand. Directors are not liable under our corporate law for the most likely cause of operational loss, simple negligence. Nor, given the ubiquity of exculpation clauses, are the directors even liable for gross negligence in violation of their duty of care. And, of course, most corporate trauma, to the extent it represents a breach of duty at the board level, implicates the exculpated duty of care. To plead potential liability sufficient to cause directors to be unable to consider a demand and thus justify a derivative claim under Rule 23.1, therefore, the lack of oversight pled must be so extreme that it represents a breach of the duty of loyalty. This in turn requires a pleading of scienter, demonstrating bad faith—in then-Chief Justice Strine's piquant formulation, a failure to fulfill the duty of care in good faith. In other words, an oversight claim is a flavor of breach of the duty of loyalty, which itself requires an action (or omission) that a director knows is contrary to the corporate weal. Historically, only utter failures by directors to impose a system for reporting risk, or failure to act in the face of “red flags” disclosed to them so vibrant that lack of action implicates bad faith, in connection with the corporation's violation of positive law, have led to viable claims under Caremark.
11.4.5.5 Duty of Oversight Problem Set 11.4.5.5 Duty of Oversight Problem Set
2/20/2025 pdw
Problems
- A personal transportation company saw its sales decline and shareholders alleged this was connected to an accounting discrepancy of $5 million (the company was valued at around $75 million at the time). The complaint isn't clear, but appears that the alleged discrepancy comes from customers not paying their bills, and the company not writing down a loss when it became clear the customers were never going to pay. The company had standard accounting practices. What claim? What result?
- An aircraft crashed, killing 189 people. The board of the aircraft manufacturer did not have a committee tasked with aircraft safety, regular agenda items on aircraft safety or protocols for advising the board on aircraft safety. A month later, the same model aircraft crashed in Ethiopia, killing another 157 people. The board focused on consumer outreach but declined to investigate safety, instead restating its confidence in the aircraft model. Over the company's objections, the FAA grounded all models of the aircraft. The board then took public credit for the grounding and filmed themselves walking the production line and saying, “Safety is our top priority.” After this, the board began to receive monthly reports on safety. What claim? What result?
- The corporate headquarters of a fast food chain was a den of alcohol-fueled sexual harassment by corporate officers. Strikes in ten cities were organized to protest the abuse. EEOC complaints were reported to the board. And a US Senator wrote the company to object. When the head of HR was accused of pulling an employee onto his lap, the board adopted new policies, organized a committee, hired an outside advisor, conducted a holistic review of training, created a new hotline, eliminated mandatory arbitration for victims and required franchisees to commit to shared values. What claim against the board? What result?
- An oil & gas company operates 50,000 miles of oil and gas pipelines. The crew swapping out a pipe didn’t follow protocol, causing an explosion that killed one and injured 22 others. The board had a committee on safety which monitored and reported on pipeline safety compliance. Plaintiffs point to repeated incidences of faulty recordkeeping in various geographies. The Board minutes note that improving record management could decrease the risk of explosions. The safety committee also concluded that poor recordkeeping was 18% of the cause an accident in another location. What claim? What standard of review? What result?
- A global retail pharmacy company had software that would dispense a minimum of five insulin pens (that's how many came in a box). Sometimes a customer needed fewer than five pens. This led to overbilling and unnecessary refil reminders, and that led to a government investigation. Insulin pens were one of many products sold and did not account for substantial revenue for the company. After learning of the issue, the software was updated to remove the minimum limit. The audit committee received regular reports on the investigation and management's response. The shareholders alleged that the information system was deficient because it did not catch the issue here. There had been several other claims and settlements regarding billing practices. What claim? What result?
- A global hotel chain was hacked, and the hackers to the personal information of 500 million guests. The company had previously stated that hacking risk was a "primary risk facing the company." The board and audit committees were "routinely apprised" on cybersecurity risks. When vulnerabilities were discovered, they were reported to the board, and management committed to remedy them. Some of the company's cybersecurity procedures fell short of their contractual commitments.
Answers
- The court held the complaint failed to state a claim. "Segway does not, for example, state that Cai overlooked accounting improprieties,fraudulent business practices, or other material legal violations. It merely asserts that Cai learned (at some point) about 'issues' with unspecified customers, revenue decreases for a product line, and increases in receivables. Such generic financial matters are far from the sort of red flags that could give rise to Caremark liability if deliberately ignored. . . . Bad things can happen to corporations despite fiduciaries exercising the utmost good faith. The Caremark doctrine is not a tool to hold fiduciaries liable for everyday business problems." Segway Inc. v. Cai, No. 2022-1110-LWW, 2023 WL 8643017, at *4 (Del. Ch. Dec. 14, 2023).
- This is an information systems claim because aircraft safety is mission critical and there was no board oversight of the risk. It is also a red flags claim. The first plane crash should have been a red flag for the board to focus on safety. But instead, they put together a photo op. In re Boeing Co. Deriv. Litig., 2021 WL 4059934, at *33 (Del. Ch. Sept. 7, 2021)
- The information systems claim failed because they have a chief HR officer and policies designed to escalate reporting. The red flags claim failed because the board acted on the red flags to implement new procedures. In re McDonald's Corp. S'holder Derivative Litig., 291 A.3d 652, 673 (Del. Ch. 2023).
- An information systems claim fails because the board had a committee tasked with monitoring pipeline safety. A red flags claim fails because the plaintiff can't show that the red flag (bad record keeping in other locations) would put the board on notice of an explosion in this location. “General risks are not red flags of a specific corporate trauma. To the contrary, such knowledge may be evidence that the reporting system in place is working as it should.” City of Detroit Police & Fire Ret. Sys. on Behalf of NiSource, Inc. v. Hamrock, No. CV 2021-0370-KSJM, 2022 WL 2387653, at *12 (Del. Ch. June 30, 2022) (Del. 2006).
- The court dismissed the claims. On the information systems claim, the court found that an information system was in place. "[H]ow directors choose to craft a monitoring system in the context of their company and industry is a discretionary matter. The Board was required to exercise good faith oversight—not to employ a system to the plaintiffs’ liking. In any event, the reporting system worked. When potential problems with the insulin billing practice became apparent, information was conveyed to the Board." On the red flags claim, the court dismissed because the prior red flags were not "sufficiently similar" to the wrongdoing here because they did not relate to insulin pens. It also pointed out that this is a global pharmacy, so "[K]nowledge of illegality in one corner of a vast business does not mean that directors were on notice of a distinct problem in another." Clem v. Skinner, No. 2021-0240-LWW, 2024 WL 668523, at *10 (Del. Ch. Feb. 19, 2024).
- The court dismissed the claims. On the information systems claim, the court held that there was reporting to the board. The system wasn't perfect, but it was a good faith effort and clearly wasn't an utter refusal to establish a reporting system. On the red flags claim, the court held that the court responded sufficiently to the red flags. Each time a vulnerability was raised, management committed to fixing it. Also, breaching contractual duties was not enough to suggest conscious disregard of red flags. Firemen's Ret. Sys. of St. Louis on behalf of Marriott Int'l, Inc. v. Sorenson, No. CV 2019-0965-LWW, 2021 WL 4593777, at *17 (Del. Ch. Oct. 5, 2021)
11.4.6 Duty of Candor 11.4.6 Duty of Candor
5/20/2025 pdw
Would a loyal fiduciary lie to you? Or tell half truths?
The duty of loyalty includes a duty of candor. This applies in two different ways. First, when communicating among each other, directors and officers have an "unremitting obligation to deal candidly" with their fellow fiduciaries. They can't conceal information from each other.
The second situation is when directors and officers are communicating with shareholders. This happens most frequently in the merger context. When asking shareholders to take some action, the directors or officers must disclose all material information. Material in this context means there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable shareholder would consider it important in deciding how to vote.
This section will start with shareholder disclosure cases, then come back to disclosure and candor among officers and directors.
11.4.6.1 Smith v. Van Gorkom (reprise) 11.4.6.1 Smith v. Van Gorkom (reprise)
5/20/2025 pdw
Let's return to Smith v. Van Gorkom. Recall that in this case the CEO of Trans Union negotiated to sell the company to Jay Pritzker. The CEO and the board approved the deal without ever asking what the company was worth, which violated the duty of care.
Here, we'll look back on the board's communication with the stockholders. Recall that shareholders need to approve a merger. As part of this process, the board provides shareholders with a proxy statement that provides important information about the deal.
The exerpt of the opinion below holds that the board breached their duty of candor to the shareholders by not disclosing accurately how little they had studied out the fair price of the company.
Alden SMITH and John W. Gosselin, Plaintiffs Below, Appellants, v. Jerome W. VAN GORKOM, Bruce S. Chelberg, William B. Johnson, Joseph B. Lanterman, Graham J. Morgan, Thomas P. O’Boyle, W. Allen Wallis, Sidney H. Bonser, William D. Browder, Trans Union Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Marmon Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, GL Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and New T. Co., a Delaware corporation, Defendants Below, Appellees.
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Submitted: June 11, 1984.
Decided: Jan. 29, 1985.
Opinion on Denial of Reargument: March 14, 1985.
*867 William Prickett (argued) and James P. Dalle Pazze, of Prickett, Jones, Elliott, Kristol & Schnee, Wilmington, and Ivan Irwin, Jr. and Brett A. Ringle, of Shank, Irwin, Conant & Williamson, Dallas, Tex., of counsel, for plaintiffs below, appellants.
Robert K. Payson (argued) and Peter M. Sieglaff of Potter, Anderson & Corroon, Wilmington, for individual defendants below, appellees.
Lewis S. Black, Jr., A. Gilchrist Sparks, III (argued) and Richard D. Allen, of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell, Wilmington, for Trans Union Corp., Marmon Group, Inc., GL Corp. and New T. Co., defendants below, appellees.
HORSEY, Justice
(for the majority):
This appeal from the Court of Chancery involves a class action brought by shareholders of the defendant Trans Union Corporation (“Trans Union” or “the Company”), originally seeking rescission of a cash-out merger of Trans Union into the defendant New T Company (“New T”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the defendant, Marmon Group, Inc. (“Marmon”). Alternate relief in the form of damages is sought against the defendant members of the Board of Directors of Trans Union, *869New T, and Jay A. Pritzker and Robert A. Pritzker, owners of Mamón.1
Following trial, the former Chancellor granted judgr-ent for the defendant directors by unreported letter opinion dated fuly 6, 1982.2 Judgment was based on two ’hidings: (1) that the Board of Directors lad acted in an informed manner so as to >e entitled to protection of the business udgment rule in approving the cash-out nerger; and (2) that the shareholder vote pproving the merger should not be set side because the stockholders had been fairly informed” by the Board of Diectors before voting thereon. The plain-ffs appeal.
Speaking for the majority of the Court, e conclude that both rulings of the Court E Chancery are clearly erroneous. There->re, we reverse and direct that judgment 5 entered in favor of the plaintiffs and gainst the defendant directors for the fair due of the plaintiffs’ stockholdings in •ans Union, in accordance with Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., Del.Supr., 457 A.2d 1 (1983).3
We hold: (1) that the Board’s decision, ached September 20,1980, to approve the oposed cash-out merger was not the oduct of an informed business judgment; that the Board’s subsequent efforts to lend the Merger Agreement and take íer curative action were ineffectual, both ;ally and factually; and (3) that the ard did not deal with complete candor with the stockholders by failing to disclose all material facts, which they knew or should have known, before securing the stockholders’ approval of the merger.
I.
The nature of this case requires a detailed factual statement. The following facts are essentially uncontradicted:4
-A-
Trans Union was a publicly-traded, diversified holding company, the principal earnings of which were generated by its railcar leasing business. During the period here involved, the Company had a cash flow of hundreds of millions of dollars annually. However, the Company had difficulty in generating sufficient taxable income to offset increasingly large investment tax credits (ITCs). Accelerated depreciation deductions had decreased available taxable income against which to offset accumulating ITCs. The Company took these deductions, despite their effect on usable ITCs, because the rental price in the railcar leasing market had already impounded the purported tax savings.
In the late 1970’s, together with other capital-intensive firms, Trans Union lobbied in Congress to have ITCs refundable in cash to firms which could not fully utilize the credit. During the summer of 1980, defendant Jerome W. Van Gorkom, Trans Union’s Chairman and Chief Executive Of-*871fjcer, testified and lobbied in Congress for refundability of ITCs and against further accelerated depreciation. By the end of August, Van Gorkom was convinced that Congress would neither accept the refunda-bility concept nor curtail further aecelerat-ed depreciation.
Beginning in the late 1960’s, and continuing through the 197Q’s, Trans Union pursued a program of acquiring small companies in order to increase available taxable income. In July 1980, Trans Union Management prepared the annual revision of the Company’s Five Year Forecast. This report was presented to the Board of Directors at its July, 1980 meeting. The report projected an annual income growth of about 20%. The report also concluded that Trans Union would have about $195 million in spare cash between 1980 and 1985, “with the surplus growing rapidly from 1982 onward.” The report referred to the ITC situation as a “nagging problem” and, given that problem, the leasing company “would still appear to be constrained to a tax breakeven.” The report then listed four alternative uses of the projected 1982-1985 equity surplus: (1) stock repurchase; (2) dividend increases; (3) a major acquisition program; and (4) combinations of the above. The sale of Trans Union was not among the alternatives. The report emphasized that, despite the overall surplus, the operation of the Company would consume all available equity for the next several years, and concluded: “As a result, we have sufficient time to fully develop our course of action.”
-B-
On August 27, 1980, Van Gorkom met with Senior Management of Trans Union. Van Gorkom reported on his lobbying efforts in Washington and his desire to find a solution to the tax credit problem more permanent than a continued program of acquisitions. Various alternatives were suggested and discussed preliminarily, including the sale of Trans Union to a company with a large amount of taxable income. Donald Romans, Chief Financial Officer of Trans Union, stated that his department had done a “very brief bit of work on the possibility of a leveraged buy-out.” This work had been prompted by a media article which Romans had seen regarding a leveraged buy-out by management. The work consisted of a “preliminary study” of the cash which could be generated by the Company if it participated in a leveraged buyout. As Romans stated, this analysis “was very first and rough cut at seeing whether a cash flow would support what might be considered a high price for this type of transaction.”
On September 5, at another Senior Management meeting which Van Gorkom attended, Romans again brought up the idea of a leveraged buy-out as a “possible strategic alternative” to the Company’s acquisition program. Romans and Bruce S. Chel-berg, President and Chief Operating Officer of Trans Union, had been working on the matter in preparation for the meeting. According to Romans: They did not “come up” with a price for the Company. They merely “ran the numbers” at $50 a share and at $60 a share with the “rough form” of their cash figures at the time. Their “figures indicated that $50 would be very easy to do but $60 would be very difficult to do under those figures.” This work did not purport to establish a fair price for either the Company or 100% of the stock. It was intended to determine the cash flow needed to service the debt that would “probably” be incurred in a leveraged buyout, based on “rough calculations” without “any benefit of experts to identify what the limits were to that, and so forth.” These computations were not considered extensive and no conclusion was reached.
At this meeting, Van Gorkom stated that he would be willing to take $55 per share for his own 75,000 shares. He vetoed the suggestion of a leveraged buy-out by Management, however, as involving a potential conflict of interest for Management. Van Gorkom, a certified public accountant and lawyer, had been an officer of Trans Union *873t 24 years, its Chief Executive Officer t more than 17 years, and Chairman of > Board for 2 years. It is noteworthy in is connection that he was then approach-g 65 years of age and mandatory retire-ent.
For several days following the Septem-r 5 meeting, Van Gorkom pondered the ?a of a sale. He had participated in my acquisitions as a manager and di:tor of Trans Union and as a director of ter companies. He was familiar with imisition procedures, valuation methods, a negotiations; and he privately con-ered the pros and eons of whether Trans ion should seek a privately or publicly-¡d purchaser.
»Tan Gorkom decided to meet with Jay A. tzker, a well-known corporate takeover “cialist and a social acquaintance. How-;r, rather than approaching Pritzker sim-to determine his interest in acquiring ms Union, Van Gorkom assembled a proved per share price for sale of the Com-;y and a financing structure by which to omplish the sale. Van Gorkom did so bout consulting either his Board or any mbers of Senior Management except : Carl Peterson, Trans Union’s Control-Telling Peterson that he wanted no er person on his staff to know what he = doing, but without telling him why, i Gorkom directed Peterson to calculate feasibility of a leveraged buy-out at an anted price per share of $55. Apart n the Company’s historic stock market and Van 5 Gorkom’s long association : Trans Union, the record is devoid of competent evidence that $55 represent-he per share intrinsic value of the Com-y.
aving thus chosen the $55 figure, based ly on the availability of a leveraged -out, Van Gorkom multiplied the price share by the number of shares out-iding to reach a total value of the Company of $690 million. Van Gorkom told Peterson to use this $690 million figure and to assume a $200 million equity contribution by the buyer. Based on these assumptions, Van Gorkom directed Peterson to determine whether the debt portion of the purchase price could be paid off in five years or less if financed by Trans Union’s cash flow as projected in the Five Year Forecast, and by the sale of certain weaker divisions identified in a study done for Trans Union by the Boston Consulting Group (“BCG study”). Peterson reported that, of the purchase price, approximately $50-80 million would remain outstanding after five years. Van Gorkom was disappointed, but decided to meet with Pritzker nevertheless.
Van Gorkom arranged a meeting with Pritzker at the latter’s home on Saturday, September 13, 1980. Van Gorkom prefaced his presentation by stating to Pritzker: “Now as far as you are concerned, I can, I think, show how you can pay a substantial premium over the present stock price and pay off most of the loan in the first five years. * * * If you could pay $55 for this Company, here is a way in which I think it can be financed.”
Van Gorkom then reviewed with Pritzker his calculations based upon his proposed price of $55 per share. Although Pritzker mentioned $50 as a more attractive figure, no other price' was mentioned. However, Van Gorkom stated that to be sure that $55 was the best price obtainable, Trans Union should be free to accept any better offer. Pritzker demurred, stating that his organization would serve as a “stalking horse” for an “auction contest” only if Trans Union would permit Pritzker to buy 1,750,000 shares of Trans Union stock at market price which Pritzker could then sell to any higher bidder. After further discussion on this point, Pritzker told Van Gorkom that he would give him a more definite reaction soon.
*875On Monday, September 15, Pritzker ad-Van Gorkom that he was interested ¡f. the S55 cash-out merger proposal and re'jynKted more information on Trans Un-jor, Van Gorkom agreed to meet privately y/ilfr Pritzker, accompanied by Peterson, Chelberg, and Michael Carpenter, Trans Onion's consultant from the Boston Con-aüiúrig Group. The meetings took place on 16 and 17. Van Gorkom was "a.-,Hounded that events were moving with puch amazing rapidity.”
On Thursday, September 18, Van Gor-kom met again with Pritzker. At that time, Van Gorkom knew that Pritzker intended to make a cash-out merger offer at Van Gorkom’s proposed $55 per share. Pritzker instructed his attorney, a merger and acquisition specialist, to begin drafting merger documents. There was no further discussion of the $55 price. However, the number of shares of Trans Union’s treasury stock to be offered to Pritzker was negotiated down to one million shares; the price was set at $38 — 75 cents above the per share price at the close of the market on September 19. At this point, Pritzker insisted that the Trans Union Board act on his merger proposal within the next three days, stating to Van Gorkom: “We have to have a decision by no later than Sunday [evening, September 21] before the opening of the English stock exchange on Monday morning.” Pritzker’s lawyer was then instructed to draft the merger documents, to be reviewed by Van Gorkom’s lawyer, "sometimes with discussion and sometimes not. in the haste to get it finished.”
On Friday, September 19, Van Gorkom, Chelberg, and Pritzker consulted with Trans Union’s lead bank regarding the financing of Pritzker’s purchase of Trans Union. The bank indicated that it could form a syndicate of banks that would finance the transaction. On the same day, \an Gorkom retained James Brennan, Esquire. to advise Trans Union on the legal aspects of the merger. Van Gorkom did not consult with William Browder, a Vice-President and director of Trans Union and termer head of its legal department, or with William Moore, then the head of Trans Union’s legal staff.
On Friday, September 19, Van Gorkom called a special meeting of the Trans Union Board for noon the following day. He also called a meeting of the Company’s Senior Management to convene at 11:00 a.m., prior to the meeting of the Board. No one, except Chelberg and Peterson, was told the purpose of the meetings. Van Gorkom did not invite Trans Union’s investment banker, Salomon Brothers or its Chicago-based partner, to attend.
Of those present at the Senior Management meeting on September 20, only Chel-berg and Peterson had prior knowledge of Pritzker’s offer. Van Gorkom disclosed the offer and described its terms, but he furnished no copies of the proposed Merger Agreement. Romans announced that his department had done a second study which showed that, for a leveraged buy-out, the price range for Trans Union stock was between $55 and $65 per share. Van Gor-kom neither saw the study nor asked Romans to make it available for the Board meeting.
Senior Management’s reaction to the Pritzker proposal was completely negative. No member of Management, except Chel-berg and Peterson, supported the proposal. Romans objected to the price as being too low;6 he was critical of the timing and suggested that consideration should be given to the adverse tax consequences of an all-cash deal for low-basis shareholders; and he took the position that the agreement to sell Pritzker one million newly-issued shares at market price would inhibit other offers, as would the prohibitions against soliciting bids and furnishing inside infor-*877stion to other bidders. Romans argued at the Pritzker proposal was a “lock up” d amounted to “an agreed merger as posed to an offer.” Nevertheless, Van >rkom proceeded to the Board meeting as aeduled without further delay.
Ten directors served .on the Trans Union iard, five inside (defendants Bonser, Boyle, Browder, Chelberg, and Van Gor-in) and five outside (defendants Wallis, hnson, Lanterman, Morgan and Renek-i. All directors were present at the meet-r, except O’Boyle who was ill. Of the tside directors, four were corporate chief ecutive officers and one was the former ian of the University of Chicago Busi-ss School. None was an investment nker or trained financial analyst. All imbers of the Board were well informed out the Company and its operations as a ing concern. They were familiar with i current financial condition of the Com-ny, as well as operating and earnings Sections reported in the recent Five Year recast. The Board generally received jular and detailed reports and was kept reast of the accumulated investment tax ¡dit and accelerated depreciation prob-n.
Van Gorkom began the Special Meeting the Board with a twenty-minute oral jsentation. Copies of the proposed ;rger Agreement were delivered too late • study before or during the meeting.7 ! reviewed the Company’s ITC and depretion problems and the efforts thereto-•e made to solve them. He discussed his tial meeting with Pritzker and his motition in arranging that meeting. Van >rkom did not disclose to the Board, how-er, the methodology by which he alone d arrived at the $55 figure, or the fact it he first proposed the $55 price in his gotiations with Pritzker.
Van Gorkom outlined the terms of the Pritzker offer as follows: Pritzker would pay $55 in cash for all outstanding shares of Trans Union stock upon completion of which Trans Union would be merged into New T Company, a subsidiary wholly-owned by Pritzker and formed to implement the merger; for a period of 90 days, Trans Union could receive, but could not actively solicit, competing offers; the offer had to be acted on by the next evening, Sunday, September 21; Trans Union could only furnish to competing bidders published information, and not proprietary information; the offer was subject to Pritzker obtaining the necessary financing by October 10, 1980; if the financing contingency were met or waived by Pritzker, Trans Union was required to sell to Pritzker one million newly-issued shares of Trans Union at $38 per share.
Van Gorkom took the position that putting Trans Union “up for auction” through a 90-day market test would validate a decision by the Board that $55 was a fair price. He told the Board that the “free market will have an opportunity to judge whether $55 is a fair price.” Van Gorkom framed the decision before the Board not as whether $55 per share was the highest price that could be obtained, but as whether the $55 price was a fair price that the stockholders should be given the opportunity to accept or reject.8
Attorney Brennan advised the members of the Board that they might be sued if they failed to accept the offer and that a fairness opinion was not required as a matter of law.
Romans attended the meeting as chief financial officer of the Company. He told the Board that he had not been involved in the negotiations with Pritzker and knew nothing about the merger proposal until *879the morning of the meeting; that his studies did not indicate either a fair price for the stock or a valuation of the Company; that he did not see his role as directly addressing the fairness issue; and that he and his people “were trying to search for ways to justify a price in connection with such a [leveraged buy-out] transaction, rather than to say what the shares are worth.” Romans testified:
I told the Board that the study ran the numbers at 50 and 60, and then the subsequent study at 55 and 65, and that was not the same thing as saying that I have a valuation of the company at X dollars. But it was a way — a first step towards reaching that conclusion.
Romans told the Board that, in his opinion, $55 was “in the range of a fair price,” but “at the beginning of the range.”
Chelberg, Trans Union’s President, supported Van Gorkom’s presentation and representations. He testified that he “participated to make sure that the Board members collectively were clear on the details of the agreement or offer from Pritzker;” that he “participated in the discussion with Mr. Brennan, inquiring of him about the necessity for valuation opinions in spite of the way in which this particular offer was couched;” and that he was otherwise actively involved in supporting the positions being taken by Van Gorkom before the Board about “the necessity to act immediately on this offer,” and about “the adequacy of the $55 and the question of how that would be tested.”
The Board meeting of September 20 lasted about two hours. Based solely upon Van Gorkom’s oral presentation, Chel-berg’s supporting representations, Romans’ oral statement, Brennan’s legal advice, and their knowledge of the market history of the Company’s stock,9 the directors approved the proposed Merger Agreement. However, the Board later claimed to have attached two conditions to its acceptance: (1) that Trans Union reserved the right to accept any better offer that was made during the market test period; and (2) that Trans Union could share its proprietary information with any other potential bidders. While the Board now claims to have reserved the right to accept any better offer received after the announcement of the Pritzker agreement (even though the minutes of the meeting do not reflect this), it is undisputed that the Board did not reserve the right to actively solicit alternate offers.
The Merger Agreement was executed by Van Gorkom during the evening of September 20 at a formal social event that he hosted for the opening of the Chicago Lyric Opera. Neither he nor any other director read the agreement prior to its signing and delivery to Pritzker.
On Monday, September 22, the Company issued a press release announcing that Trans Union had entered into a “definitive” Merger Agreement with an affiliate of the Marmon Group, Inc., a Pritzker holding company. Within 10 days of the public announcement, dissent among Senior Management over the merger had become widespread. Faced with threatened resignations of kqy officers, Van Gorkom met with Pritzker who agreed to several modifications of the Agreement. Pritzker was willing to do so provided that Van Gorkom could persuade the dissidents to remain on the Company payroll for at least six months after consummation of the merger.
Van Gorkom reconvened the Board on October 8 and secured the directors’ approval of the proposed amendments — sight unseen. The Board also authorized the employment of Salomon Brothers, its in*881vestment banker, to solicit other offers for Trans Union during the proposed “market test” period.
The next day, October 9, Trans Union issued a press release announcing: (1) that Pritzker had obtained “the financing commitments necessary to consummate” the merger with Trans Union; (2) that Pritzker had acquired one million shares of Trans Union common stock at $38 per share; (3) that Trans Union was now permitted to actively seek other offers and had retained Salomon Brothers for that purpose; and (4) that if a more favorable offer were not received before February 1, 1981, Trans Union’s shareholders would thereafter meet to vote on the Pritzker proposal.
It was not until the following day, October 10, that the actual amendments to the Merger Agreement were prepared by Pritzker and delivered to Van Gorkom for execution. As will be seen, the amendments were considerably at variance with Van Gorkom’s representations of the amendments to the Board on October 8; and the amendments placed serious constraints on Trans Union’s ability to negotiate a better deal and withdraw from the Pritzker agreement. Nevertheless, Van Gorkom proceeded to execute what became the October 10 amendments to the Merger Agreement without conferring further with the Board members and apparently without comprehending the actual implications of the amendments.
Salomon Brothers’ efforts over a three-month period from October 21 to January 21 produced only one serious suitor for Trans Union — General Electric Credit Corporation (“GE Credit”), a subsidiary of the General Electric Company. However, GE Credit was unwilling to make an offer for Trans Union unless Trans Union first rescinded its Merger Agreement with Pritzker. When Pritzker refused, GE Credit terminated further discussions with Trans Union in early January. ,
In the meantime, in early December, the investment firm of Kohlberg, Kravis, Roberts & Co. (“KKR”), the only other concern to make a firm offer for Trans Union, withdrew its offer under circumstances hereinafter detailed.
On December 19, this litigation was commenced and, within four weeks, the plaintiffs had deposed eight of the ten directors of Trans Union, including Van Gorkom, Chelberg and Romans, its Chief Financial Officer. On January 21, Management’s Proxy Statement for the February 10 shareholder meeting was mailed to Trans Union’s stockholders. On January 26, Trans Union’s Board met and, after a lengthy meeting, voted to proceed with the Pritzker merger. The Board also approved for mailing, “on or about January 27,” a Supplement to its Proxy Statement. The Supplement purportedly set forth all information relevant to the Pritzker Merger Agreement, which had not been divulged in the first Proxy Statement.
On February 10, the stockholders of Trans Union approved the Pritzker merger proposal. Of the outstanding shares, 69.9% were voted in favor of the merger; 7.25% were voted against the merger; and 22.85% were not voted.
II.
We turn to the issue of the application of the business judgment rule to the September 20 meeting of the Board.
The Court of Chancery concluded from the evidence that the Board of Directors’ approval of the Pritzker merger proposal fell within the protection of the business judgment rule. The Court found that the Board had given sufficient time and attention to the transaction, since the directors had considered the Pritzker proposal on three different occasions, on September 20, and on October 8, 1980 and finally on January 26, 1981. On that basis, the Court reasoned that the Board had acquired, over the four-month period, sufficient information to reach an informed business judg-*883inent on the cash-out merger proposal. The Court ruled:
... that given the market value of Trans Union’s stock, the business acumen of the members of the board of Trans Union, the substantial premium over market offered by the Pritzkers and the ultimate effect on the merger price provided by the prospect of other bids for the stock in question, that the board of directors of Trans Union did not act recklessly or improvidently in determining on a course of action which they believed to be in the best interest of the stockholders of Trans Union.
The Court of Chancery made but one finding; i.e., that the Board’s conduct over the entire period from September 20 through January 26, 1981 was not reckless or improvident, but informed. This ultimate conclusion was premised upon three subordinate findings, one explicit and two implied. The Court’s explicit finding was that Trans Union’s Board was “free to turn down the Pritzker proposal” not only on September 20 but also on October 8, 1980 and on January 26, 1981. The Court’s implied, subordinate findings were: (1) that no legally binding agreement was reached by the parties until January 26; and (2) that if a higher offer were to be forthcoming, the market test would have produced it,10 and Trans Union would have been contractually free to accept such higher offer. However, the Court offered no factual basis or legal support for any of these findings; and the record compels contrary conclusions.
This Court’s standard of review of the findings of fact reached by the Trial Court following full evidentiary hearing is as stated in Levitt v. Bouvier, Del.Supr., 287 A.2d 671, 673 (1972):
[In an appeal of this nature] this court has the authority to review the entire record and to make its own findings of fact in a proper case. In exercising our power of review, we have the duty to review the sufficiency of the evidence and to test the propriety of the findings below. We do not, however, ignore the findings made by the trial judge. If they are sufficiently supported by the record and are the product of an orderly and logical deductive process, in the exercise of judicial restraint we accept them, even though independently we might have reached opposite conclusions. It is only when the findings below are clearly wrong and the doing of justice requires their overturn that we are free to make contradictory findings of fact.
Applying that standard and governing principles of law to the record and the decision of the Trial Court, we conclude that the Court’s ultimate finding that the Board’s conduct was not “reckless or imprudent” is contrary to the record and not the product of a logical and deductive reasoning process.
The plaintiffs contend that the Court of Chancery erred as a matter of law by exonerating the defendant directors under the business judgment rule without first determining whether the rule’s threshold condition of “due care and prudence” was satisfied. The plaintiffs assert that the Trial Court found the defendant directors to have reached an informed business judgment on the basis of “extraneous considerations and events that occurred after September 20, 1980.” The defendants deny that the Trial Court committed legal error in relying upon post-September 20, 1980 events and the directors’ later acquired knowledge. The defendants further submit that their decision to accept $55 per share was informed because: (1) they were “highly qualified;” (2) they were “well-informed;” and (3) they deliberated over the “proposal” not once but three times. On *885:ssentially this evidence and under our tandard of review, the defendants assert hat affirmance is required. We must disa-;ree.
Under Delaware law, the business adgment rule is the offspring of the fun-amental principle, codified in 8 Del.C. 141(a), that the business and affairs of a )elaware corporation are managed by or nder its board of directors.11 Pogostin v. Rice, Del.Supr., 480 A.2d 619, 624 (1984); Aronson v. Lewis, Del.Supr., 473 A.2d 805, 11 (1984); Zapata Corp. v. Maldonado, del.Supr., 430 A.2d 779, 782 (1981). In arrying out their managerial roles, diactors are charged with an unyielding fi-uciary duty to the corporation and its fiareholders. Loft, Inc. v. Guth, Del.Ch., A.2d 225 (1938), aff'd, Del.Supr., 5 A.2d 03 (1939). The business judgment rule ¡cists to protect and promote the full and ree exercise of the managerial power ranted to Delaware directors. Zapata Corp. v. Maldonado, supra at 782. The lie itself “is a presumption that in making business decision, the directors of a eor-oration acted on an informed basis, in ood faith and in the honest belief that the ation taken was in the best interests of íe company.” Aronson, supra at 812. hus, the party attacking a board decision 3 uninformed must rebut the presumption íat its business judgment was an in-)rmed one. Id.
The determination of whether a usiness judgment is an informed one irns on whether the directors have informed themselves “prior to making a business decision, of all1 material information reasonably available to them.” Id12
Under the business judgment rule there is no protection for directors who have made “an unintelligent or unadvised judgment.” Mitchell v. Highland-Western Glass, Del.Ch., 167 A. 831, 833 (1933). A director’s duty to inform himself in preparation for a decision derives from the fiduciary capacity in which he serves the corporation and its stockholders. Lutz v. Boas, Del.Ch., 171 A.2d 381 (1961). See Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., supra; Guth v. Loft, supra. Since a director is vested with the responsibility for the management of the affairs of the corporation, he must execute that duty with the recognition that he acts on behalf of others. Such obligation does not tolerate faithlessness or self-dealing. But fulfillment of the fiduciary function requires more than the mere absence of bad faith or fraud. Representation of the financial interests of others imposes on a director an affirmative duty to protect those interests and to proceed with a critical eye in assessing information of the type and under the circumstances present here. See Lutz v. Boas, supra; Guth v. Loft, supra.at 510. Compare Donovan v. Cunningham, 5th Cir., 716 F.2d 1455, 1467 (1983); Doyle v. Union Insurance Company, Neb.Supr., 277 N.W.2d 36 (1979); Continental Securities Co. v. Belmont, N.Y. App., 99 N.E. 138, 141 (1912).
Thus, a director’s duty to exercise an informed business judgment is in *887the nature of a duty of care, as distinguished from a duty of loyalty. Here, there were no allegations of fraud, bad faith, or self-dealing, or proof thereof. Hence, it is presumed that the directors reached their business judgment in good faith, Allaun v. Consolidated Oil Co., Del. Ch., 147 A. 257 (1929), and considerations of motive are irrelevant to the issue before us.
The standard of care applicable to a director’s duty of care has also been recently restated by this Court. In Aron-son, supra, we stated:
While the Delaware cases use a variety of terms to describe the applicable standard of care, our analysis satisfies us that under the business judgment rule director liability is predicated upon concepts of gross negligence, (footnote omitted)
473 A.2d at 812.
We again confirm that view. We think the concept of gross negligence is also the proper standard for determining whether a business judgment reached by a board of directors was an informed one.13
In the specific context of a proposed merger of domestic corporations, a director has a duty under 8 Del.C. 251(b),14 along with his fellow directors, to act in an informed and deliberate manner in determining whether to approve an agreement of merger before submitting the proposal to the stockholders. Certainly in the merger context, a director may not abdicate that duty by leaving to the shareholders alone the decision to approve or disapprove the agreement. See Beard v. Elster, Del.Supr., 160 A.2d 731, 737 (1960). Only an agreement of merger satisfying the requirements of 8 Del.C. § 251(b) may be submitted to the shareholders under § 251(c). See generally Aronson v. Lewis, supra at 811-13; see also Pogostin v. Rice, supra.
It is against those standards that the conduct of the directors of Trans Union must be tested, as a matter of law and as a matter of fact, regarding their exercise of an informed business judgment in voting to approve the Pritzker merger proposal.
III.
The defendants argue that the determination of whether their decision to accept $55 per share for Trans Union represented an informed business judgment requires consideration, not only of that which they knew and learned on September 20, but also of that which they subsequently learned and did over the following four-*889lonth period before the shareholders met > vote on the proposal in February, 1981. he defendants thereby seek to reduce the ignificance of their action on September D and to widen the time frame for deter-lining whether their decision to accept the ritzker proposal was an informed one. hus, the defendants contend that what the rectors did and learned subsequent to sptember 20 and through January 26, )81, was properly taken into account by te Trial Court in determining whether the oard’s judgment was an informed one. re disagree with this post hoc approach.
The issue of whether the directors ached an informed decision to “sell” the nnpany on September 20, 1980 must be itermined only upon the basis of the in-rmation then reasonably available to the rectors and relevant to their decision to cept the Pritzker merger proposal. This not to say that the directors were pre-nded from altering their original plan of tion, had they done so in an informed anner. What we do say is that the ques->n of whether the directors reached an formed business judgment in agreeing to 11 the Company, pursuant to the terms of e September 20 Agreement presents, in ality, two questions: (A) whether the dietors reached an informed business judg-mt' on September 20, 1980; and (B) if sy did not, whether the directors’ actions ten subsequent to September 20 were equate to cure any infirmity in their ac-n taken on September 20. We first con-ler the directors’ September 20 action in •ms of their reaching an informed busi-ss judgment.
-A-
On the record before us, we must iclude that the Board of Directors did t reach an informed business judgment September 20, 1980 in voting to “sell” 5 Company for $55 per share pursuant to the Pritzker cash-out merger proposal. Our reasons, in summary, are as follows:
The directors (1) did not adequately inform themselves as to Van Gorkom’s role in forcing the “sale” of the Company and in establishing the per share purchase price; (2) were uninformed as to the intrinsic value of the Company; and (3) given these circumstances, at a minimum, were grossly negligent in approving the “sale” of the Company upon two hours’ consideration, without prior notice, and without the exigency of a crisis or emergency.
As has been noted, the Board based its September 20 decision to approve the cash-out merger primarily on Van Gorkom’s representations. None of the directors, other than Van Gorkom and Chelberg, had any prior knowledge that the purpose of the meeting was to propose a cash-out merger of Trans Union. No members of Senior Management were present, other than Chelberg, Romans and Peterson; and the latter two had only learned of the proposed sale an hour earlier. Both general counsel Moore and former general counsel Browder attended the meeting, but were equally uninformed as to the purpose of the meeting and the documents to be acted upon.
Without any documents before them concerning the proposed transaction, the members of the Board were required to rely entirely upon Van Gorkom’s 20-minute oral presentation of the proposal. No written summary of the terms of the merger was presented; the directors were given no documentation to support the adequacy of $55 price per share for sale of the Company; and the Board had before it nothing more than Van Gorkom’s statement of his understanding of the substance of an agreement which he admittedly had never read, nor which any member of the Board had ever seen.
Under 8 Del.C. § 141(e),15 “directors are fully protected in relying in *891good faith on reports made by officers.” Michelson v. Duncan, Del.Ch., 386 A.2d 1144, 1156 (1978); aff'd in part and rev’d in part on other grounds, Del.Supr., 407 A.2d 211 (1979). See also Graham v. Allis-Chalmers Mfg. Co., Del.Supr., 188 A.2d 125, 130 (1963); Prince v. Bensinger, Del. Ch., 244 A.2d 89, 94 (1968). The term "report” has been liberally construed to include reports of informal personal investigations by corporate officers, Cheff v. Mathes, Del.Supr., 199 A.2d 548, 556 (1964). However, there is no evidence that any "report,” as defined under § 141(e), concerning the Pritzker proposal, was presented to the Board on September 20.16 Van Gorkom’s oral presentation of his understanding of the terms of the proposed Merger Agreement, which he had not seen, and Romans’ brief oral statement of his preliminary study regarding the feasibility of a leveraged buy-out of Trans Union do not qualify as § 141(e) “reports” for these reasons: The former lacked substance because Van Gorkom was basically uninformed as to the essential provisions of the very document about which he was talking. Romans’ statement was irrelevant to the issues before the Board since it did not purport to be a valuation study. At a minimum for a report to enjoy the status conferred by § 141(e), it must be pertinent to the subject matter upon which a board is called to act, and otherwise be entitled to good faith, not blind, reliance. Considering all of the surrounding circumstances — hastily calling the meeting without prior notice of its subject matter, the proposed sale of the Company without any prior consideration of the issue or necessity therefor, the urgent time constraints imposed by Pritzker, and the total absence of any documentation whatsoever — the directors were duty bound to make reasonable inquiry of Van Gorkom and Romans, and if they had done so, the inadequacy of that upon which they now claim to have relied would have been apparent.
The defendants rely on the following factors to sustain the Trial Court’s finding that the Board’s decision was an informed one: (1) the magnitude of the premium or spread between the $55 Pritzker offering price and Trans Union’s current market price of $38 per share; (2) the amendment of the Agreement as submitted on September 20 to permit the Board to accept any better offer during the “market test” period; (3) the collective experience and expertise of the Board’s “inside” and "outside” directors;17 and (4) their reliance on Brennan’s legal advice that the directors might be sued if they rejected the Pritzker proposal. We discuss each of these grounds seriatim:
(1)
A substantial premium may provide one reason to recommend a merger, but in the absence of other sound valuation information, the fact of a premium alone does not provide an adequate basis upon which to assess the fairness of an offering price. Here, the judgment reached as to the adequacy of the premium was based on a comparison between the historically depressed Trans Union market price and the amount of the Pritzker offer. Using market price as a basis for concluding that the premium adequately reflected the true val*893ue of the Company was a clearly faulty, indeed fallacious, premise, as the defendants’ own evidence demonstrates.
The record is clear that before September 20, Van Gorkom and other members of Trans Union’s Board knew that the market had consistently undervalued the worth of Trans Union’s stock, despite steady increases in the Company’s operating income in the seven years preceding the merger. The Board related this occurrence in large part to Trans Union’s inability to use its ITCs as previously noted. Van Gor-kom testified that he did not believe the market price accurately reflected Trans Union’s true worth; and several of the directors testified that, as a general rule, most chief executives think that the market undervalues their companies’ stock. Yet, on September 20, Trans Union’s Board apparently believed that the market stock price accurately reflected the value of the Company for the purpose of determining the adequacy of the premium for its sale.
In the Proxy Statement, however, the directors reversed their position. There, they stated that, although the earnings prospects for Trans Union were “excellent,” they found no basis for believing that this would be reflected in future stock prices. With regard to past trading, the Board stated that the prices at which the Company’s common stock had traded in recent years did not reflect the “inherent” value of the Company. But having referred to the “inherent” value of Trans Union, the directors ascribed no number to it. Moreover, nowhere did they disclose that they had no basis on which to fix “inherent” worth beyond an impressionistic reaction to the premium over market and an unsubstantiated belief that the value of the assets was “significantly greater” than book value. By their own admission they could not rely on the stock price as an accurate measure of value. Yet, also by their own admission, the Board members assumed that Trans Union’s market price was adequate to serve as a basis upon which to assess the adequacy of the premium for purposes of the September 20 meeting.
The parties do not dispute that a publicly-traded stock price is solely a measure of the value of a minority position and, thus, market price represents only the value of a single share. Nevertheless, on September 20, the Board assessed the adequacy of the premium over market, offered by Pritzker, solely by comparing it with Trans Union’s current and historical stock price. (See supra note 5 at 866.)
Indeed, as of September 20, the Board had no other information on which to base a determination of the intrinsic value of Trans Union as a going concern. As of September 20, the Board had made no evaluation of the Company designed to value the entire enterprise, nor had the Board ever previously considered selling the Company or consenting to a buy-out merger. Thus, the adequacy of a premium is indeterminate unless it is assessed in terms of other competent and sound valuation information that reflects the value of the particular business.
Despite the foregoing facts and circumstances, there was no call by the Board, either on September 20 or thereafter, for any valuation study or documentation of the |55 price per share as a measure of the fair value of the Company in a cash-out context. It is undisputed that the major asset of Trans Union was its cash flow. Yet, at no time did the Board call for a valuation study taking into account that highly significant element of the Company’s assets.
We do not imply that an outside valuation study is essential to support an informed business judgment; nor do we state that fairness opinions by independent investment bankers are required as a matter of law. Often insiders familiar with the business of a going concern are in a better position than are outsiders to gather relevant information; and under appropriate circumstances, such directors may be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the valuation reports of their management. *895See 8 Del. C. § 141(e). See also Cheff v. Mathes, supra.
Here, the record establishes that the Board did not request its Chief Financial Officer, Romans, to make any valuation study or review of the proposal to determine the adequacy of $55 per share for sale of the Company. On the record before us: The Board rested on Romans’ elicited response that the $55 figure was within a “fair price range” within the context of a leveraged buy-out. No director sought any further information from Romans. No director asked him why he put $55 at the bottom of his range. No director asked Romans for any details as to his study, the reason why it had been undertaken or its depth. No director asked to see the study; and no director asked Romans whether Trans Union’s finance department could do a fairness study within the remaining 36-hour 18 period available under the Pritzker offer.
Had the Board, or any member, made an inquiry of Romans, he presumably would have responded as he testified: that his calculations were rough and preliminary; and, that the study was not designed to determine the fair value of the Company, but rather to assess the feasibility of a leveraged buy-out financed by the Company’s projected cash flow, making certain assumptions as to the purchaser’s borrowing needs. Romans would have presumably also informed the Board of his view, and the widespread view of Senior Management, that the timing of the offer was wrong and the offer inadequate.
The record also establishes that the Board accepted without scrutiny Van Gor-kom’s representation as to the fairness of the $55 price per share for sale of the Company — a subject that the Board had never previously considered. The Board thereby failed to discover that Van Gorkom had suggested the $55 price to Pritzker and, most crucially, that Van Gorkom had arrived at the $55 figure based on calculations designed solely to determine the feasibility of a leveraged buy-out.19 No questions were raised either as to the tax implications of a cash-out merger or how the price for the one million share option granted Pritzker was calculated.
We do not say that the Board of Directors was not entitled to give some credence to Van Gorkom’s representation that $55 was an adequate or fair price. Under § 141(e), the directors were entitled to rely upon their chairman’s opinion of value and adequacy, provided that such opinion was reached on a sound basis. Here, the issue is whether the directors informed themselves as to all information that was reasonably available to them. Had they done so, they would have learned of the source and derivation of the $55 price and could not reasonably have relied thereupon in good faith.
None of the directors, Management or outside, were investment bankers or financial analysts. Yet the Board did not consider recessing the meeting until a later hour that day (or requesting an extension of Pritzker’s Sunday evening deadline) to give it time to elicit more information as to the sufficiency of the offer, either from *897e Management (in particular Romans) rom Trans Union’s own investment :er, Salomon Brothers, whose Chicago ialist in merger and acquisitions was vn to the Board and familiar with s Union’s affairs.
ms, the record compels the conclusion on September 20 the Board lacked ition information adequate to reach an •med business judgment as to the fair-of $55 per share for sale of the Com-20
(2)
is brings us to the post-September 20 'ket test” upon which the defendants lately rely to confirm the reasonable-of their September 20 decision to ac-the Pritzker proposal. In this connee-the directors present a two-part argu-(a) that by making a “market test” ritzker’s $55 per share offer a condi-of their September 20 decision to ac-his offer, they cannot be found to have 1 impulsively or in an uninformed man-on September 20; and (b) that the uacy of the $17 premium for sale of Company was conclusively established the following 90 to 120 days by the ; reliable evidence available — the mar-lace. Thus, the defendants impliedly md that the “market test” eliminated need for the Board to perform any r form of fairness test either on Sep>er 20, or thereafter.
fain, the facts of record do not support lefendants’ argument. There is no evi-e: (a) that the Merger Agreement was :tively amended to give the Board free-to put Trans Union up for auction sale íe highest bidder; or (b) that a public ion was in fact permitted to occur, minutes of the Board meeting make no rence to any of this. Indeed, the rd compels the conclusion that the dims had no rational basis for expecting a market test was attainable, given terms of the Agreement as executed ng the evening of September 20. We rely upon the following facts which are essentially uncontradicted:
The Merger Agreement, specifically identified as that originally presented to the Board on September 20, has never been produced by the defendants, notwithstanding the plaintiffs’ several demands for production before as well as during trial. No acceptable explanation of this failure to produce documents has been given to either the Trial Court or this Court. Significantly, neither the defendants nor their counsel have made the affirmative representation that this critical document has been produced. Thus, the Court is deprived of the best evidence on which to judge the merits of the defendants’ position as to the care and attention which they gave to the terms of the Agreement on September 20.
Van Gorkom states that the Agreement as submitted incorporated the ingredients for a market test by authorizing Trans Union to receive competing offers over the next 90-day period. However, he concedes that the Agreement barred Trans Union from actively soliciting such offers and from furnishing to interested parties any information about the Company other than that already in the public domain. Whether the original Agreement of September 20 went so far as to authorize Trans Union to receive competitive proposals is arguable. The defendants’ unexplained failure to produce and identify the original Merger Agreement permits the logical inference that the instrument would not support their assertions in this regard. Wilmington Trust Co. v. General Motors Corp., Del.Supr., 51 A.2d 584, 593 (1947); II Wigmore on Evidence § 291 (3d ed. 1940). It is a well established principle that the production of weak evidence when strong is, or should have been, available can lead only to the conclusion that the strong would have been adverse. Interstate Circuit v. United States, 306 U.S. *899208, 226, 59 S.Ct. 467, 474, 83 L.Ed. 610 (1939); Deberry v. State, Del.Supr., 457 A.2d 744, 754 (1983). Van Gorkom, conceding that he never read the Agreement, stated that he was relying upon his understanding that, under corporate law, directors always have an inherent right, as well as a fiduciary duty, to accept a better offer notwithstanding an existing contractual commitment by the Board. (See the discussion infra, part III B(3) at p. 55.)
The defendant directors assert that they “insisted” upon including two amendments to the Agreement, thereby permitting a market test: (1) to give Trans Union the right to accept a better offer; and (2) to reserve to Trans Union the right to distribute proprietary information on the Company to alternative bidders. Yet, the defendants concede that they did not seek to amend the Agreement to permit Trans Union to solicit competing offers.
Several of Trans Union’s outside directors resolutely maintained that the Agreement as submitted was approved on the understanding that, “if we got a better deal, we had a right to take it.” Director Johnson so testified; but he then added, “And if they didn’t put that in the agreement, then the management did not carry out the conclusion of the Board. And I just don’t know whether they did or not.” The only clause in the Agreement as finally executed to which the defendants can point as “keeping the door open” is the following underlined statement found in subpara-graph (a) of section 2.03 of the Merger Agreement as executed:
The Board of Directors shall recommend to the stockholders of Trans Union that they approve and adopt the Merger Agreement (‘the stockholders’ approval’) and to use its best efforts to obtain the requisite votes therefor. GL acknowledges that Trans Union directors may have a competing fiduciary obligation to the shareholders under certain circumstances.
Clearly, this language on its fa'ce cannot be construed as incorporating either of the two “conditions” described above: either the right to accept a better offer or the right to distribute proprietary information to third parties. The Lgical witness for the defendants to call to confirm their construction of this clause of the Agreement would have been Trans Union’s outside attorney, James Brennan. The defendants’ failure, without explanation, to call this witness again permits the logical inference that his testimony would not have been helpful to them. The further fact that the directors adjourned, rather than recessed, the meeting without incorporating in the Agreement these important “conditions” further weakens the defendants’ position. As has been noted, nothing in the Board’s Minutes supports these claims. No reference to either of the so-called “conditions” or of Trans Union’s reserved right to test the market appears in any notes of the Board meeting or in the Board Resolution accepting the Pritzker offer or in the Minutes of the meeting itself. That evening, in the midst of a formal party which he hosted for the opening of the Chicago Lyric Opera, Van Gorkom executed the Merger Agreement without he or any other member of the Board having read the instruments.
The defendants attempt to downplay the significance of the prohibition against Trans Union’s actively soliciting competing offers by arguing that the directors “understood that the entire financial community would know that Trans Union was for sale upon the announcement of the Pritzker offer, and anyone desiring to make a better offer was free to do so.” Yet, the press release issued on September 22, with the authorization of the Board, stated that Trans Union had entered into “definitive agreements” with the Pritzkers; and the press release did not even disclose Trans Union’s limited right to receive and accept higher offers. Accompanying this press release was a further public announcement that Pritzker had been granted an option to purchase at any time one million shares of *901ms Union’s capital stock at 75 cents >ve the then-current price per share.
Thus, notwithstanding what sever-of the outside directors later claimed to re “thought” occurred at the meeting, ! record compels the conclusion that ms Union’s Board had no rational basis conclude on September 20 or in the days nediately following, that the Board’s ac-'tance of Pritzker’s offer was condi-íed on (1) a “market test” of the offer; l (2) the Board’s right to withdraw from
Pritzker Agreement and accept any her offer received before the sharehold-neeting.
(3)
The directors’ unfounded reliance both the premium and the market test ;he basis for accepting the Pritzker proal undermines the defendants’ remain-contention that the Board’s collective erience and sophistication was a suffi-it basis for finding that it reached its tember 20 decision with informed, reaable deliberation.21 Compare Gimbel Signal Companies, Inc., Del. Ch., 316 d 599 (1974), aff'd per curiam, Del. r., 316 A.2d 619 (1974). There, the rt of Chancery preliminary enjoined a rd’s sale of stock of its wholly-owned sidiary for an alleged grossly ¡náde-te price. It did so based on a finding ; the business judgment rule had been ced for failure of management to give board “the opportunity to make a reaible and reasoned decision.” 316 A.2d 15. The Court there reached this result vithstanding the board’s sophistication experience; the company’s need of im-ítete cash; and the board’s need to act nptly due to the impact of an energy crisis on the value of the underlying assets being sold — all of its subsidiary’s oil and gas interests. The Court found those factors denoting competence to be outweighed by evidence of gross negligence; that management in effect sprang the deal on the board by negotiating the asset sale without informing the board; that the buyer intended to “force a quick decision” by the board; that the board meeting was called on only one-and-a-half days’ notice; that its outside directors were not notified of the meeting’s purpose; that during a meeting spanning “a couple of hours” a sale of assets worth $480 million was approved; and that the Board failed to obtain a current appraisal of its oil and gas interests. The analogy of Signal to the case at bar is significant.
(4)
Part of the defense is based on a claim that the directors relied on legal advice rendered at the September 20 meeting by James Brennan, Esquire, who was present at Van Gorkom’s request. Unfortunately, Brennan did not appear and testify at trial even though his firm participated in the defense of this action. There is no contemporaneous evidence of the advice given by Brennan on September 20, only the later deposition and trial testimony of certain directors as to their recollections or understanding of what was said at the meeting. Since counsel did not testify, and the advice attributed to Brennan is hearsay received by the Trial Court over the plaintiffs’ objections, we consider it only in the context of the directors’ present claims. In fairness to counsel, we make no findings that the advice attributed to him was in fact given. We focus solely on the efficacy of the *903defendants’ claims, made months and years later, in an effort to extricate themselves from liability.
Several defendants testified that Brennan advised them that Delaware law did not require a fairness opinion or an outside valuation of the Company before the Board could act on the Pritzker proposal. If given, the advice was correct. However, that did not end the matter. Unless the directors had before them adequate information regarding the intrinsic value of the Company, upon which a proper exercise of business judgment could be made, mere advice of this type is meaningless; and, given this record of the defendants’ failures, it constitutes no defense here.22
' We conclude that Trans Union’s Board \was grossly negligent in that it failed to act with informed reasonable deliberation ín agreeing to the Pritzker merger proposal pn September 20; and we further conclude that the Trial Court erred as a matter of law in failing to address that question before determining whether the directors’ latter conduct was sufficient to cure its initial jerror.
A second claim is that counsel advised the Board it would be subject to lawsuits if it rejected the $55 per share offer. It is, of course, a fact of corporate life that today when faced with difficult or sensitive issues, directors often are subject to suit, irrespective of the decisions they make. However, counsel’s mere acknowl-edgement of this circumstance cannot be rationally translated into a justification for a board permitting itself to be stampeded into a patently unadvised act. While suit might result from the rejection of a merger or tender offer, Delaware law makes clear that a board acting within the ambit of the business judgment rule faces no ultimate liability. Pogostin v. Rice, supra. Thus, we cannot conclude that the mere threat of litigation, acknowledged by counsel, constitutes either legal advice or any valid basis upon which to pursue an uninformed course.
Since we conclude that Brennan’s purported advice is of no consequence to the defense of this case, it is unnecessary for us to invoke the adverse inferences which may be attributable to one failing to appear at trial and testify.
-B-
We now examine the Board’s post-September 20 conduct for the purpose of determining first, whether it was informed and not grossly negligent; and second, if informed, whether it was sufficient to legally rectify and cure the Board’s derelictions of September 20.23
(1)
First, as to the Board meeting of October 8: Its purpose arose in the aftermath of the September 20 meeting: (1) the September 22 press release announcing that Trans Union “had entered into definitive agreements to merge with an affiliate of Mar-mon Group, Inc.;” and (2) Senior Management’s ensuing revolt.
Trans Union’s press release stated:
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE:
CHICAGO, IL — Trans Union Corporation announced today that it had entered into definitive agreements to merge with an affiliate of The Marmon Group, Inc. in a transaction whereby Trans Union stockholders would receive $55 per share in cash for each Trans Union share held. The Marmon Group, Inc. is controlled by the Pritzker family of Chicago.
The merger is subject to approval by the stockholders of Trans Union at a special meeting expected to be held *905sometime during December or early January.
Until October 10, 1980, the purchaser has the right to terminate the merger if financing that is satisfactory to the purchaser has not been obtained, but after that date there is no such right.
In a related transaction, Trans Union has agreed to sell to a designee of the purchaser one million newly-issued shares of Trans Union common stock at a cash price of $38 per share. Such shares will be issued only if the merger financing has been committed for no later than October 10, 1980, or if the purchaser elects to waive the merger financing condition. In addition, the New York Stock Exchange will be asked to approve the listing of the new shares pursuant to a listing application which Trans Union intends to file shortly.
Completing of the transaction is also subject to the preparation of a definitive proxy statement and making various filings and obtaining the approvals or consents of government agencies.
The press release made no reference to ovisions allegedly reserving to the Board e rights to perform a “market test” and withdraw from the Pritzker Agreement Trans Union received a better offer here the shareholder meeting. The defend-ts also concede that Trans Union never ide a subsequent public announcement iting that it had in fact reserved the ;Tat to accept alternate offers, the Agree-;nt notwithstanding.
The public announcement of the Pritzker irger resulted in an “en masse” revolt of ms Union’s Senior Management. The id of Trans Union’s tank car operations i most profitable division) informed Van Gorkom that unless the merger were called off, fifteen key personnel would resign.
A secondary purpose of the October 8 meeting 'as to obtain the Board’s approval for Trans nion to employ its investment advisor, Salo-lon Brothers, for the limited purpose of assist-ig Management in the solicitation of other of-:rs. Neither Management nor the Board then - thereafter requested Salomon Brothers to submit its opinion as to the fairness of Pritzker’s $55 cash-out merger proposal or to value Trans Union as an entity.
Instead of reconvening the Board, Van Gorkom again privately met with Pritzker, informed him of the developments, and sought his advice. Pritzker then made the following suggestions for overcoming Management’s dissatisfaction: (1) that the Agreement be amended to permit Trans Union to solicit, as well as receive, higher offers; and (2) that the shareholder meeting be postponed from early January to February 10, 1981. In return, Pritzker asked Van Gorkom to obtain a commitment from Senior Management to remain at Trans Union for at least six months after the merger was consummated.
Van Gorkom then advised Senior Management that the Agreement would be amended to give Trans Union the right to solicit competing offers through January, 1981, if they would agree to remain with Trans Union. Senior Management was temporarily mollified; and Van Gorkom then called a special meeting of Trans Union’s Board for October 8.
Thus, the primary purpose of the October 8 Board meeting was to amend the Merger Agreement, in a manner agreeable to Pritzker, to permit Trans Union to conduct a “market test.”24 Van Gorkom understood that the proposed amendments were intended'to give the Company an unfettered “right to openly solicit offers down through January 31.” Van Gorkom presumably so represented the amendments to Trans Union’s Board members on October 8. In a brief session, the directors approved Van Gorkom’s oral presentation of the substance of the proposed amend*907ments, the terms of which were not reduced to writing until October 10. But rather than waiting to review the amendments, the Board again approved them sight unseen and adjourned, giving Van Gorkom authority to execute the papers when he received them.25
*905There is no evidence of record that the October 8 meeting had any other purpose; and we also note that the Minutes of the October 8 Board meeting, including any notice of the meeting, are not part of the voluminous records of this case.
*907Thus, the Court of Chancery’s finding that the October 8 Board meeting was convened to reconsider the Pritzker “proposal” is clearly erroneous. Further, the consequence of the Board’s faulty conduct on October 8, in approving amendments to the Agreement which had not even been drafted, will become apparent when the actual amendments to the Agreement are hereafter examined.
The next day, October 9, and before the Agreement was amended, Pritzker moved swiftly to off-set the proposed market test amendment. First, Pritzker informed Trans Union that he had completed arrangements for financing its acquisition and that the parties were thereby mutually bound to a firm purchase and sale arrangement. Second, Pritzker announced the exercise of his option to purchase one million shares of Trans Union’s treasury stock at $38 per share — 75 cents above the current market price. Trans Union’s Management responded the same day by issuing a press release announcing: (1) that all financing arrangements for Pritzker’s acquisition of Trans Union had been completed; and (2) Pritzker’s purchase of one million shares of Trans Union’s treasury stock at $38 per share.
The next day, October 10, Pritzker delivered to Trans Union the proposed amendments to the September 20 Merger Agreement. Van Gorkom promptly proceeded to countersign all the instruments on behalf of Trans Union without reviewing the instruments to determine if they were consistent with the authority previously granted him by the Board. The amending documents were apparently not approved by Trans Union’s Board until a much later date, December 2. The record does not affirmatively establish that Trans Union’s directors ever read the October 10 amendments.26
The October 10 amendments to the Merger Agreement did authorize Trans Union to solicit competing offers, but the amendments had more far-reaching effects. The most significant change was in the definition of the third-party “offer” available to Trans Union as a possible basis for withdrawal from its Merger Agreement with Pritzker. Under the October 10 amendments, a better offer was no longer sufficient to permit Trans Union’s withdrawal. Trans Union was now permitted to terminate the Pritzker Agreement and abandon the merger only if, prior to February 10, 1981, Trans Union had either consummated a merger (or sale of assets) with a third party or had entered into a “definitive” merger agreement more favorable than Pritzker’s and for a greater consideration— subject only to stockholder approval. Further, the “extension” of the market test period to February 10, 1981 was circumscribed by other amendments which required Trans Union to file its preliminary proxy statement on the Pritzker merger proposal by December 5, 1980 and use its best efforts to mail the statement to its shareholders by January 5, 1981. Thus, the market test period was effectively reduced, not extended. (See infra note 29 at 886.)
In our view, the record compels the conclusion that the directors’ conduct on Octo-*9098 exhibited the same deficiencies as did r conduct on September 20. The Board nitted its Merger Agreement with zker to be amended in a manner it had !ier authorized nor intended. The rt of Chancery, in its decision, over-ed the significance of the October 8-10 its and their relevance to the sufficien-)f the directors’ conduct. The Trial rt’s letter opinion ignores: the October mendments; the manner of their adop-the effect of the October 9 press ise and the October 10 amendments on feasibility of a market test; and the tiate question as to the reasonableness íe directors’ reliance on a market test ¡commending that the shareholders ape the Pritzker merger.
We conclude that the Board i in a grossly negligent manner on iber 8; and that Van Gorkom’s repre-ations on which the Board based its >ns do not constitute “reports” under 1(e) on which the directors could rea-bly have relied. Further, the amended *er Agreement imposed on Trans Un-acceptance of a third party offer con-ns more onerous than those imposed 'rans Union’s acceptance of Pritzker’s r on September 20. After October 10, is Union could accept from a third par-better offer only if it were incorporat-i a definitive agreement between the ies, and not conditioned on financing or ny other contingency.
le October 9 press release, coupled the October 10 amendments, had the • effect of locking Trans Union’s Board the Pritzker Agreement. Pritzker had sby foreclosed Trans Union’s Board i negotiating any better “definitive” ement over the remaining eight weeks re Trans Union was required to clear-5roxy Statement submitting the Pritzk-roposal to its shareholders.
(2)
;xt, as to the “curative” effects of the •d’s post-September 20 conduct, we rein more detail the reaction of Van tom to the KKR proposal and the results of the Board-sponsored “market test.”
The KKR proposal was the first and only offer received subsequent to the Pritzker Merger Agreement. The offer resulted primarily from the efforts of Romans and other senior officers to propose an alternative to Pritzker’s acquisition of Trans Union. In late September, Romans’ group contacted KKR about the possibility of a leveraged buy-out by all members of Management, except Van Gorkom. By early October, Henry R. Kravis of KKR gave Romans written notice of KKR’s “interest in making an offer to purchase 100%” of Trans Union’s common stock.
Thereafter, and until early December, Romans’ group worked with KKR to develop a proposal. It did so with Van Gor-kom’s knowledge and apparently grudging consent. On December 2, Kravis and Romans hand-delivered to Van Gorkom a formal letter-offer to purchase all of Trans Union’s assets and to assume all of its liabilities for an aggregate cash consideration equivalent to $60 per share. The offer was contingent upon completing equity and bank financing of $650 million, which Kra-vis represented as 80% complete. The KKR letter made reference to discussions with major banks regarding the loan portion of the buy-out cost and stated that KKR was “confident that commitments for the bank financing * * * can be obtained within two or three weeks.” The purchasing group was to include certain named key members of Trans Union’s Senior Management, excluding Van Gorkom, and a major Canadian company. Kravis stated that they were willing to enter into a “definitive agreement” under terms and conditions “substantially the same” as those contained in Trans Union’s agreement with Pritzker. The offer was addressed to Trans Union’s Board of Directors and a meeting with the Board, scheduled for that afternoon, was requested.
Van Gorkom’s reaction to the KKR proposal was completely negative; he did not view the offer as being firm because of its *911financing condition. It was pointed out, to no avail, that Pritzker’s offer had not only been similarly conditioned, but accepted on an expedited basis. Van Gorkom refused Kravis’ request that Trans Union issue a press release announcing KKR’s offer, on the ground that it might “chill” any other offer.27 Romans and Kravis left with the understanding that their proposal would be presented to Trans Union’s Board that afternoon.
Within a matter of hours and shortly before the scheduled Board meeting, Kra-vis withdrew his letter-offer. He gave as his reason a sudden decision by the Chief Officer of Trans Union’s rail car leasing operation to withdraw from the KKR purchasing group. Van Gorkom had spoken to that officer about his participation in the KKR proposal immediately after his meeting with Romans and Kravis. However, Van Gorkom denied any responsibility for the officer’s change of mind.
At the Board meeting later that afternoon, Van Gorkom did not inform the directors of the KKR proposal because he considered it “dead.” Van Gorkom did not contact KKR again until January 20, when faced with the realities of this lawsuit, he then attempted to reopen negotiations. KKR declined due to the imminence of the February 10 stockholder meeting.
GE Credit Corporation’s interest in Trans Union did not develop until November; and it made no written proposal until mid-January. Even then, its proposal was not in the form of an offer. Had there been time to do so, GE Credit was prepared to offer between $2 and $5 per share above the $55 per share price which Pritzker offered. But GE Credit needed an additional 60 to 90 days; and it was unwilling to make a formal offer without a concession from Pritzker extending the February 10 “deadline” for Trans Union’s stockholder meeting. As previously stated, Pritzker refused to grant such extension; and on January 21, GE Credit terminated further negotiations with Trans Union. Its stated reasons, among others, were its “unwillingness to become involved in a bidding contest with Pritzker in the absence of the willingness of [the Pritzker interests] to terminate the proposed $55 cash merger.”
In the absence of any explicit finding by the Trial Court as to the reasonableness of Trans Union’s directors’ reliance on a market test and its feasibility, we may make our own findings based on the record. Our review of the record compels a finding that confirmation of the appropriateness of the Pritzker offer by an unfettered or free market test was virtually meaningless in the face of the terms and time limitations of Trans Union’s Merger Agreement with Pritzker as amended October 10, 1980.
(3)
Finally, we turn to the Board’s meeting of January 26, 1981. The defendant directors rely upon the action there taken to refute the contention that they did not reach an informed business judgment in approving the Pritzker merger. The defendants contend that the Trial Court correctly concluded that Trans Union’s directors were, in effect, as “free to turn down the Pritzker proposal” on January 26, as they were on September 20.
Applying the appropriate standard of review set forth in Levitt v. Bouvier, supra, we conclude that the Trial Court’s finding in this regard is neither supported by the record nor the product of an orderly and logical deductive process. Without disagreeing with the principle that a business decision by an originally uninformed board of directors may, under appropriate circumstances, be timely cured so as to become informed and deliberate, Muschel v. Western Union Corporation, Del. Ch., 310 *913904 (1973),28 we find that the record not permit the defendants to invoke principle in this case.
e Board’s January 26 meeting was the meeting following the filing of the tiffs’ suit in mid-December and the neeting before the previously-noticed ¡holder meeting of February 10.29 All lembers of the Board and three out-attorneys attended the meeting. At meeting the following facts, among aspects of the Merger Agreement, discussed:
The fact that prior to September 20, no Board member or member of Sen-unagement, except Chelberg and Pe-ü, knew that Van Gorkom had dis-d a possible merger with Pritzker;
The fact that the price of $55 per had been suggested initially to ter by Van Gorkom;
(c) The fact that the Board had not sought an independent fairness opinion;
(d) The fact that, at the September 20 Senior Management meeting, Romans and several members of Senior Management indicated both concern that the $55 per share price was inadequate and a belief that a higher price should and could be obtained;
(e) The fact that Romans had advised the Board at its meeting on September 20, that he and his department had prepared a study which indicated that the Company had a value in the range of $55 to $65 per share, and that he could not advise the Board that the $55 per share offer made by Pritzker was unfair.
The defendants characterize the Board’s Minutes of the January 26 meeting as a “review” of the “entire sequence of events” from Van Gorkom’s initiation of the negotiations on September 13 forward.30 The defendants also rely on the *915testimony of several of the Board members at trial as'confirming the Minutes.31 On the basis of this evidence, the defendants argue that whatever information the Board lacked to make a deliberate and informed judgment on September 20, or on October 8, was fully divulged to the entire Board on January 26. Hence, the argument goes, the Board's vote on January 26 to again “approve” the Pritzker merger must be found to have been an informed and deliberate judgment.
On the basis of this evidence, the defendants assert: (1) that the Trial Court was legally correct in widening the time frame for determining whether the defendants’ approval of the Pritzker merger represented an informed business judgment to include the entire four-month period during which the Board considered the matter from September 20 through January 26; and (2) that, given this extensive evidence of the Board’s further review and deliberations on January 26, this Court must affirm the Trial Court’s conclusion that the Board’s action was not reckless or improvident.
We cannot agree. We find the Trial Court to have erred, both as a matter of fact and as a matter of law, in relying on the action on January 26 to bring the defendants’ conduct within the protection of the business judgment rule.
Johnson’s testimony and the Board Minutes of January 26 are remarkably consistent. Both clearly indicate recognition that the question of the alternative courses of action, available to the Board on January 26 with respect to the Pritzker merger, was a legal question, presenting to the Board {after its review of the full record developed through pre-trial discovery) three options: (1) to “continue to recommend” the Pritzker merger; (2) to “recommend that *917e stockholders vote against” the Pritzker srger; or (3) to take a noncommittal posi->n on the merger and “simply leave the cisión to [the] shareholders.”
We must conclude from the forcing that the Board was mistaken as a itter of law regarding its available urses of action on January 26, 1981. Op-ns (2) and (3) were not viable or legally ailable to the Board under 8 Del.C. 251(b). The Board could not remain com-tted to the Pritzker merger and yet rec-unend that its stockholders vote it down; r could it take a neutral position and legate to the stockholders the unadvised cisión as to whether to accept or reject ; merger. Under § 251(b), the Board d but two options: (1) to proceed with ; merger and the stockholder meeting, th the Board’s recommendation of ap-jval; or (2) to rescind its agreement with itzker, withdraw its approval of the srger, and notify its stockholders that the jposed shareholder meeting was can-led. There is no evidence that the Board ve any consideration to these, its only ;ally viable alternative courses of action.
But the second course of action uld have clearly involved a substantial k — that the Board would be faced with t by Pritzker for breach of contract sed on its September 20 agreement as ended October 10. As previously noted, der the terms of the October 10 amend-nt, the Board’s only ground for release >m its agreement with Pritzker was its ;ry into a more favorable definitive reement to sell the Company to a third *ty. Thus, in reality, the Board was not ■ee to turn down the Pritzker proposal” the Trial Court found. Indeed, short of jotiating a better agreement with a third rty, the Board’s only basis for release m the Pritzker Agreement without liaity would have been to establish fundamental wrongdoing by Pritzker. Clearly, the Board was not “free” to withdraw from its agreement with Pritzker on January 26 by simply relying on its self-induced failure to have reached an informed business judgment at the time of its original agreement. See Wilmington Trust Company v. Coulter, Del.Supr., 200 A.2d 441, 453 (1964), aff'g Pennsylvania Company v. Wilmington Trust Company, Del.Ch., 186 A.2d 751 (1962).
Therefore, the Trial Court’s conclusion that the Board reached an informed business judgment on January 26 in determining whether to turn down the Pritzker “proposal” on that day cannot be sustained.32 The Court’s conclusion is not supported by the record; it is contrary to the provisions of § 251(b) and basic principles of contract law; and it is not the product of a logical and deductive reasoning process.
Upon the basis of the foregoing, we hold that the defendants’ post-September conduct did not cure the deficiencies of their September 20 conduct; and that, accordingly, the Trial Court erred in according to the defendants the benefits of the business judgment rule.
IV.
Whether the directors of Trans Union should be treated as one or individually in terms of invoking the protection of the business judgment rule and the applicability of 8 Del. C. § 141(c) are questions which were not originally addressed by the parties in their briefing of this case. This resulted in a supplemental briefing and a second rehearing en banc on two basic questions: (a) whether one or more of the directors were deprived of the protection of the business judgment rule by evidence of an absence of good faith; and (b) whether one or more of the outside directors were *919entitled to invoke the protection of 8 Del.C. § 141(e) by evidence of a reasonable, good faith reliance on “reports,” including legal advice, rendered the Board by certain inside directors and the Board’s special counsel, Brennan.
The parties’ response, including reargument, has led the majority of the Court to conclude: (1) that since all of the defendant directors, outside as well as inside, take a unified position, we are required to treat all of the directors as one as to whether they are entitled to the protection of the business judgment rule; and (2) that considerations of good faith, including the presumption that the directors acted in ¡good faith, are irrelevant in determining 'the threshold issue of whether the directors as a Board exercised an informed business judgment. For the same reason, We must reject defense counsel’s ad homi-fnem argument for affirmance: that reversal may result in a multi-million dollar class award against the defendants for having made an allegedly uninformed business judgment in a transaction not involving any personal gain, self-dealing or claim of bad faith.
In their brief, the defendants similarly mistake the business judgment rule’s application to this case by erroneously invoking presumptions of good faith and “wide discretion”:
This is a case in which plaintiff challenged the exercise of business judgment by an independent Board of Directors. There were no allegations and no proof of fraud, bad faith, or self-dealing by the directors....
The business judgment rule, which was properly applied by the Chancellor, allows directors wide discretion in the matter of valuation and affords room for honest differences of opinion. In order to prevail, plaintiffs had the heavy burden of proving that the merger price was so grossly inadequate as to display itself as a badge of fraud. That is a burden which plaintiffs have not met.
However, plaintiffs have not claimed, nor did the Trial Court decide, that $55 was a grossly inadequate pric® per share for sale of the Company. That being so, the presumption that a board’s judgment as to adequacy of price represents an honest exercise of business judgment (absent proof that the sale price was grossly inadequate) is irrelevant to the threshold question of whether an informed judgment was reached. Compare Sinclair Oil Corp. v. Levien, Del.Supr., 280 A.2d 717 (1971); Kelly v. Bell, Del.Supr., 266 A.2d 878, 879 (1970); Cole v. National Cash Credit Association, Del.Ch., 156 A. 183 (1931); Allaun v. Consolidated Oil Co., supra; Allen Chemical & Dye Corp. v. Steel & Tube Co. of America, Del.Ch., 120 A. 486 (1923).
V.
The defendants ultimately rely on the stockholder vote of February 10 for exoneration. The defendants contend that the stockholders’ “overwhelming” vote approving the Pritzker Merger Agreement had the legal effect of curing any failure of the Board to reach an informed business judgment in its approval of the merger.
The parties tacitly agree that a discovered failure of the Board to reach an informed business judgment in approving the merger constitutes a voidable, rather than a void, act. Hence, the merger can be sustained, notwithstanding the infirmity of the Board’s action, if its approval by majority vote of the shareholders is found to have been based on an informed electorate. Cf. Michelson v. Duncan, Del.Supr., 407 A.2d 211 (1979), aff'g in part and rev’g in part, Del.Ch., 386 A.2d 1144 (1978). The disagreement between the parties arises over: (1) the Board’s burden of disclosing to the shareholders all relevant and material information; and (2) the sufficiency of the evidence as to whether the Board satisfied that burden.
On this issue the Trial Court summarily concluded “that the stockholders of Trans Union were fairly informed as to the pending merger....” The Court provided no *921supportive reasoning nor did the Court make any reference to the evidence of record.
The plaintiffs contend that the Court committed error by applying an erroneous disclosure standard of “adequacy” rather than “completeness” in determining the sufficiency of the Company’s merger proxy materials. The plaintiffs also argue that the Board’s proxy statements, both its original statement dated January 19 and its supplemental statement dated January 26, were incomplete in various material respects. Finally, the plaintiffs assert that Management’s supplemental statement (mailed “on or about” January 27) was untimely either as a matter of law under 8 Del.C. § 251(c), or untimely as a matter of equity and the requirements of complete candor and fair disclosure.
The defendants deny that the Court committed legal or equitable error. On the question of the Board’s burden of disclosure, the defendants state that there was no dispute at trial over the standard of disclosure required of the Board; but the [defendants concede that the Board was required to disclose “all germane facts” which a reasonable shareholder would have considered important in deciding whether po approve the merger. Thus, the defendants argue that when the Trial Court ppeaks of finding the Company’s shareholders to have been “fairly informed” by Management’s proxy materials, the Court is fcpeaking in terms of “complete candor” as required under Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., Del.Supr., 383 A.2d 278 (1978).
The settled rule in Delaware is Ihat “where a majority of fully informed Itockholders ratify action of even interest-id directors, an attack on the ratified transition normally must fail.” Gerlach v. Gilam, Del.Ch., 139 A.2d 591, 593 (1958). the question of whether shareholders have leen fully informed such that their vote pn be said to ratify director action, “turns rt the fairness and completeness of the roxy materials submitted by the manage-lent to the ... shareholders.” Michelson v. Duncan, supra at 220. As this Court stated in Gottlieb v. Heyden Chemical Corp., Del.Supr., 91 A.2d 57, 59 (1952):
[T]he entire atmosphere is freshened and a new set of rules invoked where a formal approval has been given by a majority of independent, fully informed stockholders ....
In Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., supra, this Court held that corporate directors owe to their stockholders a fiduciary duty to disclose all facts germane to the transaction at issue in an atmosphere of complete candor. We defined “germane” in the tender offer context as all “information such as a reasonable stockholder would consider important in deciding whether to sell or retain stock.” Id. at 281. Accord Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., supra; Michelson v. Duncan, supra; Schreiber v. Pennzoil Corp., Del.Ch., 419 A.2d 952 (1980). In reality, “germane” means material facts.
Applying this standard to the record before us, we find that Trans Union’s stockholders were not fully informed of all facts material to their vote on the Pritzker Merger and that the Trial Court’s ruling to the contrary is clearly erroneous. We list the material deficiencies in the proxy materials:
(1) The fact that the Board had no reasonably adequate information indicative of the intrinsic value of the Company, other than a concededly depressed market price, was without question material to the shareholders voting on the merger. See Wein-berger, supra at 709 (insiders’ report that cash-out merger price up to $24 was good investment held material); Michelson, supra at 224 (alleged terms and intent of stock option plan held not germane); Schreiber, supra at 959 (management fee of $650,000 held germane).
Accordingly, the Board’s lack of valuation information should have been disclosed. Instead, the directors cloaked the absence of such information in both the Proxy Statement and the Supplemental *923Proxy Statement. Through artful drafting, noticeably absent at the September 20 meeting, both documents create the impression that the Board knew the intrinsic worth of the Company. In particular, the Original Proxy Statement contained the following:
[although the Board of Directors regards the intrinsic value of the Company's assets to be significantly greater than their book value ..., systematic liquidation of such a large and complex entity as Trans Union is simply not regarded as a feasible method of realizing its inherent value. Therefore, a business combination such as the merger would seem to be the only practicable way in which the stockholders could realize the value of the Company.
The Proxy stated further that “[i]n the dew of the Board of Directors ..., the prices at which the Company’s common stock has traded in recent years have not reflected the inherent value of the Company.” What the Board failed to disclose to its stockholders was that the Board had not made any study of the intrinsic or inherent worth of the Company; nor had the Board Bven discussed the inherent value of the Company prior to approving the merger on September 20, or at either of the subsequent meetings on October 8 or January 26. Neither in its Original Proxy Statement nor in its Supplemental Proxy did the Board disclose that it had no information before it, beyond the premium-over-market and the price/earnings ratio, on which to determine the fair value of the Company as a whole.
(2)We find false and misleading the Board’s characterization of the Romans report in the Supplemental Proxy Statement. The Supplemental Proxy stated:
At the September 20, 1980 meeting of the Board of Directors of Trans Union, Mr. Romans indicated that while he could not say that $55,00 per share was an unfair price, he had prepared a preliminary report which reflected that the value of the Company was in the range of $55.00 to $65.00 per share.
Nowhere does the Board disclose that Romans stated to the Board that his calculations were made in a "search for ways to justify a price in connection with” a leveraged buy-out transaction, “rather than to say what the shares are worth,” and that he stated to the Board that his conclusion thus arrived at “was not the same thing as saying that I have a valuation of the Company at X dollars.” Such information would have been material to a reasonable shareholder because it tended to invalidate the fairness of the merger price of $55. Furthermore, defendants again failed to disclose the absence of valuation information, but still made repeated reference to the “substantial premium.”
(3) We find misleading the Board’s references to the “substantial” premium offered. The Board gave as their primary reason in support of the merger the “substantial premium” shareholders would receive. But the Board did not disclose its failure to assess the premium offered in terms of other relevant valuation techniques, thereby rendering questionable its determination as to the substantiality of the premium over an admittedly depressed stock market price.
(4) We find the Board’s recital in the Supplemental Proxy of certain events preceding the September 20 meeting to be incomplete and misleading. It is beyond dispute that a reasonable stockholder would have considered material the fact that Van Gorkom not only suggested the $55 price to Pritzker, but also that he chose the figure because it made feasible a leveraged buy-out. The directors disclosed that Van Gorkom suggested the $55 price to Pritzker. But the Board misled the shareholders when they described the basis of Van Gorkom’s suggestion as follows:
Such suggestion was based, at least in part, on Mr. Van Gorkom’s belief that loans could be obtained from institutional lenders (together with about a $200 mil-*925ion equity contribution) which would istify the payment of such price, ... hough by January 26, the directors w the basis of the $55 figure, they did disclose that Van Gorkom chose the $55 :e because that figure would enable ;zker to both finance the purchase of ns Union through a leveraged buy-out , within five years, substantially repay loan out of the cash flow generated by Company’s operations,
i) The Board’s Supplemental Proxy iement, mailed on or after January 27, ed significant new matter, material to proposal to be voted on February 10, eh was not contained in the Original xy Statement. Some of this new mat-was information which had only been losed to the Board on January 26; :h was information known or reason-r available before January 21 but not ;aled in the Original Proxy Statement, the stockholders were not informed of e facts. Included in the “new” matter ; disclosed in the Supplemental Proxy ement were the following:
) The fact that prior to September 20, ), no Board member or member of Sen-Management, except Chelberg and Peon, knew that Van Gorkom had dis-ed a possible merger with Pritzker; ) The fact that the sale price of $55 per e had been suggested initially to sker by Van Gorkom;
1 The fact that the Board had not ;ht an independent fairness opinion;
) The fact that Romans and several ibers of Senior Management had indi-d concern at the September 20 Senior agement meeting that the $55 per e price was inadequate and had stated a higher price should and could be ined; and
(e) The fact that Romans had advised the Board at its meeting on September 20 that he and his department had prepared a study which indicated that the Company had a value in the range of $55 to $65 per share, and that he could not advise the Board that the $55 per share offer which Pritzker made was unfair.
The parties differ over whether the notice requirements of 8 Del. C. § 251(c) apply to the mailing date of supplemental proxy material or that of the original proxy material.33 The Trial Court summarily disposed of the notice issue, stating it was “satisfied that the proxy material furnished to Trans Union stockholders ... fairly presented the question to be voted on at the February 10, 1981 meeting.”
The defendants argue that the notice provisions of § 251(c) must be construed as requiring only that stockholders receive notice of the time, place, and purpose of a meeting to consider a merger at least 20 days prior to such meeting; and since the Original Proxy Statement was disseminated more than 20 days before the meeting, the defendants urge affirmance of the Trial Court’s ruling as correct as a matter of statutory construction. Apparently, the question has not been addressed by either the Court of Chancery or this Court; and authority in other jurisdictions is limited. See Electronic Specialty Co. v. Int’l Controls Corp., 2d Cir., 409 F.2d 937, 944 (1969) (holding that a tender offeror’s September 16, 1968 correction of a previous misstatement, combined with an offer of withdrawal running for eight days until September 24, 1968, was sufficient to cure past violations and eliminate any need for rescission); Nicholson File Co. v. H.K. Porter Co., D.R.I., 341 F.Supp. 508, 513-14 (1972), aff'd, 1st Cir., 482 F.2d 421 (1973) *927(permitting correction of a material misstatement by a mailing to stockholders within seven days of a tender offer withdrawal date). Both Electronic and Nicholson are federal security cases not arising under 8 Del. C. § 251(c) and they are otherwise distinguishable from this case on their facts.
Since we have concluded that Management’s Supplemental Proxy Statement does not meet the Delaware disclosure standard of “complete candor” under Lynch v. Vickers, supra, it is unnecessary for us to address the plaintiffs’ legal argument as to the proper construction of § 251(c). However, we do find it advisable to express the ; view that, in an appropriate case, an other- j wise candid proxy statement may be so i untimely as to defeat its purpose of meet- . ing the needs of a fully informed electorate.
In this case, the Board’s ultimate disclosure as contained in the Supplemental Proxy Statement related either to information readily accessible to all of the directors if they had asked the right questions, or was information already at their disposal. In short, the information disclosed by the Supplemental Proxy Statement was information which the defendant directors knew or should have known at the time the first Proxy Statement was issued. The defendants simply failed in their original duty of knowing, sharing, and disclosing information that was material and reasonably available for their discovery. They compounded that failure by their continued lack of candor in the Supplemental Proxy Statement. While we need not decide the issue here, we are satisfied that, in an appropriate case, a completely candid but belated disclosure of information long known or readily available to a board could raise serious issues of inequitable conduct. Schnell v. Chris-Craft Industries, Inc., Del.Supr., 285 A.2d 437, 439 (1971).
The burden must fall on defendants who claim ratification based on shareholder vote to establish that the shareholder approval resulted from a fully informed electorate. On the record before us, it is clear that the Board failed to meet that burden. Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., supra at 703; Michelson v. Duncan, supra.
For the foregoing reasons, we conclude that the director defendants breached their fiduciary duty of candor by their failure to make true and correct disclosures of all information they had, or should have had, material to the transaction submitted for stockholder approval.
VI.
To summarize: we hold that the directors of Trans Union breached their fiduciary duty to their stockholders (1) by their failure to inform themselves of all information reasonably available to them and relevant to their decision to recommend the Pritzker merger; and (2) by their failure to disclose all material information such as a reasonable stockholder would consider important in deciding whether to approve the Pritzker offer.
We hold, therefore, that the Trial Court committed reversible error in applying the business judgment rule in favor of the director defendants in this case.
On remand, the Court of Chancery shall conduct an evidentiary hearing to determine the fair value of the shares represented by the plaintiffs’ class, based on the intrinsic value of Trans Union on September 20, 1980. Such valuation shall be made in accordance with Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., supra at 712-715. Thereafter, an award of damages may be entered to the extent that the fair value of Trans Union exceeds $55 per share.
REVERSED and REMANDED for proceedings consistent herewith.
. The plaintiff, Alden Smith, originally sought to njoin the merger; but, following extensive dis-overy, the Trial Court denied the plaintiffs lotion for preliminary injunction by unreport-d letter opinion dated February 3, 1981. On ebruary 10, 1981, the proposed merger was pproved by Trans Union's stockholders at a jecial meeting and the merger became effec-ve on that date. Thereafter, John W. Gosselin as permitted to intervene as an additional Saintiff; and Smith and Gosselin were certified ; representing a class consisting of all persons, her than defendants, who held shares of Trans nion common stock on all relevant dates. At ¡e time of the merger, Smith owned 54,000 tares of Trans Union stock, Gosselin owned 1,600 shares, and members of Gosselin’s family vned 20,000 shares.
. Following trial, and before decision by the Trial Court, the parties stipulated to the dismissal, with prejudice, of the Messrs. Pritzker as parties defendant. However, all references to defendants hereinafter are to the defendant directors of Trans Union, unless otherwise noted.
. It has been stipulated that plaintiffs sue on behalf of a class consisting of 10,537 shareholders (out of a total of 12,844) and that the class owned 12,734,404 out of 13,357,758 shares of Trans Union outstanding.
. More detailed statements of facts, consistent with this factual outline, appear in related portions of this Opinion.
. The common stock of Trans Union was traded the New York Stock Exchange. <Over the e year period from 1975 through 1979, Trans ton's stock had traded within a range of a high of S39‘/2 and a low of $241A. Its high and low range for 1980 through September 19 (the last trading day before announcement of the merger) was $38l/t-$29'/2.
. Van Gorkom asked Romans to express his opinion as to the $55 price. Romans stated that he “thought the price was too low in relation to what he could derive for the company in a cash sale, particularly one which enabled us to realize the values of certain subsidiaries and independent entities.”
. The record is not clear as to the terms of the Merger Agreement. The Agreement, as original-y presented to the Board on September 20, was tever produced by defendants despite demands >y the plaintiffs. Nor is it clear that the diectors were given an opportunity to study the Merger Agreement before voting on it. All that can be said is that Brennan had the Agreement before him during the meeting.
. In Van Gorkom’s words: The "real decision" is whether to “let the stockholders decide it” which is "all you are being asked to decide today."
. The Trial Court stated the premium relationship'of the $55 price to the market history of the Company’s stock as follows:
* * * the merger price offered to the stockholders of Trans Union represented a premium of 62% over the average of the high and low prices at which Trans Union stock had traded in 1980, a premium of 48% over the last closing price, and a premium of 39% over the highest price at which the stock of Trans Union had traded any time during the prior six years.
. We refer to the underlined portion of the Court’s ultimate conclusion (previously stated): "that given the market value'of Trans Union's stock, the business acumen of the members of the board of Trans Union, the substantial premium over market offered by the Pritzkers and the ultimate effect on the merger price provided by the prospect of other bids for the stock in question, that the board of directors of Trans Union did not act recklessly or improvidently-”
. 8 DeLC. § 141 provides, in pertinent part:
(a) The business and affairs of every corporation organized under this chapter shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in this chapter or in its certificate of incorporation. If any such provision is made in the certificate of incorporation, the powers and duties conferred or imposed upon the board of directors by this chapter shall be exercised or performed to such extent and by such person or persons as shall be provided in the certificate of incorporation. '
. See Kaplan v. Centex Corporation, Del.Ch., 284 A.2d 119, 124 (1971), where the Court stated:
Application of the [business judgment] rule of necessity depends upon a showing that informed directors did in fact make a business judgment authorizing the transaction under review. And, as the plaintiff argues, the difficulty here is that the evidence does not show that this was done. There were director-committee-officer references to the realignment but none of these singly or cumulative showed that the director judgment was brought to bear with specificity on the transactions.
. Compare Mitchell v. Highland-Western Glass, supra, where the Court posed the question as whether the board acted "so far without information that they can be said to have passed an unintelligent and unadvised judgment.” 167 A. at 833. Compare also Gimbel v. Signal Companies, Inc., 316 A.2d 599, aff’d per curiam Del. Supr., 316 A.2d 619 (1974), where the Chancellor, after expressly reiterating the Highland-Western Glass standard, framed the question, "Or to put the question in its legal context, did the Signal directors act without the bounds of reason and recklessly in approving the price offer of Burmah?” Id.
. 8 Del.C. § 251(b) provides in pertinent part:
(b) The board of directors of each corporation which desires to merge or consolidate shall adopt a resolution approving an agreement of merger or consolidation. The agreement shall state: (1) the terms and conditions of the merger or consolidation; (2) the mode of carrying the same into effect; (3), such amendments or changes in the certificate of incorporation of the surviving corporation as are desired to be effected by the merger or consolidation, or, if no such amendments or changes are desired, a statement that the certificate of incorporation of one of the constituent corporations shall be the certificate of incorporation of the surviving or resulting corporation; (4) the manner of converting the shares of each of the constituent corporations ... and (5) such other details or provisions as are deemed desirable.... The agreement so adopted shall be executed in accordance with section 103 of this title. Any of the terms of the agreement of merger or consolidation may be made dependent upon facts ascertainable outside of such agreement, provided that the manner in which such facts shall operate upon the terms of the agreement is clearly and expressly set forth in the agreement of merger or consolidation, (underlining added for emphasis)
. Section 141(e) provides in pertinent part:
A member of the board of directors ... shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of accounts or reports made to the corporation by any of its officers, or by an *891independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care by the board of directors ..., or in relying in good faith upon other records of the corporation.
. In support of the defendants’ argument that their judgment as to the adequacy of $55 per share was an informed one, the directors rely on the BCG study and the Five Year Forecast. However, no one even referred to either of these studies at the September 20.meeting; and it is conceded that these materials do not represent valuation studies. Hence, these documents do not constitute evidence as to whether the directors reached an informed judgment on September 20 that $55 per share was a fair value for sale of the Company.
. We reserve for discussion under Part III hereof, the defendants’ contention that their judgment, reached on September 20, if not then informed became informed by virtue of their "review" of the Agreement on October 8 and January 26.
. Romans’ department study was not made available to the Board until circulation of Trans Union’s Supplementary Proxy Statement and the Board’s meeting of January 26, 1981, on the eve of the shareholder meeting; and, as has been noted, the study has never been produced for inclusion in the record in this case.
. As of September 20 the directors did not know: that Van Gorkom had arrived at the $55 figure alone, and subjectively, as the figure to be used by Controller Peterson in creating a feasible structure for a leveraged buy-out by a prospective purchaser; that Van Gorkom had not sought advice, information or assistance from either inside or outside Trans Union directors as to the value of the Company as an entity or the fair price per share for 100% of its stock; that Van Gorkom had not consulted with the Company's investment bankers or other financial analysts; that Van Gorkom had not consulted with or confided in any officer or director of the Company except Chelberg; and that Van Gor-kom had deliberately chosen to ignore the advice and opinion of the members of his Senior Management group regarding the adequacy of the $55 price.
. For a far more careful and reasoned ap->ach taken by another board of directors faced with the pressures of a hostile tender offer, see Pogostin v. Rice, supra at 623-627.
. Trans Union's five "inside” directors had ckgrounds in law and accounting, 116 years collective employment by the Company and years of combined experience on its Board, ans Union’s five "outside” directors included rr chief executives of major corporations and economist who was a former dean of a ijor school of business and chancellor of a iversity. The "outside" directors had 78 years combined experience as chief executive officers of major corporations and 50 years of cumulative experience as directors of Trans Union. Thus, defendants argue that the Board was eminently qualified to reach an informed judgment on the proposed “sale” of Trans Union notwithstanding their lack of any advance notice of the proposal, the shortness of their deliberation, and their determination not to consult with their investment banker or to obtain a fairness opinion.
. Nonetheless, we are satisfied that in an appropriate factual context a proper exercise of business judgment may include, as one of its aspects, reasonable reliance upon the advice of counsel. This is wholly outside the statutory protections of 8 Del.C. § 141(e) involving reliance upon reports of officers, certain experts and books and records of the company.
. As will be seen, we do not reach the second question.
. As previously noted, the Board mistakenly lought that it had amended the September 20 raft agreement to include a market test.
. We do not suggest that a board must read in haec verba every contract or legal document which it approves, but if it is to successfully absolve itself from charges of the type made here, there must be some credible contemporary evidence demonstrating that the directors knew what they were doinj*, and ensured that their purported action was given effect. That is the consistent failure which cast this Board upon its unredeemable course.
. There is no evidence of record that Trans Union’s directors ever raised any objections, procedural or substantive, to the October 10 amendments or that any of them, including Van Gorkom, understood the opposite result of their intended effect — until it was too late.
. This was inconsistent with Vap Gorkom’s espousal of the September 22 press release following Trans Union's acceptance of Pritzker's proposal. Van Gorkom had then justified a press release as encouraging rather than chilling later offers.
. he defendants concede that Muschel is only trative of the proposition that a board may nsider a prior decision and that it is other-factually distinguishable from this case.
. This was the meeting which, under the terms te September 20 Agreement with Pritzker, scheduled to be held January 10 and was ■ postponed to February 10 under the Octo-8-10 amendments. We refer to the docu-t titled "Amendment to Supplemental ement” executed by the parties "as of’ Octo-10, 1980. Under new Section 2.03(a) of :le A VI of the “Supplemental Agreement,” parties agreed, in part, as follows: he solicitation of such offers or proposals s., 'other offers that Trans Union might ac-pt in lieu of the Merger Agreement'] by TU . shall not be deemed to constitute a breach this Supplemental Agreement or the Merg-Agreement provided that ... [Trans Union] all not (1) delay promptly seeking all con-nts and approvals required hereunder ... id] shall be deemed [in compliance] if it es its Preliminary Proxy Statement by De-mber 5, 1980, uses its best efforts to mail its oxy Statement by January 5, 1981 and holds special meeting of its Stockholders on or ior to February 10, 1981 ...
******
is the present intention of the Board of rectors of TU to recommend the approval the Merger Agreement to the Stockholders, less another offer or proposal is made which in their opinion is more favorable to the Stockholders than the Merger Agreement."
. With regard to the Pritzker merger, the recently filed shareholders’ suit to enjoin it, and relevant portions of the impending stockholder meeting of February 10, we set forth the Minutes in their entirety:
The Board then reviewed the necessity of issuing a Supplement to the Proxy Statement mailed to stockholders on January 21, 1981, for the special meeting of stockholders scheduled to be held on February 10, 1981, to vote on the proposed $55 cash merger with a subsidiary of GE Corporation. Among other things, the Board noted that subsequent to the printing of the Proxy Statement mailed to stockholders on January 21, 1981, General Electric Company had indicated that it would not be making an offer to acquire the Company. In addition, certain facts had been adduced in connection with pretrial discovery taken in connection with the lawsuit filed by Alden Smith in Delaware Chancery Court. After further discussion and review of a printer’s proof copy of a proposed Supplement to the Proxy Statement which had been distributed to Directors the preceding day, upon motion duly made and seconded, the following resolution was unanimously adopted, each Director having been individually polled with respect thereto:
RESOLVED, that the Secretary of the Company be and he hereby is authorized and *915directed to mail to the stockholders a Supplement to Proxy Statement, substantially in the form of the proposed Supplement to Proxy Statement submitted to the Board at this meeting, with such changes therein and modifications thereof as he shall, with the advice and assistance of counsel, approve as being necessary, desirable, or appropriate.
The Board then reviewed and discussed at great length the entire sequence of events pertaining to the proposed $55 cash merger with a subsidiary of GE Corporation, beginning with the first discussion on September 13, 1980, between the Chairman and Mr. Jay Pritzker relative to a possible merger. Each of the Directors was involved in this discussion as well as counsel who had earlier joined the meeting. Following this review and discussion, such counsel advised the Directors that in light of their discussions, they could (a) continue to recommend to the stockholders that the latter vote in favor of the proposed merger, (b) recommend that the stockholders vote against the merger, or (c) take no position with respect to recommending the proposed merger and simply leave the decision to stockholders. After further discussion, it was moved, seconded, and unanimously voted that the Board of Directors continue to recommend that the stockholders vote in favor of the proposed merger, each Director being individually polled with respect to his vote.
. In particular, the defendants rely on the testimony of director Johnson on direct examination:
Q. Was there a regular meeting of the board of Trans Union on January 26, 1981?
A. Yes.
0. And what was discussed at that meeting?
A. Everything relevant to this transaction.
You see, since the proxy statement of the 19th had been mailed, see, General Electric had advised that they weren’t going to make a bid. It was concluded to suggest that the shareholders be advised of that, and that required a supplemental proxy statement, and that required authorization of the board, and that led to a total review from beginning to end of every aspect of the whole transaction and all relevant developments.
Since that was occurring and a supplemental statement was going to the shareholders, it also was obvious to me that there should be a review of the board’s position again in the light of the whole record. And we went back from the beginning. Everything was examined and reviewed. Counsel were present. And the board was advised that we could recommend the Pritzker deal, we could submit it to the shareholders with no recommendation, or we could recommend against it.
The board voted to issue the supplemental statement to the shareholders. It voted unanimously — and this time we had a unanimous board, where one man was missing before — to recommend the Pritzker deal. Indeed, at that point there was no other deal. And, in truth, there never had been any other deal. And that’s what transpired: a total review of the GE situation, KKR and everything else that was relevant.
. To the extent the Trial Court's ultimate con-lusion to invoke the business judgment rule is ased on other explicit criteria and supporting vidence (i.e., market value of Trans Union's tock, the business acumen of the Board members, the substantial premium over market and the availability of the market test to confirm the adequacy of the premium), we have previously discussed the insufficiency of such evidence.
. The pertinent provisions of 8 Del.C. § 251(c) ivide:
(c) The agreement required by subsection b) shall be submitted to the stockholders of ach constituent corporation at an annual or pecial meeting thereof for the purpose of cting on the agreement. Due notice of the time, place and purpose of the meeting shall be mailed to each holder of stock, whether voting or non-voting, of the corporation at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, at least 20 days prior to the date of the meeting....
. Shortly after the announcement of the proposed merger in September senior members of Trans Union’s management got in touch with KKR to discuss their possible participation in a leverage buyout scheme. On December 2, 1980 KKR through Henry Kravis actually made a bid of $60.00 per share for Trans Union stock on December 2, 1980 but the offer was withdrawn three hours after it was made because of complications arising out of negotiations with the Reichman family, extremely wealthy Canadians and a change of attitude toward the leveraged buyout scheme, by Jack Kruzenga, the member of senior management of Trans Union who most likely would have been President and Chief Operating Officer of the new company. Kruzenga was the President and Chief Operating Officer of the seven subsidiaries of Trans Union which constituted the backbone of Trans Union as shown through exhaustive studies and analysis of Trans Union’s intrinsic value on the market place by the respected investment banking firm of Morgan Stanley. It is interesting to note that at no time during the market test period did any of the 150 corporations contacted by Salomon Brothers complain of the time frame or availability of corporate records in order to make an independent judgment of market value of 100% of Trans Union.
McNEILLY, Justice,
dissenting:
The majority opinion reads like an advocate’s closing address to a hostile jury. And I say that not lightly. Throughout the *929opinion great emphasis is directed only to the negative, with nothing more than lip service granted the positive aspects of this case. In my opinion Chancellor Marvel (retired) should have been affirmed. The Chancellor’s opinion was the product of well reasoned conclusions, based upon a sound deductive process, clearly supported by the evidence and entitled to deference in this appeal. Because of my diametrical opposition to all evidentiary conclusions of the majority, I respectfully dissent.
It would serve no useful purpose, particularly at this late date, for me to dissent at great length. I restrain myself from doing so, but feel compelled to at least point out what I consider to be the most glaring deficiencies in the majority opinion. The majority has spoken and has effectively said that Trans Union’s Directors have been the victims of a “fast shuffle” by Van Gorkom and Pritzker. That is the beginning of the majority’s comedy of errors. The first and most important error made is the majority’s assessment of the directors’ knowledge of the affairs of Trans Union and their combined ability to act in this situation under the protection of the business judgment rule.
Trans Union’s Board of Directors consisted of ten men, five of whom were “inside” directors and five of whom were “outside” directors. The “inside” directors were Van Gorkom, Chelberg, Bonser, William B. Browder, Senior Viee-President-Law, and Thomas P. O’Boyle, Senior Vice-President-Administration. At the time the merger vas proposed the inside five directors had collectively been employed by the Company for 116 years and had 68 years of combined experience as directors. The “outside” di•ectors were A.W. Wallis, William B. Johnson, Joseph B. Lanterman, Graham J. Morgan and Robert W. Reneker. With the exception of Wallis, these were all chief executive officers of Chicago based corporations that were at least as large as Trans Union. The five “outside” directors had 78 mars of combined experience as chief executive officers, and 53 years cumulative service as Trans Union directors.
The inside directors wear their badge of expertise in the corporate affairs of Trans Union on their sleeves. But what about the outsiders? Dr. Wallis is or was an economist and math statistician, a professor of economics at Yale University, dean of the graduate school of business at the University of Chicago, and Chancellor of the University of Rochester. Dr. Wallis had been on the Board of Trans Union since 1962. He also was on the Board of Bauseh & Lomb, Kodak, Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, Standard Oil and others.
William B. Johnson is a University of Pennsylvania law graduate, President of Railway Express until 1966, Chairman and Chief Executive of I.C. Industries Holding Company, and member of Trans Union’s Board since 1968.
Joseph Lanterman, a Certified Public Accountant, is or was President and Chief Executive of American Steel, on the Board of International Harvester, Peoples Energy, Illinois Bell Telephone, Harris Bank and Trust Company, Kemper Insurance Company and a director of Trans Union for four years.
Graham Morgan is achemist, was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of U.S. Gypsum, and in the 17 and 18 years prior to the Trans Union transaction had been involved in 31 or 32 corporate takeovers.
Robert Reneker attended University of Chicago and Harvard Business Schools. He was President and Chief Executive of Swift and Company, director of Trans Union since 1971, and member of the Boards of seven other corporations including U.S. Gypsum and the Chicago Tribune.
Directors of this caliber are not ordinarily taken in by a “fast shuffle”. I submit they were not taken into this multi-million dollar corporate transaction without being fully informed and aware of the state of the art as it pertained to the entire corporate panoroma of Trans Union. True, even *931directors such as these, with their business acumen, interest and expertise, can go astray. I do not believe that to be the case here. Tnese men knew Trans Union like the back of their hands and were more than well qualified to make on the spot informed business judgments concerning the affairs of Trans Union including a 100% sale of the corporation. Lest we forget, the corporate world of then and now operates on what is so aptly referred to as “the fast track”. These men were at the time an integral part of that world, all professional business men, not intellectual figureheads.
The majority of this Court holds that the Board’s decision, reached on September 20, 1980, to approve the merger was not the product of an informed business judgment, that the Board’s subsequent efforts to amend the Merger Agreement and take other curative action were legally and factually ineffectual, and that the Board did not deal with complete candor with the stockholders by failing to disclose all material facts, which they knew or should have known, before securing the stockholders' approval of the merger. I disagree.
At the time of the September 20, 1980 meeting the Board was acutely aware of Trans Union and its prospects. The problems created by accumulated investment tax credits and accelerated depreciation were discussed repeatedly at Board meetings, and all of the directors understood the problem thoroughly. Moreover, at the July, 1980 Board meeting the directors had reviewed Trans Union’s newly prepared five-year forecast, and at the August, 1980 meeting Van Gorkom presented the results of a comprehensive study of Trans Union' made by The Boston Consulting Group. This study was prepared over an 18 month period and consisted of a detailed analysis of all Trans Union subsidiaries, including competitiveness, profitability, cash throw-off, cash consumption, technical competence and future prospects for contribution to Trans Union’s combined net income.
At the September 20 meeting Van Gor-kom reviewed all aspects of the proposed transaction and repeated the explanation of the Pritzker offer he had earlier given to senior management. Having heard Van Gorkom’s explanation of the Pritzker’s offer, and Brennan’s explanation of the merger documents the directors discussed the matter. Out of this discussion arose an insistence on the part of the directors that two modifications to the offer be made. First, they required that any potential competing bidder be given access to the same information concerning Trans Union that had been provided to the Pritzkers. Second, the merger documents were to be modified to reflect the fact that the directors could accept a better offer and would not be required to recommend the Pritzker offer if a better offer was made. The following language was inserted into the agreement:
“Within 30 days after the execution of this Agreement, TU shall call a meeting of its stockholders (the ‘Stockholder’s Meeting’) for the purpose of approving and adopting the Merger Agreement. The Board of Directors shall recommend to the stockholders of TU that they approve and adopt the Merger Agreement (the ‘Stockholders’ Approval’) and shall use its best efforts to obtain the requisite vote therefor; provided, however, that GL and NTC acknowledge that the Board of Directors of TU may have a competing fiduciary obligation to the Stockholders under certain circumstances.” (Emphasis added)
While the language is not artfully drawn, the evidence is clear that the intention underlying that language was to make specific the right that the directors assumed they had, that is, to accept any offer that they thought was better, and not to recommend the Pritzker offer in the face of a better one. At the conclusion of the meeting, the proposed merger was approved.
At a subsequent meeting on October 8, 1981 the directors, with the consent of the Pritzkers, amended the Merger Agreement so as to establish the right of Trans Union to solicit as well as to receive higher bids. *933although the Pritzkers insisted that their merger proposal be presented to the stockholders at the same time that the proposal of any third party was presented. A second amendment, which became effective on October 10, 1981, further provided that Trans Union might unilaterally terminate the proposed merger with the Pritzker company in the event that prior to February 10, 1981 there existed a definitive agreement with a third party for a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, or purchase or exchange of Trans Union stock which was more favorable for the stockholders of Trans Union than the Pritzker offer and which was conditioned upon receipt of stockholder approval and the absence of an injunction against its consummation.
Following the October 8 board meeting of Trans Union, the investment banking firm of Salomon Brothers was retained by the corporation to search for better offers than that of the Pritzkers, Salomon Brothers being charged with the responsibility of doing “whatever possible to see if there is a superior bid in the marketplace over a bid that is on the table for Trans Union”. In undertaking such project, it was agreed that Salomon Brothers would be paid the amount of $500,000 to cover its expenses as veil as a fee equal to %ths of 1% of the aggregate fair market value of the consideration to be received by the company in ;he case of a merger or the like, which neant that in the event Salomon Brothers ihould find a buyer willing to pay a price of 156.00 a share instead of $55.00, such firm would receive a fee of roughly $2,650,000 plus disbursements.
As the first step in proceeding to carry out its commitment, Salomon Brothers had a brochure prepared, which set forth Trans Union’s financial history, described the company's business in detail and set forth Trans Union’s operating and financial projections. Salomon Brothers also prepared a list of over 150 companies which it believed might be suitable merger partners, and while four of such companies, namely, General Electric, Borg-Wamer, Bendix, and Genstar, Ltd. showed some interest in such a merger, none made a firm proposal to Trans Union and only General Electric showed a sustained interest.1 As matters transpired, no firm offer which bettered the Pritzker offer of $55 per share was ever made.
On January 21, 1981 a proxy statement was sent to the shareholders of Trans Union advising them of a February 10, 1981 meeting in which the merger would be voted. On January 26, 1981 the directors held their regular meeting. At this meeting the Board discussed the instant merger as well as all events, including this litigation, surrounding it. At the conclusion of the meeting the Board unanimously voted to recommend to the stockholders that they approve the merger. Additionally, the directors reviewed and approved a Supplemental Proxy Statement which, among other things, advised the stockholders of what had occurred at the instant meeting and of the fact that General Electric had decided not to make an offer. On February 10, 1981 *935the stockholders of Trans Union met pursuant to notice and voted overwhelmingly in favor of the Pritzker merger, 89% of the votes cast being in favor of it.
I have no quarrel with the majority’s analysis of the business judgment rule. It is the application of that rule to these facts which is wrong. An overview of the entire record, rather than the limited view of bits and pieces which the majority has exploded like popcorn, convinces me that the directors made an informed business judgment which was buttressed by their test of the market.
At the time of the September 20 meeting the 10 members of Trans Union’s Board of Directors were highly qualified and well informed about the affairs and prospects of Trans Union. These directors were acutely aware of the historical problems facing Trans Union which were caused by the tax laws. They had discussed these problems ad nauseam. In fact, within two months of the September 20 meeting the board had reviewed and discussed an outside study of the company done by The Boston Consulting Group and an internal five year forecast prepared by management. At the September 20 meeting Van Gorkom presented the Pritzker offer, and the board then heard from James Brennan, the company’s counsel in this matter, who discussed the legal documents. Following this, the Board directed that certain changes be made in the merger documents. These changes made it clear that the Board was free to accept a better offer than Pritzker’s if one was made. The above facts reveal that the Board did not act in a grossly negligent manner in informing themselves of the relevant and available facts before passing on the merger. To the contrary, this record reveals that the directors acted with the utmost care in informing themselves of the relevant and available facts before passing on the merger.
The majority finds that Trans Union stockholders were not fully informed and that the directors breached their fiduciary duty of complete candor to the stoekhold-ers required by Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., Del.Supr. 383 A.2d 278 (1978) [Lynch I], in that the proxy materials were deficient in five areas.
Here again is exploitation of the negative by the majority without giving credit to the positive. To respond to the conclusions of the majority would merely be unnecessary prolonged argument. But briefly what did the proxy materials disclose? The proxy material informed the shareholders that projections were furnished to potential purchasers and such projections indicated that Trans Union’s net income might increase to approximately $153 million in 1985. That projection, what is almost three times the net income of $58,248,000 reported by Trans Union as its net income for December 31, 1979 confirmed the statement in the proxy materials that the “Board of Directors believes that, assuming reasonably favorable economic and financial conditions, the Company’s prospects for future earnings growth are excellent.” This material was certainly sufficient to place the Company’s stockholders on notice that there was a reasonable basis to believe that the prospects for future earnings growth were excellent, and that the value of their stock was more than the stock market value of their shares reflected.
Overall, my review of the record leads me to conclude that the proxy materials adequately complied with Delaware law in informing the shareholders about the proposed transaction and the events surrounding it.
The majority suggests that the Supplemental Proxy Statement did not comply with the notice requirement of 8 Del.C. § 251(c) that notice of the time, place and purpose of a meeting to consider a merger must be sent to each shareholder of record at least 20 days prior to the date of the meeting. In the instant case an original proxy statement was mailed on January 18, 1981 giving notice of the time, place and purpose of the meeting. A Supplemental Proxy Statement was mailed January 26, 1981 in an effort to advise Trans Union’s *937rareholders as to what had occurred at íe January 26, 1981 meeting, and that eneral Electric had decided not to make i offer. The shareholder meeting was ild February 10, 1981 fifteen days after le Supplemental Proxy Statement had sen sent.
All § 251(c) requires is that notice of the me, place and purpose of the meeting be ven at least 20 days prior to the meeting, ns was accomplished by the proxy state-ent mailed January 19, 1981. Nothing in 251(c) prevents the supplementation of ■oxy materials within 20 days of the meet-g. Indeed when additional information, hich a reasonable shareholder would con-ler important in deciding how to vote, mes to light that information must be sclosed to stockholders in sufficient time r the stockholders to consider it. But (thing in § 251(c) requires this additional formation to be disclosed at least 20 days ior to the meeting. To reach a contrary suit would ignore the current practice id would discourage the supplementation proxy materials in order to disclose the currence of intervening events. In my inion, fifteen days in the instant case is a sufficient amount of time for the Dckholders to receive and consider the formation in the supplemental proxy itement.
CHRISTIE, Justice,
dissenting:
I respectfully dissent.
Considering the standard and scope of r review under Levitt v. Bouvier, Del.Supr., 287 A.2d 671, 673 (1972), I believe at the record taken as a whole supports a nclusion that the actions of the defend-ts are protected by the business judg-mt rule. Aronson v. Lewis, Del.Supr., 8 A.2d 805, 812 (1984); Pogostin v. Rice, Del.Supr., 480 A.2d 619, 627 (1984). I also i satisfied that the record supports a nclusion that the defendants acted with e complete candor required by Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., Del.Supr., 383 A.2d 8 (1978). Under the circumstances I would affirm the judgment of the Court of Chancery.
ON MOTIONS FOR REARGUMENT
Following this Court’s decision, Thomas P. O’Boyle, one of the director defendants, sought, and was granted, leave for change of counsel. Thereafter, the individual director defendants, other than O’Boyle, filed a motion for reargument and director O’Boyle, through newly-appearing counsel, then filed a separate motion for reargument. Plaintiffs have responded to the several motions and this matter has now been duly considered.
The Court, through its majority, finds no merit to either motion and concludes that both motions should be denied. We are not persuaded that any errors of law or fact have been made that merit reargument.
However, defendant O’Boyle’s motion requires comment. Although O’Boyle continues to adopt his fellow directors’ arguments, O’Boyle now asserts in the alternative that he has standing to take a position different from that of his fellow directors and that legal grounds exist for finding him not liable for the acts or omissions of his fellow directors. Specifically, O’Boyle makes a two-part argument: (1) that his undisputed absence due to illness from both the September 20 and the October 8 meetings of the directors of Trans Union entitles him to be relieved from personal liability for the failure of the other directors to exercise due care at those meetings, see Propp v. Sadacca, Del.Ch., 175 A.2d 33, 39 (1961), modified on other grounds, Bennett v. Propp, Del.Supr., 187 A.2d 405 (1962); and (2) that his attendance and participation in the January 26, 1981 Board meeting does not alter this result given this Court’s precise findings of error committed at that meeting.
We reject defendant O’Boyle’s new argument as to standing because not timely asserted. Our reasons are several. One, in connection with the supplemental briefing of this case in March, 1984, a special opportunity was afforded the individual de*899fendants, including O’Boyle, to present any factual or legal reasons why each or any of them should be individually treated. Thereafter, at argument before the Court on June 11, 1984, the following colloquy took place between this Court and counsel for the individual defendants at the outset of counsel’s argument:
COUNSEL: I’ll make the argument on behalf of the nine individual defendants against whom the plaintiffs seek more than $100,000,000 in damages. That is the ultimate issue in this case, whether or not nine honest, experienced businessmen should be subject to damages in a case where—
JUSTICE MOORE: Is there a distinction between Chelberg and Van Gorkom vis-a-vis the other defendants?
COUNSEL: No, sir.
JUSTICE MOORE: None whatsoever?
COUNSEL: I think not.
Two, in this Court’s Opinion dated January 29, 1985, the Court relied on the individual defendants as having presented a unified defense. We stated:
The parties’ response, including reargument, has led the majority of the Court to conclude: (1) that since all of the defendant directors, outside as well as inside, take a unified position, we are required to treat all of the directors as one as to whether they are entitled to the protection of the business judgment rule
Three, previously O’Boyle took the position that the Board’s action taken January 26, 1981 — in which he fully participated— was determinative of virtually all issues. Now O’Boyle seeks to attribute no significance to his participation in the January 26 meeting. Nor does O’Boyle seek to explain lis having given before the directors’ meet-ng of October 8, 1980 his “consent to the ;ransaction of such business as may come >efore the meeting." * It is the view of he majority of the Court that O’Boyle’s change of position following this Court’s decision on the merits comes too late to be considered. He has clearly waived ‘ hat right.
The Motions for Reargument of all defendants are denied.
We do nol hereby determine that a director’s execution of a waiver of notice of meeting and consent to the transaction of business constitutes an endorsement (or approval) by the absent director of any action taken at such a meeting.
McNEILLY and CHRISTIE,
Justices, dissenting:
We do not disagree with the ruling as to the defendant O’Boyle, but we would have granted reargument on the other issues raised.
11.4.6.2 Malone v. Brincat 11.4.6.2 Malone v. Brincat
5/20/2025 pdw
In this case, Justice Holland defines the boundaries of the duty of disclosure to shareholders.
Doran MALONE, Joseph P. Danielle and Adrienne M. Danielle, Plaintiffs below, Appellants, v. John. N. BRINCAT, Dennis H. Chookaszian, William C. Croft, Clifford R. Johnson, Andrew McNally, IV, Bruce I. McPhee, Fred G. Steingraber, Phillip J. Wicklander and KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP, Defendants below, Appellees.
No. 459, 1997.
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Submitted: Sept. 3, 1998.
Decided: Dec. 18, 1998.
*7 William Prickett (argued), Ronald A. Brown, Jr., and Thomas A. Mullen, of Prick-ett, Jones, Elliott, Kristol & Schnee, Wilmington, Delaware; Arthur T. Susman, and Terrence Buehler, of Susman, Buehler & Watkins, Chicago, Illinois; and Clinton A. Krislov, of Krislov & Associates, Ltd., Chicago, Illinois, for appellants.
R. Judson Scaggs, Jr. (argued), Thomas R. Hunt, Jr. and Christopher F. Carlton, of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell, Wilmington, Delaware; Garrett Johnson, and Dani R. James, of Kirkland & Ellis, Chicago, Illinois, for appellees, Dennis H. Chookaszian, William C. Croft, Clifford R. Jonson, Andrew McNally, IV, Bruce I. McPhee, Fred G. Steingraber and Phillip J. Wicklander.
Robert K. Payson, of Potter, Anderson & Corroon, Wilmington, Delaware; Steven F. Molo, Todd J. Ehlman, and P. Lee Berger, of Winston & Strawn, Chicago, Illinois, for ap-pellee, John N. Brincat.
Allen M. Terrell, Jr. (argued) and Catherine G. Dearlove, of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; Williams F. Lloyd, Linton J. Childs, of Sidley & Austin, Chicago, Illinois; Thomas C. Green, of Sidley & Austin, Washington, DC; and, Edwin D. Scott, of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP of New York City, for appellee, KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.
HOLLAND, Justice:
Doran Malone, Joseph P. Danielle, and Adrienne M. Danielle, the plaintiffs-appellants, filed this individual and class action in the Court of Chancery. The complaint alleged that the directors of Mercury Finance Company (“Mercury”), a Delaware corporation, breached their fiduciary duty of disclosure. The individual defendant-appellee directors are John N. Brincat, Dennis H. Chookaszian, William C. Croft, Clifford R. Johnson, Andrew McNally, IV, Bruce I. McPhee, Fred G. Steingraber, and Phillip J. Wicklander. The complaint also alleged that the defendant-appellee, KPMG Peat Marwick LLP (“KPMG”) aided and abetted the Mercury directors’ breaches of fiduciary duty. The Court of Chancery dismissed the complaint with prejudice pursuant to Chancery Rule 12(b)(6) for failure to state a claim upon which relief may be granted.
The complaint alleged that the director defendants intentionally overstated the financial condition of Mercury on repeated occasions throughout a four-year period in disclosures to Mercury’s shareholders. Plaintiffs contend that the complaint states a claim upon which relief can be granted for a breach of the fiduciary duty of disclosure. Plaintiffs also contend that, because the director defendants breached their fiduciary duty of disclo *8 sure to the Mercury shareholders, the Court of Chancery erroneously dismissed the aiding and abetting claim against KPMG.
This Court has concluded that the Court of Chancery properly granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss the complaint. That dismissal, however, should have been without prejudice. Plaintiffs are entitled to file an amended complaint. Therefore, the judgment of the Court of Chancery is affirmed in part, reversed in part, and remanded for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.
Facts
Mercury is a publicly-traded company engaged primarily in purchasing installment sales contracts from automobile dealers and providing short-term installment loans directly to consumers. This action was filed on behalf of the named plaintiffs and all persons (excluding defendants) who owned common stock of Mercury from 1993 through the present and their successors in interest, heirs and assigns (the “putative class”). The complaint alleged that the directors “knowingly and intentionally breached their fiduciary duty of disclosure because the SEC filings made by the directors and every communication from the company to the shareholders since 1994 was materially false” and that “as a direct result of the false disclosures ... the Company has lost all or virtually all of its value (about $2 billion).” The complaint also alleged that KPMG knowingly participated in the directors’ breaches of their fiduciary duty of disclosure.
According to plaintiffs, since 1994, the director defendants caused Mercury to disseminate information containing overstatements of Mercury’s earnings, financial performance and shareholders’ equity. Mercury’s earnings for 1996 were actually only $56.7 million, or $.33 a share, rather than the $120.7 million, or $.70 a share, as reported by the director defendants. Mercury’s earnings in 1995 were actually $76.9 million, or $.44 a share, rather than $98.9 million, or $.57 a share, as reported by the director defendants. Mercury’s earnings for 1994 were $83 million, or $.47 a share, rather than $86.5 million, or $.49 a share, as reported by the director defendants. Mercury’s earnings for 1993 were $64.2 million, rather than $64.9 million, as reported by the director defendants. Shareholders’ equity on December 31, 1996 was disclosed by the director defendants as $353 million, but was only $263 million or less. The complaint alleged that all of the foregoing inaccurate information was included or referenced in virtually every filing Mercury made with the SEC and every communication Mercury’s directors made to the shareholders during this period of time.
Having alleged these violations of fiduciary duty, which (if true) are egregious, plaintiffs alleged that as “a direct result of [these] false disclosures ... the company has lost all or virtually all its value (about $2 billion),” and seeks class action status to pursue damages against the directors and KPMG for the individual plaintiffs and common stockholders. The individual director defendants filed a motion to dismiss, contending that they owed no fiduciary duty of disclosure under the circumstances alleged in the complaint. KPMG also filed a motion to dismiss the aiding and abetting claim asserted against it.
After briefing and oral argument, the Court of Chancery granted both of the motions to dismiss with prejudice. The Court of Chancery held that directors have no fiduciary duty of disclosure under Delaware law in the absence of a request for shareholder action. In so holding, the Court stated:
The federal securities laws ensure the timely release of accurate information into the marketplace. The federal power to regulate should not be duplicated or impliedly usurped by Delaware. When a shareholder is damaged merely as a result of the release of inaccurate information into the marketplace, unconnected with any Delaware corporate governance issue, that shareholder must seek a remedy under federal law. 1
*9 We disagree, and although we hold that the Complaint as drafted should have been dismissed, our rationale is different.
Standard of Review
A motion to dismiss a complaint presents the trial court with a question of law and is subject to de novo review by this Court on appeal. 2 This Court and the trial court must accept all well-pleaded allegations of fact as true. 3 A complaint should be dismissed for failure to state a claim only when it appears “with a reasonable certainty that a plaintiff would not be entitled to the relief sought under any set of facts which could be proven to support the action.” 4
Issue On Appeal
This Court has held that a board of directors is under a fiduciary duty to disclose material information when seeking shareholder action 5 :
It is well-established that the duty of disclosure “represents nothing more than the well-recognized proposition that directors of Delaware corporations are under a fiduciary duty to disclose fully and fairly all material information within the board’s control when it seeks shareholder action. 6
The majority of opinions from the Court of Chancery have held that there may be a cause of action for disclosure violations only where directors seek shareholder action. 7 The present appeal requires this Court to decide whether a director’s fiduciary duty arising out of misdisclosure is implicated in the absence of a request for shareholder action. We hold that directors who knowingly disseminate false information that results in corporate injury or damage to an individual stockholder violate their fiduciary duty, and may be held accountable in a manner appropriate to the circumstances.
Fiduciary Duty Delaware Corporate Directors
An underlying premise for the imposition of fiduciary duties is a separation of legal control from beneficial ownership. 8 Equitable principles act in those circumstances to protect the beneficiaries who are not in a position to protect themselves. 9 One of the fundamental tenets of Delaware corporate law provides for a separation of control and ownership. The board of directors has the legal responsibility to manage the business of a corporation for the benefit of its shareholder owners. 10 Accordingly, fiduciary duties are imposed on the directors of Delaware corporations to regulate their conduct when they discharge that function. 11
*10 The directors of Delaware corporations stand in a fiduciary relationship not only to the stockholders but also to the corporations upon whose boards they serve. 12 The director’s fiduciary duty to both the corporation and its shareholders has been characterized by this Court as a triad: due care, good faith, and loyalty. 13 That triparte fiduciary duty does not operate intermittently but is the constant compass by which all director actions for the corporation and interactions with its shareholders must be guided.
Although the fiduciary duty of a Delaware director is unremitting, the exact course of conduct that must be charted to properly discharge that responsibility will change in the specific context of the action the director is taking with regard to either the corporation or its shareholders. 14 This Court has endeavored to provide the directors with clear signal beacons and brightly lined-channel markers as they navigate with due care, good faith, and loyalty on behalf of a Delaware corporation and its shareholders. 15 This Court has also endeavored to mark the safe harbors clearly. 16
Director Communications Shareholder Reliance Justified
The shareholder constituents of a Delaware corporation are entitled to rely upon their elected directors to discharge their fiduciary duties at all times. Whenever directors communicate publicly or directly with shareholders about the corporation’s affairs, with or without a request for shareholder action, directors have a fiduciary duty to shareholders to exercise due care, good faith and loyalty. It follows a fortiori that when directors communicate publicly or directly with shareholders about corporate matters the sine qua non of directors’ fiduciary duty to shareholders is honesty. 17
According to the appellants, the focus of the fiduciary duty of disclosure is to protect shareholders as the “beneficiaries” of all material information disseminated by the directors. The duty of disclosure is, and always has been, a specific application of the general fiduciary duty owed by directors. The duty of disclosure obligates directors to provide the stockholders with accurate and complete information material to a transaction or other corporate event that is being presented to them for action.
The issue in this case is not whether Mercury’s directors breached their duty of disclosure. It is whether they breached their more general fiduciary duty of loyalty and good faith by knowingly disseminating to the stockholders false information about the financial condition of the company. The directors’ fiduciary duties include the duty to deal with their stockholders honestly.
Shareholders are entitled to rely upon the truthfulness of all information dissemi *11 nated to them by the directors they elect to manage the corporate enterprise. 18 Delaware directors disseminate information in at least three contexts: public statements made to the market, including shareholders; statements informing shareholders about the affairs of the corporation without a request for shareholder action; and, statements to shareholders in conjunction with a request for shareholder action. Inaccurate information in these contexts may be the result of a violation of the fiduciary duties of care, loyalty or good faith. We will examine the remedies that are available to shareholders for misrepresentations in each of these three contexts by the directors of a Delaware corporation.
State Fiduciary Disclosure Duty Shareholder Remedy In Action Requested Context
In the absence of a request for stockholder action, the Delaware General Corporation Law doés not require directors to provide shareholders with information concerning the finances or affairs of the corporation. 19 Even when shareholder action is sought, the provisions in the General Corporation Law requiring notice to the shareholders of the proposed action do not require the directors to convey substantive information beyond a statutory minimum. 20 Consequently, in the context of a request for shareholder action, the protection afforded by Delaware law is a judicially recognized equitable cause of action by shareholders against directors.
The fiduciary duty of directors in connection with disclosure violations in Delaware jurisprudence was restated in Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., Del.Supr., 383 A.2d 278 (1978). In Lynch, this Court held that, in making a tender offer to acquire the stock of the minority stockholders, a majority stockholder “owed a fiduciary duty ... which required ‘complete candor’ in disclosing fully ‘all the facts and circumstances surrounding the’ tender offer.” 21 In Stroud v. Grace, we noted that the language of our jurisprudence should be clarified to the extent that “candor” requires no more than the duty to disclose all material facts when seeking stockholder action. 22 An article by Professor Lawrence Hamermesh 23 includes an excellent historical summary of the content, context, and parameters of the law of disclosure, as it has been developed in a series of decisions during the last two decades. 24
The duty of directors to observe proper disclosure requirements derives from the combination of the fiduciary duties of care, loyalty and good faith. 25 The plaintiffs *12 contend that, because directors fiduciary responsibilities are not “intermittent duties,” there is no reason why the duty of disclosure should not be implicated in every public communication by a corporate board of directors. The directors of a Delaware corporation are required to disclose fully and fairly all material information within the board’s control when it seeks shareholder action. 26 When the directors disseminate information to stockholders when no stockholder action is sought, the fiduciary duties of care, loyalty and good faith apply. Dissemination of false information could violate one or more of those duties.
An action for a breach of fiduciary duty arising out of disclosure violations in connection with a request for stockholder action does not include the elements of reliance, causation and actual quantifiable monetary damages. 27 Instead, such actions require the challenged disclosure to have a connection to the request for shareholder action. The essential inquiry in such an action is whether the alleged omission or misrepresentation is material 28 Materiality is determined with respect to the shareholder action being sought. 29
The directors’ duty to disclose all available material information in connection with a request for shareholder action must be balanced against its concomitant duty to protect the corporate enterprise, in particular, by keeping certain financial information confidential. 30 Directors are required to provide shareholders with all information that is material to the action being requested and to provide a balanced, truthful account of all matters disclosed in the communications with shareholders. 31 Accordingly, directors have definitive guidance in discharging their fiduciary duty by an analysis of the factual circumstances relating to the specific shareholder action being requested and an inquiry into the potential for deception or misinformation. 32
Fraud On Market Regulated by Federal Law
When corporate directors impart information they must comport with the obligations imposed by both the Delaware law and the federal statutes and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). 33 Historically, federal law has regulated disclosures by corporate directors into the general interstate market. 34 This Court has noted that “in observing its congressional mandate the SEC has *13 adopted a ‘basic philosophy of disclosure.’ ” 35 Accordingly, this Court has held that there is “no legitimate basis to create a new cause of action which would replicate, by state deci-sional law, the provisions of ... the 1934 Act.” 36 In deference to the panoply of federal protections that are available to investors in connection with the purchase or sale of securities of Delaware corporations, this Court has decided not to recognize a state common law cause of action against the directors of Delaware corporations for “fraud on the market.” 37 Here, it is to be noted, the claim appears to be made by those who did not sell and, therefore, would not implicate federal securities laws which relate to the purchase or sale of securities.
The historic roles played by state and federal law in regulating corporate disclosures have been not only compatible but complementary. 38 That symbiotic relationship has been perpetuated by the recently enacted federal Securities Litigation Uniform Standards Act of 1998. 39 Although that statute by its terms does not apply to this case, the new statute will require securities class actions involving the purchase or sale of nationally traded securities, based upon false or misleading statements, to be brought exclusively in federal court under federal law. The 1998 Act, however, contains two important exceptions: 40 the first provides that an “exclusively derivative action brought by one or more shareholders on behalf of a corporation” is not preempted; the second preserves the availability of state court class actions, where state law already provides that corporate directors have fiduciary disclosure obligations to shareholders. 41 These exceptions have become known as the “Delaware carve-outs.” 42
*14 State Common Law Shareholder Remedy In Nonaction Context
Delaware law also protects shareholders who receive false communications from directors even in the absence of a request for shareholder action. When the directors are not seeking shareholder action, but are deliberately misinforming shareholders about the business of the corporation, either directly or by a public statement, there is a violation of fiduciary duty. That violation may result in a derivative claim on behalf of the corporation or a cause of action for damages. 43 There may also be a basis for equitable relief to remedy the violation.
Complaint Properly Dismissed No Shareholder Action Requested
Here the complaint alleges (if true) an egregious violation of fiduciary duty by the directors in knowingly disseminating materially false information. Then it alleges that the corporation lost about $2 billion in value as a result. Then it merely claims that the action is brought on behalf of the named plaintiffs and the putative class. It is a non sequitur rather than a syllogism.
The allegation in paragraph 3 that the false disclosures resulted in the corporation losing virtually all its equity seems obliquely to claim an injury to the corporation. The plaintiffs, however, never expressly assert a derivative claim on behalf of the corporation or allege compliance with Court of Chancery Rule 23.1, which requires pre-suit demand or cognizable and particularized allegations that demand is excused. 44 If the plaintiffs intend to assert a derivative claim, 45 they should be permitted to replead to assert such a claim and any damage or equitable remedy sought on behalf of the corporation. 46 Likewise, the plaintiffs should have the opportunity to re-plead to assert any individual cause of action and articulate a remedy that is appropriate on behalf of the named plaintiffs individually, or a properly recognizable class consistent with Court of Chancery Rule 23, and our decision in Gaffin 47
The Court of Chancery properly dismissed the complaint before it against the individual director defendants, in the absence of well-pleaded allegations stating a derivative, class or individual cause of action and properly assertable remedy. Without a well-pleaded allegation in the complaint for a breach of *15 fiduciary duty, there can be no claim for aiding and abetting such a breach. 48 Accordingly, the plaintiffs’ aiding and abetting claim against KPMG was also properly dismissed.
Nevertheless, we disagree with the Court of Chancery’s holding that such a claim cannot be articulated on these facts. The plaintiffs should have been permitted to amend their complaint, if possible, to state a properly cognizable cause of action against the individual defendants and KPMG. Consequently, the Court of Chancery should have dismissed the complaint without prejudice.
Conclusion
The judgment of the Court of Chancery to dismiss the complaint is affirmed. The judgment to dismiss the complaint with prejudice is reversed. This matter is remanded for further proceedings in accordance with this opinion.
. Malone v. Brincat, Del. Ch., C.A. No. 15510, 1997 WL 697940, at *2 (Oct. 30, 1997)(Mem.Op.).
. Solomon v. Pathe Communications Corp., Del.Supr., 672 A.2d 35, 39 (1996); Precision Air, Inc. v. Standard Chlorine of Delaware, Inc., Del.Supr., 654 A.2d 403, 406(1995).
. See, e.g., Kofron v. Amoco Chemicals Corp., Del.Supr., 441 A.2d 226, 227 (1982).
. Rabkin v. Philip A. Hunt Chemical Corp., Del.Supr., 498 A.2d 1099, 1104 (1985); accord In re Santa Fe Pacific Corp. Shareholder Litig., Del. Supr., 669 A.2d 59, 65 (1995) citing In re Tri-Star Pictures, Inc. Litig., Del.Supr., 634 A.2d 319, 326(1993).
. See Loudon v. Archer-Daniels-Midland Co., Del.Supr., 700 A.2d 135, 137-38 (1997) (“... Delaware law of the fiduciary duties of directors ... establishes a general duty to disclose to stockholders all material information reasonably available when seeking stockholder action ... But there is no per se doctrine imposing liability .... ”); Arnold v. Society for Savings Bancorp, Inc., Del.Supr., 650 A.2d 1270, 1277 (1994) (a fiduciary disclosure obligation “attaches to proxy statements and any other disclosures in contemplation of shareholder action.”); Stroud v. Grace, Del.Supr., 606 A.2d 75, 84 (1992) ("directors of Delaware corporations are under a fiduciary duty to disclose fully and fairly all material information within the board’s control when it seeks shareholder action.”).
. Zirn v. VLI Corp., Del.Supr., 681 A.2d 1050, 1056 (1996) quoting Stroud v. Grace, 606 A.2d at 84 (emphasis added).
. Kahn v. Roberts, Del.Supr., 679 A.2d 460, 467 (1996) (collecting cases). Cf. Ciro, Inc. v. Gold, D. Del., 816 F.Supp. 253, 267 (1993).
. See McMahon v. New Castle Associates, Del. Ch., 532 A.2d 601, 604 (1987).
. Id.
. 8 Del. C. § 141(a).
. Mills Acquisition Co. v. Macmillan, Inc., Del.Supr., 559 A.2d 1261, 1280 (1989).
. Guth v. Loft, Del.Supr., 5 A.2d 503, 510 (1939). See David A. Drexler et al., Delaware Corporation Law § 15.02 (Matthew Bender 1988).
. Cede & Co. v. Technicolor, Inc., Del.Supr., 634 A.2d 345, 361 (1993).
. Mills Acquisition Co. v. Macmillan, Inc., 559 A.2d at 1280.
. See, e.g., Unocal Corp. v. Mesa Petroleum Co., Del.Supr., 493 A.2d 946, 954 (1985) (directors have an "enhanced duty” in the context of a threatened takeover because of the "omnipresent specter that a board may be acting primarily in its own interests, rather than those of the corporation and its shareholders....”); Revlon, Inc. v. MacAndrews Forbes Holdings, Inc., Del.Supr., 506 A.2d 173, 182 (1985) (when sale of the company becomes inevitable, the director’s duties are "significantly altered.”).
. See Broz v. Cellular Information Systems, Inc., Del.Supr., 673 A.2d 148, 157 (1996); In re Tri-Star Pictures, Inc., Litig., 634 A.2d at 333; Rabian v. Philip A. Hunt Chemical Corp., 498 A.2d at 1106. Compare Veascy & Manning, Codified Standard, Safe Harbor or Unchartered Reef, 35 Bus. Law. 919 (1980), with Arsht & Hinsey, Codified Standard —Safe Harbor but Chartered Channel, 35 Bus. Law. ix (1980).
. Marhart, Inc. v. Calmat Co., Del. Ch., CA. No. 11820, Berger, V.C., 1992 WL 212587 (Apr. 22, 1992), slip op. at 6 (reported in 18 Del. J. Corp. L. 330 (1993)) ("Delaware directors are fiduciaries and are held to a high standard of conduct .... It is entirely consistent with this settled principle of law that fiduciaries who undertake the responsibility of informing shareholders *11 about corporate affairs, be required to do so honestly.”).
. Id.
. See David A. Drexler et al., Delaware Corporation Law § 15.07A (Matthew Bender 1998).
. See Stroud v. Grace, 606 A.2d at 85 (discussing 8 Del. C. § 222(a) and 242(b)(1)).
. Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., Del.Supr., 383 A.2d 278, 279 (1978) quoting Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., Del. Ch., 351 A.2d 570, 573 (1976); accord Shell Petroleum, Inc. v. Smith, Del.Supr., 606 A.2d 112, 114-15 (1992) (majority stockholder bears burden of showing full disclosure of all facts within its knowledge that are material to stockholder action). The fiduciary duty of disclosure is also applicable to directors of a Delaware corporation. In re Anderson, Clayton Shareholders Litig., Del. Ch., 519 A.2d 680, 688-90 (1986); Smith v. Van Gorkom, Del. Supr., 488 A.2d 858, 890 (1985) and to less-than-majority shareholders who control or affirmatively attempt to mandate the destiny of the corporation. In re Tri-Star Pictures, Inc. Litig., 634 A.2d at 328-29.
. Stroud v. Grace, 606 A.2d at 84.
. Lawrence A. Hamermesh, Calling Off the Lynch Mob: A Corporate Director’s Fiduciary Disclosure Duty, 49 Vand. L.Rev. 1087, 1174 n. 394 (1996).
. See, e.g., Zim v. VLI Corp., 681 A.2d at 1056; see also Arnold v. Society for Savings Bancorp, 650 A.2d at 1276-77; In re Tri-Star Pictures, Inc. Litig., 634 A.2d at 331-32, 334; Cede & Co. v. Technicolor, Inc., 634 A.2d at 372-73; Zirn v. VLI Corp., Del.Supr., 621 A.2d 773, 778 (1993); Stroud v. Grace, 606 A.2d at 84-88; Bershad v. Curtiss-Wright Corp., Del.Supr., 535 A.2d 840, 846 (1987); Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., Del. Supr., 493 A.2d 929, 936, 944-45 (1985); Smith v. Van Gorkom, 488 A.2d at 889-93; Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., Del.Supr., 457 A.2d 701, 710-12 (1983).
. See Cinerama, Inc. v. Technicolor, Inc., Del. Supr, 663 A.2d 1156, 1160 (1995); Zim v. VLI Corp., 621 A.2d at 778.
. Loudon v. Archer-Daniels-Midland Company, 700 A.2d at 141-44; Zirn v. VLI Corp., 681 A.2d at 1056; Arnold v. Society for Savings Bancorp, 650 A.2d at 1276-77; Stroud v. Grace, 606 A.2d at 84. Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., 493 A.2d at 944-45; Smith v. Van Gorkom, 488 A.2d at 889-90; Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., 383 A.2d at 279, 281.
. See Cinerama, Inc. v. Technicolor, Inc., 663 A.2d at 1163; In re Tri-Star Pictures, Inc. Litig., 634 A.2d at 327 n. 10 and 333. Loudon v. Archer-Daniels-Midland Co., 700 A.2d at 142 ("where directors have breached their disclosure duties in a corporate transaction ... there must at least be an award of nominal damages.”).
. E.g., Stroud v. Grace, 606 A.2d at 85.
. In Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., 493 A.2d at 944, this Court adopted the materiality standard set forth by the United States Supreme Court in TSC Industries, Inc. v. Northway, Inc., 426 U.S. 438, 449, 96 S.Ct. 2126, 48 L.Ed.2d 757 (1976).
. Stroud v. Grace, 606 A.2d at 89.
. Zirn v. VLI Corp., 681 A.2d at 1056. In Zim II, this Court held, "in addition to the traditional duty to disclose all facts material to the proffered transaction, directors are under a fiduciary obligation to avoid misleading partial disclosures. The law of partial disclosure is likewise clear: Once defendants travel down the road of partial disclosure they have an obligation to provide the stockholders with an accurate, full and fair characterization of those historic events." (internal quotations omitted).
. See Zirn v. VLI Corp., 681 A.2d at 1062 ("a good faith erroneous judgment as to the proper scope or content of required disclosure implicates the duty of care rather than the duty of loyalty."); Arnold v. Society for Savings Bancorp, 650 A.2d at 1287-88 & n. 36.
. Securities Act of 1933, 15 USCA § 77a (1933); Securities Act of 1934, 15 USCA § 78a (1934).
. See Roger J. Dennis and Patrick J. Ryan, State Corporate and Federal Securities Law: Dual Regulation in a Federal System, 22 Publius: The J. of Federalism 21 (Winter 1992).
. Stroud v. Grace, Del.Supr., 606 A.2d 75, 86 (1992). See, e.g., Randall S. Thomas & Catherine T. Dixon, Aranow & Einhorn on Proxy Contests for Corporation Control, § 21.02 (3d ed.1998).
. Arnold v. Society for Savings Bancorp, Inc., Del.Supr., 678 A.2d 533, 539 (1996).
. Gaffin v. Teledyne, Inc., Del.Supr., 611 A.2d 467, 472 (1992). See Basic Incorporated v. Levinson, 485 U.S. 224, 241-42, 108 S.Ct. 978, 99 L.Ed.2d 194 (1988) (discussing the theory of fraud on the market).
. See Santa Fe Industries, Inc. v. Green, 430 U.S. 462, 474-80, 97 S.Ct. 1292, 51 L.Ed.2d 480 (1977) (discussing state corporation law and the purpose of disclosure in federal securities law). Cf. Roberta Romano, Empowering Investors: A Market Approach to Securities Regulation 107 Yale L.J. 2359 (1998) ("advocating fundamental reform of the current strategy toward securities regulation by implementing a regulatory approach of competitive federalism.").
. Securities Litigation Uniform Standards Act of 1998, Pub.L. No. 105-353, 112 Stat. 3227 (1998).-
. Section 16(d) of the Act provides:
(d) Preservation of Certain Actions..—
(1) Actions under state law of state of incorporation.—
(A) Actions preserved. — Notwithstanding subsection (b) or (c), a covered class action described in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph that is based upon the statutory or common law of the State in which the issuer is incorporated (in the case of a corporation) or organized (in the case of any other entity) may be maintained in a State or Federal court by a private party.
(B) Permissible actions. — A covered class action is described in this subparagraph if it involves—
(i) the purchase or sale of securities by the issuer or an affiliate of the issuer exclusively from or to holders of equity securities of the issuer; or
(ii) any recommendation, position, or other communication with respect to the sale of securities of the issuer that—
(I) is made by or on behalf of the issuer or an affiliate of the issuer to holders of equity securities of the issuer; and
(II) concerns decisions of those equity holders with respect to voting their securities, acting in response to a tender or exchange offer, or exercising dissenters’ or appraisal rights.
Securities Litigation Uniform Standards Act of 1998, Pub.L. No. 105-353, § 16(d) 112 Stat. 3227 (1998).
. See, e.g., Zirn v. VLI Corp., 621 A.2d 773; Zirn v. VLI Corp., 681 A.2d at 1060-61. See also Michael A. . Perino, Fraud and Federalism: Preempting Private State Securities Fraud Causes of Action, 50 Stan. L.Rev. 273 (1998).
. The Senate Committee Report on the Act is instructive. It states, in part:
The Committee is keenly aware of the importance of state corporate law, specifically those states that have laws that establish a fiduciary duty of disclosure. It is not the intent of the Committee in adopting this legislation to interfere with state law regarding the duties and performance of an issuer’s directors or officers in connection with a purchase or sale of secu *14 rities by the issuer'or an affiliate from current shareholders or communicating with existing shareholders with respect to voting their shares, acting in response to a tender or exchange offer, or exercising dissenters’ or appraisal rights.
S. Rep. No. 105-182, at 11-12 (May 4, 1998).
We need not decide at this time, however, whether this new Act will have any effect on this litigation if plaintiffs elect to replead. See Section (c) of the Act:
(c) Applicability. — The amendments made by this section shall not affect or apply to any action commenced before and pending on the date of enactment of this Act.
. See Zirn v. VLI Corp., 681 A.2d at 1060-61.
. It seems that plaintiffs have attempted to allege the basis for demand excusal by the very nature of the central claim that the directors knowingly misstated the company’s financial condition, thus seemingly taking this case out of the business judgment rule because all the directors are alleged to be implicated in the wrongdoing.
. This will require an articulation of the classic "direct v. derivative” theory. See Grimes v. Donald, Del.Supr., 673 A.2d 1207 (1996) (distinguishing individual and derivative actions).
. We express no opinion whether equitable remedies such as injunctive relief, judicial removal of directors or disqualification from directorship could be asserted here. No such equitable relief has been sought in the current complaint. See Randall S. Thomas & Catherine T. Dixon, Aranow & Einhom on Proxy Contests for Corporate Control, § 19.01 (3ded.l998).
. Gaffin v. Teledyne, Inc., 611 A.2d 467, 474 (1992) ("A class action may not be maintained in a purely common law or equitable fraud case since individual questions of law or fact, particularly as to the element of justifiable reliance, will inevitably predominate over common questions of law or fact.”). See Barnes v. American Tobacco Co., 3rd Cir., 161 F.3d 127 (1998). Broussard v. Meineke Discount Muffler Shops, Inc., 4th Cir., 155 F.3d 331 (1998). Cimino v. Raymark Industries, Inc., 5th Cir., 151 F.3d 297 (1998). Amchem Products, Inc. v. Windsor, 521 U.S. 591, 117 S.Ct. 2231, 138 L.Ed.2d 689 (1997). See also Donald J. Wolfe and Michael A. Pittenger, Corporate and Commercial Practice in the Delaware Court of Chancery § 9-3 (1998).
. In re Santa Fe Pacific Corp. Shareholder Litig., Del. Supr., 669 A.2d 59 (1995). Cf. Lewis B. Lowenfels and Alan R. Bromberg, Liabilities of Lawyers and Accountants Under Rule 10(b)-5, 53 Bus. Law. 1157(1998).
11.4.6.3 Morrison v. Berry 11.4.6.3 Morrison v. Berry
5/20/2025 pdw
This case is about a friendly tender offer and a lying CEO. The question is, did the board breach its fiduciary duty by not telling the shareholders that the CEO had lied to them?
Berry was the CEO of The Fresh Market, a grocery store chain. Apollo is a private equity group and wanted to buy The Fresh Market. Berry met with Apollo and agreed that if its bid was successful he would invest in the new company.
But Berry seems to have lied to the board about agreeing to this. And the board seems to have caught him in the lie.
When the board prepared its disclosures to the shareholders encouraging them to accept the tender offer, the disclosures didn't mention that Berry had lied. So a shareholder sued, arguing that the board breached its fiduciary duties by not letting them know the CEO had lied to help the deal go through.
In this opinion, they say the CEO agreed to "roll over" his equity. That just means that when the deal closed instead of getting cash for his shares like everyone else, Berry would get shares in the new entity created in the merger. This was helpful to Apollo because having Berry's support means they're more likely to win the vote and they'll need to pay out less cash (because they can pay Berry with stock in the new company, rather than cash).
Elizabeth MORRISON, Individually and on Behalf of All Others Similarly Situated, Appellant, Plaintiff Below,
v.
Ray BERRY, Richard A. Anicetti, Michael D. Casey, Jeffrey Naylor, Richard Noll, Bob Sasser, Robert K. Shearer, Michael Tucci, Steven Tanger, Jane Thompson, and Brett Berry, Appellees, Defendants Below.
No. 445, 2017
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Submitted: April 18, 2018
Decided: July 9, 2018
Revised: July 27, 2018
Joel Friedlander, Esquire (argued ), Jeffrey M. Gorris, Esquire, and Christopher P. Quinn, Esquire, of Friedlander & Gorris, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware. Of Counsel: Randall J. Baron, Esquire, of Robbins Geller Rudman & Dowd LLP, San Diego, California; Christopher H. Lyons, Esquire, of Robbins Geller Rudman & Dowd LLP, Nashville, Tennessee for Appellant.
Rudolf Koch, Esquire (argued ), Matthew D. Perri, Esquire, and Ryan P. Durkin, Esquire of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware. Of Counsel: Adam L. Sisitsky, Esquire, Lavinia M. Weizel, Esquire, of Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C., Boston, Massachusetts; Robert I. Bodian, Esquire, and Scott A. Rader, Esquire, of Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C., New York, New York for Appellees Richard A. Anicetti, Michael D. Casey, Jeffrey Naylor, Richard Noll, Bob Sasser, Robert K. Shearer, Michael Tucci, Steven Tanger, and Jane Thompson.
John L. Reed, Esquire, Ethan H. Townsend, Esquire, and Harrison S. Carpenter, Esquire, of DLA Piper LLP, Wilmington, Delaware. Of Counsel: David Clarke, Jr., Esquire of DLA Piper LLP, Washington, D.C. for Appellees Ray Berry and Brett Berry.
Before STRINE, Chief Justice; VALIHURA and VAUGHN, Justices.
*272This case calls into question the integrity of a stockholder vote purported to qualify for Corwin "cleansing." It offers a cautionary reminder to directors and the attorneys who help them craft their disclosures: "partial and elliptical disclosures"1 cannot facilitate the protection of the business judgment rule under the Corwin doctrine.2
* * *
In March 2016, soon after The Fresh Market (the "Company") announced plans to go private, the Company publicly filed certain required disclosures under the federal securities laws.3 Given that the transaction involved a tender offer, the required disclosures included a Solicitation/Recommendation Statement on Schedule 14D-9 (together with amendments, the "14D-9"), which articulated the Board's reasons for recommending that stockholders accept the tender offer-from an entity controlled by private equity firm Apollo Global Management LLC ("Apollo") for $28.5 in cash *273per share.4 The 14D-9 also included a narrative of the events leading up to the transaction,5 which, in addition to the tender offer, included an equity rollover whereby The Fresh Market's founder, Ray Berry, and his son, Brett-who collectively owned 9.8% of the Company's shares-were to roll over their equity and end up with an approximately 20% stake in the Company upon the closing.6 As also required under the federal securities laws,7 Apollo publicly filed a Schedule TO, which included its own narrative of the background to the transaction. The 14D-9 incorporated Apollo's Schedule TO by reference.8
After reading these disclosures, as the tender offer was still pending, stockholder Elizabeth Morrison ("Plaintiff") suspected that the Company's directors had breached their fiduciary duties in the course of the sale process, and she sought Company books and records pursuant to Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Company denied her request, and the tender offer closed as scheduled on April 21 with 68.2% of outstanding shares validly tendered.9
Litigation over the Section 220 demand ensued, and Plaintiff obtained several key documents, such as board minutes and a crucial e-mail from Ray Berry's counsel to the Company's lawyers. Plaintiff then filed this action in the Court of Chancery. It includes a breach of fiduciary duty claim against all ten of the Company's directors, including Ray Berry, and a claim for aiding and abetting the breach against Ray Berry's son, Brett Berry, who did not serve on the Board.10
The thrust of Plaintiff's breach of fiduciary duty claim is that Ray and Brett Berry teamed up with Apollo to buy The Fresh Market at a discount by deceiving the Board and inducing the directors to put the Company up for sale through a *274process that "allowed the Berrys and Apollo to maintain an improper bidding advantage" and "predictably emerge[ ] as the sole bidder for Fresh Market" at a price below fair value.11 Plaintiff also alleges that Ray Berry's commitment to Apollo was not fully disclosed to the Board or to other stockholders, and that the auction that ensued led to a pre-ordained result: Apollo was the winner, with the Berrys participating in an equity rollover. In other words, Plaintiff alleges that the Board and the stockholders were misled into believing that Ray Berry would open-mindedly consider partnering with any private equity firm willing to outbid Apollo, but, instead, "[t]he reality of the situation was that Ray Berry (a) had already formed the belief that Apollo was uniquely well situated to buy Fresh Market; (b) had already entered into an undisclosed agreement with Apollo; and (c) was incentivized not to create price competition for Apollo."12
In moving to dismiss, Defendants argued that Corwin applied. Under that doctrine, the "business judgment rule is invoked as the appropriate standard of review for a post-closing damages action when a merger that is not subject to the entire fairness standard of review has been approved by a fully informed, uncoerced majority of the disinterested stockholders."13 The Corwin doctrine is premised on the view that, "[w]hen the real parties in interest-the disinterested equity owners-can easily protect themselves at the ballot box by simply voting no, the utility of a litigation-intrusive standard of review promises more costs to stockholders in the form of litigation rents and inhibitions on risk-taking than it promises in terms of benefits to them."14 The same is true of stockholders deciding whether to tender their shares, and the Corwin doctrine has been extended to these circumstances.15 However, those same stockholders cannot possibly protect themselves when left to vote on an existential question in the life of a corporation based on materially incomplete or misleading information. Careful application of Corwin is important due to its potentially case-dispositive impact.16
*275In granting Defendants' motion to dismiss this case, the Court of Chancery stated that this matter "presents an exemplary case of the utility of th[e] ratification doctrine, as set forth in Corwin and Volcano ."17 Respectfully, we disagree.
Here, Defendants have not shown, as required under Corwin , that the vote was fully informed-especially given that Plaintiff's complaint alleges facts showing that the Company failed to disclose "troubling facts regarding director behavior ... that would have been material to a voting stockholder."18 A reasonable stockholder would have found these facts material because they would have shed light on the depth of the Berrys' commitment to Apollo, the extent of Ray Berry's and Apollo's pressure on the Board, and the degree that this influence may have impacted the structure of sale process. Thus, "the business judgment rule is not invoked."19
We REVERSE the Court of Chancery's decision for these reasons and those that follow, and we REMAND this case for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.
I.
Plaintiff's argument on appeal is straightforward: she contends that the Court of Chancery erred in applying Corwin because an array of alleged deficiencies rendered the 14D-9's disclosures materially incomplete and misleading.20 A *276brief overview of the key dates recounted in the 14D-9 is helpful to establish the context of the alleged flaws in the disclosures.
On October 1, 2015, The Fresh Market received an "unsolicited preliminary non-binding indication of interest" from Apollo to purchase the Company for $30 per share in cash.21 The letter stated that Apollo had discussed an equity rollover with the Berrys and had an "exclusive partnership" with them.22 On October 15, the Company's Board convened a meeting to review the proposal and plan its course of action. The directors authorized the formation of a Strategic Transaction Committee (the "Committee"), and they specifically asked Ray Berry if he had an agreement with Apollo. Ray Berry denied that he did, and he recused himself from the meeting "so that the members of the Board could engage in a discussion without him present."23 Following that meeting, Ray Berry recused himself from Board meetings through the date the Company entered into the merger agreement.24
In a letter dated as of that date, October 15, 2015, Apollo stated that its proposal would expire on October 20, and, on October 21, the firm formally withdrew it. But, on November 25, Apollo reaffirmed the same proposal and again stated that it "was making the proposal together with Ray Berry and Brett Berry."25 The Company's lawyers wrote Ray Berry's counsel seeking clarity on Ray Berry's status with Apollo. Ray Berry's counsel responded by e-mail on November 28 (the "November 28 E-mail").26 That e-mail referred to an agreement that Ray Berry had with Apollo in October-an agreement that can rationally be seen as contrary to Ray Berry's representation to the Board on October 15 that he had no such agreement. The sale process officially began on December 3, the day after the conclusion of a two-day Board meeting.27
Plaintiff identifies a number of problems that allegedly render the 14D-9 materially misleading, including the following four:
First, the November 28 E-mail from Ray Berry's counsel reveals that Berry had an agreement with Apollo as of October, and that revelation must have suggested to the Board that Berry had not been forthcoming as he previously had denied the existence of an agreement. But, because the 14D-9 never disclosed this *277information, the 14D-9 omitted material information or was misleading.
Second, Ray Berry's statements expressing a clear preference for a rollover transaction involving Apollo-and reluctance to engage in such a transaction if another buyer were to prevail-were material, and these statements were never disclosed to stockholders. In fact, the 14D-9 disclosures implied otherwise-i.e. , that Ray Berry was willing to partner with a party other than Apollo.
Third, the 14D-9 never disclosed a "threat" contained in the November 28 E-mail-that Ray Berry would sell his shares if the Board did not undertake a sale process.
Fourth, Plaintiff also alleges that the Board misrepresented the reasons that the Board formed the Committee tasked with overseeing a sale process because the 14D-9 failed to state that the directors were motivated by existing activist pressure.
Though Plaintiff challenges the adequacy of other disclosures, such as those concerning the management projections reviewed by the Board, we need not consider them here given that the aforementioned deficiencies in the disclosures prove sufficient to deny Corwin "cleansing."
A. Plaintiff alleges serious misrepresentations-both to the Board, and to stockholders-about Ray Berry's "agreement" with Apollo.
The November 28 E-mail indicates that Ray Berry had agreed as early as October that, if Apollo reached a deal with the Board to purchase the Company, he would roll over his equity interest. But the 14D-9 never mentioned the October agreement and even suggested that, to the contrary, none ever existed.28 And the Company's Board minutes show that Ray Berry also never disclosed this "agreement" to his fellow directors, even when he was asked directly about his arrangement with Apollo at the October 15, 2015 Board meeting. Plaintiff alleges that the omission of the November 28 E-mail's revelation of an October agreement (the "Agreement Omission") is material "not only in substance but also because it shows that Ray Berry was lying to the Board, the Board was on notice that Ray Berry was lying to them and the Board did nothing to address it."29
The following chart compares the 14D-9's summary of the November 28 E-mail with the actual e-mail. Italicized words indicate portions omitted from the 14D-9.
*27814D-930 November 28 E-Mail31 Berry's counsel ... stated that since Since Apollo withdrew its earlier offer in [Apollo's] earlier offer had expired on October, Mr. Berry has had one October 20, 2015, Mr. Berry had engaged conversation with Apollo. During that in one conversation with [Apollo], and conversation, he agreed, as he did in during that conversation he had agreed that October, that, in the event Apollo agreed he would roll his equity interest over into on a transaction with TFM, he would roll the surviving entity if [Apollo] were to be his equity interest over into the surviving successful in agreeing to a transaction with entity. Apollo determined the price that TFM.32 was offered.
[Editor's Note: The preceding image contains the references for footnotes30 ,31 ,32 ].
Plaintiff alleges that the exclusion of "as he did in October" from the 14D-9 is a material omission not just on its own, but because it undermines the veracity of other statements that Berry had made to both the Company's general counsel and its Board. For example, the 14D-9 states that, on October 5, 2015, Ray Berry told the Company's general counsel that he had told Apollo that he "would consider an equity rollover depending upon the terms ...."33 But the 14D-9 omits reference to any agreement to engage in an equity rollover as of that time. In fact, the 14D-9 also states that Berry even told the general counsel that "he had not been involved in [Apollo's] formulation of its proposal, he had not committed to any participation in a transaction with [Apollo] (or any other potential buyer) and he was not working with [Apollo] on an exclusive basis."34 And, when the Board convened its telephonic meeting on October 15, Berry "reiterated that he had not committed to any transaction with [Apollo] (or any other potential bidder)," as recounted in the 14D-9.35
Moreover, even if the Schedule TO is also considered to be part of the "total mix" of information disclosed to stockholders, as the Director Defendants urge, any impression of an agreement is undermined by the 14D-9's suggestions to the contrary. The Schedule TO discloses that Apollo called the Berrys just before the submission of its October 1 proposal "to confirm whether they would participate in such a transaction,"36 and states that the *279Berrys "indicated they were interested"-albeit with a caveat that they needed flexibility and Board approval.37 In contrast, though the 14D-9 references several conversations that Ray Berry had with Apollo before its submission of the October 1 proposal, it undermines any impression one might get of an agreement by describing Apollo's last pre-October 1 call as a "courtesy call" in which Apollo stated that it would be submitting an offer.38
Moreover, the 14D-9 omits any mention of Brett Berry in its description of Apollo's pre-October 1 contacts with Ray Berry-allegedly because a reference to these discussions would bolster the impression of an agreement among Apollo, Ray Berry, and Brett Berry.39 Nor does it disclose that, at the October 15, 2015 Board meeting, Ray Berry told the directors that he "was not aware of any conversation that may or may not have occurred with Apollo and Brett Berry."40 Plaintiff alleges that, given that the Schedule TO suggests that Ray Berry was in fact aware of such conversations,41 this omission is material because, if revealed, it would have informed stockholders that the Company's directors "blinded themselves to the reality of the joint plan among Apollo, Ray Berry and Brett Berry."42 Moreover, even if Ray Berry and the 14D-9's statement that he "had not been involved in [Apollo's] formulation of its proposal"43 were literally true, Plaintiff alleges that it is misleading because it omits that he was involved by providing indications of his interest and directing the Apollo senior partner, Andrew Jhawar, to contact Brett Berry to explore "various structural alternatives for an equity rollover transaction," and Jhawar and Brett Berry then "had several communications regarding potential transaction *280structures."44
B. Plaintiff alleges that the 14D-9 misled stockholders about Ray Berry's clear preference for Apollo.
Plaintiff alleges that the 14D-9 misleadingly conveys an impression that Berry would open-mindedly consider offers from a potential purchaser other than Apollo. The narrative in the 14D-9 fails to mention that Ray Berry divulged to the Board his clear preference for Apollo and reluctance to consider bids from other prospective purchasers.
For example, the 14D-9 states that, at the October 15 Board meeting, Berry told the directors that "he had communicated to [Apollo] that he would only participate in a transaction that was supported by the Board and that he would also be willing to sell his shares to any potential purchaser for cash in a Board-supported transaction."45 But the 14D-9 never mentions that, in response to a question from the Company's outside counsel, Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, as to whether "he would be willing to participate in an equity rollover with another party were the Corporation to engage in [a] sale transaction with a party other than Apollo," Ray Berry also told the Board that "he was not aware of any other potential private equity buyer that had experience in the food retail industry with whom he would be comfortable engaging in an equity rollover."46 A fair implication of this statement in the minutes is that, while Ray Berry would be willing to consider selling his shares to another private equity buyer for cash, he would not engage in an equity rollover with a party other than Apollo. But the 14D-9 never discloses that fact.
The November 28 E-mail further suggests Ray Berry's resistance to participate in an equity rollover with a non-Apollo party, but the 14D-9's account never mentions that resistance in its summary. Again, a comparison between the disclosure of the November 28 E-mail and the November 28 E-mail itself is illustrative. (Italicized words indicate substantive information omitted.)
14D-947 November 28 E-Mail48 Mr. Berry's counsel also said that in the Should Apollo not be successful in its bid, event that another buyer, and not equity Mr. Berry would consider rolling his equity funds managed by [Apollo], were to interest over in connection with an acquire TFM, Mr. Berry would also acquisition of TFM by another buy-out consider rolling his equity interest over in firm that successfully bids for the such a transaction. company, provided he has confidence in its ability to properly oversee the company. As he mentioned to the board of directors in October, however, he believes that Apollo is uniquely qualified to generate value because of its recent success in TFM's space with the acquisition of Sprouts.
[Editor's Note: The preceding image contains the references for footnotes47 ,48 ].
*281Whereas the 14D-9 states that Ray Berry was willing to consider an equity rollover with a party other than Apollo, Plaintiff alleges that the omitted portion suggests that the opposite is the case: that he would be willing to consider such an equity rollover only if he "has confidence in [the firm's] ability to properly oversee the company," and he only had confidence in one party, namely, Apollo.49 If, as Plaintiff fairly alleges, Ray Berry were only willing to consider an equity rollover with a qualified party, and Apollo was "uniquely qualified," then Ray Berry was not, in fact, willing to consider an equity rollover with another party.
C. Plaintiff alleges that the 14D-9 failed to disclose Ray Berry's "threat" to sell the Company.
Plaintiff alleges that the November 28 E-mail reveals that the 14D-9 is marred by another material omission: the 14D-9 never mentions that Ray Berry's counsel emphasized his client's belief that the Company needed to go private and that, if it stayed public, Ray Berry would sell his shares. Specifically, Berry's attorney stated in the November 28 E-mail that Ray Berry believed it was "in the best interests of the shareholders for the board to pursue a sale of the company at this time due to the low valuation of the company in spite of a built-in buy-out premium as well as the complexity of implementing the changes [new CEO] Rick Anicetti covered in the earnings release while under the scrutiny of the public market."50 But the 14D-9 does not include anything resembling a summary of that assertion. Berry's counsel stated further that, "If The Fresh Market remains public, Mr. Berry will give serious consideration to selling his stock when permitted as he does not believe TFM is well positioned to prosper as a public company and he can do better with his investment dollars elsewhere."51 Again, this assertion is missing from the 14D-9.
D. Plaintiff alleges that the 14D-9 misled stockholders about the Company's reasons for forming the Strategic Transaction Committee.
Plaintiff alleges that the 14D-9 misled stockholders concerning existing activist stockholder pressure facing the Company at the time of the October 15, 2015 Board meeting, when the directors decided to form the Strategic Transaction Committee. The 14D-9 states that the Board decided to form the Committee in order "to enhance efficiency in light of the fact that TFM could become the subject of shareholder pressure and communications and potentially additional unsolicited acquisition proposals in light of TFM's recent stock performance."52 It fails to mention that the Company had already become subject to stockholder pressure and that the Board considered that fact when deciding to form the Committee. According to the minutes of the October 15 meeting, the Board discussed "that there had been a significant amount of shareholder outreach recently regarding the strategic direction of the Corporation in light of the Corporation's performance and the trends facing the industry."53 In particular, the directors addressed a letter dated October 8, 2015, from activist investor Neuberger *282Berman LLC, which owned 3.4% of the Company's shares.54 The letter listed grievances with The Fresh Market's performance and proclaimed that "urgent action is necessary to restore credibility and prevent further damage to this asset base."55 Neuberger stated that "it is now time" for the Board "to initiate a comprehensive strategic review" and "consider in that review hiring outside financial advisers to assess: (i) a sale of the Company, (ii) possible strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or alliances, or (iii) other possible internal investments or external transactions."56
II.
Reviewing the Court of Chancery's decision to dismiss the complaint de novo ,57 we reverse because Defendants did not meet their burden for triggering application of the business judgment rule under Corwin.58
We focus on whether the stockholder vote was fully informed-that is, whether the Company's disclosures apprised stockholders of all material information and did not materially mislead them.59 At the pleading stage, that requires us to consider whether Plaintiff's complaint, when fairly read, supports a rational inference that material facts were not disclosed or that the disclosed information was otherwise materially misleading.60
"An omitted fact is material if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable shareholder would consider it important in deciding how to vote."61
*283Framed differently, an omitted fact is material if there is "a substantial likelihood that the disclosure of the omitted fact would have been viewed by the reasonable investor as having significantly altered the 'total mix' of information made available."62 But, to be sure, this materiality test "does not require proof of a substantial likelihood that disclosure of the omitted fact would have caused the reasonable investor to change his vote."63
Just as disclosures cannot omit material information, disclosures cannot be materially misleading. As we said in Arnold v. Society for Savings Bancorp, Inc. ,64 "once defendants traveled down the road of partial disclosure of the history leading up to the Merger ... they had an obligation to provide the stockholders with an accurate, full, and fair characterization of those historic events."65 And, in Zirn v. VLI Corp. ,66 we explained that, "even a non-material fact can, in some instances, trigger an obligation to disclose additional, otherwise non-material facts in order to prevent the initial disclosure from materially misleading the stockholders."67
Here, the Court of Chancery stated that, if the Plaintiff could adequately allege in her pleadings that "the apparent robustness of the auction was a sham" and "[Ray] Berry had already made up his mind that he wished Apollo to be the acquirer and only Apollo had a shot at winning the auction," then "surely the disclosures were flawed and inadequate to allow the vote to serve as a ratification of the Defendants' actions."68 But the trial court rejected Plaintiff's argument because it found "the facts regarding Berry's involvement with Apollo were disclosed" and, thus, "[t]he conclusion that the Plaintiff reaches-that the auction was a sham-is not supported by the record."69 Respectfully, we disagree.
Plaintiff has unearthed and pled in her complaint specific, material, undisclosed facts that a reasonable stockholder is substantially likely to have considered important in deciding how to vote.70 We believe a *284reasonable stockholder likely would find such information important because it would have helped the stockholder to reach a materially more accurate assessment of the probative value of the sale process. These facts include "troubling facts regarding director behavior,"71 and thus we conclude that there is a substantial likelihood that they would have altered the total mix of information available to stockholders.
A. Plaintiff adequately alleges material omissions in the 14D-9 concerning Ray Berry's "agreement" with Apollo and relationship with the firm.
Plaintiff alleges that the phrase "as he did in October" in the November 28 E-mail should have informed directors that Ray Berry had "lied" at their October 15 meeting, but that agreement and its eventual disclosure to the directors was never disclosed to the Company's stockholders.72 This omission seems to undermine the veracity of Ray Berry's statement to the Board that, as of the October 15 meeting, "he had not committed to any transaction with [Apollo]," as suggested in the Schedule 14D-973 and the minutes.74
We agree with the Plaintiff that this Agreement Omission was material.75 A reasonable stockholder would want to know the facts showing that Ray Berry had not been forthcoming with the Board about his agreement with Apollo (among other information discussed below),76 as directors have an " 'unremitting obligation' to deal candidly with their fellow directors."77 Moreover, a reasonable stockholder would want to know about this level of commitment to a potential purchaser, in the context of this deal.78
*285Though the 14D-9 does mention certain of Ray Berry's prior conversations with Apollo, the 14D-9 avoids implying any agreement with Apollo and limits facts that might suggest such an impression. For example, whereas the Schedule TO describes the last pre-October 1 call from Apollo to the Berrys as a call "to confirm they would participate in such [an equity rollover] transaction,"79 the 14D-9 merely describes it as a "courtesy call."80
The 14D-9's failure to mention Brett Berry also supports a pleading-stage inference that the 14D-9 is so committed to "the false proposition that Ray Berry, Brett Berry and Apollo were not acting pursuant to a plan" that it presents a distorted narrative.81 As Plaintiff alleges, if included, this information would help show that "Ray Berry, Brett Berry and Apollo had formulated and acted pursuant to a plan to buy Fresh Market at a vulnerable time at the lowest possible price."82 We agree that Plaintiff's allegations are sufficient to prevent invocation of the business judgment rule under Corwin .
B. Plaintiff adequately alleges that the 14D-9 is materially misleading about Ray Berry's clear preference for Apollo and willingness to consider an equity rollover.
Plaintiff adequately alleges that the 14D-9 is materially misleading because it repeatedly includes statements that imply an openness to consider other bidders, while omitting Ray Berry's statements from those same conversations that suggest that he would actually only consider an equity rollover with Apollo. The 14D-9 posits that, at the October 15 Board meeting, Berry stated that he would be willing to sell his shares for cash to other potential bidders and that he had not yet committed to Apollo, evoking an impression of openness.83 Yet the 14D-9 omits that, when asked by the Board's counsel about an equity rollover with a party other than Apollo, Ray Berry's comments indicated that only Apollo would suffice: he stated that he was unaware of "any other potential private equity buyer that had experience *286in the food retail industry with whom he would be comfortable engaging in an equity rollover."84 Such omission is material because, if disclosed, a reasonable stockholder might infer that Berry's expression of a clear preference for Apollo and reluctance to engage with other bidders hindered the openness of the sale process, notwithstanding that Ray Berry also submitted that "he had not committed to any transaction with Apollo."85
Even more, the description of the November 28 E-mail includes the statement that Ray Berry would consider an equity rollover involving another buyer, but it omits the crucial precondition-that he must have "confidence in [the firm's] ability to properly oversee the company"86 -and that Berry believed that Apollo was "uniquely qualified to generate value because of its recent success in TFM's space with the acquisition of Sprouts,"87 effectively ruling out other parties despite the 14D-9's suggestion to the contrary. Directors cannot fulfill their disclosure obligations through such partial disclosure-that is, where material facts are either not disclosed or "presented in an ambiguous, incomplete, or misleading manner."88 Stockholders are "entitled to a balanced and truthful recitation of events, not a sanitized version that is materially misleading."89
C. Plaintiff adequately alleges that the 14D-9's omission of Ray Berry's "threat" to sell his shares is material.
Plaintiff adequately alleges that the 14D-9 omits the material statement from the November 28 E-mail that Ray Berry believed that the Board should pursue a sale of the Company "at this time" and that, if it failed to act, he would sell his shares90 -a warning that Plaintiff characterizes as a threat. We do not embrace Plaintiffs' characterization of this as a threat, but we do view it as an economically relevant statement of intent.
The Court of Chancery considered the omission of this so-called "threat" to be the "only factual lacuna in the disclosures that comes close to materiality."91 But the court dismissed it because it reasoned that "it would not have made investors less likely to tender if they knew that a large blockholder-the founder-was considering a sale if the deal was not consummated."92 That is not the test. Omitted information is material if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable stockholder would have considered the omitted information important when deciding whether to tender her shares or seek appraisal.93 This is any information that an investor would consider important. Such information could make a stockholder less likely to tender. But it also may be material *287if it is the sort of information that would make a stockholder more likely to tender, or just information that a reasonable stockholder would generally want to know in making the decision, regardless of whether it actually sways a stockholder one way or the other, as a single piece of information rarely drives a stockholder's vote.94
Further, the November 28 E-mail included Berry's counsel's communication of the reason why Ray Berry believed that it was time to sell the Company.95 A reasonable stockholder would want to know the rationale that Ray Berry gave the Board in encouraging it to pursue the sale, as well as his communication of his intent to sell his shares if a transaction were not consummated.96
D. Plaintiff adequately alleges that the 14D-9's presentation of the Board's reasons for forming the Strategic Transaction Committee are materially misleading.
Plaintiff alleges that the 14D-9 "conceals the pressure on the Board from activist stockholders to sell the Company."97 But the trial court dismissed that argument, finding the existing disclosures sufficient.98 That was error. The 14D-9 did disclose that, at the October 15, 2015 Board meeting, the Board decided to create the Committee "to enhance efficiency in light of the fact that TFM could become the subject of shareholder pressure and communications and potentially additional unsolicited acquisition proposals in light of TFM's recent stock performance."99 However, the minutes of that meeting reveal that the 14D-9 omits an important point: the Company had actually already become subject to stockholder pressure. In fact, before forming the Committee, the Board discussed "that there had been a significant amount of shareholder outreach recently regarding the strategic direction of the Corporation."100 We believe there is more than a semantic difference between the possibility that there "could " be stockholder pressure, as suggested in the 14D-9, and "there had been a significant amount of shareholder outreach recently ," as revealed in the minutes. Given the Company *288chose to speak on the topic, stockholders were entitled to know the depth and breadth of the pressure confronting the Company, especially given that it already existed.101
III.
As in Berkman , "given the nature of the omission[s]," we decline "defendants' invitation for us to find another ground for affirmance, such as reliance on the exculpatory charter provision, which was not addressed by the Court of Chancery."102
For the reasons set forth above, we REVERSE the Court of Chancery's opinion and REMAND for proceedings consistent with this opinion.
11.4.6.4 In re Trulia, Inc. Stockholder Litigation 11.4.6.4 In re Trulia, Inc. Stockholder Litigation
5/20/2025 pdw
In this case, Chancellor Bouchard explains the bad incentives created by litigation enforcing the duty of disclosure to shareholders. And he begins to punch back.
Courts are now much more skeptical of disclosure-only settlements.
IN RE TRULIA, INC. STOCKHOLDER LITIGATION
CONSOLIDATED C.A. No. 10020-CB
Court of Chancery of Delaware.
Submitted: October 16, 2016
Decided: January 22, 2016
*886Seth D. Rigrodsky, Brian D. Long, Gina M. Serra and Jeremy J. Riley, Rigrodsky & Long, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; Peter B. Andrews and Craig J. Springer, Andrews & Springer, LLC, - Wilmington, Delaware; James R. Banko, Faruqi & Fa-ruqi, LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Peter Safirstein,. Domenico Minerva and Elizabeth Metcalf, Morgan & Morgan, P.C., New York, New York; Katharine M. Ryan and Richard A. Maniskas, Ryan & Manis-kas, LLP, Wayne, Pennsylvania; Kent A. Bronson, Todd Kammerman and Christopher Schuyler, Milberg LLP, New York, New York; Juan E. Monteverde, James Wilson, Jr. and Miles D. Schreiner, Faruqi & Faruqi, LLP, New York, New York; Counsel for Plaintiffs.
Rudolf Koch and Sarah A. Clark, Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; Deborah S. Birnbach, Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts; Michael T. Jones, Goodwin Procter LLP, Menlo Park, California; Attorneys for Defendants Trulia, Inc., Pete Flint, Robert Moles, Theresia Gouw, Gregory Waldorf, Sami Inkinen, Erik Bardman and Steve Hafner.
William M. Lafferty, Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Alan S. Goudiss, Shearman & Sterling, New York, New York; Attorneys for Defendants Zillow^ Inc. and Zebra Holdco, Inc.
Joseph Christensen, Joseph Christensen P.A., ■ Wilmington, Delaware; Counsel for Amicus' Curiae Sean J. Griffith.
OPINION
This opinion concerns the proposed settlement of a stockholder class action challenging Zillow, Inc.’s acquisition of Trulia, Inc. in a stock-for-stock merger that closed in February 2015. Shortly after the public announcement of the proposed transaction, four Trulia stockholders filed essentially identical complaints alleging that Trulia’s directors had breached their fiduciary duties in approving the proposed merger *887at an unfair exchange ratio. Less than four months later, after taking limited discovery, the parties reached an agreement-in-principle to settle.
The proposed settlement is of the type often referred to as a “disclosure settlement.” It has become the most common method for quickly resolving stockholder lawsuits that are' filed routinely in response to the announcement of virtually every transaction involving the acquisition of a public corporation. In essence, Trulia agreed to supplement the proxy materials disseminated to its stockholders before they voted on the proposed transaction to include some additional information that theoretically would allow the stockholders to be better informed in exercising their franchise rights. In 'exchange, plaintiffs dropped their motion to preliminarily enjoin the transaction and agreed to provide a release of claims on behalf of a proposed class of Trulia’s stockholders. If approved, the settlement will not provide Trulia stockholders with any economic benefits. The only money that would change hands is the payment of a fee to plaintiffs’ counsel, ■ :. , • . ■
Because a class action impacts the legal rights of absent class members, it is the responsibility of the Court of Chancery to exercise independent judgment to determine whether a proposed class settlement is fair and reasonable to the affected class members. For the reasons explained in this opinion, I conclude that ,the terms of this proposed settlement are not fair or reasonable because none of the supplemental disclosures were material or even helpful to Trulia’s stockholders, and thus the proposed settlement does not afford them any meaningful consideration to warrant providing a release of claims to the defendants. Accordingly, .1 decline to approve the proposed settlement. .
On a broader level, this opinion discusses some of the dynamics that have led to the proliferation of disclosure settlements, noting the concerns that scholars, practitioners and members of the, judiciary have expressed that these settlements rarely yield genuine benefits for stockholders and threaten the loss of potentially valuable' claims that .have not been investigated with rigor. I also discuss - some of the particular challenges the Court faces in evaluating disclosure settlements through a non-adversarial process. ■
Based on these considerations, this opinion offers the Court’s perspective’ that disclosure'claims arising in deal litigation optimally should be adjudicated' outside of the context’ of a proposed settlement so that the Court’s consideration of the merits of the disclosure claims can occur in an adversarial process without the defendants’ desire to obtain an often overly broad release hanging in the balance. The opinion-further explains that, to the extent that litigants continue to pursue disclosure settlements, they can expect that the Court will be increasingly-vigilant in scrutinizing the “give” and the “get” of such settlemenfs to ensure that they áre genuinely fair and reasonable to the absent class mémbers.
I. BACKGROUND
The facts recited in this opinion are based on the allegations of the Verified Amended Class Action Complaint in C.A. No. 10022-CB, which was designated as the operative complaint in the consolidation action; the brief plaintiffs submitted in support of their motion for a preliminary injunction; and the briefs and affidavits submitted in connection with the proposed settlement. Because of the posture of the litigation, the recited facts do not represent factual findings, but rather, the *888record as it was presented for the Court to evaluate the proposed settlement.
A. The Parties
Defendant Trulia, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is an online provider of information on homes for purchase or- for rent in the United States. Individual defendants Pete Flint, Robert Moles, Theresia Gouw, Gregory Waldorf, Sami Inkinen, Erik Bardman, and Steve Hafner were members of Trulia’s board of directors when the merger was approved.
Defendant Zillow, Inc., a Washington corporation, is a real estate marketplace that helps home buyers, sellers, landlords and others find and share information about homes. Defendant Zebra Holdco, Inc. (“Holdco”),. now known as Zillow Group, Inc., is a Washington corporation that was formed to facilitate the merger at issue and is now the parent company of Zillow and Trulia.
Plaintiffs Christopher Shue, Matthew Sciabacucci, Chaile Steinberg, and Robert Collier were Trulia stockholders- at all times relevant to this action.
B. The Announcement of the Merger and the Litigation
On July 28, 2014, Trulia and Zillow announced that they had entered into a definitive merger agreement under which Zillow would acquire Trulia for approximately $3.5 billion in stock.1 The transaction was structured to include two successive stock-for-stock mergers whereby separate subsidiaries of Holdco would acquire both Trulia and Zillow. After these mergers, Trulia and Zillow would exist as wholly-owned subsidiaries of Holdco, and the former stockholders of Trulia and Zil-low would receive, respectively, approximately 33% and 67% of the outstanding shares of Holdco.
After the merger was announced, the four plaintiffs filed class action complaints challenging the Trulia merger and seeking to enjoin it. Each of the complaints alleged essentially identical claims: that the individual defendants had breached their fiduciary duties, and that Zillow, Trulia, and Holdco aided and abetted those breaches.
On September 11, 2014, Holdco filed a registration statement containing Trulia and Zillow’s preliminary joint proxy statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. On September 24, 2014, one of the four plaintiffs filed a motion for expedited proceedings and for a preliminary injunction.
On October 13, 2014, the Court granted an unopposed motion to consolidate the four cases into one action and to appoint lead counsel. On October 14, at 10:37 a.m., plaintiffs filed a motion to expedite the proceedings in the newly consolidated case. The Court never heard the motion, however, because the parties promptly agreed on an expedited schedule, which they documented in a stipulated case schedule filed on October 14 at 12:12 pin., less than two hours after the motion to expedite was filed.
Over the next few weeks, plaintiffs reviewed documents produced by defendants and deposed one director of Trulia (Chairman, CEO, and co-founder Pete Flint) and a banker from J.P; Morgan Securities *889LLC, Trulia’s financial advisor in the transaction.
On November 14, 2014, plaintiffs filed a brief in support of their motion for a preliminary injunction. In that brief, plaintiffs asserted that the individual' defendants had breached their fiduciary duties by “failing to obtain the highest exchange ratio available for the Company’s stockholders in a single-bidder process, failing to properly value the Company, agreeing to preclusive provisions in the Merger Agreement that impede the Board’s ability to consider and accept superior proposals, and. disseminating materially false and misleading disclosures to the Company’s stockholders....”2 The discussion of the merits in that brief, however, focused only on disclosure issues. Plaintiffs provided no argument in support of any other aspect of their claims.
On November 17, Trulia and Zillow filed a definitive joint proxy .statement regarding the transaction on Schedule 14A (the “Proxy”).
C. The Parties Reach a Settlement
On November 19, 2014, the parties entered into a Memorandum of Understanding detailing an agreement-in-principle to settle the litigation for certain disclosures to supplement those contained in the Proxy, subject to confirmatory discovery. The same day, Trulia filed a Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission containing the disclosures (the “Sup■plemental Disclosures”).
. On December 18,2014, Trulia and Zillow held special meetings of stockholders at which each company’s stockholders voted on and approved the transaction. Trulia’s stockholders overwhelmingly supported the transaction. Of the Trulia shares that voted, 99.15% voted in favor of the transaction. In absolute terns, 79.52% of Tru-lia’s outstanding shares voted in favor the transaction.3
On February 10, 2015, plaintiffs conducted a confirmatory deposition of a second Trulia director, Gregory Waldorf. On February 17, 2015, the transaction closed.
On June 10, 2015, the parties executed " a Stipulation and Agreement of Compromise, Settlement, and Release (the “Stipulation”) in support of a proposed settlement reiterating the terms of the ' Memorandum of' Understanding. In the ■ Stipulation, the parties agreed to seek certification of a class consisting of all Trulia stockholders from July 28, 2014 (when the transaction was announced) through February 17, 2015 (when the transaction closed). The Stipulation included an extremely 'broad release encompassing, among .other things, “Unknown. .Claims”4 and claims “arising under federal, state, foreign, statutory, regulatory, common law or other law or rule”, held by any member of the proposed class relating in any conceivable . way to the . transaction.5 The Stipulation further provided that plaintiffs’ counsel intended to seek. an award • of attorneys’ fees and expenses *890not to exceed $375,000, which defendants agreed not to oppose.
Beginning on July 17, 2015, Trulia disseminated notices to the proposed class members in accordance with a scheduling order the Court had entered.
D. Procedural Posture
On September 16, 2015, after receiving a brief and an affidavit from plaintiffs advocating for approval- of the proposed settlement, I held &' hearing to consider the fairness of the terms of the proposed settlement. Defendants made no submissions concerning the proposed settlement before the hearing, and no stockholder filed an objection to it. After the hearing, I took the request to approve the settlement under advisement and asked the parties for supplemental briefing on whether disclosures must meet the legal. standard of materiality in order to constitute, an adequate benefit to support a settlement, and on the rationale and justification for including “unknown claims” .among the claims that would be released by the proposed settlement.
On September 22, 2015, Sean J. Griffith, a professor at Fordham University School of Law who has researched disclosure settlements and objected to them in the past,6 requested permission to appear as amicus curiae in order to -submit a ¡brief on the topics for which I requested supplemental briefing. Lapproved this request on September 23, and the parties submitted their supplemental briefing on October 16.
Along with their supplemental briefing, plaintiffs submitted an affidavit from Timothy J. Meinhart, a- managing director of Willamette Management Associates, which -provides business valuation and transaction financial advisory services. The. affidavit addresses certain concerns about some (but not all) of the disclosures that I. :raised at the settlement hearing. Plaintiffs .and defendants also informed the Court that,.following .the hearing, the parties had agreed to a revised stipulation with a narrower release.
Specifically, the parties removed “Unknown Claims” and “foreign” claims from the ambit of the release' ánd added'a carve-oút so that the release would not cover “any claims that arise under the Hart-Scott-Rodino, Sherman, or Clayton Acts; or any other state or federal antitrust law.” As revised, the release still encompasses “any claims arising under federal, state, statutory, regulatory, common law, or other law or rule” held by any member of the proposed class relating in any conceivable way to the transaction, with the exception of the carve-out for claims arising under state and federal antitrust law.7
II. LEGAL ANALYSIS
A. Legal Standard
Uridér Court of Chancery Rule 23, the Court must approve the dismissal or settlement of a class action.8 Although Delaware has long favored the voluntary settlement of litigation,9‘the fiduciary character of a class action'requires the Court to independently examine the fairness of a class action settlement before approving *891it.10 “Approval of a class action settlement requires more than a cursory scrutiny by the court of the issues presented.”11 The Court must exercise its own judgment to determine whether the settlement is reasonable, and intrinsically fair.12 In doing so, the Court evaluates not only the claim, possible defenses, and obstacles to its successful prosecution,13 but also “the reasonableness of the ‘give’ and the ‘gét,’ ”14 or what the class members receive in exchange for ending the litigation.
Before turning to that analysis here, I pause to discuss some of the dynamics that have led to the proliferation of disclosure settlements15 and the concerns that have been expressed about this phenomenon, and to offer thé Court’s perspective on how disclosure claims iñ déal litigation should be adjudicated in the future.' ‘ '
B. Considerations Involving Disclosure Claims in Deal Litigation
Over two decades ago, Chancellor Allen famously remarked in Solomon v. Pathe Communications Corporation that “[i]t is a fact evident to all of those who are familiar with,, shareholder litigation that surviving a motion to dismiss means, as a practical matter,' that economically] rational defendants ... will settle such claims, often for a peppercorn and' a fee.”16 The' Chancellor’s remarks were not made in the context of a settlement; but they touch upon some of the same dynamics that have fueled disclosure settlements of deal litigation.
Today, the public announcement of virtually -every transaction involving the acquisition of a public corporation provokes a-flurry of class action lawsuits alleging that the target’s directors breached their fiduciary duties by agreeing to sell -the corporation for ah'unfair price. On occasion, ^although it is ■ relatively infrequent, such litigation has generated meaningful economic 'benefits for stockholders when, for'example, the integrity of a sales process has been corrupted by conflicts of interest on the part of corporate fiduciaries or their advisors.17 But far too often *892such litigation serves no useful purpose for stockholders. Instead, it serves only to generate fees for certain lawyers who are regular players in the enterprise of routinely filing hastily drafted complaints on behalf of stockholders on the heels of the public announcement of a deal and settling quickly on terms that yield no monetary compensation to the stockholders they represent.
In such lawsuits, plaintiffs’ leverage is the threat of an injunction to prevent a transaction from closing. Faced with that threat, defendants are incentivized to settle quickly in order to mitigate the-considerable expense of litigation and the distraction it entails, to achieve closing certainty, and to obtain broad releases as a form of “deal insurance.” These incentives are so potent that many defendants self-expedite the litigation by volunteering to produce “core documents” to plaintiffs’ counsel, obviating the need for plaintiffs to seek the Court’s permission to expedite the proceedings in aid of a preliminary injunction application and thereby avoiding the only gating mechanism (albeit one friendly to plaintiffs18) the Court has to screen out frivolous cases and to ensure that its limited 'resources are used wisely.19
Once the litigation is on an . expedited track and the prospect of an injunction hearing looms, the most common currency used to procure a settlement is the issuance of supplemental disclosures to the target’s stockholders before they are asked to vote on the proposed transaction. The theory behind making these disclosures is that, by having the additional information, stockholders will be -better informed when exercising their franchise rights.20 Given the Court’s historical practice of approving disclosure settlements when the additional information is not material, and indeed may be of only minor *893value to the stockholders,21 providing supplemental disclosures is a particularly easy “give” for defendants to make in exchange for a release.
Once an agreement-in-principle is struck to settle for supplemental disclosures, the litigation takes on an entirely different, non-adversarial character. Both sides of the caption then share the same interest in obtaining the Court’s approval of. the settlement.22 The next step, after notice has been provided to the stockholders, .is a hearing in which the Court must evaluate the fairness of the proposed settlement. Significantly, in advance of such hearings, the Court receives briefs and affidavits from plaintiffs extolling the value of the supplemental disclosures and advocating for approval of the proposed settlement, but rarely receives any submissions expressing an opposing viewpoint.23
Although the Court commonly evaluates the proposed settlement of stockholder class and derivative actions without the benéfit of hearihg opposing viewpoints, disclosure settlements'1 present some unique challenges. If is one thing for the Court to judge the fairness of a settlement, even in a non-adversarial' context, when there has been significant discovery or meaningful motion practice to -inform the Court’s evaluation. It is-quite another to do so when little or no motion practice has occurred and the discovery - record is sparse, as is typically the Case in an expedited deal litigation leading to an equally expedited resolution based on supplemental disclosures before the transaction closes. In this case, for example, no motions were decided (not even a motion to expedite), and discovery was limited to the production of less than 3,000 pages of documents and- the taking of three depositions, two of which were taken before the parties agreed in principle to settle and one of which was a “confirmatory” deposition taken thereafter.24
*894The lack of an adversarial process often requires that the Court become essentially a forensic examiner of proxy materials so that it can play devil’s advocate in probing the value of the “get” for stockholders in a proposed disclosure settlement. Consider the following example. During discovery, plaintiffs will typically receive copies of board presentations made by financial ad-visors .who ultimately opine on the fairness of the. transaction from a financial point of view. It is all too common for a plaintiff to identify. and obtain supplemental; disclosure of a laundry list of minutiae in a financial advisor’s board presentation that does not appear in the summary of the advisor’s analysis in the proxy materials— summaries that commonly run ten or more single-spaced pages in the first instance. Given that the newly added pieces of information were, by definition, missing from the original proxy, it is not difficult for an advocate to make a superficially persuasive argument that it is better for stockholders to have more information rather than less. In an adversarial process, defendants, armed with the help of their financial ad-visors, would be quick to contextualize the omissions and point out why the missing details are immaterial (and may even be unhelpful) given the summary of the advisT or’s analysis already disclosed in the proxy. In the settlement context, however, it falls to law-trained judges to attempt to perform this function, however crudely, as best they can.
It is beyond doubt in my view that the dynamics described above, in particular the Court’s willingness in the past to approve disclosure settlements of marginal value ánd to Routinely grant broad releases to defendants and six-figure fees to plaintiffs’ counsel-in the process,25 have caused deal litigation to explode in the United States beyond the realm of reason. In just the past decade, the percentage of transactions of $100 million or more that have triggered stockholder litigation in this country has more than doubled, from 39.3% in 2005 to a peak of 94.9% in' 2014.26 Only recently has the percentage decreased, falling to 87.7% in 2015 due to a decline near the end of the year.27 In Delaware, the percentage of such cases settled solely on the basis of supplemental disclosures'grew significantly from 45.4% in 2005 to a high of 76.0% in' 2012, and only recently has seen some decline.28 The increased prevalence of deal litigation and *895disclosure settlements has drawn the attention of academics, practitioners, and the judiciary.
Scholars have criticized disclosure settlements, arguing that non-material supplemental disclosures provide no benefit to stockholders and amount to little more than deal “rents” or “taxes,” while the liability releases that accompany settlements threaten the loss of potentially valuable claims related to the transaction in question or other matters falling within the literal scope of overly broad releases.29 One recent study provides empirical data suggesting that supplemental disclosures make no difference in stockholder voting, and thus provide no benefit that could serve as consideration' for a settlement.30 Another paper, written by a practitioner, provides examples of cases in which, unexplored .but valuable claims that almost were released through disclosure settlements later yielded significant recoveries for stockholders.31 A particularly vivid example is the recently concluded Rural/Metro case.32 In that case, the Court of Chancery initially considered it a “very close call”33 to reject a disclosure settlement that would have released claims which subsequently yielded stockholders over $100 million, mostly from a post-trial judgment, after new counsél took over the case.34 -
Members of this Court also have voiced their concerns over thé 'deal settlement process, expressing doubts about the value of relief obtained in disclosure settlements, and explaining their reservations over the *896breadth of the releases sought and the lack of any meaningful investigation of claims proposed to be released.35 Judges outside of Delaware have expressed similar con-eerns.36
Given the rapid proliferation and current ubiquity of deal litigation, the mounting evidence that supplemental disclosures rarely yield genuine benefits for stockholders, the risk of stockholders losing potentially valuable claims that have not been investigated with rigor, and the challenges of assessing disclosure claims in a non-adversarial settlement process, the Court’s historical predisposition toward approving disclosure settlements needs to be reexamined. In the Court’s opinion, the optimal means by which disclosure claims in deal litigation should be adjudicated is outside the context of a proposed settlement so that the Court’s consideration of the merits of the disclosure claims can occur in an adversarial process where the defendants’ desire to obtain a release does not hang in the balance.
Outside the settlement context, disclosure claims may be subjected to judicial review in at least two ways. One is in the context of a preliminary injunction motion, in which case the adversarial process would remain intact and plaintiffs would have the burden to demonstrate on the merits a reasonable likelihood of proving that “the alleged omission or misrepresentation is material.”37 In other words, plaintiffs would bear the burden of showing “a substantial likelihood that the disclosure of the omitted fact would have been viewed by the reasonable investor as having significantly altered the ‘total mix’ of information made available.”38
A second way is when plaintiffs’ counsel apply to the Court for an award of attorneys’ fees after defendants voluntarily decide to supplement their proxy materials by making one or more of the disclosures sought by plaintiffs, thereby mooting some *897or all of their claims. In that scenario, where securing a release is not at issue, defendants are incentivized to oppose fee requests they view as excessive.39 Hence, the adversarial process would remain in place and assist the Court in its evaluation of the nature of the benefit conferred (ie., the value of the supplemental disclosures) for purposes of determining the reasonableness of the requested fee.
In either of these scenarios, to the extent fiduciary duty claims challenging the sales' process remain in the case, they may be amenable to dismissal. Harkening back to Chancellor Allen’s words in Solomon, the Court would be cognizant of the need to “apply the pleading test under Rule 12 with special care” in stockholder litigation because “the risk of strike suits means that too much turns on the mere survival of the complaint.”40 In that regard, both the litigants and the Court are aided today by thirty years of jurisprudence that now exists interpreting the principles enunciated in Unocal and Revlon that often are central to reviewing fiduciary conduct in deal litigation.41
The preferred scenario of a mootness dismissal appears to be catching on. In the wake of the Court’s increasing scrutiny of disclosure settlements, the Court has observed an increase in the filing of stipulations in which, after disclosure claims have been mooted by defendants electing to supplement their proxy materials, plaintiffs dismiss their actions without prejudice to the other members of the putative class (which has not yet been certified) and the Court reserves jurisdiction solely to hear a mootness fee application.42 -From the Court’s perspective, this arrangement provides a logical and sensible framework for concluding the litigation. After being afforded some discovery to probe the merits of a fiduciary challenge to the substance of the board’s decision to approve the transaction in question, plaintiffs can exit the litigation without needing to expend additional resources (or causing the Court and other parties to -expend further resources) on dismissal motion practice after the transaction' has closed. Although defendants will not have obtained a formal release, the filing of a stipulation of dismissal *898likely represents the end of fiduciary challenges over the transaction as a practical matter. ...
In the mootness fee scenario, the parties also have the option to resolve the fee application privately without obtaining Court approval. Twenty years ago, Chancellor Allen acknowledged the right of a corporation’s directors to exercise business judgment to expend corporate funds (typically funds of the acquirer, who assumes the expense of defending the litigation after the transaction, closes) to resolve an application for attorneys’ .fees when the litigation has become moot, with the caveat that notice must be provided, to the stockholders. to protect against “the risk of buy off” of plaintiffs’ counsel.43 As the Court recently stated, “notice is appropriate because it provides the information necessary for an interested person to object to the use of corporate funds, such, as by ‘challenging] the fee payment as waste in a separate litigation,’ if the circumstances warrant.”44 In other words,, notice to stockholders is designed to guard against potential abuses in the private resolution of fee demands for mooted representative actions. With that protection in place,- the Court has accommodated the use of the private resolution procedure on.several recent occasions and reiterates here the propriety of proceeding in that fashion.45
Returning to the historically trodden but suboptimal path of seeking to resolve disclosure claims in deal litigation through a Court-approved settlement, practitioners should expect that the Court will continue to be increasingly vigilant in applying its independent judgment to its case-by-case assessment of the reasonableness of the “give” and “get” of such settlements in light of the concerns discussed above. To be more specific, practitioners should expect that disclosure settlements are likely to be met with continued disfavor in the future unless the supplemental disclosures address a plainly material misrepresentation or omission, and the subject matter of the proposed release is narrowly circumscribed to encompass nothing more than disclosure claims and fiduciary duty claims concerning the sale process, if the record shows that such claims have been investigated sufficiently.46 In using the term “plainly material,” I mean that it should not be a close call that the supplemental information is material as that term is defined under Delaware law. Where‘the *899supplemental information is not plainly material, it may be appropriate for the Court to appoint an amicus curiae to assist the Court in its evaluation of the alleged benefits of the supplemental disclosures, given the. challenges posed by the non-adversarial nature of the typical disclosure settlement hearing.47
Finally, some have expressed concern that enhanced judicial scrutiny of disclosure settlements could lead plaintiffs to sue fiduciaries of Delaware corporations in other jurisdictions in the hope of finding a forum more hospitable to signing off oh settlements of no genuine value. It is within the power of a Delaware corporation to enact a forum selection bylaw to address this concern.48 In any event, it' is the Court’s opinion, based on its extensive experience in adjudicating cases of this nature, that the historical predisposition that has been shown towards approving disclosure settlements must evolve for the reasons explained above. We hope and trust that our sister courts will reach the same conclusion if confronted with the issue.
With -the foregoing considerations in mind, I consider next the “give” and the “get”, of the proposed settlement in this case.
C. The Supplemental Disclosures Are not Material and Provided no Meaningful Benefit to Stockholders
Under. Delaware law, when directors solicit stockholder .action,, they must “disclose fully and fairly all material information within the board’s control.”49 Delaware has adopted the standard of materiality used under the federal securities laws. Information is material “if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable shareholder would consider it important in deciding how to vote.”50 In other words, information is material if, from the perspective of a reasonable stockholder, there is a substantial likelihood that it “significantly alter[s] the ‘total mix’ of information máde available.”51
. Here, the joint Proxy that Trulia and Zillow stockholders received in advance of their respective stockholders’ meetings to consider whether to approve the proposed *900transaction ran 224 pages in length, excluding annexes. It contained extensive discussion concerning, among other things, the background of the mergers, each board’s reasons for recommending approval of the proposed transaction, prospective financial information concerning the companies that had been reviewed by their respective boards and financial advisors, and explanations of the opinions of each company’s financial advisor. In the case of Trulia, the opinion of J.P. Morgan was summarized in ten single-spaced pages.
The Supplemental Disclosures plaintiffs obtained in this case solely concern the section of the Proxy summarizing J.P. Morgan’s financial analysis, which the Tru-lia board cited as one of the factors it considered in deciding to recommend approval of the proposed merger.52 Specifically, these disclosures provided additional details concerning: (1) certain synergy numbers in J.P. Morgan’s value 'creation analysis; (2) selected comparable transaction multiples; ■ (3) selected public trading' multiples; and (4) implied terminal EBIT-DA multiples for á relative discounted cash flow analysis.
Relevant .to considering the materiality of. information disclosed in this section of the Proxy, then-Vice Chancellor Strine observed in In re Pure Resources, Inc. Shareholders Litigation that there were “conflicting impulses” in Delaware case law about whether, when- seeking stockholder action, directors must disclose “investment banker analyses in circumstances in which the bankers’ views about value have been cited as justifying the recommendation of the board,”53 The Court held that, under Delaware law, when the board relies on the advice of a financial advisor in making a decision that requires stockholder action, those stockholders are entitled to receive in the proxy statement “a fair summary of the substantive work performed by the investment bankers upon whose advice the recommendations of their board as to how to vote on a merger or tender rely.”54 This “fair summary” standard has been a guiding principle for this Court in considering proxy disclosures concerning the work of financial advisors for more than a decade.55
Á fair summary, however, is a summary. By definition, it need not contain all information underlying the financial ad-visor’s opinion or contained in its report to the board.56 Indeed, this Court has held *901that the summary does not need to provide sufficient data to allow the stockholders to perform their own independent valuation.57 The essence of a fair, summary is not a cornucopia of financial data, but rather an accurate description of the advisor’s methodology and key assumptions.58 In my view, disclosures that provide extraneous details do not contribute to a fair summary and do not add value for stockholders.59
With the foregoing principles in mind, I consider next whether any of the four specific Supplemental Disclosures that plaintiffs obtained here were material or whether they provided any benefit to Trulia’s stockholders at all.
I. Synergy Numbers in the Value Creation Analysis
The. Supplemental Disclosures provided some additional details in ¡the . sections of J.P. Morgan’s, analysis, entitled “Value Creation Analysis — Intrinsic Value Approach” and “Value Creation Analysis— Market-Based Approach.” . In the “Intrinsic Value Approach” analysis, J.P. Morgan compared the implied equity value derived *902from its discounted cash flow analysis of Trulia on a standalone basis to Trulia stockholders’ pro forma ownership of the implied equity value of the combined company. In the “Market-Based Approach,” J.P. Morgan compared the public market equity value of Trulia on a standalone basis to Trulia stockholders’ pro forma ownership of the implied equity value of the combined company.
As supplemented, the disclosure concerning thé Intrinsic Value Approach reads -in relevant part as follows, with the information that was added to the original disclosure in the Proxy appearing in bold-ed text:
The pro forma combined company equity value was equal to: (1) the Trulia standalone discounted cash flow value of $2.9 billion, plus (2) the Zillow'standal-one discounted cash flow value of $6.2 billion, plus (3) $2.2-billion, representing the present value of (a) Trulia’s management expected áfter-tax synergies of $2.4 billion, less (b) Trulia’s management estimates of (i) the one-time costs to achieve such synergies of $65.0 million and (ii) transaction expenses of $85 million. , The present value of after-tax synergies was. based on an estimate of $175.0 million in synergies to be fully realized starting in 2016, extrapolated through 2029 based on assumptions provided by Trulia’s management.60
Plaintiffs argue that the disclosure of the $175 million synergies figure in the quote above was important because it is substantially different .from- the $100 million in synergies that J.P. Morgan used -in the Market-Based Approach, which figure already was disclosed in the Proxy.61 According to plaintiffs, “[h]ad [stockholders] initially known that the market-based approach analysis was skewed downward by using lower synergies numbers, their view as to the resulting implied value and reliability of [J.P. Morgan’s] analysis may have changed appreciably.”62 There are three fundamental problems with this argument.
‘First, although plaintiffs question why J.P. Morgan used two different synergies figures in two different analyses, they provide no explanation as to why doing so would be inappropriate. To the contrary, it seems logical that an intrinsic value approach (which is based on a comparison derived from a discounted cash flow analysis) would use synergies based on long-term management projections, while a market-based approach (which is based on a comparison to the public market equity value of Trulia) would use synergies based on what would be publicly announced to investors. Regardless, the Proxy accurately disclosed which synergies assumptions the financial advisor deemed appropriate to use in each analysis.63
Second, the $175 million synergies figure that plaintiffs consider so important was not new information. It already was disclosed in the Proxy, which contained the following table providing information about management’s synergies expectations:64
*903The following table presents summary estimated synergies that Trulia’s management also prepared in respect of the combined company following the completion of the mergers for the calendar years ending 2014 through 2024 in connection with Trulia’s evaluation of'the mergers.
(1) “Total Operating Synergies” means the expected EBIT effect of revenue synergies plus the EBIT effect of cost savings/cost avoidance less one-time costs to achieve and retain such synergies. “EBIT” means earning$ before interest and taxes. An assumed tax rate of 10% was applied to Total Operating Synergies to determine estimated after-tax synergies. Projected synergies (including costs to achieve synergies) were prepared by Trulia’s management through fiscal year 2016 after discussion with .Zillow’s management. The management of Trulia provided J.P. Morgan with assumptions relating to projected synergies for fiscal years 2017 through 2021 deemed appropriate by. Trulia’s management. The management of Tru-lia then directed J.P. Morgan to use these assumptions in extrapolating such estimated synergies for fiscal years extending beyond those for which the management of Trulia had provided projections. The management of Trulia then reviewed and approved such extrapolation of the synergies.65
Because the $175 million figure for 2016 synergies already appeared in this table, inserting it into a methodological paragraph a few pages later is of no benefit to stockholders. In my view, the supplemental disclosure may have added confusion more than anything else, because it lacks explanatory context and does not clearly describe the nature of management’s estimate of synergies that was disclosed in'the original Proxy.66.
Third, plaintiffs exaggerate the significance of juxtaposing the synergy figures used in the' Intrinsic Value Approach with those used in the Market-Based Approach. In contrast to the Intrinsic Value Approach, the Market-Based Approach was placed in the end of the summary of the financial advisor’s analysis in the “Other Information” section, was termed an “illustrative value creation analysis,” and “was presented merely for informational purposes.”67 As plaintiffs cbncedé, a “fair reading” of the Proxy indicates that the Market-Based Approach analysis was less important than the Intrinsic Value Approach analysis.68 Thus, the notion that the disclosure of the $175 million synergies figure used in one analysis (which already was disclosed in the Proxy) was significant because it was higher than the $100 million figure used in a second, different analysis is based on a false equivalence of the relative importance of the two analyses.
In sum, the disclosures in the original Proxy already provided a fair summary of *904J.P. Morgan’s methodology and assumptions in its two “Value Creation” analyses. Inserting additional minutiae underlying some of the assumptions could not reasonably have been expected to significantly alter the total mix of information and thus was not material. Indeed, in my view, the supplemental information was not even helpful to stockholders.
2. Individual Company Multiples in the. Selected Transaction Analysis
The Proxy disclosed that J.P. Morgan used publicly available information to analyze certain selected precedent transactions involving companies engaged in businesses that J,P. Morgan considered analogous to -Trulia’s businesses.69 The Proxy listed the date, the target, and the acquirer for each of 32 transactions that were considered. It also, disclosed the low and high forward EBITDA multiples for the group of transactions. Using a narrower range of multiples falling between the low and the high for the group, J.P. Morgan created an estimated range of equity values per share for Trulia common stock. This methodology was summarized in the Proxy as follows:
J.P. Morgan reviewed the implied firm value for each of the transactions as a multiple of the target company’s two-year forward EBITDA immediately preceding the announcement of the transaction. The analysis indicated a range of EBITDA multiples of 8.0x to 69.1x. Based on the result of this analysis and other factors that J.P. Morgan considered' appropriate, J.P. Morgan applied an EBITDA multiple range of lO.Ox to 23.0x to Trulia’s fiscal 2015 Adjusted EBITDA and arrived at an estimated range of equity values per share for Trulia common stock of $17.25-$38.50.70
Plaintiffs’ grievance is that the Proxy did not provide the relevant multiples for each of the 32 individual transactions. The individual multiples were added in the Supplemental Disclosures for those transactions for which the information was publicly available.71 The addition of this information made evident that multiples were not publicly available for 15 of the 32 transactions. Plaintiffs argue that, without the Supplemental Disclosures, stockholders would not have realized that J.P. Morgan’s analysis did not consider multiples for half of the precedent transactions it listed and was therefore less robust than the Proxy portrayed it to be.
The addition of the individual multiples and the revelation that some were not publicly available could not reasonably have been expected to significantly alter the total mix of information. No argument is made, for example, that having 16 similar transactions was not sufficient to perform the analysis that J.P. Morgan conducted. ' The discussion in the Proxy, moreover, including the portion quoted above, fairly summarized the methodology and assumptions J.P. Morgan used in conducting that analysis to extrapolate a range of per share values for Trulia stock. A fair summary does not require disclosure of sufficient data to allow stockholders to perform their own valuation.72
This conclusion ■ is supported by the Court’s decision in In re MONY Group *905Shareholder Litigation,73 There, the Court rejected a similar argument that the disclosure of transaction multiples was important because it showed that 25% of the multiples in a set of 71 transactions were unavailable. After noting that the plaintiffs had not argued that the financial ad-visor did not have sufficient data to- perform its analysis, the Court held that the additional information was “immaterial, as a matter of law,” and a “triviality [that] could not reasonably be expected to affect the total mix of information.”74 In my view, the addition of similar trivialities was not helpful to Trulia’s stockholders here.
3. Individual Company Multiples in the Selected Public Trading Analysis.
The Proxy disclosed the names of sixteen publicly traded companies that J.P. Morgan used to construct ranges of forward EBITDA and revenue multiples for Trulia and Zillow.75 The Proxy provided these multiples for Trulia and Zillow based on their last unaffected trading day before the announcement of the merger, and provided the median multiples for the three groups into which J.P.: Morgan categorized the sixteen-comparable companies: “Real Estate,” “Software as a Service,” and “Other.” The Proxy «did not include individual multiples for the 'peer companies.
The Supplemental Disclosures added the revenue and EBITDA multiples for each of the sixteen companies. Citing In re Celera Corporation Shareholder Litigation,76 plaintiffs argue, ..in essence, that individual company multiples are material per se. That is not a fair reading of the case. In Celera, the Court, commented that “as a matter of best practices, a fair summary' of a comparable companies or transactions analysis probably should disclose the market multiples derived for the comparable companies or transactions.”77 Although , the decision reluctantly concluded that a multiples disclosure was compen-sable, it found it “questionable whether [the. multiples] altered the ‘total mix’ of available information” because that information “already was publicly available.”78 The individual company multiples in the Supplemental Disclosures here.also were already publicly available.79
*906More importantly, the original disclosures in Celera- simply listed the comparable companies with no summary multiple data at all.80 Although the supplemental disclosures in that case added summary data for each of three categories of companies, they did not provide any individual company multiples.81 In other words, the disclosures in Trulia’s Proxy, which provided the median multiples for three different categories of companies that J.P. Morgan considered in its judgment to be similar to Trulia, essentially started at the point •where Celera ended.82
Plaintiffs next argue that the individual multiples are important here because they allow stockholders to compare the selected companies’ EBITDÁ growth rates and EBITDA multiples to Trulia’s. Thiá argument is unpersuasive for two reasons. First, basic valuation principles already would suggest to stockholders that higher growth rafes should correspond to higher multiples.83 ' Second, the ' Supplemental Disclosures do not contain -EBITDA growth rates, so the figures necéssary to make that comparison are not present in any event. Thus, plaintiffs have not persuaded me that individual company multi- • pies are material or were even helpful in this case.
4. Implied Terminal EBITDA Multiples in the DCF Analysis
J.P. Morgan performed a relative discounted cash flow analysis to determine the per-share equity values of Trulia and Zillow, using expected cash flows from 2014 through 2028 based on management’s projections for each company and the perpetuity growth method to calculate the companies’ respective terminal values.84 The Proxy explained this methodology and provided the assumptions J.P. Morgan used in its analysis. Specifically, the Proxy disclosed management’s projections of unlevered free cash flows, the ranges of discount rates (11.0% to 15.0%) and perpetuity „ growth rates (2.5% to 3.5%) that were used, the terminal period projected cash flows, and other details.85 In .my view, these disclosures already provided-a more-than-fair. summary of "the relative discounted " cash, flow analysis that J.P. •Morgan performed.
The Supplemental Disclosures added to this summary the EBITDA exit multiple ranges for Trulia and Zillow that were *907implied by the range of terminal values calculated based on J.P. Morgan’s chosen inputs. Plaintiffs argue that, although J.P. Morgan used the perpetuity growth method and only derived the implied EBITDA exit multiples to check the strength of its methodology, the implied multiples were important to stockholders, who. would be concerned that the exit multiples for Trulia and Zillow are nearly identical despite differences in their current EBITDA growth rates, and that the exit multiples are much lower than the current EBITDA multiples of Trulia and its peers.86
The logic of plaintiffs’ argument is flawed in two respects. First, because the same range of perpetuity growth rates (2.5% to 3.5%) was used to calculate the terminal values for both companies, it should not have been surprising that the implied exit EBITDA multiples would be similar for both companies: 4.0x to 6.7x for Trulia and 4.1x to 6.8x for Zillow. Second, although Trulia’s then-current EBITDA growth rate was high, the exit EBITDA multiples are based on growth assumptions as of 2028, not 2015, and the' 2015 growth rate cannot realistically continue through the projection period.87 Basic principles of valuation suggest that it "would be more reasonable to forecast .that the growth of both Trulia.-and .Zillow. eventually, would fall to a market-based rate, making plaintiffs’ comparison to the current growth rates of Trulia and its peers inappropriate.88 Thus, not only is the supplemental disclosure immaterial, it also serves none of the purposes that plaintiffs allege.
For the reasons explained above, none of plaintiffs’ Supplemental Disclosures were material or even helpful to Trulia’s stockholders. The Proxy already provided a more-than-fair summary of J.P. Morgan’s financial analysis in each of the four respects criticized by the plaintiffs. As such, from the perspective of Trulia’s stockholders, the “get” in the form of the Supplemental Disclosures does not provide adequate consideration to warrant the “give” of providing a release of claims to defendants and their affiliates, in the form submitted89 or otherwise. Accordingly, I find that the proposed settlement is not fair or reasonable to Trulia’s stockholders.90
*908III. CONCLUSION
For the foregoing reasons, approval of the proposed settlement is DENIED.
IT IS SO ORDERED.
11.4.6.5 City of Fort Myers General Employees' Pension Fund v. Haley 11.4.6.5 City of Fort Myers General Employees' Pension Fund v. Haley
5/20/2025 pdw
This case focuses on the duty of candor between fiduciaries. We've already learned that there isn't typically an affirmative duty to communicate with shareholders absent some statutory requirement. Does the same apply between members of the board? Should they have an obligation to affirmatively speak up if they know something material that could affect the board's action?
IN THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
Submitted: April 22, 2020
Decided: June 30, 2020
Before SEITZ, Chief Justice; VALIHURA, VAUGHN and TRAYNOR, Justices; and DAVIS, Judge,* constituting the Court en Banc.
Upon appeal from the Court of Chancery. REVERSED and REMANDED.
Michael J. Barry, Esquire, Christine M. Mackintosh, Esquire, Grant & Eisenhofer P.A., Wilmington, Delaware. Of Counsel: Lee D. Rudy, Esquire, Geoffrey C. Jarvis, Esquire, J. Daniel Albert, Esquire, Stacey A. Greenspan, Esquire, Kessler Topaz Meltzer & Check, LLP, Radnor, Pennsylvania, for Appellants.
Raymond J. DiCamillo, Esquire, Daniel E. Kaprow, Esquire, Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware. Of Counsel: Richard S. Horvath, Jr., Esquire, Gavin P.W. Murphy, Esquire, Paul Hastings LLP, San Francisco, California for Appellees ValueAct Capital Management, L.P. and Jeffrey Ubben. * Sitting by designation pursuant to Del. Const. Art. IV § 12.
Bradley R. Aronstam, Esquire, Roger S. Stronach, Esquire, Ross Aronstam & Moritz LLP, Wilmington, Delaware. Of Counsel: John A. Neuwirth, Esquire, Joshua S. Amsel, Esquire, Matthew S. Connors, Esquire, Amanda K. Pooler, Esquire, Sean Moloney, Esquire, Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New York, New York for Appellee John J. Haley.
VALIHURA, Justice, for the Majority:
This appeal arises from the 2016 “merger of equals” between Towers Watson & Co. (“Towers”) and Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company (“Willis”). In June of 2015, the two publicly-traded firms executed a merger agreement with closing conditioned on the approval of their respective stockholders. Although Towers had stronger performance and greater market capitalization, under the agreement’s terms, Willis stockholders were to receive the majority (50.1 percent) of the post-merger company. Towers stockholders were to receive a $4.87 per-share special dividend and would own the remaining 49.9 percent of the combined company. Moreover, the consideration per share of Towers stock was below the unaffected trading price. Upon the merger’s public announcement, several segments of the investment community criticized the transaction as a bad deal for Towers and a windfall for Willis. Towers’ stock price declined and Willis’s rose in reaction to the news. Proxy advisory firms recommended that the Towers stockholders vote against the merger, and one activist stockholder began questioning whether Towers’ management’s incentives were aligned with stockholder interests. The parties questioned whether Towers would be able to obtain stockholder approval.
Also after announcing the merger, ValueAct Capital Management, L.P. (“ValueAct”), an institutional stockholder of Willis, through its Chief Investment Officer, Jeffrey Ubben, presented to John J. Haley, the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chairman of Towers who was spearheading the merger negotiations, a compensation proposal with the post-merger company that would potentially provide Haley with a five-fold increase in compensation. Haley did not disclose this proposal to the Towers Board.
In light of the uncertainty of stockholder approval, Haley renegotiated the transaction terms to increase the special dividend to $10 per share. Towers eventually obtained stockholder approval of the renegotiated merger. The transaction closed in January 2016, and the companies merged to form Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company (“Willis Towers”). Haley became the CEO of Willis Towers and was granted an executive compensation package with a long-term equity opportunity similar to ValueAct’s proposal.
The merger spawned several lawsuits across different jurisdictions. The matter before us arose from separate stockholder actions that were filed in early 2018 and then consolidated in April 2018. In this matter, Towers stockholders alleged that Haley breached his duty of loyalty by negotiating the merger on behalf of Towers while failing to disclose to the Towers Board the compensation proposal that, according to the plaintiffs, “would increase his long-term equity incentive compensation from the approximately $24 million maximum equity compensation that he could have earned in his last three years as Towers’ CEO to upwards of $140 million in his first three years as Willis Towers’ CEO.” Plaintiffs alleged that this proposal misaligned Haley’s incentives at a critical juncture in the negotiations, and incentivized him to seek no more of a dividend than he believed necessary to secure the Towers stockholders’ approval. Plaintiffs further alleged that ValueAct and Ubben aided and abetted the breaches of fiduciary duty.
The defendants moved to dismiss the complaint on November 16, 2018. The Court of Chancery dismissed the claims, holding that the business judgment rule applied because “a reasonable board member would not have regarded the proposal as significant when evaluating the proposed transaction,” and further holding that plaintiffs had failed to plead a non-exculpated bad faith claim against the Towers directors. In view of its dismissal of the predicate breach of fiduciary duty claim, the court dismissed the aiding and abetting claim.
On appeal, plaintiffs contend that the Court of Chancery erred in holding that the executive compensation proposal was not material to the Towers Board. They argue further that because the predicate breach of fiduciary duty is adequately pleaded, the aiding and abetting claim survives as well. We hold that the Court of Chancery erred in granting the defendants’ motion to dismiss the claim that Haley breached his fiduciary duty by failing to disclose material information to the Board. For the reasons more fully explained below, we REVERSE the decision below, and REMAND for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.
I. Factual and Procedural Background
We take the facts, for the most part, from the Verified First Amended Class Action Complaint (“Complaint”), and the Court of Chancery’s recitation of the facts in its opinion (the “Opinion”), which in turn, was drawn from the Complaint and documents incorporated into the Complaint.
A. The Parties and Relevant Non-Parties
Non-party Towers, a Delaware corporation, was a publicly traded professional services firm focused on helping organizations improve performance through risk management, human resources, and actuarial and investment consulting. Prior to the merger, the Towers Board of Directors consisted of Haley, Victor F. Ganzi, Leslie S. Heisz, Brendan R. O’Neill, Linda D. Rabbitt, Gilbert T. Ray, Paul Thomas, and Wilhem Zeller. Haley served as the Chairman and CEO of Towers.
Non-party Willis was a publicly traded corporation chartered in Ireland and was in the global advisory, brokering, and solutions business. Dominic Casserley was the CEO of Willis, and James McCann served as Chairman of the Willis Board.
ValueAct, a Delaware limited partnership, managed over $15 billion on behalf of large institutional investors. Immediately preceding the merger, ValueAct was the second-largest stockholder of Willis, beneficially owning approximately 10.3 percent of Willis’s outstanding shares. Ubben was the co-founder and Chief Investment Officer of ValueAct and a member of its Management Committee. Ubben served on Willis’s Board of Directors from 2013 until the merger closed, and then subsequently served on the Willis Towers Board of Directors until November 17, 2017. During his tenure on the Willis Towers Board, Ubben served on the Compensation Committee. We refer to the directors of Towers’ Board, ValueAct, and Ubben collectively as the “Defendants,” and Haley, ValueAct, and Ubben together as the “Appellees.” City of Fort Myers General Employees’ Pension Fund and Alaska Laborers Employers Retirement Trust were Towers stockholders. We refer to them as “Plaintiffs.”
B. ValueAct’s Investment in Willis
ValueAct had held over five percent of Willis’s equity since 2010, and held over ten
percent of the outstanding ordinary shares by late 2014. ValueAct typically holds investments for three to five years, and its investment in Willis was approaching the end of its typical investment horizon. Following the 2008 economic crisis, Willis posted flat earnings between 2008 and 2013, and experienced operating margin contraction between 2010 and 2013. Willis was also highly leveraged. In an effort to jumpstart the company, Willis replaced its CEO with Casserley in 2013, and in April 2014, announced a four-year restructuring plan. Ubben, attempting to salvage ValueAct’s investment, reached out to Willis to consider strategic alternatives. Among these were a break-up of Willis (which management was reluctant to implement), or a business combination with Towers, which had a robust financial history and outlook that could benefit Willis.
C. The Negotiations and Merger Agreement
Willis, at Ubben’s recommendation, began a review of strategic alternatives in late 2014. On January 26, 2015, Casserley met with Haley in London and raised the possibility of a business combination between Willis and Towers. The two agreed to discuss the possibility further, including with the members of their respective management teams, and agreed on a preliminary scope of work to further explore the possibility. On February 18, 2015, the two followed up on their discussion, refined the preliminary scope of work, and planned to meet to review their work on April 10.
On March 2, 2015, Haley exercised 106,933 Towers stock options (that had vested five years earlier) and sold the shares, which represented 55 percent of his stake in Towers. In a related appraisal action, Haley testified that he knew Towers’ stock price could drop upon the announcement of a merger with Willis.
From January through April 2015, Haley and certain members of Towers management discussed the potential transaction with Willis. Of the Towers Board members, Haley kept only director Rabbitt apprised of the discussions during this time. On March 29, 2015, at Haley’s allegedly unilateral direction, Towers entered into a nondisclosure agreement with Willis. On May 1, 2015, Haley and Casserley agreed that the companies would engage financial advisors, and on May 3, 2015, Haley hired Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”) to serve Towers in that role.
On April 24, 2015, the ratings company Moody’s downgraded the investment ratings outlook for Willis’s unsecured debt from “stable” to “negative.” This downgrade put Willis at risk of triggering certain provisions in its debt instruments. Willis needed to bring its leverage down. One strategy Moody’s identified was to “recogniz[e] EBITDA from acquisitions.”
On April 28, 2015, Willis announced that it had missed the estimated earnings per share by eight percent. Willis also reported an operating margin decrease of 26.9 percent, or 280 basis points year-over-year. By contrast, on May 5, 2015, Towers reported positive earnings.
On May 4, 2015, Haley convened the Towers Board, allegedly for the first time, to discuss the potential merger with Willis. The Board then formed a special committee consisting of directors Rabbitt, Ganzi, O’Neill, and Thomas.
Haley spoke separately with Casserley and Willis’s Chairman, James McCann, on May 11, 2015 to discuss the terms of the potential transaction. Haley originally proposed that Towers own the larger proportion of the post-merger company based on Towers’ greater market capitalization. Willis, however, proposed the ownership should be based on certain financial metrics, which would result in Willis’s stockholders owning the majority of the combined entity.
On May 14, 2015, Rabbitt contacted McCann to propose that Haley serve as CEO of the post-merger entity. The Towers Board convened on May 15, 2015 to discuss the transaction. Haley was excused from the discussions. The Board then decided to disband the special committee, concluding that the full Board could work just as efficiently, and “effectively left the task of negotiating the Merger to the now-conflicted Haley.” On May 19, 2015, McCann told Rabbitt that Willis agreed to make Haley CEO of the combined company.
On May 29, 2015, Haley and Casserley further discussed the terms of transaction, and according to Plaintiffs, Haley ceased pushing for Towers stockholders to own a majority of the combined company. Haley raised the possibility of a pre-merger special dividend to Towers stockholders, to “bridge portions of the differences in pro forma ownership.” They also discussed the Board composition of the post-merger company. Haley had reason to believe that Ubben would become a director of the new entity and perhaps even a member of its compensation committee. On June 1, 2015, Haley and Ganzi proposed an exchange ratio based on the 60-day volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) of the shares that would result in Willis’s stockholders owning approximately 51 percent of the combined company and Towers’ stockholders owning the remaining 49 percent. Willis would also pay a $500 million dividend to Towers’ stockholders.
ValueAct, which had been apprised of the negotiations and was in contact with Willis’s financial advisor, Perella Weinberg Partners LP, expressed dissatisfaction with Towers’ offer and the progress of negotiations. By email, Ubben demanded that Willis press Towers harder and “use ValueAct in this negotiation” by telling Towers that (1) ValueAct would not approve the merger without a reasonable premium; (2) there was no merger without ValueAct’s support; and (3) ValueAct must meet Haley. Ubben threatened to break up and sell Willis if ValueAct’s demands were not met.
On June 5, 2015, Casserley proposed a revised structure that did not include a pre[1]merger special dividend to the Towers stockholders, and that would result in Willis’s stockholders owning approximately 50.1 percent and Towers stockholders owning approximately 49.9 percent of the combined entity. Two days later, ValueAct had a change of heart and emailed Perella to “hit the bid” (i.e., accept the 60-day VWAP as the basis for the exchange ratio, and the $500 million special dividend). But before Casserley could convey that to Towers, Haley and Ganzi counter-offered with a $4.87 per-share special dividend (a $337 million dividend) and the agreed-upon exchange ratio as of June 5.
Casserley and Haley met in London on June 10 and agreed to merge on the terms proposed by Towers on June 7. Haley allegedly reached the agreement without the approval of the full Board, without Merrill Lynch’s assistance, without considering standard valuation materials, and without considering the value for any synergies.
The Towers Board convened on June 14 to discuss the agreement-in-principle Haley had reached with Willis four days earlier. Meanwhile, Haley and members of his management team met with ValueAct on multiple occasions beginning in June 2015. The Board convened again on June 20 to listen to Merrill Lynch’s valuation analysis presentation. Thereafter, Haley was excused from this meeting, and the Board continued to discuss the transaction.
On June 29, 2015, the Towers Board once again convened and was advised by Merrill Lynch that the transaction was financially fair to the Towers’ stockholders, even though the merger consideration valued each share of Towers stock at $125.13, a nine percent discount to Towers’ unaffected trading price. Unlike prior meetings, Haley was not excused from this meeting, and he participated in the discussions and voted on the transaction, which was unanimously approved. The finalized merger agreement was conditioned on stockholder approval, and called for mutual termination fees not to exceed $45 million in the event a majority of the stockholders of either entity failed approve the transaction. Haley would serve as the CEO and a director on the Board of the post-merger entity, and each company was to designate six directors to the twelve-member Board. Concurrent with the parties’ execution of the merger agreement, ValueAct executed a voting agreement with Towers, agreeing to vote its Willis shares in favor of the merger.
D. The Negative Reaction, the Proposal, and Post-Signing Renegotiations
The merger was announced on June 30, 2015. At the end of the trading day, Towers stock price dropped nearly nine percent to $125.80. Deutsche Bank noted in an analyst report entitled, “Thesis shifts from HC exchanges to Willis turnaround; downgrade to Hold,” that “[t]he feedback we are getting so far is that [the Towers] investors are somewhat taken aback. We think if they do come around to the deal, it will take time.” Analysts also pointed out that it was a bad deal for Towers, noting the merger consideration represented a nine percent discount on share price. One Barclays analyst noted that Willis appeared to be extracting more value from the transaction than Towers. Analysts also lowered the price target for Towers shares. Articles and reports indicated that Towers stockholders were similarly disappointed by the merger terms.
By contrast, the trading price for Willis stock increased from $45.40 to $46.90, a 3.3 percent increase from the pre-merger trading price. Analysts increased their price targets, and Deutsche Bank published a research note entitled, “Towers Watson Combination Good for [Willis] Shareholders.” Moody’s also upgraded Willis’s rating outlook to “stable” by virtue of the merger news.
Despite the sentiment on deal terms, the market apparently placed weight on Haley’s involvement. One analyst noted that, although the merger appeared to be unfair to the Towers stockholders, Haley has a “tremendous track record” for complicated acquisitions and the management team “has certainly earned some trust in terms of how it deals with integration.” Deutsche Bank analysts also noted, “we trust CEO John Haley due to his track record of great deals . . . .” The investment bank Stifel echoed the sentiment and noted that “investors might be won over” given Haley’s track record.
Willis reported its quarterly financial results on July 29, 2015. It had missed targets for quarterly organic growth, net income, and EBITDA. Towers, on the other hand, announced on August 11, 2015 that it had remarkable results for the quarter and the year, beating street expectations.
On September 2015, ValueAct reached out to Haley and presented him with a three[1]page document entitled, “Towers Watson Compensation Review September 2015.” The document, referred to by ValueAct personnel as an “executive compensation proposal,” illustrated the value of Haley’s long-term equity incentive compensation over a three-year period under three different scenarios: Haley’s then-current plan over his last three years at Towers, worth approximately $24 million; Haley’s then-current plan approximately doubled at the post-merger company to account for increased market capitalization (i.e., double that of Towers); and ValueAct’s proposed plan (the “Proposal”), which provided Haley an opportunity allegedly worth more than $140 million. Haley testified in the related appraisal action that he understood that under the Proposal, he could earn upwards of $165 million. The document also showed that ValueAct’s Proposal would provide Haley with a long-term equity incentive compensation amount greater than that of the CEOs at two peer companies, both of which had greater market capitalizations than the post-merger entity.
Ubben emailed Haley on September 14, 2015 to follow up, saying, “I hope it was informative regarding how we work with our companies. We are excited about working with you and the new board. I forgot to mention we have purchased $50M of stock in [Towers] as an expression of this excitement.” ValueAct also suggested that it engage directly with Gene Wickes, Towers’ Managing Director of Benefits, to further discuss executive compensation. At the same time, Driehaus Capital Management LLC (“Driehaus”), a Towers stockholder, commenced a public campaign against the merger. Underwhelmed with the deal, it released a white paper on September 14, 2015 advocating that Towers stockholders vote against the merger, noting that:
- the Initial Merger Consideration was a 9% discount to Towers’ Unaffected Trading Price;
- the Merger was a “takeunder” relative to the average U.S. M&A premium of 26.1%, as reported by Bloomberg;
- the trading price of Towers shares had dropped 15% since the Merger’s announcement;
- in the past five years, Towers had outperformed the S&P 500 Index by 143%, while Willis had underperformed the S&P by 47%, and Towers had drastically underperformed the S&P 500 Index since agreeing to the Merger;
- Towers’ EPS grew more than 80% since 2011, while Willis’ EPS fell more than 22% during that same time period;
- Towers was worth between 39% and 53% more as a standalone company than by merging with Willis; and
- a key transaction issue was Willis’ high leverage.
Driehaus filed the white paper with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on September 15, 2015, and the paper was published by The Wall Street Journal the next day.
Driehaus then filed an opposition letter with the SEC on October 8, 2015, stressing that “[o]ver the last few weeks, other shareholders have reached out with a number of their own concerns regarding the value destructive deal . . . we believe that the transaction will be voted down by Towers’ shareholders.” It also noted that Haley was likely in line for a pay raise and asked rhetorically whether “Towers management has skin in the game? Are incentives aligned?”
On October 13, 2015, Towers and Willis issued the proxy statement soliciting votes in favor of the merger, and setting the stockholder meetings for November 18, 2015. Notably, the proxy statement did not mention the Proposal, any discussions about the management’s post-merger compensation, or the extent of ValueAct’s role in the merger process.
On October 22, 2015, Driehaus filed another opposition letter with the SEC, noting that the price of Towers stock had dropped 12.2 percent since the merger announcement.
On October 26, 2015, after preparing with the help of ValueAct, Haley met with Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) to discuss the merger.
Willis announced its third-quarter results on October 28, 2015. It had missed street expectations for earnings per share. By contrast, Towers reported on November 2, 2015 that it had beat street expectations and its own guidance on revenue, EBITDA, and earnings per share. In light of Towers’ financial results, Driehaus filed another opposition letter to the merger with the SEC on November 2, 2015.
On November 5, 2015, ISS issued a recommendation to stockholders to vote against the merger. During his deposition in the appraisal action, Ryan Birtwell, a partner at ValueAct, explained his surprise: “[I]t is challenging to get a ‘yes’ vote in a situation where ISS has recommended a vote against a deal.” Birtwell said to Ubben in an email, “This is obviously awful news. I am completely stunned.” The same day, Glass Lewis recommended that Towers stockholders vote against the merger and seek a better price.
With stockholder approval in a precarious place, McCann contacted Perella Weinberg to “make sure to get all of [ValueAct]’s thinking on the situation” following the recommendations. ValueAct responded that it did not want Willis to revise its offer. Allegedly, ValueAct developed a series of strategies designed to generate positive market sentiment for the deal. First, ValueAct had Willis issue a press release highlighting the benefits of the merger to the Towers stockholders. ValueAct then instructed Willis to talk to its legal team to look into whether Towers could change its bylaws so that non-votes would not count as “no” votes. Next, ValueAct and Haley worked together to solicit Towers’ largest stockholders, including The Vanguard Group and BlackRock, Inc., to vote to approve the merger. Ubben emailed Vanguard and Blackrock directly, pleading that they take a stand against ISS and Driehaus.
On November 3, 2015, Towers publicly responded to Driehaus, filing an investor presentation with the SEC, touting Towers’ existing compensation practices, and seeking to “set the record straight.” It accused Driehaus of making demonstrably false statements regarding compensation to support its allegations of a conflict of interest. It further asserted that Towers’ executive compensation growth had been modest, and was far outpaced by total shareholder return. It did not refer to ValueAct’s compensation proposal.
On November 9, a Driehaus analyst, Matthew Schoenfeld, emailed Towers’ director of investor relations, Aida Sukys, inquiring about Haley’s relationship with ValueAct:
In light of recent events, we have a few questions regarding Mr. Haley’s relationship with ValueAct Capital. Specifically, shareholders are concerned that this relationship with [ValueAct] has impaired—and, more importantly, continues to impair—Mr. Haley’s ability to negotiate in good faith on behalf of Towers Watson shareholders.21
Schoenfeld then asked a series of questions regarding communications between Haley and ValueAct that were not addressed in the proxy statement or the subsequent proxy update. Sukys responded generally that after the announcement of the merger, there had been “appropriate” discussions with ValueAct, and that the Board and management were acting in the best interest of the company’s shareholders.
Following those vague responses, two days later, Schoenfeld emailed Sukys concerning a profanity-laced response he had received from Ubben. Sukys replied that Towers was merely responding to Schoenfeld’s email inquiries into Haley’s and ValueAct’s communications.
In light of the uncertainty of stockholder approval, Haley and Ubben agreed to increase the special dividend to $10.00 per share. According to Plaintiffs, “Haley viewed the $10.00 special dividend not as the best deal he could get for Towers stockholders (to whom he owed fiduciary duties) but, rather, as the minimum amount necessary to secure the Stockholder Approval he needed to push the Merger through so he could secure the massive compensation Proposal Ubben had promised him.” Plaintiffs allege further that Haley did not attempt to renegotiate the exchange ratio with Ubben.
The Towers Board convened on November 17 to discuss the transaction. This was the first time the full Towers Board met in connection with the merger since June 29, 2015. According to Plaintiffs’ Complaint, in the meeting, Haley did not disclose his post-closing compensation discussions with ValueAct or ValueAct’s Proposal. Towers director Ray, Chair of the Towers Board’s Compensation Committee, testified in the related appraisal action that he would have wanted to know that Haley had been discussing his compensation at the future company with Ubben and ValueAct, but did not receive such information, let alone information as to the magnitude of the raise that Haley stood to receive.
The next morning, Towers and Willis adjourned their respective stockholder meetings. That day, only 43.45 percent of the then-submitted votes of Towers stockholders were “for” the merger.
Later that day, the Willis Board agreed to the special dividend, conditioned on eliminating the termination fee for Willis, and increasing the termination fee for Towers to $60 million. The Towers Board met that afternoon and unanimously approved the new terms, subject to a final fairness opinion from Merrill Lynch. The opinion was given the next day. Based on the revised terms, the merger consideration was now valued at $128.30 per Towers share, a seven percent discount to the unaffected trading price. Towers then filed a press release with the SEC on Form 8-K announcing the amended merger agreement.
On November 19, 2015, Driehaus filed another letter with the SEC, stating that a true merger of equals would dictate a special dividend of $17.72. Similarly, ISS stated that the dividend should be at least $13.44, and even then, it would be historically the lowest discount of any “merger of equals” transaction. Glass Lewis reported that the merger was not structured in a manner that was fair or appropriately attractive for Towers stockholders. Glass Lewis further advised that remaining as a standalone company would be more attractive for the Towers stockholders. On the other hand, Glass Lewis said that it was a good deal for Willis and the merger consideration was “both a prudent and frugal response by Willis to attempt to save the deal, in light of the significant value-creation opportunities and the favorable structure for Willis shareholders.”
On November 27, 2015, Towers filed the proxy update, disclosing that Towers executed an amendment to the voting agreement with ValueAct and confirming that the voting agreement was still in effect. But according to Plaintiffs, the proxy update failed to disclose Haley’s proposed compensation package or ValueAct’s role in the merger negotiations.
Towers convened a special stockholders meeting on December 11, 2015 to vote on the merger, and 62 percent of the Towers stockholders voted in favor of it. Willis also held a special meeting that day and received 95.5 percent votes in favor.
On December 22, 2015, the Towers Board nominated Ganzi, O’Neill, Rabbitt, Thomas, and Zeller to join Haley as Towers’ director designees to the Board of the new company. Ubben was also designated as a Board member by Willis. The merger closed on January 4, 2016 to form Willis Towers.
E. Haley’s Executive Compensation Negotiations
Post-closing, Ubben sat on Willis Towers’ Board and Compensation Committee, and Wendy Lane chaired the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee engaged compensation consultant Semler Brossy Consulting Group LLC (“SBCG”).
On December 20, 2015, days after the stockholder vote, Lane contacted Ubben “to catch up on the conversations” between Haley and him regarding compensation. Alex Baum, a partner and Vice President of ValueAct, sent Lane the Proposal that ValueAct had presented to Haley in September 2015. Baum also wrote that Birtwell and he were in the process of “tweaking this proposal” and attaching it to a larger deck that goes more in depth before sharing it with Haley and the Willis Towers Board. Baum also explained that, although Haley liked the Proposal, he wanted “even more leverage.”
About a month after the merger closed, SBCG circulated a proposal for Haley’s equity incentive plan to Wickes (formerly Towers’ Managing Director of Benefits). SBCG’s proposal would have provided Haley with significantly less long-term equity incentive compensation than ValueAct’s original Proposal. Wickes, now in his capacity as head of Willis Towers’ Exchange Solutions Division, wrote, copying Haley: “[W]e are not OK with this proposal . . . . The value in it is considerably less than the ValueAct structure and proposal we have been working with and we believe it is a big step backwards from where we have been—especially with the significant cut in the number of shares.” Haley also objected: “[W]e don’t agree with this proposal . . . . Gene Wickes and Gordon Gould have been working with [ValueAct Partners] . . . to adjust the original ValueAct proposal. These discussions have been fruitful and they arrived at a solution that is satisfactory to all of them. Why this would not be presented to the Compensation Committee mystifies me.”
The Compensation Committee finalized Haley’s compensation plan on March 1, 2016. Haley’s employment agreement differed in some ways from the ValueAct Proposal, but notably, the employment agreement provided more potential upside than the Proposal. The Court of Chancery noted that the Proposal offered a 300 percent payout of long-term equity, while the Willis Towers definitive proxy statement refers to a 350 percent maximum opportunity under Haley’s employment agreement.
On May 31, 2017, ValueAct filed a Form SC 13D/A with the SEC, reporting that it was no longer a beneficial owner of more than five percent of Willis Towers’ outstanding shares. Willis Towers reported that Ubben had resigned from the Willis Towers Board in November of that year.
F. Related Litigations
The merger inspired multiple waves of lawsuits in addition to this action. Certain Towers stockholders sued to preliminarily enjoin the merger, but they voluntarily dismissed the action after Towers supplemented its proxy materials.
After the merger closed, another stockholder group filed an appraisal petition in the Court of Chancery in March 2016. In that action, plaintiffs obtained certain emails, depositions, and other discovery. The appraisal case settled in September 2017. Then, another stockholder filed an action in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia. The federal action, which was dismissed, was on appeal at the time the Court of Chancery issued its ruling in in this case. After issuance of the Court of Chancery’s decision, the United States Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit reversed that dismissal. The Fourth Circuit noted plaintiffs’ allegation that, “Haley, Towers’ chief negotiator, had a significant conflict of interest that arose from his secret compensation agreement with Ubben,” and held that it was substantially likely that Towers’ and Haley’s failure to disclose this conflict was material to Towers’ stockholders in voting on the merger. Another set of Towers stockholders filed a case in New York state court in October 2018 and voluntarily dismissed that action in April 2019.
G. The Court of Chancery Proceedings in This Matter
In the proceedings below, Plaintiffs relied on Cinerama, Inc. v. Technicolor, Inc., and argued that Haley suffered a material conflict, which he failed to disclose to the Towers Board, and which a reasonable Board member would have regarded as significant in evaluating the proposed transaction. Plaintiffs also asserted that the directors of Towers’ Board breached their fiduciary duties by failing to oversee Haley’s negotiations. As for their claim against ValueAct and Ubben, Plaintiffs alleged that they aided and abetted Haley’s breach of fiduciary duty by presenting Haley with the Proposal to induce him to breach his fiduciary duties to Towers’ stockholders by pressuring reluctant stockholders to vote for the merger, and by favoring Willis in the subsequent renegotiation.
Defendants moved to dismiss the Complaint pursuant to Court of Chancery Rule 12(b)(6). They argued that the business judgment rule presumptively applies given the nature of the merger and that the Plaintiffs failed to plead facts sufficient to rebut the business judgment rule. Alternatively, they argued that under this Court’s decision in Corwin, a fully informed stockholder vote required application of the business judgment rule. Because the court found the first issue dispositive, it did not address the second issue.
Plaintiffs did not dispute that the business judgment rule presumptively applied. Instead, they attempted to rebut the business judgment rule and invoke the entire fairness standard based solely on Haley’s alleged conflict of interest.
The Court of Chancery granted the Defendants’ motion to dismiss. The court focused on Plaintiffs’ claim that Haley’s failure to inform the Towers Board of the Proposal constituted deceptive silence and fraud upon the Board, and specifically on Plaintiffs’ claims that: (i) Haley viewed the $10.00 dividend as the “minimum” of what stockholders would accept, and that Ubben reported that this amount “[d]idn’t trouble him,” and (ii) their contention that but for Haley’s undisclosed conflicts and personal interest in seeing the merger through, Haley would have pressed the Willis Board for more than the “minimum” of what stockholders would accept.
The court held that “the facts alleged do not support a finding of deceptive silence, fraud on the board, or a conflicted negotiator gone rogue.” It reasoned that the alleged failure to disclose the Proposal failed to rebut the business judgment rule because, at bottom, the Towers Board already knew that Haley would become the CEO of the combined company post-merger, that the combined company would be much larger, and thus, the CEO would be entitled to increased compensation. Knowing this potential conflict, the Towers Board nevertheless appointed Haley as the lead negotiator and it generally was kept apprised of negotiations. Further, the court held that the Plaintiffs failed to establish that a reasonable director would have considered the Proposal to be significant when evaluating the merger. The court reasoned that it “was a proposal only; it reflected a theory of compensation and upside potential in the event of pie-in-the-sky outcomes unconnected to any business plan or forecast.” Accordingly, it held that the business judgment rule applied. Because there was no predicate breach of fiduciary duty adequately pleaded, the court dismissed the aiding and abetting claims against ValueAct and Ubben.
The Plaintiffs filed a timely notice of appeal on August 22, 2019. Plaintiffs appeal the dismissal only as to Haley, ValueAct, and Ubben.
II. Standard of Review
This Court reviews de novo a decision to grant a motion to dismiss under Court of Chancery Rule 12(b)(6). The Court will grant a motion to dismiss under Rule 12(b)(6) only if the “plaintiff could not recover under any reasonably conceivable set of circumstances susceptible of proof.” When considering such a motion, the Court must “accept all well-pleaded factual allegations in the Complaint as true . . . [and] draw all reasonable inferences in favor of the plaintiff.” The court “is not required to accept every strained interpretation of the allegations,” “credit conclusory allegations that are not supported by specific facts, or draw unreasonable inferences in the plaintiff’s favor.”
III. Analysis
A. The Court of Chancery Erred in Dismissing Plaintiffs’ Claim Against Haley.
Plaintiffs’ theory on appeal is that Haley breached his fiduciary duty of loyalty by selling out Towers’ public stockholders in exchange for a massive compensation package, promised by Ubben and ValueAct. After allegedly engaging in the secret September 2015 meeting where Ubben presented this compensation plan that would pay Haley up to five times more than his compensation at Towers, Haley failed to disclose that proposal to the Towers Board. Then, in a renegotiation of the merger, after it became clear it lacked the votes needed for approval, he allegedly agreed to the “minimum” increase in the special dividend needed to secure Towers’ stockholders’ approval of the deal. Plaintiffs also contend that the Court of Chancery erred by ignoring stockholder disclosure cases in determining whether the alleged omissions were material to the Board. We hold that Plaintiffs’ theory is reasonably conceivable as pleaded and the claim should survive a motion to dismiss.
The business judgment rule presumptively applies because Towers’ stockholders exchanged their shares in one widely-held public company for shares in another widely-held public company. Thus, to state a claim, Plaintiffs must rebut the presumption that Towers’ directors “acted on an informed basis [i.e., with due care], in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interest of the company.” Cede & Co. v. Technicolor, Inc., 634 A.2d 345, 360 (Del. 1993).
As the claims asserted against Haley focus on the conduct of a single director, both sides agree that in order to rebut the presumption of the business judgment rule, Plaintiffs must adequately allege that (i) the director was “materially self-interested” in the transaction, (ii) the director failed to disclose his “interest in the transaction to the board,” and (iii) “a reasonable board member would have regarded the existence of [the director’s] material interest as a significant fact in the evaluation of the proposed transaction.” Cinerama, Inc., 663 A.2d at 1168. “Absent such a showing, the mere presence of a conflicted director or an act of disloyalty by a director, does not deprive the board of the business judgment rule’s presumption of loyalty.” Goodwin v. Live Entm’t, Inc., 1999 WL 64265, at *25 (Del. Ch. Jan. 25, 1999).
In dismissing Plaintiffs’ claims, the Court of Chancery held that, given what the Towers Board knew, the alleged self-interest was immaterial, and that a reasonable director would not have considered the Proposal to be significant when evaluating the merger. In so holding, the court found that three facts “foreclose an inference that the Towers board would have found the ValueAct compensation proposal significant,” namely: (1) the Board already knew the combined entity would be larger and would generate a larger salary for Haley; (2) Haley kept the Towers Board generally apprised of the negotiations; and (3) the Proposal was merely a proposal. As we explain below, we disagree that these facts undercut the Plaintiffs’ allegations when viewed in the light most favorable to them.
We consider first whether Plaintiffs have adequately alleged that Haley was materially self-interested in the merger. Plaintiffs contend that Haley’s subjective expectation of compensation, which substantially exceeded the amount contemplated by the Board, motivated him to adopt a less aggressive stance in the merger renegotiations. They contend that the Board should have had the opportunity to consider whether the Proposal skewed Haley’s conduct in that role. Plaintiffs also contend that the Court of Chancery erred by ignoring stockholder disclosure cases in determining whether the alleged omissions were material to the Board.
Appellees counter that the Proposal did not change the already-known potential conflict because the Board knew of Haley’s future employment with the post-merger company when it allowed Haley to lead the negotiations. Appellees also contend that the Proposal was not binding on anyone and that the stockholder disclosure cases are not relevant as the materiality standard is different in the stockholder voting context.
The issue here is whether the alleged omissions meet the legal definition of materiality. We hold that the Plaintiffs have adequately alleged that the Proposal altered the nature of the potential conflict that the Towers Board knew of in a material way. “Material,” in this context, means that the information is “relevant and of a magnitude to be important to directors in carrying out their fiduciary duty of care in decisionmaking.” Brehm v. Eisner, 746 A.2d 244, 259 n.49 (Del. 2000). It is elementary that under Delaware law the duty of candor imposes an unremitting duty on fiduciaries, including directors and officers, to “not use superior information or knowledge to mislead others in the performance of their own fiduciary obligations.” Further, “[c]orporate officers and directors are not permitted to use their position of trust and confidence to further their private interests.”
In Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., for example, this Court found a violation of the duty of candor where two “inside directors” of a subsidiary corporation being merged into its parent prepared a feasibility study for the exclusive use and benefit of the parent. The study had obvious significance to both entities, as it used the subsidiary’s data to describe the advantages to the parent of ousting the minority within a certain price range. The two directors shared this information with the parent corporation but not with either of their fellow directors or the other stockholders of the subsidiary. This Court observed that, “[t]his conduct hardly meets the fiduciary standards applicable to such a transaction,” and that, “the matter of disclosure to the [subsidiary] directors was wholly flawed by the conflicts of interest raised by the [feasibility study].”
As Appellees agree, it is “uncontroversial” that “material information about a potential director conflict should be disclosed to the board.” The cases cited by the Court of Chancery, namely, Weinberger, Mills, and Cinerama, have firmly embedded that basic principle in our law. Because the issue here involves a director’s duty of disclosure to the Board, we agree that those cases offer useful guidance. But applying that firmly-embedded principle here leads us to the opposite conclusion, namely, that Plaintiffs sufficiently allege that Haley’s interest in the Proposal rendered him materially interested in the transaction. Plaintiffs have adequately alleged that the Board would have found it material that its lead negotiator had been presented with a compensation proposal having a potential upside of nearly five times his compensation at Towers, and that he was presented with this Proposal during an atmosphere of deal uncertainty and before they authorized him to renegotiate the merger consideration.
Although we need not look to the stockholder disclosure cases, we pause to address the parties’ competing assertions about the relevance of those cases. In Brehm v. Eisner, we noted that the term “material,” when used in the context of a director’s obligation to be candid with the other members of the Board, “is distinct from the use of the term ‘material’ in the quite different context of disclosure to stockholders in which ‘[a]n omitted fact is material if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable shareholder would consider it important in deciding how to vote.’” Brehm, 746 A.2d at 259 n.49. But as Appellees observe in their brief, most of the cases cited by Plaintiffs found the same information to be material to both directors and stockholders. For example, in Morrison v. Berry, although our focus centered on the disclosures to stockholders, we reiterated the basic principle that “directors have an ‘unremitting obligation’ to deal candidly with their fellow directors.” 191 A.3d at 284. There, we considered allegations that a CEO had concealed from the Board that he and a bidder had an agreement that contemplated his “rolling over” his equity interest. In considering whether the alleged omissions were material to the stockholders, we held that, “[a] reasonable stockholder would want to know the facts showing that [the CEO] had not been forthcoming with the board about his agreement with [the bidder] . . . .” Id. at 284. We also observed that the timing of the alleged agreement was material, because it “would have shed light on the depth of [the CEO’s] commitment to [the bidder], the extent of [the CEO’s] and [bidder’s] pressure on the Board, and the degree that this influence may have impacted the structure of the sale process.” Id. at 275.
In this case, although the materiality inquiry is different in the two contexts, we conclude that the allegedly omitted information would be material in either context. A reasonable stockholder likely would consider important in deciding how to vote, information about Haley discussing and receiving the Proposal amidst deal completion uncertainty, and information concerning Haley’s relationship with ValueAct, and whether that relationship impaired his “ability to negotiate in good faith on behalf of Towers Watson shareholders.” This is evident from the inquiries Towers received from certain significant stockholders regarding Haley’s discussions with ValueAct.
Appellees strenuously counter that the alleged omissions are not material because ValueAct’s presentation, even if deemed to have been a proposal, was not binding on anyone. We acknowledge that the Proposal was not binding. But that is not the point. The fact that the Proposal was a not concrete agreement and had milestones requiring “Herculean” efforts did not relieve Haley of his duty to disclose to the Towers Board the deepening of the potential conflict, particularly in an atmosphere of considerable deal uncertainty. As this Court said in the seminal case, Guth v. Loft, a director’s duty of loyalty “requires an undivided and unselfish loyalty to the corporation” and “demands that there shall be no conflict between duty and self-interest.” 5 A.2d at 510. The duty of loyalty is derived from a “profound knowledge of human characteristics and motives.” Id. Here, Plaintiffs are entitled to an inference that the prospect of the undisclosed enhanced compensation proposal was a motivating factor in Haley’s conduct in the renegotiations to the detriment of Towers stockholders. We emphasize that we make no finding that he did, in fact, subordinate the Towers stockholders’ interests to his own, but at this point in the proceedings, we accept the well-pleaded allegations as true.
Nor does the fact that Haley’s compensation agreement ultimately differed from the Proposal negate its materiality, as Appellees suggest. Plaintiffs allege that Haley’s new compensation package at Willis Towers following the closing of the transaction is substantially similar to the Proposal, but with even more risk and attendant reward, just as Haley had requested at the outset of his negotiations with ValueAct. Like the Proposal, his new plan included a front-loaded, long-term equity incentive award intended to cover a three-year period. Also like the Proposal, his new plan provided him with a disproportionate increase in value of his maximum long-term equity incentive compensation relative to the increase in size of the combined entity (as compared with Towers). His new package, according to Plaintiffs, put “the total compensation that Haley could earn at Willis Towers comfortably within range of the over five-fold increase ValueAct offered him in September 2015.”
The Court of Chancery observed that the “potential payout Haley would receive for achieving milestones under the ValueAct presentation differed from Haley’s eventual employment agreement; the agreement provided more potential upside than the ValueAct compensation proposal.” This observation, however, undercuts the court’s observation that the Proposal reflected “upside potential in the event of pie-in-the-sky outcomes . . . .” If the Proposal were completely “pie-in-the-sky,” why would the Board ultimately approve a plan with even greater potential upside? Plaintiffs are entitled to the reasonable inference that the Board, including Haley, believed the Proposal’s milestones were attainable. As we confirmed in Cinerama, the materiality inquiry is a subjective test, and “not how or whether a reasonable person in the same or similar circumstances would be affected by a financial interest of the same sort as present in the case, but whether this director in fact was or would likely be affected.” Here, Plaintiffs allege that Haley thought the upside was attainable and point to Haley’s comment that he wanted “even more” upside than what was provided in the Proposal. And it appears that he ultimately got it.
Moreover, Haley delegated to Wickes the authority to negotiate on his behalf, and Haley reacted negatively when Willis Towers’ consultant initially proposed something different following the closing of the merger. Even if ValueAct and Ubben could not bind Willis Towers to a compensation agreement, Ubben’s influence over Haley’s compensation was allegedly enough to convince Haley to agree to unfavorable terms in the merger renegotiations in order to benefit himself by obtaining a lucrative compensation deal. ValueAct was a significant Willis stockholder and proponent of the transaction. Ubben was involved in the negotiations, participated in driving Willis’s negotiating strategy, and was likely to be a Board and compensation committee member of the post-merger entity. Thus, Plaintiffs have adequately pleaded that Haley subjectively believed that the compensation increase set forth in the Proposal was attainable, and that the Proposal carried weight, even if it were of a non-binding nature.
Next, we conclude that Plaintiffs adequately allege that Haley failed to inform the Towers Board of his deepened interest in the transaction. That Haley kept the Towers Board generally apprised of negotiations, as the Court of Chancery found, does not rebut Plaintiffs’ contention that Haley failed to adequately disclose his self-interest to the Board.
Even assuming that Haley kept the Towers Board generally apprised of the negotiations, he allegedly did not disclose that he had received the Proposal and had discussed executive compensation with ValueAct and Ubben. The Court of Chancery noted that Plaintiffs “do not allege that Haley remained silent” since they allege that Haley had discussed the Proposal with Wickes. But, Wickes was a Towers officer—the Managing Director of Benefits—and not a Board member. Even more, Plaintiffs allege in their Complaint that Board member and Compensation Committee Chair Ray testified that “he would have wanted to know that Haley was discussing his compensation at the future company with Ubben and ValueAct, but did not receive such information, let alone information as to the magnitude of the raise that Haley stood to receive.” Thus, Plaintiffs have adequately pleaded that Haley failed to disclose the Proposal to the Towers Board.
Finally, Plaintiffs have adequately pleaded that a reasonable Board member would have regarded Haley’s material interest in the Proposal as a significant fact in evaluating the merger. This conclusion is also supported by Ray’s testimony that he would have wanted to know that Haley was discussing his compensation at the future company with Ubben and ValueAct. As to this point, the court observed that, “[f]rom the extensive discovery uncovered from the appraisal action, Plaintiffs point out that Towers director Ray stated during his deposition that he would have wanted to know that Haley discussed compensation at the future company with Ubben and ValueAct. The court then concluded, without explanation, that, “[t]his does not satisfy the standard that a reasonable board member would have regarded the existence of the ValueAct compensation proposal as a significant fact in the evaluation of the proposed transaction.” We disagree that Ray’s alleged testimony should be summarily discounted as insignificant. Ray’s statement, allegedly given under oath in a deposition, that he would have wanted to be informed of this information is significant, particularly given his position as Chair of the Towers’ Compensation Committee. There are no suggestions that Ray was anything other than a disinterested and independent director.
Thus, we conclude that Plaintiffs have alleged sufficiently that Haley was materially interested in the merger, that he failed to disclose his interest in the Proposal to the Towers Board, and that a reasonable Board member would have regarded the existence of Haley’s material interest as a significant fact in the evaluation of the merger. Accordingly, we hold that Plaintiffs have adequately pleaded their claim for breach of fiduciary duty against Haley and, thus, the claim will survive a motion to dismiss.
B. We Remand to the Court of Chancery the Claims of Aiding and Abetting Breaches of Fiduciary Duty.
The Court of Chancery dismissed claims against ValueAct and Ubben because there was no predicate breach of fiduciary duty pleaded. To find ValueAct and Ubben liable for aiding and abetting a fiduciary duty breach, Plaintiffs must show: (1) the existence of a fiduciary relationship, (2) a breach of the fiduciary’s duty, (3) knowing participation in that breach by the defendants, and (4) damages proximately caused by the breach. Although the Court of Chancery did not consider the other elements of the claim, Plaintiffs suggest that this Court should rule on them in this appeal. We think the better course is for the Court of Chancery to consider those elements in the first instance. Accordingly, we direct the Court of Chancery to consider the aiding and abetting issues on remand.
IV. Conclusion
For the reasons set forth above, we REVERSE the Court of Chancery’s opinion, and REMAND for proceedings consistent with this opinion.
VAUGHN, Justice, dissenting:
I agree with the legal principles the Majority applies in arriving at its decision. I dissent simply because when I apply those principles to the facts as pled in the complaint, I come to a different conclusion.
It is obvious that Haley was materially self-interested in the transaction and the Towers Board was aware he was materially self-interested. Haley became conflicted when the Towers Board, through director Rabbitt, proposed to the Willis Board that Haley serve as CEO of the combined company. At that point it was known to all concerned that Haley would be in line for a substantial increase in compensation if the merger took place. Despite knowing that Haley had a conflict which potentially could affect the negotiations, the Towers Board evidently felt comfortable with that conflict, as it allowed Haley to continue to serve as Towers’ primary negotiator notwithstanding Haley’s significant financial interest in a successful merger.
The question is whether the complaint adequately alleges that the undisclosed September 2015 ValueAct compensation presentation rendered Haley’s conflict such that a reasonable board member would have regarded the existence of his material self-interest as a significant fact in the evaluation of the renegotiated merger agreement. My answer to that question is no.
The complaint does not allege any facts suggesting that Haley discussed his potential post-merger compensation with Ubben after ValueAct made its presentation. In an exchange of emails on September 14, 2015, Haley thanked Ubben for the presentation. An email the next day from a ValueAct representative to Haley indicates that Haley said that it might be useful if ValueAct discussed the presentation with Gene Wickes, Towers’ Managing Director of Benefits. The complaint does not indicate whether ValueAct followed up with Wickes prior to closing. The complaint does not allege that Haley engaged in any discussions or negotiations over his compensation with anyone on the Willis side of the transaction until the shareholders of both companies approved the merger.
The complaint alleges that Ray, a member of the Towers Board and Chair of its Compensation Committee, testified in an appraisal proceeding that he would have wanted to know that Haley was discussing his compensation at the future company with Ubben, but the averment does not indicate what director Ray meant by “discussing his compensation” and whether that would have included Haley listening to the September 2015 ValueAct presentation and thanking Ubben for that presentation. Director Ray’s isolated answer does not, in my mind, rise to the level of a well-pled allegation. Nor is it an allegation that the director would have considered the presentation significant in his decision to approve the renegotiated merger agreement.
In my view, the September 2015 ValueAct presentation did not alter or add anything material to the nature of Haley’s already disclosed material self-interest. The fact that the ValueAct presentation had the potential of a high payout to Haley did not change or significantly add to the fact that the Towers Board was aware that he would be receiving a significant pay raise as CEO of the combined company. I would find that even under the “reasonably conceivable” pleading standard, the complaint fails to plead facts showing that the Towers Board would have considered the ValueAct presentation as a significant fact in deciding whether to approve the renegotiated merger agreement.
I would affirm the Vice Chancellor’s decision to dismiss the complaint.
11.4.6.6 Duty of Candor Problem Set 11.4.6.6 Duty of Candor Problem Set
5/20/2025 pdw
Problems
- A CEO contractually agreed to discontinue his consulting practice so that he could give his full attention to the company. Instead, he continued doing significant consulting work and did not disclose this to the company. Did he breach his duty of disclosure?
- In a merger transaction, the chair and founder abstained from supporting the merger because he was disappointed with the the price. The shareholder disclosures included the terms of the deal and the price. Is there a duty to disclose that the chair thought the deal was undervalued?
- What if the director were not the founder and chair?
- How about if the CEO opposes the merger as undervalued but then changes his mind and supports it without the price going up?
- What if the two largest shareholders oppose the merger. Must the company disclose their opposition and their reasoning?
- How does the duty of disclosure interact with insider trading law? Suppose a fiduciary wants to buy stock from a shareholder in a private transaction. Does the fiduciary really need to tell the shareholder everything material she knows about the company?
Answers
- Yes. The court held that the agreement to stop outside consulting implicitly included an understanding that the CEO would disclose any outside consulting work. In re Metro Storage Int'l LLC v. Harron, 275 A.3d 810, 848 (Del. Ch. 2022).
- Yes. The court found that because of his roles he had "unique understanding" and "in-depth knowledge about" the company's business. Appel v. Berkman, 180 A.3d 1057-64.
- No duty to disclose that one director abstained absent some showing that this director was the best informed or special in some other way. Huff Energy Fund, L.P. v. Gershen, 2016 WL 5462958, at *15 (Del. Ch. Sept. 29, 2016)
- Yes, the reason for changing his mind would be material to investors (because it could change their mind as well). In this case, the court noted that the CEO changed his position after he negotiated a compensation pool. Chester Cty. Empls.' Ret. Fund v. KCG Holdgs., Inc., 2019 WL 2564093 (Del. Ch. 2019).
- No, the company doesn't have to report on the third-party shareholders' thought process. In re Orchid Cellmark Inc. S'holder Litig., 2011 WL 1938253, at *12 (Del. Ch. May 12, 2011).
- Yes. This is the classic theory of insider trading, and the fiduciary must either disclose or abstain from trading.
11.5 Enhanced Scrutiny 11.5 Enhanced Scrutiny
3/21/2025 pdw
We've been chugging through the different ways of breaching the duty of loyalty, but we'll take a minor detour from the categorical approach to look at how it is breached in mergers and acquisitions. This will introduce us to the third standard of review: enhanced scrutiny. It will also introduce Revlon duties, which are the specific duty to maximize the price in a sale of the company.
This detour will also prepare us to discuss disclosure duties and ratification.
11.5.1 Unocal Corp. v. Mesa Petroleum Co. 11.5.1 Unocal Corp. v. Mesa Petroleum Co.
3/21/2025 pdw
In this case, famed corporate raider T. Boone Pickens, attempted a coercive deal structure to gain control of an oil and gas company called Unocal. The Unocal board responded with a plan to take on a lot of debt. That is, the company would sell bonds, which would give the company money today in exchange for debt in the future. The company planned to give the money raised to all the shareholders except Pickens's company, Mesa.
So even if Pickens won the bid to buy Unocal, Unocal would be laden with debt and the assets that debt generated would already be gone.
So Pickens sued, arguing that excluding Mesa from the deal was unfair because Mesa was the largest shareholder of Unocal---how can the board keep its fiduciary duties to shareholders if it is intentionally harming one of them?
The court held that the only way to protect the other shareholders was to exclude Mesa. So it didn't apply entire fairness. The court said it was applying the business judgment rule, but before doing so it would give enhanced scrutiny to the directors' decision.
This "enhanced scrutiny" is the third standard of review under Delaware law, and it applies to situations with stuctural conflicts for the directors. As laid out in Part IV, the directors bear the burden of showing they acted with proper motives and that the actions were reasonable, though this standard has been adjusted since.
Remember that enhanced scrutiny is not a fallback position that applies if the business judgment rule is rebutted. Enhanced scrutiny applies only to a few specific situations with structural conflicts for the board.
UNOCAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, Defendant Below, Appellant, v. MESA PETROLEUM CO., a Delaware corporation, Mesa Asset Co., a Delaware corporation, Mesa Eastern, Inc., a Delaware corporation and Mesa Partners II, a Texas partnership, Plaintiffs Below, Appellees.
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Submitted: May 16, 1985.
Oral Decision: May 17, 1985.
Written Decision: June 10, 1985.
*949A. Gilchrist Sparks, III (argued), and Kenneth J. Nachbar of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell, Wilmington, James R. Martin and Mitchell A. Karlan of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher and Paul, Hastings, Ja-nofsky & Walker, Los Angeles, Gal., of counsel, for appellant.
Charles P. Richards, Jr. (argued), Samuel A. Nolen, and Gregory P. Williams of Richards, Layton & Finger, Wilmington, for appellees.
Before MeNEILLY and MOORE, JJ., and TAYLOR, Judge (Sitting by designation pursuant to Del. Const., Art. 4, § 12.)
We confront an issue of first impression in Delaware — the validity of a corporation’s self-tender for its own shares which excludes from participation a stockholder making a hostile tender offer for the company’s stock.
The Court of Chancery granted a preliminary injunction to the plaintiffs, Mesa Petroleum Co., Mesa Asset Co., Mesa Partners II, and Mesa Eastern, Inc. (collectively “Mesa”) 1 , enjoining an exchange offer of the defendant, Unocal Corporation (Unocal) for its own stock. The trial court concluded that a selective exchange offer, excluding Mesa, was legally impermissible. We cannot agree with such a blanket rule. The factual findings of the Vice Chancellor, fully supported by the record, establish that Unocal’s board, consisting of a majority of independent directors, acted in good faith, and after reasonable investigation found that Mesa’s tender offer was both inadequate and coercive. Under the circumstances the board had both the power and duty to oppose a bid it perceived to be harmful to the corporate enterprise. On this record we are satisfied that the device Unocal adopted is reasonable in relation to the threat posed, and that the board acted in the proper exercise of sound business judgment. We will not substitute our views for those of the board if the latter’s decision can be “attributed to any rational business purpose.” Sinclair Oil Corp. v. Levien, Del.Supr., 280 A.2d 717, 720 (1971). Accordingly, we reverse the decision of the Court of Chancery and order the preliminary injunction vacated.2
Í.
The factual background of this matter b "irs a significant relationship to its ulti- ! > outcome.
On April 8, 1985, Mesa, the owner of approximately 13% of Unocal’s stock, commenced a two-tier “front loaded” cash tender offer for 64 million shares, or approximately 37%, of Unocal’s outstanding stock at a price of $54 per share. The “back-end” was designed to eliminate the remaining publicly held shares by an exchange of securities purportedly worth $54 per share. However, pursuant to an order entered by the United States District Court for the Central District of California on April 26, 1985, Mesa issued a supplemental proxy statement to Unocal’s stockholders disclosing that the securities offered in the second-step merger would be highly subordinated, and that Unocal’s capitalization would differ significantly from its present *950structure. Unocal has rather aptly termed such securities “junk bonds”.3
Unocal’s board consists of eight independent outside directors and six insiders. It met on April 13, 1985, to consider the Mesa tender offer. Thirteen directors were present, and the meeting lasted nine and one-half hours. The directors were given no agenda or written materials prior to the session. However, detailed presentations were made by legal counsel regarding the board’s obligations under both Delaware corporate law and the federal securities laws. The board then received a presentation from Peter Sachs on behalf of Goldman Sachs & Co. (Goldman Sachs) and Dillon, Read & Co. (Dillon Read) discussing the bases for their opinions that the Mesa proposal was wholly inadequate. Mr. Sachs opined that the minimum cash value that could be expected from a sale or orderly liquidation for 100% of Unocal’s stock was in excess of $60 per share. In making his presentation, Mr. Sachs showed slides outlining the valuation techniques used by the financial advisors, and others, depicting recent business combinations in the oil and gas industry. The Court of Chancery found that the Sachs presentation was designed to apprise the directors of the scope of the analyses performed rather than the facts and numbers used in reaching the conclusion that Mesa’s tender offer price was inadequate.
Mr. Sachs also presented various defensive strategies available to the board if it concluded that Mesa’s two-step tender offer was inadequate and should be opposed. One of the devices outlined was a self-tender by Unocal for its own stock with a reasonable price range of $70 to $75 per share. The cost of such a proposal would cause the company to incur $6.1 — 6.5 billion of additional debt, and a presentation was made informing the board of Unocal’s ability to handle it. The directors were told that the primary effect of this obligation would be to reduce exploratory drilling, but that the company would nonetheless remain a viable entity.
The eight outside directors, comprising a clear majority of the thirteen members present, then met separately with Unocal’s financial advisors and attorneys. Thereafter, they unanimously agreed to advise the board that it should reject Mesa’s tender offer as inadequate, and that Unocal should pursue a self-tender to provide the stockholders with a fairly priced alternative to the Mesa proposal. The board then reconvened and unanimously adopted a resolution rejecting as grossly inadequate Mesa’s tender offer. Despite the nine and one-half hour length of the meeting, no formal decision was made on the proposed defensive self:tender.
On April 15, the board met again with four of the directors present by telephone *951and one member still absent.4 This session lasted two hours. Unocal’s Vice President of Finance and its Assistant General Counsel made a detailed presentation of the proposed terms of the exchange offer. A price range between $70 and $80 per share was considered, and ultimately the directors agreed upon $72. The board was also advised about the debt securities that would be issued, and the necessity of placing restrictive covenants upon certain corporate activities until the obligations were paid. The board’s decisions were made in reliance on the advice of its investment bankers, including the terms and conditions upon which the securities were to be issued. Based upon this advice, and the board’s own deliberations, the directors unanimously approved the exchange offer. Their resolution provided that if Mesa acquired 64 million shares of Unocal stock through its own offer (the Mesa Purchase Condition), Unocal would buy the remaining 49% outstanding for an exchange of debt securities having an aggregate par value of $72 per share. The board resolution also stated that the offer would be subject to other conditions that had been described to the board at the meeting, or which were deemed necessary by Unocal’s officers, including the exclusion of Mesa from the proposal (the Mesa exclusion). Any such conditions were required to be in accordance with the “purport and intent” of the offer.
Unocal’s exchange offer was commenced on April 17, 1985, and Mesa promptly challenged it by filing this suit in the Court of Chancery. On April 22, the Unocal board met again and was advised by Goldman Sachs and Dillon Read to waive the Mesa Purchase Condition as to 50 million shares. This recommendation was in response to a perceived concern of the shareholders that, if shares were tendered to Unocal, no shares would be purchased by either offer- or. The directors were also advised that they should tender their own Unocal stock into the exchange offer as a mark of their confidence in it.
Another focus of the board was the Mesa exclusion. Legal counsel advised that under Delaware law Mesa could only be excluded for what the directors reasonably believed to be a valid corporate purpose. The directors’ discussion centered on the objective of adequately compensating shareholders at the “back-end” of Mesa’s proposal, which the latter would finance with “junk bonds”. To include Mesa would defeat that goal, because under the pro-ration aspect of the exchange offer (49%) every Mesa share accepted by Unocal would displace one held by another stockholder. Further, if Mesa were permitted to tender to Unocal, the latter would in effect be financing Mesa’s own inadequate proposal.
On April 24, 1985 Unocal issued a supplement to the exchange offer describing the partial waiver of the Mesa Purchase Condition. On May 1, 1985, in another supplement, Unocal extended the withdrawal, pro-ration and expiration dates of its exchange offer to May 17, 1985.
Meanwhile, on April 22, 1985, Mesa amended its complaint in this action to challenge the Mesa exclusion. A preliminary injunction hearing was scheduled for May 8, 1985. However, on April 23, 1985, Mesa moved for a temporary restraining order in response to Unocal’s announcement that it was partially waiving the Mesa Purchase Condition. After expedited briefing, the Court of Chancery heard Mesa’s motion on April 26.
*952On April 29, 1985, the Vice Chancellor temporarily restrained Unocal from proceeding with the exchange offer unless it included Mesa. The trial court recognized that directors could oppose, and attempt to defeat, a hostile takeover which they considered adverse to the best interests of the corporation. However, the Vice Chancellor decided that in a selective purchase of the company’s stock, the corporation bears the burden of showing: (1) a valid corporate purpose, and (2) that the transaction was fair to all of the stockholders, including those excluded.
Unocal immediately sought certification of an interlocutory appeal to this Court pursuant to Supreme Court Rule 42(b). On May 1, 1985, the Vice Chancellor declined to certify the appeal on the grounds that the decision granting a temporary restraining order did not decide a legal issue of first impression, and was not a matter to which the decisions of the Court of Chancery were in conflict.
However, in an Order dated May 2, 1985, this Court ruled that the Chancery decision was clearly determinative of substantive rights of the parties, and in fact decided the main question of law before the Vice Chancellor, which was indeed a question of first impression. We therefore concluded that the temporary restraining order was an appealable decision. However, because the Court of Chancery was scheduled to hold a preliminary injunction hearing on May 8 at which there would be an enlarged record on the various issues, action on the interlocutory appeal was deferred pending an outcome of those proceedings.
In deferring action on the interlocutory .appeal, we noted that on the record before us we could not determine whether the parties had articulated certain issues which the Vice Chancellor should have an opportunity to consider in the first instance. These included the following:
a)Does the directors’ duty of care to the corporation extend to protecting the corporate enterprise in good faith from perceived depredations of others, including persons who may own stock in the company?
b) Have one or more of the plaintiffs, their affiliates, or persons acting in concert with them, either in dealing with Unocal or others, demonstrated a pattern of conduct sufficient to justify a reasonable inference by defendants.that a principle objective of the plaintiffs is to achieve selective treatment for themselves by the repurchase of their Unocal shares at a substantial premium?
c) If so, may the directors of Unocal in the proper exercise of business judgment employ the exchange offer to protect the corporation and its shareholders from such tactics? See Pogostin v. Rice, Del. Supr., 480 A.2d 619 (1984).
d) If it is determined that the purpose of the exchange offer was not illegal as a matter of law, have the directors of Unocal carried their burden of showing that they acted in good faith? See Martin v. American Potash & Chemical Corp., 33 Del.Ch. 234, 92 A.2d 295 at 302.
After the May 8 hearing the Vice Chancellor issued an unreported opinion on May 13, 1985 granting Mesa a preliminary injunction. Specifically, the trial court noted that “[t]he parties basically agree that the directors’ duty of care extends to protecting the corporation from perceived harm whether it be from third parties or shareholders.” The trial court also concluded in response to the second inquiry in the Supreme Court’s May 2 order, that “[ajlthough the facts, ... do not appear to be sufficient to prove that Mesa’s principle objective is to be bought off at a substantial premium, they do justify a reasonable inference to the same effect.”
As to the third and fourth questions posed by this Court, the Vice Chancellor stated that they “appear to raise the more fundamental issue of whether directors owe fiduciary duties to shareholders who they perceive to be acting contrary to the best interests of the corporation as a whole.” While determining that the directors’ decision to oppose Mesa’s tender *953offer was made in a good faith belief that the Mesa proposal was inadequate, the court stated that the business judgment rule does not apply to a selective exchange offer such as this.
On May 13, 1985 the Court of Chancery certified this interlocutory appeal to us as a question of first impression, and we accepted it on May 14. The entire matter was scheduled on an expedited basis.5
II.
The issues we address involve these fundamental questions: Did the Unocal board have the power and duty to oppose a takeover threat it reasonably perceived to be harmful to the corporate enterprise, and if so, is its action here entitled to the protection of the business judgment rule?
Mesa contends that the discriminatory exchange offer violates the fiduciary duties Unocal owes it. Mesa argues that because of the Mesa exclusion the business judgment rule is inapplicable, because the directors by tendering their own shares will derive a financial benefit that is not available to all Unocal stockholders. Thus, it is Mesa’s ultimate contention that Unocal cannot establish that the exchange offer is fair to all shareholders, and argues that the Court of Chancery was correct in concluding that Unocal was unable to meet this burden.
Unocal answers that it does not owe a duty of “fairness” to Mesa, given the facts here. Specifically, Unocal contends that its board of directors reasonably and in good faith concluded that Mesa’s $54 two-tier tender offer was coercive and inadequate, and that Mesa sought selective treatment for itself. Furthermore, Unocal argues that the board’s approval of the exchange offer was made in good faith, on an informed basis, and in the exercise of due care. Under these circumstances, Unocal contends that its directors properly employed this device to protect the company and its stockholders from Mesa’s harmful tactics.
III.
We begin with the basic issue of the power of a board of directors of a Delaware corporation to adopt a defensive measure of this type. Absent such authority, all other questions are moot. Neither issues of fairness nor business judgment are pertinent without the basic underpinning of a board’s legal power to act.
The board has a large reservoir of authority upon which to draw. Its duties and responsibilities proceed from the inherent powers conferred by 8 Del.C. § 141(a), respecting management of the corporation’s “business and affairs”.6 Additionally, the powers here being exercised derive from 8 Del.C. § 160(a), conferring broad authority upon a corporation to deal in its own stock.7 From this it is now well established that in the acquisition of its shares a *954Delaware corporation may deal selectively with its stockholders, provided the directors have not acted out of a sole or primary purpose to entrench themselves in office. Cheff v. Matkes, Del.Supr., 199 A.2d 548, 554 (1964); Bennett v. Propp, Del.Supr., 187 A.2d 405, 408 (1962); Martin v. American Potash & Chemical Corporation, Del.Supr., 92 A.2d 295, 302 (1952); Kaplan v. Goldsamt, Del.Ch., 380 A.2d 556, 568-569 (1977); Kors v. Carey, Del.Ch., 158 A.2d 136, 140-141 (1960).
Finally, the board’s power to act derives from its fundamental duty and obligation to protect the corporate enterprise, which includes stockholders, from harm reasonably perceived, irrespective of its source. See e.g. Panter v. Marshall Field & Co., 646 F.2d 271, 297 (7th Cir.1981); Crouse-Hinds Co. v. Intemorth, Inc., 634 F.2d 690, 704 (2d Cir.1980); Heit v. Baird, 567 F.2d 1157, 1161 (1st Cir.1977); Cheff v. Matkes, 199 A.2d at 556; Martin v. American Potash & Chemical Corp., 92 A.2d at 302; Kaplan v. Goldsamt, 380 A.2d at 568-69; Kors v. Carey, 158 A.2d at 141; Northwest Industries, Inc. v. B.F. Goodrich Co., 301 F.Supp. 706, 712 (M.D.Ill.1969). Thus, we are satisfied that in the broad context of corporate governance, including issues of fundamental corporate change, a board of directors is not a passive instrumentality.8
Given the foregoing principles, we turn to the standards by which director action is to be measured. In Pogostin v. Rice, Del.Supr., 480 A.2d 619 (1984), we held that the business judgment rule, including the standards by which director conduct is judged, is applicable in the context of a takeover. Id. at 627. The business judgment rule is a “presumption that in making a business decision the directors of a corporation acted on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the company.” Aronson v. Lewis, Del.Supr.-, 473 A.2d 805, 812 (1984) (citations omitted). A hallmark of the business judgment rule is that a court will not substitute its judgment for that of the board if the latter’s decision can be “attributed to any rational business purpose.” Sinclair Oil Corp. v. Levien, Del.Supr., 280 A.3d 717, 720 (1971).
When a board addresses a pend iog takeover bid it has an obligation to determine whether the offer is in the best interests of the corporation and its shareholders. In that respect a board’s duty is no different from any other responsibility it shoulders, and its decisions should be no less entitled to the respect they otherwise would be accorded in the realm of business judgment.9 See also Johnson v. Trueblood, 629 F.2d 287, 292-293 (3d Cir.1980). There are, however, certain caveats to a proper exercise of this function. Because of the omnipresent specter that a board may be acting primarily in its own interests, rather than those of the corporation and its shareholders, there is an enhanced duty which calls for judicial examination at the threshold before the protections of the business judgment rule may be conferred.
This Court has long recognized that:
*955We must bear in mind the inherent danger in the purchase of shares with corporate funds to remove a threat to corporate policy when a threat to control is involved. The directors are of necessity confronted with a conflict of interest, and an objective decision is difficult.
Bennett v. Propp, Del.Supr., 187 A.2d 405, 409 (1962). In the face of this inherent conflict directors must show that they had reasonable grounds for believing that a danger to corporate policy and effectiveness existed because of another person’s stock ownership. Cheff v. Mathes, 199 A.2d at 554-55. However, they satisfy that burden “by showing good faith and reasonable investigation_” Id. at 555. Furthermore, such proof is materially enhanced, as here, by the approval of a board comprised of a majority of outside independent directors who have acted in accordance with the foregoing standards. See Aronson v. Lewis, 473 A.2d at 812, 81 Puma v. Marriott, Del.Ch., 283 A.2d 680, 695 (1971); Panter v. Marshall Field Co., 646 F.2d 271, 295 (7th Cir.1981).
IV.
A.
In the board’s exercise of corporate power to forestall a takeover bid our analysis begins with the basic principle that corporate directors have a fiduciary duty to act in the best interests of the corporation’s stockholders. Guth v. Loft, Inc., Del.Supr., 5 A.2d 503, 510 (1939). As we have noted, their duty of care extends to protecting the corporation and its owners from perceived harm whether a threat originates from third parties or other shareholders.10 But such powers are not absolute. A corporation does not have unbridled discretion to defeat any perceived threat by any Draconian means available.
The restriction placed upon a vietive stock repurchase is that the di actors may not have acted solely or primarily out of a desire to perpetuate themselves in office. See Cheff v. Mathes, 199 A.2d at 556; Kors v. Carey, 158 A.2d at 140. Of course, to this is added the further caveat that inequitable action may not be taken under the guise of law. Schnell v. Chris-Craft Industries, Inc., Del.Supr., 285 A.2d 437, 439 (1971). The standard of proof established in Cheff v. Mathes and discussed supra at page 16, is designed to ensure that a defensive measure to thwart or impede a takeover is indeed motivated by a good faith concern for the welfare of the corporation and its stockholders, which in all circumstances must be free of any fraud or other misconduct. Cheff v. Mathes, 199 A.2d at 554-55. However, this does not end the inquiry.
B.
A further aspect is the element / balance. If a defensive measure is to *ine within the ambit of the business judgment rule, it must be reasonable in relation < j the threat posed. This entails an analysis by the directors of the nature of the takeover bid and its effect on the corporate iterprise. Examples of such concerns lay include: inadequacy of the price of•T ed, nature and timing of . he offer, ques-i is of illegality, the impact on “constitu- * ides” other than shareholders (i.e., creditors, customers, employees, and perhaps even the community generally), the risk of . nonconsummation, and the quality of secm\ rities being offered in the exchange, See\ Lipton and Brownstein, Takeover Responses and Directors’ Responsibilities: An Update, p. 7, ABA National Institute on the Dynamics of Corporate Control (December 8, 1983). While not a controlling factor, it also seems to us that a board may reasonably consider the basic stockholder *956interests at stake, including those of short term speculators,, whose actions may have fueled the coercive aspect of the offer at the expense of the long term investor.11 Here, the threat posed was viewed by the Unocal board as a grossly inadequate two-tier coercive tender offer coupled with the threat of greenmail.
Specifically, the Unocal directors had concluded that the value of Unocal was substantially above the $54 per share offered in cash at the front end. •• Furthermore, they determined that the subordinated securities to be exchanged- in Mesa’s announced squeeze out of the remaining, shareholders in the “back-end” merger were “junk bonds” worth far less than $54. It is now well recognized that such offers are a classic coercive measure designed to stampede shareholders into tendering at the first tier, even if the price is inadequate, out of fear of what'they will receive at the back end of the transaction.12 Wholly beyond the coercive aspect of an inadequate two-tier tender offer, the threat was posed by a corporate raider with a national reputation as a “greenmailer”.13
In adopting the selective exchange offer, the board stated that its objective was either to defeat the inadequate Mesa offer or, should the offer still succeed, provide the 49% of its stockholders, who would otherwise be forced to accept “junk bonds”, with $72 worth of senior debt. We find that both purposes are valid.
However, such efforts would have been thwarted by Mesa’s participation in the exchange offer. First, if Mesa could tender its shares, Unocal would effectively be subsidizing the former’s continuing effort to buy Unocal stock at $54 per share. Second, Mesa could not, by definition, fit within the class of shareholders being protected from its own coercive and inadequate tender offer.
Thus, we are satisfied that the selective exchange offer is reasonably related to the threats posed. It is consistent with the principle that “the minority stockholder shall receive the substantial equivalent in value of what he had before.” Sterling v. Mayflower Hotel Corp., Del.Supr., 93 A.2d 107, 114 (1952). See also Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., Del.Supr., 493 A.2d 929, 940 (1985). This concept of fairness, while stated in the merger context, is also rele*957vant in the area of tender offer law. Thus, the board’s decision to offer what it determined to be the fair value of the corporation to the 49% of its shareholders, who would otherwise be forced to accept highly-subordinated “junk bonds”, is reasonable and consistent with the directors’ duty to ensure that the minority stockholders receive equal value for their shares.
V.
Mesa contends that it is unlawful, and the trial court agreed, for a corporation to discriminate in this fashion against one shareholder. It argues correctly that no case has ever sanctioned a device that precludes a raider from sharing in a benefit available to all other stockholders. However, as we have noted earlier, the principle of selective stock repurchases by a Delaware corporation is neither unknown nor unauthorized. Cheff v. Mathes, 199 A.2d at 554; Bennett v. Propp, 187 A.2d at 408; Martin v. American Potash & Chemical Corporation, 92 A.2d at 302; Kaplan v. Goldsamt, 380 A.2d at 568-569; Kors v. Carey, 158 A.2d at 140-141; 8 Del.C. § 160. The only difference is that heretofore the approved transaction was the payment of “greenmail” to a raider or dissident posing a threat to the corporate enterprise. All other stockholders were denied such favored treatment, and given Mesa’s past history of greenmáil, its claims here are rather ironic.
However, our corporate law is not static. It must grow and develop in response to, indeed in anticipation of, evolving concepts and needs. Merely because the General Corporation Law is silent as to a specific matter does not mean that it is prohibited. See Providence and Worcester Co. v. Baker, Del.Supr., 378 A.2d 121, 123-124 (1977). In the days when Cheff, Bennett, Martin and Kors were decided, the tender offer, while not an unknown device, was virtually unused, and little was known of such methods as two-tier “front-end” loaded offers with their coercive effects. Then, the favored attack of a raider was stock acquisition followed by a proxy contest. Various defensive tactics, which provided no benefit whatever to the raider, evolved. Thus, the use of corporate funds by management to counter a proxy battle was approved. Hall v. Trans-Lux Daylight Picture Screen Corp., Del.Supr., 171 A. 226 (1934); Hibbert v. Hollywood Park, Inc., Del.Supr., 457 A.2d 339 (1983). Litigation, supported by corporate funds, aimed at the raider has long been a popular device.
More recently, as the sophistication of both raiders and targets has developed, a host of other defensive measures to counter such ever mounting threats has evolved and received judicial sanction. These include defensive charter amendments and other devices bearing some rather exotic, but apt, names: Crown Jewel, White Knight, Pac Man, and Golden Parachute. Each has highly selective features, the object of which is to deter or defeat the raider.
Thus, while the exchange offer is a form of selective treatment, given the nature of the threat posed here the response is neither unlawful nor unreasonable. If the board of directors is disinterested, has acted in good faith and with due care, its decision in the absence of an abuse of discretion will be upheld as a proper exercise of business judgment.
To this Mesa responds that the board is not disinterested, because the directors are receiving a benefit from the tender of their own shares, which because of the Mesa exclusion, does not devolve upon all stockholders equally. See Aronson v. Lewis, Del.Supr., 473 A.2d 805, 812 (1984). However, Mesa concedes that if the exclusion is valid, then the directors and all other stockholders share the same benefit. The answer of course is that the exclusion is valid, and the directors’ participation in the exchange offer does not rise to the level of a disqualifying interest. The excellent discussion in Johnson v. Trueblood, 629 F.2d at 292-293, of the use of the business judgment rule in takeover contests also seems pertinent here.
*958Nor does this become an “interested” director transaction merely because certain board members are large stockholders. As this Court has previously noted, that fact alone does not create a disqualifying “personal pecuniary interest” to defeat the operation of the business judgment .•¡«V. Cheff v. Mathes, 199 A.2d at 554.
Mesa also argues that the exclusion permits the directors to abdicate the fiduciary duties they owe it. However, that is not so. The board continues to owe Mesa the duties of due care and loyalty. But in the face of the destructive threat Mesa’s tender offer was perceived to pose, the board had a supervening duty to protect the corporate enterprise, which includes the other shareholders, from threatened harm,
Mesa contends that the basis of this action k punitive, and solely in response to the exercise of its rights of corporate democracy.14 Nothing precludes Mesa, as a stockholder, from acting in its own self-interest. See e.g., DuPont v. DuPont, 251 Fed. 937 (D.Del.1918), aff'd 256 Fed. 129 (3d Cir.1918); Ringling Bros.Barnum & Bailey Combined Shows, Inc. v. Ringling, Del.Supr., 53 A.2d 441, 447 (1947); Heil v. Standard Gas & Electric Co., Del.Ch., 151 A. 303, 304 (1930). But see, Allied Chemical & Dye Corp. v. Steel & Tube Co. of America, Del.Ch., 120 A. 486, 491 (1923) (majority shareholder owes a fiduciary duty to the minority shareholders). However, Mesa, while pursuing its own interests, has acted in a manner which a board consisting of a majority of independent directors has reasonably determined to be contrary to the best interests of Unocal and its other shareholders. In this situation, there is no support in Delaware law for the proposition that, when responding to a perceived harm, a corporation must guarantee a benefit to a stockholder who is deliberately provoking the danger being addressed. There is no obligation of self-sacrifice by a corporation and its shareholders in the face of such a challenge.
Here, the Court of Chancery specifically found that the “directors’ decision [to oppose the Mesa tender offer] was made in the good faith belief that the Mesa tender offer is inadequate.” Given our standard of review under Levitt v. Bouvier, Del. Supr., 287 A.2d 671, 673 (1972), and Application of Delaware Racing Association, Del.Supr., 213 A.2d 203, 207 (1965), we are satisfied that Unocal’s board has met its ■ urden of proof. Cheff v. Mathes, 183 A.2d at 555.
VI.
In conclusion, there was directorial power to oppose the Mesa tender offer, and to undertake a selective stock exchange made in good faith and upon a reasonable investigation pursuant to a clear duty to protect the corporate enterprise. Further, the selective stock repurchase plan chosen by Unocal is reasonable in relation to the threat that the board rationally and reasonably believed was posed by Mesa’s inadequate and coercive two-tier tender offer. Under those circumstances the board’s action is entitled to be measured by the standards of the business judgment rule. Thus, unless it is shown by a preponderance of the evidence that the directors’ decisions were primarily based on perpetuating themselves in office, or some other breach of fiduciary duty such as fraud, overreaching, lack of good faith, or being uninformed, a Court will not substitute its judgment for that of the board.
In this case that protection is not lost merely because Unocal’s directors have *959tendered their shares in the exchange offer. Given the validity of the Mesa exclusion, they are receiving a benefit shared generally by all other stockholders except Mesa. In this circumstance the test of Aronson v. Lewis, 473 A.2d at 812, is satisfied. See also Cheff v. Mathes, 199 A.2d at 554. If the stockholders are displeased with the action of their elected representatives, the powers of corporate democracy are at their-disposal to turn the board out. Aronson v. Lewis, Del.Supr., 473 A.2d 805, 811 (1984). See also 8 Del.C. §§ 141(k) and 211(b).
With the Court of Chancery’s findings that the exchange offer was based on the board’s good faith belief that the Mesa offer was inadequate, that the board’s action was informed and taken with due care, that Mesa’s prior activities justify a reasonable inference that its principle objective was greenmail, and implicitly, that the substance of the offer itself was reasonable and fair to the corporation and its stockholders if Mesa were included, we cannot say that the Unocal directors have acted in such a manner as to have passed an “unintelligent and unadvised judgment”. Mitchell v. Highland-Western Glass Co., Del.Ch., 167 A. 831, 833 (1933). The decision of the Court of Chancery is therefore REVERSED, and the preliminary injunction is VACATED.
11.5.2 Revlon, Inc. v. MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings, Inc. 11.5.2 Revlon, Inc. v. MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings, Inc.
Updated 10/28/23
This case is one of the few cases that every corporate lawyer knows. There are two take aways for our purposes.
First, note how the court examines the directors' motives and the reasonableness of the board's actions in response to the perceived threat. It's a good application of Unocal.
Second, note how the role of the board changes when it was clear the company was being sold. Before that point, the court was willing to accept that the board's defensive actions were a good faith attempt to protect the shareholders. But once the sale was clearly happening, the board's role was to focus solely on maximizing the sales price. This is sometimes referred to as Revlon duties or more whimsically, being in Revlonland.
REVLON, INC., a Delaware corporation, Michel C. Bergerac, Simon Aldewereld, Sander P. Alexander, Jay I. Bennett, Irving J. Bottner, Jacob Burns, Lewis L. Glucksman, John Loudon, Aileen Mehle, Samuel L. Simmons, Ian R. Wilson, Paul P. Woolard, Ezra K. Zilkha, Forstmann Little & Co., a New York limited partnership, and Forstmann Little & Co. Subordinated Debt and Equity Management Buyout Partnership-II, a New York limited partnership, Defendants Below, Appellants, v. MacANDREWS & FORBES HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, Plaintiff Below, Appellee.
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Submitted: Oct. 31, 1985.
Oral Decision: Nov. 1, 1985.
Written Opinion: March 13, 1986.
*175A. Gilchrist Sparks, III (argued), Lawrence A. Hamermesh, and Kenneth Nach-bar, of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell, Wilmington, and Herbert M. Wachtell, Douglas S. Liebhafsky, Kenneth B. Forrest, and Theodore N. Mirvis, of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, New York City, of counsel, for appellant Revlon.
Michael D. Goldman, James F. Burnett, Donald J. Wolfe, Jr., Richard L. Horwitz, of Potter, Anderson & Corroon, Wilmington, and Leon Silverman (argued), and Marc P. Cherno, of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson, New York City, of counsel, for appellant Forstmann Little.
Bruce M. Stargatt (argued), Edward B. Maxwell, 2nd, David C. McBride, Josy W. Ingersoll, of Young, Conaway, Stargatt & Taylor, Wilmington, and Stuart L. Shapiro (argued), Stephen P. Lamb, Andrew J. Tu-rezyn, and Thomas P. White, of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, Wilmington, and Michael W. Mitchell (New York City) and Marc B. Tucker, Washington, D.C., of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, for appellee.
Before McNEILLY and MOORE, JJ., and BALICK, Judge (Sitting by designation pursuant to Del. Const., Art. IV, § 12.).
In this battle for corporate control of Revlon, Inc. (Revlon), the Court of Chancery enjoined certain transactions designed to thwart the efforts of Pantry Pride, Inc. (Pantry Pride) to acquire Revlon.1 The defendants are Revlon, its board of directors, and Forstmann Little & Co. and the latter’s affiliated limited partnership (collectively, Forstmann). The injunction barred consummation of an option granted Forstmann to purchase certain Revlon assets (the lockup option), a promise by Revlon to deal exclusively with Forstmann in the face of a takeover (the no-shop provision), and the payment of a $25 million cancellation fee to Forstmann if the transaction was aborted. The Court of Chancery found that the Revlon directors had breached their duty of care by entering into the foregoing transac*176tions and effectively ending an active auction for the company. The trial court ruled that such arrangements are not illegal per se under Delaware law, but that their use under the circumstances here was impermissible. We agree. See MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings, Inc. v. Revlon, Inc., Del. Ch., 501 A.2d 1239 (1985). Thus, we granted this expedited interlocutory appeal to consider for the first time the validity of such defensive measures in the face of an active bidding contest for corporate control.2 Additionally, we address for the first time the extent to which a corporation may consider the impact of a takeover threat on constituencies other than shareholders. See Unocal Corp. v. Mesa Petroleum Co., Del.Supr., 493 A.2d 946, 955 (1985).
In our view, lock-ups and related agreements are permitted under Delaware law where their adoption is untainted by director interest or other breaches of fiduciary duty. The actions taken by the Revlon directors, however, did not meet this standard. Moreover, while concern for various corporate constituencies is proper when addressing a takeover threat, that principle is limited by the requirement that there be some rationally related benefit accruing to the stockholders. We find no such benefit here.
Thus, under all the circumstances we must agree with the Court of Chancery that the enjoined Revlon defensive measures were inconsistent with the directors’ duties to the stockholders. Accordingly, we affirm.
I.
The somewhat complex maneuvers of the parties necessitate a rather detailed examination of the facts. The prelude to this controversy began in June 1985, when Ronald O. Perelman, chairman of the board and chief executive officer of Pantry Pride, met with his counterpart at Revlon, Michel C. Bergerac, to discuss a friendly acquisition of Revlon by Pantry Pride. Perelman suggested a price in the range of $40-50 per share, but the meeting ended with Bergerac dismissing those figures as considerably below Revlon’s intrinsic value. All subsequent Pantry Pride overtures were rebuffed, perhaps in part based on Mr. Bergerac’s strong personal antipathy to Mr. Perelman.
Thus, on August 14, Pantry Pride’s board authorized Perelman to acquire Revlon, either through negotiation in the $42-$43 per share range, or by making a hostile tender offer at $45. Perelman then met with Bergerac and outlined Pantry Pride’s alternate approaches. Bergerac remained adamantly opposed to such schemes and conditioned any further discussions of the matter on Pantry Pride executing a standstill agreement prohibiting it from acquiring Revlon without the latter’s prior approval.
On August 19, the Revlon board met specially to consider the impending threat of a hostile bid by Pantry Pride.3 At the meeting, Lazard Freres, Revlon’s invest*177ment banker, advised the directors that $45 per share was a grossly inadequate price for the company. Felix Rohatyn and William Loomis of Lazard Freres explained to the board that Pantry Pride’s financial-strategy for acquiring Revlon would be through “junk bond” financing followed by a break-up of Revlon and the disposition of its assets. With proper timing, according to the experts, such transactions could produce a return to Pantry Pride of $60 to $70 per share, while a sale of the company as a whole would be in the “mid 50” dollar range. Martin Lipton, special counsel for Revlon, recommended two defensive measures: first, that the company repurchase up to 5 million of its nearly 30 million outstanding shares; and second, that it adopt a Note Purchase Rights Plan. Under this plan, each Revlon shareholder would receive as a dividend one Note Purchase Right (the Rights) for each share of common stock, with the Rights entitling the holder to exchange one common share for a $65 principal Revlon note at 12% interest with a one-year maturity. The Rights would become effective whenever anyone acquired beneficial ownership of 20% or more of Revlon’s shares, unless the purchaser acquired all the company’s stock for cash at $65 or more per share. In addition, the Rights would not be available to the acquiror, and prior to the 20% triggering event the Revlon board could redeem the rights for 10 cents each. Both proposals were unanimously adopted.
Pantry Pride made its first hostile move on August 23 with a cash tender offer for any and all shares of Revlon at $47.50 per common share and $26.67 per preferred share, subject to (1) Pantry Pride’s obtaining financing for the purchase, and (2) the Rights being redeemed, rescinded or voided.
The Revlon board met again on August 26. The directors advised the stockholders to reject the offer. Further defensive measures also were planned. On August 29, Revlon commenced its own offer for up to 10 million shares, exchanging for each share of common stock tendered one Senior Subordinated Note (the Notes) of $47.50 principal at 11.75% interest, due 1995, and one-tenth of a share of $9.00 Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock valued at $100 per share. Lazard Freres opined that the notes would trade at their face value on a fully distributed basis.4 Revlon stockholders tendered 87 percent of the outstanding shares (approximately 33 million), and the company accepted the full 10 million shares on a pro rata basis. The new Notes contained covenants which limited Revlon’s ability to incur additional debt, sell assets, or pay dividends unless otherwise approved by the “independent” (non-management) members of the board.
At this point, both the Rights and the Note covenants stymied Pantry Pride’s attempted takeover. The next move came on September 16, when Pantry Pride announced a new tender offer at $42 per share, conditioned upon receiving at least 90% of the outstanding stock. Pantry Pride also indicated that it would consider buying less than 90%, and at an increased price, if Revlon removed the impeding Rights. While this offer was lower on its face than the earlier $47.50 proposal, Revlon’s investment banker, Lazard Freres, described the two bids as essentially equal in view of the completed exchange offer.
The Revlon board held a regularly scheduled meeting on September 24. The directors rejected the latest Pantry Pride offer and authorized management to negotiate with other parties interested in acquiring Revlon. Pantry Pride remained determined in its efforts and continued to make cash bids for the company, offering $50 per share on September 27, and raising its bid to $53 on October 1, and then to $56.25 on October 7.
*178In the meantime, Revlon’s negotiations with Forstmann and the investment group Adler & Shaykin had produced results. The Revlon directors met on October 3 to consider Pantry Pride’s $53 bid and to examine possible alternatives to the offer. Both Forstmann and Adler & Shaykin made certain proposals to the board. As a result, the directors unanimously agreed to a leveraged buyout by Forstmann. The terms of this accord were as follows: each stockholder would get $56 cash per share; management would purchase stock in the new company by the exercise of their Revlon “golden parachutes”;5 Forstmann would assume Revlon’s $475 million debt incurred by the issuance of the Notes; and Revlon would redeem the Rights and waive the Notes covenants for Forstmann or in connection with any other offer superior to Forstmann’s. The board did not actually remove the covenants at the October 3 meeting, because Forstmann then lacked a firm commitment on its financing, but accepted the Forstmann capital structure, and indicated that the outside directors would waive the covenants in due course. Part of Forstmann’s plan was to sell Revlon’s Norcliff Thayer and Reheis divisions to American Home Products for $335 million. Before the merger, Revlon was to sell its cosmetics and fragrance division to Adler & Shaykin for $905 million. These transactions would facilitate the purchase by Forstmann or any other acquiror of Revlon.
When the merger, and thus the waiver of the Notes covenants, was announced, the market value of these securities began to fall. The Notes, which originally traded near par, around 100, dropped to 87.50 by October 8. One director later reported (at the October 12 meeting) a “deluge” of telephone calls from irate noteholders, and on October 10 the Wall Street Journal reported threats of litigation by these creditors.
Pantry Pride countered with a new proposal on October 7, raising its $53 offer to $56.25, subject to nullification of the Rights, a waiver of the Notes covenants, and the election of three Pantry Pride directors to the Revlon board. On October 9, representatives of Pantry Pride, Forst-mann and Revlon conferred in an attempt to negotiate the fate of Revlon, but could not reach agreement. At this meeting Pantry Pride announced that it would engage in fractional bidding and top any Forst-mann offer by a slightly higher one. It is also significant that Forstmann, to Pantry Pride’s exclusion, had been made privy to certain Revlon financial data. Thus, the parties were not negotiating on equal terms.
Again privately armed with Revlon data, Forstmann met on October 11 with Revlon’s special counsel and investment banker. On October 12, Forstmann made a new $57.25 per share offer, based on several conditions.6 The principal demand was a lock-up option to purchase Revlon’s Vision Care and National Health Laboratories divisions for $525 million, some $100-$175 million below the value ascribed to them by Lazard Freres, if another acquiror got 40% of Revlon’s shares. Revlon also was required to accept a no-shop provision. The Rights and Notes covenants had to be removed as in the October 3 agreement. There would be a $25 million cancellation fee to be placed in escrow, and released to Forstmann if the new agreement terminated or if another acquiror got more than 19.9% of Revlon’s stock. Finally, there would be no participation by Revlon management in the merger. In return, Forstmann agreed to support the par value *179of the Notes, which had faltered in the market, by an exchange of new notes. Forstmann also demanded immediate acceptance of its offer, or it would be withdrawn. The board unanimously approved Forstmann’s proposal because: (1) it was for a higher price than the Pantry Pride bid, (2) it protected the noteholders, and (3) Forstmann’s financing was firmly in place.7 The board further agreed to redeem the rights and waive the covenants on the preferred stock in response to any offer above $57 cash per share. The covenants were waived, contingent upon receipt of an investment banking opinion that the Notes would trade near par value once the offer was consummated.
Pantry Pride, which had initially sought injunctive relief from the Rights plan on August 22, filed an amended complaint on October 14 challenging the lock-up, the cancellation fee, and the exercise of the Rights and the Notes covenants. Pantry Pride also sought a temporary restraining order to prevent Revlon from placing any assets in escrow or transferring them to Forst-mann. Moreover, on October 22, Pantry Pride again raised its bid, with a cash offer of $58 per share conditioned upon nullification of the Rights, waiver of the covenants, and an injunction of the Forstmann lock-up.
On October 15, the Court of Chancery prohibited the further transfer of assets, and eight days later enjoined the lock-up, no-shop, and cancellation fee provisions of the agreement. The trial court concluded that the Revlon directors had breached their duty of loyalty by making concessions to Forstmann, out of concern for their liability to the noteholders, rather than maximizing the sale price of the company for the stockholders’ benefit. MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings, Inc. v. Revlon, Inc., 501 A.2d at 1249-50.
II.
To obtain a preliminary injunction, af '/plaintiff must demonstrate both a reasonable probability of success on the merits j and some irreparable harm which will occur absent the injunction. Gimbel v. Signal Companies, Del.Ch., 316 A.2d 599, 602 (1974), aff'd, Del.Supr., 316 A.2d 619 (1974). Additionally, the Court shall balance the | conveniences of and possible injuries to thej parties. Id.
A.
We turn first to Pantry Pride’s probability of success on the merits. The ultimate responsibility for managing the business and affairs of a corporation falls on its board of directors. 8 Del.C. § 141(a).8 In discharging this function the directors owe fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to the corporation and its shareholders. Guth v. Loft, Inc., 23 Del.Supr. 255, 5 A.2d 503, 510 (1939); Aronson v. Lewis, Del.Supr., 473 A.2d 805, 811 (1984). These principles apply with equal force when a board approves a corporate merger pursuant to 8 Del.C. § 251(b);9 Smith v. Van Gorkom, Del.Supr., 488 A.2d 858, 873 (1985); and of course they are the bedrock of our law regarding corporate takeover issues. Pogostin v. Rice, Del.Supr., 480 A.2d 619, 624 (1984); Unocal Corp. v. Mesa *180 Petroleum Co., Del.Supr., 493 A.2d 946, 953, 955 (1985); Moran v. Household International, Inc., Del.Supr., 500 A.2d 1346, 1350 (1985). While the business judgment rule may be applicable to the actions of corporate directors responding to takeover threats, the principles upon which it is founded — care, loyalty and independence— must first be satisfied.10 Aronson v. Lewis, 473 A.2d at 812.
If the business judgment rule applies, there is a “presumption that in making a business decision the directors of a corporation acted on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the company.” Aronson v. Lewis, 473 A.2d at 812. However, when a board implements anti-takeover measures there arises “the omnipresent specter that a board may be acting primarily in its own interests, rather than those of the corporation and its shareholders ...” Unocal Corp. v. Mesa Petroleum Co., 493 A.2d at 954. This potential for conflict places upon the directors the burden of proving that they had reasonable grounds for believing there was a danger to corporate policy and effectiveness, a burden satisfied by a showing of good faith and reasonable investigation. Id. at 955. In addition, the directors must analyze the nature of the takeover and its effect on the corporation in order to ensure balance — that the responsive action taken is reasonable in relation to the threat posed. Id.
B.
The first relevant defensive measure adopted by the Revlon board was the Rights Plan, which would be considered a “poison pill” in the current language of corporate takeovers — a plan by which shareholders receive the right to be bought out by the corporation at a substantial premium on the occurrence of a stated triggering event. See generally Moran v. Household International, Inc., Del.Supr., 500 A.2d 1346 (1985). By 8 Del.C. §§ 141 and 122(13),11 the board clearly had the power to adopt the measure. See Moran v. Household International, Inc., 500 A.2d at 1351. Thus, the focus becomes one of reasonableness and purpose.
The Revlon board approved the Rights Plan in the face of an impending hostile takeover bid by Pantry Pride at $45 per share, a price which Revlon reasonably concluded was grossly inadequate. Lazard Freres had so advised the directors, and had also informed them that Pantry Pride was a small, highly leveraged company bent on a “bust-up” takeover by using “junk bond” financing to buy Revlon cheaply, sell the acquired assets to pay the *181debts incurred, and retain the profit for itself.12 In adopting the Plan, the board protected the shareholders from a hostile takeover at a price below the company’s intrinsic value, while retaining sufficient flexibility to address any proposal deemed to be in the stockholders’ best interests.
To that extent the board acted in good faith and upon reasonable investigation. Under the circumstances it cannot be said that the Rights Plan as employed was unreasonable, considering the threat posed. Indeed, the Plan was a factor in causing Pantry Pride to raise its bids from a low of $42 to an eventual high of $58. At the time of its adoption the Rights Plan afforded a measure of protection consistent with the directors’ fiduciary duty in facing a takeover threat perceived as detrimental to corporate interests. Unocal, 493 A.2d at 954-55. Far from being a “show-stopper,” as the plaintiffs had contended in Moran, the measure spurred the bidding to new heights, a proper result of its implementation. See Moran, 500 A.2d at 1354, 1356-67.
Although we consider adoption of the Plan to have been valid under the circumstances, its continued usefulness was rendered moot by the directors’ actions on October 3 and October 12. At the October 3 meeting the board redeemed the Rights conditioned upon consummation of a merger with Forstmann, but further acknowledged that they would also be redeemed to facilitate any more favorable offer. On October 12, the board unanimously passed a resolution redeeming the Rights in connection with any cash proposal of $57.25 or more per share. Because all the pertinent offers eventually equalled or surpassed that amount, the Rights clearly were no longer any impediment in the contest for Revlon. This mooted any question of their propriety under Moran or Unocal.
C.
The second defensive measure adopted by Revlon to thwart a Pantry Pride takeover was the company’s own exchange offer for 10 million of its shares. The directors’ general broad powers to manage the business and affairs of the corporation are augmented by the specific authority conferred under 8 Del.C. § 160(a), permitting the company to deal in its own stock.13 Unocal, 493 A.2d at 953-54; Cheff v. Mathes, 41 Del.Supr. 494, 199 A.2d 548, 554 (1964); Kors v. Carey, 39 Del.Ch. 47, 158 A.2d 136, 140 (1960). However, when exercising that power in an effort to forestall a hostile takeover, the board’s actions are strictly held to the fiduciary standards outlined in Unocal. These standards require the directors to determine the best interests of the corporation and its stockholders, and impose an enhanced duty to abjure any action that is motivated by considerations other than a good faith concern for such interests. Unocal, 493 A.2d at 954-55; see Bennett v. Propp, 41 Del.Supr. 14, 187 A.2d 405, 409 (1962).
The Revlon directors concluded that Pantry Pride’s $47.50 offer was grossly inadequate. In that regard the board acted in good faith, and on an informed basis, with reasonable grounds to believe that there existed a harmful threat to the corporate enterprise. The adoption of a defensive measure, reasonable in relation to the threat posed, was proper and fully accorded with the powers, duties, and responsibilities conferred upon directors under our law. Unocal, 493 A.2d at 954; Pogostin v. Rice, 480 A.2d at 627.
*182D.
However/ when Pantry Pride in-| creased its offer to $50 per share, and then8 to $53, it became apparent to all that the break-up of the company was inevitable. The Revlon board’s authorization permitting management to negotiate a merger or buyout with a third party was a recognition that the company was for sale. The duty of the board had thus changed from the preservation of Revlon as a corporate entity to the maximization of the company’s value at a sale for the stockholders’ benefit. This significantly altered the board’s responsibilities under the Unocal standards. It no longer faced threats to corporate policy and effectiveness, or to the stockholders’ interests, from a grossly inadequate bid. The whole question of defensive measures became moot. The directors’ role changed from defenders of the corporate bastion to auctioneers charged with getting the best price for the stockholders at a sale of the company.
III.
This brings us to the lock-up with Forst-mann and its emphasis on shoring up the sagging market value of the Notes in the face of threatened litigation by their holders. Such a focus was inconsistent with the changed concept of the directors’ responsibilities at this stage of the developments. The impending waiver of the Notes covenants had caused the value of the Notes to fall, and the board was aware of the noteholders’ ire as well as their subsequent threats of suit. The directors thus made support of the Notes an integral part of the company’s dealings with Forstmann, even though their primary responsibility at this stage was to the equity owners.
The original threat posed by Pantry Pride—the break-up of the company— had become a reality which even the directors embraced. Selective dealing to fend off a hostile but determined bidder was no longer a proper objective. Instead, obtaining the highest price for the benefit of the stockholders should have been the central theme guiding director action. Thus, the Revlon board could not make the requisite showing of good faith by preferring the noteholders and ignoring its duty of loyalty to the shareholders. The rights of the former already were fixed by contract. Wolfensohn v. Madison Fund, Inc., Del.Supr., 253 A.2d 72, 75 (1969); Harff v. Kerkorian, Del.Ch., 324 A.2d 215 (1974). The noteholders required no further protection, and when the Revlon board entered into an auction-ending lock-up agreement with Forstmann on the basis of impermissible considerations at the expense of the shareholders, the directors breached their primary duty of loyalty.
The Revlon board argued that it acted in good faith in protecting the note-holders because Unocal permits consideration of other corporate constituencies. Although such considerations may be permissible, there are fundamental limitations upon that prerogative. A board may have regard for various constituencies in discharging its responsibilities, provided there are rationally related benefits accruing to the stockholders. Unocal, 493 A.2d at 955. However, such concern for non-stockholder interests is inappropriate when an auction among active bidders is in progress, and the object no longer is to protect or maintain the corporate enterprise but to sell it to the highest bidder.
Revlon also contended that by Gilbert v. El Paso Co., Del. Ch., 490 A.2d 1050, 1054-55 (1984), it had contractual and good faith obligations to consider the noteholders. However, any such duties are limited to the principle that one may not interfere with contractual relationships by improper actions. Here, the rights of the noteholders were fixed by agreement, and there is nothing of substance to suggest that any of those terms were violated. The Notes covenants specifically contemplated a waiver to permit sale of the' company at a fair price. The Notes were accepted by the holders on that basis, including the risk of an adverse market effect stemming from a waiver. Thus, nothing remained for Rev-*183Ion to legitimately protect, and no rationally related benefit thereby accrued to the stockholders. Under such circumstances we must conclude that the merger agreement with Forstmann was unreasonable in relation to the threat posed.
A lock-up is not per se illegal under Delaware law. Its use has been approved in an earlier case. Thompson v. Enstar Corp., Del. Ch., — A.2d -(1984). Such options can entice other bidders to enter a contest for control of the corporation, creating an auction for the company and maximizing shareholder profit. Current economic conditions in the takeover market are such that a “white knight” like Forstmann might only enter the bidding for the target company if it receives some form of compensation to cover the risks and costs involved. Note, Corporations-Mergers— “Lock-up” Enjoined Under Section 14(e) of Securities Exchange Act-Mobil Corp. v. Marathon Oil Co., 669 F.2d 366 (6th Cir.1981), 12 Seton Hall L.Rev. 881, 892 (1982). However, while those lock-ups which draw bidders into the battle benefit shareholders, similar measures which end an active auction and foreclose further bidding operate to the shareholders’ detriment. Note, Lock-up Options: Toward a State Law Standard, 96 Harv. L. Rev. 1068, 1081 (1983).14
Recently, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit invalidated a lock-up on fiduciary duty grounds similar to those here.15 Hanson Trust PLC, et al. v. ML SCM Acquisition Inc., et al., 781 F.2d 264 (2nd Cir.1986). Citing Thompson v. Enstar Corp., supra, with approval, the court stated:
In this regard, we are especially mindful that some lock-up options may be beneficial to the shareholders, such as those that induce a bidder to compete for control of a corporation, while others may be harmful, such as those that effectively preclude bidders from competing with the optionee bidder. 781 F.2d at 274.
In Hanson Trust, the bidder, Hanson, sought control of SCM by a hostile cash tender offer. SCM management joined with Merrill Lynch to propose a leveraged buy-out of the company at a higher price, and Hanson in turn increased its offer. Then, despite very little improvement in its subsequent bid, the management group sought a lock-up option to purchase SCM’s two main assets at a substantial discount. The SCM directors granted the lock-up without adequate information as to the size of the discount or the effect the transaction would have on the company. Their action effectively ended a competitive bidding situation. The Hanson Court invalidated the lock-up because the directors failed to fully inform themselves about the value of a transaction in which management had a strong self-interest. “In short, the Board appears to have failed to ensure that negotiations for alternative bids were conducted by those whose only loyalty was to the shareholders.” Id. at 277.
The Forstmann option had a similar destructive effect on the auction process. Forstmann had already been drawn into the contest on a preferred basis, so the result of the lock-up was not to foster bidding, but to destroy it. The board’s stated reasons for approving the transactions were: (1) better financing, (2) note-*184holder protection, and (3) higher price. As the Court of Chancery found, and we agree, any distinctions between the rival bidders’ methods of financing the proposal were nominal at best, and such a consideration has little or no significance in a cash offer for any and all shares. The principal object, contrary to the board’s duty of care, appears to have been protection of the noteholders over the shareholders’ interests.
While Forstmann’s $57.25 offer was objectively higher than Pantry Pride’s $56.25 bid, the margin of superiority is less when the Forstmann price is adjusted for the time value of money. In reality, the Revlon board ended the auction in return for very little actual improvement in the final bid. The principal benefit went to the directors, who avoided personal liability to a class of creditors to whom the board owed no further duty under the circumstances. Thus, when a board ends an intense bidding contest on an insubstantial basis, and where a significant by-product of that action is to protect the directors against a perceived threat of personal liability for consequences stemming from the adoption of previous defensive measures, the action cannot withstand the enhanced scrutiny which Unocal requires of director conduct. See Unocal, 493 A.2d at 954-55.
In addition to the lock-up option, the Court of Chancery enjoined the no-shop provision as part of the attempt to foreclose further bidding by Pantry Pride. MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings, Inc. v. Revlon, Inc., 501 A.2d at 1251. The no-shop provision, like the lock-up option, while not per se illegal, is impermissible under the Unocal standards when a board’s primary duty becomes that of an auctioneer responsible for selling the company to the highest bidder. The agreement to negotiate only with Forstmann ended rather than intensified the board’s involvement in the bidding contest.
It is ironic that the parties even considered a no-shop agreement when Revlon had dealt preferentially, and almost exclusively, with Forstmann throughout the contest. After the directors authorized management to negotiate with other parties, Forstmann was given every negotiating advantage that Pantry Pride had been denied: cooperation from management, Access to financial data, and the exclusive opportunity to present merger proposals directly to the board of directors. Favoritism for a white knight to the total ^exclusion of a hostile bidder might be justifiable when the latter’s offer adversely affects shareholder interests, but when bidders make relatively similar offers, or dissolution of the company becomes inevitable, the directors cannot fulfill their enhanced Unocal duties by playing favorites with the contending factions. Market forces must be allowed to operate freely to bring the target’s shareholders the best price available for their equity.16 Thus, as the trial court ruled, the shareholders’ interests necessitated that the board remain free to negotiate in the fulfillment of that duty.
The court below similarly enjoined the payment of the cancellation fee, pending a resolution of the merits, because the fee was part of the overall plan to thwart Pantry Pride’s efforts. We find no abuse of discretion in that ruling. „ J
IV.
Having concluded that Pantry Pride has shown a reasonable probability of success on the merits, we address the issue of irreparable harm. The Court of Chancery ruled that unless the lock-up and other aspects of the agreement were enjoined, Pantry Pride’s opportunity to bid for Revlon was lost. The court also held that the need for both bidders to compete *185in the marketplace outweighed any injury to Forstmann. Given the complexity of the proposed transaction between Revlon and Forstmann, the obstacles to Pantry Pride obtaining a meaningful legal remedy are immense. We are satisfied that the plaintiff has shown the need for an injunction to protect it from irreparable harm, which need outweighs any harm to the defendants.
V.
In conclusion, the Revlon board was confronted with a situation not uncommon in the current wave of corporate takeovers. A hostile and determined bidder sought the company at a price the board was convinced was inadequate. The initial defensive tactics worked to the benefit of the shareholders, and thus the board was able to sustain its Unocal burdens in justifying those measures. However, in granting an asset option lock-up to Forstmann, we must conclude that under all the circumstances the directors allowed considerations other than the maximization of shareholder profit to affect their judgment, and followed a course that ended the auction for Revlon, absent court intervention, to the ultimate detriment of its shareholders. No such defensive measure can be sustained when it represents a breach of the directors’ fundamental duty of care. See Smith v. Van Gorkom, Del.Supr., 488 A.2d 858, 874 (1985). In that context the board’s action is not entitled to the deference accorded it by the business judgment rule. The measures were properly enjoinedj The decision of the Court of Chancery, therefore, is
AFFIRMED.
11.5.3 Revlon Notes 11.5.3 Revlon Notes
Updated 11/2/23
- Revlon holds that when a corporation is going to be sold, the directors must maximize the share price. Why should shareholder benefit be the sole concern? Should shareholders always be the central concern? Who is more effected by a sale of the company, the shareholders or, say, employees? What are the best arguments against your position?
11.5.4 Coster v. UIP Companies, Inc. 300 A.3d 656 (Del. 2023) 11.5.4 Coster v. UIP Companies, Inc. 300 A.3d 656 (Del. 2023)
10/31/2024 pdw
Steven Schwat and Wout Coster each owned 50% of a DC real estate company. They promised (but never finalized terms) to sell some equity to Peter Bonnell, who was a senior executive at the company. Wout passed away from leukemia, leaving his 50% stake to his widow, Marion Coster. She was struggling financially and opposed management on everything. Because there were only two equityholders and they each held 50%, there was a deadlock. The widow asked a court to appoint a custodian to break the deadlock. The board responded by issuing the long-promised shares to Bonnell, so the widow now owned only a third of the shares. She sued for violation of fiduciary duties.
SEITZ, Chief Justice:
This appeal returns to the Supreme Court following remand. As the Court of Chancery recognized in its latest opinion, "[m]any aspects of the facts of this case were vexingly complicated or unique" and "the case gave rise to many close calls on which reasonable minds could differ." We agree with the court's assessment and appreciate its work to address the issues remanded for reconsideration. We also agree with the court's observation that the dispute has been driven by hard feelings on both sides – the untimely death of Marion Coster's husband, Wout Coster, who could not secure his wife's financial security before his death, and the UIP board's desire to preserve UIP's operational viability after the loss of one of its major stockholders and founding members.
As described in our first opinion and in the Court of Chancery opinions, Marion Coster and Steven Schwat – the two UIP stockholders who each owned fifty percent of the company – deadlocked after attempting several times to elect directors. In response to the director election deadlock, Marion Coster filed a petition for appointment of a custodian for UIP. The UIP board responded by issuing stock to a long-time employee representing a one-third interest in UIP. The stock issuance diluted Coster's ownership interest, broke the deadlock, and mooted the custodian action. Coster countered by requesting that the Court of Chancery cancel the stock issuance.
After trial, the Court of Chancery found that the stock sale met the most exacting standard of judicial review under Delaware law – entire fairness. As a result, according to the court, review under any other standard was unnecessary. On appeal, we concluded that the court erred by evaluating the stock sale solely under the entire fairness standard of review. We reasoned that, even though the stock sale price might have been entirely fair, issuing stock while a contested board election was taking place interfered with Coster's voting rights as a half owner of UIP. Therefore, the court needed to conduct a further review to assess whether the board approved the stock issuance for inequitable reasons. If not, the court still had to decide whether the board, even if it acted in good faith, approved the stock sale to thwart Coster's leverage to vote against the board's director nominees and to moot the custodian action. To uphold the stock issuance under those circumstances, the board had to demonstrate a compelling justification to interfere with Coster's voting rights.
On remand, the Court of Chancery found that the UIP board had not acted for inequitable purposes and had compelling justifications for the dilutive stock issuance. Among the justifications for the stock sale was the threat that a custodian would pose to UIP due to termination provisions in many of its key contracts. It also cemented UIP's relationship with an employee critical to the success of the business.
In this second appeal after remand, Coster makes two primary arguments – first, the Court of Chancery misinterpreted Schnell when it restricted its review for inequitable conduct to "the limited scenario wherein the directors have no good faith basis" for board action; and second, the court erred when it found that the board had a compelling justification for the stock issuance. As explained below, the Court of Chancery did not err as a legal matter, and its factual findings are not clearly wrong. Thus, we affirm the Court of Chancery's remand decision.
I.
To recap the events leading to this appeal, UIP Companies, Inc. is a real estate services company founded in 2007 by Steven Schwat, Cornelius Bruggen, and Wout Coster ("Wout"). The company operates through various subsidiaries that provide a range of services to investment properties in the Washington, D.C. area. Many of these properties are held in special purpose entities ("SPEs") that UIP owns alongside third-party investors.
Each of the three founders initially controlled a third of UIP's shares. In 2011, Bruggen left UIP and tendered his shares to the Company at no cost. This left Schwat and Wout as half owners of UIP.
In 2013, Wout notified Schwat and Peter Bonnell, a senior UIP executive, that he had been diagnosed with leukemia. Shortly after, the group began negotiations for a buyout in which Bonnell and Heath Wilkinson, another UIP executive, would purchase Wout's shares in the company. Bonnell had previously been promised equity in UIP on multiple occasions. As the prospect for promotion had stalled, Bonnell and Wilkinson had both considered leaving UIP. Therefore, beyond providing Wout with an exit, the buyout was also useful in incentivizing Bonnell and Wilkinson to stay.
Unfortunately, negotiations were unsuccessful. While the parties agreed on a non-binding term sheet in April 2014 in which Wout would receive $2,125,000 for his half of UIP shares, the parties continued to go back and forth over the deal terms. Wout did not feel comfortable with the terms so "[n]o deal was ever finalized." Wout passed away on April 8, 2015, and his widow, Marion Coster ("Coster"), inherited his UIP interests.
Immediately after Wout's death, Schwat and Bonnell continued exploring buyout options with Coster. Discussions continued throughout 2015 with no resolution. During this time, Coster became "very distressed about her financial situation" as she had not received income distributions or the benefits she had expected. By May 2016, "Coster appeared primarily interested in a lump sum buyout or arrangement that would provide her with a consistent stream of income."
A July 2016 email reveals three "divorce" options that Bonnell had identified for Coster. These included a lump sum buyout, an installment buyout, and a distribution scheme. Seeking more information on these options and the status of any current outstanding distributions, Mike Pace, a friend of Wout and one of Coster's lawyers, reached out to Bonnell regarding the profitability of the UIP operating companies. Bonnell responded that the "companies operate close to even" and that Schwat also "ha[d] not taken any distributions ... after Wout's passing" since "there [had not] been much positive revenue generated." As the Court of Chancery noted, "Pace did not believe that Bonnell was forthcoming about the operating companies’ true profitability." Negotiations between the parties continued throughout 2016 and into 2017 as Coster sought an independent valuation of UIP.
A.
In August 2017, Coster provided UIP with a $7.3 million valuation and demanded to inspect UIP books and records. Coster followed up with a second inspection demand in October 2017. Then, "[a]fter much back and forth about the adequacy of the documents provided, on April 4, 2018, Coster called for a UIP stockholders special meeting to elect new board members." At this time, UIP had a five-member board composed of Schwat, Bonnell, and Stephen Cox, UIP's Chief Financial Officer. Two seats were vacant due to Wout's passing and Cornelius Bruggen's departure in 2011.
The stockholder meeting took place on May 22, 2018. Coster, represented by counsel, raised multiple motions affecting the size and composition of the board. Predictably, each of Coster's motions failed due to Schwat's opposition. Later that day, the UIP board reduced the number of board seats to three through unanimous written consent.
A second stockholder meeting followed on June 4, 2018. The meeting also ended in deadlock as Schwat and Coster each opposed the other's respective motions. With the deadlock, Schwat, Bonnell, and Cox remained UIP's directors.
B.
Coster filed a complaint in the Court of Chancery seeking appointment of a custodian under 8 Del. C. § 226(a)(1) (the "Custodian Action"). Coster's "complaint mainly sought to impose a neutral tie-breaker to facilitate director elections, but it also lodged allegations against Schwat" about the lack of distributions and transparency into the company's affairs. Coster "sought the appointment of a custodian with broad oversight and managerial powers."
Coster's request for a "broadly empowered" custodian rather than one specifically tailored to target the stockholder deadlock "posed new risks to the Company." As the Court of Chancery would later find, "[t]he appointment of a custodian with these powers would have given rise to broad termination rights in SPE contracts and threatened UIP's revenue stream, as UIP's business model is dependent on the continued viability of those contracts." "Facing this threat to the Company," the UIP board decided to "issue the equity that they had long promised to Bonnell." Having conducted its own valuation that "valued a 100-percent, noncontrolling equity interest in UIP at $123,869," the UIP board offered, and Bonnell purchased, a one-third interest in the company for $41,289.67 (the "Stock Sale").
The Stock Sale diluted Coster's ownership interest from one half to one third and negated her ability to block stockholder action as a half owner of the company. The Stock Sale also mooted the Custodian Action. Coster responded by filing suit and sought to cancel the Stock Sale.
C.
In its opinion following trial, the Court of Chancery upheld the Stock Sale under the entire fairness standard of review. According to the court, once the Stock Sale "satisfie[d] Delaware's most onerous standard of review," no further review was required. The deadlock broken, the court did not need to consider appointing a custodian and dismissed the action.
D.
In the first appeal, this Court did not disturb the Court of Chancery's entire fairness decision but remanded with instructions to review the Stock Sale under Schnell and Blasius . As explained in our first decision, while entire fairness is "Delaware's most onerous standard of review," it is "not [a] substitute for further equitable review" under Schnell or Blasius when the board interferes with director elections:
In a vacuum, it might be that the price at which the board agreed to sell the one-third UIP equity interest to Bonnell was entirely fair, as was the process to set the price for the stock. But "inequitable action does not become permissible simply because it is legally possible." If the board approved the Stock Sale for inequitable reasons, the Court of Chancery should have cancelled the Stock Sale. And if the board, acting in good faith, approved the Stock Sale for the "primary purpose of thwarting" Coster's vote to elect directors or reduce her leverage as an equal stockholder, it must "demonstrat[e] a compelling justification for such action" to withstand judicial scrutiny.
After remand, if the court decides that the board acted for inequitable purposes or in good faith but for the primary purpose of disenfranchisement without a compelling justification, it should cancel the Stock Sale and decide whether a custodian should be appointed for UIP.
In the first appellate decision, we recounted the "undisputed facts or facts found by the court" that could "support the conclusion, under Schnell , that the UIP board approved the Stock Sale for inequitable reasons." Those facts included that "[t]he Stock Sale occurred while buyout negotiations stalled between UIP's two equal stockholders," that "[t]he Stock Sale entrenched the existing board in control of UIP," and the Court of Chancery's finding that "Defendants obviously desired to eliminate Plaintiff's ability to block stockholder action, including the election of directors, and the leverage that accompanied those rights." We recognized, however, "that the [Court of Chancery] made other findings inconsistent with this conclusion," and therefore gave the Court of Chancery the "opportunity to review all of its factual findings in any manner it sees fit in light of its new focus on Schnell / Blasius review."
E.
On remand, the Court of Chancery found that the UIP board had not acted for inequitable purposes under Schnell and had compelling justifications for the Stock Sale under Blasius . For Coster's Schnell claim, the court held that "the UIP board had multiple reasons for approving the Stock Sale" and that "the UIP board's decision did not totally lack a good faith basis." The court also found that the UIP board was primarily motivated by "retaining and rewarding Bonnell, mooting the Custodian Action, and undermining [Coster's] leverage."
Turning to Blasius review, the court concluded that "[i]n the exceptionally unique circumstances of this case, Defendants have met the onerous burden of demonstrating a compelling justification." The court's compelling justification analysis largely borrowed from Unocal ’s reasonableness and proportionality test for defensive measures adopted by a board in response to a takeover threat. As the court explained:
To satisfy the compelling justification standard, "the directors must show that their actions were reasonable in relation to their legitimate objective, and did not preclude the stockholders from exercising their right to vote or coerce them into voting a particular way." "In this context, the shift from ‘reasonable’ to ‘compelling’ requires that the directors establish a closer fit between means and ends."
The court found that the threat posed by the Custodian Action was "an existential crisis" that justified the UIP board's actions and "that the Stock Sale was appropriately tailored to achieve the goal of mooting the Custodian Action while also achieving other important goals, such as implementing the succession plan that Wout favored and rewarding Bonnell."
II.
In her second appeal, Coster has challenged the Court of Chancery's ruling on both remand questions. This Court reviews the Court of Chancery's legal conclusions de novo but defers to the Court of Chancery's factual findings supported by the record. We will set aside a trial court's factual findings only if "they are clearly wrong and the doing of justice requires their overturn." "When there are two permissible views of the evidence, the factfinder's choice between them cannot be clearly erroneous."
A.
In her lead argument on appeal, Coster argues that the Court of Chancery erred when it limited its Schnell review to board action totally lacking a good faith basis. To frame our analysis, it is helpful to review again the circumstances of Schnell and Blasius . Both cases involved board action that interfered with director elections in contests for control – Schnell , a proxy solicitation, and Blasius , a consent solicitation.
In Schnell , the incumbent Chris-Craft board faced the prospect of a difficult proxy fight to retain their seats. In response to the threat to their tenure as board members, the board accelerated the annual meeting date and moved the meeting to a more remote location. The director defendants mounted no real defense to the Court of Chancery suit except to argue that their actions did not violate the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL") or Chris-Craft's bylaws and were therefore legal.
The Court of Chancery was persuaded by the board's legal authorization defense and dismissed the case. On appeal, the Supreme Court took a dim view of the board's intentional efforts to obstruct the insurgent's proxy contest. As the Court held, even though the board's actions met all legal requirements, the Chris-Craft board was "attempt[ing] to utilize the corporate machinery and the Delaware Law for the purpose of perpetuating itself in office; and, to that [sic] end, for the purpose of obstructing legitimate efforts of dissident stockholders in the exercise of their rights to undertake a proxy contest against management." In Justice Herrmann's oft-quoted words, "inequitable action does not become permissible simply because it is legally possible." The Supreme Court ordered the Chris-Craft board to reinstate the original meeting date.
In Blasius , the Court of Chancery explored how Schnell operates in contested election cases, and specifically how Schnell was not the end of the road for judicial review of good faith board actions that interfered with director elections. Like Schnell , Blasius involved an incumbent board facing a consent solicitation aimed at replacing a majority of the board. Atlas Industries had a staggered board. Only seven of the authorized fifteen board seats were occupied. With a majority of stockholders behind the effort, an insurgent could in one action amend the company's bylaws, increase the board size to fifteen, and elect a new board majority of eight members.
If the Atlas board had acted on a clear day to establish new seats and to fill the vacancies, the circumstances would have been different. But for the Atlas board, the skies were cloudy, and it was raining. It faced a serious consent solicitation. In response, the board added two seats and filled the newly created positions with directors friendly to management. Now, Blasius had to win not one, but two elections to control the board.
Two other points were important to the court's decision. First, Blasius enticed stockholders to vote for its nominees with a business plan that would give stockholders upfront cash and a later debenture redemption, all premised on a highly leveraged and speculative business strategy. And second, the Atlas board had its own turn-around strategy that it believed in good faith was a better choice for Atlas stockholders than Blasius’ risky plan that could lead to Atlas’ bankruptcy.
Blasius argued that the board's corporate maneuvers were "a selfishly motivated effort to protect the incumbent board from a perceived threat to its control of Atlas." The Chancellor turned to Schnell to evaluate this claim. According to the court, if the board was not "principally motivated" to interfere with the consent solicitation and instead "had taken action completely independently of the consent solicitation, which merely had an incidental impact upon the possible effectuation of any action authorized by the shareholders, it is very unlikely that such action would be subject to judicial nullification." On the other hand, if "there was no policy dispute or issue that really motivated this action" or "policy differences were pretexts for entrenchment for selfish reasons," then the court "would not need to inquire further." The Atlas board's actions "would constitute a breach of duty."
The Chancellor found that the Atlas board did not act out of a desire to entrench the existing board but out of a good faith belief that Blasius was an existential threat to Atlas and its stockholders. Thus, under Schnell , the Atlas board was not principally motivated to interfere with the election of directors for selfish reasons. But the court was still left with the fact that the Atlas board, even if well-intentioned, had nonetheless acted to thwart Blasius's consent solicitation. Thus, the "real question the case present[ed]" was whether a board, even if acting in good faith, "may validly act for the principal purpose of preventing the shareholders from electing a majority of new directors."
To answer the ultimate question, the court had to answer another question – whether there should be a "per se rule that would strike down, in equity, any board action taken for the primary purpose of interfering with the effectiveness of a corporate vote." A rigid rule had the advantage of "clarity and predictability." The disadvantage of such a rule, the Chancellor noted, was that "it may sweep too broadly." In two relatively recent cases at the time, the court had enjoined board acts done for the primary purpose of impeding the exercise of stockholder voting power. In those cases, the court held that "the board bears the heavy burden of demonstrating a compelling justification for such action." Applying this standard instead of a per se invalidity rule, according to the Chancellor, was "somewhat more consistent with the recent Unocal case."
Ultimately, Chancellor Allen concluded that, even if the board acted in good faith, it did not justify its interference with the stockholder franchise. The court did not propose to "invalidat[e], in equity, every board action taken for the sole or primary purpose of thwarting a shareholder vote." But the board could not rely on the justification that it "knows better than do the shareholders what is in the corporation's best interest."
B.
In the years since the Supreme Court and the Court of Chancery decided these iconic cases, the courts deployed Schnell to police board action that, although technically legal, was motivated for selfish reasons to interfere with corporate elections and stockholder voting. It was reserved, however, for "those instances that threaten the fabric of the law, or which by an improper manipulation of the law, would deprive a person of a clear right." In other words, "[a]lmost all of the post- Schnell decisions involved situations where boards of directors deliberately employed various legal strategies either to frustrate or completely disenfranchise a shareholder vote." While the Supreme Court was a bit hyperbolic to say that only claims that tear the fabric of our law come within Schnell , the Chancellor was correct in this case to cabin Schnell and its equitable review to those cases where the board acts within its legal power, but is motivated for selfish reasons to interfere with the stockholder franchise.
C.
The Court of Chancery in this case also interpreted Blasius with a sensitivity to how, in practice, the Supreme Court and the Court of Chancery have effectively folded Blasius into Unocal review. As discussed earlier, Chancellor Allen in Blasius was skeptical of the board's authority, even if acting in good faith, to protect the stockholders from themselves when it came to corporate elections. As Chancellor Allen noted, "[t]he shareholder franchise is the ideological underpinning upon which the legitimacy of directorial power rests. Generally, shareholders have only two protections against perceived inadequate business performance. They may sell their stock ... or they may vote to replace incumbent board members." Given the stakes involved, the court decided that the board's justifications must be subject to enhanced scrutiny.
Blasius first applied that enhanced review by requiring a board, even if acting in good faith, to demonstrate a "compelling justification" for interfering with the stockholder franchise. But another standard of review could also apply when the board interferes with the stockholder vote during a contest for control. In Unocal Corporation v. Mesa Petroleum Company , this Court noted the "omnipresent specter" that incumbent directors might take action to further their own interests or those of incumbent management "rather than those of the corporation and its shareholders." When stockholders challenge a board's use of anti-takeover measures, the board must show (i) that "they had reasonable grounds for believing that a danger to corporate policy and effectiveness existed," and (ii) that the response was "reasonable in relation to the threat posed." A defensive measure is an unreasonable response in relation to the threat if it is either draconian – coercive or preclusive – or falls outside a range of reasonable responses.
In Stroud v. Grace , our Court first recognized how both Blasius and Unocal review were called for in a proxy fight involving a tender offer:
Board action interfering with the exercise of the franchise often arose during a hostile contest for control where an acquiror launched both a proxy fight and a tender offer. Such action necessarily invoked both Unocal and Blasius . We note that the two "tests" are not mutually exclusive because both recognize the inherent conflicts of interest that arise when shareholders are not permitted free exercise of their franchise.
... In certain circumstances, a court must recognize the special import of protecting the shareholders’ franchise within Unocal ’s requirement that any defensive measure be proportionate and "reasonable in relation to the threat posed." A board's unilateral decision to adopt a defensive measure touching "upon issues of control" that purposefully disenfranchises its shareholders is strongly suspect under Unocal , and cannot be sustained without a "compelling justification."
After Stroud , the Court of Chancery in Chesapeake Corporation v. Shore went a step further and suggested merging the two standards of review in contested election cases. A single standard of review was possible, according to the court, by "infus[ing] ... Unocal analyses with the spirit animating Blasius ." Stated differently, the court would apply Unocal "with a gimlet eye out for inequitably motivated electoral manipulation or for subjectively well-intended board action that has preclusive or coercive effects."
In MM Companies v. Liquid Audio, Inc. , the Supreme Court took the formal step to incorporate Blasius "within Unocal ." In Liquid Audio , MM had tried for some time to take control of Liquid Audio. When it looked likely that MM's nominees would gain board seats at the annual meeting, the Liquid Audio board responded by expanding the board from five to seven members and filling the new seats. With a staggered board, the board expansion defeated MM's ability to control the board following the annual meeting.
MM filed suit to enjoin the incumbent board's action. To invalidate the board's expansion, the Supreme Court applied Blasius "within Unocal " as the standard of review:
When the primary purpose of a board of directors’ defensive measure is to interfere
with or impede the effective exercise of the shareholder franchise in a contested election for directors, the board must first demonstrate a compelling justification for such action as a condition precedent to any judicial consideration of reasonableness and proportionately.... To invoke the Blasius compelling justification standard of review within an application of the Unocal standard of review, the defensive actions of the board only need to be taken for the primary purpose of interfering with or impeding the effectiveness of the stockholder vote in a contested election for directors.
Even though the Supreme Court in Liquid Audio combined Blasius and Unocal review, it did not solve the practical problem of how to turn Unocal ’s reasonableness review and Blasius ’ "primary purpose" and "compelling justification" elements into a useful standard of review. The Blasius "compelling justification" standard of review turned out to be unworkable in practice. Once the court required a compelling justification to justify the board's action, the outcome was, for the most part, preordained. The Court of Chancery also skirted Blasius review by limiting the "primary purpose" requirement and redefining what it meant to be compelling.
In Mercier v. Inter-Tel (Del.) , the Court of Chancery reflected on these practical problems with Blasius review and took a different approach to the standard of review. The minority stockholders in Mercier claimed that a special committee of independent directors breached its fiduciary duties by rescheduling stockholder special meeting to consider a proposed merger. The committee also set a new record date. Instead of applying Schnell and Blasius "within Unocal ," the Court of Chancery turned to Unocal and its "reasonableness" review but applied it with greater sensitivity to the interests at stake because the "director action ... could have the effect of influencing the outcome of corporate director elections or other stockholder votes having consequences for corporate control."
According to the court, the committee bore the burden of proof under a modified Unocal review (1) to identify "a legitimate corporate objective" supporting its decision to move the special stockholders’ meeting date and to change the record date; (2) "to show that their motivations were proper and not selfish;" and (3) to demonstrate that, even if not disloyal, "their actions were reasonable in relation to their legitimate objective and did not preclude the stockholders from exercising their right to vote or coerce them into voting a particular way." If "for some reason, the fit between means and end is not reasonable, the directors would also come up short." The court decided that the board's action satisfied Unocal review because the board's meeting and record date changes (1) allowed additional time for stockholders to consider the proposed merger; (2) protected the financial best interests of the stockholders; and (3) was neither preclusive nor coercive as the stockholders would ultimately be free to vote as they desired. The court refused to enjoin the board from rescheduling the special meeting date.
As Chancellor Allen did in Blasius , the court in Mercier also rejected "[t]he notion that directors know better than the stockholders" who should run the company. The court explained that the "know better" defense, standing alone, "is no justification at all" for the board to interfere with a contest for corporate control. Finally, in another important observation, the court did not believe that a more muscular Unocal analysis should apply outside of corporate election interference claims or contests for control. In the court's view, outside this context, "more traditional tools are available to police self-dealing or improperly motivated director action."
More recently, in Pell v. Kill , the Court of Chancery continued to apply a modified Unocal review when board action interferes with a corporate election or a stockholder's voting rights in contests for control. The board in Pell was an eight-member staggered classified board. In advance of its annual meeting and a looming proxy fight, the incumbent board reduced from three to one the Class I director seats up for election, ensuring their continued control of the company through a three-to-two majority. As in Mercier , the court examined the board's motivations, whether the board's action was reasonable in relation to a legitimate objective, and whether the board's action was preclusive or coercive. The court required the board to have a compelling justification for its action and noted that "[i]n this context, the shift from ‘reasonable’ to ‘compelling’ requires that the directors establish a closer fit between means and ends." To do so required the court to scrutinize the directors’ action "with a ‘gimlet eye.’ "
The court focused on the preclusive effect of the board reduction, which guaranteed that the incumbent board would maintain control, and the lack of adequate justification for the change. On the latter point, the court explained that even if the board had not acted selfishly, it improperly instituted the plan so that it, "rather than the Company's stockholders, could determine who would serve on the Board." The court did not accept the board's other justifications that the plan was meant to boost board efficiency and cut costs. The court enjoined the board reduction.
And in Strategic Investment Opportunities LLC v. Lee Enterprises , the board rejected a slate of board nominees for noncompliance with Lee's advance notice bylaw. The court found that the nominations did not comply with the contractual requirements of the bylaw, but that further equitable review was required to ensure the nomination rejections were equitable. As the nominations and advance notice bylaw implicated board action interfering with a corporate election or a stockholder's voting rights in contests for control, the court applied enhanced scrutiny. According to the court,
[t]he enhanced scrutiny standard of review requires a context-specific application of the directors’ duties of loyalty, good faith and care. Fundamentally, the standard to be applied is one of reasonableness. The defendants must "identify the proper corporate objectives served by their actions" and "justify their actions as reasonable in relation to those objectives." If the incumbent directors actions’ "operate[d] as a reasonable limitation upon the shareholders’ right to nominate candidates for director," they will generally be validated.
"[W]hether labeled as Unocal or Blasius ," the court reasoned that the "inquiry [would] be undertaken ‘with a special sensitivity’ where directors’ actions may affect the stockholder franchise or the result of director elections." The court then found that the Lee board had a "genuine interest in enforcing its Bylaws so that they retain meaning and clear standards" and did so "even handedly and in good faith" in a way that did not make "compliance difficult." The board had not, therefore, acted inequitably.
D.
In Unocal , the Supreme Court remarked that "our corporate law is not static." Experience has shown that Schnell and Blasius review, as a matter of precedent and practice, have been and can be folded into Unocal review to accomplish the same ends – enhanced judicial scrutiny of board action that interferes with a corporate election or a stockholder's voting rights in contests for control. When Unocal is applied in this context, it can "subsume[ ] the question of loyalty that pervades all fiduciary duty cases, which is whether the directors have acted for proper reasons" and "thus address[ ] issues of good faith such as were at stake in Schnell ." Unocal can also be applied with the sensitivity Blasius review brings to protect the fundamental interests at stake – the free exercise of the stockholder vote as an essential element of corporate democracy.
As we explained in our earlier decision in this case, the court's review is situationally specific and is independent of other standards of review. When a stockholder challenges board action that interferes with the election of directors or a stockholder vote in a contest for corporate control, the board bears the burden of proof. First, the court should review whether the board faced a threat "to an important corporate interest or to the achievement of a significant corporate benefit." The threat must be real and not pretextual, and the board's motivations must be proper and not selfish or disloyal. As Chancellor Allen stated long ago, the threat cannot be justified on the grounds that the board knows what is in the best interests of the stockholders.
Second, the court should review whether the board's response to the threat was reasonable in relation to the threat posed and was not preclusive or coercive to the stockholder franchise. To guard against unwarranted interference with corporate elections or stockholder votes in contests for corporate control, a board that is properly motivated and has identified a legitimate threat must tailor its response to only what is necessary to counter the threat. The board's response to the threat cannot deprive the stockholders of a vote or coerce the stockholders to vote a particular way.
Applying Unocal review in this case with sensitivity to the stockholder franchise is no stretch for our law. Here, the UIP board issued stock to break a director election deadlock and moot a custodian action. In Phillips v. Insituform of North America, Inc. , the Court of Chancery addressed a dilutive stock issuance designed to thwart a consent solicitation. Chancellor Allen, applying Unocal review, recognized the extraordinary nature of the board's action and the important interests at stake when the board issues stock to counteract a looming stockholder vote:
Unocal teaches that the powers of the board to deal with perceived threats to the corporation extend, in special circumstances, to threats posed by shareholders themselves and a board may, in such circumstances, take action to protect the corporation even if such action discriminates against and injures the shareholder or class of shareholders that poses a special threat. However, it is extraordinary for the law to sanction the act of a fiduciary directed against the interest of his cestui que trust and, in such a case, it is necessary for a reviewing court to be satisfied that, in all of the circumstances, the act taken was justified. The Unocal court used the phrase "reasonable in relationship to the threat posed."
After reviewing two other cases that applied enhanced review to board action issuing stock to interfere with the stockholder franchise, the Court of Chancery in Phillips concluded that "the record supplies scant grounds to suppose that an affirmative injury to the corporation was to be reasonably apprehended" and "no justification has been shown that would arguably make the extraordinary step of issuance of stock for the admitted purpose of impeding the exercise of stockholder rights reasonable in light of the corporate benefit, if any, sought to be obtained." The court in Phillips prohibited the board's interference with the stockholder franchise.
E.
In our first decision, we highlighted facts in the Court of Chancery's first decision that might have led to the conclusion that the board acted for selfish reasons. But we recognized that the court had made findings inconsistent with this result and remanded to allow the Court of Chancery to reconsider its decision in light of our first opinion. On remand the court did as requested. The court found that there was "more to the story" than contained in its first opinion. It supplemented the earlier factual findings with the following:
• "Without making any meaningful effort to negotiate board composition, Plaintiff filed a complaint in this Court seeking the appointment of a custodian;"
• "Plaintiff's request for custodial relief was extremely broad. Plaintiff did not present a tailored request for relief that targeted the stockholder deadlock. Rather, she asked the court to empower a custodian to ‘exercise full authority and control over the Company, its operations, and management;’ "
• "The threat of a court-appointed custodian so broadly empowered posed new risks to the Company. The appointment of a custodian with these powers would have given rise to broad termination rights in SPE contracts and threatened UIP's revenue stream, as UIP's business model is dependent on the continued viability of those contracts;"
• "Facing this threat to the Company," the UIP board "identified a solution" to issue equity "long promised to Bonnell" that "implent[ed] a succession plan" proposed "on a clear day;"
• The Stock Sale would "moot the Custodian Action and eliminate the risks the appointment of a custodian posed to UIP" and would "eliminate the stockholder leverage that Plaintiff was using to try to force a buyout at a price detrimental to the Company;"
• The UIP board's motives were not "pretexts for entrenchment for selfish reasons" or "post-hoc justifications;" and
• "[T]hese were genuine motivations for their actions that stood alongside the more problematic purposes that
[ Coster I ] identified and the Appellate Decision collected."
After its additional fact findings, the Court of Chancery gathered the many strands of precedent and conducted a careful review of the UIP board's actions. The Chancellor found that the UIP board faced a threat – which the court described as an "existential crisis" – to UIP's existence through a deadlocked stockholder vote and the risk of a custodian appointment. Although the court thought that some of the board's reasons for approving the Stock Sale were problematic, on balance the court held that the board was properly motivated in responding to the threat. According to the court, the UIP board acted in good faith "to advance the best interests of UIP" by "reward[ing] and retain[ing] an essential employee," "implement[ing] a succession plan that Wout had favored," and "moot[ing] the Custodian Action to avoid risk of default under key contracts." The court also relied on its earlier finding that the UIP board issued UIP stock to Bonnell at an entirely fair price.
The Court of Chancery also found that the UIP board responded reasonably and proportionately to the threat posed when it approved the Stock Sale and mooted the Custodian Action. As it held, "in the exceptionally unique circumstances of this case," without the Stock Sale, the possibility that a custodian appointed with broad powers would jeopardize key contracts caused an existential crisis at UIP. The Stock Sale, the court held, "was appropriately tailored to achieve the goal of mooting the Custodian Action" while implementing the succession plan and retaining Bonnell. And the court noted that there were more aggressive options that could have been, but were not, pursued to break the deadlock.
Finally, the board's response to the existential threat posed by the stockholder deadlock and custodian action was not preclusive or coercive. Although the Stock Sale effectively foreclosed Coster from perpetuating the deadlock facing UIP, the new three-way ownership of the company presented a potentially more effective way for her to exercise actual control. As the Court of Chancery noted, Schwat and Bonnell are not bound to vote together, meaning Coster could cast a swing vote at stockholder meetings. As an equal one third owner with the two other stockholders, Coster can join forces with either one of UIP's other owners "at some point in the future." A realistic path to control of UIP negates the preclusive impact of the Stock Sale.
F.
Coster's remaining arguments on appeal pick at the court's factual findings without success. As noted above, Coster has a steep hill to climb because we review those findings to see whether they are "clearly wrong." First, the main thread running through several of her arguments is that, instead of diluting her equity, the UIP board could have made the same arguments about an existential crisis when it opposed the appointment of a custodian. If the court declined to appoint a custodian, the argument goes, the Stock Sale would have been unnecessary to defeat the custodian action. Coster also claims that "there was nothing exigent about allowing Bonnell to buy equity in UIP" as there was no "evidence that Bonnell threatened to leave UIP if he did not receive equity."
But the Chancellor found, under the unusual facts of this case, that it was the pendency of the Custodian Action itself that caused the existential crisis at UIP. The Board was not required to risk court appointment of a custodian with broad powers that would trigger defaults under UIP's SPE contracts. The court also found that the Stock Sale fulfilled a prior equity commitment to Bonnell, which encouraged him, as a key employee, to remain with UIP. According to the court, Bonnell was "essential to the Company's survival."
Coster also contests the relevance of the "broad termination rights" in UIP's various contracts. At trial, Bonnell testified that a "primary investor" in each SPE holds termination authority. Coster contends that "many, if not most, of the third-party contracts relied upon by Defendants are contracts between UIP and SPEs owned and controlled by Schwat and Bonnell," who supposedly control the termination decision.
The record contains only excerpts of the UIP contracts. While these excerpts reveal superficial links between UIP and the SPEs, as would be expected of affiliated companies, the excerpts do not have provisions clearly placing termination rights in Schwat or Bonnell's control. The record, therefore, does not unequivocally support Coster's contention. Bonnell also testified at trial that an independent primary investor in each SPE has the authority to terminate the contracts. UIP also confirmed at oral argument that UIP representatives did not control the termination rights.
Finally, Coster takes issue with two other aspects of the Court of Chancery's decision. First, she disagrees with how the court considered Wout's wishes for a succession plan benefiting Bonnell. The Court of Chancery concluded that Wout and Schwat had devised a succession plan to sell equity to Bonnell. Coster claims that Wout's intentions before his passing were irrelevant to the dispute because "it is the current stockholders to whom a board owes a duty of loyalty." The court did not, however, place undue weight on this fact. It was merely one in a constellation of other more compelling justifications for the Stock Sale.
Second, Coster contends that the court improperly considered her motivations for filing the Custodian Action. The court believed that Coster "wielded [her] rights to create leverage in buyout negotiations" and viewed the Custodian Action as contrary to Coster's interests. According to Coster, this assessment in turn improperly influenced whether the UIP board had a compelling justification for the Stock Sale. Coster's argument, however, exaggerates the role of these findings. The court did not rely directly on this observation in its analysis. What the court did find dispositive was the harm caused by the possibility of a custodian appointment – termination of the SPE contracts – that would not have been in either UIP's or Coster's best interests.
III.
The judgment of the Court of Chancery is affirmed.
Coster v. UIP Cos., 300 A.3d 656, (Del. 2023)
11.5.5 Constituency Statutes 11.5.5 Constituency Statutes
10/31/2024 pdw
Some find it objectionable that directors consider only the interests of shareholders when facing a merger offer, so in response some states have passed constituency statutes. Effectively, these allow a director to consider the interests of employees, suppliers, creditors customers or others when deciding whether to approve a merger. A majority of states have adopted constituency statutes, but Delaware has not.
We'll look at Iowa's as an example. Consider how might this allow benevolent managers to protect the interests of other vulnerable stakeholders? How might it allow greedy managers to protect their own interests at the expense of all stakeholders? Which do you think is more likely? Is the benefit worth the cost?
As you read, also consider whether this creates a duty to non-shareholders. Should it?
11.5.5.1 Iowa Constituency Statute § 490.1108A 11.5.5.1 Iowa Constituency Statute § 490.1108A
490.1108A. Consideration of acquisition proposals - community interests
11.6 Shifting the Standard of Review 11.6 Shifting the Standard of Review
11.6.1 Conflicts: Disinterested and Independents 11.6.1 Conflicts: Disinterested and Independents
A conflict is when a fiduciary is either:
• Not disinterested (direct interest) or
• Not independent (indirect interest)
If there is a conflict, the fiduciary will face entire fairness review.
Interested fiduciaries
Delaware typically defers to the business decisions of the fiduciaries. But what if the fiduciary is on both sides of a transaction? It wouldn’t make sense to presume good behavior in the situation where they are most likely to cheat. A director or officer is “interested” if they “receive a personal financial benefit from a transaction that is not equally shared by the Stockholders.” In re Trados, 73 A.3d 17, 45 (Del. 2023). This benefit must be “of a sufficiently material importance, in the context of the director’s economic circumstances, as to have made it improbable that the director could perform her fiduciary duties ... without being influenced by her overriding personal interest.” Id. In other words, we look for some personal financial benefit that would make it improbable that the fiduciary is not influenced.
Note that we're talking about the specific fiduciary, not whether the amount was material in the abstract or when applied to some imaginary “reasonable fiduciary.” We look at the actual fiduciary and that fiduciary's bank account. What are the chances this amount of money would corrupt this fiduciary? A $50,000 gain is going to mean a lot more to me than it would to the CEO of Amazon. So if we both faced the same conflict, the court may find that I'm interested but Amazon's CEO is not.
For example, a director in the Trados case received over $2 million from the challenged transaction and a new job earning $60,000 per year. The director’s net wealth was $5 - 10 million. The court held that the $60,000 salary alone would not be material to that director, but with the additional $2 million benefit the amount was material to the director, so the director was interested. In re Trados, 73 A.3d 17 (Del. 2023). You have to consider the specific financial situation of the fiduciary.
Independent fiduciaries
What if the conflict isn't financial? What if it's a decision involving a close family member? Sometimes relationships are enough to question whether directors are going to act in line with their duties. When the conflict is based on a relationship, we call it a lack of independence.
A director lacks independence if the fiduciary is “dominated or controlled” by someone that is interested in the transaction. Benihana of Tokyo, Inc. v. Benihana, Inc., 891 A.2d 150, 174-75 (Del. Ch. 2005). You show domination and control by showing that “through personal or other relationships the directors are beholden to the controlling person or so under their influence that their discretion would be sterilized.” Id. (internal citations and quotations omitted). You can show this by showing “financial ties, familial affinity, a particularly close or intimate personal or business affinity or . . . evidence that in the past the relationship caused the director to act nonindependently.” Beam v. Stewart, 845 A.2d 1040, 1051 (Del. 2004). You need to show that the director or officer would “be more willing to risk his or her reputation than risk the relationship” with the interested person. Id. at 1052.
Just like in the disinterested analysis, we look at the actual person, rather than some imaginary “reasonable person” when determining whether they are independent.
This is a high standard that usually requires more than past social or business dealings. For example, Martha Stewart owned 94% of the voting power of Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, Inc. Arthur Martinez sat on the board of the company. He had an incredible resume: former CEO of Sears, former director at Saks Fifth Avenue, current director at PepsiCo and Liz Claiborne and the chairman of the federal reserve bank of Chicago. He had been a dear friend of Martha for many years, and they ran in the same social circles. In a transaction with his friend Martha, is Arthur independent?
Arthur is independent in this transaction. He may be dear friends with Martha, but friendship alone isn’t enough to make him controlled or dominated. And given his many high profile positions, it’s unlikely he’d risk his reputation for her. Beam v. Stewart, 845 A.2d 1040 (Del. 2004).
Let’s contrast that with In re Carvana, 2022 WL 2352457 (Del. Ch. 2022). There, the CEO and his father owned a majority of the company, and the CEO was involved in some interested transactions. One director was a long time colleague of the father. The father was convicted for a business related felony. But the director/friend stood by the father, and the father made this director the CEO of his next venture. The director later violated NYSE rules to protect the father, and the two have worked together on numerous business deals ever since. Is that director independent?
At the motion to dismiss stage, a court said he wasn’t independent. This director was more than a social friend who went to the same parties; this directors career was entangled with the the father, so much so that he had violated the rules before to protect the father. That was enough to find domination or control at the motion to dismiss stage.
11.6.1.1 Orman v. Cullman 11.6.1.1 Orman v. Cullman
3/15/2024
We've discussed how you might show an individual director or officer is conflicted. But should we care about a single director? Recall that directors don't act alone; they act as a board. If one director in ten is conflicted, should we really scrap the whole transaction?
This case will discuss how to show the board as a whole is conflicted. To do this, we just look at each director to see which ones were conflicted. If a majority of the voting board members are conflicted, then the board's decision is conflicted. If a majority of the voting board members aren't conflicted, then the board isn't conflicted. You just analyze each indivudually and then count how many are conflicted.
Cast of Characters
General Cigar: A cigar manufacturer
Swedish Match AB: A company seeking to gain a stake in General Cigar.
Cullman Group: Shareholder of 67% of the voting power of General Cigar, and keen on helping Swedish Match gain a stake in General Cigar.
Joseph ORMAN, Plaintiff, v. Edgar M. CULLMAN, Sr., Edgar M. Cullman, Jr., Susan R. Cullman, John L. Ernst, Peter J. Solomon, Bruce A. Barnet, John L. Bernbach, Thomas C. Israel, Dan W. Lufkin, Graham V. Sherren, Frances T. Vincent, Jr. and General Cigar Holdings, Inc., Defendants.
Civil Action No. 18039.
Court of Chancery of Delaware.
Submitted: Dec. 21, 2001.
Decided: Feb. 26, 2002.
Revised: March 1, 2002.
*13Joseph A. Rosenthal, Carmella P. Keener, of Rosenthal, Monhait, Gross & Goddess, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware, of counsel, Stephen A. Whinston, of Berger & Montague, P.C., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, for plaintiff.
Robert J. Stearn, Jr., of Richards, Lay-ton & Finger, Wilmington, Delaware, of counsel, Curtis P. Lu, Michael J. Golden, Mary E. Britton, of Latham & Watkins, Washington, D.C., Marc Wolinsky, Elaine P. Golin, of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, New York City, for defendants.
OPINION
This purported class action involves alleged breaches of fiduciary duty in connection with the cash-out merger of the public shareholders (“Unaffiliated Shareholders” or “Public Shareholders”) of General Cigar Holdings, Inc. (“General Cigar” or the “Company”). According to the complaint, plaintiff Joseph Orman (“Orman”) is and was the owner of General Cigar Class A common stock at all times relevant to this litigation. Orman brings this suit on behalf of himself and the Public Shareholders of General Cigar Class A common stock against General Cigar and its eleven-member board of directors (collectively the “Board”).1
*14On January 19, 2000 the Board unanimously approved a merger agreement pursuant to which a subsidiary of an unaffiliated third party, Swedish Match AB (“Swedish Match”), would purchase the shares owned by the Unaffiliated Shareholders of General Cigar.2 On April 10, 2000 the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission an amended proxy statement (“Proxy Statement”) relating to this proposed merger.
The complaint first alleges breaches of fiduciary duty with respect to the Board’s approval of (and the fairness of) the proposed merger. Orman contends that Board approval of the merger was ineffective and improper because a majority of the defendant directors was not independent and/or disinterested. He further alleges that the defendant directors violated their fiduciary duty of loyalty3 by entering into a transaction that was unfair to the Public Shareholders of General Cigar and usurped for themselves corporate opportunities rightfully belonging to all General Cigar shareholders.
Orman also asserts that the Board breached its duty of disclosure. Specifically, he alleges that the Proxy Statement soliciting shareholder approval of the proposed merger omitted material facts necessary for the Public Shareholders to make a fully informed decision with regard to their vote for or against the merger.
The defendants moved pursuant to Court of Chancery Rule 12(b)(6) to dismiss the complaint on the grounds that: 1) Or-man failed to plead facts sufficient to overcome the presumption of the business judgment rule with respect to the Board’s approval of the merger transaction; 2) the merger was ratified by a fully informed majority vote of the Public Shareholders of General Cigar; and 3) Orman failed to plead cognizable disclosure claims. Moreover, even if Orman had successfully pled cognizable disclosure claims (defendants argue), any possible liability arising from *15those claims is barred by an exculpatory provision in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, adopted pursuant to § 102(b)(7)4 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, because only a duty of care violation is implicated by those disclosure claims.
I conclude that the defendants’ motion to dismiss must be granted in part and denied in part. The motion to dismiss the duty of loyalty claims must be denied, as Orman has pled facts from which is it reasonable to question the independence and disinterest of a majority of the General Cigar Board. The motion to dismiss Orman’s disclosure claims is granted as to all but one claim which, at this stage of the litigation, I cannot say is immaterial as a matter of law. Because I conclude that one of Orman’s disclosure claims must survive as a matter of law, I am unable to find that any possible breaches of fiduciary duty in connection with the challenged transaction were ratified by a fully informed vote of a majority of the Company’s disinterested shareholders. Finally, as I conclude that the complaint does not unambiguously state only a duty of care claim, it would be premature for me to consider the effect of the Company’s exculpatory charter provision.
I. STANDARD OF REVIEW
In considering a Rule 12(b)(6) motion to dismiss, the Court must assume the truthfulness of all well-pleaded facts contained in the complaint, view those facts and all reasonable inferences drawn therefrom in the light most favorable to the plaintiff, and determine with “reasonable certainty” whether the plaintiff would be entitled to relief under any set of facts that could be proven.5 Conclusory allegations unsupported by facts contained in a complaint, however, will not be accepted as true.6
As a general rule, when deciding a Rule 12(b)(6) motion, the Court is limited to considering only the facts alleged in the complaint and normally may not consider documents extrinsic to it.7 There are two exceptions, however, to this general rule. “The first exception is when the document is integral to a plaintiff’s claim and incorporated into the complaint. The second exception is when the document is not being relied upon to prove the truth of its *16contents.”8 Consideration of the Proxy Statement in this case is appropriate as it falls under both of these exceptions.
First, the Proxy Statement is the basis for Orman’s disclosure claims. Second, it is also integral to his complaint as it is the source for the merger-related facts as pled in the complaint.9 Therefore, the Proxy Statement, and any other documents incorporated into it, are incorporated by reference into the complaint and will be considered on this motion.
II. FACTUAL HISTORY10
General Cigar, a Delaware Corporation with its principal executive offices located in New York, New York, is a leading manufacturer and marketer of premium cigars. The Company has exclusive trademark rights to many well-known brands of cigars, including seven of the top ten brands that were previously manufactured in Cuba.11
The Company went public in an initial public offering (“IPO”) of 6.9 million shares of Class A stock at $18.00 per share on February 28, 1997. As of March 30, 2000, the Company had approximately 13.6 million shares of Class A and 13.4 million shares of Class B common stock outstanding. Class A stock was publicly traded and Class B stock was not publicly traded. Class A stock had one vote per share and Class B had ten votes per share. Even though Class B shares had ten times — the voting power of Class A shares, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation required equal consideration in exchange for Class A and Class B shares in the event of a sale or merger. At the time of the proposed merger, the Cullman Group owned approximately 162 shares of Class A and 9.9 million shares of Class B. Although this aggregated to approximately 37% of the Company’s total outstanding stock, the Cullman Group had voting control over the Company because the 9.9 million Class B shares it owned represented approximately 74% of that class, which enjoyed a 10:1 voting advantage over Class A shares.12 The Cullman Group’s equity interest, therefore, gave it approximately *1767% of the voting power in the corporation.
On April 30, 1999, in a transaction unrelated to the present controversy, the Company sold its cigar mass-marketing business to Swedish Match13 for $200 million in order to focus solely on the Company’s premium cigar market. In the early fall of 1999, Swedish Match approached certain members of the Cullman Group (the “Cull-mans”) about purchasing the interest in General Cigar owned by its Public Shareholders.14 This was seen to be a logical business combination because General Cigar had a strong presence in the United States premium cigar market and Swedish Match had strength in the international cigar and smokeless tobacco markets through its established network of international contacts and resources.15 At a November 4, 1999 General Cigar board meeting, the Cullmans informed the Board of Swedish Match’s interest. The Board then authorized the Cullmans to pursue discussions with Swedish Match assisted by defendant director Solomon’s financial advising firm, Peter J. Solomon & Company (“PJSC”h
Negotiations between the Cullmans and Swedish Match continued during November and December 1999. By the end of December 1999 the structure for a proposed transaction had been determined.16 That structure included: 1) a sale by the Cullman Group of approximately one-third of its equity interest in the Company to Swedish Match at $15.00 per share; 2) immediately following the Cullman Group’s private sale, a merger in which all shares in the Company held by the Unaffiliated Shareholders would be purchased for $15.00 per share; 3) Cullman Sr. and Cull-man Jr. maintaining their respective positions as Chairman and President/Chief Executive Officer of the surviving company and having the power to appoint a majority of the board; 4) three years after the merger, the Cullman Group having the power to put its remaining equity interest to the Company and the Company having the power to call such interest; and 5) an agreement by the Cullman Group that should the proposed transaction with Swedish Match not close, it would vote against any other business combination for a period of one year following the termination of the proposed transaction.17
Once the negotiations reached agreement on the above points, the Board created a special committee (the “Special Committee”), consisting of outside defendant directors Lufkin, Israel, and Vincent, to determine the advisability of entering into the proposed transaction.18 The Special Committee retained independent legal and financial advisors — Wachtell, Lipton, Ro-sen & Katz and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., respectively — to assist them in this endeavor.19 In early January 2000 the *18Special Committee received copies of the proposed agreements previously reached between the Cullmans and Swedish Match.20 After a review of these proposals by the Special Committee and its legal and financial advisors, the Special Committee directly negotiated with Swedish Match over the terms of the agreement.21 The substantive changes in the terms of the transaction resulting from negotiations by the Special Committee appear to be that the amount of consideration to be received by the Unaffihated Shareholders for each of their Class A shares increased from $15.00 to $15.25 and the length of time the Cullman Group would not vote in favor of another business combination if the challenged merger failed to close increased from twelve to eighteen months. On January 19, 2000 the Special Committee unanimously recommended approval of the transaction as modified as a result of their negotiations. That same day, the General Cigar Board unanimously approved the transaction.22
The relevant terms of the final transaction recommended to the Company’s shareholders, and subject to approval of the Unaffiliated Shareholders, included an initial private sale by the Cullman Group of 3.5 million shares of its Class B23 stock, representing about one-third of its General Cigar equity interest, to Swedish Match for $15.00 per share. The Cullman Group was to retain its remaining equity interest, which would then consist of approximately 162 Class A shares and 6.4 million Class B shares. Following the merger, that remaining interest would aggregate to approximately 36% of the total outstanding equity interest in the Company.24 Immediately following this private sale, a merger would take place in which all publicly owned Class A and Class B shares (those not owned by the Cullman Group) would be purchased for $15.25 per share.25
In addition to the Cullman Group’s continuing equity position and voting control in the surviving company, several provisions of the proposed transaction assured ongoing participation of the Cullman Group in the day-to-day operations of that company. Cullman Sr. would retain his *19position as Chairman of the Board of the surviving company and Cullman Jr. would continue to serve as President and CEO of the surviving company. The Cullman Group would have the power to appoint a majority of the board of the surviving company after the merger.26
Additionally, beginning three years from the date of the merger, the Cullman Group would have the option to put some or all of its remaining equity interest to the surviving company and the surviving company would have a reciprocal right to call some or all of the company’s stock retained by the Cullman Group. The Cullman Group also agreed to vote against any proposed merger transaction for eighteen months should the transaction with Swedish Match not be consummated.27
Finally, the transaction was structured in such a way that the Cullman Group could not dictate its approval. Despite the fact that the Cullman Group possessed voting control over the Company both before and after the proposed transaction, approval of the merger required that a majority of the Unaffiliated Shareholders of Class A stock, voting separately as a class, vote in favor of the transaction.28
III. ANALYSIS
A. Fiduciary Duty Claims
Orman alleges that the Board’s approval of the Company’s merger with Swedish Match was ineffective and improper because a majority of the Board was not disinterested and independent and that the directors breached their duty of loyalty by approving a transaction that was unfair to the public shareholders.29 Orman asserts that he has pled facts sufficient to rebut the presumption of the business judgment rule and that this Court should employ an “entire fairness” analysis. He contends that a determination that entire fairness is the appropriate standard would preclude dismissal at this stage of the litigation regardless of upon whom the Court ultimately were to place the burden of proving, or disproving, the transaction’s entire fairness. The defendants contend that these claims must be dismissed because Orman has not pled facts sufficient to overcome the business judgment rule presumption and in such a case the actions of a board should be respected.
“A cardinal precept of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is that directors, rather than shareholders, manage the business and affairs of the corporation.”30 The business judgment rule is a recognition of that statutory precept. The rule “is a presumption that in making a business decision the directors of a corporation acted on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best filter*20ests of the company.”31 Therefore, the judgment of a properly functioning board mil not be second-guessed and “[ajbsent an abuse of discretion, that judgment will be respected by the courts.”32 Because a board is presumed to have acted properly, “[t]he burden is on the party challenging the decision to establish facts rebutting the presumption.”33
One way for a plaintiff to overcome this burden, for example, is to allege facts demonstrating a squeeze out merger or a merger between two corporations under the control of a controlling shareholder. If facts of that nature are sufficiently alleged, the business judgment presumption is rebutted and entire fairness is the standard of review. “A controlling or dominating shareholder standing on both sides of a transaction ... bears the burden of proving its entire fairness.”34 Although procedural safeguards may be put in place that shift the burden to the plaintiff to prove the unfairness of the merger (i.e., the negotiation and approval of the transaction by a special committee of independent and disinterested directors or the requirement of approval by a majority of the company’s minority shareholders), “[e]n-tire fairness remains the proper focus of judicial analysis in examining an interested merger, irrespective of whether the burden of proof remains upon or is shifted away from the controlling or dominating shareholder.”35 Regardless of whether the burden of proof is shifted to the plaintiff, however, “[t]he initial burden” under entire fairness is borne by the controlling party “who stands on both sides of the transaction.”36
*22Here, however, although the Cull-man Group was the controlling shareholder of the target company both before and after the merger, the Cullman Group did not stand on both sides of the challenged merger. Instead it was approached by, and began initial negotiations with, an unaffiliated third party, Swedish Match. A Special Committee of independent directors then completed those negotiations. Therefore, the burden remains on Orman to allege other facts sufficient to overcome the business judgment presumption. Specifically, Orman must allege facts that raise a reasonable doubt as to whether the Board breached either its duty of care or its duty of loyalty to the corporation. In his complaint, Orman alleges that the Board breached its duty of loyalty.
As a general matter, the business judgment rule presumption that a board acted loyally can be rebutted by alleging facts which, if accepted as true, establish that the board was either interested in the outcome of the transaction or lacked the independence to consider objectively whether the transaction was in the best interest of its company and all of its shareholders.37 To establish that a board was interested or lacked independence, a plaintiff must allege facts as to the interest and lack of independence of the individual members of that board. To rebut successfully business judgment presumptions in this manner, thereby leading to the application of the entire fairness standard, a plaintiff must normally plead facts demonstrating “that a majority of the director defendants have a financial interest in the transaction or were dominated or controlled by a materially interested director.” 38 I recognize situations can exist when the material interest of a number of directors less than a majority may rebut the business judgment presumption and lead to an entire fairness review. That is *23when an “ ‘interested director fail[ed] to disclose his interest in the transaction to the board and a reasonable board member would have regarded the existence of the material interest as a significant fact in the evaluation of the proposed transaction.’ ”39 Nevertheless, in this case the interest that may be attributed to the Cullman Group or other Board members was disclosed to the Board and, therefore, Orman still must establish that a majority of the Board was interested and/or lacked independence.
If a plaintiff alleging a duty of loyalty breach is unable to plead facts demonstrating that a majority of a board that approved the transaction in dispute was interested and/or lacked independence, the entire fairness standard of review is not applied and the Court respects the business judgment of the board.40 Whether a particular director is disinterested or independent is a recurring theme in Delaware’s corporate jurisprudence. We reach conclusions as to the sufficiency of allegations regarding interest and independence only after considering all the facts alleged on a case-by-case basis.
The Aronson Court set forth the meaning of “interest” and “independence” in this context. It defined interest as “mean[ing] that directors can neither appear on both sides of a transaction nor expect to derive any personal financial benefit from it in the sense of self-dealing, as opposed to a benefit which devolves upon the corporation or all stockholders generally.” 41 This definition was further refined in Rales v. Blasband when our Supreme Court recognized that “directo-ral interest also exists where a corporate decision will have a materially detrimental impact on a director, but not on the corporation and the stockholders.”42 It should be noted, however, that in the absence of self-dealing, it is not enough to establish the interest of a director by alleging that he received any benefit not equally shared by the stockholders. Such benefit must be alleged to be material to that director.43 Materiality means that the alleged benefit was significant enough “in the context of the director’s economic circumstances, as to have made it improbable that the director could perform her fiduciary duties to the ... shareholders without being influenced by her overriding personal interest.” 44
*24On the separate question of independence, the Aronson Court stated that “[^Independence means that a director’s decision is based on the corporate merits of the subject before the board rather than extraneous considerations or influences.”45 Such extraneous considerations or influences may exist when the challenged director is controlled by another. To raise a question concerning the independence of a particular board member, a plaintiff asserting the “control of one or more directors must allege particularized facts manifesting ‘a direction of corporate conduct in such a way as to comport with the wishes or interests of the corporation (or persons) doing the controlling.’ The shorthand shibboleth of ‘dominated and controlled directors’ is insufficient.” 46 This lack of independence can be shown when a plaintiff pleads facts that establish “that the directors are ‘beholden’ to [the controlling person] or so under their influence that their discretion would be sterilized.”47
In determining the sufficiency of factual allegations made by a plaintiff as to either a director’s interest or lack of independence, the Delaware Supreme Court has rejected an objective “reasonable director” test and instead requires the application of a subjective “actual person” standard to determine whether a particular director’s interest is material and debilitating or that he lacks independence because he is controlled by another.48
General Cigar had an eleven-member board. In order to rebut the presumptions of the business judgment rule, Orman must allege facts that would support a finding of interest or lack of independence for a majority, or at least *25six, of the Board members. Orman asserts, and defendants appear to concede, that the four members of the Cullman Group were interested because they received benefits from the transaction that were not shared with the rest of the shareholders.49 Orman, therefore, would have to plead facts making it reasonable to question the interest or independence of two of the remaining seven Board members to avoid dismissal based on the business judgment rule presumption. With varying levels of confidence, Orman’s complaint alleges that each of the seven remaining Board members — Israel, Vincent, Lufkin, Barnet, Sherren, Bernbach, and Solomon — were interested and/or lacked independence.50
*261. Directors Israel and Vincent
Perhaps the weakest allegations of interest and/or lack of independence are aimed at directors Israel and Vincent, who were both members of the Special Committee that investigated the advisability of the merger and negotiated with Swedish Match. The complaint states that these two defendants “had longstanding business relations with members of the Cullman Group which impeded and impaired their ability to function independently and outside the influence of the Cullman Group.”51 The only fact pled in support of this assertion is the mere recitation that Israel and Vincent had served as directors of General Cigar since 1989 and 1992, respectively.52 In his brief opposing defendants’ motion to dismiss, Orman apparently concedes that Israel and Vincent are independent by omitting these two directors from his contention that, in addition to the Cullman Group, “[pjlaintiff has sufficiently pled that Sherren, Bernbach, Solomon and Lufkin also suffer disabling conflicts of interest and lack of independence in connection with the transaction.” 53
At this stage of the litigation, however, the Court must address itself to the allegations contained in the complaint. *27To make clear my opinion as to the independence of directors Israel and Vincent, therefore, I conclude that the allegations in the complaint with regard to the lack of independence of these two directors fail as a matter of law. The naked assertion of a previous business relationship is not enough to overcome the presumption of a director’s independence. The law in Delaware is well-settled on this point. For instance, in Crescent/Mach I Partners, L.P. this Court held that allegations of a “long-standing 15-year professional and personal relationship” between a director and the CEO and Chairman of the Board of his company were insufficient to support a finding of control.54 The Court stated that such allegations, without more, “fail[ed] to raise a reasonable doubt that [the director] could not exercise his independent business judgment in approving the transaction. Therefore, these allegations lack the specific factual predicate” necessary to survive a motion to dismiss.55 Here too, allegations concerning longstanding business relations fail as a matter of law to place in issue the independence of directors Israel and Vincent.56
*282. Director Lufkin
Orman asserts that director Lufkin, who was the third member of the Special Committee, lacked independence and was also interested in the merger transaction. With regard to Lufkin’s purported lack of independence, Orman makes the same allegations as were directed at Israel and Vincent, namely, Lufkin “had longstanding business relations with members of the Cullman Group which impeded and impaired [his] ability to function independently and outside the influence of the Cullman Group. Defendant Lufkin had been a Board member of General Cigar or its predecessor since 1976.”57 For the reasons stated above (and with the caveat expressed in footnote 55), such bare allegation fails as a matter of law to assert a lack of independence on the part of director Lufkin.
Lufkin’s supposedly disabling interest results from the fact that he was “a founder of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette (“DLJ”) [and that] DLJ, or a successor or affiliate thereof, was one of two lead underwriters in the Company’s IPO and obtained a substantial fee as a result thereof.”58 This bare statement of fact does not suggest, or even lead to a reasonable inference of, a disabling interest on the part of Lufkin as that statement does not show that he “ ‘will receive a personal financial benefit from [the] transaction that is not equally shared by the stockholders.’”59 Inadequate pleadings in support of separate allegations of interest and lack of independence cannot be combined to create an inference that a director’s conduct was improper. Here, the complaint fails, as a matter of law, to set forth facts that would lead this Court to question the presumed objectivity of director Lufkin in making his decision to vote in favor of the merger with Swedish Match.
3. Director Barnet
The only fact alleged in support of Orman’s allegation of director Barnet’s interest is that he “has an interest in the transaction since he will become a director of the surviving company.”60 No case has been cited to me, and I have found none, in which a director was found to have a finan*29cial interest solely because he will be a director in the surviving corporation. To the contrary, our case law has held that such an interest is not a disqualifying interest.61 Even if I were to infer that Orman was alleging that the fees Barnet was to receive as a director with the surviving company created a disabling interest, without more, that assertion would also fail.62 Because Orman alleges no facts in addition to the assertion of continued board membership on the part of Barnett, his assertion of interest fails as a matter of law.
4. Director Bernbach
Orman alleges that director Bernbach was both interested in the merger and lacked the independence to make an impartial decision regarding that transaction because he has “a written agreement with the Company to provide consulting services [and that] [i]n 1998 ... Bernbach was paid $75,000 for such services63 ... and additional funds since that date.”64 Orman further asserts that the Proxy Statement did not reveal the existence of the consulting contract, which was executed in 1997, or “that that the surviving company inherits the Company’s contractual obligations to Defendant Bernbach.”65 Contrary to defendants’ assertion that Or-man has failed to plead any continuing obligation on the part of General Cigar to Bernbach, his complaint clearly states such a continuing obligation.
Orman asserts that Bernbach has a written consulting contract with General Cigar, and that he had received, and continued to receive, payments under this contract. He further alleges that the surviving company will be obligated to uphold the contracts of the existing company. Such well-pleaded facts, accepted as true on a motion to dismiss, plainly allege a continuing obligation. Unfortunately for Orman, however, this clearly stated allegation is fatal to his assertion that Bernbach was interested in the transaction. As this Court has stated previously, “a director is considered interested when he will receive a personal financial benefit from a transaction that is not equally shared by the stockholders.”66 Accepting Orman’s allegations as true reveals that Bernbach does not meet this definition of “interest.” Bernbach had a contract with General Cigar. If the merger were consummated, he would have a contract that the surviving *30company would be obligated to honor. If the merger were not consummated he would still have his contract with the existing General Cigar that it would be obligated to honor. Therefore, director Bernbach would have received no benefit from the transaction being challenged that was not shared by the other General Cigar shareholders. As a result of the merger, shareholder Bernbach would be cashed out and receive the same consideration for his General Cigar stock as the rest of the Unaffiliated Shareholders. Since he was to receive the same benefit as the Company’s other shareholders, his interest in getting as high a price as possible for the Company’s stock from the merger transaction was aligned with the Unaffiliated Shareholders. Orman’s complaint, therefore, fails to plead adequately that director Bernbach was interested in the merger. This conclusion obviates the need to examine, for the purpose of determining whether a disabling interest existed, the defendants’ further assertion that even if some interest were sufficiently alleged, Orman failed to plead the materiality of that contract to Bernbach.
Orman also argues that Bernbach’s consulting agreement suggests a lack of independence. At this stage of the litigation, the facts supporting this allegation are sufficient to raise a reasonable inference that director Bernbach was controlled by the Cullman Group because he was beholden to the controlling shareholders for future renewals of his consulting contract. In addition to the facts specifically set forth in the complaint, the Proxy Statement reveals that, at the time of the challenged transaction, Bernbach’s principal occupation was “Chairman and Chief Executive officer of the Bernbach Group, Inc.”67 Accepting as true all the well-pled allegations and the inferences reasonably drawn therefrom in this case, I believe it is reasonable to question the objectivity of a director who has a consulting contract with his company and will continue to have a consulting contract with the surviving company. This is particularly true when, regardless of whether the merger is approved or not, the challenged director is beholden to the identical group of controlling shareholders favoring the challenged transaction. The Cullman Group would continue to be in a position to determine whether particular contracts are to be renewed as well as the extent to which the company will make use of the consulting services already under contract. Even though there is no bright-line dollar amount at which consulting fees received by a director become material, at the motion to dismiss stage and on the facts before me, I think it is reasonable to infer that $75,000 would be material to director Bernbach and that he is beholden to the Cullman Group for continued receipt of such fees. Although not determinative, the inference of materiality is strengthened when the allegedly disabling fee is paid for the precise services that comprise the principal occupation of the challenged director.
5. Director Solomon
Orman alleges that “Defendant Solomon has an interest in the transaction since his company, PJSC, stands to reap fees of $3.3 million if the transaction is effectuated.”68 The reasonable inference that can be drawn from this contention is that if the merger is consummated PJSC will receive $3.3 million. If the merger is not consummated PJSC will not receive $3.3 million. PJSC, therefore, has an interest in the *31transaction. Because director Solomon’s principal occupation is that of “Chairman of Peter J. Solomon Company Limited and Peter J. Solomon Securities Company Limited,”69 it is reasonable to assume that director Solomon would personally benefit from the $3.3 million his company would receive if the challenged transaction closed. I think it would be naive to say, as a matter of law, that $3.3 million is immaterial. In my opinion, therefore, it is reasonable to infer that director Solomon suffered a disabling interest when considering how to cast his vote in connection with the challenged merger when the Board’s decision on that matter could determine whether or not his firm would receive $3.3 million.
Directors Bernbach and Solomon, at this stage, cannot be considered independent and disinterested. Orman has thus pled facts that make it reasonable to question the independence and/or disinterest of a majority of the General Cigar Board — the four Cullman Group directors, plus Bern-baeh and Solomon, or six out of the eleven directors. Accordingly, I cannot say, as a matter of law, that the General Cigar Board’s actions are protected by the business judgment rule presumption. Defendants’ motion to dismiss the fiduciary duty claims — based as it is on a conclusion that the challenged transaction was approved by a disinterested and independent board — must be denied.70
Reaching this decision with regard to the loyalty of the Board that approved the merger, however, does not rebut the business judgment presumption at this stage of the litigation. It merely means that the business judgment presumption may not be used as the basis to dismiss Orman’s fiduciary duty claims for failure to state a cognizable claim. Further discovery is necessary to determine whether the facts — as they truly existed at the time of the challenged transaction, rather than those accepted as necessarily true as alleged — are sufficient to rebut the business judgment rule presumption and to trigger an entire fairness review. Thus it is unnecessary for me presently to consider Orman’s allegations concerning the purported unfairness of the price and process of the merger.71 Such allegations will become relevant only if the business judgment presumption is finally determined to have been successfully rebutted.
B. Disclosure Allegations
Orman next alleges that the Proxy Statement contained material omissions and misstatements.72 In order for a plaintiff to state properly a claim for breach of a disclosure duty by omission, he must “plead facts identifying (1) material, (2) reasonably available (3) information that (4) was omitted from the proxy materials.” 73 In order for alleged misrepresentations to be material, there must be a “substantial likelihood that the disclosure of the omitted fact would have been viewed *32by the reasonable investor as having significantly altered the ‘total mix’ of information made available” to the shareholders.74
Contrary to Orman’s contention that a determination of the materiality of disclosure allegations is not appropriate on a motion to dismiss, this Court has, on several occasions in the context of a motion to dismiss, found it appropriate to dismiss disclosure claims on the basis that the complained of omission was not material.75 Orman’s reliance on Crescent/Mach I Partners, L.P. v. Turner76 to support his contention is misplaced. In that case the Court refused to dismiss the complaint not because a determination of materiality was inappropriate on a motion to dismiss, but precisely because the plaintiff was able to plead sufficiently “all of the elements necessary to survive a motion to dismiss for breach of the fiduciary duty of disclosure.”77 In fact, the Court there stated that materiality “is a matter for the Court to determine from the record at that particular stage of a case when the issue arises.”78 It is proper, therefore, for this Court to address the question of the materiality of the plaintiffs alleged omissions in the context of a Rule 12(b)(6) motion to dismiss.
Orman lists seven omissions from the Proxy Statement that he asserts would have affected the voting of the Unaffiliated Shareholders had that information been included.79 First, he alleges the Proxy Statement omitted the fact that defendant Barnet was subject to a conflict of interest and/or lacked independence because he was designated as a director of the surviving corporation and would benefit from the transaction through fees, stock options and other benefits of a directorship.80 Second, the Proxy Statement omitted the fact that defendant Solomon was subject to a conflict of interest and/or lacked independence because his company, Peter J. Solomon & Co. (“PJSC”), stood to make a fee of $3.3 million if the transaction was consummated.81 Third, the Proxy Statement did not disclose that in 1997 General Cigar entered into a consulting contract with defendant Bembach, the amount Bernbach received under that contract, and that the surviving company would inherit General Cigar’s contractual obligations to Bernbach.82 Fourth, the Proxy Statement did not disclose that defendant Cullman Sr. had been the Chairman of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Centaur Communications Ltd., (“Cen*33taur”) and that that committee sets or recommends the annual compensation to be paid to defendant Sherren as Centaur’s CEO.83 Fifth, the Proxy Statement failed to disclose that defendant Lufkin was a co-founder of DLJ and that DLJ received a substantial fee as an underwriter for General Cigar’s 1997 initial public offering.84 Sixth, the Proxy Statement failed to disclose that General Cigar’s headquarters building in New York City was only partially occupied and listed its value only as its carrying value (cost less depreciation) rather than giving the building’s market value.85 Seventh, and finally, the Proxy Statement failed to disclose the “huge financial benefits” that the Company would reap when the United States’ embargo of Cuban products is ultimately removed. As General Cigar owns the trademark rights to seven of the top ten Cuban cigar brands, relaxation of the embargo would likely provide an economic “shot in the arm” for General Cigar.86
Orman claims that these omitted facts resulted in the shareholders’ vote not being fully informed. The first five disclosure allegations concerning certain defendant directors would, purportedly, have demonstrated to the Unaffiliated Shareholders that “the Board’s vote in favor of the merger was tainted by self-interest and self-dealing.”87 The sixth and seventh disclosure allegations would have made the Unaffiliated Shareholders aware that “the Company had significant assets which were not properly considered in establishing the fair value of the stock [they held].”88
1. Director Barnet
Orman alleges it was a material omission that the Proxy Statement did not disclose that Barnet was interested and/or lacked independence “since he is designated to be a director of the surviving corporation and will therefore benefit from the transaction through fees, stock options and other emoluments typically provided to directors of a corporation.”89 As discussed above, Orman has not pled particularized facts that would support a finding that defendant director Barnet either suffered a disabling interest or lacked independence when he voted to approve the merger transaction on January 19, 2000. As a result, there can be no material omission in the failure of the Proxy Statement to mention such nonexistent interest or lack of independence on the part of director Barnet.90 In addition to Orman’s failure to plead facts from which it is reasonable to question Barnet’s disinterest and independence, the underlying information that purportedly supported those assertions was, in fact, included in the Proxy Statement.
*34The fact that director Barnet is designated to be a director of the surviving corporation is clearly presented in the Proxy Statement. Under the heading “Directors and Management of the Surviving Corporation,” that document recites that “The Merger Agreement provides that the initial board of directors will consist of seven members [including] Bruce Bar-net.” 91 No purpose would be served by an additional requirement that the Proxy Statement include a statement that as a result of being a director Barnet would “benefit from the transaction through fees, stock options and other emoluments typically provided to directors of a corporation.” 92 Since Orman is alleging only that Barnet would receive benefits “typically” received by a director, disclosing that Bar-net was to be a director of the surviving company would inform the Unaffiliated Shareholders that he was to receive the benefits typically associated with such a position. Orman’s disclosure allegations with regard to director Barnet are, therefore, dismissed.
2. Director Solomon
Orman alleges that “Defendant Solomon is also subject to a conflict of interest and/or lacks independence and disinterest since his company, PJSC, stands to make a fee of $3.3 million if the transaction is effectuated.”93 Under the heading “Interest of Certain Persons in the Merger; Certain Relationships,” the Proxy Statement expressly states “Peter J. Solomon, whose firm PJSC served as the Company’s financial advisor, sits on the Company’s board of directors.”94 The Proxy Statement goes on to set plainly forth the fact that PJSC was to receive an estimated $3,300,000 “in connection with the merger.” 95 The fact that the Proxy Statement did not also include a statement that the disclosed facts meant that Solomon was in fact “subject to a conflict of interest and/or lacked independence and disinterest” was not a material omission. A board’s duty of disclosure does not require it to “engage in ‘self-flagellation’ and draw legal conclusions implicating itself in a breach of fiduciary duty.”96 Therefore, although “material facts must be disclosed”97 (and they were with respect to PJSC’s fee and Solomon’s relationship to that firm), “negative inferences or characterizations of misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty need not be articulated.”98 As a result, the failure to characterize facts concerning Solomon and PJSC’s fee as a conflict of interest was not a violation of the Board’s duty of disclosure. Orman’s disclosure allegations with regard to director Solomon are dismissed.
3. Director Bembach
Orman asserts that the Proxy Statement did not reveal that since 1997 di*35rector Bernbaeh had a consulting contract with General Cigar from which he had been paid $75,000 in 1998 and “additional funds since that date,” and that the surviving company would be bound by this contract.99 General Cigar’s Form 10-K and 10-K/A are incorporated into the Proxy Statement by reference and do disclose that contract.100 The 10-K/A states that “[t]he Company entered into an agreement with John L. Bernbaeh in 1997 pursuant it [sic] which, Mr. Bernbaeh provides consulting services to the Company with respect to its international operations. During the Company’s 1999 fiscal year, Mr. Bernbaeh received advisory fees of $56,250 pursuant to such agreement.”101 The Proxy Statement also includes the statement that “[e]mployment and other agreements currently in effect will become obligations of the Surviving Corporation following the merger.”102 Therefore, Bernbach’s consulting contract and the continuing obligation of the surviving company under that contract are sufficiently disclosed by the Proxy Statement and Or-man’s disclosure allegations with regard to director Bernbaeh are dismissed.
4. Director Sherren
Orman next alleges “[t]he Proxy Statement fails to disclose that Defendant Cull-man Sr. has been the Chairman of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Centaur Communications Ltd., the body that sets or recommends the annual compensation to be paid to Defendant Sherren in his role as Chief Executive Officer of Centaur.”103 Although I did not reach a conclusion as to whether these facts support an unfavorable inference regarding Sherren’s interest and/or independence, all of this information was disclosed in the Proxy Statement or documents incorporated by reference into the Proxy Statement. Sherren’s principal occupation during the five years preceding the Proxy Statement was listed as “Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Centaur Communications Limited.”104 It was disclosed that Cullman Sr. served as a director of Centaur105 and that “Mr. Cull-man [Sr.] is Chairman of the Compensation Committee of Centaur Communications Limited, of which Mr. Sherren is chief executive officer.”106 Because this information was disclosed, there is no ma*36terial omission concerning Sherren. Or-man’s disclosure allegations with regard to director Sherren are dismissed.
5. Director Lufkin
Orman alleges “[t]he Proxy Statement fails to disclose that Defendant Lufkin was a co-founder of Donaldson, Lufkin and Jenrette (“DLJ”) and that DLJ received a substantial fee as underwriter for the Company’s IPO.”107 In fact, the Proxy Statement informs the shareholders that “Dan W. Lufkin, Chairman [of the Special Committee], was a co-founder of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette.”108 The Proxy Statement also makes clear that although Lufkin “was” a founder of DLJ, he is no longer a member of that investment bank. The Proxy Statement records that Lufkin’s “Principal Occupation and Business Experience During the Past Five Years” was that of “Private investor”109 and that “[e]xcept as otherwise indicated each director has had the same principal occupation during the past five years.”110 The fact that a company Lufkin helped to found, by which he is no longer employed, was an underwriter for General Cigar’s 1997 IPO cannot, in my opinion, be considered a material fact that would have altered the total mix of information presented to the Company’s shareholders. Orman’s disclosure allegations with regard to director Lufkin are dismissed.111
Because the facts Orman complains of as being omitted with regard to the individual defendant directors either did not require disclosure or were in fact disclosed, all disclosure allegations concerning the individual director defendants are dismissed. All that remains of Orman’s disclosure allegations, therefore, are the omission of the benefit that would redound to the Company when the Cuban embargo is lifted and the omission of the market value of the Company’s headquarters building in New York City. These two omissions must be seen to alter the “total mix” of information available to the shareholders in order to meet the materiality standard and to avoid an entire dismissal of Orman’s disclosure claims.
6. Cuban Embargo
The allegation that it was a material disclosure violation that “[t]he Proxy Statement fail[ed] to disclose the huge financial benefits which the Company would reap when the trade embargo with Cuba is lifted [due to the Company’s] exclusive trademark rights to seven of the top ten Cuban cigar brands”112 is almost laughable. Such an allegation barely rises to the level of unsupported speculation that the Courts of this state have never held must be included in proxy materials.113 Perhaps in recognition of the baselessness of this particular allegation, Orman did not attempt to defend it either in his briefs or at oral argument. This disclosure claim fails as a matter of law and the defendants’ *37motion to dismiss with respect to this alleged omission is, therefore, granted.
7. Headquarters Building
With respect to the disclosures provided in connection with the Company’s headquarters building, Orman acknowledges that the Proxy Statement discloses the carrying value (cost less depreciation) of that asset. He asserts, however, that it was a material omission that the Proxy Statement did not “disclose that the Company’s headquarters building at 387 Park Avenue South, which is owned by the Company, consists of 210,000 square feet of office space of which only 25,000 square feet is used by the Company and also fails to disclose the fair market value of such property.”114 The defendants counter that when an asset is fundamental to a company’s operations, as opposed to a surplus asset that could readily be sold for market value, the fair market value of such asset need not be included in a company’s proxy materials. They maintain that the Company’s headquarters building is fundamental to the Company’s operations and, as a result, there was no requirement that the Proxy Statement contain fair market value information about that asset.
The defendants correctly point out that in Citron v. E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co., 115 this Court held that under the facts of that case it was not a material omission when only the book value and not the fair market value of a particular asset was disclosed. This finding was made after the Court determined that the asset was not a surplus asset that could have been sold for cash at fair market value, but was integral to the company in question. Citron, however, is readily distinguishable both on its facts and procedural posture from this case.
The decision in Citron was reached after a full trial on the merits that was followed by post-trial briefing and further oral argument.116 Here, the Court does not have the benefit of a fully developed record to assist it in making a determination of whether General Cigar’s headquarters building is fundamental to the Company or a surplus asset that could be sold without significantly impairing the Company’s ongoing business. The asset in question in Citron is also factually distinguishable from the building at issue in this case. The asset at issue in Citron was a facility that the Court determined was “not a surplus asset, but was an integral part of the educational and public relations side of [the company’s] business.”117 This facility was equated with other operating assets such as factories and major equipment. Additionally, the Citron Court knew the appraised value of that facility. This enabled it to calculate that the appraised value was only 1.7% of the fully disclosed book value of the company. These facts led the Citron Court to conclude that “[i]n these circumstances, the $4.4 million difference between appraised and book value would have been quantitatively insignificant to a shareholder considering whether to approve the merger.”118 Based on the facts presented to me at this stage of the litigation, I cannot say, as a matter of law, that the building housing the Company’s corporate offices is integral to General Cigar’s business in the sense that it could be equated to an operating asset. It seems reasonable, at this stage of the litigation, to believe that General Cigar could obtain *38another location to house its corporate headquarters without adversely affecting the operation of the manufacturing and marketing of the Company’s cigars. It is possible, therefore, that the fair market value of that building might be considered material information.
At oral argument the defendants suggested, for the first time, that the Proxy Statement did, in a way, disclose the value of the Park Avenue budding to the shareholders. They based this assertion on the fact that the projections of income on which the Special Committee’s financial advisor, Deutsche Bank, based its valuation of the Company were included in the Proxy Statement. According to the defendants, this is significant because projections of income included lease payments from other non-Company tenants in the Park Avenue building. The defendants reason that since the lease payments from other tenants were included in the income projections and those income projections were used by Deutsche Bank in their valuation of the Company, the “value” of the building was disclosed to the shareholders. Were it determined that the fair market value of the headquarters building was material information that should have been disclosed to the shareholders, I cannot agree with the defendants that this information was disclosed to the shareholders in the manner they propose.
The Proxy Statement does say that the projections of income which were provided by the Company to Deutsche Bank and were used by Deutsche Bank in connection with its January 19, 2000 fairness opinion “[i]nclude[d] income from the Company’s headquarters office building.”119 No figures were given, however, either in terms of real dollars or a percentage of income, that showed the significance of these lease payments to that projected income from which a shareholder could have even attempted to determine the “value” of the headquarters building as suggested by the defendants. Additionally, those financial projections “were not prepared by the Company with a view to public disclosure or compliance with presentation and disclosure guidelines established by the SEC or the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants regarding prospective financial information.”120 The Proxy Statement did include audited financial statements, however, and the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” associated with those audited financial statements declared that “[t]he operations of ... 387 PAS, which owns and operates the Company’s headquarters building, were not material to the Company’s results of operations in any of the periods presented.” 121 This statement seems to imply both that the building was not, in and of itself, integral to the business of General Cigar nor a significant income-producing asset of the Company. Although upon examination of additional facts at a later stage of litigation it might well be determined that failure to include the fair market value of this asset was not a material omission, based on the specific facts before the Court now it is impossible for me to reach such a conclusion at this time. Therefore, defendants’ motion to dismiss as it pertains to this one disclosure allegation cannot be granted on the basis of a determination that information regarding the fair market value of the headquarters building was immaterial.
*39 C. Section 102(b)(7)
The defendants argue that even if I find that Orman has stated a cognizable disclosure claim, the complaint must still be dismissed because all that it alleges is a breach of the duty of care and the Company’s certificate of incorporation includes an exculpatory provision adopted pursuant to 8 DelC. § 102(b)(7) that shields General Cigar’s directors from personal liability for breaches of the duty of care. Orman responds that he has alleged breaches of the duty of loyalty, liability for which cannot be avoided by the Company’s exculpation clause.
Before I can address the parties’ contentions as to whether General Cigar’s exculpatory provision shields the defendant directors from liability, thereby permitting complete dismissal of the disclosure claims, I must first determine whether the Court’s consideration of such a defense is premature in light of the facts and procedural posture of this case. Two recent Delaware Supreme Court decisions specifically addressed the proper timing of this Court’s consideration of a defense based on a § 102(b)(7) charter provision. In Malp-iede v. Toumson, the Supreme Court affirmed a Rule 12(b)(6) dismissal of the plaintiffs’ due care claim based on a § 102(b)(7) exculpatory provision contained in the defendant corporation’s charter.122 In Emerald Partners v. Berlin, the Supreme Court vacated a decision for premature consideration of a § 102(b)(7) provision in a post trial final judgment.123 According to the Emerald III Court, the trial court improperly found for the defendants based on the existence of a § 102(b)(7) exculpatory provision because it failed first to set out explicitly the Court’s findings as to the entire fairness of the challenged transaction.124 Consideration of the exculpatory provision was held to be premature even though the trial court explicitly determined, after a complete trial on the merits during which both sides were fully able to present all the evidence at their disposal, that even if the transaction was unfair, there was no evidence that in any way showed such unfairness resulted from a breach of the duty of loyalty and that any unfairness could only have been due to a breach of the duty of care.125 Nevertheless, the Emerald III Court reiterated Malpiede’s holding that “if a shareholder complaint unambiguously asserts only a due care claim, the complaint is dismissa-ble once the corporation’s Section 102(b)(7) provision is properly invoked.”126 The Malpiede Court stated, however, that:
[i]n the case of a Rule 12(b)(6) motion, ... if the Section 102(b)(7) charter provision is raised for the first time in the motion or brief in support of the motion, it is a matter outside the pleading. If not excluded by the court, the existence of such matter means that the motion will be converted, by clear force of the pleading rules, into a motion for sum*40mary judgment under [Court of Chancery] Rule 56.127
Although the Court must permit discovery when considering a Rule 56 motion for summary judgment, any discovery associated with a matter outside the pleadings considered by the Court may, within the Court’s discretion, be limited so as to focus any permitted discovery on the narrow issue presented by that matter.128
The defendants in this case first raised the issue of an exculpatory provision, purportedly contained in General Cigar’s Certificate of Incorporation at Article Fifth (d), in their brief in support of their motion to dismiss.129 This being a matter outside the pleadings I have, as instructed by Malpiede, converted my consideration of it from a Rule 12(b)(6) standard to a Rule 56 standard. The only discovery relevant to that matter was the very narrow one concerning the existence or authenticity of the Company’s exculpation provision. Orman was given the opportunity to conduct limited discovery, but he declined to challenge either the existence or authenticity of General Cigar’s exculpatory provision.130 That provision is, therefore, an undisputed fact that may be considered by the Court. It reads:
No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.131
This provision shields the members of the General Cigar Board from personal monetary liability for a breach of their duty of care to the Company.
Contrary to Orman’s suggestion, disclosure claims do not always involve a breach of the duty of loyalty. He incorrectly cites two decisions of this Court, O’Reilly v. Transworld Healthcare, Inc. 132 and Chaffin v. GNI Group, Inc.133 as supporting his argument that “[s]o long as the complaint pleads a violation of other aspects of the fiduciary duty, such as bad faith or breach of the duty of loyalty, it cannot be dismissed pursuant to § 102(b)(7).”134 Or-man’s argument is that merely alleging a violation of the duty of loyalty — whether conclusory in nature or otherwise inadequately pleaded — -would preclude dismissal based on an exculpatory charter provision. Neither O’Reilly nor Chaffin support anything close to Orman’s sweeping interpretation of these cases. O’Reilly stated that exculpatory provisions adopted pursuant to § 102(b)(7) cannot be the basis for dismissal “where a complaint alleges or pleads facts sufficient to support the inference that the disclosure violation ... implicates *41the duty of loyalty.”135 Chaffin found that dismissal based on an exculpatory provision was not possible there because “the Court has previously determined that the Complaint does state cognizable claims for breach of the duty of loyalty.”136 Put simply, if a complaint properly pleads a non-exeulpated claim, that claim at least survives a motion to dismiss.
The fiduciary duty to disclose material facts does not solely implicate the duty of loyalty, a breach of which results in liability that cannot be avoided by an exculpatory provision. Rather, “[t]he duty of directors to observe proper disclosure requirements derives from the combination of the fiduciary duties of care, loyalty and good faith.”137 The Malpiede Court recently observed that a “board’s fiduciary duty of disclosure ... [is] not [an] independent dut[y] but the application in a specific context of the board’s fiduciary duties of care, good faith, and loyalty.”138 A claim for breach of the duty of disclosure may implicate only the duty of care “when the misstatement or omission was made as a result of the directors’ good faith, but ‘erroneous judgment’ concerning the proper scope and content of the disclosure.” 139 Furthermore, in Arnold v. Society for Savings Bancorp, Inc., our Supreme Court held that a disclosure claim could be dismissed pursuant to a § 102(b)(7) exculpatory provision when the Court determined that there was no breach of the duty of loyalty and that the disclosure violation there was consistent with a good faith omission.140
Unfortunately for the defendants, however, because Orman has pled facts which make it reasonable to question the independence and disinterest of a majority of the Board that decided what information to include in the Proxy Statement, I cannot say, as a matter of law, that the complaint unambiguously states only a duty of care claim. Therefore, consideration of the effect of General Cigar’s exculpatory provision on Orman’s ability to recover damages, at this point, is premature.
In addition, because I conclude that it is impossible to say, as a matter of law, that information concerning the fair market value of the Company’s headquarters building is immaterial, I cannot currently accept defendants’ contention that a fully informed vote of a majority of the Company’s Unaffiliated Shareholders ratified any possible breaches of fiduciary duties in connection with the Board’s consideration of the challenged merger. If it were later determined that this omission was not material, however, shareholder ratification might become an important issue.
Finally, the pleadings (and reasonable inferences drawn therefrom) are insufficient for me to make a determination with respect to the possible cleansing effect resulting from the actions of General Cigar’s Special Committee. The complaint provides no bases upon which I can draw *42conclusions confidently as to whether or not the Special Committee’s negotiations with Swedish Match were indeed arms-length and indicative of a properly functioning and properly motivated committee. It is also unclear to me at the moment what legal effect, if any, the Company’s exculpatory provision would have on the liability of particular defendant directors, if I were to find (at a later stage of this lawsuit) that the Special Committee did, in fact, operate as an independent and properly motivated negotiating body such that any breaches of fiduciary duty by it implicated only the duty of care. These issues must await another day.141
IV. CONCLUSION
For the reasons stated above, I deny defendants’ motion to dismiss the fiduciary duty claims in connection with the merger of General Cigar and Swedish Match. I grant in part and deny in part defendants’ motion to dismiss the disclosure claims.
An Order accompanies this Opinion.
ORDER
For the reasons assigned in this Court’s Opinion entered in this case on this date, it is
ORDERED:
(1) Defendants’ motion to dismiss the fiduciary duty claims asserted in plaintiffs complaint is DENIED; and
(2) Defendants’ motion to dismiss the disclosure claims asserted in plaintiffs complaint is GRANTED with respect to all such disclosure claims EXCEPT the claimed omission of the fair market value of defendant General Cigar Holdings, Inc.’s corporate headquarters building in New York City, NY.
11.6.1.2 In re Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, Inc. Stockholder Litigation 11.6.1.2 In re Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, Inc. Stockholder Litigation
3/15/2024 pdw
What if half your directors are conflicted, but the deal is legitimately a great deal for the company? Do you have to pass up the deal just because the directors are conflicted?
There are a few ways to get around the conflict. First, you could just try your hand at entire fairness review. Do the deal and hope for the best when folks sue. But advising a client to "hope for the best" is a sure way to never get hired again. Clients pay you to help avoid the risky litigation.
Better advice is to form a special committee. A special committee is an ad hoc board committee called for some special purpose, like a transaction or litigation. Special committees are often used to avoid conflicts. If the committee is independent, and the committee is empowered and authorized to make the final decision, then the court will consider only the conflicts of the directors on the special committee. This makes sense. If Biker Bob doesn't take part in the decision, any conflicts Bob has shouldn't taint the decision.
In the case below, a shareholder alleges various conflicts in the course of a merger. The board used a special committee, so the case turns on whether the directors sitting on a special committee were conflicted. Specifically, the court analyzes what it means to be "beholden." The court considers their relationship with Martha Stewart, who is alleged to have had a financial interest in the transaction.
Court of Chancery of Delaware.
IN RE MARTHA STEWART LIVING OMNIMEDIA, INC. STOCKHOLDER LITIGATION
Consolidated C.A. No. 11202–VCS
Submitted: July 24, 2017
Decided: August 18, 2017
Attorneys and Law Firms
Seth D. Rigrodsky, Esquire, Brian D. Long, Esquire, Gina M. Serra, Esquire, and Jeremy J. Riley, Esquire of Rigrodsky & Long, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; Carmella P. Keener, Esquire of Rosenthal, Monhait & Goddess, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; James S. Notis, Esquire and Meagan Farmer, Esquire of Gardy & Notis, LLP, New York, New York; Evan J. Smith, Esquire and Marc L. Ackerman, Esquire of Brodsky & Smith, LLC, Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania; and Gustavo F. Bruckner, Esquire of Pomerantz LLP, New York, New York, Attorneys for Plaintiffs.
Kevin R. Shannon, Esquire, Matthew F. Davis, Esquire, and Mathew A. Golden, Esquire of Potter Anderson & Corroon LLP, Wilmington, Delaware and Paul K. Rowe, Esquire of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, New York, New York, Attorneys for Defendant Martha Stewart.
John L. Reed, Esquire,
Ethan H. Townsend, Esquire, and Harrison S. Carpenter, Esquire of DLA Piper LLP (US), Wilmington, Delaware and Mitchell A. Karlan, Esquire and Lauren Sager, Esquire of Gibson Dunn & Crutcher LLP, New York, New York, Attorneys for Defendants Sequential Brands Group, Inc., Singer Madeline Holdings, Inc., Madeline Merger Sub, Inc., and Singer Merger Sub.
OPINION
SLIGHTS, Vice Chancellor
Beyond the broad enabling provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, there is no official guidebook or manual to which fiduciaries of Delaware companies may turn when determining how best to fulfill their duties to shareholders once a decision has been made to sell the company. Even so, Delaware courts have addressed certain recurring transactional scenarios with sufficient regularity and consistency that, over time, our decisional law has drawn situational “road maps” that guide directors, officers and others involved in the sales process through these scenarios in a manner that will allow them to earn the maximum deference for their decision making that our law allows under the circumstances.1
The proper means by which to manage the conflicts inherent in transactions involving controlling stockholders in various contexts has been the subject of several decisions of this court and our Supreme Court. Of particular relevance here, in the seminal Kahn v. M & F Worldwide Corp.,2 our Supreme Court synthesized decades of jurisprudence to lay out the road map by which a controlling stockholder's buyout of its subsidiary in a negotiated merger will earn the controller the maximum deference our law allows, even at the pleadings-stage. Specifically, the court explained that if the relevant constituencies involved in the transaction precisely implement designated measures intended to replicate arms-length bargaining, then the standard by which the alleged conflicted transaction will be reviewed, even at the pleadings stage, will be the business judgment rule. If they deviate from the detailed road map laid out by the court, however, then the path to pleadings-stage deference will be closed and the default standard of review, entire fairness, will govern any motion to dismiss the complaint.3
In this consolidated class action, former stockholders of Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, Inc. (“MSLO” or the “Company”) have brought claims in a Verified Second Amended Class Action Complaint (the “Complaint”) against the Company's former controlling stockholder and namesake, Martha Stewart, for breach of fiduciary duty and against the third-party buyer, Sequential Brands Group, Inc. (“Sequential”), for aiding and abetting that breach. The claims arise out of a transaction that closed in December 2015, whereby MSLO was acquired by Sequential in a merger (the “Merger”). Pursuant to the Merger, MSLO stockholders could elect to receive $6.15 per share either in cash or common stock of the newly formed company based on a conversion formula set forth in the merger agreement.
The gravamen of the claim against Stewart is that she leveraged her position as controller to secure greater consideration for herself than was paid to the other stockholders. In a motion to dismiss the Complaint, Stewart denies that she was paid disparate consideration but argues that even if the Complaint pleads that she engaged in a conflicted transaction, the Court should review the allegations under the business judgment rule standard since the transaction was structured in a manner that provided meaningful protections to the minority stockholders.
This court has not yet had occasion to address whether the transactional structure outlined in M & F Worldwide fits when the controller is a seller only and, if so, whether strict compliance with the prescribed steps is necessary to secure pleadings-stage business judgment rule review. For reasons I explain below, I have determined that M & F Worldwide does apply to conflicted one-side controller transactions. I have also determined that business judgment deference is appropriate at the pleadings stage in this case because the dual procedural protective measures deployed in connection with this transaction—the creation of an independent special committee and the adoption of a majority of the minority approval condition—followed the M & F Worldwide road map with precision and were in place at the moment Stewart began to negotiate for consideration over and above what would be paid to the other stockholders. Because the course of this transaction hit each point on the M & F Worldwide map, Plaintiffs' only path to challenge the Merger is via a claim of waste, which they have neither pled nor remotely suggested is viable here.
As explained below, I have also concluded that the Complaint does not adequately plead that Stewart, as controlling stockholder, engaged in a conflicted transaction in any event. The timeline of the negotiations surrounding the Merger and the “side deals” Sequential entered into with Stewart reveals that Plaintiffs will be unable, under any reasonably conceivable circumstance, to prove a central element of their claim, causally related damages. Contrary to the story chronicled in the Complaint, where Stewart allegedly diverted consideration from MSLO stockholders to herself, and thereby caused Sequential to lower its offer for the Company, the actual series of events described in the publicly filed documents on which the Complaint relies confirms that the consideration Sequential offered to MSLO stockholders actually increased after negotiations with Stewart began. Under these circumstances, it is not reasonably conceivable that Plaintiffs can prove their claim that Stewart engaged in a conflicted transaction through which she caused injury to the minority stockholders by diverting merger consideration to herself.
Plaintiffs have also failed to allege sufficient non-conclusory facts that would allow any inference that the side deals Sequential negotiated with Stewart to ensure her continued commitment to the acquired company were materially different from or more lucrative to Stewart than the contractual arrangements Stewart already had in place with MSLO. Having failed to plead a conflict between Stewart and the minority stockholders, the appropriate standard of review is the business judgment rule even if the transactional structure strayed from the M & F Worldwide road map.
For its part, Sequential seeks dismissal of the aiding and abetting claim on two grounds: (1) the claim fails as a matter of law because the Complaint does not plead a viable claim for breach of fiduciary duty against Stewart; and (2) the Complaint fails to plead one of the required elements of an aiding and abetting claim, knowing participation in the breach by Sequential. Because I have determined that the Complaint fails to state a claim for breach of fiduciary duty against Stewart, I dismiss the Complaint against Sequential on that basis and need not reach the question of whether the Complaint adequately pleads the other elements of aiding and abetting a breach of fiduciary duty.
I. Background
I have drawn the facts from the allegations in the Complaint, documents integral to the Complaint and matters of which I may take judicial notice.4 I have assumed that all well-pled facts in the Complaint are true, except in those instances where the Plaintiffs fail adequately to explain contradictions between the facts as pled in the Complaint and the facts as recited in the Proxy on which the Complaint relies to describe the background of the Merger. In the face of outright contradictions between the Complaint and the Proxy, I have considered the Proxy for its truth, even at this procedural stage, because it is integral to Plaintiffs' claims.5
A. The Parties and Relevant Non–Parties
Lead plaintiffs, Paul Dranove, Phuc Nguyen, Kenneth Steiner, and Richard Schiffrin, were at all relevant times the owners of Class A common stock of MSLO.
Defendant, Martha Stewart, is the founder and namesake of MSLO. She was indisputably MSLO's controlling stockholder at the time of the Merger.
Defendant, Sequential, is a Delaware corporation headquartered in New York City. Its business consists of owning, promoting, marketing and licensing a portfolio of consumer brands in the fashion, active and lifestyle categories. Defendant, Singer Madeline Holdings, Inc. (“TopCo”), is a Delaware corporation formed to effectuate the Merger. Defendants, Madeline Merger Sub, Inc. and Singer Merger Sub, were Delaware corporations and wholly-owned subsidiaries of TopCo that facilitated the Merger and ceased to exist thereafter (collectively, the “Sequential Defendants”).
Pierre deVilleméjane, a director of MSLO since August 2013, was the Chairman of a special committee formed in 2014 to consider possible strategic transactions on behalf of MSLO that ultimately negotiated the transaction with Sequential (the “Special Committee”).6 He is also the CEO of WWRD Holdings Limited (“WWRD”), a position he has held since March 2009. WWRD offers products under various brand names, including Wedgwood and Waterford. Wedgwood has a line of products designed by Stewart, sold under the name “Martha Stewart Collection by Wedgwood.”7 Wedgwood and Waterford Products are also promoted on MSLO's website.
William Roskin, a director of MSLO since October 2008 and member of the Special Committee, was previously employed at Viacom until 2008. Viacom and its affiliate carried the Martha Stewart Living syndicated television program until 2004.
Arlen Kantarian, a director of MSLO since February 2009 and a member of the Special Committee, previously served as CEO of Professional Tennis for the United States Tennis Association and US Open from 2000 to 2008. It is alleged that Stewart is “a self-avowed tennis enthusiast who has three tennis courts on her various properties [and] who [has] attended the tennis matches and the GalaOpen for the [USTA-sponsored] US Open.”8
Margaret M. Smyth, a director of MSLO since January 2012 and a member of the Special Committee until November 13, 2014, was previously a partner at Arthur Andersen. It is alleged that MSLO was one of Smyth's “accounts” at Arthur Andersen.9
B. The Company
Founded in 1996, MSLO was a Delaware corporation headquartered in New York City that conducted a media and merchandising business, creating original how-to content and related products for homemakers and other consumers. MSLO organized its business into three segments: Publishing, Merchandising, and Broadcasting. Its common stock was publicly traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “MSO.”
Prior to the Merger, MSLO had two classes of common stock: Class A (one vote per share) and Class B (ten votes per share). As of September 18, 2015, MSLO had 32,510,392 shares of Class A common stock outstanding and 24,984,625 shares of Class B common stock outstanding. Stewart owned or controlled 100% of the Class B shares and 2,102,946 Class A shares, which collectively represented 88.8% of the total voting control of MSLO. She shared voting power with her daughter, Alexis Stewart, on behalf of the Martha Stewart Family Limited Partnership (the “Trust”) up to the time of the Merger. The Class B shares were transferrable only among the triangle of Stewart, the Trust, and Alexis Stewart. In the event of a transfer of Class B shares outside the triangle, the transferred shares would automatically convert into Class A shares.
C. Stewart's Pre–Merger Contractual Relationships with MSLO
Prior to the Merger, MSLO maintained three key agreements with Stewart or her affiliates: (1) an employment agreement (the “MSLO Employment Agreement”); (2) an Intellectual Property License and Preservation Agreement (the “IP Agreement”); and (3) an intangible asset license agreement with Lifestyle Research Center, LLC (“LRC”), another Stewart-owned entity (the “License Agreement”). Each are relevant to Plaintiffs' claims here.
Pursuant to the MSLO Employment Agreement, Stewart agreed to serve as MSLO's Chief Creative Officer and primary spokesperson, as the Founding Editorial Director for MSLO's publications and as the executive producer for MSLO's television and radio productions. MSLO, in turn, agreed to pay Stewart annual base compensation of $1.8 million with a right to receive up to $1.5 million per year in bonus compensation and reimbursement for performance expenses of up to $100,000 per year.
Pursuant to the IP Agreement, Stewart granted MSLO “an exclusive, worldwide, perpetual royalty-free license to use her name, likeness, image, voice, and signature for products and services.”10 Under the IP Agreement, MSLO was the owner of the primary trademarks in the business and was granted the right to develop and register further trademarks incorporating the Martha Stewart name, even if Stewart ceased to be MSLO's controlling stockholder. If Stewart was terminated without “cause”—or if Stewart terminated her employment for “good reason”—the IP License would continue only in part, and Stewart would be permitted to use her name in new businesses.
Pursuant to the License Agreement, MSLO paid Stewart, through LRC, an annual fee for the perpetual, exclusive right to use certain Stewart-related intangible assets and to access various Stewart-owned realty through 2017. The annual fee initially was $2 million, but was reduced to $1.7 million in 2013 for an extended term lasting until September 15, 2017. If MSLO terminated Stewart for reasons other than for “cause,” or if Stewart terminated her employment for “good reason,” MSLO would be obligated to pay LRC the licensing fee through the License Agreement's remaining term. Otherwise, the License Agreement would terminate when Stewart's employment with MSLO terminated.
D. MSLO Explores a Potential Strategic Transaction With “Company A”
In the summer of 2014, one of MSLO's peer companies (“Company A”) advised Stewart that it wished to explore a potential strategic transaction with MSLO. Stewart subsequently informed MSLO's Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Company A's expression of interest. At the time, MSLO's Board was comprised of six members: Stewart, Daniel W. Dienst, MSLO's CEO and a director of MSLO since October 2013, Arlen Kantarian, Pierre deVilleméjane, William Roskin, and Margaret M. Smyth.
After Stewart informed MSLO's Board of Company A's interest, Stewart, Dienst and other members of MSLO management engaged in “a number” of conversations with Company A representatives to explore Company A's overture.11 On July 29, 2014, MSLO entered into a confidentiality agreement with Company A to facilitate more substantive discussions.
On August 26, 2014, MSLO's Board met at the offices of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, MSLO's outside counsel. At that meeting, Stewart advised the Board that discussions with Company A were at a preliminary stage and that no valuation discussions or due diligence had occurred. The Board, in turn, determined that it was appropriate to form the Special Committee, comprised of independent directors, to evaluate and determine the advisability of the potential transaction with Company A and other alternatives “given Stewart's control position and the uncertainty regarding what her arrangements would be in connection with a potential transaction.”12 The Special Committee was comprised of deVilleméjane, Kantarian, Roskin, and Smyth.13 The MSLO Board authorized the Special Committee at the outset of its formation to retain legal and financial advisors. The Board also delegated “full and exclusive” authority to the Special Committee to explore, evaluate and negotiate a potential transaction with Company A, to consider an alternative transaction or to decide not to pursue strategic alternatives should it determine that doing nothing was in the Company's best interest.14
The Special Committee retained Debevoise as its legal advisor and Moelis & Company as its financial advisor.15 With its advisers in place, the Special Committee began discussions with Company A regarding a potential transaction. It soon became clear, however, that “Company A was unwilling to expend the time and resources necessary to negotiate a transaction without first ascertaining whether it would be able to reach an understanding in principle with ... Stewart ....”16 To address this concern, “Company A requested the opportunity to negotiate certain post-closing employment arrangements with Stewart before negotiating the terms of a proposed acquisition.”17 The Special Committee granted Company A's request but “reserv[ed] [the] right to evaluate such arrangements.”18
E. Sequential Enters the Picture
On November 12, 2014, while the Special Committee's negotiations with Company A were ongoing, Dienst had a lunch meeting with Bill Sweedler, the chairman of Sequential's board of directors and the co-founder and managing partner of Tengram Capital Partners (“TCP”), Sequential's largest stockholder. At that meeting, Sweedler indicated to Dienst that TCP was interested in exploring a transaction with MSLO. Later that month, TCP delivered a written preliminary indication of interest to Stewart, who then provided that document to the Special Committee.
TCP's indication of interest described two alternatives. The first was a recapitalization whereby TCP would acquire an unspecified number of shares from Stewart. In return, Stewart would receive the bargained-for consideration for her shares, compensation for the termination of her existing employment arrangements with MSLO and certain profit sharing interests in the shares of MSLO stock acquired by TCP. The second alternative was a merger with Sequential whereby Sequential would offer a combination of cash and stock for 100% of MSLO stock at a price of $4.50 per share (the stock's then-current trading price). After discussing “certain financial considerations” raised by TCP's proposal, the Special Committee elected not to engage with TCP or Sequential at that time.19
On March 5, 2015, MSLO announced better-than-expected 2014 financial results and, over the next two weeks, the trading price of MSLO Class A common stock rose from $4.73 per share to $6.45 per share. Prior to March 5, 2015, Company A and Stewart had reached an agreement on Stewart's personal arrangements in the event a MSLO–Company A transaction was ultimately approved. Negotiations had reached a point where MSLO and Company A entered into an exclusivity agreement that would expire on April 3, 2015. Ultimately, however, the Special Committee rejected Company A's best proposal, which had increased to $4.90 per share and had been formulated before the announcement of MSLO's improved financial results. MSLO allowed the exclusivity agreement with Company A to expire as scheduled on April 3, 2015.
On April 9, 2015, the Special Committee and its advisors discussed “next steps” following the cessation of discussions with Company A. The following week, at a meeting on April 15, the Board received reports from the Special Committee and Moelis. The Special Committee advised the Board that discussions with Company A had ceased and Moelis then provided the Board with an overview of alternatives that MSLO could pursue. As it considered next steps, the Board “considered the views of Stewart, who had expressed a preference for a targeted search for a potential buyer rather than a broad public auction.”20 When the Board discussed whether to resume contact with Sequential, Dienst informed the Board that he had a meeting scheduled the next day with Sweedler, Sequential's chairman, and that he would inquire whether Sequential was still interested.
Dienst met with Sweedler as scheduled. At the conclusion of the meeting, Sweedler confirmed that Sequential was prepared to submit a revised indication of interest to the Special Committee. On April 21, Sequential proposed a transaction at $6.20 per share, payable 50% in cash and 50% in stock. Two days later, MSLO entered into a confidentiality agreement with Sequential. Stewart and other members of MSLO management met with Sequential a week later to discuss “the potential merits of a combination transaction.”21
F. The Sequencing of Negotiations Related to the Merger
At the April 29 meeting of the Special Committee, Debevoise reported on its conversations with Stewart's counsel regarding a potential MSLO–Sequential transaction and the sequencing of negotiations surrounding Stewart's post-closing arrangements. Stewart's advisors represented that “Sequential was willing to base Stewart's post-closing arrangements on the terms of her existing arrangements with MSLO[.]”22 The Special Committee determined that its negotiations with Sequential for a sale of MSLO should precede Stewart's negotiations with Sequential regarding her post-closing contractual arrangements and resolved to go forward with negotiations on that basis.
On May 11, Sequential submitted a revised proposal to acquire MSLO. The revised proposal set forth two prices for MSLO's stock that depended upon MSLO's success in renegotiating a publishing arrangement with its publishing partner, Meredith Corporation. If MSLO could renegotiate the Meredith contract on favorable terms, Sequential would increase its offer to $6.25 per share. If not, the offer would be $5.75 per share ($0.45 per share lower than the April 21 proposal).23 This revised proposal was conditioned on approval by a majority of shares of MSLO common stock other than shares owned by Stewart and her affiliates.24
The Special Committee met next on May 12, 2015. At that meeting, Debevoise advised the Special Committee that Sequential was seeking to negotiate Stewart's post-closing arrangements and the terms of a MSLO–Sequential transaction simultaneously. Just as Company A had insisted during its negotiations with the Special Committee, Sequential did not want to commit substantial resources to merger negotiations without at least simultaneously determining whether they could reach agreements with Stewart—the face of the Company—regarding her post-closing commitments to the acquired entity. And, just as it had approached negotiations with Company A, the Special Committee authorized Stewart to negotiate her post-closing arrangements at the same time the Special Committee negotiated the merger terms with Sequential, subject to the Special Committee's right to review those arrangements before determining whether to recommend the transaction to the full Board. During a Special Committee meeting a week later, the Special Committee decided that its negotiations of merger consideration with Sequential should culminate “near or at the time” all parties were ready to execute definitive agreements.25
G. Sequential Submits a Revised Proposal
On June 5, 2015, Sequential submitted a revised proposal for the Special Committee's consideration. The revised proposal set forth two alternatives. The first contemplated a purchase price of $6.15 per share with a no-shop provision and a termination fee of 3.75% of the merger consideration. The second alternative contemplated a purchase price of $6.00 per share, a go-shop period, and the same termination fee of 3.75%. Both alternatives included unlimited matching rights for Sequential, information rights and a right to expense reimbursement of $2.5 million in the event MSLO stockholders did not approve the Merger. Neither alternative mentioned the publishing agreement with Meredith. As of the close of trading on June 17, 2015, MSLO's stock was trading at $5.10 per share.26
The Special Committee met to consider the revised Sequential proposal on June 19, 2015. At that meeting, the Special Committee was advised that MSLO had received a letter from a third party expressing interest in exploring a possible transaction. The Special Committee determined not to entertain that potential offer and, instead, directed Moelis to request that Sequential increase its bid to $6.65 per share. Moelis made the request but Sequential declined to move from its $6.15 per share offer.
The Special Committee reconvened the next day. At this meeting, the Special Committee was informed for the first time that Stewart had negotiated an agreement whereby Sequential would reimburse Stewart for up to $4 million of the fees she incurred in negotiating her post-closing arrangements. The Special Committee was also informed that Stewart was “not prepared to limit or otherwise alter the [agreement to reimburse fees].”27 At this juncture, the Special Committee abandoned its request for $6.65 per share. Instead, the Special Committee determined to request, and later received, Sequential's agreement to permit MSLO to engage in a thirty-day post-signing go-shop in lieu of a price increase.
The Special Committee met again on June 21, 2015. At that meeting, Moelis provided a fairness opinion with respect to the Merger at $6.15 per share. With the fairness opinion in hand, the Special Committee voted unanimously to recommend the Merger to the Board. The next day, June 22, the full Board approved the Merger. Stewart recused herself from the vote.
H. The Merger
MSLO and the Sequential Defendants entered into an “Agreement and Plan of Merger” on June 22, 2015. The Merger Agreement provided for a thirty-day post-signing go-shop period, matching rights for Sequential and a termination fee of $7.8 million during the go-shop period, which would increase to $12.8 million after the go-shop period. The Merger entitled MSLO stockholders to elect to receive either $6.15 per share in cash or a number of shares of Sequential common stock equal to the $6.15 merger price divided by the volume weighted average price of Sequential common stock during the five-day period immediately prior to the Merger's closing.
As had been expressed by Sequential for the first time on May 11 (the day before Stewart began her separate negotiations with Sequential), the Merger Agreement contained a non-waivable condition that the Merger be approved by a vote of at least the majority of the combined voting power of MSLO's outstanding Class A and Class B common stock, as well as a separate vote of at least 50% of the voting power of MSLO's outstanding Class A common stock not owned by Stewart and her affiliates.28 MSLO's stockholders approved the Merger on December 2, 2015, with an overwhelming majority of the minority stockholders (99%) voting to approve the deal. The Merger closed on December 4, 2015.
I. Stewart's Contractual Relationships With Sequential and MSLO Following the Merger
On June 22, 2015, the date of the Merger Agreement, Stewart entered into two separate agreements with Sequential. The first was an employment agreement. The second, a registration rights agreement, was between Sequential, Stewart, Alexis Stewart, the Trust and other related Stewart entities (collectively, the “Stewart Entities”). In addition, Stewart bargained for extensions of two other agreements she had in place with MSLO. These agreements collectively have been referred to by the parties as Stewart's “side deals.”29
The relevant provisions of the employment agreement state that Stewart is to serve as “Chief Creative Officer” of the post-merger company for which she will be paid annual compensation of $1.8 million. She will be entitled to a bonus if bonuses are paid to other senior executives. She also will receive 10% of the annual gross licensing revenue earned from the Stewart brand in excess of $46 million. Beginning in 2026, and terminating upon the later of December 31, 2030 or the date of her death, Stewart will receive 3.5% of annual gross licensing revenues for Martha Stewart branded products. Additionally, she will be reimbursed up to $100,000 each year in performance expenses and expenses incurred in providing promotional services.
The employment agreement continues until 2020 and extends automatically for an additional five years if certain gross licensing revenue targets are achieved. Even if the employment agreement is not automatically extended, meaning that the licensing revenue targets are not met, Stewart will become a part-time brand consultant/ambassador for five years and receive annual payments between $1.5 million and $4.5 million per year. Finally, the employment agreement provides that Sequential will reimburse Stewart up to $4 million in expenses incurred in negotiating her post-merger contractual arrangements.
Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, the Stewart Entities have demand registration rights for all of the shares the Stewart Entities receive in the Merger. Thereafter, the Stewart Entities may include their shares in two offerings of greater than $15 million each and are entitled to certain S–3 registration rights for up to three offerings of greater than $5 million each with piggyback registration rights.
In addition to the new employment and registration rights agreements, the License Agreement was amended and the IP Agreement was amended and restated. The amended License Agreement extends the term of the original License Agreement from 2017 to 2020. Otherwise, the Amended License Agreement tracks the original License Agreement, meaning that Stewart will still receive the same $1.7 million annual payment provided for under the original agreement. The Amended and Restated IP Agreement mostly tracks the original IP Agreement, with one major exception: under the Amended IP Agreement, if Stewart's employment is terminated, she may not use her name in new businesses.
J. Procedural History
The initial complaint in this consolidated class action was filed on June 25, 2015, three days after the Merger was announced. That action was consolidated with several related actions pursuant to this Court's consolidation order dated August 18, 2015. Plaintiffs filed an amended class action complaint on January 12, 2016, and then a second amended complaint, the operative “Complaint,” on July 18, 2016. The Complaint contains two counts: Count I for breach of fiduciary duty against Stewart as MSLO's controlling stockholder and Count II for aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duties against the Sequential Defendants.
Stewart and the Sequential Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint pursuant to Court of Chancery Rule 12(b)(6). After initial briefing and oral argument on the motion to dismiss, the Court requested supplemental briefing on June 29, 2017. The supplemental briefing was to address two issues the parties did not fully address in their initial briefing: (1) whether the Court can accept the contents of the Proxy as true at the pleadings stage given the substantial differences between the Complaint and the Proxy with respect to key facts, and (2) whether the framework established by our Supreme Court in M & F Worldwide applies to a one-sided controller transaction and, if so, at what point in the process would the “dual procedural protections” of an independent, fully empowered special committee and a majority of the minority vote need to be imposed for purposes of determining whether both protections were present “ab initio.” The parties submitted their supplemental briefing on July 24, 2017.
II. Analysis
“The standards governing a motion to dismiss for failure to state a claim are well settled: (i) all well-pleaded factual allegations are accepted as true; (ii) even vague allegations are “well-pleaded” if they give the opposing party notice of the claim; (iii) the Court must draw all reasonable inferences in favor of the non-moving party; and (iv) dismissal is inappropriate unless the plaintiff would not be entitled to recover under any reasonably conceivable set of circumstances susceptible of proof.”30
A. The Standard of Review: Entire Fairness or Business Judgment Rule?
The Court's consideration of the motions to dismiss must begin with the gating question of what standard of review governs the claims that have been pled against Stewart. Not surprisingly, Stewart urges the Court to determine that business judgment rule deference is appropriate here for either of two reasons.
First, she emphasizes that, although she is indisputably a controlling stockholder, the Merger was an arms-length transaction with a third party. She highlights that she did not negotiate the Merger—that task was undertaken by a well-functioning, fully independent Special Committee. Her alleged side deals with Sequential gave her nothing more than she was already receiving from MSLO. And she received the same consideration for her stock as all other stockholders. According to Stewart, under a long line of precedent, these factors, not countered by the well-pled allegations of the Complaint, justify application of the business judgment rule.31 In essence, Stewart maintains that, because she did not engage in a conflicted transaction, she should not be held to the onerous entire fairness standard of review.
Second, Stewart argues that even if the Court determines the Complaint adequately pleads that she engaged in a conflicted transaction such that entire fairness would be the default standard of review, the Court nevertheless must review the transaction under the business judgment rule because the transaction was accompanied by procedural protections that protected the minority stockholders—a properly-empowered and independent special committee of the Board and a non-waivable condition that the Merger be approved by a majority of the minority stockholders. According to Stewart, under well-established case law, these dual procedural protections have the effect of ratcheting down the standard of review from entire fairness to business judgment review even in a conflicted transaction involving a controlling stockholder.32
Plaintiffs acknowledge that MSLO was acquired by a third-party not affiliated with the controlling stockholder. They also acknowledge that the controller nominally received the same Merger consideration as the minority stockholders. Nevertheless, they contend that entire fairness review is appropriate here since the controller allegedly diverted consideration to herself at the expense of the minority stockholders in the form of side deals dressed up as an employment agreement and various intellectual property-related agreements. This diversion of consideration was made possible, according to Plaintiffs, because the Special Committee, while at first resistant, ultimately allowed Stewart to negotiate her arrangements with Sequential at the same time the Special Committee was negotiating the Merger price with Sequential. These simultaneous negotiations, in turn, allowed Sequential to determine what it was going have to pay Stewart in the side deals to gain her approval of the transaction before it committed to its best and final offer for the Company. Plaintiffs allege that the effect of this sequencing is evident in the fact that Sequential's final offer of $6.15 per share is lower than its initial offer of $6.20 per share.33
With these lines drawn, the threshold and dispositive question remains: by what standard of review should Stewart's conduct be measured at this early stage of the litigation? In this case, the question has two parts: (1) whether Plaintiffs have pled facts that allow a reasonable inference that Stewart engaged in a conflicted transaction; and, if so, (2) whether Plaintiffs have pled facts that allow a reasonable inference that the dual procedural protections employed in connection with this transaction fell short of what is required under Delaware law to justify business judgment review of Plaintiffs' breach of fiduciary duty claim at the pleadings stage.
1. Did Stewart Engage in a Conflicted Transaction?
As this court has often reiterated, “entire fairness is not triggered solely because a company has a controlling stockholder.”34 Rather, “the controller also must engage in a conflicted transaction.”35 With that said, “Delaware is more suspicious” when transactions involve controlling stockholders because “[a] controlling stockholder occupies a uniquely advantageous position for extracting differential benefits from the corporation at the expense of minority stockholders.”36 And when a controlling stockholder is involved, there is also “an obvious fear that even putatively independent directors may owe or feel a more-than-wholesome allegiance to the interests of the controller, rather than to the corporation and its public stockholders.”37
In the controlling stockholder context, a conflicted transaction typically will fit one of two scenarios. In one scenario, the controller stands on both sides of the transaction, such as when a parent acquires its subsidiary.38 With regard to these transactions, Delaware law is clear that, absent some basis for burden shifting or burden reduction, the controlling stockholder will “bear the burden of proving its entire fairness.”39 As noted, this scenario does not fit here because Stewart stood only on the sell-side of this transaction and was independent of the buyer.
In the other scenario, the controlling stockholder does not stand on both sides of the transaction but exploits its position of leverage on the sell-side to extract “different consideration or derive some unique benefit from the transaction not shared with the common stockholders.”40 In these circumstances, our courts recognize that even though the controller is not calling the shots on both sides of the negotiating table, it can nonetheless “compete” with the minority by leveraging its controller status to cause the acquiror to divert consideration to the controller that would otherwise be paid into the deal.41 Under these circumstances, “entire fairness review will apply ab initio.”42
Among the cases that fit within this latter scenario are cases where the controller actually receives more in merger consideration than the other stockholders43 and cases where the controller diverts merger consideration from other stockholders by masking the payment as consideration for “side deals.”44 Here, Plaintiffs acknowledge that Stewart received the same $6.15 per share Merger consideration that all other MSLO stockholders received. Thus, it is clear that the nature and character of Stewart's side deals, as alleged in the Complaint, will drive the analysis of whether Plaintiffs have pled the existence of a conflicted controlling stockholder transaction.45
Plaintiffs allege that the fact that Stewart's side deals diverted consideration from the minority can readily be gleaned from the trajectory of Sequential's offers. Specifically, according to Plaintiffs, Sequential lowered its offer for the Company after it struck its side deals with Stewart.46 These allegations, however, cannot be squared with the detailed recounting of the negotiations between the Company and Sequential as set forth in the Proxy.47 Plaintiffs' “truth” is that Sequential made an initial offer of $6.20 for each share of MSLO stock; the Special Committee then allowed Stewart to negotiate with Sequential on a parallel track to the Special Committee's negotiations with Sequential; and then, after negotiations with Stewart were complete, Sequential lowered its offer price to $6.15 per share.48 Of course, the Complaint not once mentions that Sequential lowered its offer to $5.75 per share after its initial offer of $6.20 per share. The Proxy, upon which Plaintiffs rely, reveals a different truth. There, it is revealed that, in fact, Sequential had already lowered its offer for the Company prior to the Special Committee giving Stewart permission to negotiate her side deals, and then increased its offer after those negotiations were, in essence, concluded.
To review, Sequential's initial expression of interest when it returned to the table in April 2015 was $6.20 per share. After a period of due diligence, on May 11, 2015, Sequential presented the Special Committee with a revised offer comprised of two alternatives—if MSLO successfully renegotiated its publishing agreement with Meredith on more favorable terms, then the offer would be $6.25 per share; if not, then the offer would be $5.75 per share. The Meredith contract was not renegotiated. The next day, May 12, Sequential advised the Special Committee for the first time that Sequential wanted to negotiate with Stewart at the same time it continued negotiations with the Special Committee. After completing separate negotiations with Stewart on the essential terms of her side deals, and even though the contract with Meredith had not been renegotiated on more favorable terms, Sequential increased its offer from $5.75 per share to $6.15 per share. Thus, the facts reveal that after Sequential substantially completed negotiations with Stewart regarding her side deals, its offer for the Company increased by $0.40 per share.
Plaintiffs elected to rest their claim that Stewart engaged in a conflicted transaction on a false narrative—a narrative that strategically omitted, if not outright misstated, a key fact. Sequential did not lower its offer after completing negotiations with Stewart; it increased its offer. With the flaw in their narrative exposed, it is not reasonably conceivable on the pled facts that Stewart caused Sequential to divert consideration from the minority stockholders into its side deals with Stewart.
Putting this dispositive causation issue to the side, Plaintiffs have failed to plead non-conclusory facts that the side deals Sequential offered to Stewart provide her with markedly more lucrative post-merger arrangements than she had in place with MSLO before the Merger. As an initial matter, it cannot be ignored that it was Sequential, not Stewart, who insisted upon and initiated the negotiations with Stewart regarding side deals in order to ensure that Martha Stewart would remain meaningfully involved with the Martha Stewart brand Sequential was acquiring. The Special Committee can hardly be faulted for appreciating that any buyer, including Sequential, would need some level of comfort that Stewart would remain committed after the transaction closed before expending resources negotiating a transaction to acquire the Company that bore her name.
Perhaps more to the point, Plaintiffs have failed to distinguish the “new” side deals from the “old” side deals in any meaningful way that would support the inference that Stewart was extracting consideration from Sequential that otherwise would have gone to the MSLO shareholders. The most Plaintiffs can muster in this regard is that Sequential's commitment to reimburse Stewart for up to $4 million in out-of-pocket fees incurred in connection with her negotiations relating to the Merger “equates to $0.07 per share.”49 This argument, of course, ignores that Stewart herself owns almost half of the outstanding shares and therefore would have received approximately half of that amount even if it had been paid to stockholders. Moreover, Stewart's previous arrangements also contained a similar entitlement to reimbursement.
Plaintiffs' allegations regarding the side deals also ignore the authority of this Court that has declined to sustain a breach of fiduciary duty claim unless the plaintiff can allege facts that support an inference “that the side payment represented an improper diversion” of consideration.50 I cannot reasonably conceive of a circumstance where Plaintiffs could prevail upon the Court as fact-finder that Stewart's side deals with Sequential, which to reasonable degrees tracked the structure, value and obligations of the side deals she had in place before the Merger, reflect her improper attempt to divert to herself consideration that Sequential would have paid to the stockholders (keeping in mind, of course, that she herself was a stockholder who had by far the largest stake in the Merger consideration).51 Sequential was acquiring the Martha Stewart brand and, in part, the continued commitment of Martha Stewart's time, energy and talent to keep the brand alive and thriving. It was entirely proper for Sequential to pay, and for Stewart to accept, extra consideration (just as MSLO had paid before the Merger) to secure the immeasurable value of that commitment. Indeed, these fair value side deals ultimately facilitated the Merger and enabled stockholders to realize premium value for their shares.
Giving Plaintiffs the benefit of all reasonable inferences to which they are entitled, they have failed adequately to plead non-conclusory facts that would support a reasonable inference that Stewart secured for herself consideration that otherwise would have been paid to the minority stockholders and that the minority stockholders suffered direct monetary harm as a result.52 They have failed, therefore, to state a claim that Stewart, as controlling stockholder, engaged in a conflicted transaction. Accordingly, their breach of fiduciary claim against her must be reviewed under the business judgment standard.53
Defendants maintain that, even if the Court determined that Stewart's side deals with Sequential justified a pleadings-stage inference that she engaged in a conflicted transaction, the business judgment rule applies nevertheless since the transaction was structured in a manner that allowed impartial decision-makers—both the Special Committee and minority stockholders—to pass on the bona fides of the Merger. Plaintiffs disagree. Because Defendants contend that the dual procedural protections that were put in place here provide a separate basis to invoke the business judgment rule, and to grant their motion to dismiss, it is appropriate to take up this issue notwithstanding my determination that Plaintiffs have failed to plead the presence of a conflicted transaction.
2. Did the Dual Procedural Protections Employed Here Lower the Standard of Review?
Stewart argues that the Merger was structured in a manner that provided the minority stockholders with the dual procedural protections of an independent, disinterested and properly-empowered special committee and a non-waivable, fully-informed and uncoerced vote of a majority of the minority stockholders. According to Stewart, under these circumstances, there is simply no principled basis to conclude that she should be denied the deference of the business judgment rule in connection with this third-party merger when, under the rule stated in M & F Worldwide, she would clearly be entitled to business judgment deference if she stood on both sides of the transaction.54 Indeed, citing In re John Q. Hammons Hotels Inc. Shareholder Litigation (“Hammons” )55 and Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority v. Volgenau (“SEPTA”),56 she notes this court already has recognized that the standard of review should ratchet down from entire fairness to the business judgment rule when a third-party transaction allegedly involving disparate consideration paid to the controller is coupled with procedural protections that ensure independent decision makers will have the final say.57
Neither Hammons nor SEPTA addressed the question, addressed squarely in M & F Worldwide, of whether the parties to the transaction were required to embrace the dual procedural protections as conditions to consummation ab initio in order to justify business judgment review on a motion to dismiss.58 Their silence on this question, in turn, prompts the question: at what point must the parties to a potentially conflicted third-party transaction involving a controlling stockholder agree to the dual procedural protections in order for the controller to earn pleadings-stage business judgment deference? In this case, the timing issue was confounded by the fact that the parties' initial briefing focused on the chronology as set forth in the Complaint where Plaintiffs alleged that Sequential agreed to a majority of the minority condition after Sequential initiated its negotiations with Stewart on side deals.59 As noted above, the Proxy contradicts this narrative. Nevertheless, the parties did not address or even acknowledge the contradiction, at least not initially.
In her first pass on this issue, with the chronology as alleged in the Complaint in mind, Stewart took the position that ab initio implementation of the dual procedural protections was not required because, contrary to the framework applicable to a two-sided controller transaction, the courts in Hammons and SEPTA said nothing about the timeframe in which the protections must be implemented. By her lights, the Court should presume from this silence that Hammons and SEPTA intended to hold that the dual procedural protections would invoke business judgment deference so long as they were deployed as conditions at some point before the transaction closed.60 M & F Worldwide was not reconciled or even addressed in her analysis.
For their part, Plaintiffs argued that Hammons and SEPTA offer little, if any, guidance since neither case addressed a controlling stockholder's entitlement to pleadings-stage business judgment deference; both were decided on motions for summary judgment with the benefit of full evidentiary records that reflected the efficacy, or lack thereof, of the procedural protections in place with regard to the specific transactions at issue in those cases. While not citing to M & F Worldwide (or the opinion in In re MFW Shareholders Litigation61 which it affirmed), Plaintiffs emphasized in their answering brief that timing mattered and that the Complaint adequately pled that the dual procedural protections were deployed too late since Sequential agreed to the majority of the minority condition only after Sequential was well into its negotiations with Stewart over her side deals.
The Court's consideration of the efficacy of the dual procedural protections, including the timing issue, took a turn when it was discovered post-argument that the allegations in the Complaint regarding the timing of Sequential's majority of the minority vote condition did not square with the chronology set forth in the Proxy on which the Complaint so heavily relied. Recall that the Proxy explains that Sequential imposed the majority of the minority condition before it approached the Special Committee about negotiating directly with Stewart.62 The parties had not addressed the relevance, if any, of the discrepancy between the Complaint and the Proxy with respect to this timing issue in their initial round of briefing or at argument. Nor had the parties addressed in any detail whether the strict requirements set forth in M & F Worldwide even applied in these circumstances. So the Court requested supplemental briefing on these issues. Specifically, the Court inquired (a) whether the detailed road map laid out in M & F Worldwide applied in the context of a one-sided controller transaction involving allegations of disparate consideration; and, if so, (b) whether the sales process leading up to the Merger complied with this detailed road map in all respects, including with respect to the timing of the protective measures implemented “as conditions to the procession of the transaction.”63 With the supplemental briefs in hand, I consider these questions in turn below.64
a. The M & F WorldwideFramework Applies to One–Sided Controller Transactions
M & F Worldwide was the culmination of decades of Delaware jurisprudence that had wrestled with the appropriate standard by which controlling stockholder transactions should be reviewed. There, our Supreme Court affirmed then-Chancellor Strine's decision in In re MFW, where he synthesized the evolution of our law regarding controlling stockholder transactions and held for the first time that a transaction involving a controlling stockholder standing on both sides of a transaction, under limited circumstances, could be reviewed under the business judgment rule, prior to trial, including at the pleadings stage.65 Following M & F Worldwide, it is now settled in the context of a controlling stockholder squeeze-out merger that if the transaction is structured to follow the detailed road map laid out there, the transaction will be assailable, even at the pleadings stage, only on the basis of waste, a notoriously exacting standard.
As noted, M & F Worldwide was careful to emphasize that business judgment review would be triggered “if and only” the “procession of the transaction” strictly complied with each element of the road map, including the requirement of ab initio timing.66 Stewart offers two reasons why M & F Worldwide is not controlling here. First, she continues to maintain that Hammons and SEPTA govern since those cases addressed the one-sided controller, disparate consideration scenario present here. Second, she argues that “a two-sided controller transaction is inherently more suspect than a sale to a third party by a controller.”67
Plaintiffs' position is that the strict requirements of M & F Worldwide do apply in third-party transactions involving controlling stockholders.68 They contend, however, that the Complaint and incorporated documents reveal enough at this stage to support a reasonable inference that the dual procedural protections deployed here did not satisfy M & F Worldwide and, therefore, were not effective in delivering their intended results—the protection of the minority stockholders. They also argue that Stewart's arguments in support of her effort to escape the strict requirements of M & F Worldwide find no support either in the authority on which she relies or in the bases upon which both the Chancery and Supreme Court decisions in M & F Worldwide rest.
In Hammons and SEPTA, the court determined that the business judgment rule applies where the transaction: “(1) is recommended by a disinterested and independent special committee; (2) which has ‘sufficient authority and opportunity to bargain on behalf of minority stockholders,’ including the ‘ability to hire independent legal and financial advisors’; (3) [is] approved by stockholders in a non-waivable majority of the minority vote; and (4) the stockholders [are] fully informed and free of any coercion.”69 Lest there be any doubt as to whether Hammons and SEPTA reflect “good law,” the Supreme Court removed that doubt when it affirmed SEPTA by summary Order.70
Stewart is correct that both Hammons and SEPTA involved mergers with third-parties where the target's stockholders alleged that a controlling stockholder was conflicted after negotiating and ultimately securing disparate merger consideration. She is also correct that in neither case did the court appear to dwell on the timing of the target company's implementation of the dual procedural protections. Indeed, in both cases, the protections were deployed after negotiations with the third party began but prior to the close of the mergers and yet, in both cases, the courts were satisfied that if the measures were effective, then a shift from entire fairness to business judgment review was justified.71 Critically, however, neither case addressed the question that Stewart has called here—whether pleadings-stage business judgment deference is appropriate when minority stockholders allege that a controlling stockholder competed with them for merger consideration. Both cases were decided on motions for summary judgment. And both were decided without the guidance of M & F Worldwide, where the emphasis on strict compliance, including ab initio timing, was first set forth and explained.
This strict or “formalistic”72 approach to pleadings-stage transactional standard of review determinations in In re MFW and M & F Worldwide was not at all surprising. Because the court was addressing whether the minority stockholders' claim should be dismissed before discovery, both this court and the Supreme Court took pains to provide a detailed road map of the points of protection the controller must visit to earn business judgment deference on a motion to dismiss.73 In this light, Hammons and SEPTA are properly viewed as two of several waypoints on the long road leading to M & F Worldwide, not as controlling authority for the determination of when one-sided controlling stockholder transactions involving allegations of disparate consideration will be reviewed at the pleadings stage under the business judgment rule.
I also disagree with Stewart that the risks and incentives differ significantly as between two-sided controller transactions and one-sided controller transactions where the controller is alleged to have competed with the minority for consideration. The risks are obvious; our law is clear that a controller's interests do not align with those of other stockholders when the controller competes with the minority for deal consideration.74 The conflicts inherent in the disparate consideration scenario are no more or less present or worrisome than in the scenario where the controller stands on both sides of the transaction. Both scenarios justify our corporate law's highest level of scrutiny, entire fairness.75
The need to incentivize fiduciaries to act in the best interests of minority stockholders, likewise, is equally important in one-sided and two-sided conflicted controller transactions. In both instances, the key is to ensure that all involved in the transaction, on both sides, appreciate from the outset that the terms of the deal will be negotiated and approved by a special committee free of the controller's influence and that a majority of the minority stockholders will have the final say on whether the deal will go forward. Regardless of which side of the transaction a conflicted controller stands, it is critical that the process is designed from the outset to incentivize the special committee and the controller to take positions at every turn of the negotiations, including during the negotiation of side deals, which will later score the approval of the majority of other stockholders. Only then is it appropriate to reward the controller with pleadings-stage business judgment rule deference.76
Given the looming conflict created by potentially disparate consideration, I can see no principled basis to conclude that it would be somehow less important that Stewart and Sequential be incentivized from the outset of their negotiations to take positions and to reach side deals that will be acceptable to the other stockholders than it would be if Stewart was negotiating to acquire the Company. The potential for conflict is omnipresent in both scenarios. Thus, to the extent any doubt remained following In re MFW and M & F Worldwide, I am satisfied that strict compliance with the transactional road map laid out in those seminal decisions is required for the controlling stockholder to earn pleadings-stage business judgment deference when it is well-pled that the controller, as seller, engaged in a conflicted transaction by wrongfully diverting to herself merger consideration that otherwise would have been paid to all stockholders.
While Stewart has questioned whether strict compliance with the M & F Worldwide road map was required with respect to the Merger, she has not shied away from those requirements when addressing the Court's inquiry as to whether the “procession of the transaction” followed the road map.77 In particular, with respect to the timing issue, she argues that the dual procedural protections must be in place “before any actual agreement on terms involving separate contracts with the controller have taken place ...”78 Alternatively, she argues that the earliest the Court should measure whether the M & F Worldwide requirements are in place is at the time the conflict potentially surfaces—in this case, at the time she began her negotiations with Sequential over side deals. Plaintiffs, on the other hand, argue that the dual procedural protections must be in place “at the moment either the controller or the buyer communicates any effort or intention to seek to negotiate or propose separate consideration and arrangements for the controller in the transaction.”79
In a transaction where the controller is on both sides, such as a squeeze-out merger, the controller has the ability publicly to announce that it is conditioning any transaction on the M & F Worldwide procedural protections in its initial offer to the board of the target. Because the controlling stockholder decides when to begin negotiations regarding a transaction and on what terms, the “outset” of the transaction is clear. In the one-sided controlling stockholder context, however, where an unaffiliated third party initiates the process with its offer, the controller obviously has no control over the conditions the third party will impose on the process or approval of the transaction. But the controller can ensure that the third party and the target have agreed to both procedural protections before she begins to negotiate separately with the third party for disparate or non-ratable consideration. That is when the potential conflict with the minority surfaces.
Plaintiffs urge the Court to adopt a rule that would require the procedural protections to be implemented at the outset of discussions between the target and the third party even if the controller and third party have not even hinted that they might engage in separate negotiations. Such a rule would make no sense for the simple reason that the M & F Worldwide protections serve no purpose at the outset of discussions between a target and third party when the only proposal from the putative buyer is that all shareholders receive the same price for their shares. No conflict or potential for conflict (assuming status quo ) exists at this point; the interests of the controlling stockholder and the minority stockholders are aligned.80
In my view, the correct time at which to determine if the M & F Worldwide ab initio requirement has been met is the point where the controlling stockholder actually sits down with an acquiror to negotiate for additional consideration. If the procedural protections are implemented before that time, then all actors, and most importantly the controlling stockholder, enter those negotiations aware that both the Special Committee and the majority of the minority stockholders will have the final say on whether the deal, with the controller's extra consideration, will be approved. In the parlance of In re MFW, the “get-go” of the process in the disparate consideration case is the moment the controller and third party begin to negotiate the controller's side deals.81
The question remains whether the process implemented by the Special Committee and Sequential in this case satisfied the M & F Worldwide framework. According to Stewart, it is clear from the Complaint that the dual procedural protections were solidified in the transactional structure prior to any alleged conflict surfacing between her and the minority stockholders, i.e., before she commenced discussions with Sequential regarding her side deals. Moreover, according to Stewart, the Complaint has failed to plead any facts that support a reasonable inference that the dual procedural protections were not effective and did not yield their intended results. Specifically, the Complaint and the incorporated Proxy acknowledge that the Merger was negotiated and approved by the properly-constituted Special Committee and was conditioned on the affirmative vote of the majority of the minority stockholders who, when called to vote, overwhelmingly approved the transaction.82
Plaintiffs disagree. They argue that the Complaint adequately alleges that the Special Committee was conflicted and otherwise ineffective.83 As for the majority of the minority condition, they allege this condition was imposed too late in the process and, therefore, did not comply with the requirement in M & F Worldwide that the dual procedural protections exist ab initio.84
I address the efficacy of the Special Committee first. I then consider whether the majority of the minority condition was imposed ab initio and whether it was effective in its implementation.
b. The Independence and Effectiveness of the Special Committee
Even though they voluntarily dropped all claims against members of the Board, including the Special Committee, Plaintiffs allege that the Special Committee was comprised of directors loyal to Stewart and therefore was not fully independent as required by M & F Worldwide.85 To plead that a director was “interested” in a transaction, a plaintiff “must allege facts supporting a reasonably conceivable inference that the director received ‘a personal financial benefit from a transaction that is not equally shared by the stockholders.’ ”86 To plead that a director “lacked independence,” a plaintiff “must allege facts supporting a reasonable inference that a director is sufficiently loyal to, beholden to, or otherwise influenced by an interested party so as to undermine the director's ability to judge the matter on its merits.”87 In the controlling stockholder context, a plaintiff “must demonstrate that the director is beholden to the controlling party or so under [the controller's] influence that [the director's] discretion would be sterilized.”88 “Bare allegations that directors are friendly with, travel in the same social circles as, or have past business relationships with the proponent of a transaction ... are not enough to rebut the presumption of independence.”89
Plaintiffs do not allege that the members of the Special Committee were interested in the Merger. They do, however, attempt to state a basis to infer that the Special Committee was not independent because each of its members was somehow beholden to Stewart. I address these allegations in turn.
As to Pierre deVilleméjane, the Chairman of the Special Committee, Plaintiffs allege that he is also the CEO of WWRD, a company that makes products under various brand names, including Wedgwood and Waterford. Wedgwood, in turn, carries a line of products designed by Stewart and sold under the name “Martha Stewart Collection by Wedgwood.”90 Wedgwood and Waterford Products are promoted on MSLO's website. Nothing about this connection even remotely suggests that deVilleméjane lacked independence.
In order to show that a presumptively independent director is nonetheless beholden to a controller, a plaintiff “must satisfy a materiality standard.”91 As our Supreme Court has explained, “[t]he court must conclude that the director in question had ties to the person whose proposal or actions he or she is evaluating that are sufficiently substantial that he or she could not objectively discharge his or her fiduciary duties.”92 Therefore, “the existence of some financial ties between the interested party and the director, without more, is not disqualifying.”93 Plaintiffs have not even attempted to plead the materiality to deVilleméjane of the relationship between WWRD and Stewart. Consequently, the Court has no grounds to question his independence based on this relationship.
For William Roskin, who was previously employed at Viacom until 2008, Plaintiffs highlight that Viacom and its affiliate carried the Martha Stewart Living syndicated television program until 2004. This bare allegation of a prior business relationship from over a decade ago between Stewart and the company for which Roskin used to work is precisely the type of conclusory allegation concerning a prior business relationship that does not come close to overcoming the presumption of independence.94
As for Arlen Kantarian, Plaintiffs allege that he previously served as CEO of Professional Tennis for the USTA and US Open from 2000 to 2008. To create a connection to Stewart that would cast doubt on Kantarian's independence, the only allegation Plaintiffs serve up is that Stewart shares Kantarian's interest in tennis. In this regard, Plaintiffs allege that Stewart has three tennis courts on her various properties and has previously attended US Open events. To characterize this attempt to undermine Kantarian's independence as a “double fault,” while perhaps befitting, would not do justice to the frailty of the argument. Our courts have been crystal clear that such bare allegations of a shared interest, or even that the controller and the director travel in the same social circles, are insufficient to rebut the presumption of independence.95
Finally, as for Margaret M. Smyth, Plaintiffs allege that she was previously a partner at Arthur Andersen and that, while there, MSLO was one of her “accounts.”96 Here again, this is nothing more than a bare allegation of a past business relationship that does nothing to call into question Smyth's independence.97
In addition to the specific allegations of conflict directed at each member of the Special Committee, Plaintiffs also make a blanket allegation that the Special Committee was beholden to Stewart because her voting control empowered her to elect each member of the board of directors, including the Special Committee members. Our Supreme Court has made clear, however, that “proof of majority ownership does not strip the [other] directors of the presumptions of independence.”98 In considering whether demand on the board was excused in the derivative suit context, this court has held that the controller's ability to remove or replace directors does not, by itself, demonstrate a capacity to control them absent “allegations that remaining on [the] board is material to the outside directors...”99 Materiality, in this context, is measured by whether the plaintiff has alleged specific facts that support a reasonable inference the board members “would be incapable of” acting independently on a particular proposal because the controller's ability to remove them had “an inappropriate effect on their decision making process.”100
With this materiality standard in mind, I have no hesitation in concluding that Plaintiffs have failed adequately to plead that the members of the Special Committee lacked independence due to a material interest in remaining on the board of MSLO, or that Stewart's control of MSLO affected their decision-making process in any way. Indeed, any suggestion that the Special Committee members had a material interest in remaining on the MSLO board—a fact Plaintiffs do not even summarily allege—is belied by the fact that none of them made any effort to remain affiliated with Sequential or TopCo at any time during the negotiations of the Merger or after.
Plaintiffs also attempt to challenge the Special Committee's effectiveness. As an initial matter, they challenge the mandate of the Special Committee. In this regard, they contend that the Special Committee was initially only authorized to hire legal and financial advisors and therefore did not have the broad mandate required under Delaware law until sometime later in the process.101 Once again, however, Plaintiffs' allegations in the Complaint do not match up to an objective reading of the Proxy.102 More to the point, Plaintiffs cannot point to anything that would imply that the Special Committee's broad mandate to negotiate a transaction, and say “no” if it chose, was not well in place by the time it began its discussions with Sequential. This is all that matters when assessing whether the Special Committee's mandate met Delaware standards when it negotiated the Merger at issue here.103
Plaintiffs' other attempts to undercut the effectiveness of the Special Committee fare no better. In their brief, Plaintiffs adopt a laundry list of allegations they believe demonstrate that the Special Committee did not adequately protect the interests of the minority stockholders.104 Under the M & F Worldwide framework, a special committee must “meet its duty of care in negotiating a fair price.”105 To do so, the directors must “inform themselves, prior to making a business decision, of all material information reasonably available to them.”106 As this court recently explained, “[f]or purposes of applying the M & F Worldwide framework on a motion to dismiss, the standard of review for measuring compliance with the duty of care is whether the complaint has alleged facts supporting a reasonably conceivable inference that the directors were grossly negligent.”107
Plaintiffs' vague criticisms of the Special Committee's process and decision-making land far wide of the mark set by M & F Worldwide.108 As former Chancellor Chandler explained in In re Walt Disney Co. Derivative Litigation, “[i]n the duty of care context with respect to corporate fiduciaries, gross negligence has been defined as a reckless indifference to or a deliberate disregard of the whole body of stockholders or actions which are without the bounds of reason.”109 Plaintiffs' conclusory allegations do not come close to meeting this high standard. Instead, the Complaint does nothing more than question the business judgment of the independent committee members, an avenue of attack this court has repeatedly rejected.110
The Proxy explains in some detail that the Special Committee met frequently over a period of several months. It rejected a proposal from Company A when MSLO's financial condition improved and Company A was unwilling to raise its offer price, a rejection that led directly to the negotiations with Sequential. It allowed Stewart to negotiate with Sequential concurrently only after Sequential committed that the deal would be subject to a majority of the minority vote. It negotiated vigorously with Sequential on price and ultimately secured a post-closing go-shop period despite Sequential's initial reluctance to agree to this deal term. And, importantly, it was able to get Sequential to better its final offer even though the troublesome (from Sequential's perspective) publishing agreement with Meredith was never renegotiated and even after Sequential had reached an agreement with Stewart on her post-closing contractual arrangements. These facts do not support a reasonable inference that the Special Committee was grossly negligent in performing its duties.
c. The Effectiveness of the Majority of the Minority Vote Condition
As discussed above, Plaintiffs' showcase challenge with respect to the majority of the minority condition is that Sequential agreed to the condition too late in the process. Once the discrepancy between the Complaint and the Proxy is resolved, however, and it is understood that Sequential did not approach the Special Committee about negotiating separately with Stewart until after the non-waivable majority of the minority condition was in place, Plaintiffs' challenge regarding the timing of the majority of the minority condition crashes on the shoals of reality. The Proxy makes clear that Sequential locked this condition into the deal process the day before any potential conflict between Stewart and the minority surfaced. Accordingly, the majority of the minority condition was in place ab initio.111
Plaintiffs next allege that the vote of the minority stockholders was uninformed. Specifically, they allege that the stockholders were not informed of Moelis' alleged conflict.112 I disagree for two reasons. First, as I have already determined, the alleged Moelis conflict was no conflict at all.113 Moreover, even if a conflict existed, Plaintiffs, yet again, have ignored the Proxy, which clearly disclosed the relationship between Moelis and the Sequential stockholder that Plaintiffs allege gives rise to the conflict.114
Finally, Plaintiffs complain that the majority of the minority vote was not a robust procedural protection in this instance because non-minority shares affiliated with Stewart were counted in the vote. Specifically, they allege that “the ‘minority’ shares included shares owned by various MSLO insiders, including Stewart's friend Deinst, Stewart's sister-in-law Margaret Christiansen (employed as a Senior Vice President of MSLO), and all other directors, officers, and employees of the Company.”115 This allegation misfires for lack of specificity. First, Plaintiffs have not attempted to quantify what effect counting the purportedly non-minority shares had on the final vote count. They have not alleged, for instance, that the vote would have failed to achieve 51% approval from the minority had the shares they challenge been excluded. They also have not sufficiently alleged that the shares they wish to exclude are, in fact, “non-minority” shares. The Complaint contains no allegations that support a reasonable inference that the vote of any of the shares Plaintiffs seek to exclude was somehow compromised by Stewart's influence.116 In the absence of these allegations, it is not reasonably conceivable that Plaintiffs could prove that the majority of the minority vote failed to act as a robust procedural protection due to a failure to exclude non-minority shares.117
Plaintiffs have failed to plead facts “sufficient to call into question the existence of th[e] elements” required by M & F Worldwide.118 Accordingly, business judgment review is appropriate and the transaction can only be challenged on the basis of waste. Plaintiffs have not made a waste claim and, in any case, I cannot reasonably conceive of a scenario where they could meet that high standard given the factual allegations they have pled.
B. Aiding and Abetting
To state a claim for aiding and abetting a breach of fiduciary duty, Plaintiffs must plead “(1) the existence of a fiduciary relationship, (2) a breach of fiduciary duty, (3) knowing participation in that breach by the defendants, and (4) damages proximately caused by the breach.”119 Plaintiffs have failed to state a claim for aiding and abetting because they have failed to plead an underlying breach of fiduciary duty by Stewart.
III. Conclusion
For the foregoing reasons, the motions to dismiss brought by Stewart and the Sequential Defendants must be GRANTED.
IT IS SO ORDERED.
Footnotes
1
See William B. Chandler, III, The Delaware Court of Chancery and Public Trust, 6 Univ. of St. Thomas L.J. 421, 423–24 (2009) (noting that “one can, over time, weave [the decisions of the Court of Chancery] together to form a road map, an acceptable path for directors and officers of companies, so they can know what is expected of them.”).
2
88 A.3d 635 (Del. 2014).
3
Id. at 645 (holding that “the business judgment standard of review will be applied [in controller buyouts] if and only if” the prescribed steps—ab initio creation of a well-functioning special committee comprised of independent directors and ab initio conditioning the consummation of the transaction on the informed, uncoerced approval of a majority of the minority stockholders—are taken as outlined) (emphasis in original).
4
In re Crimson Exploration Inc. S'holder Litig., 2014 WL 5449419, at *8 (Del. Ch. Oct. 24, 2014) (“ ‘A judge may consider documents outside of the pleadings only when: (1) the document is integral to a plaintiff's claim and incorporated in the complaint or (2) the document is not being relied upon to prove the truth of its contents.’ Under at least the first exception, [the court finds] that consideration of the Proxy Statement is appropriate in resolving this dispute.”) (citation omitted); In re Gardner Denver, Inc., 2014 WL 715705, at *2 (Del. Ch. Feb. 21, 2014) (on a motion to dismiss, the Court may rely on documents extraneous to a complaint “when the document, or a portion thereof, is an adjudicative fact subject to judicial notice.”) (internal citation and quotation marks omitted); Narrowstep, Inc. v. Onstream Media Corp., 2010 WL 5422405, at *5 (Del. Ch. Dec. 22, 2010) (same).
5
See Orman v. Cullman, 794 A.2d 5, 16 (Del. Ch. 2002) (explaining that the Proxy Statement could be considered for its truth because “it is [ ] integral to [Plaintiff's] complaint as it is the source for the merger-related facts as pled in the complaint. Therefore, the Proxy Statement, and any other documents incorporated into it, are incorporated by reference into the complaint and will be considered on this motion.”). In this case, the exception that allows the court to consider a document outside the pleadings for its truth on a motion to dismiss takes on a heightened level of importance because there are starkly conflicting factual narratives in the Complaint and in the Proxy. Indeed, given the import and potentially case dispositive nature of this issue, I requested that the parties submit supplemental briefing on the extent to which the Court could rely upon factual statements in the Proxy. In their supplemental briefing, Plaintiffs cite to In re Santa Fe Pac. Corp. S'holder Litig., 669 A.2d 59 (Del. 1995) for the proposition that the Court cannot deem the contents of the Proxy as true. Sante Fe said no such thing. To be sure, our Supreme Court did emphasize that public filings, like a Proxy, should only be used to establish what was told to stockholders in public disclosures or to establish “formal, uncontested matters.” Id. at 70. The Supreme Court made clear, however, that these limitations applied “[w]hen a proxy statement is merely appended to the complaint and relied upon for the disclosure claims, but is not put forth by plaintiffs as an admission of the truth of the facts referred to therein...” Id. In this case, Plaintiffs did much more than “merely append” the Proxy to their Complaint; they referred to it as the source of their merger-related facts on which their claims rest. In doing so, they can fairly be said to have made “an admission of the truth of the facts referred to therein.” Id. Thus, contrary to Plaintiffs' argument, Santa Fe is consistent with the conclusion in Orman that when a public filing is “integral to [a Plaintiff's] complaint [because] it is the source for the merger-related facts as pled in the complaint,” it should be “incorporated by reference into the complaint and [ ]considered on this motion.” Orman, 794 A.2d at 16.
6
Plaintiffs initially brought claims against the members of the Special Committee for breach of fiduciary duty, but voluntarily dropped those claims when they filed the operative consolidated complaint. (DI 30).
7
Compl. ¶ 31(c).
8
Compl. ¶ 31(b).
9
Compl. ¶ 31(e).
10
Compl. ¶ 30.
11
Verified Second Am. Class Action Compl. (“Compl.”) ¶ 34 (quoting Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, Inc., Definitive Proxy Statement Form DEFM14A dated Oct. 27, 2015 (“Proxy”) at 52).
12
Compl. ¶ 35 (quoting Proxy at 53).
13
deVilleméjane eventually became the Chairman of the Special Committee. Compl. ¶ 36. “Smyth resigned from the Committee on November 13, 2014 ‘due to professional obligations.’ ” Id. (quoting Proxy at 53).
14
Compl. ¶ 38 (quoting Proxy at 53). Plaintiffs allege that the Special Committee's broad mandate was not in place until some time after the Board authorized the Special Committee to hire legal and financial advisors, noting that the Proxy states the Board “subsequently delegated full and exclusive authority” to the Committee to consider alternatives. Id. A fair reading of the Proxy, however, is that the Board both authorized the Special Committee to hire advisors and empowered the Special Committee to consider alternatives at the August 26 meeting. Proxy at 53 (“The MSLO Board of Directors authorized and empowered the Special Committee to retain independent legal counsel and financial advisors. The MSLO Board of Directors subsequently delegated to the Special Committee full and exclusive authority” to negotiate a transaction with Company A or any alternative transaction.). While this might suggest that the Board did not fix the Special Committee's mandate until some later date, the Proxy goes on to explain that, on the same date, “immediately following the MSLO Board of Directors meeting at which the MSLO Board of Directors established the Special Committee, the Special Committee held a meeting to discuss its mandate and consider the retention of legal counsel and an independent financial advisor to the Special Committee.” Proxy at 53. The Proxy further states that “[t]he MSLO Board of Directors resolved not to recommend any potential transaction or any other strategic alternative without the prior favorable recommendation of the Special Committee.” Proxy at 53. With all of this said, what ultimately is relevant here is that Plaintiffs do not allege that the Special Committee did not have an appropriate mandate prior to beginning discussions with Sequential nearly three months after the Special Committee was formed.
15
The Complaint points out that Debevoise had previously represented the Company and “had a prior relationship with Stewart and senior management.” Compl. ¶ 39.
16
Compl. ¶ 42 (quoting Proxy at 55).
17
Compl. ¶ 42 (quoting Proxy at 55).
18
Proxy at 55.
19
Proxy at 56.
20
Compl. ¶ 47 (quoting Proxy at 58).
21
Proxy at 59.
22
Compl. ¶ 51 (quoting Proxy at 59).
23
Proxy at 60.
24
Id.
25
Proxy at 60.
26
Proxy at 4.
27
Compl. ¶ 57 (quoting Proxy at 66).
28
Proxy at A–58.
29
The theme advanced by Plaintiffs regarding Stewart's side deals with Sequential, of course, is that she had her mind only on her money as revealed by the fact that she bargained for Sequential to pay her more for less work than she had performed for MSLO and, in doing so, diverted consideration away from minority stockholders.
30
Savor, Inc. v. FMR Corp., 812 A.2d 894, 896–97 (Del. 2002).
31
Opening Br. in Supp. of Def. Martha Stewart's Mot. to Dismiss Pls.' Second Am. Class Action Compl. (“Stewart's Opening Br.”) 29 (citing, by way of example, In re Synthes, Inc. S'holder Litig., 50 A.3d 1022 (Del. Ch. 2012)).
32
Stewart's Opening Br. 37 (citing In re John Q. Hammons Hotels, Inc. S'holder Litig., 2009 WL 3165613 (Del. Ch. Oct. 2, 2009); Se. Pa. Transp. Auth. v. Volgenau, 2013 WL 4009193 (Del. Ch.), aff'd, 91 A.3d 562 (Del. 2014)).
33
Defendants argue that Plaintiffs mischaracterize the sequence of events and how Sequential ultimately arrived at the $6.15 per share offer. They acknowledge that Sequential originally proposed $6.20 per share on April 21, 2015. Compl. ¶ 49. They point out, however, that in early May 2015, Sequential submitted a revised proposal that was conditioned upon MSLO's success in renegotiating the publishing arrangement with Meredith. If the Meredith contract was favorably renegotiated, Sequential would increase its offer to $6.25 per share. If not, the offer would stand at $5.75 per share. Proxy at 60. MSLO was not able to meet the Meredith condition set by Sequential. Against this backdrop, Defendants highlight that the eventual $6.15 per share Merger price, substantially higher than the $5.75 offered by Sequential in early May, was extended on June 5, 2015, after Sequential reached agreement in principle with Stewart on her various side deals. Thus, the merger consideration offered by Sequential actually increased after the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty and aiding and abetting had occurred. Given these undisputed facts, Defendants contend that Plaintiffs have not and cannot allege a central element of their claim against Stewart—damages causally related to any wrongdoing by the Defendants. See In re J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. S'holder Litig., 906 A.2d 766, 773 (Del. 2006) (stating “the fundamental principle governing entitlement to compensatory damages, which is that the damages must be logically and reasonably related to the harm or injury for which compensation is being awarded”). I address this issue below in connection with my determination of whether Plaintiffs have well-pled that the Merger was a conflicted transaction.
34
Crimson, 2014 WL 5449419 at *12 (collecting cases); see also, Larkin v. Shah, 2016 WL 4485447, at *8 (Del. Ch. Aug. 25, 2016) (“Importantly, the presence of a controlling stockholder does not per se trigger entire fairness.”).
35
Larkin, 2016 WL 4485447, at *8.
36
Id. at *11 (citing Leo E. Strine, Jr., The Delaware Way: How We Do Corporate Law and Some of the New Challenges We (and Europe) Face, 30 Del. J. Corp. L. 673, 678 (2005)).
37
Id.
38
See, e.g., Kahn v. M & F Worldwide Corp., 88 A.3d 635, 644 (Del. 2014).
39
Kahn v. Lynch Commc'n Sys., Inc., 638 A.2d 1110, 1113 (Del. 1994).
40
Crimson, 2014 WL 5449419 at *12.
41
In re John Q. Hammons Hotels, Inc. S'holder Litig., 2009 WL 3165613, at *12 (Del. Ch. Oct. 2, 2009).
42
Larkin, 2016 WL 4485447, at *8.
43
See, e.g., In re Tele–Commc'ns, Inc., 2005 WL 3642727 (Del. Ch. Dec. 21, 2005).
44
See, e.g., In re LNR Prop. Corp. S'holder Litig., 896 A.2d 169 (Del. Ch. 2005).
45
According to Stewart, in resisting her motion to dismiss, Plaintiffs essentially advocate for a per se rule that entire fairness review will apply, regardless of the circumstances, anytime a controlling stockholder negotiates “side deals” with the third-party acquiror. She cites to Golaine v. Edwards for the proposition that this court has rejected the very sort of per se rule that Plaintiffs purportedly urge the Court to adopt here. Although it is not clear to me that Plaintiffs have advanced the per se rule that has been ascribed to them, I agree with Stewart that there is no such per se rule recognized in our law. As Golaine makes clear, “[t]he analysis of whether [ ] side transactions tainted the fairness of the transaction to the target stockholders becomes in large measure a judgment about whether it was appropriate or not for those side transactions to occur.” Golaine v. Edwards, 1999 WL 1271882, at *6 (Del. Ch. Dec. 21, 1999). See also Houseman v. Sagerman, 2014 WL 1600724, at *13 (Del. Ch. Apr. 16, 2014) (holding that “[t]o survive a motion for judgment on the pleadings, the plaintiff must plead facts supporting an inference that the side payment represented an improper diversion and that, absent the impropriety, the consideration would have gone to the stockholders.”) (emphasis in original).
46
Compl. ¶ 53–54.
47
As previously explained, I have accepted the statements within the Proxy for their truth because Plaintiffs relied heavily on the Proxy as the source for merger-related facts in the Complaint and it is, therefore, integral to their claims.
48
Compl. ¶¶ 49–54.
49
Pls.' Answering Br. in Opp'n to Defs.' Mots. to Dismiss 10.
50
See Houseman, 2014 WL 1600724, at *13 (to sustain a disparate consideration claim against the controller “the plaintiff must plead facts supporting an inference that the side payment represented an improper diversion and that, absent the impropriety, the consideration would have gone to the stockholders.”) (emphasis in original); Golaine, 1999 WL 1271882, at *9 (“Put differently, there is nothing in the complaint that supports the notion that KKR took anything off the table that would have otherwise gone to all Duracell stockholders; indeed, by its silence on the matter, the complaint suggests that the Exchange Ratio was set before the KKR fee was set”); In re First Interstate Consol. S'holder Litig., 729 A.2d 851, 861–64 (Del. Ch. 1998) (granting a motion to dismiss upon rejecting conclusory allegations that side transactions affected the terms of a merger agreement). Cf. Parnes v. Bally Entm't Corp., 722 A.2d 1243, 1245–46 (Del. 1999) (finding that controller had attempted to negotiate disparate merger consideration by attempting to secure side deals where the controller would offer nothing of value); In re LNR Prop. Corp. S'holders Litig., 896 A.2d at178 (same).
51
Synthes, 50 A.3d at 1024 (“[t]he controlling stockholder had more incentive than anyone to maximize the sale price of the company”); Crimson, 2014 WL 5449419, at *17 (“Stockholders generally are presumed to have an incentive to seek the highest price for their shares. That inference or presumption is even stronger in the case of large stockholders.”).
52
See Houseman, 2014 WL 1600724, at *13; Golaine, 1999 WL 1271882, at *6.
53
Synthes, 50 A.3d at 1034 (stating “the plaintiffs must plead that [the controller] had a conflicting interest in the Merger in the sense that he derived a personal financial benefit to the exclusion of, and detriment to, the minority stockholders.”) (internal citation and quotation marks omitted).
54
In M & F Worldwide, our Supreme Court held that “in controller buyouts, the business judgment rule will be applied if and only if: (i) the controller conditions the procession of the transaction on the approval of both a Special Committee and [approval of] a majority of the minority stockholders; (ii) the Special Committee is independent; (iii) the Special Committee is empowered to freely select its own advisors and to say no definitively; (iv) the Special Committee meets its duty of care in negotiating a fair price; (v) the vote of the minority is informed; and (vi) there is no coercion of the minority.” M & F Worldwide, 88 A.3d at 645. These protections must be in place “ab initio.” Id. at 644.
55
2009 WL 3165613 (Del. Ch. 2009).
56
2013 WL 4009193 (Del. Ch.), aff'd, 91 A.3d 562 (Del. 2014).
57
Hammons, 2009 WL 3165613, at *12 (holding that business judgment would be the applicable standard of review “if the transaction were (1) recommended by a disinterested and independent special committee, and (2) approved by stockholders in a non-waivable vote of the majority of all minority stockholders.”); SEPTA, 2013 WL 4009193, at *11 (stating “Hammons sets forth the procedural protections necessary for a third-party transaction involving a controlling shareholder to qualify for review under the business judgment rule: (1) the transaction must be recommended by a disinterested and independent special committee, (2) which has “sufficient authority and opportunity to bargain on behalf of minority stockholders,” including the “ability to hire independent legal and financial advisors[;]” (3) the transaction must be approved by stockholders in a non-waivable majority of the minority vote; and (4) the stockholders must be fully informed and free of any coercion.”).
58
M & F Worldwide, 88 A.3d at 644–46 (holding that business judgment review is the standard of review where the merger “is conditioned ab initio upon both the approval of an independent, adequately-empowered Special Committee that fulfills its duty of care; and the uncoerced, informed vote of a majority of the minority stockholders” and that “[i]f a plaintiff can plead a reasonably conceivable set of facts showing that any or all of those enumerated conditions did not exist, that complaint would state a claim for relief that would entitle the plaintiff to proceed and conduct discovery.”).
59
Compl. ¶ 60.
60
In Stewart's original briefing, she made no real attempt to justify why the timing of the implementation of procedural protections would be any less important in the one-sided controller context other than to state summarily, in a footnote, that cases involving alleged disparate consideration are governed by the Hammons standard. See Stewart's Opening Br. at 37 n.22. (“Plaintiffs challenge that these protections were not present ‘at the outset,’ but that requirement applies to self-interested transactions between the company and the controller, not to cases involving alleged disparate consideration approved by a special committee of the board.”). At oral argument, when asked to elaborate, counsel for Stewart argued that “a two-sided controller transaction is inherently more suspect than a sale to a third party by a controller.” Oral Arg. Tr. 24. I address these arguments below.
61
67 A.3d 496 (Del. Ch. 2013).
62
Proxy at 60.
63
M & F Worldwide, 88 A.3d at 645.
64
I appreciate the parties' helpful supplemental submissions in response to these questions.
65
67 A.3d 496 (Del. Ch. 2013).
66
M & F Worldwide, 88 A.3d at 645.
67
Oral Arg. Tr. 24.
68
Letter from Carmella P. Keener to the Honorable Joseph R. Slights, III in Response to the Court's Request During June 29, 2017 Teleconference (Trans. ID 60868536) (“Pls.' Supplemental Br.”) at 8 (stating that “[t]he M & F Worldwide dual procedural protections in the context of a two-sided controller transaction may operate similarly in one-sided controller transactions.”).
69
2013 WL 4009193, at *11 (citing In re John Q. Hammons Hotels Inc. S'holder Litig., 2009 WL 3165613, at *10–11).
70
Se. Pa. Transp. Auth. v. Volgenau, 91 A.3d 562 (Del. 2014) (TABLE).
71
Id. at *2. SEPTA, 2013 WL 4009193, at *1.
72
In re Sauer–Danfoss, Inc. S'holder Litig., C.A. No. 8396–VCL (Del. Ch. Oct. 23, 2013) (TRANSCRIPT) at 79 (“[W]hen the question is what's the standard of review, we have been far more formalistic in our requirements .... [W]e've talked about specific, readily ascertainable transactional situations or voting scenarios so that people know where they are.”).
73
M & F Worldwide, 88 A.3d at 645. See also Books–A–Million, 2016 WL 5874974, at *8 n.2 (describing this dynamic and noting that to achieve business judgment deference defendants must “have described their adherence to the elements identified in M & F Worldwide in a public way suitable for judicial notice”).
74
Crimson, 2014 WL 5449419, at *12–13 (collecting cases).
75
Id. In fact, entire fairness applies to allegedly conflicted transactions where the controller is on only one side of the transaction precisely to “assuage the risk that a controller who stands to earn ‘different consideration or some unique benefit’ will flex his control to secure that self-interested deal to the detriment of minority stockholders.” Larkin, 2016 WL 4485447 at * 9 (citing Synthes, 50 A.3d at 1033).
76
I note that the discussion in In re MFW regarding the costs and benefits of providing controlling stockholders with a point-by-point road map to achieve dismissal is equally apt here. In re MFW, 67 A.3d at 534–35 (observing that an obvious cost of creating the map is that, if followed, controlling stockholders will avoid judicial review of the substantive fairness of the transactions in which they engaged to the alleged detriment of the minority, while the benefit of offering pleading-stage business judgment deference is that the controller and the target board will be incentivized at the outset of the sales process to implement both procedural protections and to ensure that they remain effective throughout the process). Assuming strict, ab initio compliance with the road map, the benefits of avoiding litigation risk and agency costs and, more importantly, the benefits of incentivizing the sell-side constituencies involved in a controlling stockholder transaction to manage conflicts properly at the outset of the process for the protection of the other stockholders will outweigh the risk that minority stockholders will be deprived of judicial review of the transaction. As this court has recognized, adopting the majority of the minority vote requirement up front has an important effect on the special committee because “most directors will want to procure a deal that their minority stockholders think is a favorable one, and virtually all will not want to suffer the reputational embarrassment of repudiation at the ballot box.” Id. at 529. In other words, “because a special committee knows from the get-go that its work will be subject to disapproval by the minority stockholders, the special committee has a strong incentive to get a deal that will gain their approval.” Id. at 530.
77
M & F Worldwide, 88 A.3d at 645.
78
Letter to the Honorable Joseph R. Slights, III from Kevin R. Shannon, Regarding Questions Raised During June 29, 2017 Teleconference (Trans. ID 60886825) at 2; Stewart's Reply Br. 37 n.22.
79
Pls.' Supplemental Br. at 13.
80
See Sinclair Oil Corp. v. Levien, 280 A.2d 717, 721–22 (Del. 1971) (holding that when the controller “receive[s] nothing [in a transaction]... to the exclusion of [the] minority stockholders,” the business judgment rule is the proper standard by which to evaluate the board's decision to approve the transaction); Synthes, 50 A.3d at 1034 (stating “the plaintiffs must plead that [the controller] had a conflicting interest in the Merger in the sense that he derived a personal financial benefit to the exclusion of, and detriment to, the minority stockholders.”) (internal citation and quotation marks omitted).
81
In re MFW, 67 A.3d at 530.
82
Reply Br. in Supp. of Def. Martha Stewart's Mot. to Dismiss Pls.' Verified Second Am. Class Action Compl. (“Stewart's Reply Br.”) 38.
83
The Special Committee was formed well before Sequential arrived on the scene. Plaintiffs do not, therefore, challenge the timing of the implementation of this condition under M & F Worldwide.
84
Id. at 644.
85
M & F Worldwide, 88 A.3d at 646 (holding that “the special committee must ‘function in a manner which indicates that the controlling stockholder did not dictate the terms of the transaction and that the committee exercised real bargaining power at an arms-length’ ”) (citations omitted).
86
In re Books–A–Million, Inc. S'holders Litig., 2016 WL 5874974, at *9 (Del. Ch. Oct. 10, 2016 (citing Rales v. Blasband, 634 A.2d 927, 936 (Del. 1993)).
87
Id. (citing Aronson v. Lewis, 473 A.2d 805, 815 (Del. 1984) (stating that one way to allege successfully that an individual director is under the control of another is by pleading “such facts as would demonstrate that through personal or other relationships the directors are beholden to the controlling person”)), overruled on other grounds, Brehm v. Eisner, 746 A.2d 244 (Del. 2000). aw
(stating that one way to allege successfully that an individual director is under the control of another is by pleading “such facts as would demonstrate that through personal or other relationships the directors are beholden to the controlling person”)).
88
M & F Worldwide, 88 A.3d at 648–49 (internal quotation marks and citations omitted).
89
Id. at 649 (citing Beam ex rel. Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia v. Stewart, 845 A.2d 1040, 1051–52 (Del. 2004)).
90
Compl. ¶ 31(c).
91
Id.
92
Id. (citing Cinerama, Inc. v. Technicolor, Inc., 663 A.2d 1156, 1167 (Del. 1995) (“[A] shareholder plaintiff [must] show the materiality of a director's self-interest to the ... director's independence...”)).
93
Id.
94
Beam, 845 A.2d at 1051–52 (stating that “allegations that Stewart and the other directors moved in the same social circles, attended the same weddings, developed business relationships before joining the board, and described each other as ‘friends,’ even when coupled with Stewart's 94% voting power, are insufficient, without more, to rebut the presumption of independence.”).
95
Id.; see also M & F Worldwide, 88 A.3d at 648–49 (same); In re Transkaryotic Therapies, Inc., 954 A.2d 346, 369 (Del. Ch. 2008) (same).
96
Compl. ¶ 31(e).
97
Additionally, I note that any alleged conflict that might call into question Smyth's independence would be wholly irrelevant because Smyth left the Special Committee on November 13, 2014, which was prior to the time negotiations with Sequential began.
98
Aronson, 473 A.2d at 815.
99
Beam ex rel. Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, 833 A.2d at 978.
100
Id.
101
See, e.g., Americas Mining Corp. v. Theriault, 51 A.3d 1213, 1221–22 (Del. 2012) (describing a special committee with a narrow, and therefore ineffective, mandate as one that could only “evaluate a transaction suggested by a majority stockholder” and “authorized the Special Committee to retain legal and financial advisors” but did not have “express power to negotiate, nor ... to explore other strategic alternatives”).
102
Proxy at 53 (discussing how the Special Committee received its broad mandate from the Board on the day it was formed).
103
See In re Books–A–Million, 2016 WL 5874974, at *3–4. In Books–A–Million, Vice Chancellor Laster, in granting a motion to dismiss under the M & F Worldwide framework, noted that the board formed a special committee, authorized the committee to retain legal and financial advisors, and expected the members of the committee to hire their own legal counsel, who would help craft the committee's mandate that would then be approved by the full Board. Id. The committee was formed and authorized to hire advisors on January 30, 2015, but did not have its mandate approved by the full board until February 24, 2015. Id. This was before negotiations between the controller and the committee had begun. Id. The clear lesson from these facts is that the Board need not grant the special committee the authority to hire advisors and establish the committee's broad mandate at the same time in order to brand the committee “effective” under M & F Worldwide.
104
Plaintiffs argue that the Complaint alleges the Special Committee retained legal and financial advisors who were conflicted and who, in fact, controlled the negotiations, permitted Stewart to dictate a “targeted search” for a buyer rather than an auction, permitted Stewart to meet initially with Sequential to discuss the merits of a deal before commencing negotiations on its own, permitted Stewart to negotiate her agreements with Sequential while deferring any discussion of price for the Company, declined even to entertain a third party offer for MSLO after Stewart had completed negotiations on her arrangements with Sequential and, upon finally learning of Stewart's costly arrangements at the eleventh hour, deferred to Stewart's position that she was not going to alter such arrangements. Of these, the allegation Plaintiffs have pressed hardest is that the Special Committee allowed a conflicted financial advisor, Moelis, to negotiate on behalf of the Company. Compl. ¶¶ 41–42. The two conflicts alleged by Plaintiffs are: (1) that a MSLO director and its CEO, a loyal friend of Stewart's, worked alongside a managing director of Moelis, Mark Henkels, at CIBC World Markets and (2) that Moelis has performed services for The Carlyle Group LP, Sequential's second largest stockholder. These alleged conflicts are not material conflicts as a matter of law. As to the first alleged conflict, a relationship between a financial advisor and a member of the Board of the company it is advising would generally raise no concerns of conflict. Plaintiffs attempt to create the conflict by arguing that this specific director was not just any member of the Board, but was a Stewart loyalist. Even if this daisy chain of inferences could possibly be enough to plead a material conflict of interest, Plaintiffs ignore that Moelis was hired to advise the Special Committee, not the full Board of MSLO. Dienst, the director and CEO who was allegedly loyal to Stewart, was not a member of the Special Committee and the Complaint makes no allegation that Dienst somehow interfered with the Special Committee's work. As to the second alleged conflict, this court has previously held, in a variety of circumstances, that a financial advisor's prior dealings with a counterparty to a transaction, standing alone, will not be adequate to plead a conflict of interest. See, e.g., In re Inergy LP, 2010 WL 4273197, at *14 (Del. Ch. Oct. 29, 2010) (holding that financial advisor's “prior dealings” with counterparty to the proposed transaction “d[id] not show that [the transaction committee's] decision to retain [that advisor] ... was unreasonable”). In this instance, Plaintiffs are not even alleging that Moelis did work for Sequential directly, but only for a Sequential-related affiliate that is the second largest stockholder of Sequential. This remote relationship, fully disclosed to MSLO stockholders, does not call into question Moelis' independence or the decision of the Special Committee to retain Moelis. See Proxy at 123 (disclosing that “Moelis had acted as financial advisor ... [to] an affiliate of the Carlyle Group LP, a stockholder of Sequential, in a matter unrelated to the merger agreement ... and Moelis received customary compensation.”).
105
M & F Worldwide, 88 A.3d at 645.
106
Aronson, 473 A.2d at 812.
107
Books–A–Million, 2016 WL 5874974, at *17.
108
M & F Worldwide, 88 A.3d at 644 (noting that pleadings-stage business judgment deference not available if complaint raises a reasonable inference that the special committee did “fulfill its duty of care”).
109
907 A.2d 693, 750 (Del. Ch. 2005) (internal citation and quotation marks omitted); see also Guttman v. Huang, 823 A.2d 492, 507 n.39 (Del Ch. 2003) (stating that the plaintiff needs to articulate “facts that suggest a wide disparity between the process the directors used ... and that which would have been rational.”) (emphasis in original).
110
In re MFW, 67 A.3d at 516 (“[T]he plaintiffs make a number of arguments in which they question the business judgment of the special committee, in terms of issues such as whether the special committee could have extracted another higher bid from MacAndrews & Forbes if it had said no to the $25 per share offer, and whether the special committee was too conservative in valuing MFW's future prospects. These are the sorts of questions that can be asked about any business negotiation, and that are, of course, the core of an appraisal proceeding and relevant when a court has to make a determination itself about the financial fairness of a merger transaction under the entire fairness standard.”).
111
For the first time in their supplemental briefing, Plaintiffs raise the argument that the majority of the minority vote condition was ineffective because it was “not non-waivable.' ” Remarkably, they have yet again ignored the Proxy which makes clear that Sequential told the Special Committee that the transaction was “conditioned... on the approval” of a majority of the minority stockholders. Proxy at 29. See also Proxy at 9, 107 (disclosing that the Merger “required” the affirmative vote of the majority of the minority). The Proxy then refers stockholders to the Merger Agreement. Proxy at 74. In turn, the Merger Agreement, appended to the Proxy, clearly states that the majority of the minority vote was non-waivable. Specifically, Article VII of the Merger Agreement, entitled Conditions Precedent, states “[t]he respective obligations of the parties to effect the Mergers shall be subject to the satisfaction, or waiver (except with respect to Section 7.1(a), which shall not be waivable) by each of the parties, at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions ...) (emphasis added). Section 7.1(a), which states the explicitly non-waivable obligations of the parties, imposes the following condition: “[t]he MSLO Stockholder Approval shall have been obtained.” Proxy at A–58. The term MSLO Stockholder Approval is defined to include the majority of the minority vote. As this court has said before, “[i]f the defendants have described their adherence to the elements identified in M & F Worldwide in a public way suitable for judicial notice ... then the court will apply the business judgment rule at the motion to dismiss stage unless the plaintiff has pled facts sufficient to call into question the existence of those elements.” Books–A–Million, 2016 WL 5874974, at *8 (internal citation and quotation marks omitted). Based on the description of the condition in the Proxy and the clear and unequivocal statement in the Merger Agreement that the majority of the minority vote “shall not be waivable,” the defendants have described their adherence to this element of M & F Worldwide in a public way suitable for judicial notice. The Complaint pleads nothing to call that fact into question or to question the timing of the non-waivable condition. M & F Worldwide, 88 A.3d at 645 (noting that it is the plaintiff's burden to “plead a reasonably conceivable set of facts showing that any or all of those enumerated conditions did not exist, [which] would [then] state a claim for relief that would entitle the plaintiff to proceed and conduct discovery.”).
112
Compl ¶ 41.
113
Standing alone, the allegations of the financial advisor's prior dealings with the second largest stockholder of the counterparty to the transaction is not adequate to plead a conflict of interest. See, e.g., In re Inergy LP, 2010 WL 4273197, at *14 (holding that financial advisor's “prior dealings” with counterparty to the proposed transaction “d[id] not show that [the transaction committee's] decision to retain [that advisor] ... was unreasonable”).
114
See Proxy at 123.
115
Compl. ¶ 60.
116
Also, I note that Plaintiffs have failed to allege any coercion of the minority. Lack of coercion of the minority is the required sixth element under M & F Worldwide. M & F Worldwide, 88 A.3d 639.
117
As an aside, I note that Plaintiffs might have attempted to challenge the effectiveness of the vote on the ground that a reasonable inference could be drawn that the stockholders did not “bless” Stewart's side deals when they voted to approve the Merger. In the typical two-sided controller transaction, where a majority of the minority is asked to vote in favor of the deal, the choice for the stockholders is simply whether to accept a specific price. In the disparate consideration case, however, the minority stockholders are asked to approve both the merger consideration and, implicitly, a variety of potentially complex contractual arrangements between the controlling stockholder and the third-party, the value of which may be difficult to determine. In other contexts, this court has questioned how much a board can permissibly pack into a stockholder vote when seeking to proffer the vote as reflecting “an independent decision maker's” informed blessing of a transaction. See, e.g., Sciabacucchi v. Liberty Broadband Corp., 2017 WL 2352152, at *23 (Del. Ch. May 31, 2017) (in the context of Corwin v. KKR Fin. Hldgs. LLC, 125 A.3d 304 (Del. 2015), holding that it was reasonably conceivable that a stockholder vote favoring the challenged transactions did not reflect stockholder approval of the merits of the transactions because the stockholders “were confronted with accepting an allegedly tainted transaction in order to obtain two larger beneficial transactions”). Plaintiffs did not make this argument, however, and I have not considered it.
118
Swomley v. Schlecht, 2014 WL 4470947, at *20 (Del. Ch. Aug. 27, 2014) (TRANSCRIPT), aff'd, 128 A.3d 992 (Del. 2015) (TABLE).
119
Malpiede v. Townson, 780 A.2d 1075, 1096 (Del. 2001).
11.6.1.3 Conflicts Problem Set 11.6.1.3 Conflicts Problem Set
Updated 10/26/2023
Problems
- Travis Kalanick founded Uber, a ride sharing company that has had a tumultuous corporate life. During a power struggle within Uber, Kalanick was ousted as CEO. In this moment of crisis, Kalanick (acting as a shareholder) appointed John Thain to the Board. Later, Kalanick was sued as a director and the court found he is interested. Based on these facts, is John Thain also interested?
- Is John Thain independent from Kalanick?
- Kalanick hired Ryan Graves as Uber's first employee. Graves was the CEO of Uber for a brief time. Some have described him as Kalanick's "confidant" and "ally." Graves is super rich because of his work at Uber, and wouldn't have been if Kalanick hadn't hired him. Is Graves independent from Kalanick?
- Kalanick also unilaterally appointed Arianna Huffington to the board. They are close friends, and they collaborated to promote her book. Arianna defended Kalanick publicly and in board meetings during the CEO crisis. She has visited his family members in the hospital and made Kalanick omelets. Is Arianna independent from Kalanick?
- Mariam Banoub dreamed of one day opening a daycare center and of suing her coinvestors. That dream came true when her friend, Boraam Tanyous, financed her vision for Happy Child World, a company that in retrospect was poorly named. Tanyous was a passive, majority shareholder. Banoub and her husband were directors, officers and minority shareholders, and they managed the day-to-day affairs. The Banoubs (as directors) set their salaries without a board meeting. They were the only directors, and communicated with each other regularly. There was no evidence relating to their process for setting the salaries. The salary was about $60,000 per year combined for running the daycare, and over time grew to around $100,000 per year. Any issue?
- The Banoubs also had the company contribute about $100 per year to their retirement funds. There is no record of the process for that decision. Any issue?
- Tanyous (who owned 55% of the company) requested books and records to investigate wrongdoing by the Banoubs. They denied his request. He sued the company for access (officers and directors are not typically a party to a books and records suit). The court sided with Tanyous. The Banoubs used the company's assets to pay for the lawyer hired to stop Tanyous's books and records request. Any issue?
- While the Banoubs were running the daycare, it didn't pay its taxes, in part because they relied on a tax advisor. After they quit the daycare (and so indirectly) Tanyous had to pay $12,000 in tax penalties. Analyze the potential fiduciary duty claims against the Banoubs based on taxes.
Answers
- No. Interest is about a financial benefit to the person in question. Kalanick has the financial interest, not Thain. 224 A.3d 982.
- Yes. Independence is the right place to look, but there isn't enough here. Appointment to the board even during a power struggle crisis not enough. 224 A.3d 982.
- Yes. Conclusory statements that he's a confidant or ally are weak. There's no other evidence of deep friendship that would question Graves's independence. That Graves is now wealthy is not relevant unless Kalanick had some way to take away that wealth. 2019 WL 1430210.
- Maybe? The court found that defending Kalanick would cast doubt on her independence only if the defenses were based on their friendship, rather than the merits. Overall, the court demurred on her independence but said in dicta that "hospital visits and omelet-making evince such as close personal relationship as to question Huffington's independence." 2019 WL 1430210. The court failed to give a full list of which foods are acceptable to cook for a fellow director.
- Yes. They have an interest in their salaries, so the business judgment presumption is rebutted and we move to entire fairness. Entire fairness looks for a fair process and a fair price, taken together. There was no process here, but that's not enough to end the analysis. Recall that the procedures and the price are looked at together, not as independent boxes to check. The court found that the salary was not excessive on its face, the couple didn't put forward any evidence to support that their work was worth that much, especially after they began diverting time to a competing daycare they had founded. So the court found it was not entirely fair.
- Because of this they were interested in this transaction, it is reviewed for entire fairness. Under entire fairness the Banoubs have the burden of showing a fair process and a fair price. There was no evidence of process. As for price, the court found that $100 per year for the chief executive officer and her husband was "de minimis and reasonable on its face," so it found the transaction was entirely fair.
- The lawyer represented the company, not the Banoubs. So the court found it was proper to use company funds to pay the legal fees. This means the Banoubs were not interested in the decision of whether to pay the legal fees. No other rebutters are in the fact pattern, so the business judgment rule applies, and the Banoubs win this claim.
- The Banoubs didn't receive a benefit, so they aren't interested in the decision not to pay taxes. Intentional violations of law fall under bad faith and can't be exculpated, but we don't have evidence that this was intentional. We could also try the duty of care, but the court held that this was not grossly negligent because they had relied on an advisor to do the taxes.
11.6.2 Duties Owed by Controlling Shareholders 11.6.2 Duties Owed by Controlling Shareholders
11/6/2024
Controlling shareholders sometimes owe fiduciary duties to the corporation and the other shareholders. But not always.
It depends on what they are doing. For example, shareholders are allowed to vote in their own self interest. This makes sense. Fiduciary duties require you to act in the best interest of the principal. You wouldn't expect that a shareholder that owns 49% of the stock can vote in her own self interest but a shareholder that owns 51% would have to vote in everyone's interests. So what activities should trigger these fiduciary duties?
Controlling shareholder fiduciary duties arise when a controlling shareholder is doing more than acting as a shareholder. Specifically, when controlling shareholders use the "corporate machinery" to get their way. Corporate machinery could mean they are manipulating the board or things within the board's purview.
This makes sense if you think about it through the lens of agency. Remember that agency law creates fiduciary duties, and a key piece of agency is the ability to control. If a shareholder is controlling the board, then that shareholder will owe the fiduciary duties of that board. That's just the intuition, though. The actual tests are more detailed. We'll get into the specific tests as we read the cases.
Where this comes up most frequently is in squeeze out mergers (also called a "freeze-out merger", or depending on the payment, "a cash-out merger"). Recall that if the majority of shares vote for a merger, the merger happens whether the other shareholders like it or not. The objecting shareholders are forced to sell at the price in the merger agreement. A squeeze-out merger is where a large shareholder acquires the remaining shares, squeezing the other shareholders out of the company.
You can see why this would be a problem. A large shareholder with 51% of the voting power could vote for a merger agreement that paid almost nothing for the other 49% of the shares. The 51% voting power is enough to do it. Fiduciary duties can step in to stop that, and typically require entire fairness review.
But not every squeeze out merger is bad. Maybe the whole reason the shareholder holds such a large share of the company is because the two companies work well together. Suppose a hot dog manufacturer owns shares of a bun manufacturer. There might be value in combining the two. If we prevented every transaction with controlling shareholders, we may miss some deals that help everyone.
Because not every controlling shareholder transaction is a scam, the court has set up proceedures that lower the judicial review. These largely revolve around the controlling shareholder giving up control for the purposes of the transaction. If the majority shareholer doesn't exercise control, it doesn't make sense to treat them as controlling shareholders.
This is the intuition. We'll drill down more in the following cases.
11.6.2.1 Gilbert v. Perlman 11.6.2.1 Gilbert v. Perlman
Court of Chancery of Delaware
2020 WL 2062285
MEMORANDUM OPINION
GLASSCOCK, Vice Chancellor
*1 Fiduciaries are those who have ownership or control of property belonging, equitably, to others. These legal-versus-beneficial interests notably create agency problems, and require that fiduciaries be bound by certain duties, imposed in equity, to remain faithful to those to whom these duties run; in the corporate context, the entity they serve and its owners, the stockholders. Typically, corporate fiduciaries—directors and officers—accept their duties explicitly, in that they agree to undertake the roles in which those duties arise. Identifying them as fiduciaries, therefore, is straightforward.
Corporate controllers are stockholders who, through control of the majority of the voting shares (or otherwise) can seize the corporate machinery and turn it to their own benefit. When they do so, they control the entity; the property, in part, of the minority stockholders. In that sense, when they employ that control they too are fiduciaries. Unlike with directors and officers, however, controlling stockholders have duties imposed upon them. They are not volunteers. Moreover, like other stockholders, they are also the beneficiaries of the traditional fiduciary duties owed stockholders, and like other stockholders they may vote their stock, and take other actions with respect to the entity, in their own self-interest free of fiduciary strictures, so long as they do not employ the corporate machinery itself. This incomplete disquisition is by way of saying that the extent of the application of fiduciary duties upon stockholders alleged to have acted as controllers does not always lend itself to a straightforward analysis.
....
11.6.2.2 Weinberger v. UOP, Inc. 11.6.2.2 Weinberger v. UOP, Inc.
Updated 11/3/23
In this case a company called Signal acquires a company called UOP. The tough part is that Signal owned 50.5% of UOP's stock and appointed six of UOP's thirteen directors. The question is, how do you protect UOP's other shareholders from a controlling shareholder that has power to approve a merger at a ridiculously low price? The court held that the entire fairness standard applies to transactions with controlling shareholders.
William B. WEINBERGER, Plaintiff Below, Appellant, v. UOP, INC., et al., Defendants Below, Appellees.
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Submitted: July 16, 1982.
Decided: Feb. 1, 1983.
*702William Prickett (argued), John H. Small, and George H. Seitz, III, of Prickett, Jones, Elliott, Kristol & Schnee, Wilmington, for plaintiff.
A. Gilchrist Sparks, III, of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell, Wilmington, for defendant UOP, Inc.
Robert K. Payson and Peter M. Sieglaff, of Potter, Anderson & Corroon, Wilmington, and Alan N. Halkett (argued) of La-tham & Watkins, Los Angeles, Cal., for defendant The Signal Companies, Inc.
Before HERRMANN, C.J., MeNEILLY, QUILLEN, HORSEY and MOORE, JJ., constituting the Court en Banc.
This post-trial appeal was reheard en banc from a decision of the Court of Chan-*703eery.1 It was brought by the class action plaintiff below, a former shareholder of UOP, Inc., who challenged the elimination of UOP’s minority shareholders by a cash-out merger between UOP and its majority owner, The Signal Companies, Inc.2 Originally, the defendants in this action were Signal, UOP, certain officers and directors of those companies, and UOP’s investment banker, Lehman Brothers Kuhn Loeb, Inc.3 The present Chancellor held that the terms of the merger were fair to the plaintiff and the other minority shareholders of UOP. Accordingly, he entered judgment in favor of the defendants.
Numerous points were raised by the parties, but we address only the following questions presented by the trial court’s opinion:
1) The plaintiff’s duty to plead sufficient facts demonstrating the unfairness of the challenged merger;
2) The burden of proof upon the parties where the merger has been approved by the purportedly informed vote of a majority of the minority shareholders;
3) The fairness of the merger in terms of adequacy of the defendants’ disclosures to the minority shareholders;
4) The fairness of the merger in terms of adequacy of the price paid for the minority shares and the remedy appropriate to that issue; and
5) The continued force and effect of Singer v. Magnavox Co., Del.Supr., 380 A.2d 969, 980 (1977), and its progeny.
In ruling for the defendants, the Chancellor re-stated his earlier conclusion that the plaintiff in a suit challenging a cash-out merger must allege specific acts of fraud, misrepresentation, or other items of misconduct to demonstrate the unfairness of the merger terms to the minority.4 We approve this rule and affirm it.
The Chancellor also held that even though the ultimate burden of proof is on the majority shareholder to show by a preponderance of the evidence that the transaction is fair, it is first the burden of the plaintiff attacking the merger to demonstrate some basis for invoking the fairness obligation. We agree with that principle. However, where corporate action has been approved by an informed vote of a majority of the minority shareholders, we conclude that the burden entirely shifts to the plaintiff to show that the transaction was unfair to the minority. See, e.g., Michelson v. Duncan, Del.Supr., 407 A.2d 211, 224 (1979). But in all this, the burden clearly remains on those relying on the vote to show that they completely disclosed all material facts relevant to the transaction.
Here, the record does not support a conclusion that the minority stockholder vote was an informed one. Material information, necessary to acquaint those shareholders with the bargaining positions of Signal and UOP, was withheld under circumstances amounting to a breach of fiduciary duty. We therefore conclude that this merger does not meet the test of fairness, at least as we address that concept, and no burden thus shifted to the plaintiff by reason of the minority shareholder vote. Accordingly, we reverse and remand for further proceedings consistent herewith.
In considering the nature of the remedy available under our law to minority shareholders in a cash-out merger, we believe that it is, and hereafter should be, an appraisal under 8 Del.C. § 262 as hereinafter construed. We therefore overrule Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., Del.Supr., *704429 A.2d 497 (1981) (Lynch II) to the extent that it purports to limit a stockholder’s monetary relief to a specific damage formula. See Lynch II, 429 A.2d at 507-08 (McNeilly & Quillen, JJ., dissenting). But to give full effect to section 262 within the framework of the General Corporation Law we adopt a more liberal, less rigid and stylized, approach to the valuation process than has heretofore been permitted by our courts. While the present state of these proceedings does not admit the plaintiff to the appraisal remedy per se, the practical effect of the remedy we do grant him will be co-extensive with the liberalized valuation and appraisal methods we herein approve for cases coming after this decision.
Our treatment of these matters has necessarily led us to a reconsideration of the business purpose rule announced in the trilogy of Singer v. Magnavox Co., supra; Tanzer v. International General Industries, Inc., Del.Supr., 379 A.2d 1121 (1977); and Roland International Corp. v. Najjar, Del.Supr., 407 A.2d 1032 (1979). For the reasons hereafter set forth we consider that the business purpose requirement of these cases is no longer the law of Delaware.
I.
The facts found by the trial court, pertinent to the issues before us, are supported by the record, and we draw from them as set out in the Chancellor’s opinion.5
Signal is a diversified, technically based company operating through various subsidiaries. Its stock is publicly traded on the New York, Philadelphia and Pacific Stock Exchanges. UOP, formerly known as Universal Oil Products Company, was a diversified industrial company engaged in various lines of business, including petroleum and petro-chemical services and related products, construction, fabricated metal products, transportation equipment products, chemicals and plastics, and other products and services including land development, lumber products and waste disposal. Its stock was publicly held and listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
In 1974 Signal sold one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries for $420,000,000 in cash. See Gimbel v. Signal Companies, Inc., Del.Ch., 316 A.2d 599, aff’d, Del.Supr., 316 A.2d 619 (1974). While looking to invest this cash surplus, Signal became interested in UOP as a possible acquisition. Friendly negotiations ensued, and Signal proposed to acquire a controlling interest in UOP at a price of $19 per share. UOP’s representatives sought $25 per share. In the arm’s length bargaining that followed, an understanding was reached whereby Signal agreed to purchase from UOP 1,500,000 shares of UOP’s authorized but unissued stock at $21 per share.
This purchase was contingent upon Signal making a successful cash tender offer for 4,300,000 publicly held shares of UOP, also at a price of $21 per share. This combined method of acquisition permitted Signal to acquire 5,800,000 shares of stock, representing 50.5% of UOP’s outstanding shares. The UOP board of directors advised the company’s shareholders that it had no objection to Signal’s tender offer at that price. Immediately before the announcement of the tender offer, UOP’s common stock had been trading on the New York Stock Exchange at a fraction under $14 per share.
The negotiations between Signal and UOP occurred during April 1975, and the resulting tender offer was greatly oversubscribed. However, Signal limited its total purchase of the tendered shares so that, when coupled with the stock bought from UOP, it had achieved its goal of becoming a 50.5% shareholder of UOP.
Although UOP’s board consisted of thirteen directors, Signal nominated and elected only six. Of these, five were either directors or employees of Signal. The sixth, a partner in the banking firm of Lazard Freres & Co., had been one of Signal’s representatives in the negotiations and bargaining with UOP concerning the tender offer and purchase price of the UOP shares.
*705However, the president and chief executive officer of UOP retired during 1975, and Signal caused him to be replaced by James V. Crawford, a long-time employee and senior executive vice president of one of Signal’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. Crawford succeeded his predecessor on UOP’s board of directors and also was made a director of Signal.
By the end of 1977 Signal basically was unsuccessful in finding other suitable investment candidates for its excess cash, and by February 1978 considered that it had no other realistic acquisitions available to it on a friendly basis. Once again its attention turned to UOP.
The trial court found that at the instigation of certain Signal management personnel, including William W. Walkup, its board chairman, and Forrest N. Shumway, its president, a feasibility study was made concerning the possible acquisition of the balance of UOP’s outstanding shares. This study was performed by two Signal officers, Charles S. Arledge, vice president (director of planning), and Andrew J. Chitiea, senior vice president (chief financial officer). Messrs. Walkup, Shumway, Arledge and Chitiea were all directors of UOP in addition to their membership on the Signal board.
Arledge and Chitiea concluded that it would be a good investment for Signal to acquire the remaining 49.5% of UOP shares at any price up to $24 each. Their report was discussed between Walkup and Shum-way who, along with Arledge, Chitiea and Brewster L. Arms, internal counsel for Signal, constituted Signal’s senior management. In particular, they talked about the proper price to be paid if the acquisition was pursued, purportedly keeping in mind that as UOP’s majority shareholder, Signal owed a fiduciary responsibility to both its own stockholders as well as to UOP’s minority. It was ultimately agreed that a meeting of Signal’s executive committee would be called to propose that Signal acquire the remaining outstanding stock of UOP through a cash-out merger in the range of $20 to $21 per share.
The executive committee meeting was set for February 28, 1978. As a courtesy, UOP’s president, Crawford, was invited to attend, although he was not a member of Signal’s executive committee. On his arrival, and prior to the meeting, Crawford was asked to meet privately with Walkup and Shumway. He was then told of Signal’s plan to acquire full ownership of UOP and was asked for his reaction to the proposed price range of $20 to $21 per share. Crawford said he thought such a price would be “generous”, and that it was certainly one which should be submitted to UOP’s minority shareholders for their ultimate consideration. He stated, however, that Signal’s 100% ownership could cause internal problems at UOP. He believed that employees would have to be given some assurance of their future place in a fully-owned Signal subsidiary. Otherwise, he feared the departure of essential personnel. Also, many of UOP’s key employees had stock option incentive programs which would be wiped out by a merger. Crawford therefore urged that some adjustment would have to be made, such as providing a comparable incentive in Signal’s shares, if after the merger he was to maintain his quality of personnel and efficiency at UOP.
Thus, Crawford voiced no objection to the $20 to $21 price range, nor did he suggest that Signal should consider paying more than $21 per share for the minority interests. Later, at the executive committee meeting the same factors were discussed, with Crawford repeating the position he earlier took with Walkup and Shumway. Also considered was the 1975 tender offer and the fact that it had been greatly oversubscribed at $21 per share. For many reasons, Signal’s management concluded that the acquisition of UOP’s minority shares provided the solution to a number of its business problems.
Thus, it was the consensus that a price of $20 to $21 per share would be fair to both Signal and the minority shareholders of UOP. Signal’s executive committee autho*706rized its management “to negotiate” with UOP “for a cash acquisition of the minority ownership in UOP, Inc., with the intention of presenting a proposal to [Signal’s] board of directors ... on March 6,1978”. Immediately after this February 28, 1978 meeting, Signal issued a press release stating:
The Signal Companies, Inc. and UOP, Inc. are conducting negotiations for the acquisition for cash by Signal of the 49.5 per cent of UOP which it does not presently own, announced Forrest N. Shum-way, president and chief executive officer of Signal, and James V. Crawford, UOP president.
Price and other terms of the proposed transaction have not yet been finalized and would be subject to approval of the boards of directors of Signal and UOP, scheduled to meet early next week, the stockholders of UOP and certain federal agencies.
The announcement also referred to the fact that the closing price of UOP’s common stock on that day was $14.50 per share.
Two days later, on March 2, 1978, Signal issued a second press release stating that its management would recommend a price in the range of $20 to $21 per share for UOP’s 49.5% minority interest. This announcement referred to Signal’s earlier statement that “negotiations” were being conducted for the acquisition of the minority shares.
Between Tuesday, February 28, 1978 and Monday, March 6, 1978, a total of four business days, Crawford spoke by telephone with all of UOP’s non-Signal, i.e., outside, directors. Also during that period, Crawford retained Lehman Brothers to render a fairness opinion as to the price offered the minority for its stock. He gave two reasons for this choice. First, the time schedule between the announcement and the board meetings was short (by then only three business days) and since Lehman Brothers had been acting as UOP’s investment banker for many years, Crawford felt that it would be in the best position to respond on such brief notice. Second, James W. Glan-ville, a long-time director of UOP and a partner in Lehman Brothers, had acted as a financial advisor to UOP for many years. Crawford believed that Glanville’s familiarity with UOP, as a member of its board, would also be of assistance in enabling Lehman Brothers to render a fairness opinion within the existing time constraints.
Crawford telephoned Glanville, who gave his assurance that Lehman Brothers had no conflicts that would prevent it from accepting the task. Glanville’s immediate personal reaction was that a price of $20 to $21 would certainly be fair, since it represented almost a 50% premium over UOP’s market price. Glanville sought a $250,000 fee for Lehman Brothers’ services, but Crawford thought this too much. After further discussions Glanville finally agreed that Lehman Brothers would render its fairness opinion for $150,000.
During this period Crawford also had several telephone contacts with Signal officials. In only one of them, however, was the price of the shares discussed. In a conversation with Walkup, Crawford advised that as a result of his communications with UOP’s non-Signal directors, it was his feeling that the.price would have to be the top of the proposed range, or $21 per share, if the approval of UOP’s outside directors was to be obtained. But again, he did not seek any price higher than $21,
Glanville assembled a three-man Lehman Brothers team to do the work on the fairness opinion. These persons examined relevant documents and information concerning UOP, including its annual reports and its Securities and Exchange Commission filings from 1973 through 1976, as well as its audited financial statements for 1977, its interim reports to shareholders, and its recent and historical market prices and trading volumes. In addition, on Friday, March 3, 1978, two members of the Lehman Brothers team flew to UOP’s headquarters in Des Plaines, Illinois, to perform a “due diligence” visit, during the course of which they interviewed Crawford as well as UOP’s general counsel, its chief financial officer, and other key executives and personnel.
*707As a result, the Lehman Brothers team concluded that “the price of either $20 or $21 would be a fair price for the remaining shares of UOP”. They telephoned this impression to Glanville, who was spending the weekend in Vermont.
On Monday morning, March 6, 1978, Glanville and the senior member of the Lehman Brothers team flew to Des Plaines to attend the scheduled UOP directors meeting. Glanville looked over the assembled information during the flight. The two had with them the draft of a “fairness opinion letter” in which the price had been left blank. Either during or immediately prior to the directors’ meeting, the two-page “fairness opinion letter” was typed in final form and the price of $21 per share was inserted.
On March 6, 1978, both the Signal and UOP boards were convened to consider the proposed merger. Telephone communications were maintained between the two meetings. Walkup, Signal’s board chairman, and also a UOP director, attended UOP’s meeting with Crawford in order to present Signal’s position and answer any questions that UOP’s non-Signal directors might have. Arledge and Chitiea, along with Signal’s other designees on UOP’s board, participated by conference telephone. All of UOP’s outside directors attended the meeting either in person or by conference telephone.
First, Signal’s board unanimously adopted a resolution authorizing Signal to propose to UOP a cash merger of $21 per share as outlined in a certain merger agreement and other supporting documents. This proposal required that the merger be approved by a majority of UOP’s outstanding minority shares voting at the stockholders meeting at which the merger would be considered, and that the minority shares voting in favor of the merger, when coupled with Signal’s 50.5% interest would have to comprise at least two-thirds of all UOP shares. Otherwise the proposed merger would be deemed disapproved.
UOP’s board then considered the proposal. Copies of the agreement were delivered to the directors in attendance, and other copies had been forwarded earlier to the directors participating by telephone. They also had before them UOP financial data for 1974-1977, UOP’s most recent financial statements, market price information, and budget projections for 1978. In addition they had Lehman Brothers’ hurriedly prepared fairness opinion letter finding the price of $21 to be fair. Glanville, the Lehman Brothers partner, and UOP director, commented on .the information that had gone into preparation of the letter.
Signal also suggests that the Arledge-Chitiea feasibility study, indicating that a price of up to $24 per share would be a “good investment” for Signal, was discussed at the UOP directors’ meeting. The Chancellor made no such finding, and our independent review of the record, detailed infra, satisfies us by a preponderance of the evidence that there was no discussion of this document at UOP’s board meeting. Furthermore, it is clear beyond peradventure that nothing in that report was ever disclosed to UOP’s minority shareholders prior to their approval of the merger.
After consideration of Signal’s proposal, Walkup and Crawford left the meeting to permit a free and uninhibited exchange between UOP’s non-Signal directors. Upon their return a resolution to accept Signal’s offer was then proposed and adopted. While Signal’s men on UOP’s board participated in various aspects of the meeting, they abstained from voting. However, the minutes show that each of them “if voting would have voted yes”.
On March 7,1978, UOP sent a letter to its shareholders advising them of the action taken by UOP’s board with respect to Signal’s offer. This document pointed out, among other things, that on February 28, 1978 “both companies had announced negotiations were being conducted”.
Despite the swift board action of the two companies, the merger was not submitted to UOP’s shareholders until their annual *708meeting on May 26, 1978. In the notice of that meeting and proxy statement sent to shareholders in May, UOP’s management and board urged that the merger be approved. The proxy statement also advised:
The price was determined after discussions between James V. Crawford, a director of Signal and Chief Executive Officer of UOP, and officers of Signal which took place during meetings on February 28,1978, and in the course of several subsequent telephone conversations. (Emphasis added.)
In the original draft of the proxy statement the word “negotiations” had been used rather than “discussions”. However, when the Securities and Exchange Commission sought details of the “negotiations” as part of its review of these materials, the term was deleted and the word “discussions” was substituted. The proxy statement indicated that the vote of UOP’s board in approving the merger had been unanimous. It also advised the shareholders that Lehman Brothers had given its opinion that the merger price of $21 per share was fair to UOP’s minority. However, it did not disclose the hurried method by which this conclusion was reached.
As of the record date of UOP’s annual meeting, there were 11,488,302 shares of UOP common stock outstanding, 5,688,302 of which were owned by the minority. At the meeting only 56%, or 3,208,652, of the minority shares were voted. Of these, 2,953,812, or 51.9% of the total minority, voted for the merger, and 254,840 voted against it. When Signal’s stock was added to the minority shares voting in favor, a total of 76.2% of UOP’s outstanding shares approved the merger while only 2.2% opposed it.
By its terms the merger became effective on May 26, 1978, and each share of UOP’s stock held by the minority was automatically converted into a right to receive $21 cash.
II.
A.
A primary issue mandating reversal is the preparation by two UOP directors, Arledge and Chitiea, of their feasibility study for the exclusive use and benefit of Signal. This document was of obvious significance to both Signal and UOP. Using UOP data, it described the advantages to Signal of ousting the minority at a price range of $21-$24 per share. Mr. Arledge, one of the authors, outlined the benefits to Signal:6
Purpose Of The Merger
1) Provides an outstanding investment opportunity for Signal — (Better than any recent acquisition we have seen.)
2) Increases Signal’s earnings.
3) Facilitates the flow of resources between Signal and its subsidiaries — (Big factor — works both ways.)
4) Provides cost savings potential for Signal and UOP.
5) Improves the percentage of Signal’s ‘operating earnings’ as opposed to ‘holding company earnings’.
6) Simplifies the understanding of Signal.
7) Facilitates technological exchange among Signal’s subsidiaries.
8) Eliminates potential conflicts of interest.
Having written those words, solely for the use of Signal, it is clear from the record that neither Arledge nor Chitiea shared this report with their fellow directors of UOP. We are satisfied that no one else did either. This conduct hardly meets the fiduciary standards applicable to such a transaction. While Mr. Walkup, Signal’s chairman of the board and a UOP director, attended the March 6, 1978 UOP board meeting and testified at trial that he had discussed the Arledge-Chitiea report with the UOP directors at this meeting, the record does not support this assertion. Perhaps it is the result of some confusion on Mr. Walkup’s *709part. In any event Mr. Shumway, Signal’s president, testified that he made sure the Signal outside directors had this report pri- or to the March 6, 1978 Signal board meeting, but he did not testify that the Arledge-Chitiea report was also sent to UOP’s outside directors.
Mr. Crawford, UOP’s president, could not recall that any documents, other than a draft of the merger agreement, were sent to UOP’s directors before the March 6,1978 UOP meeting. Mr. Chitiea, an author of the report, testified that it was made available to Signal’s directors, but to his knowledge it was not circulated to the outside directors of UOP. He specifically testified that he “didn’t share” that information with the outside directors of UOP with whom he served.
None of UOP’s outside directors who testified stated that they had seen this document. The minutes of the UOP board meeting do not identify the Arledge-Chitiea report as having been delivered to UOP’s outside directors. This is particularly significant since the minutes describe in considerable detail the materials that actually were distributed. While these minutes recite Mr. Walkup’s presentation of the Signal offer, they do not mention the Arledge-Chitiea report or any disclosure that Signal considered a price of up to $24 to be a good investment. If Mr. Walkup had in fact provided such important information to UOP’s outside directors, it is logical to assume that these carefully drafted minutes would disclose it. The post-trial briefs of Signal and UOP contain a thorough description of the documents purportedly available to their boards at the March 6, 1978, meetings. Although the Arledge-Chitiea report is specifically identified as being available to the Signal directors, there is no mention of it being among the documents submitted to the UOP board. Even when queried at a prior oral argument before this Court, counsel for Signal did not claim that the Ar-ledge-Chitiea report had been disclosed to UOP’s outside directors. Instead, he chose to belittle its contents. This was the same approach taken before us at the last oral argument.
Actually, it appears that a three-page summary of figures was given to all UOP directors. Its first page is identical to one page of the Arledge-Chitiea report, but this dealt with nothing more than a justification of the $21 price. Significantly, the contents of this three-page summary are what the minutes reflect Mr. Walkup told the UOP board. However, nothing contained in either the minutes or this three-page summary reflects Signal’s study regarding the $24 price.
The Arledge-Chitiea report speaks for itself in supporting the Chancellor’s finding that a price of up to $24 was a “good investment” for Signal. It shows that a return on the investment at $21 would be 15.7% versus 15.5% at $24 per share. This was a difference of only two-tenths of one percent, while it meant over $17,000,000 to the minority. Under such circumstances, paying UOP’s minority shareholders $24 would have had relatively little long-term effect on Signal, and the Chancellor’s findings concerning the benefit to Signal, even at a price of $24, were obviously correct. Levitt v. Bouvier, Del.Supr., 287 A.2d 671, 673 (1972).
Certainly, this was a matter of material significance to UOP and its shareholders. Since the study was prepared by two UOP directors, using UOP information for the exclusive benefit of Signal, and nothing whatever was done to disclose it to the outside UOP directors or the minority shareholders, a question of breach of fiduciary duty arises. This problem occurs because there were common Signal-UOP directors participating, at least to some extent, in the UOP board’s decision-making processes without full disclosure of the conflicts they faced.7
*710B.
In assessing this situation, the Court of Chancery was required to:
examine what information defendants had and to measure it against what they gave to the minority stockholders, in a context in which ‘complete candor’ is required. In other words, the limited function of the Court was to determine whether defendants had disclosed all information in their possession germane to the transaction in issue. And by ‘germane’ we mean, for present purposes, information such as a reasonable shareholder would consider important in deciding whether to sell or retain stock.
* * * * * *
... Completeness, not adequacy, is both the norm and the mandate under present circumstances.
Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., Del.Supr., 383 A.2d 278, 281 (1977) (Lynch I). This is merely stating in another way the long-existing principle of Delaware law that these Signal designated directors on UOP’s board still owed UOP and its shareholders an uncompromising duty of loyalty. The classic language of Guth v. Loft, Inc., Del.Supr., 5 A.2d 503, 510 (1939), requires no embellishment:
A public policy, existing through the years, and derived from a profound knowledge of human characteristics and motives, has established a rule that demands of a corporate officer or director, peremptorily and inexorably, the most scrupulous observance of his duty, not only affirmatively to protect the interests of the corporation committed to his charge, but also to refrain from doing anything that would work injury to the corporation, or to deprive it of profit or advantage which his skill and' ability might properly bring to it, or to enable it to make in the reasonable and lawful exercise of its powers. The rule that requires an undivided and unselfish loyalty to the corporation demands that there shall be no conflict between duty and self-interest.
Given the absence of any attempt to structure this transaction on an arm’s length basis, Signal cannot escape the effects of the conflicts it faced, particularly when its designees on UOP’s board did not totally abstain from participation in the matter. There is no “safe harbor” for such divided loyalties in Delaware. When directors of a Delaware corporation are on both sides of a transaction, they are required to demonstrate their utmost good faith and the most scrupulous inherent fairness of the bargain. Gottlieb v. Heyden Chemical Corp., Del.Supr., 91 A.2d 57, 57-58 (1952). The requirement of fairness is unflinching in its demand that where one stands on both sides of a transaction, he has the burden of establishing its entire fairness, sufficient to pass the test of careful scrutiny by the courts. Sterling v. Mayflower Hotel Corp., Del.Supr., 93 A.2d 107, 110 (1952); Bastian v. Bourns, Inc., Del.Ch., 256 A.2d 680, 681 (1969), aff’d, Del.Supr., 278 A.2d 467 (1970); David J. Greene & Co. v. Dunhill International Inc., Del.Ch., 249 A.2d 427, 431 (1968).
There is no dilution of this obligation where one holds dual or multiple directorships, as in a parent-subsidiary context. Levien v. Sinclair Oil Corp., Del.Ch., 261 A.2d 911, 915 (1969). Thus, individuals who act in a dual capacity as directors of two corporations, one of whom is parent and the other subsidiary, owe the same duty of good management to both corporations, and in the absence of an independent nego*711tiating structure (see note 7, supra), or the directors’ total abstention from any participation in the matter, this duty is to be exercised in light of what is best for both companies. Warshaw v. Calhoun, Del.Supr., 221 A.2d 487, 492 (1966). The record demonstrates that Signal has not met this obligation.
C.
The concept of fairness has two basic aspects: fair dealing and fair price. The former embraces questions of when the transaction was timed, how it was initiated, structured, negotiated, disclosed to the directors, and how the approvals of the directors and the stockholders were obtained. The latter aspect of fairness relates to the economic and financial considerations of the proposed merger, including all relevant factors: assets, market value, earnings, future prospects, and any other elements that affect the intrinsic or inherent value of a company’s stock. Moore, The “Interested” Director or Officer Transaction, 4 Del.J. Corp.L. 674, 676 (1979); Nathan & Shapiro, Legal Standard of Fairness of Merger Terms Under Delaware Law, 2 Del.J. Corp.L. 44, 46-47 (1977). See Tri-Continental Corp. v. Battye, Del.Supr., 74 A.2d 71, 72 (1950); 8 Del.C. § 262(h). However, the test for fairness is not a bifurcated one as between fair dealing and price. All aspects of the issue must be examined as a whole since the question is one of entire fairness. However, in a non-fraudulent transaction we recognize that price may be the preponderant consideration outweighing other features of the merger. Here, we address the two basic aspects of fairness separately because we find reversible error as to both.
D.
Part of fair dealing is the obvious duty of candor required by Lynch I, supra. Moreover, one possessing superior knowledge may not mislead any stockholder by use of corporate information to which the latter is not privy. Lank v. Steiner, Del.Supr., 224 A.2d 242, 244 (1966). Delaware has long imposed this duty even upon persons who are not corporate officers or directors, but who nonetheless are privy to matters of interest or significance to their company. Brophy v. Cities Service Co., Del.Ch., 70 A.2d 5, 7 (1949). With the well-established Delaware law on the subject, and the Court of Chancery’s findings of fact here, it is inevitable that the obvious conflicts posed by Arledge and Chitiea’s preparation of their “feasibility study”, derived from UOP information, for the sole use and benefit of Signal, cannot pass muster.
The Arledge-Chitiea report is but one aspect of the element of fair dealing. How did this merger evolve? It is clear that it was entirely initiated by Signal. The serious time constraints under which the principals acted were all set by Signal. It had not found a suitable outlet for its excess cash and considered UOP a desirable investment, particularly since it was now in a position to acquire the whole company for itself. For whatever reasons, and they were only Signal’s, the entire transaction was presented to and approved by UOP’s board within four business days. Standing alone, this is not necessarily indicative of any lack of fairness by a majority shareholder. It was what occurred, or more properly, what did not occur, during this brief period that makes the time constraints imposed by Signal relevant to the issue of fairness.
The structure of the transaction, again, was Signal’s doing. So far as negotiations were concerned, it is clear that they were modest at best. Crawford, Signal’s man at UOP, never really talked price with Signal, except to accede to its management’s statements on the subject, and to convey to Signal the UOP outside directors’ view that as between the $20-$21 range under consideration, it would have to be $21. The latter is not a surprising outcome, but hardly arm’s length negotiations. Only the protection of benefits for UOP’s key employees and the issue of Lehman Brothers’ fee approached any concept of bargaining.
*712As we have noted, the matter of disclosure to the UOP directors was wholly flawed by the conflicts of interest raised by the Arledge-Chitiea report. All of those conflicts were resolved by Signal in its own favor without divulging any aspect of them to UOP.
This cannot but undermine a conclusion that this merger meets any reasonable test of fairness. The outside UOP directors lacked one material piece of information generated by two of their colleagues, but shared only with Signal. True, the UOP board had the Lehman Brothers’ fairness opinion, but that firm has been blamed by the plaintiff for the hurried task it performed, when more properly the responsibility for this lies with Signal. There was no disclosure of the circumstances surrounding the rather cursory preparation of the Lehman Brothers’ fairness opinion. Instead, the impression was given UOP’s minority that a careful study had been made, when in fact speed was the hallmark, and Mr. Glanville, Lehman’s partner in charge of the matter, and also a UOP director, having spent the weekend in Vermont, brought a draft of the “fairness opinion letter” to the UOP directors’ meeting on March 6, 1978 with the price left blank. We can only conclude from the record that the rush imposed on Lehman Brothers by Signal’s timetable contributed to the difficulties under which this investment banking firm attempted to perform its responsibilities. Yet, none of this was disclosed to UOP’s minority.
Finally, the minority stockholders were denied the critical information that Signal considered a price of $24 to be a good investment. Since this would have meant over $17,000,000 more to the minority, we cannot conclude that the shareholder vote was an informed one. Under the circumstances, an approval by a majority of the minority was meaningless. Lynch I, 383 A.2d at 279, 281; Gahall v. Lofland, Del.Ch., 114 A. 224 (1921).
Given these particulars and the Delaware law on the subject, the record does not establish that this transaction satisfies any reasonable concept of fair dealing, and the Chancellor’s findings in that regard must be reversed.
E.
Turning to the matter of price, plaintiff also challenges its fairness. His evidence was that on the date the merger was approved the stock was worth at least $26 per share. In support, he offered the testimony of a chartered investment analyst who used two basic approaches to valuation: a comparative analysis of the premium paid over market in ten other tender offer-merger combinations, and a discounted cash flow analysis.
In this breach of fiduciary duty case, the Chancellor perceived that the approach to valuation was the same as that in an appraisal proceeding. Consistent with precedent, he rejected plaintiff’s method of proof and accepted defendants’ evidence of value as being in accord with practice under prior case law. This means that the so-called “Delaware block” or weighted average method was employed wherein the elements of value, i.e., assets, market price, earnings, etc., were assigned a particular weight and the resulting amounts added to determine the value per share. This procedure has been in use for decades. See In re General Realty & Utilities Corp., Del.Ch., 52 A.2d 6, 14-15 (1947). However, to the extent it excludes other generally accepted techniques used in the financial community and the courts, it is now clearly outmoded. It is time we recognize this in appraisal and other stock valuation proceedings and bring our law current on the subject.
While the Chancellor rejected plaintiff’s discounted cash flow method of valuing UOP’s stock, as not corresponding with “either logic or the existing law” (426 A.2d at 1360), it is significant that this was essentially the focus, i.e., earnings potential of UOP, of Messrs. Arledge and Chitiea in their evaluation of the merger. Accordingly, the standard “Delaware block” or weighted average method of valuation, for*713merly employed in appraisal and other stock valuation cases, shall no longer exclusively control such proceedings. We believe that a more liberal approach must include proof of value by any techniques or methods which are generally considered acceptable in the financial community and otherwise admissible in court, subject only to our interpretation of 8 Del.C. § 262(h), infra. See also D.R.E. 702-05. This will obviate the very structured and mechanistic procedure that has heretofore governed such matters. See Jacques Coe & Co. v. Minneapolis-Moline Co., Del.Ch., 75 A.2d 244, 247 (1950); Tri-Continental Corp. v. Battye, Del.Ch., 66 A.2d 910, 917-18 (1949); In re General Realty and Utilities Corp., supra.
Fair price obviously requires consideration of all relevant factors involving the value of a company. This has long been the law of Delaware as stated in Tri-Continental Corp., 74 A.2d at 72:
The basic concept of value under the appraisal statute is that the stockholder is entitled to be paid for that which has been taken from him, viz., his proportionate interest in a going concern. By value of the stockholder’s proportionate interest in the corporate enterprise is meant the true or intrinsic value of his stock which has been taken by the merger. In determining what figure represents this true or intrinsic value, the appraiser and the courts must take into consideration all factors and elements which reasonably might enter into the fixing of value. Thus, market value, asset value, dividends, earning prospects, the nature of the enterprise and any other facts which were known or which could be ascertained as of the date of merger and which throw any light on future prospects of the merged corporation are not only pertinent to an inquiry as to the value of the dissenting stockholders’ interest, but must be considered by the agency fixing the value. (Emphasis added.)
This is not only in accord with the realities of present day affairs, but it is thoroughly consonant with the purpose and intent of our statutory law. Under 8 Del.C. § 262(h), the Court of Chancery:
shall appraise the shares, determining their fair value exclusive of any element of value arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the merger, together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid upon the amount determined to be the fair value. In determining such fair value, the Court shall take into account all relevant factors ... (Emphasis added)
See also Bell v. Kirby Lumber Corp., Del.Supr., 413 A.2d 137, 150-51 (1980) (Quillen, J., concurring).
It is significant that section 262 now mandates the determination of “fair” value based upon “all relevant factors”. Only the speculative elements of value that may arise from the “accomplishment or expectation” of the merger are excluded. We take this to be a very narrow exception to the appraisal process, designed to eliminate use of pro forma data and projections of a speculative variety relating to the completion of a merger. But elements of future value, including the nature of the enterprise, which are known or susceptible of proof as of the date of the merger and not the product of speculation, may be considered. When the trial court deems it appropriate, fair value also includes any damages, resulting from the taking, which the stockholders sustain as a class. If that was not the case, then the obligation to consider “all relevant factors” in the valuation process would be eroded. We are supported in this view not only by Tri-Continental Corp., 74 A.2d at 72, but also by the evolutionary amendments to section 262.
Prior to an amendment in 1976, the earlier relevant provision of section 262 stated:
(f) The appraiser shall determine the value of the stock of the stockholders ... The Court shall by its decree determine the value of the stock of the stockholders entitled to payment therefor ...
The first references to “fair” value occurred in a 1976 amendment to section 262(f), which provided:
*714(f) ... the Court shall appraise the shares, determining their fair value exclusively of any element of value arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the merger....
It was not until the 1981 amendment to section 262 that the reference to “fair value” was repeatedly emphasized and the statutory mandate that the Court “take into account all relevant factors” appeared [section 262(h) ]. Clearly, there is a legislative intent to fully compensate shareholders for whatever their loss may be, subject only to the narrow limitation that one can not take speculative effects of the merger into account.
Although the Chancellor received the plaintiff’s evidence, his opinion indicates that the use of it was precluded because of past Delaware practice. While we do not suggest a monetary result one way or the other, we do think the plaintiff’s evidence should be part of the factual mix and weighed as such. Until the $21 price is measured on remand by the valuation standards mandated by Delaware law, there can be no finding at the present stage of these proceedings that the price is fair. Given the lack of any candid disclosure of the material facts surrounding establishment of the $21 price, the majority of the minority vote, approving the merger, is meaningless.
.
The plaintiff has not sought an appraisal, but rescissory damages of the type contemplated by Lynch v. Vickers Energy Corp., Del.Supr., 429 A.2d 497, 505-06 (1981) (Lynch II). In view of the approach to valuation that we announce today, we see no basis in our law for Lynch II’s exclusive monetary formula for relief. On remand the plaintiff will be permitted to test the fairness of the $21 price by the standards we herein establish, in conformity with the principle applicable to an appraisal — that fair value be determined by taking “into account all relevant factors” [see 8 Del.C. § 262(h), supra]. In our view this includes the elements of rescissory damages if the Chancellor considers them susceptible of proof and a remedy appropriate to all the issues of fairness before him. To the extent that Lynch II, 429 A.2d at 505-06, purports to limit the Chancellor’s discretion to a single remedial formula for monetary damages in a cash-out merger, it is overruled.
While a plaintiff’s monetary remedy ordinarily should be confined to the more liberalized appraisal proceeding herein established, we do not intend any limitation on the historic powers of the Chancellor to grant such other relief as the facts of a particular case may dictate. The appraisal remedy we approve may not be adequate in certain cases, particularly where fraud, misrepresentation, self-dealing, deliberate waste of corporate assets, or gross and palpable overreaching are involved. Cole v. National Cash Credit Association, Del.Ch., 156 A. 183, 187 (1931). Under such circumstances, the Chancellor’s powers are complete to fashion any form of equitable and monetary relief as may be appropriate, including rescissory damages. Since it is apparent that this long completed transaction is too involved to undo, and in view of the Chancellor’s discretion, the award, if any, should be in the form of monetary damages based upon entire fairness standards, i.e., fair dealing and fair price.
Obviously, there are other litigants, like the plaintiff, who abjured an appraisal and whose rights to challenge the element of fair value must be preserved.8 Accordingly, the quasi-appraisal remedy we grant the plaintiff here will apply only to: (1) this case; (2) any ease now pending on appeal to this Court; (3) any case now pending in the Court of Chancery which has not yet been appealed but which may be eligible for direct appeal to this Court; (4) any case challenging a cash-out merger, the effective date of which is on or before February 1, 1983; and (5) any proposed merger to be *715presented at a shareholders’ meeting, the notification of which is mailed to the stockholders on or before February 23, 1983. Thereafter, the provisions of 8 Del.C. § 262, as herein construed, respecting the scope of an appraisal and the means for perfecting the same, shall govern the financial remedy available to minority shareholders in a cash-out merger. Thus, we return to the well established principles of Stauffer v. Standard Brands, Inc., Del.Supr., 187 A.2d 78 (1962) and David J. Greene & Co. v. Schenley Industries, Inc., Del.Ch., 281 A.2d 30 (1971), mandating a stockholder’s recourse to the basic remedy of an appraisal.
III.
Finally, we address the matter of business purpose. The defendants contend that the purpose of this merger was not a proper subject of inquiry by the trial court. The plaintiff says that no valid purpose existed — the entire transaction was a mere subterfuge designed to eliminate the minority. The Chancellor ruled otherwise, but in so doing he clearly circumscribed the thrust and effect of Singer. Weinberger v. UOP, 426 A.2d at 1342-43, 1348-50. This has led to the thoroughly sound observation that the business purpose test “may be ... virtually interpreted out of existence, as it was in Weinberger".9
The requirement of a business purpose is new to our law of mergers and was a departure from prior case law. See Stauffer v. Standard Brands, Inc., supra; David J. Greene & Co. v. Schenley Industries, Inc., supra.
In view of the fairness test which has long been applicable to parent-subsidiary mergers, Sterling v. Mayflower Hotel Corp., Del.Supr., 93 A.2d 107, 109-10 (1952), the expanded appraisal remedy now available to shareholders, and the broad discretion of the Chancellor to fashion such relief as the facts of a given case may dictate, we do not believe that any additional meaningful protection is afforded minority shareholders by the business purpose requirement of the trilogy of Singer, Tanzer, 10 Najjar, 11 and their progeny. Accordingly, such requirement shall no longer be of any force or effect.
The judgment of the Court of Chancery, finding both the circumstances of the merger and the price paid the minority shareholders to be fair, is reversed. The matter is remanded for further proceedings consistent herewith. Upon remand the plaintiff’s post-trial motion to enlarge the class should be granted.
* * * * * *
REVERSED AND REMANDED.
11.6.2.3 Kahn v. Lynch Communication Systems, Inc. 11.6.2.3 Kahn v. Lynch Communication Systems, Inc.
Updated 11/2/23
Controlling shareholders owe fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to other shareholders and the corporation.
So what makes someone a controlling shareholder? Controlling shareholders are those that either (1) own a majority interest in a corporation or (2) exercise actual control over the corporation's business affairs.
In this case, Alcatel is held to be controlling shareholder (even though Alcatel owns only 43% of the company) because it bullies the directors to go against their own judgment in order to make Alcatel happy.
Alan R. KAHN, as custodian for Amanda Kahn and Kimberly Kahn, Plaintiff Below, Appellant, v. LYNCH COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, INC., Compagnie Generale d’Electricite, Alcatel, S.A., Alcatel USA Corp., Frank M. Drendel, Raymond Hono, Francois H. de Laage de Meux, John Gailey and Gilles DuPay-d’Ageac, Defendants Below, Appellees.
No. 272, 1993.
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Submitted: Feb. 1, 1994.
Decided: April 5, 1994.
*1111Victor F. Battaglia and Robert D. Goldberg of Biggs and Battaglia, Wilmington, Sidney B. Silverman (argued), and Joan Harnes of Silverman, Harnes, Obstfeld & Harnes, New York City, for appellant.
Allen M. Terrell, Jr. (argued), and John T. Dorsey of Richards, Layton & Finger, Wilmington, Heyden J. Silver, III of Moore &. Van Allen, Raleigh, NC, for appellees.
Before MOORE, WALSH, and HOLLAND, JJ.
This is an appeal by the plaintiff-appellant, Alan R. Kahn (“Kahn”), from a final judgment of the Court of Chancery which was entered after a trial. The action, instituted by Kahn in 1986, originally sought to enjoin the acquisition of the defendant-appellee, Lynch Communication Systems, Inc. (“Lynch”), by the defendant-appellee, Alcatel U.S.A. Corporation (“Alcatel”), pursuant to a tender offer and cash-out merger.1 Kahn amended his complaint to seek monetary damages after the Court of Chancery denied his request for a preliminary injunction. The Court of Chancery subsequently certified Kahn’s action as a class action on behalf of all Lynch shareholders, other than the named defendants, who tendered their stock in the merger, or whose stock was acquired through the merger.
A three-day trial was held April 18-15, 1993. Kahn alleged that Alcatel was a controlling shareholder of Lynch and breached its fiduciary duties to Lynch and its shareholders. According to Kahn, Alcatel dictated the terms of the merger; made false, misleading, and inadequate disclosures; and paid an unfair price.
The Court of Chancery concluded that Al-catel was, in fact, a controlling shareholder that owed fiduciary duties to Lynch and its shareholders. It also concluded that Alcatel had not breached those fiduciary duties. Accordingly, the Court of Chancery entered judgment in favor of the defendants.
Kahn has raised three contentions in this appeal. Kahn’s first contention is that the Court of Chancery erred by finding that “the tender offer and merger were negotiated by an independent committee,” and then placing the burden of persuasion on the plaintiff, Kahn. Kahn asserts the uneontradicted testimony in the record demonstrated that the committee could not and did not bargain at arm’s length with Alcatel. Kahn’s second contention is that Alcatel’s Offer to Purchase *1112was false and misleading because it failed to disclose threats made by Alcatel to the effect that if Lynch did not accept its proposed price, Alcatel would institute a hostile tender offer at a lower price. Third, Kahn contends that the merger price was unfair. Alcatel contends that the Court of Chancery was correct in its findings, with the exception of concluding that Alcatel was a controlling shareholder.
This Court has concluded that the record supports the Court of Chancery’s finding that Alcatel was a controlling shareholder. However, the record does not support the conclusion that the burden of persuasion shifted to Kahn. Therefore, the burden of proving the entire fairness of the merger transaction remained on Alcatel, the controlling shareholder. Accordingly, the judgment of the Court of Chancery is reversed. The matter is remanded for further proceedings in accordance with this opinion.
Facts
Lynch, a Delaware corporation, designed and manufactured electronic telecommunications equipment, primarily for sale to telephone operating companies. Alcatel, a holding company, is a subsidiary of Alcatel (S.A.), a French company involved in public telecommunications, business communications, electronics, and optronics. Alcatel (S.A.), in turn, is a subsidiary of Compagnie Generale d’Eleetrieite (“CGE”), a French corporation with operations in energy, transportation, telecommunications and business systems.2
In 1981, Alcatel acquired 30.6 percent of Lynch’s common stock pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. As part of that agreement, Lynch amended its certificate of incorporation to require an 80 percent affirmative vote of its shareholders for approval of any business combination. In addition, Alcatel obtained proportional representation on the Lynch board of directors and the right to purchase 40 percent of any equity securities offered by Lynch to third parties. The agreement also precluded Alcatel from holding more than 45 percent of Lynch’s stock prior to October 1, 1986. By the time of the merger which is contested in this action, Alcatel owned 43.3 percent of Lynch’s outstanding stock; designated five of the eleven members of Lynch’s board of directors; two of three members of the executive committee; and two of four members of the compensation committee.
In the spring of 1986, Lynch determined that in order to remain competitive in the rapidly changing telecommunications field, it would need to obtain fiber optics technology to complement its existing digital electronic capabilities. Lynch’s management identified a target company, Telco Systems, Inc. (“Tel-co”), which possessed both fiber optics and other valuable technological assets. The record reflects that Telco expressed interest in being acquired by Lynch. Because of the supermajority voting provision, which Alcatel had negotiated when it first purchased its shares, in order to proceed with the Telco combination Lynch needed Alcatel’s consent. In June 1986, Ellsworth F. Dertinger (“Der-tinger”), Lynch’s CEO and chairman of its board of directors, contacted Pierre Suard (“Suard”), the chairman of Alcatel’s parent company, CGE, regarding the acquisition of Telco by Lynch. Suard expressed Alcatel’s opposition to Lynch’s acquisition of Telco. Instead, Alcatel proposed a combination of Lynch and Celwave Systems, Inc. (“Cel-wave”), an indirect subsidiary of CGE engaged in the manufacture and sale of telephone wire, cable and other related products.
Alcatel’s proposed combination with Cel-wave was presented to the Lynch board at a regular meeting held on August 1,1986. Although several directors expressed interest in the original combination which had been proposed with Telco, the Alcatel representatives on Lynch’s board made it clear that such a combination would not be considered before a Lyncb/Celwave combination. According to the minutes of the August 1 meeting, Dertinger expressed his opinion that *1113Celwave would not be of interest to Lynch if Celwave was not owned by Alcatel.
At the conclusion of the meeting, the Lynch board unanimously adopted a resolution establishing an Independent Committee, consisting of Hubert L. Kertz (“Kertz”), Paul B. Wineman (“Wineman”), and Stuart M. Beringer (“Beringer”), to negotiate with Cel-wave and to make recommendations concerning the appropriate terms and conditions of a combination with Celwave. On October 24, 1986, Alcatel’s investment banking firm, Dillon, Read & Co., Inc. (“Dillon Read”) made a presentation to the Independent Committee. Dillon Read expressed its views concerning the benefits of a Celwave/Lynch combination and submitted a written proposal of an exchange ratio of 0.95 shares of Celwave per Lynch share in a stock-for-stock merger.
However, the Independent Committee’s investment advisors, Thomson McKinnon Securities Inc. (“Thomson McKinnon”) and Kidder, Peabody & Co. Inc. (“Kidder Peabody”), reviewed the Dillon Read proposal and concluded that the 0.95 ratio was predicated on Dillon Read’s overvaluation of Celwave. Based upon this advice, the Independent Committee determined that the exchange ratio proposed by Dillon Read was unattractive to Lynch. The Independent Committee expressed its unanimous opposition to the Cel-wave/Lynch merger on October 81, 1986.
Alcatel responded to the Independent Committee’s action on November 4, 1986, by withdrawing the Celwave proposal. Alcatel made a simultaneous offer to acquire the entire equity interest in Lynch, constituting the approximately 57 percent of Lynch shares not owned by Alcatel. The offering price was $14 cash per share.
On November 7, 1986, the Lynch board of directors revised the mandate of the Independent Committee. It authorized Kertz, Wineman, and Beringer to negotiate the cash merger offer with Alcatel. At a meeting held that same day, the Independent Committee determined that the $14 per share offer was inadequate. The Independent’s Committee’s own legal counsel, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (“Skadden Arps”), suggested that the Independent Committee should review alternatives to a cash-out merger with Alcatel, including a “white knight” third party acquiror, a repurchase of Alcatel’s shares, or the adoption of a shareholder rights plan.
On November 12, 1986, Beringer, as chairman of the Independent Committee, contacted Michiel C. McCarty (“McCarty”) of Dillon Read, Alcatel’s representative in the negotiations, with a counteroffer at a price of $17 per share. McCarty responded on behalf of Alcatel with an offer of $15 per share. When Beringer informed McCarty of the Independent Committee’s view that $15 was also insufficient, Alcatel raised its offer to $15.25 per share. The Independent Committee also rejected this offer. Alcatel then made its final offer of $15.50 per share.
At the November 24, 1986 meeting of the Independent Committee, Beringer advised its other two members that Alcatel was “ready to proceed with an unfriendly tender at a lower price” if the $15.50 per share price was not recommended by the Independent Committee and approved by the Lynch board of directors. Beringer also told the other members of the Independent Committee that the alternatives to a cash-out merger had been investigated but were impracticable.3 After meeting with its financial and legal advisors, the Independent Committee voted unanimously to recommend that the Lynch board of directors approve Alcatel’s $15.50 cash per share price for a merger with Alca-tel. The Lynch board met later that day. With Alcatel’s nominees abstaining, it approved the merger.
Alcatel Dominated Lynch Controlling Shareholder Status
This Court has held that “a shareholder owes a fiduciary duty only if it owns a majority interest in or exercises control over the business affairs of the corporation.” *1114Ivanhoe Partners v. Newmont Mining Corp., Del.Supr., 535 A.2d 1334, 1344 (1987) (emphasis added). With regard to the exercise of control, this Court has stated:
[A] shareholder who owns less than 50% of a corporation’s outstanding stocks does not, without more, become a controlling shareholder of that corporation, with a concomitant fiduciary status. For a dominating relationship to exist in the absence of controlling stock ownership, a plaintiff must allege domination by a minority shareholder through actual control of corporation conduct.
Citron v. Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corp., Del.Supr., 569 A.2d 53, 70 (1989) (quotations and citation omitted).
Alcatel held a 43.3 percent minority share of stock in Lynch. Therefore, the threshold question to be answered by the Court of Chancery was whether, despite its minority ownership, Alcatel exercised control over Lynch’s business affairs. Based upon the testimony and the minutes of the August 1, 1986 Lynch board meeting, the Court of Chancery concluded that Alcatel did exercise control over Lynch’s business decisions.
The standard of appellate review with regard to the Court of Chancery’s factual findings is deferential. Cede & Co. v. Technicolor, Inc., Del.Supr., 634 A.2d 345, 360 (1993). Those findings will not be set aside by this Court unless they are clearly erroneous or not the product of a logical and orderly deductive reasoning process. Id. The record supports the Court of Chancery’s factual finding that Alcatel dominated Lynch.
At the August 1 meeting, Alcatel opposed the renewal of compensation contracts for Lynch’s top five managers. According to Dertinger, Christian Fayard (“Fayard”), an Alcatel director, told the board members, “[y]ou must listen to us. We are 43 percent owner. You have to do what we tell you.” The minutes confirm Dertinger’s testimony. They recite that Fayard declared, “you are pushing us very much to take control of the company. Our opinion is not taken into consideration.”
Although Beringer and Kertz, two of the independent directors, favored renewal of the contracts, according to the minutes, the third independent director, Wineman, admonished the board as follows:
Mr. Wineman pointed out that the vote on the contracts is a “watershed vote” and the motion, due to Alcatel’s “strong feelings,” might not carry if taken now. Mr. Wineman clarified that “you [management] might win the battle and lose the war.” With Alcatel’s opinion so clear, Mr. Wine-man questioned “if management wants the contracts renewed under these circumstances.” He recommended that management “think twice.” Mr. Wineman declared: “I want to keep the management. I can’t think of a better management.” Mr. Kertz agreed, again advising consideration of the “critical” period the company is entering.
The minutes reflect that the management directors left the room after this statement. The remaining board members then voted not to renew the contracts.
At the same meeting, Alcatel vetoed Lynch’s acquisition of the target company, which, according to the minutes, Beringer considered “an immediate fit” for Lynch. Dertinger agreed with Beringer, stating that the “target company is extremely important as they have the products that Lynch needs now.” Nonetheless, Alcatel prevailed. The minutes reflect that Fayard advised the board: “Alcatel, with its 44% equity position, would not approve such an acquisition as ... it does not wish to be diluted from being the main shareholder in Lynch.” From the foregoing evidence, the Vice Chancellor concluded:
... Alcatel did control the Lynch board, at least with respect to the matters under consideration at its August 1, 1986 board meeting. The interplay between the directors was more than vigorous discussion, as suggested by defendants. The management and independent directors disagreed with Alcatel on several important issues. However, when Alcatel made its position clear, and reminded the other directors of its significant stockholdings, Alcatel prevailed. Dertinger testified that Fayard “scared [the non-Alcatel directors] to death.” While this statement undoubtedly *1115is an exaggeration, it does represent a first-hand view of how the board operated. I conclude that the non-Alcatel directors deferred to Alcatel because of its position as a significant stockholder and not because they decided in the exercise of their own business judgment that Alcatel’s position was correct [citation omitted].
The record supports the Court of Chancery’s underlying factual finding that “the non-Alcatel [independent] directors deferred to Alcatel because of its position as a significant stockholder and not because they decided in the exercise of their own business judgment that Alcatel’s position was correct.” The record also supports the subsequent factual finding that, notwithstanding its 43.3 percent minority shareholder interest, Alca-tel did exercise actual control over Lynch by dominating its corporate affairs. The Court of Chancery’s legal conclusion that Alcatel owed the fiduciary duties of a controlling shareholder to the other Lynch shareholders followed syllogistically as the logical result of its cogent analysis of the record.
Entire Fairness Requirement Dominating Interested Shareholder
A controlling or dominating shareholder standing on both sides of a transaction, as in a parent-subsidiary context, bears the burden of proving its entire fairness. Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., Del.Supr., 457 A.2d 701, 710 (1983). See Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., Del.Supr., 493 A.2d 929, 937 (1985). The demonstration of fairness that is required was set forth by this Court in Weinberger:
The concept of fairness has two basic aspects: fair dealing and fair price. The former embraces questions of when the transaction was timed, how it was initiated, structured, negotiated, disclosed to the directors, and how the approvals of the directors and the stockholders were obtained. The latter aspect of fairness relates to the economic and financial considerations of the proposed merger, including all relevant factors: assets, market value, earnings, future prospects, and any other elements that affect the intrinsic or inherent value of a company’s stock. However, the test for fairness is not a bifurcated one as between fair dealing and price. All aspects of the issue must be examined as a whole since the question is one of entire fairness.
Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., 457 A.2d at 711 (citations omitted).
The logical question raised by this Court’s holding in Weinberger was what type of evidence would be reliable to demonstrate entire fairness. That question was not only anticipated but also initially addressed in the Weinberger opinion. Id. at 709-10 n. 7. This Court suggested that the result “could have been entirely different if UOP had appointed an independent negotiating committee of its outside directors to deal with Signal at arm’s length,” because “fairness in this context can be equated to conduct by a theoretical, wholly independent, board of directors.” Id. Accordingly, this Court stated, “a showing that the action taken was as though each of the contending parties had in fact exerted its bargaining power against the other at arm’s length is strong evidence that the transaction meets the test of fairness.” Id. (emphasis added).
In this case, the Vice Chancellor noted that the Court of Chancery has expressed “differing views” regarding the effect that an approval of a cash-out merger by a special committee of disinterested directors has upon the controlling or dominating shareholder’s burden of demonstrating entire fairness. One view is that such approval shifts to the plaintiff the burden of proving that the transaction was unfair. Citron v. E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Del.Ch., 584 A.2d 490, 500-02 (1990); Rabkin v. Olin Corp, Del.Ch., C.A. No. 7547 (Consolidated), Chandler, V.C., 1990 WL 47648, slip op. at 14-15 (Apr. 17, 1990), reprinted in 16 Del.J.Corp.L. 851, 861-62 (1991), aff'd, Del.Supr., 586 A.2d 1202 (1990). The other view is that such an approval renders the business judgment rule the applicable standard of judicial review. In re Trans World Airlines, Inc. Shareholders Litig., Del.Ch., C.A. 9844 (Consolidated), Allen, C., 1988 WL 111271, slip op. at 15-16 (Oct. 21, 1988), reprinted in 14 Del.J.Corp.L. *1116870, 883 (1989).4 See Cinerama, Inc. v. Technicolor, Inc., Del.Ch., C.A. No. 8358, Allen, C., 1991 WL 111134, slip op. at 47-48 (June 24, 1991), reprinted in 17 Del. J.Corp.L. 551, 570-72 (1992), aff'd in part and rev’d in part on other grounds sub nom. Cede & Co. v. Technicolor, Inc., Del.Supr., 634 A.2d 345 (1993).
“It is often of critical importance whether a particular decision is one to which the business judgment rule applies or the entire fairness rule applies.” Nixon v. Blackwell, Del.Supr., 626 A.2d 1366, 1376 (1993). The definitive answer with regard to the Court of Chancery’s “differing views” is found in this Court’s opinions in Weinberger and Rosen-blatt. In Weinberger, this Court held that because
of the fairness test which has long been applicable to parent-subsidiary mergers, the expanded appraisal remedy now available to shareholders, and the broad discretion of the [Court of Chancery] to fashion such relief as the facts of a given case may dictate, we do not believe that any additional meaningful protection is afforded minority shareholders by the business purpose requirement of the trilogy of Singer [v. Magnavox Co., Del.Supr., 380 A.2d 969 (1977) ], Tanzer [v. International Gen. Indus., Inc., Del.Supr., 379 A.2d 1121 (1977) ], [Roland Int’l Corp. v.] Najjar [Del.Supr., 407 A.2d 1032 (1979)], and their progeny. Accordingly, such requirement shall no longer be of any force or effect.
Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., 457 A.2d at 715 (citation and footnotes omitted). Thereafter, this Court recognized that it would be inconsistent with its holding in Weinberger to apply the business judgment rule in the context of an interested merger transaction which, by its very nature, did not require a business purpose. See Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., 493 A.2d at 937. Consequently, in Rosen-blatt, in the context of a subsequent proceeding involving a parent-subsidiary merger, this Court held that the “approval of a merger, as here, by an informed vote of a majority of the minority stockholders, while not a legal prerequisite, shifts the burden of proving the unfairness of the merger entirely to the plaintiffs.” Id.
Entire fairness remains the proper focus of judicial analysis in examining an interested merger, irrespective of whether the burden of proof remains upon or is shifted away from the controlling or dominating shareholder, because the unchanging nature of the underlying “interested” transaction requires careful scrutiny. See Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., 457 A.2d at 710 (citing Sterling v. Mayflower Hotel Corp., Del.Supr., 93 A.2d 107, 110 (1952)). The policy rationale for the exclusive application of the entire fairness standard to interested merger transactions has been stated as follows:
Parent subsidiary mergers, unlike stock options, are proposed by a party that controls, and will continue to control, the corporation, whether or not the minority stockholders vote to approve or reject the transaction. The controlling stockholder relationship has the potential to influence, however subtly, the vote of [ratifying] minority stockholders in a manner that is not likely to occur in a transaction with a noncontrolling party.
Even where no coercion is intended, shareholders voting on a parent subsidiary merger might perceive that their disapproval could risk retaliation of some kind by the controlling stockholder. For example, the controlling stockholder might decide to stop dividend payments or to effect a subsequent cash out merger at a less favorable price, for which the remedy would be time consuming and costly litigation. At the very least, the potential for that perception, and its possible impact upon a shareholder vote, could never be fully eliminated. Consequently, in a merger between the corporation and its controlling stockholder — even one negotiated by disinterested, independent directors — no court could be certain whether the transaction terms fully approximate what truly independent parties would have achieved in an arm’s length negotiation. Given that uncertainty, a court might well conclude *1117that even minority shareholders who have ratified a ... merger need procedural protections beyond those afforded by full disclosure of all material facts. One way to provide such protections would be to adhere to the more stringent entire fairness standard of judicial review.
Citron v. E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., 584 A.2d at 502.
Once again, this Court holds that the exclusive standard of judicial review in examining the propriety of an interested cash-out merger transaction by a controlling or dominating shareholder is entire fairness. Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., 457 A.2d at 710-11.5 The initial burden of establishing entire fairness rests upon the party who stands on both sides of the transaction. Id. However, an approval of the transaction by an independent committee of directors or an informed majority of minority shareholders shifts the burden of proof on the issue of fairness from the controlling or dominating shareholder to the challenging shareholder-plaintiff. See Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., 493 A.2d at 937-38. Nevertheless, even when an interested cash-out merger transaction receives the informed approval of a majority of minority stockholders or an independent committee of disinterested directors, an entire fairness analysis is the only proper standard of judicial review. See id.
Independent Committees Interested Merger Transactions
It is a now well-established principle of Delaware corporate law that in an interested merger, the controlling or dominating shareholder proponent of the transaction bears the burden of proving its entire fairness. Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., Del.Supr., 457 A.2d 701, 710-11 (1983). It is equally well-established in such contexts that any shifting of the burden of proof on the issue of entire fairness must be predicated upon this Court’s decisions in Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., Del.Supr., 493 A.2d 929 (1985) and Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., Del.Supr., 457 A.2d 701 (1983). In Weinberger, this Court noted that “[pjarticularly in a parent-subsidiary context, a showing that the action taken was as though each of the contending parties had in fact exerted its bargaining power against the other at arm’s length is strong evidence that the transaction meets the test of fairness.” 457 A.2d at 709-10 n. 7 (emphasis added). Accord Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., 493 A.2d at 937-38 & n. 7. In Rosenblatt, this Court pointed out that “[an] independent bargaining structure, while not conclusive, is strong evidence of the fairness” of a merger transaction. Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., 493 A.2d at 938 n. 7.
The same policy rationale which requires judicial review of interested cash-out mergers exclusively for entire fairness also mandates careful judicial scrutiny of a special committee’s real bargaining power before shifting the burden of proof on the issue of entire fairness. A recent decision from the Court of Chancery articulated a two-part test for determining whether burden shifting is appropriate in an interested merger transaction. Rabkin v. Olin Corp., Del.Ch., C.A. No. 7547 (Consolidated), Chandler, V.C., 1990 WL 47648, slip op. at 14-15 (Apr. 17, 1990), reprinted in 16 Del.J.Corp.L. 851, 861-62 (1991), aff'd, Del.Supr., 586 A.2d 1202 (1990). In Olin, the Court of Chancery stated:
The mere existence of an independent special committee ... does not itself shift the burden. At least two factors are required. First, the majority shareholder must not dictate the terms of the merger. Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., Del.Ch., 493 A.2d 929, 937 (1985). Second, the special committee must have real bargaining power that it can exercise with the majority shareholder on an arms length basis.
Id., slip op. at 14-15, 16 Del.J.Corp.L. at 861-62.6 This Court expressed its agree*1118ment with that statement by affirming the Court of Chancery decision in Olin on appeal.
Lynch’s Independent Committee
In the case sub judice, the Court of Chancery observed that although “Alcatel did exercise control over Lynch with respect to the decisions made at the August 1, 1986 board meeting, it does not necessarily follow that Alcatel also controlled the terms of the merger and its approval.” This observation is theoretically accurate, as this opinion has already stated. Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., 457 A.2d at 709-10 n. 7. However, the performance- of the Independent Committee merits careful judicial scrutiny to determine whether Alcatel’s demonstrated pattern of domination was effectively neutralized so that “each of the contending parties had in fact exerted its bargaining power against the other at arm’s length.” Id. The fact that the same independent directors had submitted to Alcatel’s demands on August 1, 1986 was part of the basis for the Court of Chancery’s finding of Alcatel’s domination of Lynch. Therefore, the Independent Committee’s ability to bargain at arm’s length with Alcatel was suspect from the outset.
The Independent Committee’s original assignment was to examine the merger with Celwave which had been proposed by Alcatel. The record reflects that the Independent Committee effectively discharged that assignment and, in fact, recommended that the Lynch board reject the merger on Alcatel’s terms. Alcatel’s response to the Independent Committee’s adverse recommendation was not the pursuit of further negotiations regarding its Celwave proposal, but rather its response was an offer to buy Lynch. That offer was consistent with Alcatel’s August 1, 1986 expressions of an intention to dominate Lynch, since an acquisition would effectively eliminate once and for all Lynch’s remaining vestiges of independence.
The Independent Committee’s second assignment was to consider Alcatel’s proposal to purchase Lynch. The Independent Committee proceeded on that task with full knowledge of Alcatel’s demonstrated pattern of domination. The Independent Committee was also obviously aware of Alcatel’s refusal to negotiate with it on the Celwave matter.
Burden of Proof Shifted Court of Chancery’s Finding
The Court of Chancery began its factual analysis by noting that Kahn had “attempted to shatter” the image of the Independent Committee’s actions as having “appropriately simulated” an arm’s length, third-party transaction. The Court of Chancery found that “to some extent, [Kahn’s attempt] was successful.” The Court of Chancery gave credence to the testimony of Kertz, one of the members of the Independent Committee, to the effect that he did not believe that $15.50 was a fair price but that he voted in favor of the merger because he felt there was no alternative.
The Court of Chancery also found that Kertz understood Alcatel’s position to be that it was ready to proceed with an unfriendly tender offer at a lower price if Lynch did not accept the $15.50 offer, and that Kertz perceived this to be a threat by Alcatel. The Court of Chancery concluded that Kertz ultimately decided that, “although $15.50 was not fair, a tender offer and merger at that price would be better for Lynch’s stockholders than an unfriendly tender offer at a significantly lower price.” The Court of Chancery determined that “Kertz failed either to satisfy himself that the offered price was fair or oppose the merger.”
In addition to Kertz, the other members of the Independent Committee were Beringer, its chairman, and Wineman. Wineman did not testify at trial.7 Beringer was called by *1119Alcatel to testify at trial. Beringer testified that at the time of the Committee’s vote to recommend the $15.50 offer to the Lynch board, he thought “that under the circumstances, a price of $15.50 was fair and should be accepted” (emphasis added).
Kahn contends that these “circumstances” included those referenced in the minutes for the November 24, 1986 Independent Committee meeting: “Mr. Beringer added that Alcatel is ‘ready to proceed with an unfriendly tender at a lower price’ if the $15.50 per share price is not recommended to, and approved by, the Company’s Board of Directors.” In his testimony at trial, Beringer verified, albeit reluctantly, the accuracy of the foregoing statement in the minutes: “[Al-catel] let us know that they were giving serious consideration to making an unfriendly tender” (emphasis added).
The record reflects that Alcatel was “ready to proceed” with a hostile bid. This was a conclusion reached by Beringer, the Independent Committee’s chairman and spokesman, based upon communications to him from Al-catel. Beringer testified that although there was no reference to a particular price for a hostile bid during his discussions with Alca-tel, or even specific mention of a “lower” price, “the implication was clear to [him] that it probably would be at a lower price.”8
According to the Court of Chancery, the Independent Committee rejected three lower offers for Lynch from Alcatel and then accepted the $15.50 offer “after being advised that [it] was fair and after considering the absence of alternatives.” The Vice Chancellor expressly acknowledged the impracticability of Lynch’s Independent Committee’s alternatives to a merger with Alcatel:
Lynch was not in a position to shop for other acquirors, since Alcatel could block any alternative transaction. Alcatel also made it clear that it was not interested in having its shares repurchased by Lynch. The Independent Committee decided that a stockholder rights plan was not viable because of the increased debt it would entail.
Nevertheless, based upon the record before it, the Court of Chancery found that the Independent Committee had “appropriately simulated a third-party transaction, where negotiations are conducted at arms-length and there is no compulsion to reach an agreement.” The Court of Chancery concluded that the Independent Committee’s actions “as a whole” were “sufficiently well informed ... and aggressive to simulate an arms-length transaction,” so that the burden of proof as to entire fairness shifted from Alca-tel to the contending Lynch shareholder, Kahn. The Court of Chancery’s reservations about that finding are apparent in its written decision.
The Power to Say No, The Parties’ Contentions, Arm’s Length Bargaining
The Court of Chancery properly noted that limitations on the alternatives to Alcatel’s offer did not mean that the Independent Committee should have agreed to a price that was unfair:
The power to say no is a significant power. It is the duty of directors serving on [an independent] committee to approve only a transaction that is in the best interests of the public shareholders, to say no to any transaction that is not fair to those shareholders and is not the best transaction available. It is not sufficient for such directors to achieve the best price that a fiduciary will pay if that price is not a fair price.
(Quoting In re First Boston, Inc. Shareholders Litig., Del.Ch., C.A. 10338 (Consolidated), *1120Allen, C., 1990 WL 78836, slip op. at 15-16 (June 7, 1990)).
The Alcatel defendants argue that the Independent Committee exercised its “power to say no” in rejecting the three initial offers from Alcatel, and that it therefore cannot be said that Alcatel dictated the terms of the merger or precluded the Independent Committee from exercising real bargaining power. Compare Rabkin v. Olin Corp., Del.Ch., C.A. 7547 (Consolidated), Chandler, V.C., 1990 WL 47648, slip op. at 14-15 (Apr. 17, 1990), reprinted in 16 Del.J.Corp.L. 851, 861-62 (1991), aff'd, Del.Supr., 586 A.2d 1202 (1990).9 The Alcatel defendants contend, alternatively, that “even assuming that such a threat [of a hostile takeover] could have had a coercive effect on the [Independent] Committee,” the willingness of the Independent Committee to reject Alcatel’s initial three offers suggests that “the alleged threat was either nonexistent or ineffective.” Braunschweiger v. American Home Shield Corp., Del.Ch., C.A. No. 10755, Allen, C., 1991 WL 3920, slip op. at 13 (Jan. 7, 1991), reprinted in 17 Del.J.Corp.L. 206, 219 (1992).
Kahn contends the record reflects that the conduct of Alcatel deprived the Independent Committee of an effective “power to say no.” Kahn argues that Alcatel not only threatened the Committee with a hostile tender offer in the event its $15.50 offer was not recommended and approved, but also directed the affairs of Lynch for Alcatel’s benefit in such a way as to make it impossible for Lynch to continue as a public company under Alcatel’s control without injury to itself and its minority shareholders. In support of this argument, Kahn relies upon another proceeding wherein the Court of Chancery has been previously presented with factual circumstances comparable to those of the case sub judice, albeit in a different procedural posture. See American Gen. Corp. v. Texas Air Corp., Del.Ch., C.A. Nos. 8390, 8406, 8650 & 8805, Hartnett, V.C., 1987 WL 6337 (Feb. 5, 1987), reprinted in 13 Del.J.Corp.L. 173 (1988).
In American General, in the context of an application for injunctive relief, the Court of Chancery found that the members of the Special Committee were “truly independent and ... performed their tasks in a proper manner,” but it also found that “at the end of their negotiations with [the majority shareholder] the Committee members were issued an ultimatum and told that they must accept the $16.50 per share price or [the majority shareholder] would proceed with the transaction without their input.” Id., slip op. at 11-12, 13 Del.J.Corp.L. at 181. The Court of Chancery concluded based upon this evidence that the Special Committee had thereby lost “its ability to negotiate in an arms-length manner” and that there was a reasonable probability that the burden of proving entire fairness would remain on the defendants if the litigation proceeded to trial. Id., slip op. at 12, 13 Del.J.Corp.L. at 181.
Alcatel’s efforts to distinguish American General are unpersuasive. Alcatel’s reliance on Braunschweiger is also misplaced. In Braunschweiger, the Court of Chancery pointed out that “[p]laintiffs do not allege that [the management-affiliated merger partner] ever used the threat of a hostile takeover to influence the special committee.” Braunschweiger v. American Home Shield Corp., slip op. at 13, 17 Del.J.Corp.L. at 219. Unlike Braunschweiger, in this case the coercion was extant and directed to a specific price offer which was, in effect, presented in the form of a “take it or leave it” ultimatum by a controlling shareholder with the capability of following through on its threat of a hostile takeover.
Alcatel’s Entire Fairness Burden Did Not Shift to Kahn
A condition precedent to finding that the burden of proving entire fairness has shifted in an interested merger transaction is a careful judicial analysis of the factual circumstances of each case. Particular consideration must be given to evidence of whether the special committee was truly independent, fully informed, and had the freedom to nego*1121tiate at arm’s length. Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., Del.Supr., 457 A.2d 701, 709-10 n. 7 (1988). See also American Gen. Corp. v. Texas Air Corp., Del.Ch., C.A. Nos. 8390, 8406, 8650 & 8805, Hartnett, V.C., 1987 WL 6387, slip op. at 11 (Feb. 5, 1987), reprinted in 13 Del.J.Corp.L. 173, 181 (1988). “Although perfection is not possible,” unless the controlling or dominating shareholder can demonstrate that it has not only formed an independent committee but also replicated a process “as though each of the contending parties had in fact exerted its bargaining power at arm’s length,” the burden of proving entire fairness will not shift. Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., 457 A.2d at 709-10 n. 7. See also Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., Del.Supr., 493 A.2d 929, 937-38 (1985).
Subsequent to Rosenblatt, this Court pointed out that “the use of an independent negotiating committee of outside directors may have significant advantages to the majority stockholder in defending suits of this type,” but it does not ipso facto establish the procedural fairness of an interested merger transaction. Rabkin v. Philip A. Hunt Chem. Corp., Del.Supr., 498 A.2d 1099, 1106 & n. 7 (1985). In reversing the granting of the defendants’ motion to dismiss in Rabkin, this Court implied that the burden on entire fairness would not be shifted by the use of an independent committee which concluded its processes with “what could be considered a quick surrender” to the dictated terms of the controlling shareholder.10 Id. at 1106. This Court concluded in Rabkin that the majority stockholder’s “attitude toward the minority,” coupled with the “apparent absence of any meaningful negotiations as to price,” did not manifest the exercise of arm’s length bargaining by the independent committee. Id.
The Court of Chancery’s determination that the Independent Committee “appropriately simulated a third-party transaction, where negotiations are conducted at arm’s-length and there is no compulsion to reach an agreement,” is not supported by the record. Under the circumstances present in the case sub judice, the Court of Chancery erred in shifting the burden of proof with regard to entire fairness to the contesting Lynch shareholder-plaintiff, Kahn. The record reflects that the ability of the Committee effectively to negotiate at arm’s length was compromised by Alcatel’s threats to proceed with a hostile tender offer if the $15.50 price was not approved by the Committee and the Lynch board. The fact that the Independent Committee rejected three initial offers, which were well below the Independent Committee’s estimated valuation for Lynch and were not combined with an explicit threat that Alcatel was “ready to proceed” with a hostile bid, cannot alter the conclusion that any semblance of arm’s length bargaining ended when the Independent Committee surrendered to the ultimatum that accompanied Alcatel’s final offer. See Rabkin v. Philip A Hunt Chem. Corp., Del.Supr., 498 A.2d 1099, 1106 (1985).
Conclusion
Accordingly, the judgment of the Court of Chancery is reversed. This matter is re*1122manded for further proceedings consistent herewith, including a redetermination of the entire fairness of the cash-out merger to Kahn and the other Lynch minority shareholders with the burden of proof remaining on Alcatel, the dominant and interested shareholder,
11.6.2.4 Kahn v. M & F Worldwide Corp. 11.6.2.4 Kahn v. M & F Worldwide Corp.
Updated 11/3/23
In this case, a controlling shareholder wanted to buy the rest of the company. We've seen in the prior cases that when a shareholder is squeezing out the minority shareholders, we typically use entire fairness because the shareholder is seizing the corporate machinery because of its power over the board and the other shareholders.
But what if it didn't use that power? Suppose that before starting any negotiations, the shareholder voluntarily relinquished any power it had over the corporation.
In this case the acquiror it said it would negotiate only against an independent committee of the board (none of the directors it controlled would vote on the deal) and wouldn't complete the deal unless it was approved by the minority shareholders. Further, it promised that if the independent directors or the shareholders rejected the deal, the shareholder wouldn't go hostile; it just wouldn't do the deal.
Where a controlling shareholder yields up their power voluntarily and in advance, we apply the business judgment rule. Yielding up the power requires that the controller preconditions transaction on the approval of both an independent committee and a majority of the minority stockholders. The committee must be empowered to freely select its own advisors and to say no definitively. It must also satisfy its duty of care. The vote by the minority shareholders must be informed and uncoerced.
If all these processes are in place, the business judgment rule applies.
But what if we only do some of these? If the majority shareholder does one of these two protections (independent board or approval by the minority shareholders), the transaction is reviewed for entire fairness, but the burden of proof shifts to the plaintiffs (recall that defendents typically bear the burden of proof under entire fairness review). This provides a mild incentive for the controller to allow these independent actions.
Alan KAHN, Samuel Pill, Irwin Pill, Rachel Pill and Charlotte Martin, Plaintiffs Below, Appellants, v. M & F WORLDWIDE CORP., Ronald O. Perelman, Barry F. Schwartz, William C. Bevins, Bruce Slovin, Charles T. Dawson, Stephen G. Taub, John M. Keane, Theo W. Folz, Philip E. Beekman, Martha L. Byorum, Viet D. Dinh, Paul M. Meister, Carl B. Webb and MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings, Inc., Defendants Below, Appellees.
No. 334, 2013.
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Submitted: Dec. 18, 2013.
Decided: March 14, 2014.
*638Carmella P. Keener, Esquire, Rosenthal, Monhait & Goddess, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware, Peter B. Andrews, Esquire, Na-deem Faruqi, Esquire, Beth A. Keller, Esquire, Faruqi & Faruqi, LLP, Wilmington, Delaware, Carl L. Stine, Esquire (argued) and Matthew Insley-Pruitt, Esquire, Wolf Popper LLP, New York, New York, and James S. Notis, Esquire and Kira German, Esquire, Gardy & Notis, LLP, New York, New York, for appellants.
William M. Lafferty, Esquire, and D. McKinley Measley, Esquire, Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP, Wilmington, Delaware, and Tariq Mundiya, Esquire (argued), Todd G. Cosenza, Esquire and Christopher J. Miritello, Esquire, Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, New York, New York, for appellees, Paul M. Meister, Martha L. Byorum, Viet D. Dính and Carl B. Webb.
Thomas J. Allingham, II, Esquire (argued), Christopher M. Foulds, Esquire, Joseph 0. Larkin, Esquire, and Jessica L. Raatz, Esquire, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Wilmington, Delaware, for appellees MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings, Inc., Ronald 0. Perelman, Barry F. Schwartz, and William C. Bevins.
Stephen P. Lamb, Esquire and Meghan M. Dougherty, Esquire, Paul, Weiss, Rif-kind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, Wilmington, Delaware, for appellees M & F Worldwide Corp., Bruce Slovin, Charles T. Dawson, Stephen G. Taub, John M. Keane, Theo W. Folz, and Philip E. Beekman.
Before HOLLAND, BERGER, JACOBS and RIDGELY, Justices and JURDEN, Judge,1 constituting the Court en Banc.
This is an appeal from a final judgment entered by the Court of Chancery in a proceeding that arises from a 2011 acquisition by MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings, Inc. (“M & F” or “MacAndrews & Forbes”) — a 43% stockholder in M & F Worldwide Corp. (“MFW”) — of the remaining common stock of MFW (the “Merger”). From the outset, M & F’s proposal to take MFW private was made contingent upon two stockholder-protective procedural conditions. First, M & F required the Merger to be negotiated and approved by a special committee of independent MFW directors (the “Special Committee”). Second, M & F required that the Merger be approved by a majority of stockholders unaffiliated with M & F. The Merger closed in December 2011, after it was approved by a vote of 65.4% of MFW’s minority stockholders.
The Appellants initially sought to enjoin the transaction. They withdrew their request for injunctive relief after taking expedited discovery, including several depositions. The Appellants then sought post-closing relief against M & F, Ronald 0. Perelman, and MFW’s directors (including the members of the Special Committee) for breach of fiduciary duty. Again, the Appellants were provided with extensive discovery. The Defendants then moved for *639summary judgment, which the Court of Chancery granted.
Court of Chancery Decision
The Court of Chancery found that the case presented a “novel question of law,” specifically, “what standard of review should apply to a going private merger conditioned upfront by the controlling stockholder on approval by both a properly empowered, independent committee and an informed, uncoerced majority-of-the-minority vote.” The Court of Chancery held that business judgment review, rather than entire fairness, should be applied to a very limited category of controller mergers. That category consisted of mergers where the controller voluntarily relinquishes its control — such that the negotiation and approval process replicate those that characterize a third-party merger.
The Court of Chancery held that, rather than entire fairness, the business judgment standard of review should apply “if, but only if: (i) the controller conditions the transaction on the approval of both a Special Committee and a majority of the minority stockholders; (ii) the Special Committee is independent; (iii) the Special Committee is empowered to freely select its own advisors and to say no definitively; (iv) the Special Committee acts with care; (v) the minority vote is informed; and (vi) there is no coercion of the minority.”2
The Court of Chancery found that those prerequisites were satisfied and that the Appellants had failed to raise any genuine issue of material fact indicating the contrary. The court then reviewed the Merger under the business judgment standard and granted summary judgment for the Defendants.
Appellants’ Arguments
The Appellants raise two main arguments on this appeal. First, they contend that the Court of Chancery erred in concluding that no material disputed facts existed regarding the conditions precedent to business judgment review. The Appellants submit that the record contains evidence showing that the Special Committee was not disinterested and independent, was not fully empowered, and was not effective. The Appellants also contend, as a legal matter, that the majority-of-the-minority provision did not afford MFW stockholders protection sufficient to displace entire fairness review.
Second, the Appellants submit that the Court of Chancery erred, as a matter of law, in holding that the business judgment standard applies to controller freeze-out mergers where the controller’s proposal is conditioned on both Special Committee approval and a favorable majority-of-the-minority vote. Even if both procedural protections are adopted, the Appellants argue, entire fairness should be retained as the applicable standard of review.
Defendants’ Arguments
The Defendants argue that the judicial standard of review should be the business judgment rule, because the Merger was conditioned ab initio on two procedural protections that together operated to replicate an arm’s-length merger: the employment of an active, unconflicted negotiating agent free to turn down the transaction; and a requirement that any transaction negotiated by that agent be approved by a majority of the disinterested stockholders. The Defendants argue that using and establishing pretrial that both protective conditions were extant renders a going private transaction analogous to that of a third-party arm’s-length merger under *640Section 251 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. That is, the Defendants submit that a Special Committee approval in a going private transaction is a proxy for board approval in a third-party transaction, and that the approval of the unaffiliated, noncontrolling stockholders replicates the approval of all the (potentially) adversely affected stockholders.
FACTS
MFW and M & F
MFW is a holding company incorporated in Delaware. Before the Merger that is the subject of this dispute, MFW was 43.4% owned by MacAndrews & Forbes, which in turn is entirely owned by Ronald 0. Perelman. MFW had four business segments. Three were owned through a holding company, Harland Clarke Holding Corporation (“HCHC”). They were the Harland Clarke Corporation (“Harland”), which printed bank checks; Harland Clarke Financial Solutions, which provided technology products and services to financial services companies; and Scantron Corporation, which manufactured scanning equipment used for educational and other purposes. The fourth segment, which was not part of HCHC, was Mafco Worldwide Corporation, a manufacturer of licorice flavorings.
The MFW board had thirteen members. They were: Ronald Perelman, Barry Schwartz, William Bevins, Bruce Slovin, Charles Dawson, Stephen Taub, John Keane, Theo Folz, Philip Beekman, Martha Byorum, Viet Dinh, Paul Meister, and Carl Webb. Perelman, Schwartz, and Be-vins were officers of both MFW and Ma-cAndrews & Forbes. Perelman was the Chairman of MFW and the Chairman and CEO of MacAndrews & Forbes; Schwartz was the President and CEO of MFW and the Vice Chairman and Chief Administrative Officer of MacAndrews & Forbes; and Bevins was a Vice President at MacAn-drews & Forbes.
The Taking MFW Private Proposal
In May 2011, Perelman began to explore the possibility of taking MFW private. At that time, MFW’s stock price traded in the $20 to $24 per share range. MacAndrews & Forbes engaged a bank, Moelis & Company, to advise it. After preparing valuations based on projections that had been supplied to lenders by MFW in April and May 2011, Moelis valued MFW at between $10 and $32 a share.
On June 10, 2011, MFW’s shares closed on the New York Stock Exchange at $16.96. The next business day, June 13, 2011, Schwartz sent a letter proposal (“Proposal”) to the MFW board to buy the remaining MFW shares for $24 in cash. The Proposal stated, in relevant part:
The proposed transaction would be subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company [i.e., MFW] and the negotiation and execution of mutually acceptable definitive. transaction documents. It is our expectation that the Board of Directors will appoint a special committee of independent directors to consider our proposal and make a recommendation to the Board of Directors. We will not move forward with the transaction unless it is approved by such a special committee. In addition, the transaction will be subject to a non-waivable condition requiring the approval of a majority of the shares of the Company not owned by M & F or its affiliates ....3
... In considering this proposal, you should know that in our capacity as a stockholder of the Company we are in*641terested only in acquiring the shares of the Company not already owned by us and that in such capacity we have no interest in selling any of the shares owned by us in the Company nor would we expect, in our capacity as a stockholder, to vote in favor of any alternative sale, merger or similar transaction involving the Company. If the special committee does not recommend or the public stockholders of the Company do not approve the proposed transaction, such determination would not adversely affect our future relationship with the Company and we would intend to remain as a long-term stockholder.
In connection with this proposal, we have engaged Moelis & Company as our financial advisor and Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP as our legal advisor, and we encourage the special committee to retain its own legal and financial advisors to assist it in its review.
MacAndrews & Forbes filed this letter with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and issued a press release disclosing substantially the same information.
The Special Committee Is Formed
The MFW board met the following day to consider the Proposal. At the meeting, Schwartz presented the offer on behalf of MacAndrews & Forbes. Subsequently, Schwartz and Bevins, as the two directors present who were also directors of MacAn-drews & Forbes, recused themselves from the meeting, as did Dawson, the CEO of HCHC, who had previously expressed support for the proposed offer.
The independent directors then invited counsel from Willkie Farr & Gallagher — a law firm that had recently represented a Special Committee of MFWs independent directors in a potential acquisition of a subsidiary of MacAndrews & Forbes — to join the meeting. The independent directors decided to form the Special Committee, and resolved further that:
[T]he Special Committee is empowered to: (i) make such investigation of the Proposal as the Special Committee deems appropriate; (ii) evaluate the terms of the Proposal; (iii) negotiate with Holdings [ie., MacAndrews & Forbes] and its representatives any element of the Proposal; (iv) negotiate the terms of any definitive agreement with respect to the Proposal (it being understood that the execution thereof shall be subject to the approval of the Board); (v) report to the Board its recommendations and conclusions with respect to the Proposal, including a determination and recommendation as to whether the Proposal is fair and in the best interests of the stockholders of the Company other than Holdings and its affiliates and should be approved by the Board; and (vi) determine to elect not to pursue the Proposal....4
... [T]he Board shall not approve the Proposal without a prior favorable recommendation of the Special Committee. ...
... [T]he Special Committee [is] empowered to retain and employ legal counsel, a financial advisor, and such other agents as the Special Committee shall deem necessary or desirable in connection with these matters....
The Special- Committee consisted of Byorum, Dinh, Meister (the chair), Slovin, and Webb. The following day, Slovin re-cused himself because, although the MFW *642board had determined that he qualified as an independent director under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, he had “some current relationships that could raise questions about his independence for purposes of serving on the Special Committee.”
ANALYSIS
What Should Be The Review Standard?
Where a transaction involving self-dealing by a controlling stockholder is challenged, the applicable standard of judicial review is “entire fairness,” with the defendants having the burden of persuasion.5 In other words, the defendants bear the ultimate burden of proving that the transaction with the controlling stockholder was entirely fair to the minority stockholders. In Kahn v. Lynch Communication Systems, Inc.,6 however, this Court held that in “entire fairness” cases, the defendants may shift the burden of persuasion to the plaintiff if either (1) they show that the transaction was approved by a well-functioning committee of independent directors; or (2) they show that the transaction was approved by an informed vote of a majority of the minority stockholders.7
This appeal presents a question of first impression: what should be the standard of review for a merger between a controlling stockholder and its subsidiary, where the merger is conditioned ab initio upon the approval of both an independent, adequately-empowered Special Committee that fulfills its duty of care, and the un-coerced, informed vote of a majority of the minority stockholders. The question has never been put directly to this Court.
Almost two decades ago, in Kahn v. Lynch, we held that the approval by either a Special Committee or the majority of the noncontrolling stockholders of a merger with a buying controlling stockholder would shift the burden of proof under the entire fairness standard from the defendant to the plaintiff.8 Lynch did not involve a merger conditioned by the controlling stockholder on both procedural protections. The Appellants submit, nonetheless, that statements in Lynch and its progeny could be (and were) read to suggest that even if both procedural protections were used, the standard of review would remain entire fairness. However, in Lynch and the other cases that Appellants cited, Southern Peru and Kahn v. Tremont, the controller did not give up its voting power by agreeing to a non-waiva-ble majority-of-the-minority condition.9 That is the vital distinction between those cases and this one. The question is what the legal consequence of that distinction should be in these circumstances.
The Court of Chancery held that the consequence should be that the business judgment standard of review will govern going private mergers with a controlling stockholder that are conditioned ab initio upon (1) the approval of an independent and fully-empowered Special Committee that fulfills its duty of care and (2) the uncoerced, informed vote of the majority of the minority stockholders.
*643The Court of Chancery rested its holding upon the premise that the common law equitable rule that best protects minority investors is one that encourages controlling stockholders to accord the minority both procedural protections. A transactional structure subject to both conditions differs fundamentally from a merger having only one of those protections, in that:
By giving controlling stockholders the opportunity to have a going private transaction reviewed under the business judgment rule, a strong incentive is created to give minority stockholders much broader access to the transactional structure that is most likely to effectively protect their interests-That structure, it is important to note, is critically different than a structure that uses only one of the procedural protections. The “or” structure does not replicate the protections of a third-party merger under the DGCL approval process, because it only requires that one, and not both, of the statutory requirements of director and stockholder approval be accomplished by impartial decisionmakers. The “both” structure, by contrast, replicates the arm’s-length merger steps of the DGCL by “requiring] two independent approvals, which it is fair to say serve independent integrity-enforcing functions.”10
Before the Court of Chancery, the Appellants acknowledged that “this transactional structure is the optimal one for minority shareholders.” Before us, however, they argue that neither procedural protection is adequate to protect minority stockholders, because “possible ineptitude and timidity of directors” may undermine the special committee protection, and because majority-of-the-minority votes may be unduly influenced by arbitrageurs that have an institutional bias to approve virtually any transaction that offers a market premium, however insubstantial it may be. Therefore, the Appellants claim, these protections, even when combined, are not sufficient to justify “abandoning]” the entire fairness standard of review.
With regard to the Special Committee procedural protection, the Appellants’ assertions regarding the MFW directors’ inability to discharge their duties are not supported either by the record or by well-established principles of Delaware law. As the Court of Chancery correctly observed:
Although it is possible that there are independent directors who have little regard for their duties or for being perceived by their company’s stockholders (and the larger network of institutional investors) as being effective at protecting public stockholders, the court thinks they are likely to be exceptional, and certainly our Supreme Court’s jurisprudence does not embrace such a skeptical view.
Regarding the majority-of-the-minority vote procedural protection, as the Court of Chancery noted, “plaintiffs themselves do not argue that minority stockholders will vote against a going private transaction because of fear of retribution.” Instead, as the Court of Chancery summarized, the Appellants’ argued as follows:
[Plaintiffs] just believe that most investors like a premium and will tend to vote for a deal that delivers one and that many long-term investors will sell out when they can obtain most of the premium without waiting for the ultimate vote. But that argument is not one that suggests that the voting decision is not voluntary, it is simply an editorial about *644the motives of investors and does not contradict the premise that a majority-of-the-minority condition gives minority investors a free and voluntary opportunity to decide what is fair for themselves.
Business Judgment Review Standard Adopted
We hold that business judgment is the standard of review that should govern mergers between a controlling stockholder and its corporate subsidiary, where the merger is conditioned ab initio upon both the approval of an independent, adequately-empowered Special Committee that fulfills its duty of care; and the uncoerced, informed vote of a majority of the minority stockholders. We so conclude for several reasons.
First, entire fairness is the highest standard of review in corporate law. It is applied in the controller merger context as a substitute for the dual statutory protections of disinterested board and stockholder approval, because both protections are potentially undermined by the influence of the controller. However, as this ease establishes, that undermining influence does not exist in every controlled merger setting, regardless of the circumstances. The simultaneous deployment of the procedural protections employed here create a countervailing, offsetting influence of equal — if not greater — force. That is, where the controller irrevocably and publicly disables itself from using its control to dictate the outcome of the negotiations and the shareholder vote, the controlled merger then acquires the shareholder-protective characteristics of third-party, arm’s-length mergers, which are reviewed under the business judgment standard.
Second, the dual procedural protection merger structure optimally protects the minority stockholders in controller buyouts. As the Court of Chancery explained:
[W]hen these two protections are established up-front, a potent tool to extract good value for the minority is established. From inception, the controlling stockholder knows that it cannot bypass the special committee’s ability to say no. And, the controlling stockholder knows it cannot dangle a majority-of-the-minority vote before the special committee late in the process as a deal-closer rather than having to make a price move.
Third, and as the Court of Chancery reasoned, applying the business judgment standard to the dual protection merger structure:
... is consistent with the central tradition of Delaware law, which defers to the informed decisions of impartial directors, especially when those decisions have been approved by the disinterested stockholders on full information and without coercion. Not only that, the adoption of this rule will be of benefit to minority stockholders because it will provide a strong incentive for controlling stockholders to accord minority investors the transactional structure that respected scholars believe will provide them the best protection, a structure where stockholders get the benefits of independent, empowered negotiating agents to bargain for the best price and say no if the agents believe the deal is not advisable for any proper reason, plus the critical ability to determine for themselves whether to accept any deal that their negotiating agents recommend to them. A transactional structure with both these protections is fundamentally different from one with only one protection.11
Fourth, the underlying purposes of the dual protection merger structure utilized *645here and the entire fairness standard of review both converge and are fulfilled at the same critical point: price. Following Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., this Court has consistently held that, although entire fairness review comprises the dual components of fair dealing and fair price, in a non-fraudulent transaction “price may be the preponderant consideration outweighing other features of the merger.”12 The dual protection merger structure requires two price-related pretrial determinations: first, that a fair price was achieved by an empowered, independent committee that acted with care;13 and, second, that a fully-informed, uncoerced majority of the minority stockholders voted in favor of the price that was recommended by the independent committee.
The New Standard Summarized
To summarize our holding, in controller buyouts, the business judgment standard of review will be applied if and only if: (i) the controller conditions the procession of the transaction on the approval of both a Special Committee and a majority of the minority stockholders; (ii) the Special Committee is independent; (iii) the Special Committee is empowered to freely select its own advisors and to say no definitively; (iv) the Special Committee meets its duty of care in negotiating a fair price; (v) the vote of the minority is informed; and (vi) there is no coercion of the minority.14
If a plaintiff that can plead a reasonably conceivable set of facts showing that any or all of those enumerated conditions did not exist, that complaint would state a claim for relief that would entitle the plaintiff to proceed and conduct discovery.15 If, after discovery, triable issues of fact remain about whether either or both of the dual procedural protections were *646established, or if established were effective, the case will proceed to a trial in which the court will conduct an entire fairness review.16
This approach is consistent with Wein-berger, Lynch and their progeny. A controller that employs and/or establishes only one of these dual procedural protections would continue to receive burden-shifting within the entire fairness standard of review framework. Stated differently, unless both procedural protections for the minority stockholders are established pri- or to trial, the ultimate judicial scrutiny of controller buyouts will continue to be the entire fairness standard of review.17
Having articulated the circumstances that will enable a controlled merger to be reviewed under the business judgment standard, we next address whether those circumstances have been established as a matter of undisputed fact and law in this case.
Dual Protection Inquiry
To reiterate, in this case, the controlling stockholder conditioned its offer upon the MFW Board agreeing, ab initio, to both procedural protections, i.e., approval by a Special Committee and by a majority of the minority stockholders. For the combination of an effective committee process and majority-of-the-minority vote to qualify (jointly) for business judgment review, each of these protections must be effective singly to warrant a burden shift.
We begin by reviewing the record relating to the independence, mandate, and process of the Special Committee. In Kahn v. Tremont Corp., this Court held that “[t]o obtain the benefit of burden shifting, the controlling stockholder must do more than establish a perfunctory special committee of outside directors.”18
Rather, the special committee must “function in a manner which indicates that the controlling stockholder did not dictate the terms of the transaction and that the committee exercised real bargaining power ‘at an arms-length.’ ” 19 As we have previously noted, deciding whether an independent committee was effective in negotiating a price is a process so fact-intensive and inextricably intertwined with the merits of an entire fairness review (fair dealing and fair price) that a pretrial determination of burden shifting is often impossible.20 Here, however, the Defendants have successfully established a record of independent committee effectiveness and process that warranted a grant of summary judgment entitling them to a burden shift prior to trial.
We next analyze the efficacy of the majority-of-the-minority vote, and we conclude that it was fully informed and not coerced. That is, the Defendants also established a pretrial majority-of-the-minority vote record that constitutes an indepen*647dent and alternative basis for shifting the burden of persuasion to the Plaintiffs.
The Special Committee Was Independent
The Appellants do not challenge the independence of the Special Committee’s Chairman, Meister. They claim, however, that the three other Special Committee members — Webb, Dinh, and Byorum— were beholden to Perelman because of their prior business and/or social dealings with Perelman or Perelman-related entities.
The Appellants first challenge the independence of Webb. They urged that Webb and Perelman shared a “longstanding and lucrative business partnership” between 1983 and 2002 which included acquisitions of thrifts and financial institutions, and which led to a 2002 asset sale to Citibank in which Webb made “a significant amount of money.” The Court of Chancery concluded, however, that the fact of Webb having engaged in business dealings with Perelman nine years earlier did not raise a triable fact issue regarding his ability to evaluate the Merger impartially.21 We agree.
Second, the Appellants argued that there were triable issues of fact regarding Dinh’s independence. The Appellants demonstrated that between 2009 and 2011, Dinh’s law firm, Bancroft PLLC, advised M & F and Scientific Games (in which M & F owned a 37.6% stake), during which time the Bancroft firm earned $200,000 in fees. The record reflects that Bancroft’s limited prior engagements, which were inactive by the time the Merger proposal was announced, were fully disclosed to the Special Committee soon after it was formed. The Court of Chancery found that the Appellants failed to proffer any evidence to show that compensation received by Dinh’s law firm was material to Dinh, in the sense that it would have influenced his decisionmaking with respect to the M & F proposal.22 The only evidence of record, the Court of Chancery concluded, was that these fees were “de minimis ” and that the Appellants had offered no contrary evidence that would create a genuine issue of material fact.23
The Court of Chancery also found that the relationship between Dinh, a Georgetown University Law Center professor, and M & F’s Barry Schwartz, who sits on the Georgetown Board of Visitors, did not create a triable issue of fact as to Dinh’s independence. No record evidence suggested that Schwartz could exert influence on Dinh’s position at Georgetown based on his recommendation regarding the Merger. Indeed, Dinh had earned tenure as a professor at Georgetown before he ever knew Schwartz.
The Appellants also argue that Schwartz’s later invitation to Dinh to join *648the board of directors of Revlon, Inc. “illustrates the ongoing personal relationship between Schwartz and Dinh.” There is no record evidence that Dinh expected to be asked to join Revlon’s board at the time he served on the Special Committee. Moreover, the Court of Chancery noted, Schwartz’s invitation for Dinh to join the Revlon board of directors occurred months after the Merger was approved and did not raise a triable fact issue concerning Dinh’s independence from Perelman. We uphold the Court of Chancery’s findings relating to Dinh.
Third, the Appellants urge that issues of material fact permeate Byorum’s independence and, specifically, that Byorum “had a business relationship with Perelman from 1991 to 1996 through her executive position at Citibank.” The Court of Chancery concluded, however, the Appellants presented no evidence of the nature of Byorum’s interactions with Perelman while she was at Citibank. Nor was there evidence that after 1996 Byorum had an ongoing economic relationship with Perelman that was material to her in any way. Byorum testified that any interactions she had with Perelman while she was at Citibank resulted from her role as a senior executive, because Perelman was a client of the bank at the time. Byorum also testified that she had no business relationship with Perelman between 1996 and 2007, when she joined the MFW Board.
The Appellants also contend that Byo-rum performed advisory work for Scientific Games in 2007 and 2008 as a senior managing director of Stephens Cori Capital Advisors (“Stephens Cori”). The Court of Chancery found, however, that the Appellants had adduced no evidence tending to establish that the $100,000 fee Stephens Cori received for that work was material to either Stephens Cori or to Byorum personally.24 Stephens Cori’s engagement for Scientific Games, which occurred years before the Merger was announced and the Special Committee was convened, was fully disclosed to the Special Committee, which concluded that “it was not material, and it would not represent a conflict.”25 We uphold the Court of Chancery’s findings relating to Byorum as well.
To evaluate the parties’ competing positions on the issue of director independence, the Court of Chancery applied well-established Delaware legal principles.26 To show that a director is not independent, a plaintiff must demonstrate that the director is “beholden” to the controlling par*649ty “or so under [the controller’s] influence that [the director’s] discretion would be sterilized.”27 Bare allegations that directors are friendly with, travel in the same social circles as, or have past business relationships with the proponent of a transaction or the person they are investigating are not enough to rebut the presumption of independence.28
A plaintiff seeking to show that a director was not independent must satisfy a materiality standard. The court must conclude that the director in question had ties to the person whose proposal or actions he or she is evaluating that are sufficiently substantial that he or she could not objectively discharge his or her fiduciary duties.29 Consistent with that predicate materiality requirement, the existence of some financial ties between the interested party and the director, without more, is not disqualifying. The inquiry must be whether, applying a subjective standard, those ties were material, in the sense that the alleged ties could have affected the impartiality of the individual director.30
The Appellants assert that the materiality of any economic relationships the Special Committee members may have had with Mr. Perelman “should not be decided on summary judgment.” But Delaware courts have often decided director independence as a matter of law at the summary judgment stage.31 In this case, the Court of Chancery noted, that despite receiving extensive discovery, the Appellants did “nothing ... to compare the actual circumstances of the [challenged directors] to the ties [they] contend affect their impartiality” and “fail[ed] to proffer any real evidence of their economic circumstances.”
The Appellants could have, but elected not to, submit any Rule 56 affidavits, either factual or expert, in response to the Defendants’ summary judgment motion. The Appellants argue that they were entitled to wait until trial to proffer evidence compromising the Special Committee’s independence. That argument misapprehends how Rule 56 operates.32 Court of Chancery Rule 56 states that “the adverse [non-moving] party’s response, by affidavits or as otherwise provided in this rule, *650must set forth specific facts showing that there is a genuine issue for trial.”33
The Court of Chancery found that to the extent the Appellants claimed the Special Committee members, Webb, Dinh, and Byorum, were beholden to Perelman based on prior economic relationships with him, the Appellants never developed or proffered evidence showing the materiality of those relationships:
Despite receiving the chance for extensive discovery, the plaintiffs have done nothing ... to compare the actual economic circumstances of the directors they challenge to the ties the plaintiffs contend affect their impartiality. In other words, the plaintiffs have ignored a key teaching of our Supreme Court, requiring a showing that a specific director’s independence is compromised by factors material to her. As to each of the specific directors the plaintiffs challenge, the plaintiffs fail to proffer any real evidence of their economic circumstances.
The record supports the Court of Chancery’s holding that none of the Appellants’ claims relating to Webb, Dinh or Byorum raised a triable issue of material fact concerning their individual independence or the Special Committee’s collective independence.34
The Special Committee Was Empowered
It is undisputed that the Special Committee was empowered to hire its own legal and financial advisors, and it retained Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP as its legal advisor. After interviewing four potential financial advisors, the Special Committee engaged Evercore Partners (“Evercore”). The qualifications and independence of Ev-ercore and Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP are not contested.
Among the powers given the. Special Committee in the board resolution was the authority to “report to the Board its recommendations and conclusions with respect to the [Merger], including a determination and recommendation as to whether the Proposal is fair and in the best interests of the stockholders.... ” The Court of Chancery also found that it was “undisputed that the [S]pecial [CJommittee was empowered not simply to ‘evaluate’ the offer, like some special committees with weak mandates, but to negotiate with [M & F] over the terms of its offer to buy out the noncontrolling stockholders.35 This negotiating power was accompanied by the clear authority to say no definitively to [M & F]” and to “make that decision stick.” MacAndrews & Forbes promised that it would not proceed with any going private proposal that did not have the support of the Special Committee. Therefore, the Court of Chancery concluded, “the MFW committee did not have to fear that if it bargained too hard, MacAndrews & Forbes could bypass the committee and make a tender offer directly to the minority stockholders.”
*651The Court of Chancery acknowledged that even though the Special Committee had the authority to negotiate and “say no,” it did not have the authority, as a practical matter, to sell MFW to other buyers. MacAndrews & Forbes stated in its announcement that it was not interested in selling its 43% stake. Moreover, under Delaware law, MacAndrews & Forbes had no duty to sell its block, which was large enough, again as a practical matter, to preclude any other buyer from succeeding unless MacAndrews & Forbes decided to become a seller. Absent such a decision, it was unlikely that any potentially interested party would incur the costs and risks of exploring a purchase of MFW.
Nevertheless, the Court of Chancery found, “this did not mean that the MFW Special Committee did not have the leeway to get advice from its financial advisor about the strategic options available to MFW, including the potential interest that other buyers might have if MacAndrews & Forbes was willing to sell.”36 The undisputed record shows that the Special Committee, with the help of its financial advis- or, did consider whether there were other buyers who might be interested in purchasing MFW, and whether there were other strategic options, such as asset divestitures, that might generate more value for minority stockholders than a sale of their stock to MacAndrews & Forbes.
The Special Committee Exercised Due Care
The Special Committee insisted from the outset that MacAndrews (including any “dual” employees who worked for both MFW and MacAndrews) be screened off from the Special Committee’s process, to ensure that the process replicated arm’s-length negotiations with a third party. In order to carefully evaluate M & F’s offer, the Special Committee held a total of eight meetings during the summer of 2011.
From the outset of their work, the Special Committee and Evercore had projections that had been prepared by MFW’s business segments in April and May 2011. Early in the process, Evercore and the Special Committee asked MFW management to produce new projections that reflected management’s most up-to-date, and presumably most accurate, thinking. Consistent with the Special Committee’s determination to conduct its analysis free of any MacAndrews influence, MacAndrews — including “dual” MFW/MacAndrews executives who normally vetted MFW projections — were excluded from the process of preparing the updated financial projections. Mafco, the licorice business, advised Evercore that all of its projections would remain the same. Harland Clarke updated its projections. On July 22, 2011, Evercore received new projections from HCHC, which incorporated the updated projections from Harland Clarke. Ever-core then constructed a valuation model based upon all of these updated projections.
The updated projections, which formed the basis for Evercore’s valuation analyses, reflected MFW’s deteriorating results, especially in Harland’s check-printing business. Those projections forecast EBITDA for MFW of $491 million in 2015, as opposed to $535 million under the original projections.
On August 10, Evercore produced a range of valuations for MFW, based on the updated projections, of $15 to $45 per share. Evercore valued MFW using a variety of accepted methods, including a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model. Those valuations generated a range of fair value of $22 to $38 per share, and a premiums *652paid analysis resulted in a value range of $22 to $45. MacAndrews & Forbes’s $24 offer fell within the range of values produced by each of Evercore’s valuation techniques.
Although the $24 Proposal fell within the range of Evercore’s fair values, the Special Committee directed Evercore to conduct additional analyses and explore strategic alternatives that might generate more value for MFW’s stockholders than might a sale to MacAndrews. The Special Committee also investigated the possibility of other buyers, e.g., private equity buyers, that might be interested in purchasing MFW. In addition, the Special Committee considered whether other strategic options, such as asset divestitures, could achieve superior value for MFW’s stockholders. Mr. Meister testified, “The Committee made it very clear to Evercore that we were interested in any and all possible avenues of increasing value to the stockholders, including meaningful expressions of interest for meaningful pieces of the business.”
The Appellants insist that the Special Committee had “no right to solicit alternative bids, conduct any sort of market check, or even consider alternative transactions.” But the Special Committee did just that, even though MacAndrews’ stated unwillingness to sell its MFW stake meant that the Special Committee did not have the practical ability to market MFW to other buyers. The Court of Chancery properly concluded that despite the Special Committee’s inability to solicit alternative bids, it could seek Evercore’s advice about strategic alternatives, including values that might be available if MacAndrews was willing to sell.
Although the MFW Special Committee considered options besides the M & F Proposal, the Committee’s analysis of those alternatives proved they were unlikely to achieve added value for MFWs stockholders. The Court of Chancery summarized the performance of the Special Committee as follows:
[t]he special committee did consider, with the help of its financial advisor, whether there were other buyers who might be interested in purchasing MFW, and whether there were other strategic options, such as asset divestitures, that might generate more value for minority stockholders than a sale of their stock to MacAndrews & Forbes.
On August 18, 2011, the Special Committee rejected the $24 a share Proposal, and countered at $30 per share. The Special Committee characterized the $30 counteroffer as a negotiating position. The Special Committee recognized that $30 per share was a very aggressive counteroffer and, not surprisingly, was prepared to accept less.
On September 9, 2011, MacAndrews & Forbes rejected the $30 per share counteroffer. Its representative, Barry Schwartz, told the Special Committee Chair, Paul Meister, that the $24 per share Proposal was now far less favorable to MacAndrews & Forbes — but more attractive to the minority — than when it was first made, because of continued declines in MFW’s businesses. Nonetheless, MacAndrews & Forbes would stand behind its $24 offer. Meister responded that he would not recommend the $24 per share Proposal to the Special Committee. Later, after having discussions with Perelman, Schwartz conveyed MacAndrews’s “best and final” offer of $25 a share.
At a Special Committee meeting the next day, Evercore opined that the $25 per share price was fair based on generally accepted valuation methodologies, including DCF and comparable companies analy-ses. At its eighth and final meeting on *653September 10, 2011, the Special Committee, although empowered to say “no,” instead unanimously approved and agreed to recommend the Merger at a price of $25 per share.
Influencing the Special Committee’s assessment and acceptance of M & F’s $25 a share price were developments in both MFW’s business and the broader United States economy during the summer of 2011. For example, during the negotiation process, the Special Committee learned of the underperformance of MFW’s Global Scholar business unit. The Committee also considered macroeconomic events, including the downgrade of the United States’ bond credit rating, and the ongoing turmoil in the financial markets, all of which created financing uncertainties.
In scrutinizing the Special Committee’s execution of its broad mandate, the Court of Chancery determined there was no “evidence indicating that the independent members of the special committee did not meet their duty of care.... ” To the contrary, the Court of Chancery found, the Special Committee “met frequently and was presented with a rich body of financial information relevant to whether and at what price a going private transaction was advisable.” The Court of Chancery ruled that “the plaintiffs d[id] not make any attempt to show that the MFW Special Committee failed to meet its duty of care.... ” Based on the undisputed record, the Court of Chancery held that, “there is no triable issue of fact regarding whether the [SJpecial [C]ommittee fulfilled its duty of care.” In the context of a controlling stockholder merger, a pretrial determination that the price was negotiated by an empowered independent committee that acted with care would shift the burden of persuasion to the plaintiffs under the entire fairness standard of review.37
Majority of Minority Stockholder Vote
We now consider the second procedural protection invoked by M & F — the majority-of-the-minority stockholder vote.38 Consistent with the second condition imposed by M & F at the outset, the Merger was then put before MFW’s stockholders for a vote. On November 18, 2011, the stockholders were provided with a proxy statement, which contained the history of the Special Committee’s work and recommended that they vote in favor of the transaction at a price of $25 per share.
The proxy statement disclosed, among other things, that the Special Committee had countered M & F’s initial $24 per share offer at $30 per share, but only was able to achieve a final offer of $25 per share. The proxy statement disclosed that the MFW business divisions had discussed with Evercore whether the initial projections Evercore received reflected management’s latest thinking. It also disclosed that the updated projections were lower. The proxy statement also included the five separate price ranges for the value of MFW’s stock that Evercore had generated with its different valuation analyses.
Knowing the proxy statement’s disclosures of the background of the Special Committee’s work, of Evercore’s valuation ranges, and of the analyses support*654ing Evercore’s fairness opinion, MFW’s stockholders — representing more than 65% of the minority shares — approved the Merger. In the controlling stockholder merger context, it is settled Delaware law that an uncoerced, informed majority-of-the-minority vote, without any other procedural protection, is itself sufficient to shift the burden of persuasion to the plaintiff under the entire fairness standard of review.39 The Court of Chancery found that “the plaintiffs themselves do not dispute that the majority-of-the-minority vote was fully informed and uncoerced, because they fail to allege any failure of disclosure or any act of coercion.”
Both Procedural Protections Established
Based on a highly extensive record,40 the Court of Chancery concluded that the procedural protections upon which the Merger was conditioned — approval by an independent and empowered Special Committee and by a uncoerced informed majority of MFW’s minority stockholders — had both been undisputedly established prior to trial. We agree and conclude the Defendants’ motion for summary judgment was properly granted on all of those issues.
Business Judgment Review Properly Applied
We have determined that the business judgment rule standard of review applies to this controlling stockholder buyout. Under that standard, the claims against the Defendants must be dismissed unless no rational person could have believed that the merger was favorable to MFW’s minority stockholders.41 In this case, it cannot be credibly argued (let alone concluded) that no rational person would find the Merger favorable to MFW’s minority stockholders.
Conclusion
For the above-stated reasons, the judgment of the Court of Chancery is affirmed.
11.6.2.5 In re Match Group, Inc. Derivative Litigation 11.6.2.5 In re Match Group, Inc. Derivative Litigation
6/17/2025 pdw
315 A.3d 446
Supreme Court of Delaware.
IN RE MATCH GROUP, INC. DERIVATIVE LITIGATION
Submitted: December 13, 2023
Decided: April 4, 2024
Michael Hanrahan, Esquire (argued), J. Clayton Athey, Esquire, Corinne Elise Amato, Esquire, Kevin H. Davenport, Esquire (argued), Stacey A. Greenspan, Esquire, Jason W. Rigby, Esquire, PRICKETT, JONES & ELLIOTT, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; Lee D. Rudy, Esquire, Eric L. Zagar, Esquire, J. Daniel Albert, Esquire, Maria T. Starling, Esquire, KESSLER TOPAZ MELTZER & CHECK, LLP, Radnor, Pennsylvania for Plaintiffs Below/Appellants.
Robert D. Klausner, Esquire, KLAUSNER, KAUFMAN, JENSEN & LEVINSON, Plantation, Florida for Plaintiff Below/Appellant Hallandale Beach Police Officers’ and Firefighters’ Personnel Retirement Trust.
William M. Lafferty, Esquire, John P. DiTomo, Esquire, Elizabeth A. Mullin, Esquire, MORRIS, NICHOLS, ARSHT & TUNNELL LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Theodore N. Mirvis, Esquire (argued), Jonathan M. Moses, Esquire, Ryan A. McLeod, Esquire, Alexandra P. Sadinsky, Esquire, Canem Ozyildirim, Esquire, WACHTELL, LIPTON, ROSEN & KATZ, New York, New York for Defendants Below/Appellees Barry Diller, Joey Levin, Glenn Schiffman, Mark Stein, Gregg Winiarski, and IAC Holdings, Inc. (now known as IAC Inc.).
Blake Rohrbacher, Esquire, Matthew W. Murphy, Esquire, Sandy Xu, Esquire, RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; Maeve O'Connor, Esquire (argued), Susan R. Gittes, Esquire, Amy C. Zimmerman, Esquire, DEBEVOISE & PLIMPTON LLP, New York, New York for Defendants Below/Appellees Ann L. McDaniel, Thomas J. McInerney, and Pamela S. Seymon.
David E. Ross, Esquire, Adam D. Gold, Esquire, ROSS ARONSTAM & MORITZ LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Joshua G. Hamilton, Esquire, Meryn C.N. Grant, Esquire, LATHAM & WATKINS LLP, Los Angeles, California; Blair Connelly, Esquire, LATHAM & WATKINS LLP, New York, New York; Michele D. Johnson, Esquire LATHAM & WATKINS LLP, Costa Mesa, California for Defendants Below/Appellees IAC/InterActive Corp. (now known as Match Group, Inc.), Sharmistha Dubey, Amanda Ginsberg, Alan G. Spoon, and Match Group, Inc. (now merged into Match Group Holdings II, LLC).
Gregory V. Varallo, Esquire, BERNSTEIN LITOWITZ BERGER & GROSSMANN LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Mark Lebovitch, Esquire, BERNSTEIN LITOWITZ BERGER & GROSSMANN LLP, New York, New York for Amicus Curiae, Academics, in support of Appellants.
Ned Weinberger, Esquire, Mark Richardson, Esquire, Brendan W. Sullivan, Esquire, LABATON SUCHAROW LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; John Vielandi, Esquire, Joshua M. Glasser, Esquire, LABATON SUCHAROW LLP, New York, New York for Amicus Curiae, Alpha Venture Capital Management, LLC, in support of Appellants.
Kimberly A. Evans, Esquire, BLOCK & LEVITON LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Joel Fleming, Esquire, Amanda Crawford, Esquire, BLOCK & LEVITON LLP, Boston, Massachusetts for Amicus Curiae, Charles M. Elson, in support of Appellants.
Before SEITZ, Chief Justice; VALIHURA, TRAYNOR, LEGROW, and GRIFFITHS, Justices; constituting the Court en Banc.
SEITZ, Chief Justice:
This appeal arises from a Court of Chancery decision dismissing a stockholder suit challenging the fairness of IAC/InterActiveCorp's separation from its controlled subsidiary, Match Group, Inc. Through a reverse spinoff, IAC/InterActiveCorp separated its internet and media businesses from Match and other online dating businesses. In their complaint, the plaintiffs alleged that the transaction was unfair because IAC/InterActiveCorp, a controlling stockholder of Match, received benefits in the transaction at the expense of the Match minority stockholders.
Typically, the court would apply entire fairness review to assess whether the reverse spinoff transaction was fair to the Match stockholders. But the defendants claimed that business judgment review applied because they followed the so-called MFW framework,1 which included approval by an independent and disinterested “separation committee” and a majority of uncoerced, fully informed, and unaffiliated Match stockholders. The Court of Chancery agreed and dismissed the complaint.
There are two main issues on appeal. First is the standard of review. We requested supplemental briefing to answer the following question: for a controlling stockholder transaction that does not involve a freeze out merger, like the transaction here, does the entire fairness standard of review change to business judgment if a defendant shows either approval by an independent special committee or approval by an uncoerced, fully informed, unaffiliated stockholder vote. If the answer is no, then we move to the second question: whether IAC/InterActiveCorp satisfied all MFW’s requirements to invoke business judgment review.
For the first question, we conclude, based on long-standing Supreme Court precedent, that in a suit claiming that a controlling stockholder stood on both sides of a transaction with the controlled corporation and received a non-ratable benefit, entire fairness is the presumptive standard of review. The controlling stockholder can shift the burden of proof to the plaintiff by properly employing a special committee or an unaffiliated stockholder vote. But the use of just one of these procedural devices does not change the standard of review. If the controlling stockholder wants to secure the benefits of business judgment review, it must follow all MFW’s requirements. Of course, derivative claims against controlling stockholders, which typically arise from ordinary course transactions such as compensation decisions and intercompany agreements, are subject to Court of Chancery Rule 23.1 and our demand review precedent.
For the second question, the separation committee must have functioned as an independent negotiating body. We agree with the Court of Chancery that the plaintiffs have alleged that Thomas McInerney, a separation committee member, lacked independence from IAC/InterActiveCorp. We reverse its finding, however, that the separation committee functioned as an independent negotiating body. In the MFW setting, to replicate arm's length bargaining, all separation committee members must be independent of the controlling stockholder. The plaintiffs have adequately alleged that the defendants have not satisfied the MFW framework. For the remaining issues, we affirm the Court of Chancery's rulings.
I.
A.
According to the allegations of the amended and supplemental complaint, Old IAC was a Delaware internet and media company.2 In 1999, Old IAC, through one of its subsidiaries, acquired the Match.com business, a market leader in online dating products in the United States and Europe.3 In 2009, Old IAC incorporated in Delaware a new subsidiary, Old Match, to hold the Match.com business and the other dating platforms held by Old IAC.4 In 2015, Old Match offered shares to the public through an initial public offering (IPO) of its common stock.5 At the time of the reverse spinoff, Old IAC held 98.2% of Old Match's voting power through ownership of 24.9% of Old Match's common stock, and all of Old Match's Class B high-vote common stock.6
On August 7, 2019, Old IAC announced in a letter to its stockholders that it was considering separating from Old Match.7 Soon after, Barry Diller – Chairman, Senior Executive, and large stockholder of Old IAC – told Old IAC's board that he would support a reverse spinoff of Old IAC from Old Match's businesses.8 With a deal now likely, the Old IAC board conveyed to Old Match that any transaction would be conditioned from the start upon both the recommendation of an Old Match board special committee and the approval of the holders of a majority of the shares held by Old Match's unaffiliated stockholders.9
The Old Match board appointed directors Thomas McInerney, Pamela Seymon, and Ann McDaniel to a “Separation Committee” to assess a proposed transaction.10 McInerney was Old IAC's former CFO and, at the time, CEO of Altaba, Inc. (formerly Yahoo! Inc.).11 The Old Match board empowered the Separation Committee to retain its own financial and legal advisors, “oversee and consider” potential separation transactions with Old IAC, and in its “sole discretion” to direct, negotiate, and approve or disapprove any separation transaction.12
The Separation Committee retained Debevoise & Plimpton LLP as its counsel and selected Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC as its financial adviser.13 Old IAC delivered its initial proposal to Debevoise. The proposal envisioned creating two separate public companies and eliminating Old Match's dual-class capital structure (the “Separation”). All Old Match and Old IAC stockholders would receive stock in New Match with voting power of one vote per share. The initial proposal allocated various assets and liabilities between New IAC and New Match and required New Match to retain and guarantee debt in the form of around $1.7 billion worth of exchangeable notes issued by certain financing subsidiaries of Old IAC (the “Exchangeables”).14 Additionally, Old Match would issue a $2 billion dividend to its stockholders before the Separation, which would be financed with $1.8 billion of new debt.15 Old IAC, as Old Match's majority stockholder, would receive most of the dividend proceeds. The proposal conditioned closing on approval by a majority of the shares held by disinterested Old Match stockholders.16
In the ensuing months, McInerney met several times with Joey Levin, Old IAC's CEO, and reported back to the full Separation Committee.17 A day before the Separation Committee and Old IAC reached preliminary agreement, the Separation Committee “determined” that McInerney should be the one to “convey the Committee's” counterproposal to Levin.18 On November 22, 2019, McInerney and Levin spoke by telephone and “reached a preliminary agreement on the remaining open key transaction terms.”19 The preliminary agreement differed from the initial proposal by reducing the Old Match dividend to $850 million, and allocating an additional 2% of equity in New Match to the Old Match stockholders.20
B.
On December 18, 2019, the parties reached a final agreement.21 The Separation Committee recommended that the Old Match board approve the Separation.22 The next day, following the Old IAC board's “approval by unanimous written consent ... [of Old] IAC's entry into the transaction agreement and ancillary agreements,” the parties entered into the agreements to carry out the Separation.23
The proxy described the transaction as follows:
- New Match will be reclassified into a widely held public corporation with a single class of common stock and no controlling stockholder;24
- Old IAC's stockholders will receive stock in New IAC and New Match based on an exchange ratio adjusted for the rest of the consideration comprising the Separation;25
- Old Match's minority stockholders will receive, in exchange for one share of their common stock, the right to receive one share of New Match common stock and, at the holder's election either $3.00 in cash or a fraction of a share of New Match stock with a value of $3.00;26
- Old Match will issue an $850 million dividend to its existing stockholders, with Old IAC receiving approximately $680 million of that amount because of its equity in Old Match. New IAC will retain the dividend proceeds;27
- New Match will retain and guarantee various Old IAC debt obligations, including the Exchangeables, which are valued at about $1.7 billion;28
- New Match would be subject to certain governance restrictions, giving New IAC a degree of control over New Match for the near future;29 and
- Old IAC would have the right to engage in an equity offering where it may raise $1.5 billion for New IAC by selling shares of Old IAC stock convertible into shares of New Match stock following completion of the Separation.30 The proceeds of the equity offering would be transferred into New IAC.
The Old IAC stockholder exchange ratio was based on the number of outstanding shares of Old Match capital stock owned by Old IAC, plus the value of the tax attributes left behind in the reverse spinoff, minus: (i) the value of the Exchangeables; (ii) the number shares sold in the equity offering; (iii) a portion of the cost of New Match stock options to be received by New IAC employees in place of their existing Old IAC stock options; and (iv) the number of shares of New Match stock issued to non-IAC stockholders of New Match in respect of additional stock elections and non-elections.31
At their respective special meetings, the stockholders of Old IAC and Old Match voted in favor of the Separation and its related transactions.32 On June 30, 2020, Old IAC carried out the Separation.33 New IAC was spun-off from Old IAC.34 Old Match was merged into a subsidiary held by Old IAC, and therefore ceased to exist as a legal entity.35 Old IAC was renamed to Match Group, Inc., and reclassified into a corporation with one class of common stock, thereby becoming New Match.36 Old IAC stockholders received shares in both New IAC and New Match. Old Match minority stockholders received shares in New Match.37 The New Match minority stockholders now owned common stock in a widely held and highly leveraged corporation, subject to short-term restrictive governance provisions. The New Match minority stockholders also gained an additional 2% of the Match business. IAC stockholders received most of the interest in New Match, as well as shares in a cash-rich corporation with little to no debt, New IAC.
C.
Former Old Match stockholders challenged the Separation in the Court of Chancery. In their complaint, plaintiffs Construction Industry and Laborers Joint Pension Trust for Southern Nevada Plan A (“Nevada”) and Hallandale Beach Police Officers’ and Firefighters’ Personnel Retirement Trust (“Hallandale”) alleged that the Separation was a conflicted transaction in which Old IAC, as Old Match's controlling stockholder, stood on both sides of the transaction.38 The plaintiffs claimed that Old IAC obtained significant non-ratable benefits in the Separation to the detriment of Match and its minority stockholders. They argued that the Separation Committee was conflicted and that the proxy disclosures misled the Old Match minority stockholders.39 Count I alleged direct and class breach of fiduciary duty claims against Old IAC as Old Match's controlling stockholder, and Diller as Old IAC's alleged controlling stockholder.40 Count III alleged direct and class breach of fiduciary duty claims against the directors of Old Match.41 Counts II and IV were derivative claims that mirror Counts I and III, respectively.42 The plaintiffs alleged that an unfair process yielded an unfair price to the detriment of Old Match's minority stockholders.43 They claimed that the Separation left Old Match's minority with a “slightly larger piece of a much less substantial pie.”44
The Court of Chancery granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint. 45 First, the court held that the plaintiffs could not bring derivative claims on behalf of Old Match because they lost derivative standing when Old Match ceased to exist.46 The court then determined that the plaintiffs did not plead an exception to the contemporaneous ownership requirement for derivative standing.47 And the court held that Nevada lacked standing to bring direct claims as it sold its New Match stock.48 The only claims that survived the standing analysis were the direct claims brought by Hallandale.49
Next, the Court of Chancery held that the defendants satisfied MFW’s requirements which led to business judgment review.50 According to the court, the Separation conditioned the transaction on the approvals of a fully empowered, well-functioning special committee of independent directors and the uncoerced, fully-informed vote of the minority stockholders.51 Although the court found that the plaintiffs successfully pleaded facts creating a reasonable inference that McInerney was not independent of Old IAC, the court ruled that a plaintiff must nonetheless show that “either (i) 50% or more of the special committee was not disinterested and independent,”52 or “(ii) the minority of the special committee ‘somehow infect[ed]’ or ‘dominate[ed]’ the special committee's decisionmaking [sic] process.”53 Because the plaintiffs failed to do so, the court found that the Separation Committee was independent under MFW’s requirements.
The court then held that the minority stockholder vote was fully-informed.54 The court determined that the facts pertinent to McInerney's conflicts were material and that the defendants fully disclosed them.55 While the facts of McInerney's employment history and board service with Old IAC and its affiliates were not disclosed in the Proxy itself, the Proxy incorporated Old Match's 2019 Form 10-K, which disclosed McInerney's ties to Old IAC.56 The court also found that the disclosures were sufficient to address the plaintiffs’ concerns about the effect of two prior agreements regarding investor rights and tax sharing between Old IAC and Old Match on the Separation's negotiations.57 Finally, the court found that any disclosures about a purported subjective belief regarding the motivation behind the governance provisions following the Separation would not be material.58
Having found the MFW framework satisfied, the court applied the business judgment standard of review and dismissed the case.59
II.
On appeal, the plaintiffs argue first that the Court of Chancery erred when it found that Old IAC satisfied MFW’s independent committee requirement.60 As they argue, the policy-rationale underlying the MFW framework – replicating arm's length bargaining by removing the influence of the controlling stockholder – requires that every director on the committee be independent.61 In the alternative, the plaintiffs claim that they pleaded that McInerney dominated the committee's process and improperly influenced the negotiations.62
Second, the plaintiffs contend that the Old Match stockholder vote was not fully informed, as required by MFW.63 They claim that the Proxy did not disclose material information about McInerney's conflicts, either directly or through incorporated public filings. Finally, the plaintiffs argue that the court erred by ruling that they lacked standing to pursue derivative claims, because the Separation was a “mere reorganization” of Old Match – an exception to the contemporaneous ownership requirement for derivative standing.64
The defendants respond that the Court of Chancery correctly applied existing precedent when it decided that the MFW framework does not require that each member of the Committee be independent.65 And, regardless, McInerney was independent.66 As they argue, even though McInerney worked as Old IAC's Chief Financial Officer and served on the boards of various Old IAC affiliates other than Match, those relationships ended many years before the Separation and were therefore stale and mere past business relationships.67 Further, according to the defendants, the plaintiffs did not allege that McInerney had close personal ties to either Old IAC or Diller.68 They also contend that the court correctly found that the plaintiffs did not plead facts supporting a reasonable inference that McInerney dominated or infected the Separation Committee's work.69
As for disclosure, the defendants argue that Old Match's 2019 Form 10K/A, which was incorporated into the Proxy, included all material information about McInerney's ties to Old IAC.70 And in any event, they claim that McInerney's ties to Old IAC were immaterial because he was independent of Old IAC.
The defendants also argue two alternative grounds for affirmance. First, they claim that the Separation need not employ both of MFW’s procedural safeguards to change the standard of review to business judgment.71 According to the defendants, Supreme Court and Court of Chancery precedent recognizes a distinction between controlling stockholder freeze out transactions, and other controlling stockholder transactions.72 They contend that, because the Separation was not a freeze out, business judgment review governs if the controlling stockholder employs either of the independent committee or minority vote procedural devices. And second, they claim that the amended and supplemental complaint fails to plead facts supporting an inference that the Separation was unfair to the Old Match stockholders.73
Finally, Diller and IAC argue that we should dismiss all claims against Diller because the complaint fails to plead facts showing he was an Old Match controlling stockholder.74
We review the Court of Chancery's motion to dismiss decision de novo.75 We accept all well pleaded factual allegations as true.76 Even if these allegations are vague, they will be considered “well pleaded” if they provide the opposing party with notice of the claim.77 We do not, however, accept conclusory factual allegations unsupported by specific facts.78 But we do draw all reasonable inferences that logically flow from the well pleaded factual allegations in favor of the non-moving party.79 The Court of Chancery's judgment will be affirmed only if the plaintiff would not be entitled to recover under any reasonably conceivable set of circumstances.80
III.
Under Section 141(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), “[t]he business and affairs of every corporation organized under this chapter shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of directors.”81 With the separation of ownership from legal control over the corporation's business and affairs, “[t]he board of directors has the legal responsibility to manage the business of a corporation for the benefit of its shareholder owners.”82 Accordingly, “fiduciary duties are imposed on the directors of Delaware corporations to regulate their conduct when they discharge that function.”83 When directors manage the corporation's business and affairs, they must execute their responsibilities with care and loyalty to the corporation and its stockholders.84
Through standards of review, Delaware courts review directors’ conduct for compliance with their fiduciary duties. The default standard of review is the business judgment rule, which is a “presumption that in making a business decision[,] the directors of a corporation acted on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the company.”85 If the business judgment standard of review applies, a court will not second guess the decisions of disinterested and independent directors. The reviewing court will only interfere if the board's decision lacks any rationally conceivable basis, thereby resulting in waste or a lack of good faith.86
When a stockholder challenges a board's business decision, the plaintiff must rebut the business judgment rule. The plaintiff must plead particularized facts supporting a reasonable inference that the board or its committee lacked a majority of informed, disinterested individuals who acted in good faith when making a decision.87 A plaintiff bringing derivative claims must also show that it would be futile to make a litigation demand on the board.88 If the plaintiff rebuts the business judgment rule, the court will review the challenged act by applying the entire fairness standard of review.89
To satisfy entire fairness review, the defendants bear the burden of demonstrating that the corporate act being challenged is entirely fair to the corporation and its stockholders.90 In our recent decision in In re Tesla Motors, Inc. S'holder Litig., we relied on Weinberger v. UOP, Inc. to define entire fairness:
The concept of fairness has two basic aspects: fair dealing and fair price. The former embraces questions of when the transaction was timed, how it was initiated, structured, negotiated, disclosed to the directors, and how the approvals of the directors and the stockholders were obtained. The latter aspect of fairness relates to the economic and financial considerations of the proposed merger, including all relevant factors: assets, market value, earnings, future prospects, and any other elements that affect the intrinsic or inherent value of a company's stock. However, the test for fairness is not a bifurcated one as between fair dealing and price. All aspects of the issue must be examined as a whole since the question is one of entire fairness.91
As noted above, entire fairness is a unitary test, under which a reviewing court will scrutinize both the price and the process elements of the transaction as a whole.92
Even though business judgment is the default standard of review, the level of judicial scrutiny increases in certain situations when the danger of conflicts is inherent in the board's decision-making process. For instance, during contested director elections and other contests for control, directors might be improperly motivated to preserve their positions rather than to act in the best interest of the corporation and its stockholders.93 Recognizing the inherent potential for conflicts, a reviewing court will apply an enhanced scrutiny standard of review.94 And where a controlling stockholder transacts with the controlled corporation and receives a non-ratable benefit, the presumptive standard of review is entire fairness.95
Controlling stockholders are at times free to act in their own self-interest.96 But a controlling stockholder is a fiduciary and must be fair to the corporation and its minority stockholders when it stands on both sides of a transaction and receives a non-ratable benefit.97 In such cases, the controlling stockholder bears the burden of demonstrating “the most scrupulous inherent fairness of the bargain.”98
This is because, without arm's length negotiation, controlling stockholders can exert outsized influence over the board and minority stockholders. In Summa Corp. v. Trans World Airlines, Inc., a case that dealt with a controlling stockholder transaction not involving a freeze out merger, we looked to our iconic cases and explained that:
It is well established in Delaware that one who stands on both sides of a transaction has the burden of proving its entire fairness. Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., Del.Supr., 457 A.2d 701, 710 (1983); Sterling v. Mayflower Hotel Corp., Del.Supr., 33 Del.Ch. 293, 93 A.2d 107, 110 (1952). In the absence of arm's length bargaining, clearly the situation here, this obligation inheres in, and invariably arises from the parent-subsidiary relationship. Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., at 709, n. 7, 709–710; Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., Del.Supr., 493 A.2d 929, 937–38 (1985). This rule applies when “the parent, by virtue of its domination of the subsidiary, causes the subsidiary to act in such a way that the parent receives something from the subsidiary to the exclusion of, and detriment to the minority stockholders of the subsidiary.” Sinclair Oil, 280 A.2d at 720.99
Although close scrutiny is required for transactions where the controlling stockholder receives a non-ratable benefit, it is important to recognize that “an interest conflict is not in itself a crime or a tort or necessarily injurious to others.”100 In other words, “having a ‘conflict of interest’ is not something one is ‘guilty of.’ ”101 Indeed, a corporation and its stockholders may benefit from a controlling stockholder's influence.102 Through the evolution of our law in three important decisions, the Supreme Court provided guidance to directors and controlling stockholders about how to navigate judicial review of controlling stockholder transactions.
First, in Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., our Court reaffirmed that entire fairness applies to a controlling stockholder freeze out merger transaction when the controlling stockholder receives a non-ratable benefit.103 But “where corporate action has been approved by an informed vote of a majority of the minority shareholders ... the burden entirely shifts to the plaintiff to show that the transaction was unfair to the minority.”104 The Court also commented on the benefits of an independent special committee in controlling stockholder transactions:
Although perfection is not possible, or expected, the result here could have been entirely different if [the controlling stockholder] had appointed an independent negotiating committee of its outside directors to deal with [the controlled subsidiary] at arm's length. Since fairness in this context can be equated to conduct by a theoretical, wholly independent, board of directors acting upon the matter before them, it is unfortunate that this course apparently was neither considered nor pursued. Particularly in a parent-subsidiary context, a showing that the action taken was as though each of the contending parties had in fact exerted its bargaining power against the other at arm's length is strong evidence that the transaction meets the test of fairness.105
Next, in Kahn v. Lynch, the Supreme Court addressed some uncertainty that followed Weinberger.106 Before Lynch, if a controlling stockholder followed Weinberger’s lead and formed an independent negotiating committee, there was uncertainty whether a controlling stockholder would secure a burden shift at trial or be subject to business judgment review.107 In Lynch, the Supreme Court clarified that if the defendants demonstrated that the transaction was either (i) negotiated by a well-functioning special committee of independent directors or (ii) conditioned on the approval of a majority of the minority shareholders, then the burden shifted to the plaintiffs to prove that the transaction was not entirely fair.108 The standard of review, however, did not change.
After Lynch, it was unclear what standard of review should apply if both protections were used. The Supreme Court resolved the uncertainty in MFW.109 Entire fairness is the standard of review in transactions between a controlled corporation and a controlling stockholder when the controlling stockholder receives a non-ratable benefit. But a freeze out merger structured to include approval by a well-functioning independent committee and the affirmative vote of the fully informed and uncoerced minority stockholders will be reviewed under the business judgment standard of review.110 If both procedural protections are established pretrial, “the board's decision will be upheld unless it cannot be attributed to any rational business purpose.”111
Thus, after MFW, the business judgment rule will apply when: (i) a controlling stockholder conditions a transaction from the start on the approval of both a special committee and a majority of the minority stockholders; (ii) the special committee is independent; (iii) the special committee is fully empowered; (iv) the special committee meets its duty of care; (v) the vote of the minority is informed; and (vi) there is no coercion of the minority.112 MFW and later cases cleared the way for defendants in controlling stockholder transactions to gain pleading-stage dismissal of complaints.113 MFW also endorsed what had been the best practice since Weinberger – a controlling stockholder employing procedural tools to replicate arm's length bargaining.114
A.
Weinberger, Lynch, and MFW were freeze out merger cases. The defendants argue that, outside that context, “[t]ime-tested traditional principles of Delaware corporate law ... recognize that any one of three cleansing mechanisms – approval by (i) a board with an independent director majority; or (ii) a special committee of independent directors; or (iii) a majority of the unaffiliated stockholders – suffices to invoke the business judgment standard of review in a conflict transaction.”115 In other words, according to the defendants, the rule has always been that, other than freeze out mergers, any one of these three procedural devices could invoke business judgment review in controlling stockholder transactions.
We read our Supreme Court precedent differently. Our analysis starts with the common thread running through our decisions: a heightened concern for self-dealing when a controlling stockholder stands on both sides of a transaction and receives a non-ratable benefit. As explained earlier, in the 1988 Summa Corp. Supreme Court decision, which dealt with a controlling stockholder transaction not involving a freeze out merger, our Court held that “one who stands on both sides of a transaction has the burden of proving its entire fairness.”116 We observed that the conflict problem “inheres in, and invariably arises from the parent-subsidiary relationship.”117 The parent, ‘ “by virtue of its domination of the subsidiary,” ’ can cause the subsidiary to confer a non-ratable benefit on the controlling parent to the detriment of the minority stockholders.118
Summa Corp. did not involve a special committee or an unaffiliated stockholder vote. But in the Kahn v. Tremont series of decisions, the Court of Chancery and the Supreme Court directly addressed the standard of review in non-freeze out controlling stockholder transactions.119 In Tremont I, a controlling stockholder carried out a stock sale transaction between two controlled corporations. The Court of Chancery applied entire fairness review, despite approval by a special committee of independent directors.120 In the court's decision, Chancellor Allen observed that “[d]efendants seek to limit Lynch to cases in which mergers give rise to the claim of unfairness, but offer no plausible rationale for a distinction between mergers and other corporate transactions and in principle I can perceive none.”121
On appeal, in Tremont II, this Court reversed the Court of Chancery's conclusion that the special committee was independent.122 The standard of review did not depend on the nature of the transaction. Instead, we stated that “when a controlling shareholder stands on both sides of the transaction the conduct of the parties will be viewed under the more exacting standard of entire fairness as opposed to the more deferential business judgment standard.”123 Even in non-freeze out transactions, we explained that:
[T]he underlying factors which raise the specter of impropriety can never be completely eradicated and still require careful judicial scrutiny. This policy reflects the reality that in a transaction such as the one considered in this appeal, the controlling shareholder will continue to dominate the company regardless of the outcome of the transaction. The risk is thus created that those who pass upon the propriety of the transaction might perceive that disapproval may result in retaliation by the controlling shareholder.124
Thus, in Tremont II, we held that, under Lynch, even if an independent committee negotiates a transaction involving a controlling stockholder who receives a non-ratable benefit, entire fairness is the standard of review:
[E]ven when the transaction is negotiated by a special committee of independent directors, “no court could be certain whether the transaction fully approximate[d] what truly independent parties would have achieved in an arm's length negotiation.” [Citron v. E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Del. Ch., 584 A.2d 490, 502 (1990)]. Cognizant of this fact, we have chosen to apply the entire fairness standard to “interested transactions” in order to ensure that all parties to the transaction have fulfilled their fiduciary duties to the corporation and all its shareholders. [Lynch], 638 A.2d at 1110.125
The same is true in later Supreme Court controlling stockholder cases not involving freeze out mergers. In Emerald Partners v. Berlin, this Court held that “an approval of the transaction by an independent committee of directors who have real bargaining power ... may supply the necessary basis for shifting the burden” and that “the approval of the transaction by a fully informed vote of a majority of the minority shareholders will shift the burden.”126 This Court did not change the standard of review. In Ams. Mining Corp. v. Theriault, we held that “in order to encourage the use of procedural devices that foster fair pricing, such as special committees and minority stockholder approval conditions, this Court has provided transactional proponents with ... the shifting of the burden of persuasion on the ultimate issue of entire fairness to the plaintiffs.”127 This Court did not change the standard of review. And in Levco Alt. Fund Ltd. v. Reader's Dig. Ass'n, Inc., where we reviewed a plaintiff's request to enjoin a recapitalization where a controlled corporation would repurchase its controlling stockholder's Class B shares, we held that the burden of entire fairness “may shift, of course, if an independent committee of directors has approved the transaction.”128 This Court did not change the standard of review.129
1.
The defendants offer several counters to what is a straight-forward reading of Tremont II, Emerald Partners, Levco, and Ams. Mining. First, they argue that the parties in those cases assumed that both procedural devices were needed to invoke the business judgment standard of review.130 Stated another way, they claim that, in those cases, the parties and the Supreme Court misunderstood or were unaware of the “traditional principles” outside of freeze out transactions. As an example, they point to Ams. Mining, where none of the five issues on appeal related to the standard of review.131
It is correct that throughout the lifecycle of Ams. Mining, the parties, the Court of Chancery, and this Court all agreed that Tremont II established the governing law.132 But rather than chalking it up to a misunderstanding of the law by the parties and the courts, it is more reasonable to assume that all knew that Tremont II was settled law.133 The same is true for Emerald Partners and Levco. The Supreme Court's consistent statement of the law in these decisions is not, as the defendants attempt to characterize it, obiter dictum.134
2.
The defendants rely heavily on Williams v. Geier, where we affirmed the Court of Chancery's business judgment review of a recapitalization that involved a charter amendment that provided for a form of tenure voting.135 Under the tenure voting plan, common stockholders would receive ten votes per share, and upon a sale or transfer, each share would revert to one vote per share if held for three years. The controlling stockholder group and corporate officers implemented the recapitalization, which included charter amendments implementing tenure voting.136 A majority independent board approved the recapitalization. This Court agreed with the Court of Chancery that the standard of review was business judgment.137
An important aspect of Williams limits its relevance here. It is correct that the recapitalization involved a controlling stockholder group, a majority independent board approved the act, and the Court ultimately applied business judgment review. It is also correct that the controlling stockholders “reap[ed] a benefit” from the transaction.138 But the Williams majority also concluded that “no non-pro rata [sic] or disproportionate benefit. . . accrued to the [controlling stockholders] on the face of the Recapitalization, although the dynamics of how the Plan would work in practice had the effect of strengthening the [controlling stockholders’] control.”139 In other words, the majority, over the dissent's contrary view, found that “[t]he Recapitalization applied to every stockholder, whether a stockholder was a minority stockholder or part of the majority bloc.”140 Entire fairness review did not apply because the controlling stockholders received the same benefit as other stockholders.141
3.
The defendants contend that MFW “essentially rejected the inherent coercion theory.”142 They argue that this Court in MFW limited the dual procedural requirements to freeze out mergers because the Court sought to solve a specific problem: a controlling stockholder's ability to bypass the board through a tender offer.143 In other words, if the board disagreed with the controlling stockholder, it could bypass the board and make a tender offer directly to the stockholders.144 Outside this context, the defendant's claim, the “traditional principles” apply.
The MFW fact pattern did involve a freeze out merger. And bypass was a concern. But we cannot find any statement in MFW that distances our law in any transactional setting from the inherent coercion described in Lynch. Instead, in MFW we noted that a controlling stockholder generally has inherently coercive authority over the board and the minority stockholders.145 To make a pretrial showing of arm's length negotiation, a controlling stockholder must “irrevocably and publicly disable[ ] itself from using its control to dictate the outcome of the negotiations and the shareholder vote” to restore the business judgment rule's protections.146 We also relied on Tremont II for the broad statement that “[w]here a transaction involving self-dealing by a controlling stockholder is challenged, the applicable standard of judicial review is ‘entire fairness,’ with the defendants having the burden of persuasion.”147
The defendants also claim that the Lynch rationale for entire fairness review is obsolete because institutional investors can protect minority stockholders from controlling stockholders.148 They also argue that experience has shown that independent directors can serve as an effective check on a controlling stockholder's influence. We note, however, that these points have long been subject to debate and are thus not something to be decided in this appeal on the record before us.149 In any event, Lynch and Tremont II remain the controlling precedent, and we have not been asked to overrule them.150
4.
Finally, the defendants argue that we cannot square the circle between entire fairness review for non-freeze out conflicted controlling stockholder transactions and our controlling stockholder demand review precedent.151 In Lynch and Tremont II, we held that, because of the inherently coercive presence of a controlling stockholder and the perceived risk of retaliation, the use of an independent and properly functioning special committee did not replicate arm's length bargaining and change the entire fairness standard of review. But according to our demand review precedent in Aronson, which involved derivative claims against a controlling stockholder, inherent coercion alone did not excuse demand.152 The defendants argue that if inherent coercion does not disable an independent director's ability to decide whether the corporation should sue a controlling stockholder, then consistency requires that inherent coercion not be presumed in business transaction negotiations with controlling stockholders.
Admittedly, there is a tension in our law in these contexts. But Aronson and our demand review precedent stand apart from the substantive standard of review in controlling stockholder transactions. The distinction is grounded in the board's statutory authority to control the business and affairs of the corporation, which encompasses the decision whether to pursue litigation.
In Zuckerberg, we held that layering entire fairness review over our demand review precedent “collapses the distinction between the board's capacity to consider a litigation demand and the propriety of the challenged transaction.”153 An “independent and disinterested board” can decide “that it is not in the corporation's best interest to spend the time and money to pursue a claim that is likely to succeed.”154 To divest the board of authority over a derivative litigation, however, even when it involves a controlling stockholder, “runs counter to the ‘cardinal precept’ of Delaware law that independent and disinterested directors are generally in the best position to manage a corporation's affairs, including whether the corporation should exercise its legal rights.”155
Although Zuckerberg focused on the effect of the substantive standard of review on the demand requirement, its teachings have general application here. Court of Chancery Rule 23.1 and the demand review requirement stem from the board's authority over the corporation under Delaware corporate law.156 Under Aronson, demand is not excused for the sole reason that entire fairness is the standard of review in a controlling stockholder transaction. But Lynch, Tremont II and later cases control the substantive standard of review in a case alleging that a controlling stockholder stood on both sides of a transaction and received a non-ratable benefit.157
B.
Old IAC was Old Match's controlling stockholder during the Separation.158 As alleged in the complaint, in carrying out the Separation, “IAC ... deliberately advanced [its] own interests[ ] to the detriment and expense of the [Old Match] minority stockholders, in breach of their fiduciary duties.”159 The presumptive standard of review is entire fairness, unless the defendants can satisfy all of MFW’s requirements to change the standard of review to business judgment.
IV.
The Court of Chancery decided that the Separation adhered to MFW’s requirements, applied the business judgment rule standard of review, and dismissed the complaint. Based on the facts as pleaded, it found that, although one Committee member – McInerney – was conflicted, a majority of the Separation Committee was independent, and McInerney did not “infect” or “dominate” the separation committee process.160 The court also decided that the proxy statement adequately disclosed McInerney's conflicts.161
On appeal, the plaintiffs argue that the Court of Chancery's MFW analysis was flawed on two grounds – the Separation Committee lacked independence, and the proxy statement disclosures were inadequate.162 They contend that, if the goal is to replicate arm's length negotiation, each Separation Committee member must be independent. In the alternative, they claim that McInerney, a conflicted committee member, dominated or controlled the negotiation process. As for disclosure, the plaintiffs argue that the proxy statement did not adequately disclose McInerney's conflicts.
To begin with, we agree with the Court of Chancery that McInerney lacked independence. McInerney worked at IAC from 1999 to 2012 – including a seven-year term as IAC's CFO.163 The plaintiffs alleged that he earned over $55 million during his employment at IAC, which began when he was 35 years old.164 They also alleged that IAC was his primary employment for over a decade. When McInerney announced his departure from IAC, he stated that he was “more than grateful to Barry Diller for the opportunities he and IAC have given me.”165 And Diller said of McInerney that he held “total respect for [McInerney's] ability, trustworthiness, and decency.”166 McInerney also served as a director of various IAC-affiliated companies since 2008, including Old Match.167 The plaintiffs alleged that McInerney earned over $4.5 million in compensation from his service on those boards.168
Longstanding business affiliations, particularly those based on mutual respect, are of the sort that can undermine a director's independence.169 Directors who owe their success to another will conceivably feel as though they owe a “debt of gratitude” to the individual.170 The plaintiffs have adequately pleaded that McInerney may have such a relationship with IAC and Diller – one with “personal ties of respect, loyalty, and affection” – and it is therefore a reasonable inference that he was not independent of Old IAC when negotiating the Separation.171
Next, the Court of Chancery found that the Separation Committee adhered to MFW as only a majority of the committee had to be independent. According to the court, the plaintiffs had not pleaded that the other two committee members lacked independence. And, the court found, the plaintiffs did not plead that McInerney “dominated” or “infected” the Committee's decision-making process.172
We disagree with the Court of Chancery that only a majority of the Separation Committee must be independent. First, the cases it relied on are distinguishable. In In re Dell Techs. Inc. Class V S'holders Litig., the Court of Chancery decided that, because one member of a two-member committee was conflicted, the defendants did not satisfy MFW’s requirements.173 The failure of the two-person committee does not rule out the need for a wholly independent committee.174 And in Voigt v. Metcalf, the court did state that “the business judgment rule would still apply if the Board relied on the Committee's recommendation, unless the Committee itself lacked a disinterested and independent majority.”175 But Voigt’s reference to a board majority was based on a hypothetical with no controlling stockholder.176
The defendants rely on City Pension Fund for Firefighters & Police Officers in the City of Miami v. The Trade Desk, Inc.177 There, the Court of Chancery recently held that a MFW special committee was independent, despite the challenge to the committee chair's independence.178 In their submissions, the plaintiffs – as the defendants here acknowledge – did not address whether MFW requires full independence of the special committee. Accordingly, the court held that they waived their right to challenge the committee's independence because it was not wholly independent.179
In contexts other than those involving a controlling stockholder, forming a special committee is a delegation of the board's general authority to a subset of its directors.180 Consequently, akin to the board itself, majority independence is not a requirement. To apply the business judgment rule when a controlling stockholder transacts with the corporation and receives a non-ratable benefit, however, the inherently coercive presence of the controlling stockholder requires it to “irrevocably and publicly disable[ ] itself from using its control to dictate the outcome of the negotiations” to ensure an “arm's-length” outcome.181 A controlling stockholder's influence is not “disabled” when the special committee is staffed with members loyal to the controlling stockholder. We stated in MFW that the special committee must be independent, not that only a majority of the committee must be independent.182 And, as we stated in Weinberger, fairness “can be equated to conduct by a theoretical, wholly independent, board of directors acting upon the matter before them.”183
A special committee created to secure the protections of MFW should function “in a manner which indicates that the controlling stockholder did not dictate the terms of the transaction and that the committee exercised real bargaining power at an arm's length.”184 Because the complaint pleads particularized facts that raise a reasonable doubt as to McInerney's independence from Old IAC and therefore the entire Separation Committee's independence, we reverse the Court of Chancery's decision to apply the business judgment rule and dismiss the plaintiffs’ claims. Entire fairness remains the standard of review.185
V.
Under Delaware law, if a plaintiff is no longer a stockholder by reason of a merger, it loses standing to continue a derivative suit.186 There are two exceptions to the rule: (1) a transaction alleged to be fraudulent to eliminate stockholder standing to bring or maintain a derivative action; and (2) where the merger is effectively a reorganization that does not change the stockholder's relative ownership in the post-merger enterprise.187
The Court of Chancery ruled that, after the reverse spinoff, when Old Match was merged out of existence, Hallandale lacked derivative standing to bring claims on behalf of Old Match. The court found that: (1) the minority stockholders received a slightly higher percentage of ownership of New Match; (2) Old Match was capitalized in a vastly different way, with limited cash, much higher debt, and restrictive governance provisions; and (3) the boards were different.188 As the court observed, “[i]ndeed, Plaintiffs’ theory of wrongdoing is that the Separation left ... [New] Match public stockholders holding equity in a company with different ownership and inferior assets than the company in which they chose to invest.”189
On appeal, Hallandale limits its grounds for error to the “mere reorganization” exception to derivative standing. It argues once again that the Separation did not meaningfully affect its ownership in the business enterprise because they continue to own, in New Match, the same operating business and income-producing assets of Old Match.190 We are unpersuaded for the same reasons explained by the Court of Chancery. Hallandale's New Match stock represents a different financial interest than its Old Match stock.191 The Separation was “far more than a corporate reshuffling.”192 New Match received the Exchangeables, an expanded board with different board members, and a different capital structure with a single class of stock instead of two. It is not reasonably conceivable that the Separation was a mere reorganization of Match.193
VI.
Finally, Diller argues on appeal that he was not a fiduciary of Old Match and therefore should be dismissed from the case. Although the issue was raised below, it became moot once the Court of Chancery dismissed the complaint. Now that the case will be remanded, the Court of Chancery should have the opportunity to decide his dismissal motion in the first instance.
VII.
The judgment of the Court of Chancery is affirmed in part, reversed in part, and remanded for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.
Footnotes
1
Kahn v. M & F Worldwide Corp., 88 A.3d 635 (Del. 2014).
2
App. to Opening Br. at A770 [hereinafter “A__”]. The facts are drawn from the Amended and Supplemental Certified Consolidated Stockholder Class Action and Derivative Complaint filed on November 2, 2021 (the “Am. Compl.”), the joint proxy statement/prospectus that the Old Match and Old IAC Boards issued on April 30, 2020 (the “Proxy”), and other documents incorporated by reference in the amended and supplemental complaint or cited by the Court of Chancery. In this opinion, pre-separation Match Group, Inc. will be referred to as “Old Match;” post-separation IAC/InterActiveCorp (now known as Match Group, Inc.) as “New Match;” pre-separation IAC/InterActiveCorp as “Old IAC;” and IAC Holdings Inc. (now known as IAC Inc.) as “New IAC.”
3
A240 (Proxy at 139).
4
Id.
5
Id.
6
A62 (Proxy at 1); A892.
7
A241 (Proxy at 140).
8
Id.
9
Id.
10
B106.
11
Joint Appellee's App. at B230–31 [hereinafter “B__”] (Match Group, Inc., Annual Report Amendment No. 1 (Form 10-K/A) (Apr. 29, 2020), at 4–5 [hereinafter “2019 Form 10-K/A”]).
12
B106–07.
13
A243 (Proxy at 142).
14
A244 (Proxy at 143). The Exchangeables were convertible into shares of Old IAC stock prior to the Separation and into shares of New Match stock following the Separation. A160 (Proxy at 61); B112.
15
A244 (Proxy at 143).
16
Id.
17
B186–87, 189, 192, 195–96.
18
B196.
19
A250 (Proxy at 149).
20
Id.; B112; A283–84 (Proxy at 182–83).
21
A253 (Proxy at 152).
22
Id.
23
Id. The parties amended the agreement twice before Old IAC and Old Match stockholders voted on the Separation. The first amendment revised the method for calculating the equity offering associated with the Separation along with other governance restrictions on Match. Match Group, Inc., Current Report (Form 8-K) (Apr. 28, 2020), at Ex. 2.1. The second amendment revised the treatment of fractional shares that would otherwise be issuable in the reverse spinoff. Match Group, Inc., Current Report (Form 8-K) (June 22, 2020), at Ex. 2.1.
24
A62 (Proxy at 1).
25
Id.
26
Id.
27
A250 (Proxy at 149).
28
A158 (Proxy at 59).
29
A107 (Proxy at 9).
30
A239 (Proxy at 138).
31
A281–83 (Proxy 180–82).
32
Match Group, Inc., Current Report (Form 8-K) (June 29, 2020), at Item 5.07; IAC/InterActiveCorp, Current Report (Form 8-K) (June 29, 2020), at Item 5.07.
33
Match Group, Inc., Quarterly Report (Form 10-Q) (Aug. 10, 2020), at 11.
34
Id.
35
Id.; A238 (Proxy at 137).
36
A62 (Proxy at 1).
37
Id.
38
A746 (Am. Compl.).
39
A788, 841 (Am. Compl. ¶¶ 67, 165).
40
A868–69 (Am. Compl. ¶¶ 226–32).
41
A870–71 (Am. Compl. ¶¶ 239–45). The director defendants are Sharmistha Dubey, Amanda Ginsberg, Joey Levin, Ann McDaniel, Thomas McInerney, Pamela Seymon, Glenn Schiffman, Alan Spoon, Mark Stein, and Gregg Winiarski.
42
A869–70 (Am. Compl. ¶¶ 233–38); A871–72 (Am. Compl. ¶¶ 246–52).
43
A836–48 (Am. Compl. ¶¶ 157–79).
44
A848 (Am. Compl. ¶ 179).
45
In re Match Grp., Inc. Derivative Litig., 2022 WL 3970159 (Del. Ch. Sept. 1, 2022) [hereinafter In re Match].
46
Id. at *11.
47
Id. at *13.
48
Id. at *14.
49
For convenience, this decision will continue to refer to Nevada and Hallandale as the plaintiffs, even though the Court of Chancery dismissed Nevada from the litigation.
50
Id. at *15 (citing MFW, 88 A.3d 635).
51
Id.
52
Id. at *16 (citing In re Dell Techs. Inc. Class V S'holders Litig., 2020 WL 3096748, at *35 (Del. Ch. June 11, 2020)).
53
Id. (quoting In re GGP, Inc. S'holder Litig., 2021 WL 2102326, at *15 (Del. Ch. May 25, 2021), aff'd in part, rev'd in part on other grounds, and remanded, 282 A.3d 37 (Del. 2022)).
54
Id. at *26.
55
Id.
56
Id. at *28–29 (citing Proxy at 1–2, 19, 308–09).
57
Id. at *30–32.
58
Id. at *32.
59
Id. at *33.
60
Opening Br. at 17. The plaintiffs did not appeal the dismissal of Nevada's direct or derivative claims.
61
Id. at 23.
62
Id. at 31.
63
Id. at 36.
64
Id. at 41.
65
Answering Br. of Sharmistha Dubey et al. at 23; Answering Br. of Barry Diller et al. at 6.
66
Answering Br. of Sharmistha Dubey et al. at 17.
67
Id. at 18–19.
68
Id.
69
Id. at 32.
70
Id. at 36; Answering Br. of Barry Diller et al. at 6.
71
Answering Br. of Barry Diller et al. at 8; Answering Br. of Sharmistha Dubey et al. at 7.
72
Answering Br. of Barry Diller et al. at 8; Supplemental Opening Br. at 9.
73
Answering Br. of Barry Diller et al. at 23; Answering Br. of Sharmistha Dubey et al. at 7.
74
Answering Br. of Barry Diller et al. at 43.
75
Cent. Mortg. Co. v. Morgan Stanley Mortg. Cap. Hldgs. LLC, 27 A.3d 531, 535 (Del. 2011) (citing Savor, Inc. v. FMR Corp., 812 A.2d 894, 896 (Del. 2002)).
76
Id.
77
Id.
78
Clinton v. Enter. Rent-A-Car Co., 977 A.2d 892, 895 (Del. 2009).
79
Cent. Mortg. Co., 27 A.3d at 535; Clinton v. Enter. Rent-A-Car Co., 977 A.2d at 895.
80
Cent. Mortg. Co., 27 A.3d at 535.
81
8 Del. C. § 141(a).
82
Malone v. Brincat, 722 A.2d 5, 9 (Del. 1998) (“One of the fundamental tenets of Delaware corporate law provides for a separation of control and ownership.”).
83
Id.
84
Stone ex rel. AmSouth Bancorporation v. Ritter, 911 A.2d 362, 370 (Del. 2006).
85
Aronson v. Lewis, 473 A.2d 805, 812 (Del. 1984), overruled on other grounds by Brehm v. Eisner, 746 A.2d 244, 253–54 (Del. 2000).
86
Brehm, 746 A.2d at 264 (“Irrationality may be the functional equivalent of the waste test or it may tend to show that the decision is not made in good faith, which is a key ingredient of the business judgment rule.”).
87
Id. at 253; Aronson, 473 A.2d at 812–13.
88
Ct. Ch. R. 23.1; United Food & Com. Workers Union & Participating Food Indus. Emps. Tri-State Pension Fund v. Zuckerberg, 262 A.3d 1034, 1047 (Del. 2021).
89
Cinerama, Inc. v. Technicolor, Inc., 663 A.2d 1156, 1162 (Del. 1995).
90
In re Tesla Motors, Inc. S'holder Litig., 298 A.3d 667, 700 (Del. 2023) (citing Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., 457 A.2d 701, 711 (Del. 1983)) [hereinafter In re Tesla Motors].
91
Id.
92
Id.
93
Coster v. UIP Cos., Inc., 300 A.3d 656, 667–68 (Del. 2023) (noting the “ ‘omnipresent specter’ ” that a board may be acting primarily in its own interests “ ‘rather than those of the corporation and its shareholders’ ” (quoting Unocal Corp. v. Mesa Petroleum Co., 493 A.2d 946 (Del. 1985)).
94
See id. at 673 (applying enhanced scrutiny to a stock sale during a contested board election); Unocal Corp., 493 A.2d 946 (applying enhanced scrutiny to a corporation's self-tender which excluded from participation a stockholder making a hostile tender offer); Revlon, Inc. v. MacAndrews & Forbes Hldgs., Inc., 506 A.2d 173 (Del. 1986) (applying enhanced scrutiny to a board's adoption of defensive measures to thwart an active auction for the company).
95
Sinclair Oil Corp. v. Levien, 280 A.2d 717, 720 (Del. 1971) (“When the situation involves a parent and a subsidiary, with the parent controlling the transaction and fixing the terms, the test of intrinsic fairness, with its resulting shifting of the burden of proof, is applied.” (citing Sterling v. Mayflower Hotel Corp., 93 A.2d 107 (Del.1952) [hereinafter Mayflower])).
96
See Bershad v. Curtiss-Wright Corp., 535 A.2d 840, 845 (Del. 1987) (“Stockholders in Delaware corporations have a right to control and vote their shares in their own interest. They are limited only by any fiduciary duty owed to other stockholders. It is not objectionable that their motives may be for personal profit, or determined by whim or caprice, so long as they violate no duty owed other shareholders.”); see also Williams v. Geier, 671 A.2d 1368, 1384 (Del. 1996) (holding that a presumptive controlling bloc was free to vote their shares as they saw fit as long as the underlying act did not entail “waste, fraud, or manipulative or other inequitable conduct”).
97
Mayflower, 93 A.2d at 109–10.
98
Weinberger, 457 A.2d at 710 (“The requirement of fairness is unflinching in its demand that where one stands on both sides of a transaction, he has the burden of establishing its entire fairness, sufficient to pass the test of careful scrutiny by the courts.” (citing Mayflower, 93 A.2d at 110)).
99
540 A.2d 403, 406–07 (Del. 1988).
100
2 Model Bus. Corp. Act. Annotated §§ 8.60–8.63 Introductory Comment at 8-387 (3d ed. 1996).
101
Id.
102
See, e.g., Ronald J. Gilson, Controlling Shareholders and Corporate Governance: Complicating the Comparative Taxonomy, 119 Harv. L. Rev. 1641, 1642 & 1657 (2006) (“In an efficient controlling shareholder system, concentration of control operates as a cost-effective response to the managerial agency cost problem. It is observed when the benefits of more focused monitoring exceed the limited extraction of private benefits of control allowed in a country with functionally good law.”); Albert H. Choi, Concentrated Ownership and Long-Term Shareholder Value, 8 Harv. Bus. L. Rev. 53 (2018) (discussing situations where private benefits stemming from a controlling interest may create a lock-in effect, and thereby incentivize the controlling stockholder to maximize the long-term value of the enterprise).
103
457 A.2d at 710.
104
Id. at 703 (citing Michelson v. Duncan, 407 A.2d 211, 224 (Del. 1979)); see In re Tesla Motors, 298 A.3d at 706 (“Weinberger recognized that certain procedural devices could alter the burden of proof in a conflicted transaction ....”).
105
Weinberger, 457 A.2d at 709 n.7 (citations omitted).
106
Kahn v. Lynch Commc'n Sys., Inc., 638 A.2d 1110, 1115 (Del. 1994).
107
In re Tesla Motors, 298 A.3d at 706 (“[T]his Court, in Lynch I, clarified the effect of certain procedural cleansing mechanisms in the context of controller squeeze-outs. Relying on our decisions in Weinberger and Rosenblatt v. Getty Oil Co., we held in Lynch I that ‘an approval of the transaction by an independent committee of directors or an informed majority of minority shareholders shifts the burden of proof on the issue of fairness from the controlling or dominating shareholder to the challenging shareholder-plaintiff.’ ” (citations omitted)).
108
Lynch, 638 A.2d at 1116 (finding that because of the uniquely coercive presence of a controlling stockholder, “[e]ntire fairness remains the proper focus of judicial analysis in examining an interested merger, irrespective of whether the burden of proof remains upon or is shifted away from the controlling or dominating shareholder, because the unchanging nature of the underlying ‘interested’ transaction requires careful scrutiny.” (citing Weinberger, 457 A.2d at 710; Citron v. E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., 584 A.2d 490, 502 (Del. 1990))).
109
Kahn v. M & F Worldwide Corp., 88 A.3d 635 (Del. 2014) [hereinafter MFW], overruled on other grounds by Flood v. Synutra, Int'l, Inc., 195 A.3d 754 (Del. 2018).
110
Id. at 644 (“[W]here the controller irrevocably and publicly disables itself from using its control to dictate the outcome of the negotiations and the shareholder vote, the controlled merger then acquires the shareholder-protective characteristics of third-party, arm's-length mergers, which are reviewed under the business judgment standard.”).
111
City of Dearborn Police & Fire Revised Ret. Sys. v. Brookfield Asset Mgmt. Inc., 314 A.3d 1108, 1127 (Del. Mar. 25, 2024) (internal quotation marks omitted) (citing MFW, 88 A.3d at 646; Telsa, 298 A.3d at 708).
112
MFW, 88 A.3d at 639.
113
Flood, 195 A.3d at 767 (Del. 2018) (citing Swomley v. Schlecht, 2014 WL 4470947, at *21 (Del. Ch. 2014), aff'd, 128 A.3d 992 (Del. 2015) (TABLE)) (overruling language in MFW which suggested that a plaintiff can challenge the effectiveness of a special committee by questioning the buyout price).
114
The use of a special committee in conflict transactions is a best practice, not a requirement. In re Tesla Motors, 298 A.3d at 709 (“Although we continue to encourage the use of special negotiation committees as a ‘best practice,’ nothing in Delaware law requires a board to form a special committee in a conflicted transaction.”).
115
Supplemental Opening Br. at 1. The defendants contend that these cleansing mechanisms are drawn from 8 Del. C. § 144(a). Section 144 repealed the common law prohibition on self-dealing by directors. The statute offers a limited safe harbor for directors from incurable voidness for conflict transactions. It is not concerned with equitable review. Cede & Co. v. Technicolor, Inc., 634 A.2d 345, 365 (Del. 1993), modified, 636 A.2d 956 (Del. 1994) (“Enacted in 1967, section 144(a) codified judicially acknowledged principles of corporate governance to provide a limited safe harbor for corporate boards to prevent director conflicts of interest from voiding corporate action.” (citing 56 Del.Laws, ch. 50 (1967)); see also Blake Rohrbacher et al., Finding Safe Harbor: Clarifying the Limited Application of Section 144, 33 Del. J. Corp L. 719, 737–38 (2008) (discussing the “overextension” of Section 144 beyond its limited scope); In re Cox Commc'ns, Inc. S'holders Litig., 879 A.2d 604, 614 (Del. Ch. 2005) (“I must hasten to add that § 144 has been interpreted as dealing solely with the problem of per se invalidity; that is, as addressing only the common law principle that interested transactions were entirely invalid and providing a road map for transactional planners to avoid that fate.”).
116
540 A.2d at 406 (citing Weinberger, 457 A.2d at 710; Mayflower, 93 A.2d at 110).
117
Id. at 407.
118
Id. (quoting Sinclair Oil Corp., 280 A.2d at 720); see also Nixon v. Blackwell, 626 A.2d 1366, 1374–75 (Del. 1993) (applying entire fairness where the controlling stockholders used various transactions to generate benefits for themselves that were “beyond that which benefited other stockholders generally”).
119
Kahn v. Tremont Corp., 1996 WL 145452 (Del. Ch. Mar. 21, 1996) [hereinafter Tremont I], rev'd on other grounds, Kahn v. Tremont Corp., 694 A.2d 422, 424 (Del. 1997) [hereinafter Tremont II].
120
Tremont I, 1996 WL 145452, at *7–8.
121
Id. at *7. The defendants downplay Chancellor Allen's statement by pointing to the Chancellor's decision in In re Trans World Airlines, Inc. S'holders Litig., 1988 WL 111271 (Del. Ch. Oct. 21, 1988). In that case, the Chancellor held that “[b]oth the device of the special negotiating committee of disinterested directors and the device of a merger provision requiring approval by a majority of disinterested shareholders, when properly employed, have the judicial effect of making the substantive law aspect of the business judgment rule applicable and, procedurally, of shifting back to plaintiffs the burden of demonstrating that such a transaction infringes upon rights of minority shareholders.” Id. at *7. They attribute Chancellor Allen's statement in Tremont I to “resignation” that the Supreme Court set the rule in Lynch and the Chancellor was obligated to follow it. Supplemental Opening Br. at 29–30. We note that the Chancellor's statement in Trans World was over seven years before his statement in Tremont I. And, as the defendants recognize, the Court of Chancery, like any trial court in relation to an appellate court, was required to follow Lynch. Id.
122
694 A.2d at 430.
123
Id. at 428.
124
Id. (citations omitted).
125
Id. at 428–29.
126
726 A.2d 1215, 1222–23 (Del. 1999).
127
51 A.3d 1213, 1242 (Del. 2012) [hereinafter Ams. Mining].
128
803 A.2d 428, 2002 WL 1859064, at *2 (Del. Aug. 13, 2002) (TABLE) (citing Emerald Partners, 726 A.2d 1215, 1221 (Del. 1999)).
129
See also In re Tesla Motors, 298 A.3d 667 (applying entire fairness to a non-freeze out merger); Olenik v. Lodzinski, 208 A.3d 704 (Del. 2019) (same); In re Invs. Bancorp, Inc. S'holder Litig., 177 A.3d 1208 (Del. 2017) (applying entire fairness to director compensation).
130
Supplemental Opening Br. at 30 n.25; Supplemental Reply Br. at 25 n.22.
131
51 A.3d at 1218–19 (appealing the denial of the opportunity to present a witness, the failure to determine who bore the burden of proof before trial, the ultimate allocation of the burden on the defendants despite the use of a special committee, the determination of fair price as arbitrary and capricious, and the award of damages as being unsupported by the record, and the attorneys’ fees).
132
Id. at 1240–41; In re S. Peru Copper Corp. S'holder Deriv. Litig., 52 A.3d 761, 787 (Del. Ch. 2011) aff'd, Ams. Mining, 51 A.3d 1213 (“Consistent with the Supreme Court's decision in Kahn v. Tremont, both the plaintiff and the defendants agree that the appropriate standard of review for the Merger is entire fairness, regardless of the existence of the Special Committee.”).
133
In Ams. Mining, despite a special committee of independent directors negotiating the business transaction, the Court of Chancery could not make a pretrial determination that the committee exercised real bargaining power. 51 A.3d at 1240–41. We highlighted this as a “perfect example” of the potential for “impropriety,” with the court finding that the committee, though fully independent, was influenced by the controlling stockholder and thus failed to shift the burden of persuasion. Id. (quoting Tremont II, 694 A.2d at 428).
134
See In re Fox Corp./Snap Inc., 312 A.3d 636, 649 (Del. Jan. 17, 2024) (“[A] court's ruling is rarely limited to the specific facts before it.”).
135
671 A.2d 1368, 1370 (Del. 1996).
136
Id. at 1372.
137
Id. at 1376 (“The record does not rebut the business judgment rule presumption that the Board acted independently, with due care, in good faith and in the honest belief that its actions were in the stockholders’ best interests.”). This Court, for purposes of the opinion's legal analysis, assumed but did not decide whether there was a controlling stockholder group.
138
Id. at 1381–82.
139
Id.at 1378.
140
Id.at 1370.
141
See Sinclair Oil Corp., 280 A.2d at 720 (“Self-dealing occurs when the parent, by virtue of its domination of the subsidiary, causes the subsidiary to act in such a way that the parent receives something from the subsidiary to the exclusion of, and detriment to, the minority stockholders of the subsidiary.”).
142
Supplemental Opening Br. at 21.
143
Id. at 18.
144
See In re Siliconix Inc. S'holders Litig., 2001 WL 716787, at *16 & n.82 (Del. Ch. June 19, 2001) (controlling stockholder did not have to demonstrate the entire fairness of a proposed freeze out tender offer). See also In re CNX Gas Corp. S'holders Litig., 4 A.3d 397, 413 (Del. Ch. 2010) (declining to follow Siliconix and applying entire fairness to a freeze out tender offer unless the tender offer was “(i) negotiated and recommended by a special committee of independent directors and (ii) conditioned on the affirmative tender of a majority of the minority shares, then the business judgment standard of review presumptively applies to the freeze-out transaction.” (citing In re Cox Commc'ns, Inc. S'holders Litig., 879 A.2d at 607)).
145
MFW, 88 A.3d at 644 (“[E]ntire fairness is the highest standard of review in corporate law. It is applied in the controller merger context as a substitute for the dual statutory protections of disinterested board and stockholder approval, because both protections are potentially undermined by the influence of the controller.”).
146
Id. The defendants argue that two Court of Chancery cases – In re Pure Res., Inc., S'holders Litig. and In re Cox Commc'ns, Inc. S'holders Litig. – supposedly exposed the flaws with Lynch’s rationale. 808 A.2d 421 (Del. Ch. 2002); 879 A.2d 604. Pure Resources observed that if controlling stockholder tender offers were not reviewed under the entire fairness standard, then Lynch’s understanding of inherent coercion was counterintuitive because it incentivized bypass – the very act it sought to prevent. 808 A.2d at 441–43. As the Court of Chancery has noted in other cases, however, this Court has not directly addressed the standard of review for a freeze out tender offer following Lynch. In re CNX Gas Corp. S'holders Litig., 4 A.3d at 413. In Cox, the Court of Chancery answered its concerns by suggesting that it would review controlling stockholder tender offers under similar equitable standards as a freeze out merger. 879 A.2d at 606, 623–24.
147
MFW, 88 A.3d at 642 & n.5 (emphasis added) (citing Tremont II, 694 A.2d at 428; Weinberger, 457 A.2d at 710).
148
Supplemental Opening Br. at 20–21.
149
See, e.g., Ronald J. Gilson & Jeffrey N. Gordon, The Agency Costs of Agency Capitalism: Activist Investors and the Revaluation of Governance Rights, 113 Colum. L. Rev. 863 (2013) (arguing that the shift from widely distributed ownership to concentrated institutional ownership has resulted in the perpetuation of the principal-agent problem, first between stockholders and managers, and second between beneficial owners and institutional stockholders); Ann M. Lipton, Shareholder Divorce Court, 44 J. CORP. L. 297, 298 (2018) (finding that “due to the increasing consolidation of the shareholder base, powerful investors may be as conflicted as directors, and may therefore have no interest in driving a hard bargain” where a fiduciary engages in a conflict transaction); Stephen Choi et al., The Power of Proxy Advisors: Myth or Reality, 59 Emory L.J. 869, 906 (2010) (finding that proxy advisors’ influence on corporate governance has been “substantially overstated”); Lucian A. Bebchuk & Assaf Hamdani, Independent Directors and Controlling Shareholders, 165 U. Pa. L. Rev. 1271 (2017) (arguing that independent directors are not an effective check against a controlling stockholder engaging in a conflict decision because of the reality that the election and retention of independent directors depends on the controlling stockholder). The defendants also do not account for the many microcap corporations incorporated in Delaware, where they “are not covered by a single analyst.” Amicus Br. of Alpha Venture Capital Management, LLC at 7 (citing Annalisa Barret, Microcap Board Governance, IRRC Institute at 7 (Aug. 2018)). Additionally, as the Academics point out, most Delaware corporations are privately held. Amicus Br. of Academics at 5.
150
The defendants rely on other Supreme Court and Court of Chancery cases for the proposition that Lynch and therefore MFW do not apply outside the freeze out context. Many of the cases, however, either applied entire fairness review or did not expressly find that a controlling stockholder stood on both sides of a transaction and received a non-ratable benefit. See Puma v. Marriott, 283 A.2d 693, 694–95 (Del. Ch. 1971) (applying the business judgment rule because, among other things, the plaintiffs did not demonstrate that a large stockholder was a controlling stockholder); Getty Oil Co. v. Skelly Oil Co., 267 A.2d 883 (Del. 1970) (applying the business judgment rule because the Federal Government, rather than the controlling stockholder, set the terms of the transaction); Johnston v. Greene, 121 A.2d 919, 925 (Del. 1956) (“The refusal of the directors ... to buy the patents was, under the Chancellor's finding, a transaction between the dominating director and his corporation. It is therefore subject to strict scrutiny, and the defendants have the burden of showing that it was fair.”); Orman v. Cullman, 794 A.2d 5, 22 (Del. Ch. 2002) (applying the business judgment rule because the controlling stockholder “did not stand on both sides of the challenged merger” initiated by an unaffiliated third party and negotiated by independent directors); Solomon v. Armstrong, 747 A.2d 1098, 1123 (Del. Ch. 1999), aff'd, 746 A.2d 277, 2000 WL 140072 (Del. Jan. 26, 2000) (TABLE) (applying the business judgment rule after finding that the minority stockholders’ strong contractual rights rendered the parent corporation unable to fix the terms of the transaction or to retaliate in any capacity and therefore, “both the form and the substance of the transaction in this case is radically different from a parent-subsidiary freeze-out merger or any other transaction with a controlling shareholder”); Lewis v. Hat Corp. of Am., 150 A.2d 750, 752 (Del. Ch. 1959) (stockholder approval cleansed “director self-dealing” transaction approved by a majority independent board and “negotiated by a committee of directors not allied to the [interested directors] notwithstanding the fact that such [directors] owned or controlled 42.7% of the common stock”).
151
Supplemental Opening Br. at 32.
152
473 A.2d 805 (Del. 1984).
153
United Food & Com. Workers Union & Participating Food Indus. Emps. Tri-State Pension Fund v. Zuckerberg, 262 A.3d 1034, 1056 (Del. 2021).
154
Id.
155
Id. (quoting Aronson, 473 A.2d at 811).
156
See Diep ex rel. El Pollo Loco Holdings, Inc. v. Trimaran Pollo Partners, L.L.C., 280 A.3d 133, 149 (Del. 2022) (“Like a fleet of trucks or a factory, a lawsuit is a corporate asset that must be managed by the board consistent with its fiduciary duties.”).
157
See also In re EZCORP Inc. Consulting Agreement Deriv. Litig., 2016 WL 301245, at *30 (Ct. Ch. Jan. 25, 2016) (“[T]he rulings in Aronson—at least in their pure form—stand out amidst other Delaware decisions. ... I would continue to limit Aronson’s scope to demand futility ....”); Teamsters Union 25 Health Servs. & Ins. Plan v. Baiera, 2015 WL 4192107 at *17 (Del. Ch. July 13, 2015) (“[T]he potential that the entire fairness standard may govern Plaintiff's breach of fiduciary duty claim against ... an alleged controlling stockholder ... does not remove that claim, or any of the other derivative claims ... from the purview of the Demand Board to decide for themselves under 8 Del. C. § 141(a) whether to exercise the Company's right to bring such a claim. The focus instead, as explained in Aronson and repeated in Beam, is on whether Plaintiff's allegations raise a reasonable doubt as to the impartially of a majority of the Demand Board to have considered such a demand.”). The defendants cite two post-Tremont II Court of Chancery cases where the court applied business judgment review to executive compensation decisions involving controlling stockholders. See In re Tyson Foods, Inc., 919 A.2d 563 (Del. Ch. 2007) (applying the business judgment review to a stockholder's challenge of a corporation's consulting agreement with its controlling stockholder); Friedman v. Dolan, 2015 WL 4040806 (Del. Ch. June 30, 2015) (the same for compensation of controlling stockholders who were the executive chairman and the CEO of the corporation). Both cases relied on Aronson to invoke the business judgment standard of review which, as noted above, we have confined to the demand review context.
158
At the time of the Separation, IAC held 98.2% of Match's voting power. A62 (Proxy at 1); A892.
159
A869 (Am. Compl. ¶ 230). As an alternative ground for affirmance, the defendants argue that the plaintiffs failed to plead “economic fairness,” meaning that they had to plead “ ‘why’ the terms alleged to be ‘unfair’ were unfair.” Answering Br. of Barry Diller et al. at 25. According to the defendants, the plaintiffs only make conclusory allegations of “unfairness” without explaining why the bargain was unfair. In our view, the plaintiffs have sufficiently pleaded unfairness to satisfy their burden at the motion to dismiss stage. Under Court of Chancery Rule 12(b)(6), in an entire fairness case, “the plaintiff must plead facts that, with all reasonable inferences drawn in their favor, show the transaction was unfair.” Olenik, 208 A.3d at 719 n.74 (citing Solomon v. Pathe Commc'ns Corp., 672 A.2d 35, 38 (Del. 1996)). The plaintiffs pleaded: Old IAC controlled Old Match, A769 (Am. Compl. ¶ 35); the Old Match board squandered negotiating leverage by acceding to pre-negotiation acts by Old IAC to protect the tax-free treatment of the Separation without any consideration to Old Match, A784–86 (Am. Compl. ¶¶ 59–63); the Separation Committee and Old Match board were conflicted, A784, 786 (Am. Compl. ¶¶ 59, 67); the Separation Committee hired a conflicted financial advisor, A796 (Am. Compl. ¶ 78); the Separation Committee did not properly represent Old Match and its stockholders by incurring significant leverage as a result of the Separation, A804, 836 (Am. Compl. ¶¶ 94, 157); the Separation skewed heavily in favor of Old IAC as the Old Match board and Separation Committee could not separate the interests of Old Match from Old IAC, A840 (Am. Compl. ¶ 164); the Separation's governance terms rendered New Match de facto controlled by New IAC in the near term, A844–45 (Am. Compl. ¶¶ 170, 171); and Old IAC and the Old Match board issued a materially false and misleading proxy to secure approval of the Separation, A841–46 (Am. Compl. ¶¶ 165–78). As a result of these allegedly ineffective negotiations by the conflicted Separation Committee and Old Match board, Old Match overcompensated Old IAC and its stockholders, to the detriment of Old Match and its minority stockholders. A847 (Am. Compl. ¶ 179).
160
In re Match, 2022 WL 3970159, at *19.
161
Id. at *29.
162
Opening Br. at 6.
163
B231.
164
A762 (Am. Compl. ¶ 17).
165
Thomas J. McInerney to Step Down as IAC CFO, PR Newswire (Aug. 11, 2011, 8:00 AM), https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/thomas-j-mcinerney-to-step-down-as-iac-cfo-127514003.html.
166
Id.
167
B231; A789 (Am. Compl. ¶69) (“In May 2008, McInerney was appointed to the board of directors of ILG, where he served until September 2018. In August 2008, McInerney joined the board of directors of HSN, where he served until December 2017. In November 2015, McInerney joined the Match Board. After leaving IAC, McInerney was a “personal investor” from 2012 to 2017.”). The defendants argue that the ILG and HSN relationships are irrelevant because both entities were spun-off from Old IAC in 2008, and after that were not “Old IAC affiliates.” Answering Br. of Sharmistha Dubey et al. at 18. That point does not change the reasonable inference that McInerney acquired those posts, which he kept for a decade, by virtue of his affiliation with IAC.
168
A789 (Am. Compl. ¶69).
169
Marchand v. Barnhill, 212 A.3d 805, 808 (Del. 2019) (reversing a court's ruling that demand was not futile by finding there was reasonable doubt as to whether a director could act impartially in deciding whether to sue a CEO due to the director's “longstanding business affiliation and personal relationship with the [CEO's] family”); id. at 819 (finding that “personal ties of respect, loyalty, and affection” between a director and CEO created “a reasonable doubt” that the director was impartial).
170
Id. at 820 (discussing the inference that the director “owe[d] an important debt of gratitude” to the CEO's family for “giving him his first job[ and] nurturing his progress from an entry level position to a top manager and director”); Delaware Cnty. Emps. Ret. Fund v. Sanchez, 124 A.3d 1017, 1023 (Del. 2015) (finding that a longstanding business relationship, with a large economic benefit, supported an inference that a director was not independent from the CEO's family).
171
The defendants argue that McInerney's success after leaving IAC as the CEO of Altaba between 2017 and 2021 “undercuts any reasonable inference that McInerney's alleged financial ties to IAC would impugn his independence.” Answering Br. of Sharmistha Dubey et al. at 22. Therefore, McInerney was not financial beholden to IAC. Id. at 23. As alleged, however, McInerney's close and pervasive relationship with IAC and Diller are what undercut his independence. McInerney's success resulting directly or indirectly from his relationship with IAC speaks to the “debt of gratitude” he owes to IAC and Diller for his own success. Marchand, 212 A.3d at 820.
172
Id. at *29.
173
2020 WL 3096748, at *35 (Del. Ch. June 11, 2020) [hereinafter Dell].
174
See Franchi v. Firestone, 2021 WL 5991886, at *4 (Del. Ch. May 10, 2021) (“ ‘If the complaint supports a reasonable inference that [any] member [of the special committee] was not disinterested and independent, then the plaintiffs have called into question this aspect of the MFW requirements.’ ” (modifications in original) (quoting Dell, 2020 WL 3096748, at *35)).
175
2020 WL 614999, at *10 (Del. Ch. Feb. 10, 2020).
176
Id.
177
2022 WL 3009959 (Del. Ch. July 29, 2022).
178
Id. at *13.
179
Id. at *13 n.130.
180
Spiegel v. Buntrock, 571 A.2d 767, 776 (Del. 1990) (“A board of directors may delegate its managerial authority to a committee of directors.” (citing 8 Del. C. § 141(c)).
181
MFW, 88 A.3d at 644.
182
Id. at 644–45. The Court of Chancery held that “the MFW special committee was, as a matter of law, comprised entirely of independent directors.” In re MFW S'holders Litig., 67 A.3d 496, 514 (Del. Ch. 2013), aff'd, MFW, 88 A.3d 635.
183
457 A.2d at 711 n.7 (emphasis added).
184
88 A.3d at 646 (citing Tremont II, 694 A.2d at 429); Weinberger, 457 A.2d at 709 n.7.
185
The plaintiffs have also challenged the Court of Chancery's ruling that McInerney's conflicts were adequately disclosed in the Proxy. In light of our ruling that it is reasonably conceivable that the Separation Committee lacked independence, on remand the Court of Chancery is free to consider the impact of our decision on the disclosure issues.
186
Arkansas Tchr. Ret. Sys. v. Countrywide Fin. Corp., 75 A.3d 888, 894 (Del. 2013) (citing Lewis v. Anderson, 477 A.2d 1040, 1047 (Del. 1984)).
187
Id.
188
In re Match, 2022 WL 3970159, at *13.
189
Id.
190
Opening Br. at 45.
191
Accord Lewis v. Ward, 852 A.2d 896, 904 (Del. 2004) (“As a consequence the shares held by plaintiffs represent property interests also distinctly different from that which they held as shareholders of Southern Pacific.” (quoting Bonime v. Biaggini, 1984 WL 19830, at *3 (Del. Ch. Dec. 7, 1984)).
192
Id.; see also Jamie Goldenberg Komen Revocable Tr. U/A/D June 10, 2008 v. Breyer, 2020 WL 3484956, at *15 (Del. Ch. June 26, 2020) (holding that the Fox spinoff was not a mere reorganization because only a portion of Old Fox's assets were transferred to New Fox and the composition of the New Fox board was different).
193
Relying on Schreiber v. Carney, Hallandale argues that the percentage of ownership change from Old and New Match is negligible. 447 A.2d 17, 22 (Del. Ch. 1982). But the old and new companies in Schreiber were “virtually identical” except for the slight change in one shareholder's ownership percentage. Id. (“The structure of the old and new companies is virtually identical except for a slight dilution in the overall stock holdings occasioned by Jet Capital's exercise of its warrants.”).
11.6.2.6 DGCL § 144. Interested Directors and Officers; Controlling Stockholder Transactions; Quorum 11.6.2.6 DGCL § 144. Interested Directors and Officers; Controlling Stockholder Transactions; Quorum
6/17/2025 pdw
DGCL § 144 was adopted shortly after In re Match. While it is not entirely clear, the history of this section and its texts suggests it is not the exclusive way in which a transaction can be cleansed, but instead it is best viewed as a safe harbor.
(a) Except for a controlling stockholder transaction under subsection (b) or (c) of this section, an act or transaction involving or between a corporation, or 1 or more of the corporation’s subsidiaries, on the one hand, and 1 or more of the corporation’s directors or officers, on the other hand, or involving or between a corporation or 1 or more of the corporation’s subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any other corporation, partnership (general or limited), limited liability company, statutory trust , association, or any other entity or organization in which 1 or more of its directors or officers are directors, stockholders, partners, managers, members, or officers, or have a financial interest, on the other hand, may not be the subject of equitable relief, or give rise to an award of damages, against a director or officer of the corporation because of the foregoing circumstances or the receipt of any benefit by any such director, officer, entity, or organization or because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board or committee which authorizes the act or transaction or was involved in the initiation, negotiation, or approval of the act or transaction (including by virtue of a director’s vote being counted for such purpose), if:
(1) The material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the act or transaction, including any involvement in the initiation, negotiation, or approval of the act or transaction, are disclosed or are known to all members of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors, and the board or committee in good faith and without gross negligence authorizes the act or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors then serving on the board of directors or such committee (as applicable), even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; provided that if a majority of the directors are not disinterested directors with respect to the act or transaction, such act or transaction shall be approved (or recommended for approval) by a committee of the board of directors that consists of 2 or more directors, each of whom the board of directors has determined to be a disinterested director with respect to the act or transaction; or
(2) The act or transaction is approved or ratified by an informed, uncoerced, affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by the disinterested stockholders; or
(3) The act or transaction is fair as to the corporation and the corporation’s stockholders.
(b) A controlling stockholder transaction (other than any going private transaction) may not be the subject of equitable relief, or give rise to an award of damages, against a director or officer of the corporation or any controlling stockholder or member of a control group, by reason of a claim based on a breach of fiduciary duty by a director, officer, controlling stockholder, or member of a control group, if:
(1) The material facts as to such controlling stockholder transaction (including the controlling stockholder’s or control group’s interest therein) are disclosed or are known to all members of a committee of the board of directors to which the board of directors has expressly delegated the authority to negotiate (or oversee the negotiation of) and to reject such controlling stockholder transaction, and such controlling stockholder transaction is approved (or recommended for approval) in good faith and without gross negligence by a majority of the disinterested directors then serving on the committee; provided that the committee consists of 2 or more directors, each of whom the board of directors has determined to be a disinterested director with respect to the controlling stockholder transaction; or
(2) Such controlling stockholder transaction is conditioned, by its terms, as in effect at the time it is submitted to stockholders for their approval or ratification, on the approval of or ratification by disinterested stockholders, and such controlling stockholder transaction is approved or ratified by an informed, uncoerced, affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by the disinterested stockholders; or
(3) Such controlling stockholder transaction is fair as to the corporation and the corporation’s stockholders.
(c) A controlling stockholder transaction constituting a going private transaction may not be the subject of equitable relief, or give rise to an award of damages, against a director or officer of the corporation or any controlling stockholder or member of a control group by reason of a claim based on breach of fiduciary duty by a director, officer, controlling stockholder, or member of a control group, if:
(1) Such controlling stockholder transaction is approved (or recommended for approval) in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section and approved in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section; or
(2) Such controlling stockholder transaction is fair as to the corporation and the corporation’s stockholders.
(d)
(1) Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board of directors or of a committee which authorizes the act or transaction.
(2) Any director of a corporation that has a class of stock listed on a national securities exchange shall be presumed to be a disinterested director with respect to an act or transaction to which such director is not a party if the board of directors shall have determined that such director satisfies the applicable criteria for determining director independence from the corporation and, if applicable with respect to the act or transaction, the controlling stockholder or control group, under the rules (and interpretations thereof) promulgated by such exchange (treating the applicable controlling stockholder and control group as if the controlling stockholder and control group were the corporation for purposes of applying such criteria to determine independence from a controlling stockholder or control group), which presumption shall be heightened and may only be rebutted by substantial and particularized facts that such director has a material interest in such act or transaction or has a material relationship with a person with a material interest in such act or transaction.
(3) The designation, nomination, or vote in the election of the director to the board of directors by any person that has a material interest in an act or transaction shall not, of itself, be evidence that a director is not a disinterested director with respect to an act or transaction to which such director is not a party.
(4) No person shall be deemed a controlling stockholder unless such person satisfies the criteria in paragraph (e)(2) of this section. No 2 or more persons that are not controlling stockholders shall be a control group unless they satisfy the criteria in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
(5) No person who is a controlling stockholder or member of a control group shall be liable in such capacity to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty other than for:
a. A breach of the duty of loyalty to the corporation or the other stockholders;
b. Acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; or
c. Any transaction from which the person derived an improper personal benefit.
(6) Nothing in subsections (a), (b), or (c) of this section shall:
a. Limit or eliminate the right of any person to seek equitable relief on the grounds that an act or transaction, including a controlling stockholder transaction, was not authorized or approved in compliance with the procedures set forth in this chapter, was not authorized or approved in compliance with the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation, or is in violation of any plan, agreement, or order of any governmental authority to which the corporation is a party or subject; or
b. Limit judicial review for purposes of injunctive relief of provisions or devices designed or intended to deter, delay, or preclude a change of control or other transaction involving the corporation or a change in the composition of the board of directors; or
c. Limit or eliminate the right of any person to seek relief on the grounds that a stockholder or other person knowingly aided and abetted a breach of fiduciary duty by one or more of the directors of the corporation.
(7) Shares irrevocably accepted for purchase or exchange pursuant to an offer contemplated by § 251(h) of this title shall be deemed voted in favor of the act or transaction and shares owned or controlled by disinterested stockholders that have not been irrevocably accepted for purchase or exchange pursuant to such an offer shall be deemed voted against the act or transaction for purposes of determining whether the act or transaction has been approved for purposes of paragraphs (a)(2), (b)(2), and (c)(1) of this section.
(e) For purposes of this section:
(1) “Control group” means 2 or more persons that are not controlling stockholders that, by virtue of an agreement, arrangement, or understanding between or among such persons, constitute a controlling stockholder.
(2) “Controlling stockholder” means any person that, together with such person’s affiliates and associates:
a. Owns or controls a majority in voting power of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or in the election of directors who have a majority in voting power of the votes of all directors on the board of directors;
b. Has the right, by contract or otherwise, to cause the election of nominees who are selected at the discretion of such person and who constitute either a majority of the members of the board of directors or directors entitled to cast a majority in voting power of the votes of all directors on the board of directors; or
c. Has the power functionally equivalent to that of a stockholder that owns or controls a majority in voting power of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors by virtue of ownership or control of at least one-third in voting power of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or in the election of directors who have a majority in voting power of the votes of all directors on the board of directors and power to exercise managerial authority over the business and affairs of the corporation.
(3) “Controlling stockholder transaction” means an act or transaction between the corporation or 1 or more of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and a controlling stockholder or a control group, on the other hand, or an act or transaction from which a controlling stockholder or a control group receives a financial or other benefit not shared with the corporation’s stockholders generally.
(4) “Disinterested director” means a director who is not a party to the act or transaction and does not have a material interest in the act or transaction or a material relationship with a person that has a material interest in the act or transaction.
(5) “Disinterested stockholder” means any stockholder that does not have a material interest in the act or transaction at issue or, if applicable, a material relationship with the controlling stockholder or other member of the control group, or any other person that has a material interest in the act or transaction.
(6) “Going private transaction” means:
a. For a corporation with a class of equity securities subject to § 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or listed on a national securities exchange, a Rule 13e-3 transaction (as defined in 17 CFR § 240.13e-3(a)(3) or any successor provision); and
b. For any other corporation to which paragraph (e)(6)a. of this section does not apply, any controlling stockholder transaction, including a merger, recapitalization, share purchase, consolidation, amendment to the certificate of incorporation, tender or exchange offer, conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance, pursuant to which all or substantially all of the shares of the corporation’s capital stock held by the disinterested stockholders (but not those of the controlling stockholder or control group) are cancelled, converted, purchased, or otherwise acquired or cease to be outstanding.
(7) “Material interest” means an actual or potential benefit, including the avoidance of a detriment, other than one which would devolve on the corporation or the stockholders generally, that (i) in the case of a director, would reasonably be expected to impair the objectivity of the director’s judgment when participating in the negotiation, authorization, or approval of the act or transaction at issue and (ii) in the case of a stockholder or any other person (other than a director), would be material to such stockholder or such other person.
(8) “Material relationship” means a familial, financial, professional, employment, or other relationship that (i) in the case of a director, would reasonably be expected to impair the objectivity of the director’s judgment when participating in the negotiation, authorization, or approval of the act or transaction at issue and (ii) in the case of a stockholder, would be material to such stockholder.
11.6.3 Cleansing Procedures 11.6.3 Cleansing Procedures
6/17/2025 pdw
11.6.3.1 Corwin v. KKR Financial Holdings LLC 11.6.3.1 Corwin v. KKR Financial Holdings LLC
Updated 11/3/23
In this case we'll look at the effect of shareholder approval when there is not a controlling shareholder.
The court holds that if a transaction doesn't have a controlling shareholder, and it's approved by a fully informed, uncoerced vote of the disinterested stockholders, the business judgment rule applies.
Cast of Characters:
KKR: A publicly traded private equity firm. It is acquring Financial Holdings.
Financial Holdings: A publicly traded junk bond investment company. It is being acquired by KKR. KKR owns less than 1%. An affiliate of KKR manages Financial Holdings under a management agreement.
Robert A. CORWIN, Margaret Demauro, Eric Greene, Pipefitters Local Union No. 120 Pension Fund, and Pompano Beach Police & Firefighters’ Retirement System, Plaintiffs Below-Appellants, v. KKR FINANCIAL HOLDINGS LLC, Tracy Collins, Robert L. Edwards, Craig J. Farr, Vincent Paul Finigan, Jr., Paul M. Hazen, R. Glenn Hubbard, Ross J. Kari, Ely L. Licht, Deborah H. McAneny, Scott C. Nuttall, Scott Ryles, Willy Strothotte, KKR & Co. L.P., KKR Fund Holdings L.P., and Copal Merger Sub LLC, Defendants Below-Appellees.
No. 629, 2014
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Submitted: September 16, 2015
Decided: October 2, 2015
*305Stuart M. Grant, Esquire1 (Argued), Mary S. Thomas, Esquire, Bernard C. De-vieux, Esquire, Grant & Eisenhofer P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; Mark Lebovitch, Esquire, Jeroen van Kwawegen, Esquire, Adam Hollander, Esquire, Bernstein Li-towitz Berger & Grossmann LLP, New York, New York, for Appellants.
Garrett B. Moritz, Esquire, Eric D. Sel-den, Esquire, Ross Aronstam & Moritz LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Gregory P. Williams, Esquire, Richards Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; William Savitt (Argued), Esquire, Ryan A. McLeod, Esquire, Nicholas Walter, Esquire, Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, New York, New York, for Appellees.
Before STRINE, Chief Justice; HOLLAND, VALIHURA, VAUGHN, Justices; and RENNIE, Judge,* constituting the Court en Banc.
In a well-reasoned opinion, the Court of Chancery held that the business judgment rule is invoked as the appropriate standard of review for a post-closing damages action *306when a merger that is not subject to the entire fairness standard of review has been approved by a fully informed, uncoerced majority of the disinterested stockholders.1 For that, and other reasons, the Court of Chancery .dismissed the plaintiffs’ complaint.2 In this decision, we find that the Chancellor was correct in finding that the voluntary judgment of the disinterested stockholders to approve the merger invoked the business judgment rule standard of review and that the plaintiffs’ complaint should be dismissed. For sound policy reasons, Delaware corporate law has long been reluctant to second-guess the judgment of a disinterested stockholder majority that determines that a transaction with a party other than a controlling stockholder is in their best interests.
I. The Court Of Chancery Properly Held That The Complaint Did Not Plead Facts Supporting An Inference That KKR Was A Controlling Stockholder of Financial Holdings
The plaintiffs filed a challenge in the Court of Chancery to a stock-for-stock merger between KKR & Co. L.P. (“KKR”) and KKR Financial Holdings LLC (“Financial Holdings”) in which KKR acquired each share of Financial 'Holdings’s stock for 0.51 of a share of KKR stock, a 35% premium to the unaffected market price. Below, the plaintiffs’ primary argument was that the transaction was presumptively! subject to the entire fairness standard of review because Financial Holdings’s primary business was financing KKR’s leveraged buyout activities, and instead of having employees manage the company’s day-to-day operations, Financial Holdings was managed by KKR Financial Advisors, an affiliate of KKR, under a contractual management agreement that could only be terminated by Financial Holdings if it paid a termination fee. As a result, the plaintiffs alleged that KKR was a controlling stockholder of Financial Holdings, which was an LLC, not a corporation.3
The defendants filed a motion to dismiss, taking issue with that argument. In a thoughtful and thorough decision, the Chancellor found that the defendants were correct that the plaintiffs’ complaint did not plead facts supporting an inference that KKR was Financial Holdings’s controlling stockholder.4 Among other things, the Chancellor noted that KKR owned less than 1% of Financial Holdings’s stock, had no right to appoint any directors, and had no contractual right to veto, any board action.5 Although the Chancellor acknowledged the unusual existential circumstances the plaintiffs cited, he noted that those were known at all relevant times by investors, and that Financial Holdings had real assets its independent board controlled and had the option of pursuing any *307path its directors chose.6
In addressing whether KKR was a controlling stockholder, the Chancellor was focused on the reality that in cases where a party that did not have majority control of the entity’s voting stock was found to be a controlling stockholder, the Court of Chancery, consistent with the instructions of this Court,'looked for a combination of potent voting power7 and management control such that the stockholder could be deemed to have effective control of the board without actually owning a majority of stock.8 Not finding that combination here, the Chancellor noted:
Plaintiffs’ real grievance, as I see it, is that [Financial Holdings] was structured from its inception in a way that limited its value-maximizing options. According to plaintiffs, [Financial Holdings] serves as little more than a public vehicle for financing KKR-sponsored transactions and the terms of the Management Agreement make [Financial Holdings] unattractive as an acquisition target to anyone other than KKR because of [Financial Holdings]’s operational dependence on KKR and because of the significant cost that would be incurred to terminate the Management Agreement. I assume all that is true. But, every contractual obligation of a corporation constrains the corporation’s freedom to operate to some degree and, in this particular case, the stockholders cannot claim to be surprised. Every stockholder of [Financial Holdings] knew about the limitations the Management Agreement imposed on [Financial Holdings]’s businéss when he, she or it acquired shares in [Financial Holdings]. They also knew that the business and affairs of [Financial Holdings] would be managed by a board of directors that would be subject to annual stockholder elections.
At bottom, plaintiffs ask the Court to impose fiduciary obligations on a relatively nominal stockholder, not because of any coercive power that stockholder could wield over the board’s ability to independently decide whether or not to approve the merger, but because of preexisting contractual obligations with that stockholder that constrain the business or strategic options available to the corporation. Plaintiffs have cited no legal authority for that novel proposition, and I decline to create such a rule.9
After carefully analyzing the pled facts and the relevant precedent, the Chancellor held:
*308[TJhere ' are no well-pled facts from which it is reasonable to infer that KKR could prevent the [Financial Holdings] board from freely exercising its independent judgment in considering the proposed merger or, put differently, that KKR had the power to exact retribution by removing the [Financial Holdings] directors from their offices if they did not bend to KKR’s will in their consideration of the proposed merger.10
Although the plaintiffs reiterate their position on appeal, the Chancellor correctly applied the law and we see no reason to repeat his lucid analysis of this question.
II. The Court of Chancery Correctly Held That The Fully Informed, Un-coerced Vote Of The Disinterested Stockholders Invoked The Business Judgment Rule Standard Of Review
On appeal, the plaintiffs further contend that, even if the Chancellor was correct in determining that KKR was not a controlling stockholder, he was wrong to dismiss the complaint because they contend that if the entire fairness standard did not apply, Revlon11 did, and the plaintiffs argue that they pled a Revlon claim against the defendant directors. But, as the defendants point out, the plaintiffs did not fairly argue below that Revlon applied and even if they did, they ignore the reality that Financial Holdings had in place an exculpatory charter provision, and that the transaction was approved by an independent board majority and by a fully informed, uncoerced stockholder vote.12 Therefore, the defendants argue, the plaintiffs failed to state a non-exculpated claim for breach of fiduciary duty.
But we need not delve into whether the Court of Chancery’s determination that Revlon did not apply to the merger is correct for a single reason: it does not matter. Because the Chancellor was cor.rect in determining that the entire fairness standard did not apply to the merger, the Chancellor’s analysis of the effect of the uncoerced, informed stockholder vote is outcome-determinative, even if Revlon applied to the merger.
As to this point, the Court of Chancery noted, and the defendants point out on appeal, that the plaintiffs did not contest the defendants’ argument below that if the merger was not subject to the entire fairness standard, the business judgment standard of review was invoked because the merger was approved by a disinterested stockholder majority.13 The Chancellor *309agreed with that argument below, and adhered to precedent supporting the proposition that when a transaction not subject to the entire fairness standard is approved by a fully informed, uncoerced vote of the disinterested stockholders, the business judgment rule applies.14 Although the Chancellor took note of the possible conflict between his ruling and this Court’s decision in Gantler v. Stephens,15 he reached the conclusion that Gantler did not alter the effect of legally required stockholder votes on the appropriate standard of review.16 Instead, the Chancellor read Gantler as a decision solely intended to clarify the meaning of the precise term “ratification.”17 He had two primary reasons for so finding. First, he noted that any statement about the effect a statutorily required vote had on the appropriate standard of review would have-been dictum because in Gantler the Court held that the -disclosures regarding the vote in question — a vote on an amendment to the company’s charter — were materially misleading.18 Second, the Chancellor doubted that the Supreme Court would have “overrule[d] extensive Delaware precedent, including Justice Jacobs’s own earlier decision in Wheelabrator, which involved a statutorily required stockholder vote to consummate a merger” without “expressly stat[ing] such an intention.”19
*311On appeal, the plaintiffs make Gantler a central part of their argument, even though they did not fairly present this point below. They now argue that Gantler bound the Court of Chancery to give the informed stockholder vote no effect in dé-termining the standard of review. They contend that the Chancellor’s reading of Gantler as a decision focused on the precise term “ratification” and not a decision intended to overturn a deep strain of precedent it never bothered to cite, was incorrect.20 The plaintiffs also argue that they should be relieved of their failure to argue this point fairly below in the interests of justice.21
Although we disagree with the plaintiffs that this sort of case provides a sound basis for relieving a sophisticated party of its failure to present, its position properly to the trial court, even if we agreed it would not aid the plaintiffs. No doubt Gantler can be read in more than one way, but we agree with the Chancellor’s interpretation of that decision and do not accept the plaintiffs’ contrary one. Had Gantler been intended to unsettle a longstanding body of case law, the decision would likely have said so.22 Moreover, as the Chancellor noted, the issue presented in this case was not even squarely before the Court in Gantler because it found the relevant proxy statement to be materially misleading.23 To erase- any doubt on the part of practitioners, we embrace the Chancellor’s well-reasoned decision, and the precedent it cites to support an interpretation of Gantler as a narrow decision focused on defining a specific legal term, “ratification,” and not on the question of what standard of review applies if a transaction not subject to the entire fairness standard is approved by an informed, voluntary vote of disinterested stockholders. This view is consistent with well-reasoned Delawáre precedent.24
*312Furthermore, although the plaintiffs argue that adhering to the proposition that a fully informed, uncoerced stockholder vote invokes the business judgment rule would impair the operation of Unocal25 and Revlon, or expose stockholders to unfair action by directors without protection, the plaintiffs ignore several factors. First, Unocal and Revlon are primarily designed to give stockholders and the Court of Chancery the tool of injunctive relief to address important M & A decisions in real time, before closing. They were not tools designed with post-closing money damages claims in mind, the standards they articulate do not match the gross negligence standard for director due care liability under Van Gorkom,26 and with the prevalence of exculpatory charter provisions, due care liability is rarely even available.
Second and most important, the doctrine applies only to fully informed, uncoerced "stockholder votes, and if troubling facts regarding director behavior were not disclosed that would have been material to a voting stockholder, then the business judgment rule is not invoked.27 Here, however, all of the objective facts regarding the board’s interests, KKR’s interests, and the negotiation process, were fully disclosed.
Finally, when a transaction is not subject to the entire fairness standard, the *313long-standing policy of our law has been to avoid the uncertainties and costs of judicial second-guessing when the disinterested stockholders have had the free and informed chance to decide on the economic merits of a transaction for themselves. There are sound reasons for this policy. When the real parties in interest — the disinterested equity owners — can easily protect themselves at the ballot box by simply voting no, the utility of a litigation-intrusive standard of review promises more costs to stockholders in the form of litigation rents and inhibitions on risk-taking than it promises in terms of benefits to them.28 The reason for that is tied to the core rationale of the business judgment rule, which is that judges are poorly positioned to evaluate the wisdom of business decisions and there is little utility to having them second-guess the determination *314of impartial decision-makers with more information (in the case of directors) or an actual economic stake in the outcome (in the case of informed, disinterested stockholders). In circumstances, therefore, where the stockholders have had the voluntary choice to accept or reject a transaction, the business judgment rule standard of review is the presumptively , correct one and best facilitates , wealth creation through the corporate form.
For these reasons, therefore; we affirm the Court of Chancery’s judgment, on the basis of its well-reasoned decision.
11.6.3.2 DGCL § 144: Interested directors and officers; controlling stockholder transactions; quorum. 11.6.3.2 DGCL § 144: Interested directors and officers; controlling stockholder transactions; quorum.
4/2/2025 pdw
DGCL § 144 became law in Delaware a few months after In re Match was decided. Now that we've read the other cleansing cases, you'll notice many similarities to what the courts were already doing.
This section does not claim to be the exclusive method of cleansing a transaction, so until the court clarifies otherwise, it is likely best viewed as a safe harbor.
(a) Except for a controlling stockholder transaction under subsection (b) or (c) of this section, an act or transaction involving or between a corporation, or 1 or more of the corporation’s subsidiaries, on the one hand, and 1 or more of the corporation’s directors or officers, on the other hand, or involving or between a corporation or 1 or more of the corporation’s subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any other corporation, partnership (general or limited), limited liability company, statutory trust , association, or any other entity or organization in which 1 or more of its directors or officers are directors, stockholders, partners, managers, members, or officers, or have a financial interest, on the other hand, may not be the subject of equitable relief, or give rise to an award of damages, against a director or officer of the corporation because of the foregoing circumstances or the receipt of any benefit by any such director, officer, entity, or organization or because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board or committee which authorizes the act or transaction or was involved in the initiation, negotiation, or approval of the act or transaction (including by virtue of a director’s vote being counted for such purpose), if:
(1) The material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the act or transaction, including any involvement in the initiation, negotiation, or approval of the act or transaction, are disclosed or are known to all members of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors, and the board or committee in good faith and without gross negligence authorizes the act or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors then serving on the board of directors or such committee (as applicable), even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; provided that if a majority of the directors are not disinterested directors with respect to the act or transaction, such act or transaction shall be approved (or recommended for approval) by a committee of the board of directors that consists of 2 or more directors, each of whom the board of directors has determined to be a disinterested director with respect to the act or transaction; or
(2) The act or transaction is approved or ratified by an informed, uncoerced, affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by the disinterested stockholders; or
(3) The act or transaction is fair as to the corporation and the corporation’s stockholders.
(b) A controlling stockholder transaction (other than any going private transaction) may not be the subject of equitable relief, or give rise to an award of damages, against a director or officer of the corporation or any controlling stockholder or member of a control group, by reason of a claim based on a breach of fiduciary duty by a director, officer, controlling stockholder, or member of a control group, if:
(1) The material facts as to such controlling stockholder transaction (including the controlling stockholder’s or control group’s interest therein) are disclosed or are known to all members of a committee of the board of directors to which the board of directors has expressly delegated the authority to negotiate (or oversee the negotiation of) and to reject such controlling stockholder transaction, and such controlling stockholder transaction is approved (or recommended for approval) in good faith and without gross negligence by a majority of the disinterested directors then serving on the committee; provided that the committee consists of 2 or more directors, each of whom the board of directors has determined to be a disinterested director with respect to the controlling stockholder transaction; or
(2) Such controlling stockholder transaction is conditioned, by its terms, as in effect at the time it is submitted to stockholders for their approval or ratification, on the approval of or ratification by disinterested stockholders, and such controlling stockholder transaction is approved or ratified by an informed, uncoerced, affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by the disinterested stockholders; or
(3) Such controlling stockholder transaction is fair as to the corporation and the corporation’s stockholders.
(c) A controlling stockholder transaction constituting a going private transaction may not be the subject of equitable relief, or give rise to an award of damages, against a director or officer of the corporation or any controlling stockholder or member of a control group by reason of a claim based on breach of fiduciary duty by a director, officer, controlling stockholder, or member of a control group, if:
(1) Such controlling stockholder transaction is approved (or recommended for approval) in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section and approved in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section; or
(2) Such controlling stockholder transaction is fair as to the corporation and the corporation’s stockholders.
(d)
(1) Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board of directors or of a committee which authorizes the act or transaction.
(2) Any director of a corporation that has a class of stock listed on a national securities exchange shall be presumed to be a disinterested director with respect to an act or transaction to which such director is not a party if the board of directors shall have determined that such director satisfies the applicable criteria for determining director independence from the corporation and, if applicable with respect to the act or transaction, the controlling stockholder or control group, under the rules (and interpretations thereof) promulgated by such exchange (treating the applicable controlling stockholder and control group as if the controlling stockholder and control group were the corporation for purposes of applying such criteria to determine independence from a controlling stockholder or control group), which presumption shall be heightened and may only be rebutted by substantial and particularized facts that such director has a material interest in such act or transaction or has a material relationship with a person with a material interest in such act or transaction.
(3) The designation, nomination, or vote in the election of the director to the board of directors by any person that has a material interest in an act or transaction shall not, of itself, be evidence that a director is not a disinterested director with respect to an act or transaction to which such director is not a party.
(4) No person shall be deemed a controlling stockholder unless such person satisfies the criteria in paragraph (e)(2) of this section. No 2 or more persons that are not controlling stockholders shall be a control group unless they satisfy the criteria in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
(5) No person who is a controlling stockholder or member of a control group shall be liable in such capacity to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty other than for:
a. A breach of the duty of loyalty to the corporation or the other stockholders;
b. Acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; or
c. Any transaction from which the person derived an improper personal benefit.
(6) Nothing in subsections (a), (b), or (c) of this section shall:
a. Limit or eliminate the right of any person to seek equitable relief on the grounds that an act or transaction, including a controlling stockholder transaction, was not authorized or approved in compliance with the procedures set forth in this chapter, was not authorized or approved in compliance with the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation, or is in violation of any plan, agreement, or order of any governmental authority to which the corporation is a party or subject; or
b. Limit judicial review for purposes of injunctive relief of provisions or devices designed or intended to deter, delay, or preclude a change of control or other transaction involving the corporation or a change in the composition of the board of directors; or
c. Limit or eliminate the right of any person to seek relief on the grounds that a stockholder or other person knowingly aided and abetted a breach of fiduciary duty by one or more of the directors of the corporation.
(7) Shares irrevocably accepted for purchase or exchange pursuant to an offer contemplated by § 251(h) of this title shall be deemed voted in favor of the act or transaction and shares owned or controlled by disinterested stockholders that have not been irrevocably accepted for purchase or exchange pursuant to such an offer shall be deemed voted against the act or transaction for purposes of determining whether the act or transaction has been approved for purposes of paragraphs (a)(2), (b)(2), and (c)(1) of this section.
(e) For purposes of this section:
(1) “Control group” means 2 or more persons that are not controlling stockholders that, by virtue of an agreement, arrangement, or understanding between or among such persons, constitute a controlling stockholder.
(2) “Controlling stockholder” means any person that, together with such person’s affiliates and associates:
a. Owns or controls a majority in voting power of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or in the election of directors who have a majority in voting power of the votes of all directors on the board of directors;
b. Has the right, by contract or otherwise, to cause the election of nominees who are selected at the discretion of such person and who constitute either a majority of the members of the board of directors or directors entitled to cast a majority in voting power of the votes of all directors on the board of directors; or
c. Has the power functionally equivalent to that of a stockholder that owns or controls a majority in voting power of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors by virtue of ownership or control of at least one-third in voting power of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or in the election of directors who have a majority in voting power of the votes of all directors on the board of directors and power to exercise managerial authority over the business and affairs of the corporation.
(3) “Controlling stockholder transaction” means an act or transaction between the corporation or 1 or more of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and a controlling stockholder or a control group, on the other hand, or an act or transaction from which a controlling stockholder or a control group receives a financial or other benefit not shared with the corporation’s stockholders generally.
(4) “Disinterested director” means a director who is not a party to the act or transaction and does not have a material interest in the act or transaction or a material relationship with a person that has a material interest in the act or transaction.
(5) “Disinterested stockholder” means any stockholder that does not have a material interest in the act or transaction at issue or, if applicable, a material relationship with the controlling stockholder or other member of the control group, or any other person that has a material interest in the act or transaction.
(6) “Going private transaction” means:
a. For a corporation with a class of equity securities subject to § 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or listed on a national securities exchange, a Rule 13e-3 transaction (as defined in 17 CFR § 240.13e-3(a)(3) or any successor provision); and
b. For any other corporation to which paragraph (e)(6)a. of this section does not apply, any controlling stockholder transaction, including a merger, recapitalization, share purchase, consolidation, amendment to the certificate of incorporation, tender or exchange offer, conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance, pursuant to which all or substantially all of the shares of the corporation’s capital stock held by the disinterested stockholders (but not those of the controlling stockholder or control group) are cancelled, converted, purchased, or otherwise acquired or cease to be outstanding.
(7) “Material interest” means an actual or potential benefit, including the avoidance of a detriment, other than one which would devolve on the corporation or the stockholders generally, that (i) in the case of a director, would reasonably be expected to impair the objectivity of the director’s judgment when participating in the negotiation, authorization, or approval of the act or transaction at issue and (ii) in the case of a stockholder or any other person (other than a director), would be material to such stockholder or such other person.
(8) “Material relationship” means a familial, financial, professional, employment, or other relationship that (i) in the case of a director, would reasonably be expected to impair the objectivity of the director’s judgment when participating in the negotiation, authorization, or approval of the act or transaction at issue and (ii) in the case of a stockholder, would be material to such stockholder.
11.6.3.3 New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual 303A.02: Independence Tests 11.6.3.3 New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual 303A.02: Independence Tests
3/26/2025 pdw
In order to tighten the definition of "independent director" for purposes of these standards:
(a) No director qualifies as "independent" unless the board of directors affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company).
Commentary: It is not possible to anticipate, or explicitly to provide for, all circumstances that might signal potential conflicts of interest, or that might bear on the materiality of a director's relationship to a listed company (references to "listed company" would include any parent or subsidiary in a consolidated group with the listed company). Accordingly, it is best that boards making "independence" determinations broadly consider all relevant facts and circumstances. In particular, when assessing the materiality of a director's relationship with the listed company, the board should consider the issue not merely from the standpoint of the director, but also from that of persons or organizations with which the director has an affiliation. Material relationships can include commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable and familial relationships, among others. However, as the concern is independence from management, the Exchange does not view ownership of even a significant amount of stock, by itself, as a bar to an independence finding.
Disclosure Requirement: The listed company must comply with the disclosure requirements set forth in Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K.
(b) In addition, a director is not independent if:
(i) The director is, or has been within the last three years, an employee of the listed company, or an immediate family member is, or has been within the last three years, an executive officer, of the listed company.
Commentary: Employment as an interim Chairman or CEO or other executive officer shall not disqualify a director from being considered independent following that employment.
(ii) The director has received, or has an immediate family member who has received, during any twelve-month period within the last three years, more than $120,000 in direct compensation from the listed company, other than director and committee fees and pension or other forms of deferred compensation for prior service (provided such compensation is not contingent in any way on continued service).
Commentary: Compensation received by a director for former service as an interim Chairman or CEO or other executive officer need not be considered in determining independence under this test. Compensation received by an immediate family member for service as an employee of the listed company (other than an executive officer) need not be considered in determining independence under this test.
(iii)
(A) The director is a current partner or employee of a firm that is the listed company's internal or external auditor;
(B) the director has an immediate family member who is a current partner of such a firm;
(C) the director has an immediate family member who is a current employee of such a firm and personally works on the listed company's audit; or
(D) the director or an immediate family member was within the last three years a partner or employee of such a firm and personally worked on the listed company's audit within that time.
(iv) The director or an immediate family member is, or has been within the last three years, employed as an executive officer of another company where any of the listed company's present executive officers at the same time serves or served on that company's compensation committee.
(v) The director is a current employee, or an immediate family member is a current executive officer, of a company that has made payments to, or received payments from, the listed company for property or services in an amount which, in any of the last three fiscal years, exceeds the greater of $1 million, or 2% of such other company's consolidated gross revenues.
Commentary: In applying the test in Section 303A.02(b)(v), both the payments and the consolidated gross revenues to be measured shall be those reported in the last completed fiscal year of such other company. The look-back provision for this test applies solely to the financial relationship between the listed company and the director or immediate family member's current employer; a listed company need not consider former employment of the director or immediate family member.
Disclosure Requirement: Contributions to tax exempt organizations shall not be considered payments for purposes of Section 303A.02(b)(v), provided however that a listed company shall disclose either on or through its website or in its annual proxy statement, or if the listed company does not file an annual proxy statement, in the listed company's annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC, any such contributions made by the listed company to any tax exempt organization in which any independent director serves as an executive officer if, within the preceding three years, contributions in any single fiscal year from the listed company to the organization exceeded the greater of $1 million, or 2% of such tax exempt organization's consolidated gross revenues. If this disclosure is made on or through the listed company's website, the listed company must disclose that fact in its annual proxy statement or annual report, as applicable, and provide the website address. Listed company boards are reminded of their obligations to consider the materiality of any such relationship in accordance with Section 303A.02(a) above.
General Commentary to Section 303A.02(b): An "immediate family member" includes a person's spouse, parents, children, siblings, mothers and fathers-in-law, sons and daughters-in-law, brothers and sisters-in-law, and anyone (other than domestic employees) who shares such person's home. When applying the look-back provisions in Section 303A.02(b), listed companies need not consider individuals who are no longer immediate family members as a result of legal separation or divorce, or those who have died or become incapacitated. In addition, references to the "listed company" or "company" include any parent or subsidiary in a consolidated group with the listed company or such other company as is relevant to any determination under the independent standards set forth in this Section 303A.02(b).
11.7 Aiding and Abetting 11.7 Aiding and Abetting
11.7.1 RBC Capital Markets, LLC v. Jervis 11.7.1 RBC Capital Markets, LLC v. Jervis
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC, Defendant Below, Appellant/Cross-Appellee, v. Joanna JERVIS, Plaintiff Below, Appellee/Cross-Appellant.
No. 140, 2015
Supreme Court of Delaware.
Submitted: September 30, 2015
Decided: November 30, 2015
*822Myron T. Steele, Esquire, and T. Brad Davey, Esquire, Potter Anderson & Cor-roon LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Of Counsel: Alan J. Stone, Esquire (Argued), Daniel M. Perry, Esquire, Benjamin E. Sedrish, Esquire, Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, New York, New York, for Appellant/Cross-Appellee RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
Joel Friedlander, Esquire (Argued), and Jeffrey M. Gorris, Esquire, Friedlander & Gorris, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; Of Counsel: Randall J. Baron, Esquire, and David Knotts, Esquire, Robbins Geller Rudman & Dowd LLP, San Diego, California, for Appellee/Cross-Appellant Joanna Jervis.
Jack B. Jacobs, Esquire, Sidley Austin LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Of Counsel: A. Robert Pietrzak, Esquire, Andrew W. Stern, Esquire, Daniel A. McLaughlin, Esquire, and Cameron Moxley, Esquire, Sid-ley Austin LLP, New York, New, York; John K. Hughes, Esquire, Sidley Austin LLP, Washington, D.C., Amicus Curiae for Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association.
, Before HOLLAND, VALIHURA, VAUGHN, and SEITZ, Justices; and JOHNSTON, Judge,* constituting the Court en Banc.
I. INTRODUCTION
Pending before this Court is an appeal and cross-appeal arising out of a final judgment of the Court of 'Chancery finding that RBC Capital Markets, LLC (“RBC” or “Appellant”) aided and abetted breaches of fiduciary duty by former directors of *823Rural/Metro Corporation (“Rural” or the “Company”) in connection with the sale of the Company to an affiliate of Warburg Pincus LLC ‘(“Warburg”), a private equity firm. The Court of Chancery issued four opinions which form the basis of this appeal.
First, on March 7, 2014, the Court of Chancery issued a post-trial decision and held RBC liable to a class of Rural stockholders (the “Class”) for aiding and abetting breaches of fiduciary duty by Rural’s board of directors (the “Liability Opinion” or “Rural J”).1
Second, on October 10, 2014, the Court of Chancery issued a decision setting the amount of RBC’s liability at $75,798,550.33, constituting 83% of the $91,323,554.61 in total damages that the Class suffered, which represented the difference between the Value the Company’s stockholders received in the merger and Rural’s going concern value (“Rural IF’). 2 The trial court awarded pre- and post-judgment interest at the legal rate from June 30, 2011 until the date of payment.
Third, on December 17, 2013, after Rural-filed a suggestion of bankruptcy, the Court of Chancery granted Joanna Jervis’s (“Jervis” or “Lead Plaintiff’) motion to bar consideration of a declaration from Stephen Farber, who joined the Company as its Chief Financial Officer on June 25, 2013, two years after the transaction, in which he presented reasons for the entity’s subsequent financial turmoil (the “Farber Declaration”).
Finally, Lead Plaintiff filed a fee application with the- Court of Chancery, seeking to shift attorneys’ fees-for-RBC’s alleged misrepresentations in its pre-trial filings. The Court of Chancery, on February 12, 2015, denied the application. On February 19, ,2015, the Court of Chancery entered its Final Order and Judgment.
RBC raises six issues on appeal, namely, (1) whether the trial court erred by holding that the board of directors breached its duty of care under the enhanced scrutiny standard enunciated in Revlon-, (2) whether the trial court erred by holding that the board of directors violated its fiduciary duty of disclosure by making material misstatements and omissions in Rural’s proxy statement, dated May 26, 2011; (3) whether the‘ trial court erred by finding that RBC aided and abetted breaches of fiduciary duty by the board of directors; (4) whether the trial court erred by finding that the board of directors’ conduct proximately caused damages; (5) whether the trial court erred in applying the Delaware Uniform Contribution Among Tortfeasors Act (“DUCATA”); and (6) whether the trial court erred in calculating damages.3
On her cross-appeal, Jervis argues that the Court of Chancery erred in holding that fee shifting requires a finding of “glaring egregiousness.”
In this decision, we-AFFIRM the principal legal holdings.of the Court of Chancery.
II. FACTS
As a preliminary observation, we note that, at oral argument before this Court, counsel for RBC emphasized that RBC “intentionally made appellate arguments *824that do not require this Court to review findings of fact.” Although RBC has chosen to avoid any direct and specific challenge to the facts as found by the trial court, this Court, nevertheless, has examined the appellate record in its entirety.
A. The Key Players
Rural is a Delaware corporation headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona. Founded’ in 1948, the Company is a leading national provider of ambulance and private fire protection services that serves more than 400 communities across 22 states. Its ambulance business offers emergency and non-emergency transports under contracts with government organizations, hospitals, nursing homes, and other healthcare entities. Rural’s shares traded on NASDAQ from July 1993 until the merger closed on June 30, 2011. Upon closing, each publicly held share of Rural common stock was converted into the right to receive $17.25 in cash.
Before the merger, the board of directors had seven members: Christopher S. Shackelton, Eugene I. Davis, Earl P. Holland, Henry G. Walker, Robert E. Wilson, Conrad A. Conrad, and Michael P. DiMino (the “Board”). Of the Board’s seven members, the trial court, in Rural I, determinéd that Wilson, Davis, Holland, Conrad, Walker, and Shackelton were “facially, independent, disinterested, outside directors.” DiMino was Rural’s President and CEO. Wilson did not vote on the merger.
Shackelton, Davis, and Walker comprised the special committee (the “Special Committee” or “Committee”). Shackelton was its Chair. The trial court found that Shackelton played the most significant role, and that Davis and Walker generally deferred to Shackelton.
On April 8, 2013, all parties filed pretrial opening briefs and all defendants were headed for trial. On April 25, 2013, plaintiffs advised the Court of Chancery of an agreement in principle to. settle with Moelis for a payment of $5 million to the Class. On April 29, 2013, the individual defendants advised the Court of Chancery that they had also reached an agreement in principle to settle for a contemplated payment of $6.6 million to the Class. Thus, the case proceeded to trial solely against RBC.
B. The Company’s Business Plan
In May 2010, the Board hired Michael P. DiMino as the Company’s new President and CEO and gave him a mandate to grow the Company. To carry out his mandate, DiMino developed new growth strategies. As discussed in the Company’s public filings, Rural planned to:
Increase Revenue Through Strategic Growth. Flexibility in our capital structure allows us to actively pursue acquisitions of ambulance transport businesses and to consolidate business in the fragmented ambulance transport market. We will pursue acquisitions that are ac-cretive to our profitability, leverage our strengths' arid complement our existing national footprint.
Increase Revenue Through Organic Growth. We believe our proven track record of high-quality patient care, meeting and exceeding contract expectations and ' progressive public/private partnering arrangements aimed at assisting communities'to achieve their cost structure goals, creates opportunities for us to increase revenue by winning competitive bids for emergency ambulance services. Additionally, we will increase non-emergency ambulance service revenue within existing and contiguous service areas by leveraging our community name recognition and record of service excellence to gain preferred provider *825status with local hospital systems, nursing-homes and other healthcare facilities.
Increase Revenue Through New Market Non-Emergency Contracts. We believe we can increase revenue by entering new markets where we do not have an emergency transportation presence. We will enter new markets through .preferred provider agreements with local and regional hospitals and healthcare systems for non-emergency general transportation services. We believe our name recognition and service excellence in our existing markets will allow us to gain entrance into new markets to provide non-emergency services to .larger scale customers.
The trial court concluded that “[t]he evidence at trial demonstrated that Rural’s growth strategy was reasonable and achievable.”4 However, at trial, DiMino also testified about the risks facing the Company in late 2010 and early 2011, which included potential difficulties integrating acquisitions and changes in the sources of payments for the Company’s services. The Company’s public filings detailed these risks.
' RBC was hired by the Special Committee as Rural’s primary financial advisor in connection with the Company’s decision to explore strategic alternatives in late 2010. Anthony Munoz, a Managing Director at RBC, was Rural’s lead banker. Marc Daniel, RBC’s lead M & A banker, participated in the Rural sale process alongside Munoz. Moelis & Company LLC (“Moel-is”) was brought on as Rural’s secondary financial advisor. Richard D. Harding, a Managing Director, was Rural’s contact at Moelis. ,
Before being engaged by the Company, RBC had, according to the’Board minutes, a “significant (and satisfactory) track record with the Company in relation to debt financing transactions and other advisory matters.” In addition to maintaining a relationship with Rural, RBC'also.had an “active dialogue” with Warburg, the Company’s eventual acquirer,:which extended beyond Warburg’s participation in the Rural sale process. Sean Carney, a partner at-Warburg, was the point person for War-burg’s Rural acquisition team.'
The Special Committee was first formed in August 2010, after RBC advanced the idea of Rural acquiring American Medical Response, Inc. (“AMR”), its primary national competitor in the ambulance business. AMR was a subsidiary of Emergency Medical Services Corporation (“EMS”). As a response to RBC’s approach, the Board formed the Special Committee with the authority to oversee the process of formulating Rural’s acquisition strategy concerning AMR.
In October of 2010, the Board re-formed the Special Committee to respond to an approach by Irving Place Capital and Mac-quarie Capital (jointly, the “Consortium”), which, together, expressed a preliminary interest in acquiring the Company. The Board regarded the Consortium’s expressed interest in acquiring Rural for $10.50 to $11.50 per share as being too low to justify engagement. Shackelton intimated that the price offered by the private equity firms “was plainly insufficient in relation to the Company’s stand-alone prospects.” Nonetheless, later that month, on October 27, 2010, the Board charged the - Special. Committee with the “authority to ■ oversee the process of reviewing the Company’s alternatives, making recommendations to the Board, determining a course of action and, if it deems appropriate, negotiations and related inter*826actions with the [Consortium... 5 The two private equity firms suggested that they would be willing to raise them interest level to $15.00 per share, but discussions with the Consortium concluded when Irving Place Capital withdrew after Rural affirmed that it was not for sale at the revised price point.
During, the liability phase of the proceedings, the plaintiffs did not contend that any director breached his duty of loyalty, but they did argue, and the trial court found, that Shackelton, Davis, and DiMino each had personal circumstance's that inclined them towards a near-term sale.6 For example, Davis, in .the Fall of 2010, served, on a dozen public company boards, which brought him into conflict with an Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”) policy against “over-boarded” directors.7 As President and CEO of PI-RINATE Consulting Group LLC, Davis often joined boards as a hedge fund nominee or as an outside director acceptable to stockholder activists. Beginning in 2004, Davis served as chairman of the board for Atlas Air Worldwide Holdings (“Atlas Air”). He was particularly concerned about avoiding a recommendation against his re-election at Atlas Air. At his deposition, Davis testified that ISS. had “uniformly recommended against [him]” due to the fact that he routinely sat on the boards of more than six public companies. Through counsel for Atlas Air, Davis met with:ISS and agreed with them on a process where over time he would reduce his number of board positions to six and, pending the completion of that process, ISS would continue to give him' a positive recommendation.8 Davis and ISS set a deadline date of April 2011 for the completion of the director's board seat reduction process. Davis'testified that “Rural/Metro had already decided to put itself up for sale, so I put Rural/Metro on the list of companies I was going to leave.”9
Like Davis, Shackelton had personal reasons for pushing a near-term sale. Shackelton was a managing partner of Coliseum Capital Management, LLC (“Coliseum”), a hedge fund he co-founded .in 2006. Coliseum generates returns by taking concentrated positions in small capitalization companies, .obtaining influence, and then facilitating an exit within approximately three to five years. Over the course of 2007,- Coliseum began acquiring shares of Rural. At trial, Shackelton suggested that, in so doing, the fund managers believed they were investing,in an undervalued company and over .the course of a *827longer-term horizon they would be able to recognize that value. By October of 2010, Coliseum had- amassed an equity stake in Rural of approximately 12%, at a cost basis of “substantially less than $10 a share.” By early 2011, Coliseum’s position in the Company’s securities equated to more than 20% of the investment firm’s portfolio. The Court of Chancery, therefore, concluded that Shackelton saw an M & A event as the next logical step for Coliseum’s involvement with Rural.
DiMino was appointed Rural’s President and CEO effective June 2010. He also assumed a seat on Rural’s Board. DiMi-no, upon arrival at Rural, formulated a three part strategy to grow the Company: (i) acquire local and regional providers in the highly fragmented ambulance transport industry, (ii) enter new markets by securing contracts with hospitals for non-emergency, general transportation services, and (iii) secure new government contracts through the request-for-proposal process. The trial court determined that Shackelton’s interest in an M & A event was also a reaction to DiMino’s business plan, and that DiMino’s growth plan conflicted with Coliseum’s investment strategy-
Moreover, the trial court concluded that DiMino was a late convert to the idea of a sale. During most of 2010, he favored keeping Rural independent, but changed his mind after his six month performance review, when he received negative feedback from Shackelton and Davis due to his response to the Company’s exploratory discussions with private equity firms. In a November 1, 2010 email to Conrad and Walker, DiMino stated that his desire was to “wait to sell th[e] business until after” it had realized on certain of its growth initia-fives.10 He continued by noting that he had spoken with RBC and Shackelton, who told him that “now is the time to sell.” Shackelton also told DiMino that “[h]e wantfed] .to do this in the next 3 to 6 months and have [DiMino] prepare the business for, this process.” DiMino told Walker and. Conrad: ■ “Obviously this changes my direction and perspective. . Instead of running the business for. the mid to long. term[,]” DiMino would have to “make decisions for the - [ ] short term.” DiMino also stated in the • November 1, 2010. email that, in his opinion, he “would wait to sell th[e] business ... [until sometime after June of next year.” He concluded by suggesting that he had “a lot already invested personally” at Rural. Analysts, such as J.P. Morgan, recognized that there was “[potential for meaningful ... stock price appreciation ... as [the] growth plan is executed on/realized.”
In notes to himself, dated December, 1, 2010, Shackelton documented feedback from Macquarie Capital that suggested that DiMino was “an impediment to a sale.” Shaekelton wrote that he “[b]e-lieve[d that DiMino] was looking for buyers that would be more favorable to him,” and that there was a “[u]niversal recognition [at Rural] that [DiMino didn’t] want to sell the [C]ompany for personal reasons.” In fact, because he surmised that DiMino did not stand “to gain from the transaction” with the Consortium, Shackelton determined that DiMino “introduced enough concerns regarding the. risks of buying the business to scare off buyers[.]”
DiMino’s perspective changed following his performance review. Davis and Shack-elton’s collective input was particularly negative; The trial court found that, from *828that point on, DiMino supported a sale and deferred to Sháckelton.
Davis reasoned that DiMino' shifted from being “unalterably opposed” to a salé to being a willing participant, due to the fact that the pool of potential acquirers was flooded with financial buyérs. In deposition testimony, Davis stated:
[T]he light bulb finally went over his head that they’d probably ask him to run it, and given the' way that his relationship with the Board — our Board had deteriorated, I think at some point, he came to the conclusion he would be better off with a different Board, and a new owner would bring a different Board, on top of which he was going to prematurely cash out on the equity that he had received less than a year earlier. AM probably if he was given the job back, would get more equity. It was a very good deal for him. He finally figured it out.
RBC fails to mount any serious challenge to the trial court’s factual findings with respect to the personal interests of Shackelton, Davis, and DiMino as being clearly erroneous, and our independent review of the record confirms that such findings are supported by the evidence.
C. The Special Committee and Engagement of BBC
In early December 2010, EMS was rumored to be in play. The trial court found that Munoz and. his RBC colleagues realized that a private equity firm that acquired EMS might ‘decide to buy Rural rather than sell AMR. It found that RBC recognized that if Rural engaged in a sale process led by RBC, then RBC could use its position as sell-side advisor to secure buy-side roles with the private equity firms bidding for EMS. Further, the trial court concluded that RBC believed that with the Rural angle, it could get on all of the EMS bidders’ financing trees. The record evidence supports these findings. In a December 18, 2010 email, Moti Rubin urged his RBC colleagues to get “up to speed with all of ems (amr and emcare) as who knows what we end up financing[J” He wrote:
As you know we are working all angles re EMS. Rural is an important angle and most sponsors want to use that angle in some way — either splitting up EMS and having [Rural] buy AMR ... or [the] sponsor buying the [sic] ems and [Rural] and combining the 2, or other combos. Clearly this is the most important fee event opportunity we have in healthcare and [there is a] reasonable probability this will happen in some shape or form, we are not treeing up yet but I want to make sure that we are getting ready -to move swiftly on this.
Four days later, Rubin told Munoz that RBC “should be able to get on all [EMS bidder financing] trees given the [Rural] angle.”11
The Rural Board met on December 8, 2010. The trial court found that the Board re-activated the Special Committee as a response to the meeting, but, in so doing, it did not authorize the Special Committee to pursue a sale. The evidence reflects that, at the meeting, Shackelton discussed the Company’s long-term strategic choices and outlined three alternatives: “(1) continue to pursue the Company’s, current stand-alone business plan (including taking advantage of opportunities to purchase smaller competitors); (2) pursue a sale of the Company; or (3) pursue a transaction *829that would seek to take advantage of the synergies available via some form of business combination transaction involving the Company and its principal competitor.” Shackelton, at the time, suggested that he had not “formulated a preference among the three” strategic alternatives.. When Shackelton’s presentation concluded, the Board unanimously agreed that the Company should promptly proceed to engage an appropriate strategic advisory team and pursue an in-depth analysis of the alternatives discussed during the meeting.
Also at the December 8 meeting, the Board “unanimously agreed that the scope of authority for the [S]pecial [Cjommittee created at the Board’s meeting of October 27, 2010 would be revised to include this project, and authorized and directed the [C]ommittee to proceed to interview advisers.” Shackelton maintained his position as Chair of the Special Committee. At the same meeting, Shackelton took over as Chairman of the Board from Conrad.
The trial court found that Shackelton told RBC that he was open to reaching out to private equity firms about partnering on an acquisition of EMS. Also, on December 13, Shackelton‘advised his fellow directors that he was setting up a meeting bo interview potential financial advisors.
On December 14, EMS publicly announced that it was exploring strategic alternatives. Its stock price spiked 19%. Rural’s stock also traded up. Shackelton, on December 20, emailed the Board with an update: “The EMS process is moving more quickly than we’d anticipated. Over the past 5 days, we have been contacted by nine private equity firms that are either interested in partnering to buy EMS or turning the tables and acquiring [Rural].” Shackelton suggested that he was “increasingly focused on engaging an advis- or.” To expedite the hiring process, Shackelton arranged for a call with the other members of the-Special Committee, reasoning: “Since the purpose of this call will not be to evaluate and select a strategic direction, I do not believe we need the entire board to block ’off four hours for the banker presentations-. Our only objective will be to select an advisor.”
On December 23, 2010, the Special Committee interviewed Houlihan Lokey, Moel-is, and RBC. The trial' court found that, unlike the other firms, RBC devoted the bulk of its presentation- to a sale and recommended coordinating the effort with the E1MS process. RBC stated that it “recognize[d] that selling the Company today is opportunistic and that the optimal time to sell is when the interests of the. seller and external market factors are aligned to best maximize value. We believe that time is now[.]” RBC favored an immediate sale because the M & A environment for healthcare was “strong,” Rural possessed “compelling assets” that would sell at premiums, and such quality assets were otherwise riot readily ’ available to interested buyers that played in the healthcare market. The trial court found, and the evidence indicates, that RBC only identified financial sponsors as potential bidders and suggested that ari advantage of selling Rural at that period in time was that the “[d]ebt markets remain[ed] open.”
By contrast, the trial court found that Moelis approached the engagement from a different standpoint. Moelis’s presentation Stressed its growing M & A franchise and the bulk of its presentation examined a potential combination with AMR. Moelis placed less emphasis on a, sale, and noted that it would not seek to finance any of the bidders.
RBC hoped to offer staple financing to the potential buyers. The minutes of December 23 meeting reflect that the Special Committee considered the “ ‘pros and cons’ of retaining an investment banker as a *830financial advisor if that advisor would also seek to provide so-called ‘staple financing.’ ” The Committee’s legal counsel advised that, “if the. Committee were to select RBC, the Committee would need to be especially active and-vigilant in assuring the integrity of the progress [sic],-and that it should consider appointing a second firm which would , not be in a position to provide staple financing, but that would be very close to the process to assure both the fact and appearance of an appropriate and robust auction process.”
The trial court found that RBC did not disclose that it planned to use its engagement as Rural’s advisor to capture financing work from" the bidders for EMS, and the minute's do not reflect such a disclosure. Munoz’s trial testimony supports this finding:
Q. ... Now, when going through these — these reasons about why to initiate a sale process, did you say that RBC would use the initiation of a Rural/Metro sale process to help RBC get a role financing EMS?
A. In our .materials we included a discussion about, one, the financing of por tential [sic] sale, of Rural; and, two, then we also discussed the possibility of financing both the merger of both companies.
Q. But .did you advise the special committee, in writing or orally, that RBC would be using the initiation of a Rural/Metro sale process to help RBC get a role financing EMS?
'A.- No.
Q. At any time did you say to anybody at Rural/Metro that RBC was using its relationship with Rural/Metro as an angle to get a role financing the EMS transaction?
A. We told both the management team and Mr. Shackelton that we were working with select parties on the potential financing of EMS.
Q. Did you say that RBC was using its relationship with Rural/Metro as an angle to get a role financing the EMS acquisition?
A. No.
On December-26, 2010, Shackelton sent an email update to the Board, noting that “the Special Committee selected'RBC (as primary) and Moelis (as secondary) [advis-ors].” The trial court found that the Board only authorized the Special Committee to retain an advisor to analyze the range of strategic alternatives available and to make a recommendation to the Board. The email from Shackelton to the Board states: “Partner/sale process: We are continuing to refine a target list of PE firms (10-15). We have reached out informally to almost al] of them over the past two weeks. Given that most of the firms are currently working through the EMS sale process, it is not yet clear where their individual preferences will end up.”12
*831 D. The Rural Auction Process
The trial court found that the decision to initiate a sale process in December 2010 was unreasonable at the outset, because the Board did not make the decision to launch a sale process, nor did it authorize the Special Committee to start one. The trial court further concluded that the initiation of the' sale process in December 2010 was unreasonable because RBC did not disclose that proceeding in parallel with the EMS process served RBC’s interest in gaining a role on the financing trées of bidders for EMS. It found that; RBC designed a procdss" that favored its own interest in gaining financing "work from bidders for EMS.‘RBC’s sale process design, as the trial court observed, prioritized the EMS participants so they would' include RBC in their financing trees. RBC did not disclose the disadvantages of its proposed schedule. The trial court also found that the Board failed to oversee the Special Committee, failed to become informed about strategic alternatives and about potential conflicts of interests faced by the advisors, and approved the merger without adequate information, including the value of not engaging in any transaction.13
The evidence .supports these findings and reflects that RBC viewed Rural as an “angle” to obtain EMS work. RBC scheduled first round bids for late January 2011 because that tracked with the EMS process and Rural’s ability “to act as an ‘angle.’ ” RBC hoped to generate up to $60.1 million in fees from the Rural and EMS deals. The máximum financing fees of $65 million were more than ten times the advisory fee.
The .record also indicates that there were identifiable benefits to initiating a sale process in December 2010, as the trial court noted. By January 2011, Rural’s stock price was up 143% since 2010 and trading at a 5-year high, the EBITDA multiples in the emergency medical transport sector had expanded, financial sponsors were interested in participating in the space, and the leverage finance markets were supporting equity valuations in "the industry. ■
Despite the potential advantages of running the sale process in early 2011, the trial court found ,that Rural encountered readily foreseeable problems associated with trying to induce financial buyers to engage in two parallel processes, for targets . that were direct competitors. The challenges regarding protection of Rural’s confidential information and coordinating schedules with EMS bidders were raised for the first time on February 6, 2011, at a meeting of the Special Committee. The trial court found that the Special Committee had not previously considered this ■complication. With respect to the issues concerning the terms of standard confidentiality agreements, the Court of Chancery asked Munoz at trial: ■
,Q:. ... It seems to me that this type of information sharing issue, which comes up whenever you do a process that involves potential competitors, would have been something that you all would have anticipated when you originally contemplated the spin/merge process when you were recommending the two-track structure. Was it?
A: Yes.14
*832RBC was aware that the Rural confidentiality agreement contained a no-conflict provision that prohibited recipients of Rural’s confidential information from sharing it with individuals involved in- the EMS process.15 The no-conflict provision provided: “natural persons participating in the discussions with the recipient in connection \yith the potential negotiated transaction have not been, are not, and will not be participating in a potential- financing of an acquisition or other similar transaction involving EMS or AMR.”16 The confidentiality agreement then required the recipient to confirm in writing that the no-conflict provision was satisfied.
RBC developed a two-track bidding process, with the first classification of buyers constituted primarily of those participating in the EMS process and the second' grouping generally composed of “those that have dropped out of the EMS process and/or [those that] have/should have interest in [Rural] as a standalone deal — ”17 During December 2010 and January 2011, with the Special Committee’s approval, RBC and Moelis contacted 28 potentially interested parties. In late January 2011, RBC distributed a bid instruction letter to the twenty-one private equity firms that signed confidentiality agreements. The full Board had not met since December 8, 2010. The Special Committee had not met since December 23. Six parties submitted indications of interest, ranging between $14.50 and $19.00 per share. RBC and Moelis apprised the Special Committee of the reasons parties dropped out of the auction process,' including two who could not justify a price above the stock’s trading value. Later, Munoz contacted Shack-elton, informing him as follows: “Fyi— Thoma Bravo out. Said they can’t get to current stock price.”
In late December 2010 and early January 2011, participants in the process provided negative feedback about its timing and design. As the auction developed, Moelis’s concerns regarding transaction complexity were realized; Harding, the Rural point person for Moelis, commented that a potential bidder for Rural, KKR, suggested it “would be tough” to participate in “simultanous [sic] auctions.”18 Moreover, KKR told Rural’s bankers that it “would be ideal” if the EMS deal and the Company’s deal were “stagger[ed].” After speaking with Bain Capital Partners, LLC (“Bain”), Harding shared with Shackelton and RBC that the private equity firm also thought that “lining up two deals for public companies simultaneously is tough but staggered, even fairly closely, could work[.]” Clayton, Dubilier & Rice (“CD & R”), a private equity firm, also urged delaying the Rural process until the EMS sale was completed.
On January 24, 2011, DiMino met with a team from J.P. Morgan, which recommended that Rural execute on its growth plan over the next year. J.P. Morgan saw Rural poised at an “[inflection [p]oint” in which the Company was transitioning from turnaround to early-stage growth story. J.P. Morgan’s presentation to Rural’s CEO *833fundamentally challenged the central, “sell now” thesis of RBC.19 It hesitated to recommend an immediate sale because “logical strategic buyers” at the time were concentrating on change of control transactions of their own. J.P. Morgan also recommended Rural continue to execute on its “growth plan,” as doing so would drive further stock price appreciation. It advised DiMino that allowing the healthcare market to play out, in the meantime, would enable Rural to attract greater interest from financial sponsors and strategic buyers. In sum, it suggested that a Rural sale would likely be better accomplished at a ’different point in time, in view of the fact that strategic bidders were then “internally focused” and the Company had “significant growth to unlock.” DiMino limited his distribution of the presentation to Shackelton and Munoz, noting: J.P. Morgan “had some interesting comments regarding the AMR process and our potential attractivdness to private equity firms. I didn’t tell them we had launched our own' go-private process.”20
The Board did not schedule a meeting to review the indications of interest or discuss next steps. The Special Committee met on February 6, 2011. RBC made a presentation that did not include any valuation metrics. At the meeting, where Conrad, DiMino, and Wilson were also present, RBC and Moelis reviewed the six indications of interest received following the auction process. The minutes indicate that, after receiving the confidential information memorandum, “14 firms declined to participate. In addition, one private equity firm, [Bain], indicated that the level of its interest in pursuing the transaction with [Rural] would depend on the results” of its participation in the EMS process. A joint presentation by RBC and Moelis summarized the initial indications of interest: ■ ■
American Securities — $16.00—$17.00;
Ares Management — $14.50—$16.50;
CD & R — $15.50—$16.50;
Leonard, Green & Partners — $17.00— $19.00;
Kelso & Company — $14.75—$16.50; and
Warburg-r$17.00.
RBC’s presentation1 to the Special Committee: at the February’ 6 meeting was four pages long, provided no opinion, preliminarily or otherwise, on the quality of the bids,-and, as the Court of Chanceiy observed, failed to include any valuation metrics.
The trial' court'concluded that, while the minutes ' reflect that Shackelton asked Davis and Wálker whether to include’ all , six private equity firms in the next phase, Shackelton and RBC already had agreed to make a data room available to 'all bidders beginning‘the-next day> February 7, and had scheduled meétings 'with all six firms ■ to take place between ‘February 9 and 18.- DiMino privately contacted RBC in search of valuation metrics. According to the trial court, RBC gave DiMino a.two-page analysis showing that at prices- of up to $18 per share, an LBO would generate five year internal rates of return for a financial sponsor that exceeded 20%. On February 8, Munoz provided DiMino with a deck regarding leveraged buyout returns, evidencing five year internal rates of return over 20% for offers exceeding $15.50 per share.
*834The Special Committee met again on February 22, 2011. RBC made a limited presentation, which included no valuation metrics and which was followed by a discussion of CD & R’s potential participation in the Rural process. The Special Committee identified CD & R, after it won the EMS sale, “as a competitor of the Company, causing certain confidentiality and antitrust issues to be considerations!,]” if the private equity firm participated in the Rural process.21 DiMino testified at trial that, at this meeting, he was “very concerned” about confidentiality with respect to CD & R. He continued by elaborating on that point as follows:
Because if [CD .& R] got to the full management presentation or they got to get all the information that we would normally give in the management presentation and in the data r'oom, some of those things could be counterproductive if they didn’t buy- — if they ultimately didn’t buy us. They would have.trade secrets or some. of our secret sauce, if you will, that we had developed.22
DiMino testified further that.this concern about confidentiality was present when the Company first launched the sale process.
The trial court found that,' although RBC previously had recommended a near-term sale process to capture the interest of the winner of the EMS auction, the Special Committee now balked at having CD & R participate. The Special Committee set a bid deadline of March- ;21 and decided not to solicit interest from strategic acquirers. As the bid date approached, GD & R suggested to RBC that it could outbid other sponsors for Rural because of synergies with AMR. CD & R asked for the bid deadline to be pushed back to April, so that it could formulate its bid.
On March 15, 2011, the Board met to consider the Special Committee’s progress for the first time since December 8, 2010.23 The minutes reflect that representatives of RBC and Moelis made a presentation to the Board “regarding the ongoing exploration of the potential sale of the Company” and reviewed the “next steps” in the “sale evaluation process.” Daniel made the presentation to the Board on behalf of RBC. Akin to its previous presentations, RBC failed to include valuation metrics and provided no opinion, preliminarily or otherwise, on the quality of the bids during its March 15, 2011 sale process update.
Further, the minutes of the March 15 meeting suggest that RBC and Moelis “commented upon the detailed oversight provided by the Special Committee of independent directors throughout the process, noting frequent formal and informal communications involving the full committee or its chair (Mr. Shackelton).” RBC, at the meeting, also remarked- upon the “formal meetings of the Special Committee that were held during the process.” Shackelton suggested that “the full Board *835had been updated from time to time at key points in the process,”
The trial court found, however, that the description of the process in the minutes was “false,” in that the record presented to it contained-evidence of-only two formal meetings of the Special Committee: one on February 6, 2011 and one on February 22, 2011. According to the trial court, Davis was largely an absentee director and Walker deferred to Shackelton, who drove the process. Again, .RBC does not plainly argue that these findings are clearly erroneous and, even if it did, we find no basis for such a conclusion. f
At the March 15 meeting of the Board, RBC arid Moelis discussed the final bid deadline of March 21, 2011. The trial court found that RBC. had designed the sale process ostensibly to give the winner of the EMS auction the opportunity to make a bid for Rural that included synergies. It determined that neither the Board nor the Special Committee considered the benefits that could inure to Rural’s advantage if the winner of the EMS process then sought to acquire Rural, because Rural could seek to extract a portion of the synergies from a combination of AMR and Rural in the form of a higher price.
CD & R, the private equity firm that won the bidding process for EMS and one of the Company’s six suitors, was a topic of discussion for the Rural directors on March 15. CD & R had advised RBC and Moelis that it would be unable to complete its due diligence and other review processes with respect to Rural until the completion of its acquisition of EMS, and that any bid it might submit would be conditioned accordingly. The minutes suggest that the Board discussed the following with respect to CD & R:
[T]he potential for a higher purchase price from CD & R relative to other bidders due to .the potential synergies that could be realized between [Rural] and AMR under common ownership by CD & R;. a possible delay in the March 21 deadline to accommodate CD & R .and the impact...on, the enthusiasm of other potential bidders if the reason for the delay, became known; the risk to [Rural’s] sale process-of waiting for CD & R in view of the timing for the other potential- bidders; the potential for dealing-with CD & R via a “go-shop,” “fiduciary out” linked to a reasonable break-;rip fee, or other contractual provisions.
On the; advice of RBC, Moelis, and legal counsel, the-Board “concluded it was in the best interests of the- Company to proceed with, a bid deadline of March 21, and that CD & R would be encouraged by the Company’s financial advisors to submit its best and final bid at-that time.” A March 15, 2011 RBC presentation to the Board reflects that CD & R communicated that it would not participate further in the Rural sale “due to its involvement’in the EMS process[.]” • '
The trial court found .that RBC’s faulty design prevented the emergence of the type of competitive dynamic among multiple bidders that is necessary for reliable price discovery. Because Warburg had withdrawn from the EMS process, it was able to pursue Rural aggressively, thus giving Warburg an advantage over others who were still involved in evaluating EMS. The ‘ trial court concluded that Warburg knew that its competitors in the process lacked similar resources and that it did not need to incorporate as much of its anticipated gains in its price to outbid the other firms. Carney referred to.the private equity firm’s challengers for the Rural acquisition as a “motley group because the *836EMS process put so many of the larger firms on the sidelines.”24
In addition to the competitive design issues faced by prospective financial buyers, the evidence indicates that strategic buyers were preoccupied: The March-15 minutes state: “Generally speaking, it was noted that it was unlikely that any potential strategic purchaser not affiliated with a private equity firm would have an interest in the ability [sic] to enter into a transaction on terms acceptable to the Company.”25 J.P. Morgan’s presentation to DiMino commented that “[t]he three other strategics are focused internally now[.]”26 Thus, the competitive dynamic was inhibited by the fact that potential strategic bidders' for Rural were themselves tied up in. change of control transactions at the time the Company Was exploring a-sale. The Board decided to. proceed without reaching out to Falck A/S, a European company:with an equity interest in Rural and a potential strategic bidder. The Board also decided not to extend the bid deadline.27
The Board then adopted a. resolution which the trial court characterized as “granting the Special Committee the authority that Shackelton and RBC had assumed for themselves.”28 It states:
NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, the Board of Directors hereby Ratifies and restates its delegation to the Special Committee of the 'exclusive power and authority to (i) determine •whether a- Potential Transaction is' or may be, at this time, in the best interests of the Company and its* stockholders, and report its recommendations to the full Board of Directors, (ii) retain and work with outside advisors in a controlled and contained- process- to seek from various financial institutions indications of interest and possible transaction terms in respect of a Potential Transaction, (iii) review and evaluate the terms and conditions of such indications of interest and determine the advisability of advancing further in respect of such proposals and/or whether other strategic alternatives in respect of the Company should be explored, (iv) if it deems appropriate, solicit proposals for a Potential Transaction that would be in the best interests of the Company’s stockholders, (v) negotiate and finalize terms of'any such Potential Transaction and', and [sic ] (vi) -report its findings and recommendations to the full Board of Directors[.]
E. RBC’s Efforts to Secure Staple Financing and Warburg’s Final Bid
Rural’s Engagement Letter with RBC and Moelis contains its most specific disclosures with respect to RBC’s buy-side financing ambitions in Section 2, which is entitled, “Certain Agreements of the Company.” Section 2.d) expressly provides that “RBC shall have the sole and exclusive right to offer stapled financing to, and arrange stapled financing for, any potential purchaser in a Sale Transaction, if the Board of Directors or a special committee of the Board of Directors deems it desir*837able to offer stapled financing to potential purchasers.”29 This language, however, does not capture RBC’s provision of financing to an acquirer of EMS in a transaction that does not involve Rural.
Further, in Section 2.f), the Engagement Letter’s disclosures with respect to the EMS process provide that “RBC and Moelis shall have the' sole and exclusive right to provide certain investment banking and financial advisory services with respect to an acquisition or combination transaction with respect to [EMS] or Em-Care Holdings Inc., other than an Alternative AMR Acquisition Transaction;” This language refers to RBC’s possible participation in a transaction between Rural and EMS, but does not éxpressly touch upon RBC’s büy-side role iii’any EMS transaction not inclusive of Rural.30
*838The Engagement Letter, in Section 9 entitled, “Other Matters Relating to Engagement,” sets forth generic and boilerplate disclosures with respect to the provision of financial products by both RBC and Moelis. In part, it provides that RBC “may also provide a broad range of normal course financial products and services to [its] customers” and “may arrange and extend acquisition financing or other financing to purchasers that may seek to acquire the Company and/or to the same or different purchasers that may seek to acquire companies or businesses that offer products and services that may be substantially similar to those offered by the Company.” Section 9 fails to specifically state that RBC would seek to leverage its Rural engagement to provide financing in a separate EMS transaction, nor does it disclose that RBC would favor its interests as a lender over those of the Company. As to Section 9, the trial court held that, “[tjhis generalized acknowledgment that RBC ... might extend acquisition financing to other firms did not amount to a non-reliance disclaimer that would waive or preclude a claim against RBC for failing to inform the,Board about specific conflicts of interest.”31
Section 4 of the Engagement Letter sets forth the agreement as , to the compensation to be paid to RBC and Moelis for their services. For its fairness opinion, RBC was entitled to $500,000, payable upon the delivery of the opinion, “without regard to the conclusion reached in such opinion or whether such opinion [was] accepted or a Transaction [was] consummated.”32 The fairness opinion fee was to be credited against any transaction fee.
Under Section 4, the Engagement Letter provided for various transaction fees. First, the Engagement Letter provided for a Sale Transaction Fee:
In the event the Company consummates at any time a Sale Transaction pursuant to a definitive agreement or letter of intent or other evidence of commitment entered into (i) during the Term, or (ii) during the nine (9) months following the Term, the Company agrees to pay RBC and Moelis a total transaction fee ... equal to the sum of .(A) 1.00% of the Aggregate Transaction Value ..to the extent that the price to be paid to stockholders of the Company is at or below $16.00 per share, and, in addition, (B) 3.0% of the Aggregate Transaction Value to the extent related to the price to be paid to stockholders of the Company in excess of $16.00 per share.33
The Sale Transaction- Fee was to be paid at closing in the following manner: “60% of the fee will'"be'paid directly to RBC and 40% of the fee will be paid directly to Moelis.”
Second,, if Rural consummated, at any time, an AMR. Acquisition Transaction pursuant to an agreement 'entered into during a specified time period, the Company agreed to pay RBC and Moelis $3,500,000. Another provision addressed a transaction fee payable in the event Rural *839consummated an Alternative AMR Acquisition Transaction.
Third, if the Company received a breakup fee or other termination fee in connection with a Sale Transaction, Rural agreed to pay RBC and Moelis 20% of the breakup or termination fee received by the Company. Like the other fees, 60% was payable directly to RBC and 40% was payable directly to Moelis.’ Thus, with the exceptions of the fairnéss opinion fee and termination fee, the fees that RBC and Moelis were to receive were contingent upon the Company consummating a transaction.
On March 18, 2011, RBC sent Warburg executed commitment papers, but War-burg did not respond. The trial court found that, on the day before the merger was approved, RBC’s most senior bankers made a final push to obtain Warburg’s financing business. The evidence clearly supports the trial court’s findings. For example, a contemporaneous RBC internal memorandum documented that the bank’s “[d]eal team [was] working with Warburg Pincus on a final round bid.” The memorandum' continued:. “'Other banks potentially providing papers to our sponsor include [Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC], Jeffries [Finance LLC] and [Citigroup Global Markets Inc.]”
As part of its push to secure Warburg’s business, RBC bankers sought internal approval to underwrite 100% of a $590 million financing package .for Warburg. RBC’s bankers . stated the. following in their memorandum regarding the Rural deal: .
[Warburg], covered by David Daniels, is a top tier client of the Financial Sponsors Group. RBC has an active dialogue with [Warburg] across all of its industry verticals and has generated [approximately] $6mm in fees from deals with this sponsor. We are supporting the proposed financing commitment associated with the purchase of [Rural] as it will further strengthen our relationship and. dead to additional deal flow with [Warburg].
Before the bid deadline, Carney emailed a Warburg colleague with an update on the Rural process: “I think we are in a good position. [DiMino] likes us a lot, the bankers are pulling for us, and we are the premier firm involved in the process.”34
On the extended bidding deadline of March 22, 2011, Warburg submitted a bid at $17.00 per share, and CD & R submitted an indication of interest at $17.00'per share, subject to further diligence. 'American Securities- “indicated that their current valuation was below their initial indication of interest on February 1,2011 of $16.00 to $17.00 per share and that they expected remaining diligence would take approximately 2-3 weeks[.]”35
On March ,23, the Special Committee met to discuss the offers received from Warburg and CD & R. Conrad, Holland, DiMino, Wilson, RBC, and Moelis were also present at the meeting by invitation. Munoz and his colleagues at RBC debated whether to provide valuation materials to the Special Committee to enable them to evaluate the bids. Munoz was worried that RBC would be asked about valuation.
The trial court found that, with bids in hand, the relationship between RBC and Shackelton changed. Before the bids, they shared the goal of wanting the Company sold. But Shackelton wanted more than $17.00 per share, and RBC “just wanted a deal.” At this point, DiMino became RBC’s “principal ally” in the boardroom. *840Like RBC, DiMino had an incentive to sell the Company and continue managing it for Warburg. As evidence of this, in advance of the Special Committee meeting, Munoz scheduled a call with Shackelton to “manage him.”36
The trial court determined that the Special Committee decided not to engage further with CD & R, and that “[t]he Special Committee directed RBC and Moelis to engage in final negotiations with Warburg over price.”37 RBC reviewed the offers with the Special Committee on March 23, 2011. “Warburg's offer constituted a proposal to acquire all of the Company’s outstanding common stock for $17 per share, with no further confirmatory due diligence. Along with its offer, Warburg had submitted fully committed equity and debt commitment letters....”38 With respect to CD & R, the minutes reflect that RBC represented to the Special Committee that the private equity firm’s “offer constituted a proposal to acquire all of the outstanding Company Common Stock for $17 per share, subject to confirmatory due diligence. CD & R’s offer letter reiterated its previous statements to RBC and Moelis that CD & R was.unable to fully commit to a definitive transaction to acquire [Rural] until the closing of its acquisition of [EMS]....”39
The Special Committee ultimately rejected the proposals received from War-burg and CD & R. The minutes do not reflect a discussion of valuation or the design of the sale process. The trial court observed that the Board had no valuation materials beyond a one-page transaction summary that compared the metrics implied by a $17.00 per share offer to the metrics implied by Rural’s closing market price of $12.38 on the prior day. According to the minutes, Shackelton, Davis, and Walker proceeded on that basis as follows:
[T]he Special Committee determined that, the purported offer from CD & R did not provide the Company any certainty of a successful transaction, and did not otherwise present a compelling case for pursuing a transaction with CD & R at this time, given that it did not have committed financing and that it did not provide any indication of the merger agreement terms it would require. The Special Committee directed RBC and Moelis to contact Warburg to engage in further negotiations to improve its offer in terms of the price to be paid to the stockholders of the Company... . 40
The trial court found that RBC “encouraged DiMino to drum up director support for Warburg’s bid” and.presented a board book “designed to convince [the Board] to accept Warburg’s bid — ”41 RB'C’s internal communications before the March 23 meeting of the Special Committee reflect the bank’s position that closing on the Warburg offer and obtaining the private equity firm’s buy-side financing business were its priorities when advising the Board. Munoz emailed his RBC colleagues on March 23: “Let’s all plan to do a call w/ Shackelton before [the] Board call. Need to send him the 12 [valuation] pages we discussed to him [sic ] before we get on [the] phone. Need to manage him before he gets on w/ [the] Board.”42 On March 24, Munoz emailed Daniel: “Told dimino to start working the board. He *841said he’ll start calling each of-them tomorrow.” 43 Munoz also emailed DiMino: “Focus on [the] board today. Let me know if you need more tidbits to help you. Once again, last time [Rural’s] stock was at $17 was in 1998.”44
Shackelton • contacted Carney, the head of Warburg’s acquisition team, on March 25, 2011. Carney shared with a colleague, Elizabeth “Bess” Weathernian, the following: “The Chairman (who I gather is in his early 30s) and T just spoke for 15 minutes. Pleasant tone. He offered to drop the Go Shop, give us a voting agreement,’ and move a bit on the break-dp fee if we agreed to bump to $17.50. I declined.”45 Carney concluded his sale prbcess update to Weatherman by remarking: “I know [Rural’s] bankers are now nervous 'and want to get something done.”46
On March 25, Warburg increased its bid to $17.25 per share. Warburg’s bid materials did not include staple financing from RBC.47
Following Warburg’s submission'of its bid, RBC did not disclose to its client that it continued to seek a buy-side financing role with the private equity firm. As to the Board,.the trial court concluded that “ft]he Rural directors did not provide any guidance about when staple financing discussions should start or cease, made no inquiries on that subject, and imposed no practical check on RBC’s interest in maximizing fees.” For example, DiMino was asked at trial:
Q. Now, between this date, December 23rd, and early February, do you recall a single conversation'you had with Mr. Munoz or anyone else at RBC in which you specifically discussed with them what they were doing with regard to achieving staple financing from — from any potential buyer of RBC [sic ]? •
A. No.48
In his deposition testimony, Carney confirmed that RBC continued to push for Warburg’s financing business, even after Warburg’s bid excluded the bank’s commitment papers:
Q. And at some subsequent date did RBC express interest — continued interest in offering debt financing to War-burg Pincus?
A. As I recall, yes,
Q. . .And what do you recall of the nature of that expression of interest by RBC?
A. My recollection is that RBC was just — was trying to find a way to participate in the debt financing somehow.
Q. ..... And was there any subsequent discussion with RBC, perhaps more definitive. or more following up, on a subsequent date?.
A. ... I do recall that- we had additional conversations with RBC because they continued to try to find a way into the financing, and we continued to tell them that that was not going to happen.49
*842When directed by-the -Special Committee to engage in 'final price negotiations .with Warburg, RBC again did not disclose that it was continuing to seek a buy-side financing role with Warburg. On Saturday, March 26, 2011, senior bankers at RBC continued to press Warburg to- include RBC in the financing package.50 Munoz testified at trial as follows:
Q. ... So the most senior people at RBC are trying to make a last effort to see whether RBC can get involved in the staple on Saturday, March 26th’; correct?
A. Yes.51
Blair Fleming, RBC’s Head of U.S. Investment Banking, as an inducement, offered to have RBC fund a $65 million revolver for a different Warburg portfolio company.52 Later, in an email to Munoz, Fleming stated: “I’m gonna call warburg myself. We just committed 65 to them effing revolver.”53
F. RBC’s Manipulation of the Valuation Process
On Saturday, March 26, 2011, the RBC fairness opinion committee met to discuss Warburg’s bid for Rural. In addition to Daniel and Munoz, several members of the RBC deal team attended the meeting. Ali Akbar and Allen Morton, along with Daniel, served on the “committee.” Morton “had previously been the head of M & A at RBC U.S.;'and ... Akbar, [was.a] managing director in the. M &-A group.” 54 The committee- members'-reviewed the fairness presentation and letter,- and “recommended certain .changes” to the same.55
The record evidence supports the trial court’s factual finding that, on the deal front, RBC worked to lower the analyses in its fairness .presentation so Warburg’s bid looked more attractive. Specifically, the .trial court found that RBC made a series of changes tp its -fairness analysis. First, RBC decided not to rely, on the single, comparable company .for valuation purposes. The record evidence reflects that RBC’s. preliminary fairness opinion deck applied peer group trading multiples to various valuation metrics. In the final draft of the fairness presentation, however, RBC represented to the Board that it “[d]id not rely on comparable company analysis for valuation purjp’oses.” The comparable company analysis nevertheless remained in the' fairness- materials, ■ although it was removed from the valuation football field.56
. Second, the trial court found that RBC modified its precedent transaction analysis by reducing the low end multiple used in both the management case and “consensus” ease, with the effect being that the alteration lowered the bottom end of the management case precedent transaction *843range and “consensus” case precedent transaction range.. The morning draft of the fairness opinion presentation used a multiple range of 7.5x to 9.5x, implying a low end per share valuation of $15.49 for the management case. The afternoon draft that was ultimately presented to the Board used a range of 6.3x to 9.5x, resulting' in a low end per share valuation of $11.54 for the management case. The trial court also found that, on the morning of Saturday, March 26, 2011, “the ‘consensus’ precedent transaction range was $13.31 to $19.15. On Saturday afternoon, it was $8.19 to $16.71, entirely below the deal price.” In altering its analysis, RBC decided to weigh heavily the 2004 acquisition of AMR by Onex Partners at 6.3x EBIT-DA, a course of action it had discredited earlier. The trial court observed that this change was inconsistent with RBC’s December 2010 pitch book, where RBC assigned AMR a low-end multiple of 8.0x and suggested that Rural pay 8,4x for AMR. This change was also inconsistent with RBC’s view, expressed throughout the sale process, that Rural’s operating metrics were objectively superior to AMR’s. .
Finally, the trial court determined that RBC lowered the “consensus” Adjusted EBITDA for 2010 from $76.5 million to $69.8 million to make the Warburg “deal look more attractive.”57 In material presented to the Board before ■ it had the March offer from Warburg in hand, RBC added back approximately -$6.3 million in certain one-time expenses when calculating Rural’s Adjusted EBITDA for 2010. The preliminary draft of. the fairness, opinion presentation contained a Consensus Adjusted EBITDA figure of $76.5 million and, in a footnote, RBC noted that “EBIT-DA is adjusted for stock based [sic ] compensation, gain on. sale of assets and one time [sic] expenses.”58 The morning draft also suggested that “[c]onsens.us pro forma adjustments would be unlikely” to account for certain of the one-time expenses.59 The final fairness presentation deck stated that ‘Wall Street research analysts covering [Rural] do not make pro forma adjustments!.]”60 The Consensus Adjusted EBITDA figure in the final draft was $69.8 million.61
Munoz, in the lead up to finalizing the fairness opinion presentation, emailed his colleague's saying that RBC would “need to add some bullets that say Wall Street analyst [sie ] do not reflect .any of these onetime expenses. Something to explain why we are not adjusting[.]”62 Similarly, after receiving the fairness opinion deck, Daniel had several questions with respect to the valuation analysis. In a message to Munoz and other RBC bankers with comments to the initial draft of the fairness presentation, he noted:
10: Í thought we were looking @ an ebitda multiple around 9.0. What’s changed?
20: maybe it’s just because I’m tired but I think it’s confusing in terms of what *844ebitdá we’re applying— 'This isn’t reader friendly enough.
21/22: I’d like thoughts on why there’s [sic ] no qualitative comments here. I know our internal discussions + justify cation. But for a new reader, the fact that we only have 1 comp and that the most'recent precedents are higher than our deal raises issues. While I know we will explain to [the Board and Special Committee], is there a reason why we don’t do so in the text, [sic ]63
The, record reveals that Munoz coordinated between the senior RBC bankers lobbying Warburg and the-RBC deal team working on the fairness opinion, but he did not disclose RBC’s activities to the Board. Further, the trial court found that- RBC “failed to provide Rural’s Board- or the Special Committee with a preliminary valuation analysis” for three months.64 The trial court noted that, in fact, beyond the December 2010 RBC pitch -book — which contained materially different analyses and which- only the Special Committee was privy to — the Board had not seen valuation materials before March 27, 2011.65 The evidence supports the Court of Chancery’s conclusions. The -investment bankers were well aware that they “had not provided any preliminary valuation analysis since December 23, 2010, and had only provided [the] December 23 book to' the Special Committee,”66 as opposed to the entirety of the Board. Munoz testified at trial as follows:
Q. And isn’t it the case, sir, that it was not until Sunday night, March 27th, that RBC delivered to Rural/Metro’s board or special committee a DCF analysis of the management projections that had been sent to the bidders back in January?
A. We did — that was the — we did a DCF in December and, yes, the next time we did a DCF was, yes, at that time; right.
Q. Next time you did a DCF after that pitch book' on December 23rd was on March 27th, 2011; correct?
A. Yes. That’s all that the company asked and requested, yes.”67
Before the meeting at which the Board resolved to ’ sell the Company, Munoz shared with his RBC colleagues: “I’m worried that someone will ... ask about our views on [Rural] valuation.”68 In a March 23 email thread with his banking col-leagués, the RBC Managing Director reiterated that he was “afraid [the] board will ask us of our high level views [on valuation] today.”69 After Daniel told Mimoz that RBC had not planned on providing valuation materials that day, Munoz repeated: “Ok. But we will be asked and to convince [SJhaekelton we need to show *845valuation. Perhaps we just put together 23 pages and just send to [Sjhackel-ton[.]”70
The trial court found that, in performing its DCF analysis, RBC used an exit multiple range of 7.0x to 8.0x, which did not match up with the range used for RBC’s precedent transaction analysis. On the basis of that exit multiple range, RBC’s DCF analysis in the preliminary fairness opinion deck reflected a range of $16.49 per share to $21.35 per share.71 When Munoz saw the DCF analysis during the afternoon of March 26, he emailed his RBC colleagues: “I thought we- were going to try to reduce dcf?”72 RBC’s final DCF analysis reflected a range of $16.28 per share to $21.07 per share. Notably, the LBO analysis deck, dated February 9, 2011, which was provided to DiMino by RBC, employed an exit multiple range of 7.8x to 8.3x.
On March 26, RBC’s ad hoc committee “approved the fairness opinion presentation and letter via email and verified that the opinion could be delivered to” Rural’s Board that day.73 RBC’s one-page document memorializing the meeting suggests that “[ajfter making the suggested changes and receiving approval from outside legal counsel, the deal team notified the committee of the revised fairness opinion presentation and letter via email.”74 Morton and Akbar, however, provided limited oversight, and the former signed off on the revised book without reading it.75 The fairness opinion was delivered to the Board later that evening.
G. The Board’s Acceptance of the Revised Warburg Offer
The trial court found that, during the final negotiations with Warburg, the Board failed to provide active and direct oversight of RBC. It observed that when the Board approved the merger, the directors were unaware of RBC’s last minute efforts to solicit a buy-side financing role from Warburg, had not received any valuation information until three hours before the meeting to approve the deal, and did not know about RBC’s manipulation of its valuation metrics. The record evidence supports the Court of Chancery’s findings.
Unbeknownst to the Rural directors, RBC had been communicating with War-burg in the lead .up to the private equity firm’s revised bid.' Carney emailed his private equity firm colleagues the following:
•I have spoken to a number of bankers on our- side (for advice) and theirs (-for back-channel feedback). There are definitely two other offers as we suspected, both say. they, need another week of work but the company’s bankers think it is more like 2-3 weeks. Sounds like both are higher but again not a knockout, I haven’t been able to get more specific info than that.
The BOD:is split. . Some are ready to vote yes for us now. Others want to try to get a little more from us, and some a lot more, with silly- numbers like $18 being thrown around in the BOD room. The company’s bankers think this may *846just be posturing in front of the bankers, and the bankers have told the BOD that a number like that is not likely to happen ever and certainly not from us.
I think our FL [Joe Landy, Warburg’s Co-President] is probably more right than wrong. I think we probably win if we bump at all and $0.25 may be best in terms of helping the BOD drive to a quick consensus. In any event I am convinced we should empty the .tank, tell them best and final, and be done. It sounds like the BOD needs to hear that and know 'there is a. binary decision to make on price.76
On March 25, Warburg submitted its best and final offer of $17.25 per share. Warburg determined to proceed' without utilizing RBC’s commitment papers, despite the offer to fund the sponsor’s revolver and the bank’s other inducements. Munoz and Blair Fleming, RBC’s Head of U.S. Investment Banking, shared the following email .exchange concerning, the bank’s inability to capture the private equity firm’s buy-side financing business:
Munoz: I am the rbc guinea pig. Never easy[.] ■ ■ ■ '
Fleming: Yep. Amazing. I have to go see’warburg this week. I just pushed 65 revolver through^]
Munoz: Lets [sic] make sure all rbc bankers know they qwe us big time. Should be first page of all piteh books.
Fleming: Our-revolver in rural is gonna be very very small.77
On Sunday, March 27, 2011, the Board met to consider the potential merger. According to the trial court, the Rural directors received written valuation analyses from RBC and Moelis at 9:42. p.m. Eastern time. Because the Board had received no valuation materials until three hours before the meeting to approve the merger, it found that the Rural directors did not have a reasonably adequate understanding of the alternatives available to Rural, including the value of not engaging in a transaction at all. At 9:27 p.m., RBC distributed its fairness opinion deck to Shackelton and DiMino. Moelis distributed its Board materials to Shackelton and DiMino shortly before, at 9:20 p.m. The valuation materials were the first the Board had received since December 2010. At 11 p.m. that evening, without knowledge of RBC’s downward modifications fo its analysis, back-channel communications with War-burg, and late push to get on the private equity firm’s financing tree, the Board and Special Committee held a joint meeting. Shackelton led the meeting-before turning it over to RBC, which discussed “the implied transaction multiples” and the premium that Warburg’s offer represented over Rural’s current and historical trading prices. . Daniel “reviewed RBC’s valuation methodologies” with .the Board,.. Shackel-ton later requested that RBC deliver its financial analysis “and an oral fairness opinion to the Board.” RBC opined that the transaction was fair from a financial point of view. The Board approved the merger with Warburg after midnight.
H. The Rural Proxy Statement
The definitive proxy statement was filed on May 26, 2011 (the “Proxy Statement”). The trial court concluded- that the Proxy Statement contained materially misleading disclosures in the form of false information that RBC presented to the Board in its financial presentation. Specifically, the trial court found that information that RBC provided to the Board in connection with its precedent transaction analyses *847was false, and that false information was repeated in the Proxy Statement.
RBC used the $69.8 million figure in conducting its precedent transaction analysis. The Proxy Statement’s pertinent discussion of Adjusted EBITDA, however, refers to a $76.8 million figure and provides that RBC’s precedent transaction analysis adjusted for “stock-based compensation, certain one-time expenses, • management -fees and other expenses....”78 A stockholder reading the Proxy Statement would likely incorrectly conclude that RBC’s precedent transaction range used the disclosed Adjusted EBITDA that added back one-time expenses for 2010. Similarly, a stockholder reading the Proxy Statement would likely incorrectly conclude that the resulting figures were consistent with a Wall Street consensus.
The trial court also found that the Proxy Statement contained false and misleading information about RBC’s. incentives and conflicts of interest.79 The Proxy Statement indicated that the Special Committee was advised of - “the potential conflict of interest” regarding' RBC, <fwhieh had expressed a willingness to offer buy-side financing'for any sale transaction that may be pursued — -”80 As to Warburg’s potential use of RBC’s financing package, the Proxy Statement merely provides: “Although RBC had indicated to potential buyers its willingness to offer buy-side financing and certain of the potential buyers had considered using such financing, the Warburg Pincus bid did not include the financing which it had been offered by RBC.”81 The Proxy Statement omits discussions of RBC’s staple financing efforts — in both the Rural and EMS deals— and last minute push to reserve a place on Warburg’s financing tree. The disclosure also fails to inform Rural’s stockholders that RBC sought to use its Rural engagement to obtain EMS buy-side financing work.
The proxy advisor, Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass. Lewis”), recommended that Rural’s stockholders vote for the-merger proposal, reasoning, in part: “[W]e consider that the [Bjoard conducted a sufficiently thorough, review that would be reasonably expected to generate the greatest possible value for. Rural and its shareholders.”82 Further, Glass Lewis suggested that the transaction with the sponsor was advisable because “[t]he [Bjoard, with the assistance of independent advisers, conducted a full auction process prior.-,to executing a deal with Warburg.”83 For similar reasons, ISS recommended that' the Company’s stockholders voté for-’ the Warburg deal. With respect to RBC, ISS acknowledged that , the bank was - permitted to provide buy-side financing, but, as the trial court observed,-incorrectly concluded that RBC had no-other conflicts and that the Board sufficiently mitigated, potential conflicts of interest. To that end, elsewhere, in its advisory materials, ISS determined that :“there are no concerning conflicts of interest."84
The Proxy Statement also disclosed that the- Special' Committee concluded that “RBC’s willingness to offer buy-side financing ■ could significantly enhance a potential Sale-process because such financing *848could be offered efficiently and could provide a source for financing on terms that might not otherwise be available to potential buyers of the Company....”85 This, however, was not true. The Board never concluded that RBC might provide financing on terms that otherwise might not be available. When discussing the “major concern” associated with RBC’s potential offer of staple financing at the December 23,2010 meeting of the Special Committee, counsel for the Special Committee noted that such an offer “could provide a floor for financing that would be available to potential purchasers of the Company.”86
On June 30, 2011, the transaction was announced. The Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 28, 2011, provided the Board with a fiduciary out that enabled it to consider higher bids. No other bidders emerged.
I. RBC’s Public Statements and Pleadings Concerning Staple Financing
Jervis raises a number of points regarding RBC’s litigation conduct. These points later formed the basis, in part, for Jervis’s fee shifting motion. On February 12, 2015, the Court of Chancery held a hearing and ultimately concluded that RBC “approached the pretrial briefing and trial as if the issue wasn’t what actually happened and what was true as to the facts within their control but, rather, whether the plaintiff had generated discovery that could prove something different.”87 The trial court suggested that RBC’s bad faith litigation conduct touched upon its failure to appropriately characterize its staple financing efforts; the interactive dynamic between its financing and M & A teams; and, perhaps most problematically, the nature of its pursuit of Warburg’s buy-side financing business. Despite the fact that these misstatements struck at central issues before the Court of Chancery for adjudication, the trial court concluded that fee shifting was not warranted because RBC’s misstatements did not cross the threshold of “glaring egregiousness.”88 In addition to noting that RBC’s trial conduct was “aggressive” and “problematic,”89 the Court of Chancery remarked: “Here, I think there’s [sic ] glimmers of egregiousness. I think there’s some egregiousness.” 90
This ruling forms the basis of Jervis’s cross-appeal, which we also address below.
III. ANALYSIS
A. Revlon
1. Contentions of the Parties
RBC argues that the trial court erred by holding that the Board breached its duty of care under the enhanced scrutiny articulated in Revlon, Inc. v. MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings, Inc. 91 While RBC agrees that Revlon applies, it argues that the trial court incorrectly applied Revlon’s enhanced scrutiny to the December 2010 time-frame, when it contends that the Company was merely exploring strategic alternatives; that the Board’s actions do not fail Revlon scrutiny in view of the public auction, modest deal protections, and the 90-day post-signing market check; and that the trial court erred by finding a *849due care violation without finding gross negligence.
Jervis argues that RBC’s Revlon arguments are meritless. Neither party argued in the trial court that Revlon’s enhanced scrutiny applied. In fact, Revlon was not addressed in any pre- or post-trial briefing. In the Court of Chancery, Jervis asserted that the entire fairness standard applied. Jervis contends that this Court can affirm on an alternative basis and uphold the ruling that the Board breached its fiduciary duties because the transaction was not entirely fair.
2. Standard of Review
Our review of a trial court’s application of enhanced .scrutiny to. board action necessarily implicates a review of law and fact.92 The deferential “clearly erroneous” standard applies to findings of historical fact.93 “That deferential standard applies not only to historical facts that are based upon credibility determinations[,] but also to findings of historical fact that are based on physical or documentary evidence or inferences from other facts. Where there are two permissible views of the evidence, the factfinder’s choice between them cannot be clearly erroneous.”94 The Court of Chancery’s legal conclusions are reviewed de novo. 95 This Corn-t may affirm on the basis of a different rationale than that which was articulated by the-, trial court, if the issue was fairly presented to the trial court.96
3, Discussion
In Malpiede v. Townson, this Court explained that enhanced scrutiny under Revlon does not change the nature of the fiduciary duties owed by directors:
Revlon neither .creates a new type of fiduciary duty in the sale-of-control context nor alters the nature of the fiduciary duties that generally apply. Rather, Revlon emphasizes that the board.,must perform its fiduciary duties in the service' of a specific objective: maximizing the •• sale price of the enterprise. Although the Revlon doctrine imposes enhanced judicial scrutiny of certain transactions involving a sale of control, it does not eliminate the requirement that plaintiffs plead sufficient facts to support the underlying claims for a breach of fiduciary duties in conducting the sale.97
“In the sale of control context,, the directors must focus on one primary objective — to secure the transaction offering the best value reasonably available- for the stockholders — and they must exercise their, fiduciary duties to further that end.”.98 Revlon “requires us to examine whether a board’s overall course of action was reasonable under the circumstances as a good faith attempt to secure the highest value reasonably attainable.”99 As we re*850cently ¿reiterated in C & J Energy, “there is no single blueprint that a board must follow to fulfill its duties, and a court applying Revlon’s enhanced scrutiny must decide whether the.directors made a reasonable decision, not a perfect decision.”100
On appeal, both parties agree that Revlon applies — only they differ as to when, in the continuum between December 2010 and March 2011, Revlon’s enhanced scrutiny was triggered. At oral argument, counsel for RBC contended that Revlon applied “at the point where the auction was coming to an end and they- had two bids, and they were then in a position of deciding to sell the Company — when the sale of ■ the ■ Company became inevitable .... That’s when it became inevitable in this fact pattern:”
As to RBC’s argument that the business judgment rule — not Revloñ — applies to the Board’s decision to explore strategic alternatives in December 2010, the most faithful reading of the record before us is that the Court of Chancery, as a factual matter, found that there was no exploration of strategic alternatives. Instead, the trial court found that the Special Committee, acting “without Board authorization,” “hired RBC to sell the Company.” On this point, the trial court concluded that, “[biased on the totality of the evidence, the initiation of a sale process in December 2010 fell outside the range of reasonableness[,]” that “Shackelton and RBC got too far out in front of the Board, and [that] RBC’s advice was overly biased by its financial interests.”101
RBC. does not challenge the predicate factual findings upon which the trial court’s Revlon holding rests.102 There is sufficient evidence-in the record to support the trial court’s conclusions. For example, on December 23, DiMino emailed the head of RBC’s Rural team, Munoz, the following: “Well done, lets [sic] get this baby sold!”103 Earlier that day, Munoz notified his RBC colleagues: “Just got word we got the Rural Metro sellside [sic] mandate.”104 RBC, thus, understood that it was engaged to sell the Company. Munoz told other lead RBC bankers that the engagement “is the deal thats [sic ] going to put our Healthcare services' sellside [sic ] effort on the map.' Big name sponsors are going to look at this asset.”105
Other evidence suggests that RBC understood that it had been charged to sell Rural. For example, án internal RBC memorandum documented that Rural engaged the bank “as sell-side advisors to explore ’ the sale of the Co[mpariy].”106 The memorandum continued, suggesting that the' Rural “transaction represents an important Healthcare sell-side mandate'for the bank in addition to being a large fee event.”107
While the focus of the Special Committee and RBC in December 2010 was on commencing-a sale process, there is other evidence that, at least facially, suggests *851the Special Committee had not completely abandoned the other alternatives.108 But “[w]here the support in the record is sufficient for a factual finding, even if there can be a reasonable, difference of view, our standard of review compels us to defer to the trial court. Our function here is not to substitute our judgment for the trial court’s as though we had before us an original application.”109 Thus, we will not disturb the Court of Chancery’s factual determination that, in December 2010, “the directors had never actually authorized a sale process!,]” and that “[ijt’was Shackelton and RBC who expanded then-mandate into a sale.”110
As a legal matter, RBC’s counsel argued that Revlon could not apply in December 2010, since, at that point, the sale of the Company was not “inevitable.” Rather, RBC contends that Revlon does not apply until the end of the process in late March 2011, since Shackelton could not have sold Rural absent Board approval.
We have recognized at least three scenarios in which enhanced scrutiny under Revlon is triggered, including:
(1) when a corporation initiates an active bidding process seeking to sell itself or to .-effect á business reorganization involving a clear break-up of the company!;] (2) where, in response to a bidder’s offer, a target abandons its long-term strategy and seeks'an alternative transaction involving the breakup of the com*852pany[;] or (3) when approval of a transaction results in a sale or change of control!.] In the latter situation, there is no sale or change in control when “[cjontrol of both [companies] remain[s] in a large, fluid, changeable and changing market.”111
Further, in Revlon, we stated that “[t]he Revlon board’s authorization permitting management to negotiate a merger or buyout with a third- party was a recognition that the company was for sale. The duty of the board had thus changed from the preservation of Revlon as a corporate entity to the maximization of the company’s value at a sale for the stockholders’ benefit.” 112 In Lyondell Chemical Co. v. Ryan, we held that enhanced scrutiny did not arise “simply because [the] company [was]'in play[,]”113 but rather-as a consequence of the fact that the'“directors began negotiating the sale of [the company].” 114
Here, we are presented with the unusual situation where Shackelton and RBC — and ostensibly the Special Committee — initiated a sale process in December 2010 that, at the time, was not authorized by the Board, but which events were later purportedly ratified by the Board on March 15, 2011. RBC argues that “the trial court repeated the error that Lyon-dell reversed,” and that being “in play” is not enough: the Board must embark on a change of control transaction, and that the focus should be at the- end of the process, because, they say, “[a]fter all, at the end of an- auction, a board may decide to refuse all offers.”115
We reaffirm our holding in Lyondell, and reject RBC’s attempt to delay the triggering of Revlon to late March 2011 for three reasons. First, without genuinely exploring other strategic alternatives, the Special Committee initiated an active bidding process seeking to sell itself in December 2010, and the Board, on March 15, 2011, purportedly “restated and ratified” the actions of the Special Committee, including the initiation of the sale process that had transpired over the preceding months. The March 15, 2011 minutes state, in a section-entitled “Scope of authority — Special Committee,” that the Company’s legal counsel reviewed with the Board “the resolutions adopted by it to date.-in reference to the authority and activities of the Special Committee, and further discussed updates to such resolutions that were desirable in view of the evolution of the-sale evaluation process...” The Board resolution then “ratifies and restates” the Board’s delegation to the Special Committee of the “exclusive power and authority” to, among other things, “solicit proposals for a Potential Transaction,” “negotiate and finalize terms of any such Potential Transaction,” and “report its findings and recommendations to the full Board....”116 The March 15 minutes *853state that the Board was briefed on the Special Committee’s activities, and a logical inference is that its resolution reflects the Board’s recognition of, and attempt to fix, the problem posed by the Special Committee having exceeded its authority. Thus, the March 15 “restatement and ratification,” which deemed the actions of the Special Committee to be acts of the Company, undermines RBC’s contention that Revlon should not apply because action by the full Board was required.117
Second, while RBC relies on Lyondell for the proposition that merely being “in play” does not trigger Revlon, that case involved a third party putting the target company in play. The third party’s Schedule 13D signaled to the market that Lyondell was “in play,” but the directors decided that they would neither put the company up for sale nor institute defensive measures to fend off a possible hostile offer. Instead, the directors decided to take a “wait and see” approach. We held that, “[t]he time for action under Revlon did not begin-until ... the directors began negotiating the sale of Lyondell.”118 Further, we stated that “[t]he duty to seek the best available price applies only when a company embarks on a transaction — on its own initiative or, in response to an unsolicited offer — -that will result in a change of control.”119 Here, with assistance from RBC, Shackelton, who was then Chairman of both the Special Committee and the Board, iriitiatéd the sale process in December 2010. Given that the Board deemed “any and all actions heretofore taken by ... the Special Committee ... acts and deeds of the Company[,j”120 we confine our holding tó these unusual facts and do not view our affirmance of the trial court’s holding as a departure from our prior case law.121
Third, to sanction RBC’s contention would allow the Board to benefit from a *854more deferential standard of review during the time when, due to its lack of oversight, the Special Committee and RBC engaged in a flawed and conflict-ridden sale process. Given the parties’ agreement on appeal that Revlon applies, the acceptance by both parties of the predicate “facts as found,” RBC’s acknowledgement that, as we stated in C & J Energy, “Revlon requires us to examine whether a .board’s overall course of action was reasonable,”122 we decline to upset, the trial court’s legal determination as to when Revlon was triggered.
We agree with the Court of Chancery’s principal conclusion that the Board’s overall course of conduct fails Revlon scrutiny. Revlon permits a board to pursue the transaction it reasonably views as most valuable to the stockholders, provided “the transaction is subject to an-effective market check under circumstances in which any bidder interested in paying more-has a reasonable opportunity to do so.”123 We stated in C '& J Energy that “[s]uch a market check does not have to involve an active solicitation, so long as interested bidders have a fair opportunity to present a higher-value alternative, and the board has the flexibility to eschew the original transaction and accept the higher-value deal.”124
Here, the evidence fully supports the trial court’s findings that the solicitation process was structured and timed in a manner that impeded interested bidders from presenting potentially higher value alternatives. This aspect of the " trial court’s ruling relied, in part, upon findings that RBC designed the sale process to run in parallel with a process being conducted by EMS, and that “RBC did not disclose that proceeding in parallel with the EMS process served RBC’s interest in gaining a role on the financing trees of bidders for EMS.”125 We agree with the trial court’s suggestion that the reasonableness of initiating a sale process to run in tandem with the EMS auction, absent conflicts of interest, “would be one 'of the many debatable choices that fiduciaries and their advisors must make ... and it would fall within the *855range of reasonableness.” 126 But where undisclosed conflicts of interest exist,.such decisions must be viewed more skeptically.
The record indicates that Rural’s Board was unaware of the implications of the dual-track structure of the bidding process and that the design was driven by RBC’s motivation to obtain financing fees in another transaction with Rural’s competitor. There is ample evidence that there were material barriers, including confidentiality restrictions, that would have impeded or prevented a bidder from making an offer. For example, the record supports the trial court’s findings that a bidder for EMS would need a separate team of advisors to participate in the Rural process, and that these individuals could not share confidential information with advisors working on a potential EMS acquisition. RBC also did not explain that a successful bidder for EMS would own a Rural competitor, making it difficult for the Company to provide due diligence freely to such bidder. The trial court found that “[t]here is no contemporaneous evidence that [these problems] were identified and considered.”127 These findings are sufficiently supported by the record evidence.
The Board, as a result, took no steps to address or mitigate RBC’s conflicts. Directors frequently rely on expert opinions concerning the fairness of proposed transactions, and the Delaware General Corporation Law recognizes that directors may rely, upon such expert opinions. In Citron v. Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corp., this Court observed:
[W]e are, of course, ever mindful of the realities of corporate directorship. We recognize that management is often the catalyst in the decision-making process. We further recognize that a board will receive substantial information from third-party sources. As we have noted on various occasions, however, in change of control situations, sole reliance ■ on hired experts and management can “taint[ ] the design and execution of the transaction.” Thus, we look particularly for evidence of a board’s active and direct role in the sale process.128
While a board may be free to consent to certain conflicts, and has the protections of 8 Del. C. § 141(e), directors need to be active and reasonably informed when overseeing the sale process, including identifying and responding to actual or potential conflicts of interest.129 But, at the same time, a board is not required to perform searching and ongoing due diligence on its retained advisors in order to ensure that the advisors are not acting’in contravention of the company’s interests, thereby undermining the very process for which they have been retained. A board’s consent to a conflict does not give the advisor a “free pass” to act in its own self-interest and to the ’detriment of its client. *856Because the conflicted advisor may, alone, possess information relating to a conflict, the board should require disclosure of, on an ongoing basis, material information that might impact the board’s process.130
In addition to the -problems with the design of the sale process, the trial court found that Rural’s directors were not adequately informed as to Rural’s value. Further, the trial court concluded that, when the Special Committee and RBC were selling Rural, “the Company’s value on a stand-alone basis exceeded what a private equity bidder willingly would pay.”131 RBC contends that the trial court ignores our recent holding in C & J Energy, advocating that the post-signing market check cures any shortcomings of the Rural sale process. The NACD argues that, “this Court has recognized that the absence of topping bids from the market evidences that a board had adequate information to evaluate a sale.”132
But RBC ignores other significant aspects of our holding in C & J Energy, including our recognition that “[t]he ability of the stockholders themselves to freely accept or reject the board’s preferred course of action is also of great importance in this context.”133 Here, the stockholders — and the Board — were unaware of RBC’s conflicts and how they potentially impacted the Warburg offer. Unlike the C & J Energy directors, the Board failed to appropriately satisfy itself that the Warburg transaction was the best course of action for its stockholders. Moreover, Rural’s directors were not in a position to rely on the ability of the Company’s stockholders to have a fair chance to evaluate its decision, in light of the fact that both the Board and the stockholders were operating on the basis of an informational vacuum created by RBC.134 Rural’s directors were not “well-informed” as to Rural’s value, such that the decision to accept Warburg’s offer was devoid of “important efforts” by the Company’s directors “to protect their stockholders and to ensure that the transaction was favorable to them.”135
The Court of Chancery determined that, “[a]s a result of th[e] faulty process, the merger did not generate for stockholders the best value reasonably attainable.... RBC’s faulty design prevented the emergence of the type of competitive dynamic among multiple bidders that is necessary for reliable price discovery.”136 We agree.
*857“When a board exercises its judgment in good faith, tests the transaction through a viable passive market check, and gives its stockholders a fully informed, uncoerced opportunity to vote to accept the deal,” a court will have difficulty determining that such board violated its .Revlon duties.137 But here, the Company’s stockholders were not fully informed when they voted to accept the deal. A confluence of factors undercut the reliability and competitiveness of the Rural sale process.138 Moreover, the presence of - Moelis failed to cleanse the defects in the process and the defective financial' advice the Board received from RBC. The Board treated its advice as secondary to that of RBC and, like RBC, Moelis’s compensation was mostly contingent upon consummation of a transaction.
Finally, we reject RBC’s contention that the trial court erred by finding a due care violation without finding gross negligence. RBC argues that intermediate scrutiny under Revlon exists- to determine whether plaintiff stockholders should receive- pre-closing injunctive relief, but it cannot be used to establish a breach of fiduciary duty that warrants post-closing damages. '
When disinterested directors themselves face liability, the law, for policy reasons, requires that they be deemed to have acted with gross negligence in order to sustain a monetary judgment against them. That does not mean, however, that if they were subject to Revlon duties, and then- conduct was unreasonable, that there was not a breach of fiduciary duty.139 The Board violated its situational duty by failing to take reasonable steps to attain the best value reasonably available to the stockholders. We agree- with the trial court that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties by engaging in conduct that fell outside the range of reasonableness, and that this was a sufficient predicate for its finding of aiding and abetting liability against RBC.
B. The Board Violated its Disclosure Obligations
1. Contentions of the Parties.
The, Court of Chancery concluded that RBC aided and abetted the Board’s breach of the fiduciary duty of disclosure, due to the fact that the “Proxy Statement contained false and misleading information about RBC’s incentives,” in addition tp “false information that RBC presented to the Board in its financial presentation.” RBC argues that the trial court erred in finding that the Proxy Statement was misleading, and in its finding that the purported misstatements and omissions were material. ' * ,
2. Standard of Review
Whether disclosures are adequate “is a mixed [question] of law and *858fact, requiring an assessment of the inferences a reasonable shareholder would draw and the significance of those inferences to- the individual shareholder.”140 Thus, “this Court -has the authority to review the entire record and to make its own findings of fact in a proper case.”141 But “if the findings of the trial judge ‘are sufficiently supported by the record and are the product of an orderly and logical deductive process, ... we accept them, even though independently we might have reached opposite conclusions.’ ”142
3. Discussion
RBC lodges three challenges to the trial court’s analysis with respect to the Disclosure Claim. First, as to the valuation analysis, RBC argues that the Board did not falsely summarize RBC’s fairness analysis ‘in the Proxy Statement. Further, RBC claims that the trial court incorrectly scrutinized whether the analysis performed was proper, as opposed to whether such analysis was accurately described in the Proxy Statement. Second, RBC contends that the Board and the Company’s stockholders were aware of RBC’s role in the EMS financing as a result of a February 14, 2011 CD & R press release identifying RBC among the banks providing the private equity firm with financing in the EMS transaction.143 RBC also asserts that it negotiated a term in the Engagement Letter that permitted it to participate in financing the purchase of Rural’s competitors. On .this point, RBC argues that the Proxy Statement described its relationship with Warburg and disclosed that it was given permission “to indicate that it would be willing to offer buy-side financing.”144 Such disclosure, according to RBC, was sufficient to inform stockholders that RBC- operated with a potential conflict throughout the sale process. Finally, RBC contends that the trial court’s finding that the Proxy Statement contained materially misleading disclosures about, the Board’s conclusion as to RBC’s ability to provide financing to potential purchasers was incorrect.
The Board’s “fiduciary duty of disclosure, like the board’s duties under Revlon and its progeny, is not an independent dutfy] but the application in a specific context of the board’s fiduciary duties of care, good .faith, and loyalty.”145 In Pfeffer v. Redstone, we stated that “[corporate fiduciaries can breach their duty of disclosure under Delaware law. .. by making a materially false statement, by omitting a material fact, or by .making a partial disclosure that is materially misleading.”146 We also observed that, “[t]o state a claim for breach by omission of any duty to disclose, a plaintiff must plead facts identifying (1) *859material, (2) reasonably available (3) information that (4) was omitted from the proxy materials.”147
For an omission to be material, “there must be a substantial likelihood that the disclosure of the omitted fact would have been viewed by'the reasonable investor as having significantly altered the ‘total mix’ of information -made available.”148 Stated' another way, “[ojmitted' facts are material ‘if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable stockholder would- consider [them] important in deciding how to vote.’ ”149 Materiality “does not' require proof of a substantial likelihood that disclosure of the omitted fact would have caused the reasonable investor to change his vote[,]”'150 only that such reasonably available information would have impacted Upon a stockholder’s voting decision. But “[o]mitted facts are not, material, simply because they might be helpful.”151
i. The Valuation Analysis
The Court of Chancery’s finding that the Proxy Statement incorporated a false valuation analysis centered on the fact that “RBC told the [Board] that it used ‘Wall Street research analyst consensus projections’ to derive Rural’s EBITDA for 2010.”152 According to the trial court, “[t]he ‘consensus projections’ were neither analyst projections, nor did they represent a Wall Street consensus. The figures were actually Rural’s reported results, not projections, and RBC used the reported figures without adjusting for one-time expenses,-which was contrary to the Wall Street consensus.”153
" RBC rests its argument on three points. It contends that the trial court (1) erred in analyzing whether RBC’s' fairness analysis was flawed rather than whether the Proxy Statement fairly and accurately described that analysis; (2) erred in concluding that the underlying fairness analysis was false; and (3) erred in determining that the Adjusted EBITDA figure Used in conducting the precedent transaction analysis was material. ' We disagree with these contentions.
The trial court concluded that the Proxy Statement did not accurately represent RBC’s analysis. It found that RBC employed an Adjusted EBITDA figure of $69.8 million when conducting its precedent transaction analysis, while the Proxy Statement’s disclosures with respect to Rural’s 2010 Adjusted EBITDA referenced the $76.8 million figure. Moreover, the Proxy Statement stated that RBC adjusted the guideline target companies’ EBITDA in its precedent transaction analysis “to account for . ^. certain one-time expenses154- The • trial court also found that the Proxy Statement falsely suggested that RBC performed its analysis in accordance with Wall Street analyst “consensus.” Accordingly, the trial court determined that a stockholder reviewing *860the Proxy Statement would incorrectly conclude that RBC used the disclosed Adjusted EBITDA that added back one-time expenses.
Here, the trial court’s decision was both supported by. the record and well-reasoned. There is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable stockholder would consider the Adjusted EBITDA figure used in conducting the precedent transaction analysis to be material when considering how to vote. Both ISS and Glass Lewis interpreted $8.19 per share — the low end of the “consensus” range at 6.3x — as the true low end of RBC’s precedent transaction analysis. We agree with the trial court’s conclusion that the “consensus” range was artificial and misleading, and that the information that RBC provided for the Proxy Statement about its precedent transaction analysis was material and false.
ii RBC’s Failure to Fully Disclose its Conflicts
RBC contends that its last minute efforts seeking to provide staple financing to Warburg were “not material.” ■ RBC further urges that stockholders reading the Proxy Statement knew that RBC operated with a potential conflict and that disclosure of that potential conflict was suffi-dent.155 The Court of Chancery concluded that the “Proxy Statement contained false and misleading information about RBC’s incentives.”156 In so doing, it reiterated that “it is imperative for the stockholders to be able to understand what factors might influence the financial advisor’s analytical efforts — ”157 We agree.
■ The Proxy Statement stated that RBC received the right to offer staple financing because it. “could provide a source for financing on terms that might not otherwise be available to potential buyers of the Company....”158 The trial court determined that this, statement was “false,” given that the Board “never concluded that RBC could provide financing that might otherwise not be available, and no evidence to that effect was introduced at trial.”159 This finding is supported by the record.
'The Proxy Statement’s discussion of RBC’s right to offer staple financing was a partial disclosure. When parties to a transaction and their advisors “travel[] down the road of partial disclosure ... they ... [have] an obligation to provide the stockholders with an accurate, full, and fair characterization of those historic events.”160 The Proxy Statement failed to disclose how RBC- used the Rural sale process to seek a financing role in the *861EMS transaction. ■ Nor did it disclose RBC’s courtship of Warburg. When viewed in conjunction with the potential fees RBC was to receive for its financing services, the investment bank’s pursuit of Warburg’s-financing business was demonstrative of a conflict that was unquestionably material, and necessitated full and fair disclosure for the benefit of the stockholders.
' ' C. RBC Aided and Abetted the Board’s Breaches
1. Contentions of the Parties
RBC advances three arguments to support its claim that the Court of Chancery erred in determining that the investment bank aided and abetted the Board’s breach of the duty of care. First, RBC argues that a third party, cannot “knowingly participate” in an exculpated breach of the duty of care, and it contends that a third party cannot knowingly participate in a breach of the duty of care that is not “inherently wrongful.” Second, RBC suggests that the Court of Chancery erred by concluding that “a third party” can be deemed to have knowingly participated in a breach of the duty of care when it “misleads directors into breaching their” fiduciary obligation. Finally, RBC asserts that aiding and abetting is a “subset of conspiracy” and therefore- rests on proof that the aider and abettor agreed to a joint course of conduct with the primary actor.
2. Standard of Review
This Court reviews the Court of Chancery’s conclusions of law de novo. 161 However, we. afford a trial court’s factual findings a “high level” of deference,162 and we will not , disturb such conclusions unless they are. the by-product of clear error.163
■3. Discussion
In Malpiede v. Townson, this Court described the elements of aiding and abetting breaches-of fiduciary duty as: (i) the existence of a fiduciary relationship, ■ (ii) a breach of the fiduciary’s duty, (iii) knowing participation in that breach by the defendants, and (iv) damages proximately caused by the breach.164 The first two elements are established as set forth above.
As to the third element, this Court, in Malpiede, observed that “[a] third party may be hable for, aiding and abetting a breach of a corporate fiduciary’s duty to the stockholders if the third party ‘knowingly participates’ in the breach.”165 We stated further that “[k]nowing participation in a board’s fiduciary breach requires that the third party act with the knowledge that the conduct advocated' or *862assisted constitutes such a breach.”166 As an example, this Court has said that “a bidder may be liable to the target’s stockholders if the bidder attempts to create or exploit conflicts of interest in the board.”167 The trial court, in a lengthy analysis of aiding and abetting law and tort law, held that if a “[i]f the third party knows that the board is breaching its duty of care and participates in the breach by misleading the board or creating the informational vacuum, then the third party can be liable for aiding and abetting.”168 We affirm this narrow holding.
It is the aider and abettor that must act- with scienter. The aider and abettor must act “knowingly, intentionally, or with reckless indifference ... [;]”169 that is, with an “illicit state of mind,”170 To establish scienter, the plaintiff must demonstrate that the aider and abettor had “actual or constructive knowledge-that their conduct was legally improper.”171 Accordingly, the question of whether a defendant acted with scienter is a factual .determination.172 The trial court found that, “[o]n the facts of this case, RBC acted with the necessary degree of scienter and can be held liable for aiding and. abetting.”173 The evidence supports this finding.
RBC knowingly induced thé breach by exploiting its own conflicted interests to the detriment of Rural and by creating an informational vacuum.174 RBC’s knowing participation included its. failure to disclose its interest in obtaining a financing role in the EMS transaction and how it planned to use its engagement as Rural’s advisor to capture buy-side financing work from bidders for EMS; its knowledge that the Board and Special Committee were uninformed about Rural’s value; and its failure to disclose to the Board its interest in providing the winning bidder in the Rural process with buy-side financing and its *863eleventh-hour attempts to secure that role while simultaneously leading the negotiations on price.. RBC’s desire for War-burg’s business‘'also manifested itself in its financial analysis, provided by RBC the day the Board approved the merger. RBC’s illicit manipulation of the Board’s deliberative processes for self-interested purposes was enabled, in part, by the Board’s own lack of oversight, affording RBC “the opportunity to indulge in the misconduct which- occurred.”175 The Board was unaware of RBC’s modifications to the valuation analysis, back-channel communications with Warburg, and eleventh-hour attempt to capture at least a portion of the acquirer’s buy-side financing business. RBC made no effort to advise the Rural directors about these contextually shaping points. The result was a poorly-timed sale at a price that was not the product of appropriate efforts to obtain the best value reasonably available and, as the trial court found, a failure to recognize that Rural’s stand-alone value exceeded the sale price.
. RBC’s failure to fully disclose its conflicts and ulterior motives to the Board, in turn, led to a lack of disclosure in the Proxy Statement.176 The Proxy Statement included materially misleading information that RBC presented to the Board in its financial presentation - and omitted information about RBC’s conflicts.
The manifest. intentionality of RBC’s conduct — as evidenced by the, bankers’ own internal communications — is demonstrative of the advisor’s knowledge of the reality that, the Board was proceeding on the basis of fragmentary and misleading information. Propelled by its own improper motives, RBC misled' the Rural directors into breaching their duty of care, thereby aiding and abetting the -Board’s breach of its fiduciary obligations.177
D, Proximate Cause
1. Contentions of the Parties
RBC contends that the court below improperly concluded that but for the financial advisor’s actions the Board would not have breached, its- duty of care “and damaged Rural’s- stockholders by causing the Company to be.sold ut a price below its fair value.”178 RBC suggests that “Moel-is’s presence in [the Warburg] negotiations logically cuts the causal link relied upon by the trial court.” 179 RBC similarly rests on the availability of Moelis’s financial analysis to support its argument that the Court of Chancery, erred in determining that RBC proximately caused the harm suffered by the Company’s stockholders when voting in favor of the Warburg offer on the basis of the misleading and false Proxy Statement.180
*8642. Standard of Review
On appeal, this Court reviews the issue of proximate cause for clear error, as the question “is ordinarily a question of fact to be determined by the trier of fact.”181
3. Discussion
Under Delaware law, a proximate cause is one “which in natural and continuous sequence, unbroken by any efficient intervening cause, produces the injury and without which the result would not have occurred.”182 Our law “has long recognized that there may be more than one proximate cause of an injury.”183 To establish proximate cause, “a plaintiff must show that .-the result would not have occurred ‘but- for’ the defendant’s action.”184 Further, “[i]n order to break the causal chain, the intervening cause must also be a superseding cause, that is, the intervening act or event itself must have been neither anticipated nor reasonably foreseeable by the original tortfeasor.”185 “[A] superseding cause is a new and independent act, itself a proximate cause of an injury, which breaks the causal connection between the original tortious conduct and the injury.” 186 However, “[t]he mere occurrence of an intervening cause ... does not automatically break the chain of causation stemming from the original tortious conduct.” 187
The Board’s receipt of Moelis’s financial analysis — which the Special Committee treated as “secondary” to that of RBC— does not remedy RBC’s improper conduct, nor does it destroy the causal link between RBC’s actions, the Board’s failure to satisfy itself of its fiduciary obligations, and the harm suffered by the Company’s stockholders.188 Moelis was a secondary actor in the valuation process, and — like RBC— was compensated for its advisory role on contingent basis. RBC’s argument that Moelis’s presence cleansed the process falls short, in part, because the supposedly conflict-cleansing bank was paid on the same contingent basis as the primary bank. A contingent compensation arrangement that pays an advisor a percentage of the deal value can have the salutary effect of aligning the interests of the advis- or with those of its client in attempting to obtain the best value. But there could be misalignment over whether to take a deal *865in the first instance, and divergence could arise over how to proceed during final negotiations.189 Moelis’s fairness opinion does not cure RBC’s aiding and abetting of the Board’s breach of the duty of disclosure. Here, the stockholders went to the ballot box on the basis of a deficient Proxy Statement, the insufficiency and misleading nature of which was due to RBC’s failure to be forthcoming.
SIFMA submits that a claim for aiding and abetting a breach of the duty of care, if recognized by this Court, would create an anomalous imbalance of responsibilities where a non-fiduciary may be held liable for an unintentional violation of a fiduciary duty by a fiduciary. Here, these concerns are overstated since the claim for aiding and abetting was premised on 'RBC’s “fraud on the Board,” and that RBC aided and abetted the Board’s breach of duty where, for RBC’s own motives, it' “intentionally duped” the directors into breaching their duty of carel190 The record evidence amply supports the trial court’s conclusion that RBC purposely misled the Board so as to proximately cause the Board to breach its duty of care; Accordingly, our holding.is a .narrow-one-,that should not be read .expansively to suggest that any failure on the part of a- financial advisor to- prevent directors from breaching their duty of care gives rise to a claim for aiding and abetting a breach of the duty of care.191 Moreover, the require-*866merit that the aider and abettor act with scienter makes an aiding and. abetting claim among the most difficult to prove.192 Here, that standard was satisfied by the unusual facts proven at trial and which have not been seriously challenged on appeal.
E. The Trial Court Did Not• Err in Calculating Damages
1.Contentions of the Parties
■ On appeal, RBC suggests that the Court of Chancery abused its discretion in calculating damages by ignoring the results of a full auction and post-signing market check and accepting an unreasonably inflated discounted .cash flow as the sole evidence of valuer For her part, Jervis suggests that the . Court of Chancery properly determined the amount of damages suffered by the Class.
2. Standard of Review
We réview findings as to damages by the Court of Chancery for an abuse of discretion.193 “The Court of Chancery has the ... power ‘to grant such ,.. relief as the facts of a particular case may dictate.’ ”194
3. Discussion
The Court of Chancery determined that the Class was entitled to com*867pensatory damages in the amount of $4.17 per share.195 Relying, in . part, on this Court’s holding in Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., the Court of Chancery undertook to discover the “fair value” or “intrinsic val* ue” of the shares held.by the Class “using the same methodologies employed in an appraisal [proceeding]....”196
As part of Rural. I, the . trial court adopted the discounted cash flow model presented by Jervis’s expert as the general framework for the valuation analysis. Further, the trial court ordered revised expert analyses “extending” Rural’s management projections and employing the projections that Jervis’s expert advanced, reasoning that “DiMino and his team .prepared reliable projections based on the business plan that he developed and the Board adopted.”197 Accounting for DiMi-no’s aggressive acquisition program was problematic, however' The Court of Chancery concluded that “[n]ormalizing the EBITDA figure or adjusting the terminal value multiple requires assumptions about the future states of the world, but those assumptions are hidden in altered numbers.”198 For that reason,' the trial court ordered the revised analyses to extend the projections and employ those that were set out by Jervis’s expert, noting that “the technique of extending the projections deals with the valuation difficulties more forthrightly by making its assumptions explicitly and enabling them to' be evaluated and tested.”199
. The Court of Chancery, -in Rural I, also resolved a series of disputes stemming from the methodologies employed by the parties’ experts at trial. It concluded that the standard capital asset pricing model “that adds a size premium-'to reflect the superior historical performance of smaller companies” should be used to determihe the discount rate.200 The trial court also ordered that the revised expert submissions incorporate two calculations, “one using the historical equity risk premiüm and another using the supply side equity risk premium.”:201 Finally, in' Rural I, the Court of Chancery .ordered that- the experts recalculate beta using Jervis’s expert’s method, which derived beta from “weekly data measured against the S & P 500 for two years,” as opposed to the method set forth by .RBC’s expert that “used monthly measurements and a five year look-back period.” 202 In so, ordering, the Court of Chancery reasoned that “both are acceptable methods. In this specific case,, both .measures are problematic because the. reliability of an observed beta depends on an efficient trading market.”203 According to the trial court, Rural’s stock did not achieve market efficiency “on a reasonably consistent basis until the second week of September 2009.” 204 Thus, it ordered a measuring period from September 11, 2009 to March 25, 2011.
*868In Rural II, upon receipt of the revised expert opinions and based on the evidence presented at trial, the Court of Chancery determined to use a beta of 1.199, because “[t]he beta calculated as instructed in [Rural I was] 1.147, which [was] lower .than the figure advocated by [Jervis’s expert]. To avoid awarding value beyond what [Jer-vis] sought, [Rural II] use[d]”'the beta advanced by Jervis’s expert.205 In Rural II, the trial court adopted “the compromise position of giving equal weight to the supply side and historical equity risk premiums” and employed 3.7% as the perpetuity growth rate, which was the low end of the range advanced by RBC’s' expert.206
The Court of Chancery concluded that the “quasi-appraisal value for Rural as of the Merger date [was] $21.42 peí share. The members of the Class received $17.25 in the Merger and therefore suffered damages of $4.17 per share.” 207 It also determined, in Rural I, that “exclusive reliance on the negotiated deal price [was] inappropriate” in its attempt to determine damages,208 in part, because, “[w]hen the sale process started, the market did not understand Rural’s prospects.” 209 Further, the trial court determined that “RBC’s faulty [sale process] design prevented the emergence of the type of competitive dynamic among multiple bidders that is necessary for reliable price discovery.... If RBC had not run thé Rural process in parallel with the EMS process, other private equity players with ... large funds [equal to that of Warburg] could have participated, forcing up the price.”210 Similarly, the competitive dynamic was inhibited by the fact that potential strategic bidders for Rural were themselves tied up in change of change of control' transactions at the time the Company was exploring a sale.
In Americas Mining Corp. v. Theriault, we explained that,‘“[i]n making a decision on damages, or any other matter, the trial court must set forth its reasons. This provides the parties with a record basis' to challenge the decision. ' It alsb enables a reviewing court to properly discharge its appellate function.”211 Here, the Court of Chancery explained the reasons for its calculation of damages in great detail. The trial court applied the quasi-appraisal remedy to conclude that Rural’s stockholders were denied $4.17 per share in the' War-burg deal. In addition to an actual award of monetary relief, the Court of Chancery had the authority to grant pre- and post-judgment interest, and to determine the form of that interest.212 Here, the court below awarded pre- and post-judgment interest at the legal rate, running from June 30, 2011 until the date of payment.213
The record reflects that the Court of Chancery properly exercised its broad discretionary powers in fashioning a remedy and making its award of damages. The trial court’s judgment awarding damages is, accordingly, affirmed.214
*869 F. DUCATA
1.Contentions of the Parties
RBC does not question the applicability of the Delaware Uniform Contribution Among Tortfeasors Act (“DUCATA”), but rather the manner in which the Court of Chancery applied it. RBC’s arguments can be summarized as follows: (1) the Court of Chancery erred by failing to allocate fault on a pro rata basis as required by Section 6304 of DUCATA; (2) the trial court erred by denying RBC a fair chance to prove that other parties to the transaction were joint tortfeasors; (3) the trial court erred in holding that the burden rested with Jervis to demonstrate that the other defendants were joint tortfeasors; (4) the trial court should not have invoked the doctrine of unclean hands; and (5) quasi-estoppel should apply. For her part, Jervis unconditionally defends the trial court’s application of DUCATA.
After applying DUCATA to the breach of the duty of care by the Rural directors, the Court of Chancery concluded that (1) the total damages suffered by the Class amounted to $91,323,554.61; (2) two of the settling defendants, Shackelton and DiMi-no, were joint tortfeasors who breached their duty of loyalty and bore a 17% share of the responsibility for the damages suffered by the Class; and (3) RBC was responsible for 83% of the damages, or $75,798,550.33, plus pre- and post-judgment interest at the legal rate from June 30, 2011 until the date of payment.
2. Standard of Review
This Court reviéws the Court of Chancery’s conclusions of law de novo. 215 However, we afford a trial court’s factual findings a “high level” of deference,216 and will leave..such conclusions undisturbed unless they are the by-product of clear error.217
3. Discussion
i. The Court of Chancery Properly Allocated Fault on a Pro Rata Basis
Pursuant to DUCATA, this State recognizes the right of contribution among joint tortfeasors.218 The trial court determined that RBC, Shackelton, and. DiMino qualified as .joint tortfeasors. By DUCA-TA’s terms, “[a], joint tortfeasor is not entitled to a money judgment for contribution until he or she has by payment discharged the common liability or has paid more than his of her pro rata share thereof.” 219 Stated otherwise,, a joint tortfeasor cannot obtain contribution from another tortfeasor until the tortfeasor seeking contribution has satisfied its common liability as to the plaintiff or made payment in excess of its relative fault.
Further, Section 6302(d) of DUCATA provides that “[w]hen there is such a disproportion of fault among joint tortfeasors as to render inequitable an equal distribution among them of the common liability by contribution, the relative degrees of *870fault of the joint tortfeasors shall be considered in determining their pro rata shares.” 220 That is to say, when one joint tortfeasor’s culpability meaningfully exceeds another’s, the more culpable of the two may properly be required to account to the plaintiff for its higher degree of fault. Section 6306(d) modifies this concept by providing: “[a]s among joint tort-feasors against whom a judgment has been entered in a single action, § 6802(d) of this' title applies only if the issue of proportionate fault is litigated between them by cross-complaint in that action.”221
Here, the Settlement’ Agreement — to which RBC did not object — bars any claims against the settling defendants for contribution. Further, it expressly provides that, pursuant to 10 Del C. § 6304(b), the damages recoverable against the non-settling defendant RBC “will be reduced to the extent of the pro rata shares, if any, of Moelis and the Rural/Metro Defendants.” 222 Accordingly, while its claims for contribution were barred, RBC retained the opportunity to claim a judgment reduction under-10 Del. C. § 6304(b). In this regard, it contends that its damages should have been reduced by the appropriate pro rata share of the seven settling defendants. It further maintains that of the eight total defendants, each should have been allocated an equal 12.5% share. Thus, RBC claims it should have received a settlement credit under 10 Del. C. § 6304(b) equal to 87.5% of the damages, with RBC remaining liable only for the 12.5% of the total damages.
The Court of Chancery properly determined that- “DUCATA uses the term ‘pro rata ’ to mean ‘proportionate,’ which is the plain meaning of the term.”223 The United States Supreme Court has also recognized the term “pro rata” to mean “proportionate;” “Some courts have adopted the concept of -a pro-rata recovery— Under this procedure, damages are distributed ... on a proportional ba-sis_” 224 This Court has also interpreted pro rata to mean “proportionate.”225
The trial court assigned 83% of the responsibility for the damages to the Class to RBC. In so doing, it reasoned that the Sale Process Claim and the Disclosure Claim “can be weighted equally' on the premise that each led to the same injury.” 226 Because RBC was “the party sole*871ly responsible for the Disclosure Claim,” the Court of Chancery allocated 50% of the responsibility for the total damages suffered by the Class tó RBC.227 As to the Sale Process Claim, which accounted for the remaining portion of the damages suffered, the trial court suggested that the “breaches of duty that occurred when Shackelton and RBC initiated the sale process ... and the breaches of duty that occurred during the final' approval” of Warburg’s offer “can be weighted equally.”228 Applying the unclean hands doctrine, the trial court determined that “RBC cannot seek contribution and is not entitled to any settlement credit for the breaches of duty that occurred during the final approval of the Merger. RBC is therefore allocated an additional 25% of the responsibility for the damagés suffered by the Class to account for the breaches that took place during the final approval.” 229 agree with the trial court’s pro rata allocation of fault.
ii. RBC Had a Fair Chance to Prove that Other Parties to the Transaction were Joint Tortfeasors
RBC contends that “Section 6306(d) requires actual litigation between the joint tortfeasors beforé proceeding on anything other than a pro rata basis.” 230 This Court has stated that “when one or more pretrial settlements have occurred, joint tort[ jfeasor status is ... resolved judicially by submitting the liability of a settling defendant to the trier of fact for a determination.” 231
In Ikeda v. Moloch, we held, in the context of Section 6306(d), that “the filing of a cross-claim is a prerequisite to the apportionment of liability between joint tort[ jfeasors based upon relative degrees of fault.” 232 Here, RBC filed a cross-claim against the settling defendants, who “remained parties to ■ the -action for purposes of trial after the'agreements in principle were reached.” 233 Ikeda stands for the proposition that “[a] jury may not properly fulfill its role as trier of fact unless the questions to be decided by the jury are litigated at trial.” 234 Given that this ease involved a bench trial, however, RBC acknowledges that the Court of Chancery correctly determined-. that RBC did. not waive its right , to argue during post-trial proceedings that the . settling defendants were joint tortfeasors. But it urges that the trial court erred by requiring RBC to litigate its contribution claims upon “the record created at trial and in light of the factual findings” in the trial court’s opinion adjudging liability.235 - It contends that such limitation was particularly unfair where the defendants had asserted a common interest privilege during the litigation.
To the extent that RBC- Claims prejudice due to the' timing of the eve-of-trial settlements between the-plaintiffs'and all other defendants, that is simply a function of, RBC being the-last-non-settling defendant. This situation does not- relieve RBC of its *872burden to prove the joint tortfeasor status of the other defendants. After the agreements in principle were reached, the settling defendants remained parties to the action for purposes of trial. RBC had the opportunity to develop a record in support of its contribution claims at trial. Three of the individual defendants testified at trial. RBC could have issued trial subpoenas as to the others. RBC was permitted to file a post-trial brief in support of its contribution defenses.236 Further, the settling defendants were not released from the case until six months after trial and RBC did not object to the settlement or to the entry of the Partial Final Judgment.237
RBC also contends that it “seeks only Section 6304(b) judgment reduction[,]” and that- Section 6302(d)’s allowance for disproportionate fault applies only with respect to claims for contribution. Thus, it claims that disproportionate fault may not be considered under Section 6304(b). Yet, RBC’s contention is based upon its view — which we reject — that pro rata must mean “equal.” We also reject RBC’s contention that the trial court erred in finding that the settling directors were not joint tortfeasors. Section 6301 defines “joint tortfeasors” as “2 or more persons jointly or severally liable in tort for the same injury to person or property, whether or not judgment has been recovered against all or some of them.” Because of the operation of Rural’s Section 102(b)(7) exculpatory provision, the director defendants would not be liable for money damages.
Nor would the settling defendants be “tortfeasors” as a result of the settlement. In Medical Center of Delaware, Inc. v. Mullins,238 we concluded that a release providing for a reduction in a plaintiffs recovery in accordance with Section 6304 does not establish a settling defendant as a joint tortfeasor by its nature.239 In other words, a release, absent an admission, is insufficient to establish a settling defendant as a joint tortfeasor. As the Court of Chancery observed, DUCATA applies only to joint tortfeasors. Moelis and the settling members of the Rural Board were not adjudicated joint tortfeasors, nor did the Settlement Stipulation 240 or Partial Final Judgment contain an admission of liability establishing them as such. Accordingly, here, as in Mullins, the applicable release predicated any settlement reduction upon an adjudication of the settling defendants’ liability as joint tortfeasors. Thus, the trial court correctly concluded that the settlement did not establish the joint tortfeasor status of the settling defendants.
As to RBC’s suggestion that the doctrine of quasi-estoppel bars Jervis from asserting that neither the Board nor Moelis were joint tortfeasors, it is mistaken. Under Delaware law, the doctrine of quasi-estoppel applies “when it would be *873unconscionable to allow a person to maintain a position inconsistent with one to which -he acquiesced, or from which he. accepted a benefit. To constitute this sort of estoppel the act of. the party against whom the estoppel is sought must have gained some advantage for himself or produced some disadvantage to another.”241 In Mullins, the plaintiff was. permitted, to assert liability against all defendants, settle with a subset of, the defendants, and maintain, for the purposes of the contribution claims, that the non-settling defendant was not negligent. We decline to hold that Jervis is estopped from disputing the joint tortfeasor status of the settling defendants in the similar circumstances presented here. We do' not find Jervis’s shift in litigation position to be' unconscionable. Rather, it is a predictable consequence of settling the case as to all other defendants.242
Hi Rural’s-Section 102(b)(7) Exculpatory Provision Does !> Not Shield RBC
RBC challenges, on both legal and policy grounds, the trial court’s conclusion that Rural’s Section 102(b)(7) exculpatory provision precluded contribution from the defendant directors: (1) from a legal perspective, RBC claims that the trial court improperly asserted the Board’s 102(b)(7) defense on their behalf; and (2) from a policy perspective, duty of care exculpatory provisions, according to RBC, are intended to eliminate liability, not shift it. We address both arguments, in turn. In so doing, we affirm thé trial court’s holding, but not necessarily its rebanee on Delaware decisions construing the Delaware Guest Statute and Delaware’s Tort Claims Act.243
*874“The statutory enactment of Section 102(b)(7) was a logical corollary to the common law principles of the business judgment rule. Since its enactment, Delaware courts have consistently held that the adoption of a charter provision, in accordance with Section 102(b)(7), bars the recovery of monetary damages from directors for a successful shareholder claim that is based exclusively upon establishing a violation of the duty of care.” 244 This Court, in In re Cornerstone .Therapeutics Inc. Stockholder Litigation) recently repeated our recognition that “[t]he purpose of Section 102(b)(7) [is] to ‘free{] up directors to take business risks without worrying about negligence lawsuits.’ ”245
One of the primary policy motivations impelling Section 102(b)(7)’s adoption was — and continues to be today — the elimination of liability “for potentially value-maximizing business decisions....”246 However, in the case now before us, Rural’s exculpatory charter provision is operating as intended: to exculpate the directors from monetary damage liability for a breach of the duty of care. Accordingly, the Company’s Section 102(b)(7) provision did not vitiate the Board’s obligation to adhere to its fiduciary obligation to proceed with due care, it simply proscribed monetary liability in the event that they failed to do so. - RBC’s-knowing and intentional inducement of the fiduciary breach justifies the award of damages in this matter, and such award is neither inequitable nor contrary to the policies underlying Section 102(b)(7).
Importantly, while Section 102(b)(7) insulates directors from monetary damages stemming from a breach of the duty of care, its protection does not apply to third parties such as RBC. As the Court of Chancery observed, “[t]he literal language of Section 102(b)(7) only covers directors; it does not extend to aiders and' abettors.”247 Our Legislature did not intend for Section' 102(b)(7) to safeguard third parties and thereby create a perverse incentive system wherein trusted advisors to directors could, for their own selfish motives, intentionally mislead a board only to hide behind their victim’s liability shield when stockholders or the corporation seeks retribution for the wrongdoing. RBC cannot essentially commit a fraud upon the very directors who hired and relied upon it, and subsequently seek to exploit the Board’s, exculpatory provision.
RBC urges that the trial court’s application of the interplay of DUCATA and Section 102(b)(7) results in an erroneous and inequitable shifting of liability, and further underscores why this Court should *875not recognize a cause of action for aiding and abetting a board’s breach of its duty of care. The argument is that, unless reversed, stockholders — who voted to place such exclusions from liability in their corporate charters — would be able to shift damages from the fiduciaries (directors), who are primarily liable but who are statutorily immunized from a damages claim, to a non-fiduciary (and non-immunized) third party (financial advisor). They suggest that this interpretation of DUCATA causes the financial advisor to bear a disproportionate and inequitable share of the liability and essentially makes financial advisors sureties for grossly negligent directors who may approve M & A transactions with no risk of liability to the directors themselves. Stated another way, had they not settled, the directors would have enjoyed protection from damages under Section 102(b)(7); the trial court declined to extend this protection to RBC, and so RBC was liable for damages for aiding and abetting the directors’ breach of due care where the directors themselves would not have been liable for damages.
We reject RBC’s contention that the trial court erred by considering the impact of Section 102(b)(7).248 We find no error, in the trial court’s determination that RBC had the burden to show that the directors would not have been exculpated and that, but for the settlement, they would have shared a common liability to the Class. As for the directors who were not entitled to exculpation, as in the case of DiMino and Shackelton, RBC was properly given a credit under DUCATA.
Nor is the result here inequitable. The trial court properly determined that RBC’s conduct accounted for a disproportionate amount of the fault. Further, the law provides third-party advisors, like RBC, a benefit not available to directors. That is, if an advisor acts with gross negligence, that will not be sufficient for a finding of aiding and abetting .liability. • Rather, plaintiffs must prove that the advisor acted with scienter. If an advisor -knowingly, induces directors to breach their duty to act reasonably under Revlon, the advisor is liable but only under a more stringent standard for imposing liability than a director faces when the director is not protected by a Section 102(b)(7) provision. In essence, the aider and abettor standárd affords the advisor a form of protection by insulating it from liability unless it acts ■With scienter.
iv. The Court of Chancery Did Not Err in Applying the Doctrine , of Unclean Hands
RBC asserts that the Court of Chancery erroneously relied upon the doctrine of' unclean hands to preclude the bank from seeking contribution “for the Disclosure Claim or for the aspect of the Sale Procesé Claim relating to the final approval of the Merger.” 249 In Rural II, the Court of Chancery held that “the doctrine of unclean hands bars RBC from claiming the settlement credit to the extent RBC perpetrated” a fraud on the board.250
The doctrine of unclean hands is “[e]quity’s maxim that a suitor who en*876gaged in his own reprehensible conduct in the course of [a] transaction at issue must be denied equitable relief..., a rule which in' conventional formulation operated in li-mine to bar the suitor from invoking the aid of the equity court;...”251 This Court has said before that “[t]he Court of Chancery has broad discretion in determining whéther to apply the doctrine of unclean hands.” 252 Further, “[t]he question of unclean hands' is factual, and our review will be limited to an inquiry as to whether the findings below support the conclusion that” RBC had unclean hands.253
Based upon our review of the record before us, the trial court correctly concluded that “RBC forfeited its right to have a court consider contribution” for the Disclosure and Sale Process Claims “by committing fraud against the very directors from whom RBC would seek contribution.”254 We agree with the trial court’s reasoning that if RBC were permitted to seek contribution for these claims from the directors, then RBC would be taking advantage of the targets of its own misconduct. By contrast, RBC was appropriately allowed to claim a credit for the aspect of the Sale Process Claim that did not involve misrepresentations and omissions by RBC towards its co-defendants.
G. Fee Shifting
1. Contentions of the Parties
Ón February 12, 2015, the Court of Chancery denied Jervis’s application for fee shifting. She now contends that the trial court improperly concluded that the bad faith exception to the American Rule mandated á finding of “glaring egregiousness” in order to shift attorneys’ fees.255 Jérvis, instead, suggests that the standard for fee'shifting under this exception “is met in light of the Court of Chancery’s factual findings respecting RBC’s knowingly false factual representations in its pre-trial papers....” 256 On the other hand, RBC asserts that the Court of Chancery correctly applied the “glaring egregiousness” standard to the exception, and that Jervis failed to set forth clear evidence that RBC engaged in bad faith litigation conduct.
2. Standard of Review
When reviewing an award or denial of attorneys’ fees under exceptions to the American Rule, this Court determines whether the trial court abused its discretion.257 “We do not substitute our own notions of what is right for those of the trial judge if that judgment was based upon conscience and reason, as opposed to capriciousness or arbitrariness.”258
*8773. Discussion
“Under the American Rule, absent express statutory language to the contrary, each party is normally obligated to pay only his or her own attorneys’ fees, whatever the outcome of the litigation.”259 We have previously recognized, however, the bad faith exception to the rule.260 Recently, we observed that, this exception is premised on the theory that “when a litigant imposes unjustifiable costs on its adversary by bringing baseless claims or by improperly increasing the costs of litigation through other bad faith conduct, shifting fees helps to' deter future misconduct and compensates the victim of that misconduct.” 261
“[A]n award of fees, for bad faith conduct must derive from either the commencement of an action in bad faith or bad faith conduct taken during litigation, and not from conduct that gave rise to the underlying.cause of action.” 262 Further, “[t]he bad faith exception applies only in extraordinary cases, and the party seeking to invoke that exception must demonstrate by clear evidence that the party from whom fees are sought ... acted in subjective bad faith.” 263 Our courts have not settled on a singular definition of bad faith litigation conduct, but “‘have found bad faith where parties have unnecessarily prolonged or delayed litigation, falsified records^] or knowingly asserted frivolous claims.’ ” 264 Further, we have recognized the bad' faith exception where a party is found to have “mis[ied] the court, alter[ed] testimony, or changfed] position on an issue.” 265 ’
During its ruling from the bench, the trial court cited to several instances of what it believed to be potentially demonstrative of RBC’s bad faith litigation conduct arising throughout the proceeding below. In sum, the Court of Chancery determined that .RBC made intentional and misleading misstatements of fact in its briefs and at trial. The trial court suggested that RBC’s bad faith litigation conduct touched upon its failure to appropriately characterize its staple financing efforts; 266 the interactive dynamic between its financing and M & A teams;267 and, perhaps most problematically, the na*878ture of its pursuit of Warburg’s buy-side financing business.268 Despite the fact that these misrepresentations struck at central issues before the Court of Chancery for adjudication, the trial court concluded that fee shifting was not warranted because RBC’s misstatements did not cross the threshold of “glaring egregiousness.” 269 Indeed, the trial court remarked that RBC’s actions were “aggressive” and “problematic.”270
For example, RBC’s Munoz did not admit until redirect questioning on the second day of trial that RBC had been lobbying Warburg on Saturday, March 26, 2011, seeking a role in the’ buy-side financing. That admission stood in sharp contrast to various statements in RBC’s pre-trial briefing, including the following:
• “RBC was not asked to provide a fairness opinion until after it was clear that there would be no staple financing.”271
• ‘Warburg made clear that it would not use RBC’s financing; hénce RBC had no incentive to favor Warburg, and there is no record of RBC favoring any bidder.”272
• “By March 23, 2011, RBC and the Special Committee were aware that RBC would not be providing staple financing for the Transaction.”273
• “Furthermore, RBC could not have been motivated to find the Transaction fair, as it knew it would' not be providing staple financing' to War-burg before Rural/Metro requested a fairness opinion.”274
• “[T]he record makes clear that RBC did not start on its fairness analysis until it was clear that RBC would not be financing the Warburg deal and it was thus likely that Rural/Metro would be requesting a fairness opinion,” 275
• “RBC knew that Warburg had 100% financing in place for the Transaction, and that it would not make sense for RBC to pursue Warburg regarding staple financing.”276
• “The RBC team offering the staple financing was distinct and separate from the RBC team advising Rural/Metro oh the sale of the Company.” 277
• “Unlike Del Monte, RBC was not secretly meeting with Warburg without Rural/Metro’s consent.”278
As to the last example, the Court of Chancery noted:
And then there’s a footnote 138 on page 32 of the brief: ‘Unlike Del Monte, RBC was not secretly meeting with Warburg without Rural/Metro’s consent.’ That one I find troubling. That’s also on the borderline of where you get aggressive advocacy. So one could argue that technically that statement was true, because RBC allegedly obtained this blanket consent in its engagement letter. But I think the record at trial established that the Board wasn’t aware and was never told about the final full-court press.
It’s those statements that' essentially deny the existence of the final push for financing that I think could potentially *879warrant some type of fee shifting award. And I think that because it does address a fundamental issue in the case. It relates to matters that were within RBC’s knowledge. RBC knew -that there, in fact, was a final push. And it’s the type of thing where it’s not unfair to expect a party to accurately present facts within its control.279
At the’ conclusion of oral argument on the issue, the trial court suggested that “[t]he cases speak of bad faith being reserved for rare situations 'involving eases of ‘glaring egregiousness.’ ” 280 It further suggested that this standard of conduct “implies that we’re comfortable with some egregiousness, we’re even . comfortable with relatively considerable egregiousness. We’re just not comfortable with ‘glaring egregiousness.’ ”281 This is a matter that is within the discretion of the trial judge and, while this is a close issue, we decline to find an abuse of discretion, even though we might have come to a different conclusion if we were reviewing this as an original application.282
IV. CONCLUSION
For the foregoing reasons, the Final Order and Judgment of the Court of Chancery is hereby AFFIRMED.
11.8 Waste 11.8 Waste
6/17/2025 pdw
11.8.1 Espinoza v. Zuckerberg 11.8.1 Espinoza v. Zuckerberg
6/17/2025 pdw
In this case a plaintiff alleged that Facebook's directors were so overpaid it constituted waste. Waste is a difficult claim to make and rarely succeeds, as the court explains.
Ernesto ESPINOZA, derivatively on behalf of Facebook, Inc., Plaintiff, v. Mark ZUCKERBERG, Sheryl K. Sandberg, Donald E. Graham, Peter A. Thiel, Marc L. Andreessen, Reed Hastings, Erskine B. Bowles, and Susan D. Desmond-Hellmann, Defendants, and Facebook, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Nominal Defendant.
C.A. No. 9745-CB
Court of Chancery of Delaware.
Submitted: July 28, 2015
Decided: October 28, 2015
*49Kathaleen St. J. McCormick and Nicholas J. Rohrer of Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Brian J. Robbins, Felipe J. Arroyo and Jenny L. Dixon of Robbins Arroyo LLP, San Diego, California; Attorneys for Plaintiff.
David E. Ross and S. Michael Sirkin of Ross Aronstam & Moritz LLP, Wilmington, Delaware; Attorneys for Defendants and Nominal Defendant.
OPINION
This case presents a question of first impression: Can a disinterested controlling stockholder ratify a transaction approved by an interested board of directors, so as to shift the standard of review from entire fairness to the business judgment presumption, by expressing assent to the transaction informally without using one of the methods the Delaware General Corporation Law prescribes to take stockholder action? In my opinion, the answer to this question is no. • Stated in the affirmative, I conclude for the reasons explained below that stockholder ratification of a self-dealing transaction must be accomplished formally by a vote at a meeting of stockholders or by written consent in order to shift the standard of review that otherwise would apply to such a transaction.
In this derivative action, a stockholder of Facebook, Inc. challenges the decision of Facebook’s board of directors in 2013 to approve compensation for its outside, non-management directors, who comprised six of the eight directors on Facebook’s board at the time. The stockholder asserts claims against the defendant directors for breach of their fiduciary duties, unjust enrichment, and waste of corporate assets.
The parties agree that the board’s decision to approve the 2013 compensation would be governed by the entire fairness standard of review in the first instance as a self-dealing transaction. After the filing of this lawsuit, however, Mark Zuckerberg, who did not receive the disputed 2013 compensation and who controlled over 61% of the voting power of Facebook’s common stock, expressed his approval of the 2013 eompensátion for the non-management directors in a deposition and an affidavit. Based on these sworn statements, the defendants seek summary judgment against the fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment claims on the theory that Zuckerberg, in his capacity as a disinterested stockholder, ratified the 2013 compensation, thereby shifting the standard of review governing that transaction from entire fairness to the business judgment presumption. Defendants also seek to dismiss the waste claim for failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted.
*50' The fundamental issue here is whether Zuckerberg’s approvals were in a form sufficient to constitute stockholder ratification. Zuckerberg did not make use of a formal method of expressing stockholder assent, namely by voting at a stockholder meeting or acting by written consent in compliance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. According to plaintiff, stockholder ratification may be invoked only by one of these two methods. Defendants counter that it is sufficient that Zuckerberg, acting as a disinterested controlling stockholder, expressed his will to approve the transaction even if he did not adhere to corporate formalities.
The controlling stockholder of a Delaware corporation wields significant power, including the power in some circumstances to ratify interested directors’ decisions and thereby limit judicial scrutiny of such actions. But a controlling stockholder should not, in my view, be immune from the required formalities that come with such power. Although traditional agency law allows a principal to ratify an agent’s conduct through informal assent, this tradition is ill-suited to the context of corporate law ratification, where formal structures govern the collective decision-making of stockholders who coexist as principals. These formalities serve to protect the corporation and all of its stockholders by ensuring precision, both in defining what, action has been taken and establishing that the requisite number of stockholders approved. such action, and by promoting transparency, particularly for non-assenting stockholders. I therefore conclude that stockholders of a Delaware corporation — even a single controlling stockholder — cannot ratify an interested board’s decisions without adhering to the corporate formalities specified in the Delaware General Corporation Law for taking stockholder action.
Given this conclusion, the entire fairness standard applies to the board’s approval of the 2013 compensation. As such, and given that defendants have not thus far demonstrated that the directors’ compensation decisions were entirely fair, their motion for summary judgment is denied. Plaintiff has failed to state a reasonably conceivable claim for waste, however, and thus that claim is dismissed.
1. BACKGROUND1
A. The Parties
Nominal Defendant Facebook, Inc. (“Fa-cebook” or the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation with headquarters in California. Hundreds of millions of people use Facebook’s social networking website and mobile applications. Facebook has a dual-class capital structure. Its' Class B common stock has ten votes per share and its Class A common stock has one vote' per share.
Defendant Mark Zuckerberg is the founder of Facebook. Zuckerberg has served as Facebook’s Chief Executive Officer since July 2004 and as the Chairman of Facebook’s board of directors since January 2012. Zuckerberg, principally due to his ownership of the super-voting Class B shares, controlled approximately 61.6% of the total voting power of Facebook’s common stock as of February 28, 2014.2 Defendant Sheryl K. Sandberg has served as Facebook’s Chief Operating Officer since *51March 2008 and as a Facebook director since June 2012.
Defendants Donald E. Graham, Peter A. Thiel, Marc. L. Andreessen, Reed Hastings, Erskine B. Bowles, and Susan D. Desmond-Hellmann were members of Fa-cebook’s board of directors when the Verified Complaint was filed on June 6, 2014, and at all times relevant to this opinion. All of the defendant directors other than Zuckerberg and Sandberg were non-employee directors.
Plaintiff Ernesto Espinoza alleges he has been a Facebook stockholder at all relevant times.
B. Facebook Adopts the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan
Since 2008, Facebook has granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to new members of its board of directors who were not Facebook investors or employees.3 Beginning in 2011, new non-employee directors typically received 20,000 RSUs upon joining the board, and an annual retainer of $50,000. From 2011 until mid-2013, the Audit Committee Chair received an extra $20,000.
In a prospectus filed before Facebook’s initial public offering, Facebook announced that its board of directors and stockholders had adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan,, which became effective upon filing thé prospectus in May 2012, and which replaced the 2005 Stock Plan.4 The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes Face-book’s board of directors to provide stock-based eompensátion to Facebook’s employees, officers, directors, and consultants.5 The Compensation Committee, of Face-book’s board admiriistérs the 20.12 Equity Incentive Plan, except for grants to non-employee directors, which are determined by the full board.6 The . 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, caps awards at 2,500,000 shares of Facebook stock per individual recipient per year and 25,000,000 shares (plus certain adjustments and additional shares from prior award-programs) for the entire program.7 New employees are eligible to receive up to. 5,000,000 shares in their first year of employment.8
C. The Board Approves Compensation for Non-Employee Directors
On August 21, 2013, the Compensation Committee, consisting of Graham and Thiel, discussed the compensation of Face-book’s non-management directors.9 The following day, Facebook’s board considered the topic at a regular meeting and unanimously approved. a proposal, to increase the annual cash retainer paid to Audit Committee .members from $50,000 to $7.0,000, to raise the annual cash retainer paid to the Audit Committee Chair from $70,000 to $100,000, and tp provide non-employee directors with - annual RSU grants at a value of $300,000 per year, subject to the board’s approval of an implementation plan.10 Zuckerberg attended *52this meeting.11 A few weeks later, the Facebook board formally approved a plan implementing the proposal by unanimous written consent.12
As a result of the board’s approval of the compensation plan, Facebook’s six non-employee directors received RSU grants in 2013 (the “2013 Compensation”). In fiscal year 2013, Graham, Thiel, Andreessen, Hastings, and Bowles each received 7,742 RSUs with a grant date fair value of $387,874.13 Desmond-Hellmann, who joined Facebook’s board in March 2013, received 27,742 RSUs with a grant date fair value of $935,874.14 The difference in her compensation level was due to the 20,000 RSUs she received upon joining Facebook’s board in 2013. Plaintiff does not allege that employee directors Sand-berg or Zuckerberg received any compensation for their board service.
D. Procedural Posture
On June 6, 2014, plaintiff filed a derivative complaint on behalf of Facebook against the eight members of its board of directors concerning the 2013 Compensation. The complaint asserts three causes of action: breach of fiduciary duty “for awarding and/or receiving excessive compensation at the expense of the Company” (Count I), waste of corporate assets (Count II), and unjust enrichment (Count III).15 Each of these claims is asserted against all eight members of the board. Plaintiff does not distinguish any of his claims against Zuckerberg and Sandberg even though they did not receive any of the 2013 Compensation, and defendants have submitted collective briefing that generally treats the directors as a unit.16 Thus, for purposes of this motion, the claims will be analyzed without making any distinction between the two inside directors (Zucker-berg and Sandberg) and the six non-employee directors.17
Plaintiff did not make a demand on Fa-cebook’s board before filing this action, alleging that demand was excused because, among other reasons, six of the eight members of the board received the challenged compensation and thus derived a personal benefit from the transaction at issue in this case.18 In the face of these allegations, defendants have not asserted any defense under Court of Chancery Rule 23.1 for failure to make a demand.
On August 18, 2014, defendants moved for summary judgment under Court of Chancery Rule 56 on Counts I and III, the claims for breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment. They also moved to dismiss Count II, the waste claim, under Court of Chancery Rule 12(b)(6).19 On the same day, Zuckerberg filed an affidavit in *53support of the summary judgment motion declaring as follows:
10. Regardless of the capacity in which I have considered the issue, my view of the compensation of Facebook’s Non-Executive Directors has never changed. I approve of all 2013 equity awards to Facebook’s Non-Executive Directors, as well as Facebook’s plan for compensation of Non-Executive Directors going forward (pursuant to the Annual Compensation Program)....
11. Although I was never presented with an opportunity to approve formally the 2013 equity awards to Facebook’s Non-Executive Directors or the Annual Compensation Program in my capacity as a Facebook stockholder, had an opportunity presented itself, I would have done so. If put to a vote, I would vote in favor of the 2013 equity awards to Facebook’s Non-Executive Directors, as well as the Annual Compensation Program, and if presented with a stockholder written consent approving them, I would sign it.20
On February 18, 2015, plaintiff deposed Zuckerberg. During his deposition, Zuck-erberg testified as follows regarding Face-book’s board of directors:
These are the people who I want and— and who I think will serve the company best, and I think that the compensation plan that we have is doing its job of attracting and retaining them over the long term.21
Zuckerberg never executed a written consent under 8 Del. C. § 228, which would have triggered an obligation to notify non-consenting stockholders of the action taken.22
On July 28, 2015,1 heard oral argument on defendants’ motions to dismiss and for summary judgment.
II. LEGAL ANALYSIS
A. Legal Standard
Under Court of Chancery Rule 56, the Court shall grant summary judgment when “there is no genuine issue as to any material fact and ... the moving party is entitled to a judgment as a matter of law.”23 The Court must assess “whether the evidence, when viewed in the light most favorable to the nonmoving party, presents any dispute of material fact.”24 “If a rational trier of fact could find any material fact that would favor the non-moving party in a determinative way ..., summary judgment is inappropriate.”25
Under Court of Chancery Rule 12(b)(6), the Court will only dismiss for failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted if “plaintiff could not recover under any reasonably conceivable set of circumstances susceptible of proof.”26 In making such a determination, the Court will “accept all well-pleaded factual allegations in the Complaint as true....”27
I first address Counts I and III, the claims for breach of fiduciary duty and for unjust enrichment, against which defendants seek summary judgment. I then *54address Count II, the claim for waste of corporate assets, which defendants seek to dismiss.
B. Count I: Breach of Fiduciary Duty
Plaintiff asserts in Count I that defendants violated their fiduciary duty of loyalty “by awarding and/or receiving” the 2013 Compensation, thereby- causing injury to Facebook.28 Plaintiff argues that the entire fairness standard must apply to this transaction because six of the eight board members received the 2013 Compensation, and thus a majority of the board was interested in the transaction. A brief review of some basic legal principles, the applicability of which is not disputed, frames the parties’ key point of disagreement.
Directors are necessarily interested in their compensation, which is a benefit they receive that does not accrue to stockholders generally.29 Thus, where, as here, directors make decisions about their own compensation, those decisions presumptively will be reviewed as self-dealing transactions under the entire fairness standard rather than under the business judgment rule.30 A decision dominated by interested directors can gain the protection of the business judgment rule, however, if a fully-informed disinterested majority of stockholders ratifies the transaction.31 At that point, .the doctrinal standard of review becomes one of waste.32
Here, defendants contend that the business judgment rule should apply to their approval of the 2013 Compensation on the theory that Zuckerberg, who indisputably holds a' majority of the voting power of Facebook’s common stock, and who did not receive any of the 2013 Compensation, ratified the 2013 Compensation in his capacity as a Facebook stockholder by virtue of statements he made in his affidavit and his deposition after this action was filed.33 Plaintiff responds that these acts do not constitute a valid form of stockholder rati-*55fícation (and thus do not permit invocation of the business judgment rule) because Zuckerberg did not express assent as a stockholder in a manner permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).34 Before considering the authorities on which defendants rely, I review the provisions of the DGCL governing the taking of stockholder action.
1. The Methods for Taking Stockholder Action Under the DGCL
The DGCL provides two methods for stockholders to express assent on a matter concerning the affairs of the corporation: (1) by voting in person1 or by proxy at a meeting of stockholders, or (2) by written consent. In both cases, the statute contains a number of formal requirements that, with the reinforcement of this Court’s precedents, ensure precision in stockholder voting and transparency to all stockholders.
Before 1937, with limited exceptions,35 stockholders “of Delaware corporations could express assent only by voting in person or by proxy at a meeting of stockholders.36 The DGCL presently contemplates that Delaware corporations will ■ hold annual meetings of stockholders and permits the holding of special meetings of stockholders.37 “Whenever " stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, ... and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.”38 Such notice must be provided in writing to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting “not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting....”39 Under Delaware law, moreover, directors have a duty to disclose to stockholders material information concerning any matter on which they are asked to vote.40
*56To ensure accurate recordkeeping of actions taken at stockholder meetings, the DGCL specifically requires every Delaware corporation to have one officer with “the duty to record the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and directors in a book to be kept for that purpose.”41 The corporation also must prepare a list of stockholders entitled to vote in a given meeting, which list must be open to examination by any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting.42 Corporations with publicly traded securities, moreover, must appoint an inspector to determine the number of shares outstanding and represented at a stockholders meeting, and to tabulate the results of any votes that take place at the meeting.43
In 1937, the DGCL was amended to permit stockholders to approve by unanimous written consent any action that was required to be taken, or that could be taken, at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.44 In 1967, the statute was further amended to remove the unanimity requirement for companies that chose to waive the requirement in their certificate of incorporation.45 In 1969, non-unanimous consent became the default rule rather than an option requiring an enabling charter provision.46 Although taken for granted now, non-unanimous written consent troubled the prominent drafter of the 1967 revision of the DGCL, who saw the potential for abuse.47 Today, under Section 228 of the DGCL, unless the certificate of incorporation restricts the use of written consents, any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken by majority stockholder consent (or whatever other voting threshold applies for a particular act) “without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote.”48
Significantly, although Section 228 permits stockholders to take action by written consent without prior notice, “[pjrompt no*57tice of the taking of the corporate action” by written consent must be provided to the non-consenting stockholders.49 Thus, Section 228 ensures some level of transparency for non-consenting stockholders. Indeed, this Court has refused to make a written consent effective under Section 228 when the consenting stockholders failed to provide the required prompt notice to the non-consenting stockholders, until the failure to provide notice was remedied.50
This Court has recognized more broadly that, “[b]ecause Section 228 permits immediate action without prior notice to minority stockholders, the statute involves great potential for mischief and its requirements must be strictly complied with if any semblance of corporate order is to be maintained.” 51 In that vein, the Delaware Supreme Court has held that the statute must be “given its plain meaning,” which requires adherence to the condition that “any corporate action taken under [Section] 228 is effective only upon the delivery of the proper number of valid and unre-voked consents to the corporation.”52 This Court also has recognized the need for strict compliance with the ministerial requirements of Section 228, such as the dating of the consent by each consenting stockholder.53 Thus, even if a controlling stockholder manifests a clear intent to ratify a decision outside of a stockholder meeting, the ratification will not be effective unless it complies with the technical requirements of Section 228.
In sum, the provisions of the DGCL governing the ability of stockholders to take action, whether by voting at a meeting or by written consent,54 demonstrate the importance of ensuring precision, both in defining the exact nature of the corporate action to be authorized, and in verify*58ing that the requirements for taking such an action are met, including that the transaction received enough votes to be effective. They also demonstrate the importance of providing transparency to stockholders, whose rights are affected by the actions of the majority. In particular, stockholders have the right to participate in a meeting at which a vote is to be taken after receiving notice and all material information or, in the case of action taken by written consent, to receive prompt notice after the fact of the action taken.
2. Defendants’ Authorities Are Inappo-site and Do Not Warrant Deviation from the Corporate Formalities of the DGCL
Defendants argue that Zuckerberg, as Facebook’s controlling stockholder, should be permitted to ratify the decision of an interested board of directors without complying with the formalities of the provisions of the DGCL for taking stockholder action. According to defendants, Zucker-berg’s expressions of assent to the 2013 Compensation in his deposition and in his affidavit are each sufficient to ratify that transaction and shift the judicial standard of1 review from one of entire fairness to business judgment.
Defendants advance several arguments in an attempt to make this case, beginning with reliance on general principles of ratification under the law of agency.55 In particular, defendants assert that Chancellor Allen’s decision in Lewis v. Vogel-stein56 affirms the applicability of common law ratification in the corporate context.
In Vogelstein, stockholders challenged certain option grants made under a stock option compensation plan for the directors of Mattel, Inc., which plan had been approved by the stockholders of the company at an annual meeting. Because the challenged transaction had been approved at a formal meeting of stockholders, the Court had no occasion to consider the question presented here, to wit, whether assent expressed outside the mechanisms prescribed by the DGCL can form the basis for a valid act of stockholder ratification. The Court’s inquiry focused instead on the legal effect of a concededly valid form of stockholder ratification on judicial review of the option grants in question.57 In analyzing this question, Chancellor Allen explained how “[rjatification is a concept deriving from the law of agency,” but went on to elaborate that “Application of these general ratification principles to shareholder ratification is complicated by three other factors,” namely (1) the lack of a single individual acting as principal — a factor not present here, (2) a purpose to demonstrate compliance with fiduciary duties rather than to validate unauthorized conduct, and (3) the existence of the DGCL as a statutory overlay.58 The Chancellor commented that these “differences between shareholder ratification of director action and classic ratification by a single principal ... lead to *59a difference in the effect of a valid ratification in the shareholder context.”59
I do not read Vogelstein as a wholesale endorsement of importing general principles of common law ratification into the corporate context, as defendants suggest. To the contrary, the decision demonstrates the need to be sensitive to the peculiarities of the corporate context when applying general principles of ratification. To the list of complicating factors Chancellor Allen identified in Vogelstein, I would add that deviation from the corporate formalities of the DGCL could lead to (1) imprecision concerning what action has been ratified and whether (when no single controlling stockholder exists) the requisite level of approval has been obtained, and (2) a lack of transparency to non-assenting stockholders. The importance of these factors in the corporate context is discussed further below, in Section II.B.3.
Focusing on ratification in the corporate context, defendants acknowledge that “ratification is commonly achieved through a formal stockholder vote” but argue that “no formal vote is required,” citing this Court’s decision in the Mother African Union case.60 That decision is of no help to defendants.
In Mother African Union, which involved a nonstock corporation, the Court determined that a church had'validly disaffiliated from its conference because “the plaintiffs [had] established that the membership vote ... met the requirements of [8 Del. C] § 215(c) and therefore was valid.”61 The Court went on to note that, “[i]n addition, a majority of the [church’s] total membership later ratified the membership vote to disaffiliate (although it is not clear whether that was accomplished at a formal meeting called for that purpose).” 62- Because the original vote of the nonstock corporation’s members was statutorily valid, ratification was unnecessary and the Court’s comment on that subject was dictum. If anything, the Court’s parenthetical pause tó question whether an act of ratification - had taken place at a formal meeting suggests that the Court, having found the vote valid' on independent grounds, was uncertain whether the ratification would have been effective had it hypothetically been necessary, since the Court did not know whether it had occurred in a formal context. ■ Mother African Union thus seems to undermine defendants’ position more than it helps it.
Next, defendants point to the Delaware Supreme Court’s 1943 decision in Frank v. Wilson & Co.63 for the proposition that a stockholder’s conduct, including even inaction, may constitute a valid form of .stockholder ratification. The form of “ratification” at issue in Frank, however, bears no resemblance to the form of ratification at issue here, where,.the action of one stockholder (Zuekerberg) is being asserted .to impact the rights of other stockholders.
In Frank, a Class A stockholder (Frank) challenged a recapitalization plan that converted his Class A stock into common stock. The recapitalization plan had been specifically approved at a meeting of stockholders, but Frank did not consent to the *60plan.64 In a previous decision, the Sur preme Court found the recapitalization plan to be void insofar as it forced the elimination of accrued past dividends for non-consenting stockholders,65 thus permitting such stockholders (like Frank) to challenge it on that basis.66 When Frank sued, however, the Supreme Court, affirming an opinion of the Court of Chancery, held that by virtue of Frank’s conduct — his acceptance of common stock dividends “for upwards of two years” as though his Class A stock had been converted — he “must be held to have ratified the conversion of his Class A shares into common shares pursuant to the plan of recapitalization by his voluntary and decisive acts with full knowledge of the facts.”67 Thus, the issue before the Court was whether Frank’s conduct precluded him as an equitable matter from being able to assert a claim for relief. Critically, unlike here, the “ratification” found in Frank had no impact on the rights of any other stockholder.68
Turning to a case involving a limited liability company, defendants cite the Superior Court’s decision in Chantz Enterprises, LLC v. JHL Brighton Design/Decor Center, LLC for the proposition that ratification may be carried out through affidavits.69 In Chantz, a member of a defunct LLC had attempted to reinstate the LLC’s charter and restore it to good standing.70 Plaintiffs contested the member’s ability to do so unilaterally, without the support of the LLC’s other members. The Superior Court found that affidavits submitted by other members “prove[d] that [the member] did not unilaterally restore the company to good standing absent his co-members’ agreement, and to the extent that it could be argued otherwise, 75% of the membership have now ratified that action.”71 Thus, the Court’s primary finding, based on the affidavits submitted, was that a sufficient number of members had formally agreed to reinstate the charter in the first place. The putative act of *61“ratification” appears to have been at most a secondary consideration stated in dictum.
The Superior Court’s reference to ratification has little bearing on this case for two additional reasons. Chantz involved the ratification of one LLC member’s allegedly unauthorized actions by the other members — in other words, all principals, no agents. It did not involve the situation presently before the Court, where a principal (Zuckerberg as a stockholder) seeks to ratify the actions of the corporation’s agents (Facebook’s directors). The case is also inapplicable because LLCs have a greater degree of flexibility in privately ordering their affairs than do corporations governed by the DGCL. For instance, by default, LLC members may vote by written or electronic consents without the formalities of DGCL Section 228,72 and “an LLC’s members have wide latitude to craft the members’ rights and obligations.”73 As the Supreme Court recently noted, these are stark differences from corporate law that may result in different legal outcomes.74
Finally, defendants suggest that stockholder acts such as tendering shares serve as an example of less formal ratification.75 This suggestion is unpersuasive, because expressing approval of the sale of a company by tendering shares is not analogous to stockholder ratification. “Approving” a two-step transaction by tendering a sufficient number of shares in a tender offer is a functional requirement for completing such a transaction. Directors cannot tender stockholders’ shares for them, so stockholders are not ratifying the transaction, but effectuating it in the first instance. A stockholder who chooses to sell her shares via a tender offer, moreover, may do so with minimal involvement from directors, due to “the lack of any explicit role in the General Corporation Law for a target board of directors responding to a tender offer.”76 Thus tendering shares bears no meaningful resemblance to a post hoc ratification of directors’ actions.
For the reasons explained above, defendants’ authorities are inapposite and do not persuade me that it would be sensible to deviate from the formal mechanisms available in the DGCL for expressing stockholder approval when seeking to ratify an action taken by a corporation’s directors.
3. Existing Authority and the Policies Underlying the Stockholder Approval Provisions of the DGCL Suggest that Formalities Must Be Followed to Effectuate Ratification in the Corporate Context
Defendants observe that there “is no case or statute that requires a stockholder vote or written consent for ratification purposes if the approval of a stockholder majority can be expressed another *62way.”77 Although no case has been identified that explicitly precludes (or permits) the use of informal means to ratify an act in a case like this, it is notable that many Delaware courts that have used stockholder ratification to apply the business judgment rule or to cure unauthorized conduct, have done so when the act of ratification occurred at a formal meeting of stockholders.78 More importantly, references in existing case law to ratification in the context of a stockholder “vote,” as well as policy considerations underlying the provisions of the DGGL for taking stockholder action, support the conclusion that adherence to formalities should be required in this context.
One foundational case is Gantler v. Stephens. 79 As the Supreme Court recently noted, Gantler is “a narrow decision focused on defining a specific legal term, ‘ratification.’ ”80 In Gantler, the Supreme Court held that the scope of “the shareholder ratification doctrine must be limited ... to circumstances where a fully informed shareholder vote approves director action that does not legally require shareholder approval in order to become legally effective.”81 In my view, Gautier’s use of the phrase' “fully informed shareholder vote” in defining the concept of ratification was deliberate and was not intended to mean something less formal than an actual stockholder vote (or an action by written consent in lieu thereof).82
*63Recently, in Corwin v. KKR, which confirmed that stockholder approval from a statutorily required vote can be used to invoke the business judgment rule the same way an approval from a voluntary vote can, the Supreme Court again used specific voting language to explain the doctrine of ratification in the corporate con-' text.83 Specifically, the Supreme Court stated that “the doctrine applies only to fully informed, uncoerced stockholder votes,” thereby implicitly excluding less formal methods of stockholder, approval.84
Another example is 8 Del C. § 144(a)(2), which prevents the voiding of a director’s interested transaction if the “transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders.”85 In describing, that process, this Court stated in Wheelabrator that “[ajpproval by fully informed, disinterested shareholders pursuant, to § 144(a)(2) invokes the business judgment rule and limits judicial review to issues of gift or waste with the burden of proof upon the party attacking the transaction.” 86 Although the statutory language plainly refers to the need for a “vote of the stockholders,” Wheelabrator simply uses the word approval to indicate this formal requirement, suggesting again that Delaware courts naturally assume that stockholder -approval requires adherence to formalities.87
Precedent also suggests that compliance with statutory formalities is necessary even for an individual controlling. stockholder. In Ravenswood Investment Co., L.P. v. Winmill & Co., Inc., for example, this Court scrutinized the written consent of an individual controlling stockholder (who held all of the voting power in the company) to approve a stock plan that would have been invalid without stockholder approval.88 A holder of non-voting stock sought to invalidate the written consent for failing to comply with Section 228 because the consent was only dated with a single pre-printed “as of’ date, suggesting a date of effectiveness, rather than with an individual signature date for the controlling stockholder.89 Although the Court ul*64timately upheld the consent because one reading of it suggested compliance with the technical requirements of Section 228, the Court’s close scrutiny demonstrates that compliance with formalities was imperative even when there was no question concerning the wishes of the sole voting stockholder.90
In my opinion, the policies underlying the DGCL provisions governing the taking of stockholder action further support the conclusion that stockholders — including controlling stockholders like Zuckerberg— must observe statutory formalities when seeking to ratify director action. Doing so will avoid ambiguity and misinterpretation by ensuring that actions taken by stockholders are defined with precision and— where a single controlling stockholder is not present — that the requisite level of approval was obtained, and will promote transparency for the benefit of all stockholders. As the Delaware Supreme Court recently stated, “[cjertainty and efficiency are critical values when determining how stockholder voting rights have been exercised.” 91
Defendants contend that formal processes such as a stockholder vote or a written consent can be convenient methods of ratification for groups of stockholders, who may suffer from collective action difficulties, but that they are not necessary for a controlling stockholder whose will can be clearly expressed without formalities. They argue that permitting many sorts of acts to constitute ratification poses no problem of imprecision, because “[bjy virtue of his voting control, Mr. Zuckerberg can be the singular voice of Facebook’s stockholders_”92 I disagree. ■ Although an affidavit is a relatively formal expression, once the statutory framework is removed, the possibilities for ambiguity in expressing approval are seemingly limitless — if affidavits are sufficient, what about meeting minutes, press releases, conversations with directors, or even “Liking” a Facebook post of a proposed corporate action? 93 Such an approach would require directors, stockholders, and courts to engage in the inefficient exercise of divining the intentions of a controlling stockholder, and would cut away at the certainty and precision that make the formalities of stockholder meetings or statutorily compliant written consents beneficial.
Zuckerberg’s deposition testimony illustrates the problem. Discussing Face-book’s board of directors, Zuckerberg testified that “[tjhese are the people who I want ... and who I think will serve the company best, and I think that the compensation plan that we have is doing its job of attracting and retaining them over the long term.”94 It is far from clear that Zuckerberg intended that statement to be a definitive ratification of a specific corporate áct. The year of the compensation in question is not mentioned, and Zuckerberg provides no language indicating final approval of a past compensation act. Yet the defendants assert that Zuckerberg’s deposition testimony constitutes an independent act of ratification.95 After a control*65ling stockholder is no longer affiliated with the corporation, moreover, the problems of ambiguity and the potential for misinterpretation are compounded because the source of the ratifying act may no longer be available to explain what precisely was intended.
Failing to adhere to corporate formalities to effect stockholder ratification also impinges on the rights of minority stockholders. In traditional agency relationships, a single principal’s ratification of an agent’s conduct comes at a cost to that principal only. But in the corporate context, the ratification decisions of a controlling stockholder affect the minority stockholders. Although minority stockholders have no power to alter a controlling stockholder’s binding decisions absent a fiduciary breach, they are entitled to the benefits of the formalities imposed by the DGCL, including prompt notification under Section 228(e).96 This requirement promotes transparency and enables minority stockholders to stay abreast of corporate decision-making and maintain the accountability of boards of directors and controlling stockholders. In this vein, this Court has commented that the written consent procedure keeps minority stockholders’ voting rights intact, even if those rights are rendered moot when a majority stockholder executes a decision.97
It is therefore of no moment that Zuck-erberg undisputedly controls Facebook. Although he can outvote all other stockholders and thus has the power to effect any stockholder action he chooses, he still must adhere to corporate formalities (and his fiduciary obligations) when doing so, because his rights as a stockholder are no greater than the rights of any other stockholder — he simply holds more voting power. Consequently, just as a majority group of stockholders must follow the requirements of Section 228 in fairness to the minority stockholders, a single holder of a majority of voting power must do so as well.
Defendants offer no policy rationale to explain why a controlling stockholder need not adhere to the rules of stockholder meetings or Section 228 for ratification specifically, as opposed to corporate action generally. They do not explain whether ratification should require less formality than other stockholder actions, and if it should, why. In my view, since ratification can shield the transactions of interested directors and provide them authorization to take sweeping action, it is equally as powerful a tool as any other direct stockholder action. If Zuckerberg does not need to provide written consents to ratify the 2013 Compensation, why require writ*66ten consents for any other action he takes? Such a regime -would essentially negate most requirements under Delaware law to notify stockholders of meaningful events.
Balanced against the informational costs of a less formal system of stockholder approval are the financial costs of formalities. Defendants argue that Facebook chose to avoid “the added expense of a stockholder vote or action” by written consent” since it was not obliged to follow those' legal requirements when securing Zuckerberg’s ratification.98 But Section 228 already serves as a convenient method of avoiding the expense of a stockholder vote. Although its requirements are strictly construed, they are not numerous or burdensome. Indeed, the burden and expense of this litigation undoubtedly dwarf the burden of Zuckerberg signing an appropriate form of consent in this case. In any event, regardless of whether Section 228 may be more or less costly than informal alternatives in a particular situation, Zuckerberg may not opt out of the procedures by which stockholders may take corporate action in favor of a less formal method of his choosing.
For the reasons stated above, I hold that stockholder ratification of an interested transaction, so as to shift the standard of review from entire fairness to the business judgment presumption, cannot be achieved without complying with the statutory formalities in the DGCL for taking stockholder action. Consequently, neither Zuckerberg’s affidavit nor his deposition testimony ratified the Facebook board’s decision to approve the 2013 Compensation, which decision remains subject to entire fairness review because a majority of the board was personally interested in that transaction. •
The entire fairness standard of review requires defendants to establish that the “transaction was the product of both fair dealing and fair price.”99 Because defendants relied solely on a ratification defense, they did not attempt to produce evidencé of entire fairnéss sufficient to show an entitlement to judgment as a matter of law, nor have they demonstrated that there is no genuine issue of material fact as to the entire fairness of the 2013 Compensation. I therefore deny their motion for summary judgment as to Count I.
C. Count III: Unjust Enrichment
Plaintiff asserts in Count III that defendants were unjustly enriched by the 2013 Compensation, which they received as a result of the alleged breaches of their fiduciary duties. Defendants move for summary judgment on this count as well.
A- claim for unjust enrichment requires “(1) an enrichment, (2) an impoverishment, (3) a relation between the enrichment and impoverishment, (4) the absence of justification, and (5) the absence of a remedy provided by law.”100 In arguing for summary judgment, defendants rely entirely on the principle that, if plaintiffs claim for breach of fiduciary duty fails, his claim for unjust enrichment on the basis of such breach niust fail as well.101 The corollary to that argument plays out here. If defendants’ sole basis for summary judgment on a duplicative unjust enrichment claim is the failure of the underlying claim for breach of fiduciary duty, then the survival of the fiduciary duty claim logically *67allows the claim for unjust enrichment to survive as well.102 For this reason, I deny defendants’ motion for summary judgment as to the unjust enrichment claim.
D. Count II: Waste of Corporate Assets
Plaintiff asserts in Count II that the 2013 Compensation constituted a waste of corporate assets.103 Defendants counter that the extreme test for waste is not satisfied here.104 I agree with defendants.
“[Wjaste entails an exchange of corporate assets for consideration so disproportionately small as to he beyond the range at which any reasonable person might be willing to trade.”105 Thus, to state a claim for waste, “a plaintiff must allege particularized facts that lead to a reasonable inference that the director defendants authorized an exchange that is so one sided that no business person of ordinary, sound judgment could conclude that the corporation has received adequate consideration.” 106 The test for waste is extreme and rarely satisfied.107 Consequently, even if a plaintiff successfully raises questions concerning the fairness of director compensation, he does not necessarily succeed in pleading “the rare type of facts from which it is reasonably conceivable” that the compensation awards constituted corporate waste.108
In support of the waste claim, plaintiff argues that the average compensation for Facebook’s non-employee directors is 43% higher than the average compensation for directors in’ a specified peer group of companies, despite Face-book’s lower-than-average net income and revenue, and .stock price moyement that plaintiff views as insufficient to justify the compensation awarded.109 Such allegations are essentially complaints that some portion of defendants’ 2013 Compensation was above and beyond what they deserved for their performance. As such, the allegations fall far short of demonstrating that such compensation constitutes a gift or gratuity for which the corporation received no consideration.110 Under this Court’s precedents, allegations that compensation is “excessive or even lavish, as pleaded here, are insufficient as a matter of law to meet the standard required for a claim of waste.”111 •
Plaintiff wisely refrains from alleging that the alhstar cast on Facebook’s board is so lacking in talent or exerts so little effort that Facebook receives nothing in *68 return for compensating its members. Without any such allegations, which presumably could not be made in good faith, the claim that Facebook paid its directors more than it should have relative to an alleged peer group of companies fails to state a legally cognizable claim for waste of corporate assets.
III. CONCLUSION
For the foregoing reasons, defendants’ motion for summary judgment as to Counts I (breach of fiduciary duty) and III (unjust enrichment) is denied, and defendants’ motion to dismiss Count II (waste of corporate assets) is granted.
IT IS SO ORDERED.